Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2009
Registration No. 333-          
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
ACCRETIVE HEALTH, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
         
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  7389
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code No.)
  02-0698101
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
401 North Michigan Avenue
Suite 2700
Chicago, Illinois 60611
(312) 324-7820
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
Mary A. Tolan
Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer
401 North Michigan Avenue
Suite 2700
Chicago, Illinois 60611
(312) 324-7820
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
David A. Westenberg, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(617) 526-6000
  Gregory A. Fernicola, Esq.
Jennifer A. Bensch, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
 
 
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) please check the following box.  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
             
      Proposed Maximum
     
Each Class of
    Aggregate Offering
    Amount of
Securities to be Registered     Price(1)     Registration Fee(2)
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
    $200,000,000     $11,160
             
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, dated September 29, 2009
 
           Shares
 
(ACCRETIVE HEALTH LOGO)
 
Common Stock
 
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Accretive Health is offering           of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering           shares. Accretive Health will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $      and $     . We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AH”.
 
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
 
                 
   
Per Share
 
Total
 
Initial public offering price
  $           $        
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Accretive Health
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $       $  
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than           shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional           shares from Accretive Health and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
 
 
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on          , 2009.
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Credit Suisse
J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley
 
 
 
 
Prospectus dated          , 2009.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Prospectus
 
         
   
Page
 
    1  
    8  
    12  
    28  
    28  
    29  
    30  
    31  
    33  
    35  
    39  
    64  
    88  
    106  
    113  
    116  
    121  
    124  
    127  
    131  
    131  
    131  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-1  
  EX-3.1
  EX-3.3
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2
  EX-10.4
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.14
  EX-10.15
  EX-10.16
  EX-10.18
  EX-10.19
  EX-10.20
  EX-23.1
 
 
 
 
Through and including          , 2009 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
 
 
 
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the risk factors beginning on page 12, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Accretive Health”, “our company”, we”, “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Accretive Health, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
Accretive Health
 
Overview
 
Accretive Health is a leading provider of healthcare revenue cycle management services. Our business purpose is to help U.S. hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers manage their revenue cycle operations more efficiently. Our integrated, end-to-end technology and services offering, which we refer to as our solution, helps our customers realize sustainable improvements in their operating margins and improve the satisfaction of their patients, physicians and staff. We enable these improvements by helping our customers increase the portion of the maximum potential patient revenue they receive while reducing total revenue cycle costs.
 
Our customers typically are multi-hospital systems, including faith-based or community healthcare systems, academic medical centers and independent ambulatory clinics, and their affiliated physician practice groups. We seek to develop strategic, long-term relationships with our customers and focus on providers that we believe understand the value of our operating model and have demonstrated success in both clinical and operational outcomes. As of June 30, 2009, we provided our integrated revenue cycle service offerings to 21 customers representing 53 hospitals and $11.9 billion in annual net patient revenue, as well as physicians’ billing organizations associated with several of these customers.
 
Grounded in sophisticated analytics, our solution spans our customers’ entire revenue cycle, unlike competing services that address only a portion of the revenue cycle. We are not a traditional outsourcing company focused solely on one-time cost reductions. Through the implementation of our distinctive operating model that includes people, processes and technology, our customers can generate significant and sustainable revenue cycle improvements. Our service offerings are adaptable to evolution of the healthcare regulatory environment, technology standards and market trends, and require no up-front cash investment by our customers.
 
To implement our solution, we assume full responsibility for the management and cost of a customer’s revenue cycle operations and supplement the customer’s existing revenue cycle staff with seasoned Accretive Health personnel. We collaborate with our customers’ revenue cycle employees with the objective of educating and empowering them so that over time they can deliver improved results using our tools. We and our customers share financial gains resulting from our solution, which directly aligns our objectives and interests with those of our customers. We believe that, over time, this alignment of interests fosters greater innovation and incentivizes us to improve our customers’ revenue cycle operations.
 
The revenue cycle operations of a typical hospital, physician or other healthcare provider often fail to capture and collect the total amounts owed to it from third-party payors and patients for medical services rendered, leading to significant bad debt write-offs, uncompensated care, payor denials and corresponding administrative write-offs, as well as lost revenue for missed charges. Fitch Ratings estimates that in 2008 uncompensated care (including bad debt write-offs, charity care and uninsured discounts) averaged 17% of net patient revenue at U.S. hospitals. We deliver operating margin improvements to our customers through a combination of improvements in collections, which we refer to as net revenue yield, charge capture and revenue cycle cost reductions. Our customers have


1


Table of Contents

historically achieved significant net revenue yield improvements within 18 to 24 months of implementing our solution, with customers operating under mature managed service contracts realizing 400 to 600 basis points in yield improvements, typically in the third or fourth contract year.
 
We seek to embed our technology, personnel, know-how and culture within each customer’s revenue cycle activities with the expectation that we will serve as the customer’s on-site operational manager beyond the managed service contract’s initial term, which typically ranges from four to five years. To date, we have experienced a contract renewal rate of 100% (excluding exploratory new services offerings, a consensual termination following a change of control and a customer reorganization). Coupled with the long-term nature of our managed service contracts and the fixed nature of the base fees under each contract, our historical renewal experience provides a core source of recurring revenue.
 
Our net services revenue consists primarily of base fees and incentive fees. We receive base fees for managing our customers’ revenue cycle operations, net of any cost savings we share with those customers. Incentive fees represent our portion of the increase in our customers’ net patient revenue resulting from our services. We generate a portion of our operating margin as a result of the difference between the fixed base fees and the variable costs of the revenue cycles that we manage. Incentive fees are a smaller portion of overall revenue than base fees but generally contribute directly to operating margin, thus significantly impacting our profitability. We closely monitor each customer’s revenue cycle performance through periodic operating reviews. A customer’s net revenue improvements and cost savings generally increase over time as we deploy additional programs and as the programs we implement become more effective, which in turn provides visibility into our future revenue and profitability. In 2008, for example, approximately 80% of our net services revenue, and over 95% of our net income, was derived from customer contracts that were in place as of January 1, 2008. In 2008, we had net services revenue of $398.5 million, representing growth of 65.5% over 2007 and a compound annual growth rate of 53.0% since January 1, 2005. In addition, we were profitable for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009, and our profitability increased in each of those periods.
 
Market Opportunity
 
We believe that current macroeconomic conditions will continue to impose financial pressure on healthcare providers and will increase the importance of managing their revenue cycles effectively and efficiently. The market opportunity for our services — which we define as the total amount of net patient revenue collected annually by U.S. hospitals and physicians’ billing organizations — exceeds $750 billion. We expect this market opportunity will continue to grow. According to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, expenditures for hospitals and physician and clinical services are expected to increase between 2009 and 2018 at annual rates of approximately 6.4% and 5.4%, respectively. Additionally, the continued operating pressures facing U.S. hospitals coupled with some of the underlying themes of current healthcare reform proposals make the efficient management of the revenue cycle and collection of the full amount of payments due for patient services among the most critical challenges facing healthcare providers today.
 
We believe that the inability of healthcare providers to capture and collect the total amounts owed to them for patient services are caused by the following trends:
 
  •  Complexity of Revenue Cycle Management.   At most hospitals, there is a lack of standardization across operating practices, payor and patient payment methodologies, data management processes and billing systems.
 
  •  Lack of Integrated Systems and Processes.   Although interrelated, the individual steps in the revenue cycle continuum are not operationally integrated across revenue cycle departments at many hospitals.


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  Increasing Patient Financial Responsibility for Healthcare Services.   Hospitals are being forced to adapt to the need for direct-to-patient billing and collections capabilities as patients bear payment responsibility for an increasing portion of healthcare costs. Hospitals have traditionally focused on collecting payments from insurance companies and from state and federal payors, and typically are less familiar with the processes necessary to collect payments from patients at the point of service, including the use of alternative payment options.
 
  •  Outdated Systems and Insufficient Resources to Upgrade Them.   Many hospitals suffer from operating inefficiencies caused by outdated technology, increasingly complex billing requirements, a general lack of standardization of process and information flow, costly in-house services that could be more economically outsourced, and an increasingly stringent regulatory environment.
 
The Accretive Health Solution
 
Our solution is intended to address the full spectrum of revenue cycle operational issues faced by healthcare providers. We deliver improved operating margins to our customers through improved revenue cycle operations. During the assessment phase of the customer relationship, we identify specific areas for improvement and begin implementation upon execution of a managed services contract. Improvements in charge capture and collections are typically attributable to reduced payor denials, identification of additional items that can be billed to payors based on the actual procedures performed, identification of insurance for a higher percentage of otherwise uninsured patients, and improved collections of patient balances after insurance. Revenue cycle cost reductions are typically achieved through operating efficiencies, including streamlining work flow, automating processes and centralizing vendor activities. Specific sources of margin improvement vary among customers. While improvements in net revenue yield generally represent the majority of a customer’s operating margin improvement, we are able to deliver additional margin improvement through revenue cycle cost reductions. Because our managed service contracts align our interests with those of our customers, we are able, over time, to improve our margins along with those of our customers.
 
We believe that our proprietary technology, management experience and well-developed processes are enhanced by the knowledge and experience we gain working with a wide range of customers and improve with each payor reimbursement or patient pay transaction. Our proprietary technology applications include workflow automation and direct payor connection capabilities that enable revenue cycle staff to focus on problem accounts rather than on manual tasks, such as searching payor websites for insurance and benefits verification for all patients. We employ “exception based logic” technology that provides the same interface for all users and automates a host of tasks that otherwise can consume a significant amount of staff time. We use real-time feedback from our customers to improve the functionality and performance of our technology and processes and incorporate these improvements into our service offerings on a regular basis. We strive to apply operational excellence throughout the entire revenue cycle.
 
We adapt our solution to the hospital’s organizational structure in order to minimize disruption to existing staff and to make our services transparent to both patients and physicians. The experience and knowledge of the senior management personnel we provide to our customers can improve the performance of their in-house revenue cycle staff. Our objective is to improve the operating performance of our customers, thus generating incentive fees for ourselves, by:
 
  •  Improving Net Revenue Yield.   We help our customers improve their net revenue yield. Through the use of our proprietary technologies and methodologies, we precisely calculate each customer’s improvement in net revenue yield.
 
  •  Increasing Charge Capture.   We help our customers increase their charge capture by implementing optimization techniques and related processes.


3


Table of Contents

 
  •  Making Revenue Cycle Operations More Efficient.   We help our customers make their revenue cycle operations more efficient by implementing advanced technologies, streamlining operations, avoiding unnecessary re-work and improving quality.
 
We employ a variety of techniques intended to achieve our objectives for our customer:
 
  •  Gathering Complete Information.   We focus on gathering complete patient information and educating the patient as to his or her potential financial responsibilities before receiving care so the services can be recorded and billed to the appropriate parties. We believe that hospitals employing our services have increased the percentage of non-emergency in-patient admissions with complete information profiles to nearly 100%, enabling fewer billing delays, increased charge capture and reduced billing cycles.
 
  •  Improving Claims Filing and Third-Party Payor Collections.   We implement sophisticated analytics designed to improve claims filing and collection of claims from third-party insurance payors. By employing proprietary algorithms and modeling to determine how hospital revenue cycle staff should allocate time and resources across a pool of outstanding claims, we can increase the likelihood that patient services will be reimbursed.
 
  •  Identifying Alternative Payment Sources.   We use various methods to find payment sources for uninsured patients and reimbursement for services not covered by third-party insurance. After a typical implementation period, we have been able to help our customers find a third-party payment source for approximately 85% of all admitted patients who identified themselves as uninsured.
 
  •  Employing Proprietary Technology and Algorithms.   Our service offerings employ a variety of proprietary data analytics and predictive modeling algorithms. Our systems are designed to streamline work processes through the use of proprietary algorithms that focus revenue cycle staff effort on those accounts deemed to have the greatest potential for improving net revenue yield or charge capture.
 
  •  Using Analytical Capabilities and Operational Excellence.   We draw on the experience that we have gained from working with many of the best healthcare provider systems in the United States to train hospital staffs about new and innovative revenue cycle management practices.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to become the preferred provider-of-choice for revenue cycle management services in the U.S. healthcare industry. Since our inception, we have worked with some of the largest and most prestigious healthcare systems in the United States, such as Ascension Health, the Henry Ford Health System and the Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center. Going forward, our goal is to continue to expand the scope of our services to hospitals within our existing customers’ systems as well as to leverage our strong relationships with reference customers to continue to attract business from new customers. Key elements of our strategy include the following:
 
  •  delivering tangible, long-term results for our customers by providing end-to-end services across the entire revenue cycle;
 
  •  continuing to develop innovative approaches to increase the yield on patient-owed obligations for medical services received;
 
  •  enhancing and developing proprietary algorithms to identify potential errors and to make process corrections in the collection of reimbursements from third-party payors;
 
  •  expanding our shared services program;
 
  •  hiring, training and retaining our personnel;
 
  •  continuing to diversify our customer base; and


4


Table of Contents

 
  •  developing enhanced service offerings that offer us long-term opportunities.
 
Risks Associated with Our Business
 
Our business is subject to a number of risks which you should be aware of before making an investment decision. Those risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12. For example:
 
  •  we may not be able to maintain or increase our profitability, and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth rates;
 
  •  hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health account for a majority of our net services revenue;
 
  •  we face competition from the internal revenue cycle management staff of hospitals as well as from a variety of external participants in the revenue cycle market;
 
  •  if we are unable to retain our existing customers, or if our customers fail to renew their managed service contracts with us upon expiration, our financial condition will suffer; and
 
  •  existing and prospective government regulation of the healthcare industry creates risks and challenges for our business.
 
Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated in Delaware under the name Healthcare Services, Inc. in July 2003 and changed our name to Accretive Health, Inc. in August 2009. Our principal executive offices are located at 401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700, Chicago, Illinois 60611, and our telephone number is (312) 324-7820. Our website address is www.accretivehealth.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.
 
Accretive Health, the Accretive Health logo, AHtoAccess, AHtoCharge, AHtoContract, AHtoLink, AHtoPost, AHtoRemit, AHtoScribe, AHtoScribe Administrator, AHtoTrac, A2A, Charge Integrity Services, Medicaid Eligibility Hub, YBFU, Yield-Based Follow Up and other trademarks or service marks of Accretive Health appearing in this prospectus are the property of Accretive Health.


5


Table of Contents

 
The Offering
 
Common stock offered by Accretive Health            shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders            shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering            shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use approximately $      million of our net proceeds of this offering to pay the preferred stock liquidation preferences that will be paid in cash to the holders of our outstanding preferred stock concurrently with the conversion of such shares into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. We intend to use the remainder of our net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include financing our growth, developing new services and funding capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.
 
Risk Factors You should read the “Risk Factors” section and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol “AH”
 
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2009 after giving effect to the assumptions in the following paragraph, and excludes:
 
  •  833,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2009 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.12 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering if not exercised prior to this offering;
 
  •  2,440,885 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2009 at a weighted-average exercise price of $21.59 per share, of which 1,054,930 shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.52 per share would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these options as of June 30, 2009;
 
  •  173,828 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2009; and
 
  •  an additional           shares of our common stock that will be made available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans upon the closing of this offering.
 
Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:
 
  •  assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional           shares from us and the selling stockholders;
 
  •  assumes that the shares to be sold in this offering are sold at the initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus;


6


Table of Contents

 
  •  gives effect to a            -for-one split of our common stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering;
 
  •  gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of voting common stock on a share-for-share basis upon the closing of this offering;
 
  •  gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into           shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus;
 
  •  gives effect to our assumed issuance of           shares of common stock upon exercise of warrants that will be cancelled if not exercised prior to this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus;
 
  •  gives effect to our issuance of           shares of common stock to Financial Technology Partners, LLC and/or FTP Securities, LLC, whom we collectively refer to as FT Partners, contemporaneously with the closing of this offering for financial advisory services in respect of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus; and
 
  •  gives effect to the restatement of our certificate of incorporation and amendment and restatement of our bylaws prior to the closing of this offering.


7


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods presented. The summary statements of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2008 are derived from our audited financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 and the summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2009 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and notes thereto and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the information for the unaudited interim periods. Our historical results for prior interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or for any future period.
 
The pro forma balance sheet data as of June 30, 2009 give effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (3) the assumed issuance of           shares of common stock upon exercise of warrants that will be cancelled if not exercised prior to this offering. The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data as of June 30, 2009 give effect to (1) the items described in the preceding sentence, (2) our issuance and sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds”, and (3) our issuance of          shares of common stock to FT Partners contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.
 
                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Net services revenue
  $ 160,741     $ 240,725     $ 398,469     $ 187,261     $ 238,149  
Costs of services
    141,767       197,676       335,211       160,082       195,667  
                                         
Operating margin
    18,974       43,049       63,258       27,179       42,482  
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Infused management and technology
    18,875       27,872       39,234       17,938       24,482  
Selling, general and administrative
    8,777       15,657       21,227       9,642       15,308  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    27,652       43,529       60,461       27,580       39,790  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (8,678 )     (480 )     2,797       (401 )     2,692  
Interest income
    1,359       1,710       710       433       83  
                                         
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (7,319 )     1,230       3,507       32       2,775  


8


Table of Contents

                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
          456       2,264       626       (2,439 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,319 )   $ 774     $ 1,243     $ (594 )   $ 5,214  
                                         
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                       
Basic:
  $ (0.89 )   $ 0.04     $ (0.70 )   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.25  
Diluted:
    (1.02 )     0.03       (0.73 )     (0.06 )     0.21  
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share:
                                       
Basic:
    6,611,975       8,410,226       9,214,916       9,160,187       9,337,812  
Diluted:
    6,611,975       10,296,011       9,214,916       9,160,187       11,492,646  
Other Operating Data (unaudited):
                                       
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
  $ (7,125 )   $ 6,842     $ 12,220     $ 4,620     $ 11,658  
                                         
Net patient revenue under management (at period end) (in billions)
  $ 4.1     $ 6.9     $ 9.1     $ 8.5     $ 11.9  
                                         
 
                         
    As of June 30, 2009  
                Pro Forma
 
   
Actual
   
Pro Forma
   
As Adjusted
 
    (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 37,789                  
Working capital
    4,114                  
Total assets
    105,965                  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 20,537                  
 
(1) We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest income (expense), income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income and any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
 
We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:
 
  •   adjusted EBITDA and similar non-GAAP measures are widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon financing and accounting methods, book values of assets, capital structures and the methods by which assets were acquired;
 
  •   securities analysts often use adjusted EBITDA and similar non-GAAP measures as supplemental measures to evaluate the overall operating performance of companies; and

9


Table of Contents

 
  •   by comparing our adjusted EBITDA in different historical periods, our investors can evaluate our operating results without the additional variations of interest income (expense), income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense.
 
Our management uses adjusted EBITDA:
 
  •   as a measure of operating performance, because it does not include the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance;
 
  •   for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget;
 
  •   to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;
 
  •   to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and
 
  •   in communications with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance.
 
We understand that, although measures similar to adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  •   adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or other contractual commitments;
 
  •   adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •   adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense;
 
  •   adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes;
 
  •   adjusted EBITDA does not reflect net interest income (expense);
 
  •   although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements; and
 
  •   other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
 
To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review the GAAP financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.


10


Table of Contents

 
The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure:
 
                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,319 )   $ 774     $ 1,243     $ (594 )   $ 5,214  
Net interest income(a)
    (1,359 )     (1,710 )     (710 )     (433 )     (83 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
          456       2,264       626       (2,439 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    626       1,307       2,540       920       1,882  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ (8,052 )   $ 827     $ 5,337     $ 519       4,574  
Stock compensation expense(b)
    844       934       3,551       1,021       2,977  
Stock warrant expense(b)
    83       5,081       3,332       3,080       4,107  
                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ (7,125 )   $ 6,842     $ 12,220     $ 4,620     $ 11,658  
 
 (a)  Net interest income represents earnings from our cash and cash equivalents. No debt or other interest-bearing obligations were outstanding during any of the periods presented.
 
 (b)  Stock compensation expense and stock warrant expense collectively represent the share-based compensation expense reflected in our financial statements. Of the amounts presented above, $83, $928, $921, $696 and $1,334 was classified as a reduction in net services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.


11


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our common stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. When deciding whether to invest in our common stock, you should also refer to the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
 
We may not be able to maintain or increase our profitability, and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth rates.
 
We have been profitable on an annual basis only since the year ended December 31, 2007, and we incurred net losses in the quarters ended March 31, 2007, December 31, 2007, March 31, 2008, December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009 and in the six months ended June 30, 2008. We may not succeed in maintaining our profitability on an annual basis and could incur quarterly or annual losses in future periods. We expect to incur additional operating expenses associated with being a public company and we intend to continue to increase our operating expenses as we grow our business. We also expect to continue to make investments in our proprietary technology applications, sales and marketing, infrastructure, facilities and other resources as we expand our operations, thus incurring additional costs. If our revenue does not increase to offset these increases in costs, our operating results would be negatively affected. You should not consider our historic revenue and net income growth rates as indicative of future growth rates. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or increase our profitability in the future. Each of the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, as well as other factors, may affect our future operating results and profitability. For example, factors that may affect our future operating results and profitability include:
 
  •  the extent to which our service offerings achieve and maintain market acceptance;
 
  •  the failure of our existing customers to renew their managed service contracts with us upon expiration;
 
  •  the length of our sales, contracting and implementation cycles for new customers;
 
  •  changes in customer procurement policies;
 
  •  the financial condition of our current and potential customers;
 
  •  the amount and timing of incentive payments we receive from our customers for increasing their revenue yield;
 
  •  the amount and timing of reductions in our customers’ revenue cycle costs that we are able to achieve;
 
  •  changes in the average maturity of our managed service contracts with customers;
 
  •  our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel to meet the needs of our growing business;
 
  •  technical difficulties or interruptions in our services;
 
  •  the entry of new competitors and the introduction of superior or more economical service offerings by new or existing competitors;
 
  •  changes in the regulatory environment related to healthcare and reimbursement for healthcare services;
 
  •  regulatory compliance costs;
 
  •  litigation involving our company, including related to our intellectual property;
 
  •  departures of key personnel;


12


Table of Contents

 
  •  the timing, size and integration success of potential future acquisitions; and
 
  •  changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.
 
Hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health currently account for a majority of our net services revenue, and we have several customers that have each accounted for 10% or more of our net services revenue in past fiscal periods. The termination of our master services agreement with Ascension Health, or any significant loss of business from our large customers, would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We are party to a master services agreement with Ascension Health pursuant to which we provide services to its affiliated hospitals that execute separate managed service contracts with us. Hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health have accounted for a majority of our net services revenue each year since our formation. In the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, aggregate revenue from hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health were $142.6 million, $214.2 million, $281.7 million, $136.7 million and $151.6 million, respectively, representing 88.7%, 89.0%, 70.7%, 73.0% and 63.6% of our total net services revenue, which is the term we use for our net services revenue, in such periods. In some fiscal periods, individual hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health have each accounted for 10% or more of our total net services revenue. In addition, another customer, which is not affiliated with Ascension Health, accounted for 11.5% of our total net services revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 10.6% of our total net services revenue in the year ended December 31, 2008 but less than 10% of our total net services revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
All of our managed service contracts with hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health will expire on December 13, 2012 unless renewed. Pursuant to the master services agreement and the managed service contracts with hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health, our fees are subject to adjustment in the event quarterly cash collections at these hospitals deteriorate materially after we take over revenue cycle management operations. While these adjustments have never been triggered, if they were, our future fees from hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health would be reduced. In addition, any of our other customers, including hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health, can elect not to renew their managed service contracts with us upon expiration. We intend to seek renewal of all managed service contracts with our customers, but cannot assure you that all of them will be renewed or that the terms upon which they may be renewed will be as favorable to us as the terms of the initial managed service contracts.
 
Our inability to renew the managed service contracts with hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health, the termination of our master services agreement with Ascension Health, the loss of any of our other large customers or their failure to renew their managed service contracts with us upon expiration, or a reduction in the fees for our services for these customers would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our master services agreement with Ascension Health requires us to offer to Ascension Health’s affiliated hospitals service fees that are at least as low as the fees we charge any other similarly situated customer receiving comparable services at comparable volumes, and the master services agreement includes other provisions that could impede or delay our ability to enter into managed service contracts with new customers.
 
Our master services agreement with Ascension Health requires us to offer to Ascension Health’s affiliated hospitals fees for our services that are at least as low as the fees we charge any other similarly-situated customer receiving comparable services at comparable volumes. If we were to offer another similarly-situated customer receiving a comparable volume of comparable services fees that are lower than the fees paid by hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health, we would be obligated to offer such lower fees to hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health, which could have a material


13


Table of Contents

adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we are required to consult with Ascension Health’s affiliated hospitals before undertaking services for competitors identified by them in the managed service contracts they execute with us. In limited circumstances, we have also agreed not to enter into managed service contracts with an existing customer’s competitors without such customer’s consent. These obligations could impede or delay our ability to enter into managed service contracts with new customers.
 
The market for integrated, end-to-end revenue cycle solutions may develop more slowly than we expect, which could adversely affect our revenue and our ability to maintain or increase our profitability.
 
Our success depends, in part, on the willingness of hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers to implement integrated, end-to-end revenue cycle solutions. Some hospitals may be reluctant or unwilling to implement our solution for a number of reasons, including failure to perceive the need for improved revenue cycle operations and lack of knowledge about the potential benefits our solution provides. Even if potential customers recognize the need for improved revenue cycle operations, they may not select an integrated, end-to-end revenue cycle solution such as ours because they previously have made investments in internally developed solutions and choose to continue to rely on their own internal revenue cycle management staff. As a result, the market for integrated, end-to-end revenue cycle solutions may develop more slowly than we expect, which could adversely affect our revenue and our ability to maintain or increase our profitability.
 
We operate in a highly competitive industry, and our current or future competitors may be able to compete more effectively than we do, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue, growth rates and market share.
 
The market for revenue cycle management solutions is highly competitive and we expect competition to intensify in the future. We face competition from the internal revenue cycle management staff of hospitals, as described above. We also compete with external participants in the revenue cycle market, including software-as-a-service or other technology-supported revenue cycle management business process outsourcing companies; traditional consultants; and information technology outsourcers. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, regulations or customer requirements. We may not be able to compete successfully with these companies, and these or other competitors may introduce technologies or services that render our technologies or services obsolete or less marketable. Even if our technologies and services are more effective than the offerings of our competitors, current or potential customers might prefer competitive technologies or services to our technologies and services. Increased competition is likely to result in pricing pressures, which could negatively impact our margins, growth rate or market share.
 
If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our financial condition will suffer.
 
Our success depends in part upon the retention of our customers, particularly Ascension Health and its affiliated hospitals. We derive our net services revenue primarily from managed service contracts pursuant to which we receive base fees and incentive payments. Customers can elect not to renew their managed service contracts with us upon expiration. If a managed service contract is not renewed or is terminated for any reason, we will not receive the payments we would have otherwise received over the life of contract. In addition, financial issues or other changes in customer circumstances, such as a customer change in control, may cause us or the customer to seek to modify or terminate a managed service contract, and either we or the customer may generally terminate a contract for material uncured breach by the other. If we breach a managed service contract or fail to perform in accordance with contractual service levels, we may also be liable to the customer for damages. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.


14


Table of Contents

We face a variable selling cycle to secure new managed service contracts, making it difficult to predict the timing of specific new customer relationships.
 
We face a variable selling cycle, typically spanning six to twelve months, to secure a new managed service contract. Even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new customer, we may not be successful in entering into a managed service contract with that customer. In addition, we cannot accurately predict the timing of entering into managed service contracts with new customers due to the complex procurement decision processes of most healthcare providers, which often involves high-level or committee approvals. Consequently, we have only a limited ability to predict the timing of specific new customer relationships.
 
Delayed or unsuccessful implementation of our technologies or services with our customers or implementation costs that exceed our expectations may harm our financial results.
 
To implement our solution, we utilize the customer’s existing revenue cycle management and staff and layer our proprietary technology tools on top of the customer’s existing patient accounting system. Each customer’s situation is different, and unanticipated difficulties and delays may arise. If the implementation process is not executed successfully or is delayed, our relationship with the customer may be adversely affected and our results of operations could suffer. Implementation of our solution also requires us to integrate our own employees into the customer’s operations. The customer’s circumstances may require us to devote a larger number of our employees than anticipated, which could increase our costs and harm our financial results.
 
Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate as a result of factors that may impact our incentive and base fees, some of which may be outside of our control.
 
We recognize base fee revenue on a straight-line basis over the life of the managed service contract. Base fees for contracts which are received in advance of services delivered are classified as deferred revenue until services have been provided. Our managed service contracts generally allow for adjustments to the base fee. Adjustments typically occur at 90, 180 or 360 days after the contract commences, but can also occur at subsequent dates as a result of factors including changes to the scope of operations and internal and external audits. In addition, our fees from hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health are subject to adjustment in the event quarterly cash collections at these hospitals deteriorate materially after we take over revenue cycle management operations. While these adjustments have never been triggered, if they were, our future fees from hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health would be reduced. Further, estimates of the incentive payments we have earned from providing services to customers in prior periods could change because the laws, regulations, instructions, payor contracts and rule interpretations governing how our customers receive payments from payors are complex and change frequently. All adjustments, the timing of which are often dependent on factors outside of our control and which can increase or decrease our revenue and operating margin, are recorded in the period the changes are known and collectibility is reasonably assured. Any such adjustments may cause our quarter-to-quarter results of operations to fluctuate.
 
If we lose key personnel or if we are unable to attract, hire, integrate and retain key personnel and other necessary employees, our business would be harmed.
 
Our future success depends in part on our ability to attract, hire, integrate and retain key personnel. Our future success also depends on the continued contributions of our executive officers and other key personnel, each of whom may be difficult to replace. In particular, Mary A. Tolan, our president and chief executive officer, is critical to the management of our business and operations and the development of our strategic direction. The loss of services of Ms. Tolan or any of our other executive officers or key personnel or the inability to continue to attract qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. The replacement of any of these key personnel would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. Competition for the caliber and number of employees we require is intense. We


15


Table of Contents

may face difficulty identifying and hiring qualified personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training each of our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to retain our employees, we could incur significant expenses in hiring, integrating and training their replacements and the quality of our services and our ability to serve our customers could diminish, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business.
 
If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business would be harmed.
 
We have expanded our operations significantly since inception and anticipate expanding further. For example, our net services revenue increased from $16.2 million in 2004 to $398.5 million in 2008, and the number of our full-time employees increased from two at January 1, 2004 to 1,305 as of June 30, 2009. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, infrastructure and other resources. To manage future growth, we will need to hire, integrate and retain highly skilled and motivated employees. We will also need to continue to improve our financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. If we do not effectively manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain high-quality service offerings.
 
Disruptions in service or damage to our data centers and shared services centers could adversely affect our business.
 
Our data centers and shared services centers are essential to our business. Our operations depend on our ability to operate our shared service centers, and to maintain and protect our applications, which are located in data centers that are operated for us by third parties. We cannot control or assure the continued or uninterrupted availability of these third party data centers. In addition, our information technologies and systems, as well as our data centers and shared services centers, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from various causes, including (i) acts of God and other natural disasters, war and acts of terrorism and (ii) power losses, computer systems failures, Internet and telecommunications or data network failures, operator error, losses of and corruption of data and similar events. We conduct business continuity planning and maintain insurance against fires, floods, other natural disasters and general business interruptions to mitigate the adverse effects of a disruption, relocation or change in operating environment at one of our data centers or shared services centers, but the situations we plan for and the amount of insurance coverage we maintain may not be adequate in any particular case. In addition, the occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays or cessations in service to our customers, or in interruptions, delays or cessations in the direct connections we establish between our customers and third-party payors. Any of these events could impair or prohibit our ability to provide our services, reduce the attractiveness of our services to current or potential customers and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure, data centers, shared services centers or systems that we interface with, including the Internet and related systems, may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks or other attacks by third parties seeking to disrupt operations or misappropriate information or similar physical or electronic breaches of security. Any of these can cause system failure, including network, software or hardware failure, which can result in service disruptions. As a result, we may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches and hackers or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches.


16


Table of Contents

If our security measures are breached or fail and unauthorized access is obtained to a customer’s data, our service may be perceived as not being secure, the attractiveness of our services to current or potential customers may be reduced, and we may incur significant liabilities.
 
Our services involve the storage and transmission of customers’ proprietary information and protected health, financial, payment and other personal information of patients. We rely on proprietary and commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring, as well as other processes, to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of such information, and because of the sensitivity of this information, the effectiveness of such security efforts is very important. The systems currently used for transmission and approval of credit card transactions, and the technology utilized in credit cards themselves, all of which can put credit card data at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment card industry, not by us. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, someone may be able to obtain unauthorized access to customer or patient data. Improper activities by third parties, advances in computer and software capabilities and encryption technology, new tools and discoveries and other events or developments may facilitate or result in a compromise or breach of our computer systems. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, and we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. Our security measures may not be effective in preventing these types of activities, and the security measures of our third-party data centers and service providers may not be adequate. If a breach of our security occurs, we could face damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, possible lawsuits by individuals affected by the breach and significant remediation costs and efforts to prevent future occurrences. In addition, whether there is an actual or a perceived breach of our security, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose current or potential customers.
 
We may be liable to our customers or third parties if we make errors in providing our services, and our anticipated net services revenue may be lower if we provide poor service.
 
The services we offer are complex, and we make errors from time to time. Errors can result from the interface of our proprietary technology tools and a customer’s existing patient accounting system, or we may make human errors in any aspect of our service offerings. The costs incurred in correcting any material errors may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Our customers, or third parties such as our customers’ patients, may assert claims against us alleging that they suffered damages due to our errors, and such claims could subject us to significant legal defense costs and adverse publicity regardless of the merits or eventual outcome of such claims. In addition, if we provide poor service to a customer and the customer therefore realizes less improvement in revenue yield, the incentive fee payments to us from that customer will be lower than anticipated.
 
We offer our services in many jurisdictions and, therefore, may be subject to state and local taxes that could harm our business or that we may have inadvertently failed to pay.
 
We may lose sales or incur significant costs should various tax jurisdictions be successful in imposing taxes on a broader range of services. Imposition of such taxes on our services could result in substantial unplanned costs, would effectively increase the cost of such services to our customers and may adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed. For example, in 2008 Michigan began to impose a tax based on gross receipts in addition to tax based on net income. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a tax provision of $2.3 million, of which $1.2 million was attributable to the Michigan gross receipts tax.


17


Table of Contents

Our growing operations in India expose us to risks that could have an adverse effect on our costs of operations.
 
We employ a significant number of persons in India and expect to continue to add personnel in India. While there are cost advantages to operating in India, significant growth in the technology sector in India has increased competition to attract and retain skilled employees and has led to a commensurate increase in compensation costs. In the future, we may not be able to hire and retain such personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure in India. In addition, our reliance on a workforce in India exposes us to disruptions in the business, political and economic environment in that region. Maintenance of a stable political environment is important to our operations, and terrorist attacks and acts of violence or war may directly affect our physical facilities and workforce or contribute to general instability. Our operations in India require us to comply with local laws and regulatory requirements, which are complex and of which we may not always be aware, and expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Our Indian operations may also subject us to trade restrictions, reduced or inadequate protection for intellectual property rights, security breaches and other factors that may adversely affect our business. Negative developments in any of these areas could increase our costs of operations or otherwise harm our business.
 
Negative public perception in the United States regarding offshore outsourcing and proposed legislation may increase the cost of delivering our services.
 
Offshore outsourcing is a politically sensitive topic in the United States. For example, various organizations and public figures in the United States have expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing providers and the loss of jobs in the United States. In addition, there has been recent publicity about the negative experience of certain companies that use offshore outsourcing, particularly in India. Current or prospective customers may elect to perform such services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring these services from onshore to offshore providers to avoid negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends towards offshore outsourcing would increase the cost of delivering our services if we had to relocate aspects of our services from India to the United States where operating costs are higher.
 
Legislation in the United States may be enacted that is intended to discourage or restrict offshore outsourcing. In the United States, federal and state legislation has been proposed, and enacted in several states, that could restrict or discourage U.S. companies from outsourcing their services to companies outside the United States. For example, legislation has been proposed that would require offshore providers to identify where they are located. In addition, legislation has been enacted in at least one state that requires that state contracts for services be performed within the United States, while several other states provide a preference to state contracts that are performed within the state. It is possible that legislation could be adopted that would restrict U.S. private sector companies that have federal or state government contracts, or that receive government funding or reimbursement, such as Medicare or Medicaid payments, from outsourcing their services to offshore service providers. Any changes to existing laws or the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore outsourcing in the United States may adversely affect our ability to do business, particularly if these changes are widespread, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
We may engage in future acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and harm our business, operating results or financial condition.
 
Although we currently have no business acquisitions pending or planned, we may pursue acquisition opportunities in the future. We have limited experience consummating acquisitions, and therefore our ability as an organization to make acquisitions is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve


18


Table of Contents

our goals, or such acquisitions may be viewed negatively by customers, financial markets or investors. In addition, any acquisitions that we make could lead to difficulties in integrating personnel and operations from the acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key personnel from these businesses. Acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management from day-to-day responsibilities, increase our expenses or adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Future acquisitions may reduce our cash available for operations and other uses and could result in an increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Regulatory Risks
 
The healthcare industry is heavily regulated. Our failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business.
 
The healthcare industry is heavily regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. Many healthcare laws are complex, and their application to specific services and relationships may not be clear. In particular, many existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not anticipate the services that we provide. We believe we have structured our operations to comply with all material legal requirements that are applicable to us, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or adversely affected by enforcement initiatives. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations to our business, or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements, could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business. Federal and state legislatures and agencies periodically consider proposals to revise aspects of the healthcare industry or to revise or create additional statutory and regulatory requirements. Such proposals, if implemented, could impact our operations, the use of our services and our ability to market new services, or could create unexpected liabilities for us. We are unable to predict what changes to laws or regulations might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or our operating costs.
 
Developments in the healthcare industry, including national healthcare reform, could adversely affect our business.
 
The healthcare industry has changed significantly in recent years and we expect that significant changes will continue to occur. The timing and impact of developments in the healthcare industry are difficult to predict. We cannot be sure that the markets for our services will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and marketing resources to react to changes in those markets.
 
National healthcare reform is currently a major policy issue at the federal level. The Obama administration has made healthcare reform a priority, and legislative proposals are currently being debated by Congress. Some of the underlying themes of current reform proposals — quality and cost, uninsured coverage and healthcare information technology — are broadly targeted to drive greater efficiency in the U.S. healthcare system by, among other things, rewarding quality and coordination of care and promoting broader adoption of electronic medical records.
 
Although it is impossible to predict what healthcare reform legislation, if any, will be enacted, proposals currently being debated could have adverse consequences for the hospitals we serve and for us. Healthcare reform could, for example, result in additional or costly legal and regulatory requirements that are applicable to us and our customers, encourage more companies to enter our market, provide advantages to our competitors and result in the development of solutions that compete with ours. In addition, healthcare reform could result in an increase to the number or scope


19


Table of Contents

of federal or state charity care programs or community benefits programs, which may adversely affect our claim collection and recovery efforts.
 
If a breach of our measures protecting personal data covered by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act or Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act occurs, we may incur significant liabilities.
 
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and the regulations that have been issued under it, which we refer to collectively as HIPAA, contain substantial restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of individuals’ protected health information. Under HIPAA, covered entities must establish administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information maintained or transmitted by them or by others on their behalf. In February 2009 HIPAA was amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, Act to add provisions that will, beginning in 2010, impose certain of the HIPAA privacy and security requirements directly upon business associates of covered entities. When new regulations take effect in late 2009, both covered entities and their business associates will be required to notify individuals and government authorities of data security breaches involving unsecured protected health information. We may be viewed as a business associate of a covered entity under HIPAA and the HITECH Act. We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security incidents. A knowing breach of the HITECH Act’s requirements could expose us to criminal liability. A breach of our safeguards and processes that is not due to reasonable cause or involves willful neglect could expose us to civil penalties and the possibility of civil litigation.
 
If we fail to comply with federal and state laws governing submission of false or fraudulent claims to government healthcare programs and financial relationships among healthcare providers, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties or loss of eligibility to participate in government healthcare programs.
 
A number of federal and state laws, including anti-kickback restrictions and laws prohibiting the submission of false or fraudulent claims, apply to healthcare providers, physicians and others that make, offer, seek or receive referrals or payments for products or services that may be paid for through any federal or state healthcare program and, in some instances, any private program. These laws are complex and their application to our specific services and relationships may not be clear and may be applied to our business in ways that we do not anticipate. Federal and state regulatory and law enforcement authorities have recently increased enforcement activities with respect to Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse regulations and other healthcare reimbursement laws and rules. From time to time, participants in the healthcare industry receive inquiries or subpoenas to produce documents in connection with government investigations. We could be required to expend significant time and resources to comply with these requests, and the attention of our management team could be diverted by these efforts. Furthermore, if we are found to be in violation of any federal or state fraud and abuse laws, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, and we could be excluded from participating in federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The occurrence of any of these events could give our customers the right to terminate our managed service contracts with them and result in significant harm to our business and financial condition.
 
The federal anti-kickback law prohibits any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving anything of value, directly or indirectly, for the referral of patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs or the leasing, purchasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the lease, purchase or order of any item, good, facility or service covered by these programs. Many states have adopted similar prohibitions against kickbacks and other practices that are intended to induce referrals, and some of these state laws are applicable to all patients regardless


20


Table of Contents

of whether the patient is covered under a governmental health program or private health plan. We evaluate our business relationships and activities to comply with the federal anti-kickback statute and similar laws, and we seek to structure our financial arrangements in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of applicable safe harbors to these laws. We cannot assure you, however, that our arrangements will be protected by such safe harbors or that such increased enforcement activities will not directly or indirectly have an adverse effect on our business financial condition or results of operations. Any determination by a federal or state agency that any of our activities or those of our vendors or customers violate any of these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, could require us to change or terminate some portions of our operations or business, could disqualify us from providing services to healthcare providers doing business with government programs, could give our customers the right to terminate our managed service contracts with them and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
 
There are also numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with the submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In particular, the federal False Claims Act, or the FCA, prohibits a person from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval by an officer, employee or agent of the United States. In addition, the FCA prohibits a person from knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to such a claim. Violations of the FCA may result in treble damages, significant monetary penalties, and other collateral consequences including, potentially, exclusion from participation in federally funded health care programs. The scope and implications of the recent amendments pursuant to the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009, or FERA, have yet to be fully determined or adjudicated and as a result it is difficult to predict how future enforcement initiatives may impact our business.
 
These laws and regulations may change rapidly, and it is frequently unclear how they apply to our business. Errors created by our proprietary tools or services that relate to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim or cost report information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations. Any failure of our proprietary tools or services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial civil or criminal liability and could, among other things, adversely affect demand for our services, invalidate all or portions of some of our managed service contracts with our customers, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our base fee revenues and incentive payment revenues, cause us to be disqualified from serving customers doing business with government payers, and give our customers the right to terminate our managed service contracts with them, any one of which could have an adverse effect on our business.
 
Our failure to comply with debt collection and consumer credit reporting regulations could subject us to fines and other liabilities, which could harm our reputation and business.
 
The U.S. Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA, regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect, directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be owed to another person. Certain of our accounts receivable activities may be subject to the FDCPA. Many states impose additional requirements on debt collection communications, and some of those requirements may be more stringent than the comparable federal requirements. Moreover, regulations governing debt collection are subject to changing interpretations that may be inconsistent among different jurisdictions. We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, which regulates consumer credit reporting and which may impose liability on us to the extent that the adverse credit information reported on a consumer to a credit bureau is false or inaccurate. We could incur costs or could be subject to fines or other penalties under the FCRA if the Federal Trade Commission determines that we have mishandled protected information. We or our customers could be required to report such breaches to affected consumers or regulatory authorities, leading to disclosures that could damage our reputation or harm our business, financial position and operating results.


21


Table of Contents

Potential additional regulation of the disclosure of health information outside the United States may increase our costs.
 
Federal or state governmental authorities may impose additional data security standards or additional privacy or other restrictions on the collection, use, transmission and other disclosures of health information. Legislation has been proposed at various times at both the federal and the state levels that would limit, forbid or regulate the use or transmission of medical information pertaining to U.S. patients outside of the United States. Such legislation, if adopted, may render our operations in India impracticable or substantially more expensive. Moving such operations to the United States may involve substantial delay in implementation and increased costs.
 
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
 
We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property.
 
Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. If we fail to establish or protect our intellectual property rights, we may lose an important advantage in the market in which we compete. We rely upon a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret law and contractual terms and conditions to protect our intellectual property rights, all of which provide only limited protection. We cannot assure you that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to protect our competitive advantages. Although we have filed four patent applications, we cannot assure you that any patents will issue from these applications in a manner that gives us the protection that we seek, or that any future patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patents are uncertain. Any patents that may issue in the future from pending or future patent applications may not provide sufficiently broad protection or they may not prove to be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers. Also, we cannot assure you that any trademark registrations will be issued for pending or future applications or that any of our trademarks will be enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights.
 
We also rely in some circumstances on trade secrets to protect our technology. Trade secrets may lose their value if not properly protected. We endeavor to enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, customers, contractors and business partners to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information. The steps we have taken, however, may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology, and adequate remedies may not be available in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and proprietary technology. Moreover, others may reverse engineer or independently develop technologies that are competitive to ours or infringe our intellectual property.
 
Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our intellectual property and using our technology for their competitive advantage. Any such infringement or misappropriation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Monitoring infringement of our intellectual property rights can be difficult and costly, and enforcement of our intellectual property rights may require us to bring legal actions against infringers. Infringement actions are inherently uncertain and therefore may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed, and even if successful may require a substantial amount of resources and divert our management’s attention.
 
Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property could force us to incur significant costs or revise the way we conduct our business.
 
Our competitors protect their intellectual property rights by means such as patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks. We have not conducted an independent review of patents issued to third parties. Additionally, because patent applications in the United States and many other jurisdictions are kept confidential for 18 months before they are published, we may be unaware of pending patent applications that relate to our proprietary technology. Although we have not been involved in any litigation related to intellectual property rights of others, from time to time we receive


22


Table of Contents

letters from other parties alleging, or inquiring about, possible breaches of their intellectual property rights. Any party asserting that we infringe its proprietary rights would force us to defend ourselves, and possibly our customers, against the alleged infringement. These claims and any resulting lawsuit, if successful, could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidation of our proprietary rights or interruption or cessation of our operations. The software and technology industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Moreover, the risk of such a lawsuit will likely increase as our size and scope of our services and technology platforms increase, as our geographic presence and market share expand and as the number of competitors in our market increases. Any such claims or litigation could:
 
  •  be time-consuming and expensive to defend, whether meritorious or not;
 
  •  require us to stop providing the services that use the technology that infringes the other party’s intellectual property;
 
  •  divert the attention of our technical and managerial resources;
 
  •  require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements with third parties, which may not be available on terms that we deem acceptable, if at all;
 
  •  prevent us from operating all or a portion of our business or force us to redesign our services and technology platforms, which could be difficult and expensive and may make the performance or value of our service offerings less attractive;
 
  •  subject us to significant liability for damages or result in significant settlement payments; or
 
  •  require us to indemnify our customers as we are required by contract to indemnify some of our customers for certain claims based upon the infringement or alleged infringement of any third party’s intellectual property rights resulting from our customers’ use of our intellectual property.
 
Intellectual property litigation can be costly. Even if we prevail, the cost of such litigation could deplete our financial resources. Litigation is also time-consuming and could divert management’s attention and resources away from our business. Furthermore, during the course of litigation, confidential information may be disclosed in the form of documents or testimony in connection with discovery requests, depositions or trial testimony. Disclosure of our confidential information and our involvement in intellectual property litigation could materially adversely affect our business. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could significantly limit our ability to continue our operations and could harm our relationships with current and prospective customers. Any of the foregoing could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
 
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Shares of Our Common Stock
 
The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
 
Our common stock has no prior trading history, and an active public market for these shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors. In addition to the risks


23


Table of Contents

described in this section, factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:
 
  •  fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
 
  •  changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;
 
  •  investors’ general perception of us; and
 
  •  changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.
 
In addition, if the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class actions filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it would likely result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Our securities have no prior market and our stock price may decline after the offering.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange, an active public trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. For example, the New York Stock Exchange imposes certain securities trading requirements, including minimum trading price, minimum number of stockholders and minimum market capitalization. Our company and the representatives of the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock following this offering. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.
 
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the contractual lock-up agreements described below expire and other restrictions on resale lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2009, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding           shares of common stock. Of these shares,           shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market and           shares of common stock will be subject to a 180-day contractual lock-up with the underwriters. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, acting as representatives of the underwriters, may permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. Upon expiration of the contractual lock-up agreements with the underwriters, and based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2009, an additional           shares will be eligible for sale in the public market.
 
Some of our existing stockholders have demand and incidental registration rights to require us to register with the SEC up to           shares of our common stock. If we register these shares of common stock, the stockholders would be able to sell those shares freely in the public market.
 
See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for further details regarding the number of shares eligible for sale in the public market after this offering.


24


Table of Contents

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and will be able to determine substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. As a result, these stockholders will be able to determine substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third-party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see “Principal and Selling Stockholders”.
 
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to public company compliance matters.
 
We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, have imposed various new requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with our public company obligations. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues. Preparing for compliance with Section 404 will require us to strengthen our internal controls, improve our processes and systems for financial reporting and internal controls, and hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock Exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain widespread research coverage by securities and industry analysts. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports


25


Table of Contents

on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
 
You will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.
 
The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $      per share. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, if outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.
 
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.
 
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering:
 
  •  authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;
 
  •  establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election;
 
  •  require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a supermajority stockholder vote;
 
  •  provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;
 
  •  limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •  prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and
 
  •  require supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.
 
For additional information regarding these and other anti-takeover provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law”.


26


Table of Contents

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.
 
Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include financing our growth, developing new services and funding capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.
 
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future following the closing of this offering.
 
Although we paid a cash dividend on our capital stock in July 2008 and declared another cash dividend on our capital stock in August 2009, we do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future following the closing of this offering. Any future dividend payments will be within the absolute discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, contractual restrictions, provisions of applicable law and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We may not generate sufficient cash from operations in the future to pay dividends on our common stock. See “Dividend Policy”.


27


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “plan”, “predict”, “project”, “will”, “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements about:
 
  •  our ability to attract and retain customers;
 
  •  our financial performance;
 
  •  the advantages of our solution as compared to those of others;
 
  •  our new quality/cost service initiative;
 
  •  our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property rights;
 
  •  our ability to retain and hire necessary employees and appropriately staff our operations; and
 
  •  our estimates regarding capital requirements and needs for additional financing.
 
We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section, that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.
 
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
 
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
 
We obtained the industry and market data in this prospectus from our own research as well as from industry and general publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry and general publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that these publications, studies and surveys are reliable, we have not independently verified the data contained in them. In addition, while we believe that the results and estimates from our internal research are reliable, such results and estimates have not been verified by any independent source.


28


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $      million, or $      million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      , the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.
 
We intend to use approximately $      million of our net proceeds of this offering to pay the preferred stock liquidation preferences that will be paid in cash to the holders of our outstanding preferred stock concurrently with the conversion of such shares into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. We intend to use the remainder of our net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include financing our growth, developing new services and funding capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments. In addition, the other principal purposes for this offering are to:
 
  •  increase our visibility in the markets we serve;
 
  •  strengthen our balance sheet and increase the likelihood that we remain debt-free;
 
  •  create a public market for our common stock;
 
  •  facilitate our future access to the public capital markets;
 
  •  provide liquidity for our existing stockholders;
 
  •  improve the effectiveness of our equity compensation plans in attracting and retaining key employees; and
 
  •  enhance our ability to acquire complementary businesses or technologies.
 
Except for the preferred stock liquidation preference payments described above, we have not yet determined with any certainty the manner in which we will allocate our net proceeds. Our management will retain broad discretion in the allocation and use of our net proceeds of this offering. The amounts and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive and technological developments, and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. For example, if we were to expand our operations more rapidly than anticipated by our current plans, a greater portion of the proceeds would likely be used for the development or enhancement of our proprietary technologies. Alternatively, if we were to engage in an acquisition that required a significant cash outlay, some or all of the proceeds might be used for that purpose.
 
Although we may use a portion of the proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, companies, technologies or assets that complement our business, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or make any material investments. We cannot assure you that we will make any acquisitions or investments in the future.
 
Pending specific utilization of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in short-term investment grade and U.S. government securities.


29


Table of Contents

 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We paid a cash dividend in the aggregate amount of $15.0 million, or $0.7203 per common-equivalent share, to holders of record as of July 11, 2008 of our common stock and preferred stock. In August 2009, we declared an additional cash dividend in the aggregate amount of $15.0 million, or $0.72 per common-equivalent share, to holders of record as of September 1, 2009 of our common stock and preferred stock. Approximately $13 million of this dividend is being paid in September 2009 and the balance in October 2009.
 
We currently intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business, and we do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future following the closing of this offering. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in current or future financing instruments, provisions of applicable law, and other factors the board deems relevant.


30


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2009:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the     -for-one split of our common stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (3) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (4) the assumed issuance of           shares of common stock upon exercise of warrants that will be cancelled if not exercised prior to this offering.
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the items described in the preceding bullet, (2) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation prior to the closing of this offering, (3) our issuance and sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds”, and (4) our issuance of          shares of common stock to FT Partners contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
You should read this table together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus.
 
                         
    June 30, 2009  
                Pro forma
 
   
Actual
   
Pro forma
   
as adjusted
 
    (Unaudited)
 
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 37,789                  
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,350,000 shares authorized and issuable in series, 1,299,541 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    13              
                         
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
                 
                         
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
                       
Common stock, 17,500,000 shares authorized, 8,178,119 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 17,500,000 shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    82                  


31


Table of Contents

                         
    June 30, 2009  
                Pro forma
 
   
Actual
   
Pro forma
   
as adjusted
 
    (Unaudited)
 
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Non-voting common stock, 8,000,000 shares authorized, 1,321,857 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    13              
                         
Additional paid-in capital
    45,773                  
Non-executive employee loans for stock option exercises
    (230 )                
Accumulated deficit
    (24,887 )                
Cumulative translation adjustment
    (227 )                
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    20,537                  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 58,326     $       $  
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      , the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity in the pro forma as adjusted column by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.
 
The table above is based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2009, and excludes:
 
  •  833,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2009 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.12 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering if not exercised prior to this offering;
 
  •  2,440,885 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2009 at a weighted-average exercise price of $21.59 per share, of which 1,054,930 shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.52 per share would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these options as of June 30, 2009;
 
  •  173,828 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2009; and
 
  •  an additional           shares of our common stock that will be made available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans upon the closing of this offering.

32


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share you will pay in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2009 was $      million, or $      per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share set forth below represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on June 30, 2009, after giving effect to (1) the     -for-one split of our common stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (3) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (4) the assumed issuance of           shares of common stock upon exercise of warrants that will be cancelled if not exercised prior to this offering.
 
After giving effect to our issuance and sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2009 would have been $      million, or $      per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $      per share. Accordingly, new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering will suffer an immediate dilution of their investment of $      per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to the new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering without giving effect to the option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters:
 
         
Assumed initial public offering price per share
      $       
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2009
             
Increase per share attributable to sale of shares of common stock in this offering
       
         
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering
       
         
Dilution per share to new investors
      $
         
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net tangible book value by $      million, the net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.
 
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $      per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $      per share and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors. If any shares are issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, you will experience further dilution.
 
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2009, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this


33


Table of Contents

prospectus, before the deduction of the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us:
 
                                         
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
   
Number
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
   
Per Share
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Existing stockholders
                %   $             %   $        
New investors
                                  $    
                                         
Total
            100 %           $ 100 %        
                                         
 
The foregoing tables and calculations are based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2009 after giving effect to (1) the     -for-one split of our common stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (3) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and (4) the assumed issuance of          shares of common stock upon exercise of warrants that will be cancelled if not exercised prior to this offering, and excludes:
 
  •  833,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2009 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.12 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering if not exercised prior to this offering;
 
  •  2,440,885 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2009 at a weighted-average exercise price of $21.59 per share, of which 1,054,930 shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.52 per share would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these options as of June 30, 2009;
 
  •  173,828 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2009; and
 
  •  an additional           shares of our common stock that will be made available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans upon the closing of this offering.
 
The sale of           shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to          , or     % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to          , or          % of the total shares outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the shares held by existing stockholders will further decrease to          , or     % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by new investors will further increase to          , or     % of the total shares outstanding.


34


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods presented. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.
 
We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 and as of June 30, 2009 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any future period.
 
                                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                                  (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Net services revenue
  $ 16,199     $ 111,201     $ 160,741     $ 240,725     $ 398,469     $ 187,261     $ 238,149  
Costs of services
    16,098       97,120       141,767       197,676       335,211       160,082       195,667  
                                                         
Operating margin
    101       14,081       18,974       43,049       63,258       27,179       42,482  
                                                         
Operating expenses:
                                                       
Infused management and technology
    2,082       13,037       18,875       27,872       39,234       17,938       24,482  
Selling, general and administrative
    4,629       4,230       8,777       15,657       21,227       9,642       15,308  
                                                         
Total operating expenses
    6,711       17,267       27,652       43,529       60,461       27,580       39,790  
                                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (6,610 )     (3,186 )     (8,678 )     (480 )     2,797       (401 )     2,692  
Interest income
    379       626       1,359       1,710       710       433       83  
                                                         
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (6,231 )     (2,560 )     (7,319 )     1,230       3,507       32       2,775  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
          105             456       2,264       626       (2,439 )
                                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,231 )   $ (2,666 )   $ (7,319 )   $ 774     $ 1,243     $ (594 )   $ 5,214  
                                                         
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                                       
Basic:
  $ (1.41 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.04     $ (0.70 )   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.25  
Diluted:
    (6.82 )     (0.16 )     (1.02 )     0.03       (0.73 )     (0.06 )     0.21  


35


Table of Contents

                                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                                  (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share:
                                                       
Basic:
    522,733       4,935,104       6,611,975       8,410,226       9,214,916       9,160,187       9,337,812  
Diluted:
    522,733       4,935,104       6,611,975       10,296,011       9,214,916       9,160,187       11,492,646  
Other Operating Data (unaudited):
                                                       
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
  $ (5,754 )   $ (2,075 )   $ (7,125 )   $ 6,842     $ 12,220     $ 4,620     $ 11,658  
                                                         
Net patient revenue under management (at period end) (in billions)
  $ 2.1     $ 2.4     $ 4.1     $ 6.9     $ 9.1     $ 8.5     $ 11.9  
                                                         
 
                                                 
    As of December 31,     As of June 30,
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
 
                                  (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 12,925     $ 17,558     $ 20,782     $ 34,745     $ 51,656     $ 37,789  
Working capital
    4,494       7,817       (2,445 )     8,010       (3,453 )     4,114  
Total assets
    13,486       19,064       27,333       60,858       86,904       105,965  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 4,603     $ 8,535     $ 3,165     $ 15,910     $ 7,923     $ 20,537  
 
(1) We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest income (expense), income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income and any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
 
We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:
 
  •  adjusted EBITDA and similar non-GAAP measures are widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon financing and accounting methods, book values of assets, capital structures and the methods by which assets were acquired;
 
  •  securities analysts often use adjusted EBITDA and similar non-GAAP measures as supplemental measures to evaluate the overall operating performance of companies; and
 
  •  by comparing our adjusted EBITDA in different historical periods, our investors can evaluate our operating results without the additional variations of interest income (expense), income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense.
 
Our management uses adjusted EBITDA:
 
  •  as a measure of operating performance, because it does not include the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance;
 
  •  for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget;
 
  •  to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;
 
  •  to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and
 
  •  in communications with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance.
 
We understand that, although measures similar to adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not

36


Table of Contents

consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  •  adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or other contractual commitments;
 
  •  adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense;
 
  •  adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes;
 
  •  adjusted EBITDA does not reflect net interest income (expense);
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements; and
 
  •  other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
 
To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review the GAAP financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.


37


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure:
 
                                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                                  (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,231 )   $ (2,666 )   $ (7,319 )   $ 774     $ 1,243     $ (594 )   $ 5,214  
Net interest income(a)
    (379 )     (626 )     (1,359 )     (1,710 )     (710 )     (433 )     (83 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
          105             456       2,264       626       (2,439 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    22       99       626       1,307       2,540       920       1,882  
                                                         
EBITDA
  $ (6,588 )   $ (3,088 )   $ (8,052 )   $ 827     $ 5,337     $ 519       4,574  
Stock compensation expense(b)
                844       934       3,551       1,021       2,977  
Stock warrant expense(b)
    834       1,013       83       5,081       3,332       3,080       4,107  
                                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ (5,754 )   $ (2,075 )   $ (7,125 )   $ 6,842     $ 12,220     $ 4,620     $ 11,658  
 
(a) Net interest income represents earnings from our cash and cash equivalents. No debt or other interest-bearing obligations were outstanding during any of the periods presented.
 
(b) Stock compensation expense and stock warrant expense collectively represent the share-based compensation expense reflected in our financial statements. Of the amounts presented above, $83, $928, $921, $696 and $1,334 was classified as a reduction in net services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.


38


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
 
Overview
 
Our Background
 
Accretive Health is a leading provider of healthcare revenue cycle management services. Our business purpose is to help U.S. hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers manage their revenue cycle operations more efficiently. Our integrated, end-to-end technology and services offering, which we refer to as our solution, helps our customers realize sustainable improvements in their operating margins and improve the satisfaction of their patients, physicians and staff. We enable these improvements by helping our customers increase the portion of the maximum potential patient revenue they receive, while reducing total revenue cycle costs.
 
Our customers typically are multi-hospital systems, including faith-based or community healthcare systems, academic medical centers and independent ambulatory clinics, and their affiliated physician practice groups. To implement our solution, we assume full responsibility for the management and cost of a customer’s revenue cycle operations and supplement the customer’s existing revenue cycle staff with seasoned Accretive Health personnel. A customer’s net revenue improvements and cost savings generally increase over time as we deploy additional programs and as the programs we implement become more effective, which in turn provides visibility into our future revenue and profitability. In 2008, for example, approximately 80% of our net services revenue, and over 95% of our net income, was derived from customer contracts that were in place as of January 1, 2008.
 
Our customers have historically achieved significant net revenue yield improvements within 18 to 24 months of implementing our solution, with customers operating under mature managed service contracts realizing 400 to 600 basis points in yield improvements, typically in the third or fourth contract year. To date, we have experienced a contract renewal rate of 100% (excluding exploratory new services offerings, a consensual termination following a change of control and a customer reorganization). Coupled with the long-term nature of our managed service contracts and the fixed nature of the base fees under each contract, our historical renewal experience provides a core source of recurring revenue.
 
We believe that current macroeconomic conditions will continue to impose financial pressure on healthcare providers and will increase the importance of managing their revenue cycles effectively and efficiently. Additionally, the continued operating pressures facing U.S. hospitals coupled with some of the underlying themes of current healthcare reform proposals make the efficient management of the revenue cycle and collection of the full amount of payments due for patient services among the most critical challenges facing healthcare providers today.
 
Our corporate headquarters are located in Chicago, Illinois, and we operate shared services centers and offices in Michigan, Missouri, Florida and India. As of June 30, 2009, we had approximately 1,300 full-time employees and managed an additional 6,000 revenue cycle staff persons who are employed by our customers.


39


Table of Contents

Net Services Revenue
 
We derive our net services revenue primarily from service contracts under which we manage our customers’ revenue cycle operations. Revenues from managed service contracts consist of base fees and incentive payments:
 
  •  Base fee revenues represent our fees for managing and overseeing our customers’ revenue cycle operations, net of any cost savings shared with customers.
 
  •  Incentive payment revenues represent the amounts we receive by increasing our customers’ net patient revenue and identifying potential payment sources for patients who are uninsured and underinsured. These payments are governed by specific formulas contained in the managed service contract with each of our customers.
 
In addition, we earn revenue from other services, which primarily include our share of revenues associated with the collection of dormant patient accounts (more than 365 days old) under some of our service contracts. We also receive revenue from other services provided to customers that are not part of our integrated service offerings, such as reviewing a customer’s charge data master or consulting on the billing for individuals receiving emergency room treatment.
 
Some of our service contracts entitle customers to receive a share of the cost savings we achieve from operating their revenue cycle. This share is returned to customers as a reduction in subsequent base fees. Our services revenue is reported net of cost sharing, and we refer to this as our net services revenue.
 
Costs of Services
 
Costs of services consist primarily of the expenses necessary to conduct our customers’ revenue cycle operations. These costs include the salaries and benefits of the customers’ employees engaged in revenue cycle activities and managed on-site by us, the salaries and benefits of our employees engaged in revenue cycle activities, the costs associated with vendors that provide services integral to the customers’ revenue cycle and the costs associated with operating our shared services centers.
 
Operating Margin
 
Operating margin is equal to net services revenue less costs of services. Our operating model is designed to improve margin under each managed service contract as the contract matures, for several reasons:
 
  •  We typically enhance the productivity of a customer’s revenue cycle operations over time as we fully implement our technology and procedures and because any overlap between costs of our shared services centers and costs of hospital operations targeted for transition is generally concentrated in the first year of the contract.
 
  •  Incentive payments under each managed service contract generally increase over time as we deploy additional programs and the programs we implement become more effective and produce improved results for our customers.
 
Infused Management and Technology Expenses
 
We refer to the management and staff revenue cycle employees that we devote to customer operations as infused management. Infused management and technology expenses consist primarily of the wages, bonuses, benefits, share based compensation, travel and other costs associated with deploying our employees on customer sites to guide and manage our customers’ revenue cycle operations. The employees we deploy on customer sites typically have significant experience in revenue cycle operations, technology, quality control or other management disciplines. The other significant portion of these expenses is an allocation of the costs associated with maintaining,


40


Table of Contents

improving and deploying our integrated proprietary technology suite and an allocation of the costs previously capitalized for developing our integrated proprietary technology suite.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of expenses for executive, sales, corporate information technology, legal, finance and human resources personnel, including wages, bonuses, benefits and share-based compensation; fees for professional services; share-based expense for stock warrants; insurance premiums; facility charges; and other corporate expenses. Professional services consist primarily of external legal, tax and audit services. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to add information technology, human resources, finance, accounting and other administrative personnel as we expand our business.
 
We also expect to incur additional professional fees and other expenses resulting from future expansion and the compliance requirements of operating as a public company, including increased audit and legal expenses, investor relations expenses, increased insurance expenses, particularly for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and the costs of complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. While these costs may initially increase as a percentage of our net services revenue, we expect that in the future these expenses will increase at a slower rate than our overall business volume, and that they will eventually represent a smaller percentage of our net services revenue.
 
Interest Income
 
Interest income is derived from the return achieved from our cash balances. We invest primarily in highly liquid, short-term investments, primarily those insured by the U.S. government. Our return on our cash investments declined in 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 as a result of the general decrease in overall interest rates.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income tax expense consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States and India. Although we have net operating loss carryforwards, our effective tax rate in 2008 was approximately 65%. This is due principally to the fact that a large portion of our operations is conducted in Michigan, which in 2008 began to impose a tax based on gross receipts in addition to tax based on net income. We expect our overall effective tax rate to be lower in 2009 and thereafter as the impact of the Michigan gross receipts tax becomes less significant in relation to other income-based taxes. However, we expect our income tax expense to increase in absolute dollars as our income increases.
 
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
 
Our consolidated financial statements reflect the assets, liabilities and results of operations of Accretive Health, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, SureDecisions, Inc., Accretive Health India Private Limited and Accretive Health India Services Private Limited. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. We regularly evaluate the accounting policies and estimates we use. In general, we base estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable given our operating environment. Estimates are based on our best knowledge of current events and the actions we may undertake in the future. Although we believe all adjustments considered necessary for fair presentation have been included, our actual results may differ materially from our estimates.


41


Table of Contents

We believe that the accounting policies described below involve our more significant judgments, assumptions and estimates and, therefore, could have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we believe that a discussion of these policies is necessary to understand and evaluate the consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus. For further information on our critical and other significant accounting policies, see note 2 to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Our managed service contracts generally have an initial term of four to five years and various start and end dates. After the initial terms, these contracts renew annually unless canceled by either party.
 
We record revenue in accordance with the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin 104. As a result, we only record revenue once there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, services have been rendered, the amount of revenue has become fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. We recognize base fee revenues on a straight-line basis over the life of the managed service contract. Base fees for contracts which are received in advance of services delivered are classified as deferred revenue until services have been provided.
 
Our managed service contracts generally allow for adjustments to the base fee. Adjustments typically occur at 90, 180 or 360 days after the contract commences, but can also occur at subsequent dates as a result of factors including changes to the scope of operations and internal and external audits. All adjustments, which can increase or decrease revenue and operating margin, are recorded in the period the changes are known and collectibility is reasonably assured. Any such adjustments may cause our quarter-to-quarter results of operations to fluctuate. Adjustments may vary in direction, frequency and magnitude and generally have not materially affected our annual revenue trends, margin trends, and visibility.
 
We record revenue for incentive payments once the calculation of the incentive payment earned is finalized and collectibility is reasonably assured. We use a proprietary technology and methodology to calculate the amount of benefit each customer receives as a result of our services. Our calculations are based in part on the amount of revenue each customer is entitled to receive from commercial and private insurance carriers, Medicare, Medicaid and patients. Because the laws, regulations, instructions, payor contracts and rule interpretations governing how our customers receive payments from these parties are complex and change frequently, estimates of the prior period net revenue yield calculations could change. All changes in estimates are recorded when new information is available and calculations are completed.
 
Incentive payments are based on the benefits a customer has received throughout the life of the managed service contract with us. Each quarter, we record the increase in the total benefits received to date. If a quarterly calculation indicates that the cumulative benefits to date have decreased, we record a reduction in revenue. If the decrease in revenue exceeds the amount previously paid by the customer, the excess is recorded as deferred revenue.
 
Our services also include collection of dormant patient accounts receivable that have aged 365 days or more directly from individual patients. We share all cash generated from these collections with our customers in accordance with specified arrangements. We record as revenue our portion of the cash received from these collections when each customer’s cash application is complete.
 
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts
 
Base fees are billed to customers quarterly. Base fees received prior to when services are delivered are classified as deferred revenue. Accordingly, the timing of customer payments can result in short-term fluctuations in cash, accounts receivable and deferred revenue.
 
We extend unsecured credit to our customers based on our assessment of each customer’s creditworthiness. We maintain an estimated allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce our gross


42


Table of Contents

accounts receivable to the amount that we believe will be collected. This allowance is reviewed and based on our historical experience, our assessment of each customer’s ability to pay and the status of any ongoing operations with each applicable customer.
 
Software Development
 
We apply the provisions of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position No. 98-1, or SOP 98-1, Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use , which requires the capitalization of costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal use software. In accordance with SOP 98-1, we capitalize the costs of internally-developed, internal use, software when an application is in the development stage. This generally occurs after the overall design and functionality of the application has been approved and our management has committed to the application’s development. Capitalized software development costs consist of payroll and payroll-related costs for employee time spent developing a specific internal use software application, and external costs incurred that are related directly to the development of a specific application.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the net assets acquired for SureDecisions, which we acquired in May 2006. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , goodwill is not subject to amortization but is subject to impairment testing at least annually. Our annual impairment assessment date is the first day of our fourth quarter. We conduct our impairment testing on a company-wide basis because we have only one operating and reporting segment. Our impairment tests are based on our current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions and future expectations. As we apply our judgment to estimate future cash flows and an appropriate discount rate, the analysis reflects assumptions and uncertainties. Our estimates of future cash flows could differ from actual results. Our most recent impairment assessment did not result in goodwill impairment.
 
Impairments of Long-Lived Assets
 
We evaluate all of our long-lived assets, such as furniture, equipment, software and other intangibles, for impairment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , when events or changes in circumstances warrant such a review. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if an adjustment to fair market value is required. This evaluation is significantly impacted by estimates and assumptions of future revenue, expenses and other factors, which are in turn affected by changes in the business climate, legal matters and competition. Our most recent assessment of intangible assets resulted in the impairment of customer relationships acquired as part of our SureDecisions acquisition in the amount of $0.1 million, which was recorded in 2008.
 
Income Taxes
 
We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for future income tax consequences that are attributable to differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes and the income tax bases of such assets and liabilities. We base the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities on enacted tax rates that we expect will apply to taxable income in the year we expect to settle or recover those temporary differences. We recognize the effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of any change in income tax rates in the period that includes the enactment date. We provide a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and in all prior periods, a valuation allowance was provided for all of our net deferred tax assets. As a result of our improved operations, in the second quarter of 2009 we


43


Table of Contents

determined that it was no longer necessary to maintain a valuation allowance for all of our deferred tax assets.
 
The primary sources of our deferred taxes are:
 
  •  differences in timing of depreciation on fixed assets;
 
  •  the timing of revenue recognition arising from incentive payments;
 
  •  employee compensation costs arising from stock options;
 
  •  costs associated with the issuance of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock; and
 
  •  the existence of net operating loss carryforwards.
 
Beginning January 1, 2008, with the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , or FIN 48, we recognize the financial statement effects of a tax position only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. Tax positions taken or expected to be taken that are not recognized under the pronouncement are recorded as liabilities. For interest and penalties relating to income taxes, we recognize accrued interest in income tax expense and penalties in our income tax provision in the statements of consolidated operations.
 
Share-Based Compensation Expense
 
Our share-based compensation expense results from issuances of shares of restricted common stock and grants of stock options and warrants to employees, directors, outside consultants, customers, vendors and others. We recognize the costs associated with option and warrant grants using the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , which we refer to as SFAS 123(R). Generally, SFAS 123(R) requires the value of all share-based payments to be recognized in the statement of operations based on their estimated fair value at date of grant amortized over the grant’s vesting period.
 
Restricted Stock Plan.   Our restricted stock plan was adopted by our board of directors in March 2004 and amended in June 2004. As of June 30, 2009, there were 6,599,591 shares of common stock outstanding under our restricted stock plan, all of which were vested. We have made the following grants to employees, directors and consultants under the restricted stock plan:
 
  •  In March 2004, we issued shares of common stock to our chief executive officer. The shares vested in 48 monthly installments beginning in November 2003. As a result, we recorded share-based compensation expense of $19,200 in each of 2006 and 2007.
 
  •  In June 2004, we issued shares of common stock to certain employees and directors. In January 2005, we issued additional shares of common stock to a member of our board of directors. These shares vested on various schedules ranging from immediate vesting to vesting over a period of 48 months. As a result, we recorded share-based compensation expense of $30,896, $18,530, $2,328 and $2,328 in 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively.
 
Ascension Health Stock and Warrants.   In October 2004, Ascension Health became our founding customer. Since then, in exchange for its initial start-up assistance and subsequent sales and marketing assistance, we have issued common stock and granted warrants to Ascension Health, as described below:
 
  •  Initial Stock Issuance and Protection Warrant Agreement .  In October and November 2004, we issued 902,374 shares of common stock to Ascension Health, then representing a 5% ownership interest in our company on a fully-diluted basis, and entered into a protection warrant agreement under which Ascension Health is granted the right to purchase additional shares of common stock from time to time for $0.01 per share when Ascension Health’s ownership interest in our company declines below 5% due to our issuance of additional stock


44


Table of Contents

  or rights to purchase stock. The protection warrant agreement, and all purchase rights granted thereunder, expire on the closing of this offering. We made the initial stock grant and entered into the protection warrant agreement because Ascension Health agreed to provide us with an operational laboratory and related start-up consulting services in connection with our development of our initial revenue cycle management service offering.
 
In 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, we granted Ascension Health the right to purchase 15,752, 58,175, 23,261, 19,358 and 25,837 shares of common stock for $0.01 per share, respectively, pursuant to the protection warrant agreement. We accounted for the costs associated with these purchase rights as a reduction in base fee revenues due to us from Ascension Health because Ascension Health was not required to provide us with any further services in connection with these grants. Accordingly, we reduced the amount of our base fee revenues from Ascension Health by $82,843, $928,108, $921,445, $696,385 and $1,334,131 in 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. For additional information regarding our relationship with Ascension Health, see “Related Person Transactions — Transactions With Ascension Health”.
 
  •  Supplemental Warrant.   Pursuant to a supplemental warrant agreement that became effective in November 2004, Ascension Health had the right to purchase up to 902,374 shares of our common stock based upon the achievement of specified milestones relating to its sales and marketing assistance. In May 2007, we amended and restated our supplemental warrant agreement with Ascension Health. This agreement gives Ascension Health the right to purchase up to 446,190 shares of common stock upon the achievement of specified milestones relating to its sales and marketing assistance. The purchase price for these shares is equal to the most recent price per share paid for our common stock in a capital raising transaction or, if we have not had a capital raising transaction within the preceding six months, the exercise price of the employee stock options we have most recently granted. The supplemental warrant agreement, and all purchase rights thereunder, expire on the closing of this offering. Concurrently with the amendment and restatement of the supplemental warrant agreement, in May 2007, we sold 669,284 shares of our common stock to Ascension Health for $8.20 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $5,488,128. No share-based compensation expense was recorded in connection with this sale because the shares were issued at a purchase price equal to the fair market value of the common stock at that time and Ascension Health was not required to provide any services in connection with the issuance.
 
We recorded the costs associated with the purchase rights under the supplemental warrant agreement as marketing expense for the periods in which the purchase rights were earned. During December 2007, Ascension Health earned the right to purchase 223,095 shares of common stock for $17.36 per share, and we recorded $4,153,163 in selling, general and administrative expense. During March 2008, Ascension Health earned the right to purchase 111,548 shares of common stock for $40.17 per share, and we recorded $2,410,790 in marketing expense. During March 2009, Ascension Health earned the right to purchase 111,547 shares of common stock for $51.05 per share, and we recorded $2,772,953 in marketing expense.
 
Licensing and Consulting Warrant.   In conjunction with the start of our business, in February 2004, we executed a term sheet with a consulting firm and its principal contemplating that we would grant the consulting firm a warrant, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock upon grant, to purchase shares of our common stock then representing 2.5% of our equity in exchange for exclusive rights to certain revenue cycle methodologies, tools, technology, benchmarking information and other intellectual property, plus up to another 2.5% of our equity at the time of grant if the consulting firm’s introduction of us to senior executives at prospective customers resulted in the execution of managed service contracts between us and such customers. In January 2005, we formalized the warrant grant contemplated by the term sheet and granted the consulting firm a warrant to purchase 833,334 shares of our common stock for $1.12 per share, representing 5% of


45


Table of Contents

our equity at that time. In 2005, we recorded $483,334 in selling, general and administrative expense in conjunction with this warrant grant. The warrant expires on the earlier of January 15, 2015 or a change of control of our company.
 
We used the modified Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of the above purchase rights at the date earned. The following table sets forth the significant assumptions used in the model during 2006, 2007, 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
   
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
June 30, 2009
                (Unaudited)
 
Future dividends
    —       —       —       —  
Risk-free interest rate
  3.9% to 5.2%   2.75% to 4.21%   3.45%   2.91%
Expected volatility
  60%   50%   50%   50%
Expected life(1)
  7.8 years   6.8 years   6.6 years   5.6 years
 
(1) Expected life applies to Ascension Health’s supplemental warrant only, since the other warrants were fully vested upon grant.
 
Stock Option Plan.   In December 2005, our board of directors approved a stock option plan, which provides for the grant of stock options to employees, directors and consultants. The plan was amended and restated in February 2006. As of June 30, 2009, the plan permitted the issuance of a maximum of 3,544,862 shares of common stock and 173,828 shares were available for grant. Under the terms of the plan, all options will expire if they are not exercised within ten years after the grant date. The majority of options granted vest over four years at a rate of 25% per year on each grant date anniversary. Options can be exercised immediately upon grant, but upon exercise the shares issued are subject to the same vesting and repurchase provisions that applied before exercise.
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations, as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , which we refer to as SFAS 123. Accordingly, compensation expense for stock options was measured as the excess, if any, of the fair market value of our common stock at the measurement date (the date of grant for stock options) over the exercise price. Since we only granted employee stock options with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of grant, we did not record any compensation expense for stock option grants prior to January 1, 2006.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method:
 
  •  compensation expense for share-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 is recognized over the remaining service period based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123; and
 
  •  compensation expense for all share-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 is recognized over the service period based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).
 
We use the modified Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of each option as of its grant date. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis


46


Table of Contents

and judgment to develop. The following table sets forth the significant assumptions used in the model during 2006, 2007, 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
   
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
June 30, 2009
                (Unaudited)
 
Future dividends
    —       —       —      
Forfeitures
  1.88% annually   7.5% annually   3.75% annually   3.75% annually
Risk-free interest rate
  3.9% to 5.2%   2.3% to 5.5%   2.8 to 4.0%   1.6% to 2.4%
Expected volatility
  60%   50%   50%   50%
Expected life
  6.25 years   6.25 years   6.25 years   6.25 years
 
Since our stock is not actively traded, we estimated its expected volatility by reviewing the historical volatility of the common stock of public companies that operate in similar industries or are similar in terms of stage of development or size and then projecting this information toward our future expected results. We used judgment in selecting these companies, as well as in evaluating the available historical and implied volatility for these companies.
 
We aggregate all employees into one pool for valuation purposes. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
 
The plan has not been in existence a sufficient period for us to use our historical experience to estimate expected life. Furthermore, data from other companies is not readily available. Therefore, we have estimated our stock options’ expected life using a simplified method based on the average of each option’s vesting term and original contractual term. This methodology is set forth in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 and its use is permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110.
 
The estimated forfeiture rate is derived from our historical data and our estimates of the likely future actions of option holders.
 
We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, volatility and forfeiture rate related to our own share-based compensation on a prospective basis, and incorporating these factors into the Black-Scholes pricing model. Higher volatility and longer expected lives result in an increase to share based compensation expense determined at the date of grant. In addition, any changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant effect on reported share-based compensation expense, as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate for all expense amortization is recognized in the period that the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the share-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the share based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated financial statements. These adjustments will affect our infused management and technology expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
As of June 30, 2009, we had $18.1 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to employee stock options. We expect to recognize this cost over a weighted-average period of 3.1 years after July 1, 2009. The allocation of this cost between selling, general and administrative expenses and infused management and technology expenses will depend on the salaries and work assignments of the personnel holding these stock options.
 
Determination of Fair Value.   Valuing the share price of a privately-held company is complex. We believe that we have used reasonable methodologies, approaches and assumptions in assessing and determining the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes.
 
We determine the fair value of our common stock through periodic internal valuations that are approved by our board of directors. The fair value approved by our board is used for all option grants until such time as a new determination of fair value is made. To date, and as permitted by our stock


47


Table of Contents

option plan, our chief executive officer has selected option recipients and determined the number of shares covered by, and the timing of, option grants.
 
Our board considers the following factors when determining the fair value of our common stock:
 
  •  our financial condition, sales levels and results of operations during the relevant period;
 
  •  developments in our business;
 
  •  hiring of key personnel;
 
  •  forecasts of our financial results and market conditions affecting our industry;
 
  •  market values, sales levels and results of operations for public companies that we consider comparable in terms of size, service offerings and maturity;
 
  •  the superior rights and preferences of outstanding securities that were senior to our common stock; and
 
  •  the illiquid nature of our common stock.
 
From June 2005 to January 2008, we used the market approach to estimate our enterprise value. The market approach estimates the fair market value of a company by applying market multiples of publicly-traded firms in the same or similar lines of business to the results and projected results of the company being valued. When choosing companies for use in the market approach, we focused on businesses that provide outsourcing, consulting or technology services or that have high rates of growth. To obtain our preliminary enterprise value, we calculated the multiple of the market valuations of the comparable companies to their annual revenues and applied this multiple to our revenue run rate, defined as our total projected revenues for the next 12 months from existing customers. We then discounted the preliminary enterprise value by a percentage determined by our board to reflect our company’s relative immaturity in relation to the comparable companies. This discount changed over time as we matured. The resulting value was then divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis to obtain the fair value per share of common stock. We performed a new valuation in this manner each time we signed a managed service contract with a new customer.
 
For all valuations since January 2008, we used both the market approach and the income approach to estimate our aggregate enterprise value at each valuation date. The change in valuation method was in recognition that in 2007 we had achieved some significant milestones, particularly positive net income and positive adjusted EBITDA for the year, and that an initial public offering or other type of liquidity event would eventually be considered. When choosing companies to be used for the market approach since January 2008, we focused on businesses with high rates of growth and relatively low profitability that provide services to hospitals or other medical providers, or that provide business outsourcing solutions. The comparable companies have remained largely unchanged since January 2008. The income approach involves applying an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to projected debt-free cash flows, based on forecasted revenue and costs. The financial forecasts were based on assumed revenue growth rates that took into account our past experience and future expectations. We assessed the risks associated with achieving these forecasts and applied an appropriate cost of capital rate based on our board’s view of our company’s stage of development and risks, the experience of our directors in managing companies backed by private equity investors, and our management’s review of academic research on this topic.
 
We averaged the two values derived under the market approach and the income approach and then added our current cash position and cash and tax benefits, assuming that all outstanding options and warrants were exercised, to create an enterprise value. Next, we allocated the enterprise value to our securities with rights and preferences that are superior to our common stock, using the option-pricing method set forth in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . We then discounted


48


Table of Contents

the remaining value by 10% to reflect the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. We based the 10% discount for lack of marketability primarily on the results of a study of this topic by Bajaj, Denis, Ferris and Sarin entitled “Firm Value and Marketability Discounts” (February 26, 2001). The resulting value was then divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis to obtain the fair value per share of common stock.
 
Prior to this offering, stock options and certain warrants represented the right to purchase shares of our non-voting common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding non-voting common stock will convert into voting common stock on a share-for-share basis, and thereafter stock options and warrants to purchase non-voting common stock will be stock options and warrants to purchase voting common stock, with no other changes in their terms. For all valuations prior to May 19, 2009, we determined the fair value of the voting common stock and applied it to the non-voting common stock without a discount.
 
Beginning on May 19, 2009, we refined our valuation methodology because of the increased potential for an initial public offering or company sale. We continued to use both the market approach and the income approach, but applied a discount to the fair value of the non-voting common stock and modified other variables as described below.
 
There is inherent uncertainty in these forecasts and projections. If we had made different assumptions and estimates than those described above, the amount of our share-based compensation expense, net income or loss and related per-share amounts could have been materially different.
 
Information regarding share-based compensation from January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2009 is summarized in the table below:
 
         
    Number of Shares of Common Stock
 
Grant Period
 
Subject to Option and Warrant Grants
 
 
January 1, 2008 to January 31, 2008
    52,105  
February 1, 2008 to June 9, 2008
    258,634  
June 10, 2008 to September 2, 2008
    98,250  
September 3, 2008 to October 2, 2008
    17,500  
October 3, 2008 to January 16, 2009
    79,000  
January 17, 2009 to May 18, 2009
    259,000  
May 19, 2009 to June 30, 2009
    89,500  
 
The analyses undertaken in determining the fair value of our common stock for all grants between January 1, 2008 and June 30, 2009 are summarized below. The methodology for the fair value determination made on September 4, 2007 is summarized above. All analyses since then used the market approach and the income approach summarized above, with the additional assumptions described below.
 
  •  September 4, 2007 Fair Value Determination.   For grants made between January 1, 2008 and January 31, 2008, we used $17.36 per share as the fair value of our common stock, based on a determination of fair value made by our board of directors on September 4, 2007. The market approach resulted in a value that was 1.5 times our annual revenue run rate as of the valuation date.
 
  •  February 1, 2008 Fair Value Determination.   On February 1, 2008, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $40.17 per share. The market approach resulted in a value that was approximately 3.53 times our net services revenue for the third quarter of 2007. For the income approach, we forecasted our cash flows over a five-year period and assumed that our terminal value would approximate 12.5 times our adjusted EBITDA for the fifth future year. We obtained the present value of each year’s cash flow by applying a 25% discount rate. Next, we averaged the values resulting from the income


49


Table of Contents

  approach and the market approach and added our cash on hand at December 31, 2007 and the estimated cash and tax benefits that would occur assuming that all outstanding options and warrants were exercised. The resulting value represented our estimate of our enterprise value. We allocated 48.9% of the estimated enterprise value to securities with rights and preferences that are superior to our common stock, assuming a future volatility rate of 54.25% and that a liquidity event would occur in 18 months. We then reduced the remaining value attributable to common stock by 10% for non-marketability, and divided the result by the number of shares outstanding on a fully-diluted basis to arrive at the estimated fair value per share.
 
  •  June 10, 2008 Fair Value Determination.   On June 10, 2008, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $47.19 per share. The increase in our value per share was due to increases in our estimated enterprise value under both the market approach and the income approach. We continued to apply a 50% weighting to each value and then to increase the result by the amount of our cash on hand and the anticipated cash and tax benefits from option and warrant exercises. The value determined by the market approach on June 10, 2008, which was approximately 3.52 times our net services revenue for the first quarter of 2008, was higher than the value determined on February 1, 2008 because of the increase in our net services revenue in the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the third quarter of 2007. For the income approach, we used the same discount rate and methodology as in the February 1, 2008 valuation and updated our cash flow projections to reflect our new five-year plan. The percentage allocation of our estimated enterprise value to senior securities and common stock was unchanged from the prior valuation.
 
  •  September 3, 2008 Fair Value Determination.   On September 3, 2008, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $58.65 per share. The increase in our value per share was due to increases in our estimated enterprise value under both the market approach and the income approach. We continued to apply a 50% weighting to each value and then to increase the result by the amount of our cash on hand and the anticipated cash and tax benefits from option and warrant exercises. The value determined by the market approach on September 3, 2008 was higher than the value determined on June 10, 2008 because of the increase in our net services revenue in the second quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2008 and because we increased the net services revenue multiple from 3.52 to 3.78 to reflect increases in market prices of the comparable companies. For the income approach, we used the same discount rate and methodology as in the June 10, 2008 valuation, except that we discounted the projected cash flows and terminal value for three fewer months. The percentage allocation of our estimated enterprise value to senior securities and common stock was unchanged from the prior valuation.
 
  •  October 3, 2008 Fair Value Determination.   On October 3, 2008, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $55.77 per share. There were no changes in the estimated enterprise value determined under the income approach. The board believed, however, that the significant decline in the market values of publicly traded securities that occurred during the month of September 2008 warranted a reduction in the net services revenue multiple from 3.78 to 3.40, resulting in a decrease in our estimated enterprise value under the market approach. All other aspects of the valuation methodology remained unchanged from the September 3, 2008 valuation.
 
  •  January 17, 2009 Fair Value Determination.   On January 17, 2009, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $51.05 per share. The decrease in our value per share was primarily due to a decrease in our estimated enterprise value under the market approach. We continued to apply a 50% weighting to the estimated enterprise value determined under both the market approach and the income approach, and then to increase the result by the amount of our cash on hand and the anticipated cash and tax benefits from option and warrant exercises. The value determined by the market approach on January 17,


50


Table of Contents

  2009 was lower than the value determined on October 3, 2008, because we decreased the net services revenue multiple from 3.40 to 2.79 to reflect further declines in market prices of the comparable companies and our revenues decreased slightly in the third quarter of 2008 as compared to the second quarter of 2008. For the income approach, we used the same discount rate and methodology as in the October 3, 2008 valuation, except that we discounted the projected cash flows and terminal value for three fewer months. The percentage allocation of our estimated enterprise value to senior securities and common stock was unchanged from the prior valuation.
 
  •  May 19, 2009 Fair Value Determination.   On May 19, 2009, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our non-voting common stock was $50.89 per share. For the income approach, we developed new forecasts of our cash flows over a ten-year period rather than a five-year period. We based our projections for the first five years of this period based on our actual operating results for 2008 and our expected operating results for the years 2009 through 2013, and we assumed for the next five years of this period that we had made an orderly transition from a high-growth company to a mature growth company. To reflect that we were entering into a different stage of development, we decreased the discount rate applied to future expected cash flows from 25% to 18%. To estimate the terminal value in the tenth year we assumed a 5% long-term growth rate after the tenth year and used the Gordon growth model, which is a mathematical simplification of an earnings stream that is expected to grow at a constant rate. For the market approach, we used a similar group of six companies. In order to reduce the influence of outliers, however, the net services revenue multiple for the companies with the highest and lowest figures were weighted 10% each and the net services revenue multiple for the other four companies were weighted 20% each. The estimated enterprise value calculated under the income approach was weighted 67% and the estimated enterprise value calculated under the market approach was weighted 33%. The result was then increased by the present value of the cash that we expected would be realized if all options and warrants were exercised plus the present value of the associated tax savings we would achieve. We continued to allocated the adjusted enterprise value to our securities with rights and preferences that are superior to our common stock, as in prior valuations, and continued to discount the remaining value by 10% to reflect the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. We also applied an additional discount of 2% to the fair value of the voting common stock in order to determine the fair value of the non-voting common stock.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
In the normal course of business, we are involved in legal proceedings or regulatory investigations. We evaluate the need for loss accruals using the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies . When conducting this evaluation we consider factors such as the probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss. We record an estimated loss for any claim, lawsuit, investigation or proceeding when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can reasonably be estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate, then we record the minimum amount in the range as our loss accrual. If a loss is not probable or a probable loss cannot be reasonably estimated, no liability is recorded.
 
Results of Operations
 
In evaluating our business performance, management monitors numerous quantitative and qualitative factors. The primary financial metrics we monitor are base fee revenues, incentive fee revenues, reductions in revenue cycle operating costs (both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of base fees), corporate level operating expenses, cash flow and adjusted EBITDA. We also monitor the


51


Table of Contents

amount of net patient revenue under our management. The principal non-financial metrics we monitor are:
 
  •  Value — the results we are producing for our customers by major value lever;
 
  •  People — our ability to attract, hire and retain a sufficient number of talented employees to staff our growing business; and
 
  •  Technology — the development and performance of our proprietary technology.
 
The following table sets forth consolidated operating results and other operating data for the periods indicated.
 
                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except other operating data as indicated)  
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Net services revenue
  $ 160,741     $ 240,725     $ 398,469     $ 187,261     $ 238,149  
Costs of services
    141,767       197,676       335,211       160,082       195,667  
                                         
Operating margin
    18,974       43,049       63,258       27,179       42,482  
                                         
Infused management and technology expense
    18,875       27,872       39,234       17,938       24,482  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    8,777       15,657       21,227       9,642       15,308  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    27,652       43,529       60,461       27,580       39,790  
Income (loss) from operations
    (8,678 )     (480 )     2,797       (401 )     2,692  
Interest income
    1,359       1,710       710       433       83  
                                         
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (7,319 )     1,230       3,507       32       2,775  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
          456       2,264       626       (2,439 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,319 )   $ 774     $ 1,243     $ (594 )   $ 5,214  
                                         
Operating Expense Details:
                                       
Infused management and technology expense, excluding depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense
  $ 17,952     $ 26,375     $ 35,079     $ 16,626     $ 21,411  
Selling, general and administrative expense, excluding depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense
    8,230       10,760       16,879       6,629       10,746  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    626       1,307       2,540       920       1,882  
Share-based compensation expense(1)
    844       5,087       5,963       3,405       5,751  
                                         
Total operating expenses
  $ 27,652     $ 43,529     $ 60,461     $ 27,580     $ 39,790  
                                         
Other Operating Data (unaudited):
                                       
Net patient revenue under management (at period end) (in billions)
  $ 4.1     $ 6.9     $ 9.1     $ 8.5     $ 11.9  
                                         
 
(1) Share-based compensation expense includes share-based compensation expense and warrant-related expense, exclusive of warrant expense of $83, $928, $921, $696 and $1,334 which was classified as a reduction in base fee revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.


52


Table of Contents

 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
 
Net Services Revenue
 
The following table summarizes the composition of our net services revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009:
 
                 
    Six Months
    Six Months
 
    Ended June 30,
    Ended June 30,
 
   
2008
   
2009
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Net base fees for managed service contracts
  $ 167,085     $ 205,017  
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
    16,483       27,018  
Other services
    3,693       6,114  
                 
Total
  $ 187,261     $ 238,149  
                 
 
Net services revenue increased $50.8 million, or 27.2%, to $238.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $187.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The largest component of the increase, net base fee revenue, increased $37.9 million, or 22.7%, to $205.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $167.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, primarily due to an increase in the number of hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts from 43 as of June 30, 2008 to 53 as of June 30, 2009. Of the $37.9 million increase in net base fee revenues, $33.0 million was attributable to new managed service contracts entered into during the six months ended June 30, 2009. In addition, incentive payment revenues increased by 63.9% to $27.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $16.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, consistent with the increases that generally occur as our managed service contracts mature. All other revenues increased by $2.4 million to $6.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, as we increased the number of customers using our dormant patient accounts receivable collection services and continued to expand our specialized services such as emergency room physician advisory services. Net patient revenue under our management increased by 40.0% to $11.9 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $8.5 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
Costs of Services
 
Our costs of services increased $35.6 million, or 22.2%, to $195.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $160.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The increase in costs of services was primarily attributable to the increase in the number of hospitals for which we provide managed services.
 
Operating Margin
 
Operating margin increased $15.3 million, or 56.3%, to $42.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $27.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The increase consisted primarily of:
 
  •  $10.5 million in additional incentive payments under managed service contracts;
 
  •  an increase of $2.0 million in services margin; and
 
  •  a reduction of $3.4 million in revenue cycle operating costs under managed service contracts, net of customer cost sharing.
 
The above was partially offset by an increase of $0.6 million in costs related to the issuance of warrants to Ascension Health during the six months ended June 30, 2009.


53


Table of Contents

The increase in operating margin in absolute dollars was accompanied by an increase in operating margin as a percentage of net services revenue from 14.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 to 17.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
Operating Expenses
 
Infused management and technology expenses increased $6.5 million, or 36.5%, to $24.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $17.9 million for the six month ended June 30, 2008. The increase in infused management and technology expenses was primarily due to the increase in the number of our management personnel deployed at customer facilities, reflecting an increase in the number of hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts, as well as the items noted below.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.7 million, or 58.8%, to $15.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $9.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The increase included $1.7 million of costs, or 29.9% of the increase, for enhancing our accounting systems, documenting internal controls, establishing an internal audit function and other costs associated with our preparation to be a public company. The increase also included additional research and development costs of $1.5 million, or 26.3% of the increase, to develop our new cost and quality initiative. The increase also included $1.5 million, or 26.3%, related to additional depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expenses, as discussed below. The remaining increase of $1.0 million, or 17.5%, was primarily due to increases in our personnel costs to support our expanding customer base.
 
We allocate our operating expenses between the infused management expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses. During the six months ended June 30, 2009, the following changes affected both categories:
 
  •  Share-based compensation expense increased to $5.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $3.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 due to employee option grants and vesting of previously granted stock options.
 
  •  Depreciation expense increased $0.3 million, or 50.0%, to $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, due to the addition of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, and other property to support our growing operations.
 
  •  Amortization expense increased $0.6 million, or 200.0%, to $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The majority of this increase resulted from amortization of internally developed software.
 
Operating Income (Loss)
 
Operating income increased $3.1 million to $2.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from an operating loss of $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The increase in operating income was primarily due to net services revenue growing at a higher rate than operating expenses as a result of operating efficiencies.
 
Income Taxes
 
The tax benefit of $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 reflected the reduction of the valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets of $3.5 million, net of a provision for income taxes in the period.
 
Net Income
 
Net income increased $5.8 million to $5.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from a net loss of $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The increase in net income was primarily due to the increase in operating income, offset by a decrease of $0.4 million in interest income.


54


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Net Services Revenue
 
The following table summarizes the composition of our net services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008:
 
                 
   
2007
   
2008
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Net base fees for managed service contracts
  $ 212,086     $ 350,085  
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
    25,491       38,971  
Other services
    3,148       9,413  
                 
Total
  $ 240,725     $ 398,469  
                 
 
Net services revenue increased $157.8 million, or 65.5%, to $398.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $240.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The largest component of the increase, net base fee revenue, increased $138.0 million, or 65.1%, to $350.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $212.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to an increase in the number of hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts from 36 as of December 31, 2007 to 47 as of December 31, 2008. Of the $138.0 million increase in net base fee revenues, $113.4 million was attributable to new managed service contracts entered into during 2008. In addition, incentive payment revenues increased to $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $25.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. All other revenues increased by $6.3 million to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as we increased the number of customers using our dormant patient accounts receivable collection services and we began rolling out specialized services such as emergency room physician advisory services. Net patient revenue under our management increased by 31.9% to $9.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $6.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Costs of Services
 
Our costs of services increased $137.5 million, or 69.6%, to $335.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $197.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in costs of services was primarily attributable to the increase in the number of hospitals for which we provide managed services.
 
Operating Margin
 
Operating margin increased $20.2 million, or 46.9%, to $63.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase consisted primarily of:
 
  •  $13.5 million in additional incentive payments under managed service contracts;
 
  •  an increase of $3.2 million in services margin; and
 
  •  a reduction of $3.5 million in revenue cycle operating costs under managed service contracts, net of customer cost sharing.
 
Operating margin as a percentage of net services revenue decreased in the year ended December 31, 2008 because, as a result of our significant growth during 2008, there was a higher proportion of managed service contracts in their initial contract year — when improvements in net services revenue and reductions in revenue cycle operating costs are generally lower — during 2008 than during 2007.


55


Table of Contents

Operating margin as a percentage of net services revenue decreased from 17.9% in the year ended December 31, 2007 to 15.9% in the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Operating Expenses
 
Infused management and technology expenses increased $11.4 million, or 40.8%, to $39.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in infused management and technology expenses was primarily due to the increase in the number of our management personnel deployed at customer facilities, reflecting an increase in the number of hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts, as well as the items noted below.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.6 million, or 35.6%, to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of the increase, $6.1 million was due to increases in our personnel costs necessary to support our expanding customer base. This was offset by a $1.7 million decrease in share-based compensation expense associated with stock warrants granted for assistance in obtaining new hospital customers. The remaining $1.2 million of the increase related to depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expenses, as discussed below.
 
We allocate our operating expenses between the infused management expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the following changes affected both categories:
 
  •  Share-based compensation expense increased to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, due to employee option grants and vesting of previously granted stock options.
 
  •  Depreciation expense increased $0.5 million, or 100%, to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, due to the addition of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures and other property to support our growing operations.
 
  •  Amortization expense increased $0.7 million, or 87.5%, to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of this increase, $0.5 million related to the amortization of internally developed software, $0.1 million related to the write-off of the value assigned to relationships with customers acquired as a result of our SureDecisions acquisition that did not enter into managed service contracts with us, and $0.1 million related to recurring amortization of other intangible assets.
 
Operating Income (Loss)
 
Operating income increased $3.3 million to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from an operating loss of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in operating income was primarily due to net services revenue growing at a higher rate than operating expenses as a result of operating efficiencies.
 
Income Taxes
 
We conduct a large portion of our operations in Michigan. In 2008, Michigan began to impose a tax based on gross receipts in addition to tax based on net income. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a tax provision of $2.3 million, of which $1.2 million was attributable to the Michigan gross receipts tax. As a result, our total tax provision was equal to 65% of pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 37% of pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2007.


56


Table of Contents

Net Income
 
Net income increased $0.5 million, or 60.6%, to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in net income was primarily due to the increase in operating income.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Net Services Revenue
 
The following table summarizes the composition of our net services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007:
 
                 
   
2006
   
2007
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Net base fees for managed service contracts
  $ 149,529     $ 212,086  
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
    9,784       25,491  
Other services
    1,428       3,148  
                 
Total
  $ 160,741     $ 240,725  
                 
 
Net services revenue increased $80.0 million, or 49.8%, to $240.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $160.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The largest component of the increase, net base fee revenue, increased $62.6 million, or 41.8%, to $212.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $149.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily due to an increase in the number of hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts from 21 as of December 31, 2006 to 36 as of December 31, 2007. Of the $62.6 million increase in net base fee revenues, $40.9 million was attributable to new managed service contracts entered into during 2007. In addition, incentive payment revenues increased to $25.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. All other revenues increased $1.7 million, or 120.4%, to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily due to an increase in the number of customers using our dormant patient accounts receivable collection services. Net patient revenue under our management increased by 68.3% to $6.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $4.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Costs of Services
 
Our costs of services increased $55.9 million, or 39.4%, to $197.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $141.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in costs of services was primarily attributable to the increase in the number of hospitals for which we provide managed services.
 
Operating Margin
 
Operating margin increased $24.1 million, or 126.9%, to $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase consisted primarily of:
 
  •  $15.7 million in additional incentive payments under managed service contracts; and
 
  •  a reduction of $8.9 million in revenue cycle operating costs under managed service contracts, net of customer cost sharing.
 
The above increases were partially offset by an increase of $0.8 million in costs related to the issuance of warrants to Ascension Health during the year ended December 31, 2007.


57


Table of Contents

In total, operating margin as a percentage of net services revenue increased from 11.8% in the year ended December 31, 2006 to 17.9% in the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to an increased ratio of mature managed service contracts to new managed service contracts.
 
Operating Expenses
 
Infused management and technology expenses increased $9.0 million, or 47.7%, to $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $18.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in infused management and technology expenses was primarily due to the increase in the number of our management personnel deployed at customer facilities, reflecting an increase in the number of hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $6.9 million, or 78.4%, to $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Grants of stock warrants to Ascension Health and option grants accounted for $4.2 million of the increase, as noted below. The remaining $2.7 million of increase related to the increase in our personnel costs to support our expanding customer base.
 
We allocate our operating expenses between the infused management expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the following changes affected both categories:
 
  •  Share-based compensation expense increased by $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, of which $4.1 million was due to grants of stock warrants to Ascension Health and the balance was attributable to increases in the costs associated with employee option grants and the vesting of previously granted stock options.
 
  •  Depreciation expense increased $0.2 million, or 66.7%, to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, due to the addition of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, and other property to support our growing operations.
 
  •  Amortization expense increased $0.5 million, or 166.7%, to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, due to the amortization of internally developed software.
 
Operating Loss
 
Operating loss decreased $8.2 million, or 94.5%, to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in operating loss was primarily due to net services revenue growing at a higher rate than costs of services and operating expenses as a result of operating efficiencies.
 
Income Taxes
 
In 2007, we had net taxable income and began recording a tax provision equal to 37% of pre-tax income.
 
Net Income
 
We had net income of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to a net loss of $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in net income was primarily due to the decrease in operating losses combined with a $0.4 million increase in interest income due to an increase in cash investments.


58


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Financial Data
 
The following table sets forth selected unaudited consolidated quarterly operating data for each of the ten quarters during the period from January 1, 2007 to June 30, 2009. In our management’s opinion, the data have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflect all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of these data. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.
 
                                                                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
    June 30,
    Sept. 30,
    Dec. 31,
    Mar. 31,
    June 30,
    Sept. 30,
    Dec. 31,
    Mar. 31,
    June 30,
 
   
2007
   
2007
   
2007
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
   
2009
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Net services revenue
  $ 49,699     $ 56,795     $ 64,611     $ 69,620     $ 86,357     $ 100,904     $ 105,956     $ 105,252     $ 112,467     $ 125,682  
Costs of services
    44,431       46,688       50,765       55,792       73,433       86,649       87,624       87,505       92,703       102,964  
Operating margin
    5,268       10,107       13,846       13,828       12,924       14,255       18,332       17,747       19,764       22,718  
Infused management and technology expenses
    5,882       6,608       6,822       8,560       8,452       9,486       9,795       11,501       11,175       13,307  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    2,478       2,564       3,139       7,476       5,696       3,946       5,020       6,565       8,816       6,492  
                                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    (3,092 )     935       3,885       (2,208 )     (1,224 )     823       3,517       (319 )     (227 )     2,919  
Interest income
    457       393       383       477       264       169       251       26       44       39  
                                                                                 
Net income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (2,635 )     1,328       4,268       (1,731 )     (960 )     992       3,768       (293 )     (183 )     2,958  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (977 )     492       1,583       (642 )     26       600       1,414       224       454       (2,893 )
                                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,658 )   $ 836     $ 2,685     $ (1,089 )   $ (986 )   $ 392     $ 2,354     $ (517 )   $ (637 )   $ 5,851  
                                                                                 
 
Our quarterly and annual net services revenue generally increased each period due to ongoing expansion in the number of hospitals subject to managed service contracts with us and increases in the amount of incentive payments earned. The timing of customer additions is not uniform throughout the year, however. We did not add any new customers in the quarter ended December 31, 2008 and as a result our net services revenue were essentially unchanged from the prior quarter. We experience seasonal fluctuations in incentive payments as a result of variations in the number of days in certain months and patient deferral of elective procedures during the year-end holiday period.
 
Our costs of services generally increased each period due to increases in the number of revenue cycle staff persons under our management at customer sites. Our operating expenses have increased as a result of our hiring of additional employees to provide on-site management of our customers’ revenue cycle operations and our ongoing efforts to develop and enhance the technology that allows us to improve our customers’ net revenue. Operating margins are slightly depressed in quarters in which we add new customers that have not yet fully implemented our cost-reduction programs. In addition, beginning in the second half of 2008, we began to incur additional expenses to build the infrastructure necessary to become a public company. The ongoing decline in interest income for the periods presented is due to the reduction in market interest rates. The tax benefit in the quarter ended June 30, 2009 reflects the release of reserves for deferred tax assets of $3.6 million.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses in the quarters ended December 31, 2007, March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009 included $4.1 million, $2.4 million and $2.7 million, respectively, in share-based compensation expense associated with stock warrants granted for assistance in


59


Table of Contents

obtaining new hospital customers. Primarily as a result of these expenses, we incurred net losses in the quarters ended December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008. We incurred a net loss in the quarter ended March 31, 2007 primarily due to the immaturity of our managed service contract portfolio and variations in the timing of quarterly incentive payments.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our primary source of liquidity is cash flows from operations. Given our current cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable, we believe that we will have sufficient liquidity to fund our business and meet our contractual obligations for at least 12 months following the closing of this offering. We expect that the combination of our current liquidity and expected additional cash generated from operations will be sufficient for our planned capital expenditures, which are expected to consist primarily of capitalized software, and other investing activities, in the next 12 months.
 
Our cash and cash equivalents, consisting of demand deposits, increased $17.0 million, from $34.7 million at December 31, 2007 to $51.7 million at December 31, 2008, primarily due to cash generated by the growth in our business. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $13.9 million, from $51.7 million at December 31, 2008 to $37.8 million at June 30, 2009, primarily due to the changes in accounts receivable and prepaid assets discussed below.
 
Operating Activities
 
Cash flows used by operating activities totaled $11.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and cash flows generated by operating activities totaled $9.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Receivables from customers increased by $20.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and decreased by $0.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2008, primarily due to increased net services revenue and the timing of customer payments. Prepaid assets increased by $7.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2009 due to a prepayment of 2009 estimated federal income taxes. Payables increased by $12.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and by $10.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The change in payables was primarily due to timing of our payments.
 
Cash flows generated by operating activities totaled $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increases in cash provided by operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 was primarily attributable to higher net services revenue and improved financial results due to growth in our business. Receivables from customers increased by $4.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 and by $15.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007, in each case primarily due to increased net services revenue. Payables increased by $16.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 and by $8.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2007, and deferred revenue increased by $10.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 and by $6.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increases in payables and deferred revenue were primarily due to growth in our business.
 
Investing Activities
 
Cash used in investing activities was $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and $2.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Use of cash in these periods primarily related to the purchase of furniture and fixtures, computer hardware and software to support the growth of our business.
 
Cash flows used in investing activities was $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. For all three years, use of cash primarily related to our purchase of furniture, fixtures, computer


60


Table of Contents

hardware, software and other property to support the growth of our business. In addition, we used $1.4 million in cash to acquire SureDecisions in May 2006.
 
Financing Activities
 
Cash provided by financing activities was $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and cash used by financing activities was $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The increase from the six months ended June 30, 2008 to the six months ended June 30, 2009 was primarily attributable to the repayment of non-executive employee promissory notes related to stock option exercises.
 
Cash used by financing activities was $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to our payment of $15.0 million of dividends and our repurchase of common stock for $1.5 million, partially offset by $0.2 million of proceeds from exercises of stock options. In June 2008, our board of directors approved a special dividend on all outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock in the amount of $0.7203 per common-equivalent share, for an aggregate dividend of $15.0 million. The dividend was declared to provide an initial return on the investment of the company’s private investors.
 
Cash provided by financing activities was $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This represented $5.5 million of proceeds from our sale of 669,284 shares of common stock to Ascension Health and an additional $0.6 million of proceeds from exercises of stock option, partially offset by our repurchases of common stock for $0.7 million.
 
Cash provided by financing activities was $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, reflecting $2.4 million of proceeds from exercises of stock options, partially offset by $0.4 million of loans we made to employees to facilitate their option exercises.
 
Future Capital Needs
 
We intend to fund our future growth over the next 12 months with funds generated from operations and our net proceeds from this offering. Over the longer term, we expect that cash flows from operations, supplemented by short-term and long-term financing, as necessary, will be adequate to fund our day-to-day operations and capital expenditure requirements. Our ability to secure short-term and long-term financing in the future will depend on several factors, including our future profitability, the quality of our accounts receivable, our relative levels of debt and equity, and the overall condition of the credit markets.
 
We are in the process of negotiating a $15 million revolving line of credit for working capital and general corporate purposes. If we enter into this credit facility, we anticipate that borrowings would be secured by substantially all of our assets and a cash deposit account and would be subject to a borrowing base. We expect the credit facility to have an initial term of two years, to be renewable annually and to have other terms and conditions customary for lines of credit of this type with similar companies.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table presents our obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts, such as lease agreements, and under contingent commitments as of December 31, 2008:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,        
                            2013 and
       
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
beyond
   
Total
 
    (In thousands)        
 
Minimum lease payments
  $ 1,218     $ 824     $ 758     $ 329     $ 792     $ 3,921  
                                                 
Total
  $ 1,218     $ 824     $ 758     $ 329     $ 792     $ 3,921  
                                                 


61


Table of Contents

We rent office space and equipment under a series of operating leases, primarily for our Chicago corporate office and India operations. Lease payments are amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of December 31, 2008, the Chicago corporate office consisted of approximately 28,000 square feet in a multi-story office building. We have an option to cancel the lease effective November 30, 2011 if the landlord is unable, prior to December 31, 2010, to provide approximately 22,000 square feet of additional office space on an adjacent floor. If the landlord provides this additional office space and we do not concurrently exercise our option to return approximately 6,500 square feet of office space on a non-adjacent floor, the lease for all 50,000 feet will be extended until ten years and 90 days after the date we take possession of the additional 22,000 square feet of office space, and our minimum lease payments will increase by approximately $550,000 per year. See “Business — Facilities” for additional information regarding our office leases.
 
Pursuant to the master services agreement between us and Ascension Health and our individual agreements with hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health that contract for our services, our fees are subject to adjustment in the event specified performance milestones are not met, which could result in a reduction in future fees payable to us by such hospitals but would not obligate us to refund any payments. These potential reductions in future fees are not reflected in the above table because the amounts cannot be quantified and because, based on our experience to date, we do not anticipate that there will be any permanent reduction in future fees under these provisions. For additional information regarding these contract provisions, see “Related Person Transactions — Transactions With Ascension Health”.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board , or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 141(R), Business Combinations . SFAS No. 141(R) requires us to continue to follow the guidance in SFAS No. 141 for certain aspects of business combinations, with additional guidance provided defining the acquirer, recognizing and measuring the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, assets and liabilities arising from contingencies, defining a bargain purchase, and recognizing and measuring goodwill or a gain from a bargain purchase. In addition, under SFAS No. 141(R), adjustments associated with changes in tax contingencies that occur after the measurement period, not to exceed one year, are recorded as adjustments to income. This statement is effective for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008; however, the guidance in this standard regarding the treatment of income tax contingencies is retroactive to business combinations completed prior to January 1, 2009. We adopted SFAS No. 141(R) on January 1, 2009. The adoption had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position, or FSP, SFAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets ”. This FSP amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141R and other United States generally accepted accounting principles. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this FSP January 1, 2009. The adoption of this FSP did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.


62


Table of Contents

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities ”. FSP EITF 03-6-1 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share under the two-class method. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those years. We adopted this FSP effective January 1, 2009.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP SFAS 107-1 and Accounting Principles Board (APB) 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments ”. This FSP, which amends SFAS No. 107, “ Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments ”, requires publicly-traded companies, as defined in APB Opinion No. 28, “ Interim Financial Reporting ”, to provide disclosures on the fair value of financial instruments in interim financial statements. Since FSP SFAS 107-1 requires only additional disclosures concerning the financial instruments, the adoption of FSP SFAS 107-1 effective June 30, 2009, did not have a material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, “ Subsequent Events ”, or SFAS 165. SFAS No. 165 establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosures of subsequent events that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of financial statements. The statement requires additional disclosure regarding the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated by the entity as well as whether that date is the date the financial statements were issued. This statement became effective for our financial statements as of June 30, 2009. We have evaluated its subsequent events after the balance sheet date of June 30, 2009 through September 24, 2009.
 
In June 2009, FASB issued SFAS No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162 , or SFAS No. 168. SFAS No. 168 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS No. 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 168 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity.   Our interest income is primarily generated from interest earned on operating cash accounts. Our exposure to market risks related to interest rates is insignificant. We do not enter into interest rate swaps, caps or collars or other hedging instruments.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk.   Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in the Indian rupee because a portion of our operating expenses are incurred by our subsidiary in India and are denominated in Indian rupees. However, we do not generate any revenues outside of the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009, 0.7% and 0.8%, respectively, of our expenses were denominated in Indian rupees. As a result, we believe that the risk of a significant impact on our operating income from foreign currency fluctuations is not substantial.


63


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
Accretive Health is a leading provider of healthcare revenue cycle management services. Our business purpose is to help U.S. hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers manage their revenue cycle operations more efficiently. Our integrated, end-to-end technology and services offering, which we refer to as our solution, helps our customers realize sustainable improvements in their operating margins and improve the satisfaction of their patients, physicians and staff. We enable these improvements by helping our customers increase the portion of the maximum potential patient revenue they receive while reducing total revenue cycle costs.
 
Our customers typically are multi-hospital systems, including faith-based or community healthcare systems, academic medical centers and independent ambulatory clinics, and their affiliated physician practice groups. We seek to develop strategic, long-term relationships with our customers and focus on providers that we believe understand the value of our operating model and have demonstrated success in both clinical and operational outcomes. As of June 30, 2009, we provided our integrated revenue cycle service offerings to 21 customers representing 53 hospitals and $11.9 billion in annual net patient revenue, as well as physicians’ billing organizations associated with several of these customers.
 
Grounded in sophisticated analytics, our solution spans our customers’ entire revenue cycle, unlike competing services that address only a portion of the revenue cycle. We are not a traditional outsourcing company focused solely on one-time cost reductions. Through the implementation of our distinctive operating model that includes people, processes and technology, our customers can generate significant and sustainable revenue cycle improvements. Our service offerings are adaptable to evolution of the healthcare regulatory environment, technology standards and market trends, and require no up-front cash investment by our customers.
 
To implement our solution, we assume full responsibility for the management and cost of a customer’s revenue cycle operations and supplement the customer’s existing revenue cycle staff with seasoned Accretive Health personnel. We collaborate with our customers’ revenue cycle employees with the objective of educating and empowering them so that over time they can deliver improved results using our tools. Once implemented, our technology, processes and services are deeply embedded in a hospital’s day-to-day operations, touching each key step of the revenue cycle. We and our customers share financial gains resulting from our solution, which directly aligns our objectives and interests with those of our customers. Both we and our customers benefit — on a contractually agreed upon basis — from net patient revenue increases and cost savings realized by the customers as a result of our services. We believe that, over time, this alignment of interests fosters greater innovation and incentivizes us to improve our customers’ revenue cycle operations.
 
The revenue cycle operations of a typical hospital, physician or other healthcare provider often fail to capture and collect the total amounts owed to it from third-party payors and patients for medical services rendered, leading to significant bad debt write-offs, uncompensated care, payor denials and corresponding administrative write-offs, as well as lost revenue for missed charges. Fitch Ratings estimates that in 2008, uncompensated care (including bad debt write-offs, charity care and uninsured discounts) averaged 17% of net patient revenue at U.S. hospitals. We generally deliver operating margin improvements to our customers through a combination of improvements in collections, which we refer to as net revenue yield, charge capture and revenue cycle cost reductions. Our customers have historically achieved significant net revenue yield improvements within 18 to 24 months of implementing our operating model, with customers subject to mature managed service contracts realizing 400 to 600 basis points in yield improvements, typically in the third or fourth contract year. Improvements in charge capture and collections are typically attributable to reduced payor denials, identification of additional items that can be billed to payors based on the actual procedures performed, identification of insurance for a higher percentage of otherwise uninsured patients, and


64


Table of Contents

improved collections of patient balances after insurance. Revenue cycle cost reductions are typically achieved through operating efficiencies, including streamlining work flow, automating processes, centralizing vendor activities and implementing other efficiencies. Specific sources of margin improvement vary among customers.
 
We have developed and refined our solution based in part on information, processes and management experience garnered through working with many of the largest and most prestigious hospitals and healthcare systems in the United States. We seek to embed our technology, personnel, know-how and culture within each customer’s revenue cycle activities with the expectation that we will serve as the customer’s on-site operational manager beyond the managed service contract’s initial term, which typically ranges from four to five years. To date, we have experienced a contract renewal rate of 100% (excluding exploratory new service offerings, a consensual termination following a change of control and a customer reorganization). Coupled with the long-term nature of our managed service contracts and the fixed nature of the base fees under each contract, our historical renewal experience provides a core source of recurring revenue.
 
Our net services revenue consist primarily of base fees and incentive fees. We receive base fees for managing our customers’ revenue cycle operations, net of any cost savings we share with those customers. Incentive fees represent our portion of the increase in our customers’ net patient revenue resulting from our services. We generate a portion of our operating margin as a result of the difference between the fixed base fees and the variable costs of the revenue cycles that we manage. Incentive fees are a smaller portion of overall revenue than base fees but generally contribute directly to operating margin, thus significantly impacting our profitability. We closely monitor each customer’s revenue cycle performance through periodic operating reviews. A customer’s net revenue improvements and cost savings generally increase over time as we deploy additional programs and as the programs we implement become more effective, which in turn provides visibility into our future revenue and profitability. In 2008, for example, approximately 80% of our net services revenue, and over 95% of our net income, was derived from customer contracts that were in place as of January 1, 2008. In 2008, we had net services revenue of $398.5 million, representing growth of 65.5% over 2007 and a compound annual growth rate of 53.0% since 2005. In addition, we were profitable for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009, and our profitability increased in each of these periods.
 
Market Opportunity
 
We believe that current macroeconomic conditions will continue to impose financial pressure on healthcare providers and will increase the importance of managing their revenue cycles effectively and efficiently. The market opportunity for our services — which we define as the total amount of net patient revenue collected annually by U.S. hospitals and physicians’ billing organizations — exceeds $750 billion, calculated as follows. There are more than 2,200 acute care hospitals in the United States within our target market (with more than $250 million in annual net patient revenue each, or part of larger hospital systems), representing a market opportunity of approximately $510 billion in annual net patient revenue. In addition, there are more than 2,500 smaller hospitals (with less than $250 million in annual net patient revenue each), representing a market opportunity of approximately $130 billion in annual net patient revenue, and large physicians’ billing organizations (with at least 75 physicians each), representing an additional market opportunity of approximately $115 billion in annual net patient revenue.
 
According to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, expenditures for hospitals and physician and clinical services are expected to increase between 2009 and 2018 at annual rates of approximately 6.4% and 5.4%, respectively. Population growth, longer life expectancy, the increasing prevalence of chronic illnesses (such as diabetes and obesity) and the over-utilization of certain healthcare services is expected to put increasing pressure on hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers to operate more efficiently. American Hospital Association surveys indicate that approximately 43% of hospitals had a


65


Table of Contents

negative operating margin during the first quarter of 2009 and approximately 77% of hospitals are reducing capital spending. As the scope of healthcare services expands and financial pressures mount, hospitals are demanding both greater effectiveness and improved efficiency in the management of their revenue cycle operations. We believe that efficient management of the revenue cycle and collection of the full amount of payments due for patient services are among the most critical challenges facing healthcare providers today.
 
We believe that the inability of healthcare providers to capture and collect the total amounts owed to them for patient services is caused by the following trends:
 
  •  Complexity of Revenue Cycle Management.   At most hospitals, there is a lack of standardization across operating practices, payor and patient payment methodologies, data management processes and billing systems. In general, after a patient receives healthcare services, the hospital must coordinate payment with two or more parties, including third-party insurance companies, federal and state government payors, private charities and individual payors. Hospitals also face a growing population of uninsured patients, whom healthcare providers have an ethical and legal obligation to treat.
 
  •  Lack of Integrated Systems and Processes.   Although interrelated, the individual steps in the revenue cycle continuum are not operationally integrated across revenue cycle departments at many hospitals. Multiple tasks and milestones must be completed properly by personnel in various departments before a hospital or physician can be reimbursed for patient services. It is often difficult for a single organization to acquire and coordinate all the knowledge and experience necessary to capture inefficiencies within the revenue cycle. Even if all steps are performed flawlessly, the time required to receive full payment for services creates long billing cycles. With frequent changes in the reimbursement rules imposed by third-party payors, the billing and collections cycle often is not timely and error-free, further lengthening the time before payment is actually received by the healthcare provider.
 
  •  Increasing Patient Financial Responsibility for Healthcare Services.   Hospitals are being forced to adapt to the need for direct-to-patient billing and collections capabilities as patients bear payment responsibility for an increasing portion of healthcare costs. Hospitals have traditionally focused on collecting payments from insurance companies and from state and federal payors, and typically are less familiar with the processes necessary to collect payments from patients at the point of service, including the use of alternative payment options. Patient billing is often confusing and payment instructions are often unclear. Moreover, hospitals generally do not utilize consumer segmentation techniques to formulate effective revenue collection approaches to patients. As a result, hospitals generally write-off a high percentage of patient-owed bills, resulting in increases in bad debt and uncompensated care.
 
  •  Outdated Systems and Insufficient Resources to Upgrade Them.   Many hospitals suffer from operating inefficiencies caused by outdated technology, increasingly complex billing requirements, a general lack of standardization of process and information flow, costly in-house services that could be more economically outsourced, and an increasingly stringent regulatory environment. Hospitals often lack the breadth and depth of data available to payors, and this lack of information may contribute to the filing of less accurate claims with third-party insurance payors and unfavorable resolutions of disputed claims. In addition, the endowments of most hospitals have significantly declined, motivating them to make their revenue cycle operations more efficient.
 
National healthcare reform is currently a major policy issue at the federal level. The Obama administration has made healthcare reform a priority, and several legislative proposals are currently being debated by Congress. Some of the underlying themes of current reform proposals are broadly targeted to driving greater efficiency in the U.S. healthcare system by, among other things, rewarding quality and coordination of care and promoting broader adoption of electronic medical records. Although it is impossible to predict what healthcare reform legislation, if any, will be enacted, we believe healthcare reform could create new business opportunities for us by increasing the need for


66


Table of Contents

services such as those that we provide. For example, as a result of more complex reimbursement models and reduced fee-for-service reimbursement, healthcare providers may turn to outsourcing to extract more out of their existing revenue cycles. The increased attention to quality measures and risk/reward reimbursement models under some reform proposals could also create more interest in our service offerings.
 
The Accretive Health Solution
 
Our solution is intended to address the full spectrum of revenue cycle operational issues faced by healthcare providers, including:
 
  •  the increasingly complex and challenging payor environment;
 
  •  a lack of fully integrated end-to-end revenue cycle management expertise;
 
  •  the consequences of increasing patient responsibility for their healthcare costs;
 
  •  the difficulty and associated expense of a single organization acquiring and coordinating the knowledge and experience necessary to efficiently manage the revenue cycle;
 
  •  ongoing attrition of revenue cycle staff; and
 
  •  frequent patient confusion and frustration with financial obligations and billing.
 
The revenue cycle operations of a typical hospital, physician or other healthcare provider fail to capture and collect the total amounts owed to them from third-party payors and patients for medical services rendered, leading to significant bad debt write-offs, uncompensated care, payor denials and corresponding administrative write-offs, as well as lost revenue for missed charges. Fitch Ratings estimates that in 2008 uncompensated care (including bad debt write-offs, charity care and uninsured discounts) averaged 17% of net patient revenue at U.S. hospitals.
 
We deliver operating margin improvements to our customers through a combination of improvements in collections, which we refer to as net revenue yield, charge capture and revenue cycle cost reductions. Improvements in charge capture and collections are typically attributable to reduced payor denials, identification of additional items that can be billed to payors based on the actual procedures performed, identification of insurance for a higher percentage of otherwise uninsured patients, and improved collections of patient balances after insurance. Revenue cycle cost reductions are typically achieved through streamlining work flow, automating processes, centralizing vendor activities and implementing other efficiencies. Specific sources of margin improvement vary among customers.
 
Our customers have historically achieved significant net revenue yield improvements within 18 to 24 months of implementing our operating model, with customers operating under mature managed service contracts realizing 400 to 600 basis points in yield improvements, typically in the third or fourth contract year. During the assessment phase of the customer relationship, we identify specific areas for improvement in net revenue yield and begin implementation immediately upon execution of a managed services contract. While improvements in net revenue yield generally represent the majority of a customer’s operating margin improvement, we generally are able to deliver additional margin improvement through revenue cycle cost reductions. Because our managed service contracts align our interests with those of our customers, we are able, over time, to improve our margins along with those of our customers.
 
We believe that our proprietary technology, management experience and well-developed processes are enhanced by the knowledge and experience we gain working with a wide range of customers and improve with each payor reimbursement or patient pay transaction. Our proprietary technology applications include workflow automation and direct payor connection capabilities that enable revenue cycle staff to focus on problem accounts rather than on manual tasks, such as searching payor websites for insurance and benefits verification for all patients. We employ “exception based logic” technology that provides the same interface for all users and automates a host of tasks that otherwise can consume a significant amount of staff time. We use real-time feedback from our


67


Table of Contents

customers to improve the functionality and performance of our technology and processes and incorporate these improvements into our service offerings on a regular basis. We strive to apply operational excellence throughout the entire revenue cycle.
 
We adapt our solution to the hospital’s organizational structure in order to minimize disruption to existing staff and to make our services transparent to both patients and physicians. The experience and knowledge of the senior management personnel we provide to our customers can improve the performance of their in-house revenue cycle staff. Our objective is to improve the operating performance of our customers, thus generating incentive fees for ourselves, by:
 
  •  Improving Net Revenue Yield.   We help our customers improve their net revenue yield. Through the use of our proprietary technologies and methodologies, we precisely calculate each customer’s improvement in net revenue yield. This calculation compares the customer’s actual cash collections for a given instance of care to the maximum potential cash receipts that the customer should have received from the instance of care, which we refer to as the best possible net compliant revenue. We aggregate these calculations for all instances of care and compare the result to the aggregate calculation for the year before we began to provide our services to the customer. We receive a share of each customer’s improvement in net revenue yield.
 
  •  Increasing Charge Capture.   We help our customers increase their charge capture by implementing optimization techniques and related processes. We utilize sophisticated analytics and artificial intelligence software to help improve the accuracy of claims filings and the resolution of disputed claims from third-party insurance payors. We also overlay a range of capabilities designed to reduce missed charges, improve the clinical/reimbursement interface and produce bills that comply with third-party payor requirements and applicable healthcare regulations.
 
  •  Making Revenue Cycle Operations More Efficient.   We help our customers make their revenue cycle operations more efficient by implementing advanced technologies, streamlining operations, avoiding unnecessary re-work and improving quality. We also can reduce the costs of third-party services, such as Medicaid eligibility review, by transferring the work to our own internal operations. For some customers, we are able to reduce operating costs further by transferring selected internal operations to our centralized shared services centers located in the United States and India.
 
We employ a variety of techniques intended to achieve this objective:
 
  •  Gathering Complete Information.   We focus on gathering complete patient information and educating the patient as to his or her potential financial responsibilities before receiving care so the services can be recorded and billed to the appropriate parties. Our systems maintain an automated electronic scorecard, which measures the efficiency of up-front data capture, billing and collections throughout the life cycle of any given patient account. These scorecards are analyzed in the aggregate, and the results are used to help improve work flow processes and operational decisions for our customers. We believe that hospitals employing our services have increased the percentage of non-emergency in-patient admissions with complete information profiles to nearly 100%, enabling fewer billing delays, increased charge capture and reduced billing cycles.
 
  •  Improving Claims Filing and Third-Party Payor Collections.   We implement sophisticated analytics designed to improve claims filing and collection of claims from third-party insurance payors. By employing proprietary algorithms and modeling to determine how hospital revenue cycle staff should allocate time and resources across a pool of outstanding claims, we can increase the likelihood that patient services will be reimbursed. In addition, our proprietary tools automatically analyze the information collected for each patient encounter, including insurance coverage, personal financial status and medical treatments administered, to improve


68


Table of Contents

  the revenue outcome from each patient account. This information is analyzed and updated in real time to help hospital administrators predict future cash flow and monitor underpayments from payors. Historically, third-party insurance payors have tracked patient services and billing information in more detail than hospitals, resulting in informational advantages for these third-party insurance payors. Our automated systems provide our customers with substantially the same quality and breadth of information available to many insurance companies, thereby helping them obtain contractually correct reimbursements in a timely manner.
 
  •  Identifying Alternative Payment Sources.   We use various methods to find payment sources for uninsured patients and reimbursement for services not covered by third-party insurance. Our patient financial screening technology and methodologies often identify federal, state or private grant sources to help pay for healthcare services. These techniques are designed to ease the financial burden on uninsured or underinsured patients and increase the percentage of patient bills that are actually paid. After a typical implementation period, we have been able to help our customers find a third-party payment source for approximately 85% of all admitted patients who identified themselves as uninsured.
 
  •  Employing Proprietary Technology and Algorithms.   Our service offerings employ a variety of proprietary data analytics and predictive modeling algorithms. For example, we identify patient accounts with financial risk by applying data mining techniques to the data we have collected. Our systems are designed to streamline work processes through the use of proprietary algorithms that focus revenue cycle staff effort on those accounts deemed to have the greatest potential for improving net revenue yield or charge capture. We frequently adjust our proprietary predictive algorithms to reflect changes in payor and patient behavior based upon the knowledge we glean from our entire customer base. As new customers are added and payor and patient behavior changes, the information we use to create our algorithms expands, increasing the accuracy and value of those algorithms. We rely upon a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret law and contractual terms and conditions to protect our intellectual property rights, and have filed four patent applications covering key innovations utilized in our solution.
 
  •  Using Analytical Capabilities and Operational Excellence.   We draw on the experience that we have gained from working with many of the best healthcare provider systems in the United States to train hospital staffs about new and innovative revenue cycle management practices. We employ extensive analytical analyses to identify specific weaknesses in business processes. We also strive to achieve operational excellence and to foster an overall culture of leading by example. As a result, our on-site management teams have seen marked shifts in the behaviors of hospital administrative staff, including enthusiasm for setting daily and weekly goals, participation in daily half-hour gatherings to track results achieved during the day, and improved adherence to our standard operating procedures.
 
In addition, we help our customers increase their revenue cycle efficiency by implementing improved practices, advanced data management technology, streamlining work flow processes and outsourcing aspects of their revenue cycle operations. For example, services that can be shared across our customers, such as patient scheduling and pre-registration, medical transcription and patient financial services, can be performed in our shared services centers in the United States and India. By leveraging the economies of scale and experience of our shared services centers, we believe that we offer our customers better quality services at a lower cost. For those customers opting not to participate in our shared services program, we can help reduce costs by migrating services such as Medicaid eligibility, medical transcription and collections from external vendors to our internal staff.


69


Table of Contents

Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to become the preferred provider-of-choice for revenue cycle management services in the U.S. healthcare industry. Since our inception, we have worked with some of the largest and most prestigious healthcare systems in the United States, such as Ascension Health, the Henry Ford Health System and the Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center. Going forward, our goal is to continue to expand the scope of our services to hospitals within our existing customers’ systems as well as to leverage our strong relationships with reference customers to continue to attract business from new customers. Key elements of our strategy include the following:
 
  •  Delivering Tangible, Long-Term Results by Providing End-to-End Services Across the Entire Revenue Cycle.   Our solution is designed to help our customers achieve sustainable economic value through improvements in operating margins. Improvements in our customers’ operating margins in turn provide recurring revenues for us. Our technology and services are deeply integrated across the entire spectrum of a customer’s revenue cycle continuum, whereas most competitive offerings address a narrower portion of the revenue cycle. Our offering alleviates the need to purchase services from multiple sources, potentially saving customers time, money and integration challenges in their efforts to improve their revenue cycle activities.
 
  •  Continuing to Develop Innovative Approaches to Increase Yield on Patient-Owed Obligations.   We have developed and continue to design creative approaches intended to increase net revenue yields on patient-owed obligations. These processes include direct communications with payors to establish patient pay amounts (after insurance and taking into account deductibles) and status, contract modeling tools to provide patients with accurate updates on the portion of an outstanding balance for which they are personally responsible, and the provision of prior balance data and payment alternatives to patients at the point of service. We also use consumer behavior modeling and conduct trending analyses for collections, and we offer patients a variety of payment methods.
 
  •  Enhancing and Developing Proprietary Algorithms to Identify Potential Errors and to Make Process Corrections.   Even as patients begin to assume responsibility for a greater portion of the cost of medical services, healthcare providers continue to rely upon third-party payors for the majority of medical reimbursements. To help improve revenue collection rates and timing for claims owed by payors, we have developed proprietary algorithms to assess risk and the resulting treatment of claims. Our methodology is designed to enable nearly 100% of outstanding claims to be reviewed, prioritized and pursued, compared to the prevailing industry practice of pursuing only 80% of the outstanding claims. In instances where our customers had been using other third-party tools, we routinely identify multiple additional lost charges. We believe that our focus on collecting revenue from a broader range of outstanding claims and reducing the average time to collection differentiates our revenue cycle management services.
 
  •  Expanding Our Shared Services Program.   Our shared services program, which includes patient scheduling and pre-registration, medical transcription and patient financial services, is structured to reduce a hospital’s overhead costs while providing services of comparable or higher quality. Expansion of our shared services program is potentially advantageous for both our customers and us, as we both benefit from greater savings attributable to economies of scale and improvements in net revenue yield. We believe that continuing to transition customers to our shared services will help us achieve our targeted improvements in customer operating margins. We introduced the shared services program in 2008, and we continue to see interest in this offering from both new and existing customers. Currently, approximately 35% of our customers participate in our shared services program.
 
  •  Hiring, Training and Retaining Our Personnel.   Our solution was developed by what we believe to be the best personnel available in the market. In order to grow our business and solidify our competitive position, we need to continue to hire, train and retain very talented


70


Table of Contents

  team members who demonstrate a strong focus on outstanding customer service. Employee recruitment is a priority for us because we believe that our long-term growth is limited more by the availability of top talent than by constraints in market demand for our solution. We seek an ongoing influx of new personnel at all levels so that we have adequate staffing to pursue and accept new customer opportunities. We also make substantial ongoing investments in employee training, including our “operator academy” and “revenue cycle academy” which enable us to educate all new employees regarding our operating model and related processes and technology.
 
  •  Continuing to Diversify Our Customer Base.   In October 2004, Ascension Health became our founding customer. While Ascension Health is our largest customer and we expect to continue to expand our presence within Ascension Health’s network of affiliated hospitals, we are focusing our marketing efforts primarily on other healthcare providers and expect to continue to diversify our customer base. In the six months ended June 30, 2009 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2008, our net services revenue from customers not affiliated with Ascension Health grew by 62.1%, while our net services revenue from hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health grew by 10.5%. As a result, the percentage of our total net services revenue attributable to hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health declined from 88.7% in the year ended December 31, 2006 to 63.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2009. Since January 1, 2007, approximately $5.0 billion of the $7.1 billion in annual net patient revenue that we added to our customer base was unrelated to Ascension Health.
 
  •  Developing Enhanced Service Offerings that Offer Long-Term Opportunities.   We intend to continue to introduce new services that draw upon our core competencies and that we believe will be attractive to our target customers. In considering new services, we look for market opportunities that we believe present low barriers to entry, require limited incremental cost and present significant growth opportunities. For example, we recently began targeting large physicians’ billing organizations that are linked to hospital systems, and we are developing an initiative focused on increasing the quality of healthcare through incentive payments to primary care physicians. We also plan to selectively pursue acquisitions that will enable us to broaden our service offerings.
 
Our Services
 
Core Service Offering
 
Our core offering consists of end-to-end, integrated technology and revenue cycle management services. We assume full responsibility for the management and cost of the customer’s end-to-end revenue cycle operations in exchange for a base fee and the opportunity to earn incentive fees. To implement our solution, we supplement the customer’s existing revenue cycle management and staff with seasoned Accretive Health revenue cycle leaders, subject matter experts and staff, and connect our proprietary technology and analytical tools to the hospital’s existing technology systems. Our employees that we add to the hospital’s revenue cycle team typically have significant experience in healthcare management, revenue cycle operations, technology, quality control and other management disciplines. In addition to implementing revenue enhancement procedures, we help our customers reduce their revenue cycle costs by implementing improved practices, advanced data management technology and more efficient processes, as well as outsourcing aspects of their revenue cycle operations. We seek to adapt our solution to the hospital’s organizational structure in order to minimize disruption to existing staff and to make our services transparent to both patients and physicians.


71


Table of Contents

We believe that our solution offers our customers a number of strategic, financial and operational benefits:
 
  •  Operating Management.   We assign highly-trained management teams to each customer site to facilitate technology implementation, provide hands-on training to existing hospital employees and guide staff toward achievable performance goals.
 
  •  Technology Improvements.   We integrate our proprietary technology with a hospital’s transaction systems to help improve claims collections and realize operating efficiencies. By using a web interface to layer our tools on top of a hospital’s existing software, we can bring our capabilities online in a timely manner without requiring any up-front hardware investment by customers.
 
  •  Standardized Operating Model.   We offer our customers a revenue cycle operating model that has delivered tangible financial benefits. Our standard implementation techniques are designed to enable us to install our operating model in a timely manner and consistently at customer sites. We utilize a uniform set of key performance indicators to drive and assess the revenue cycle operations of our customers. Our senior operational leaders closely monitor each customer’s revenue cycle performance through ten to twelve operating reviews each year.
 
  •  Multi-Industry Revenue Process Experience.   Our personnel have years of prior work experience advising customers on revenue process management issues in complex industries. We have combined this experience with healthcare industry innovative practices and operational excellence to form the foundation of our service offerings. We believe that the depth and breadth of our knowledge of healthcare and non-healthcare revenue cycle management help differentiate us from our competitors.
 
  •  Shared Services.   We offer customers the opportunity to realize operating efficiencies by outsourcing certain revenue tasks and responsibilities to shared facilities that we operate. By allowing multiple, unrelated hospitals to utilize the same set of resources for key revenue cycle tasks, our shared services capability provides opportunities to reduce the operating costs of our customers. We have been able to achieve meaningful margin improvements for the customers that utilize our shared services.
 
Our solution spans a hospital’s entire revenue cycle. We deploy our proprietary technology and management experience at each key point in the revenue cycle. As part of our solution, we make targeted changes in the hospital’s processes designed to improve its revenue cycle operations. We also implement cost-reduction programs, including the use of our shared services centers for customers who choose to participate and, for other customers, by moving services such as Medicaid eligibility, transcription and collections from external vendors to our internal staff.
 


72


Table of Contents

(FLOW CHART)
 
Front Office (Patient Access).   A hospital’s front office revenue cycle operations typically consist of scheduling, pre-registration, registration and collection of patient co-payments. Complete and accurate information gathering at this stage is critical to a hospital’s ability to collect revenue from the patient and third-party payors after healthcare services are provided.
 
AHtoAccess, our integrated suite of proprietary patient admission tools, is designed to minimize downstream collections issues by standardizing up-front patient information gathering through direct connections between the customer and each of its third-party payors and automated workflow navigation of authorization and referral requirements. AHtoAccess is used by our on-site management teams and hospital employees to handle a variety of front office tasks, including:
 
  •  verification of patient contact information, which improves accuracy of recording patient admissions data in the hospital’s patient accounting system;
 
  •  real-time validation of coverage and benefits for insured patients, which allows up front assessment of each patient’s ability to pay;
 
  •  screening of self-pay patients for alternative coverage solutions, which helps identify payment sources including long-term payment plans and charity or government-sponsored coverage for uninsured or underinsured patients; and
 
  •  up-front calculation of patient pay residuals, which facilitates accurate and timely communication and collection of residual payment obligations and any outstanding patient balances from previous services.
 
Middle Office (Health Services Billing).   Once treatment has been provided to a patient, a hospital’s middle office revenue cycle operations typically consist of transcribing physicians’ dictated records of patient care and related diagnoses, assigning treatment codes so that bills may be generated and consolidating all patient information into a single patient file. Our solution provides opportunities to improve revenue yield attributable to the middle office by enabling a customer to properly bill all appropriate charges, reduce payor coverage denials based upon inaccurate or

73


Table of Contents

incomplete billing or untimely filing, and improve the accuracy and comprehensiveness of patient and billing information to enable bills to be issued in a timely and efficient manner.
 
We deploy several proprietary software tools in the middle office. AHtoCharge is an automated variance detection tool used to identify missing charges in patient bills and to detect coding errors in patient records. In addition to the use of proprietary technology, we enhance a hospital’s revenue cycle operations in the middle office with our:
 
  •  in-house nurse auditors, who review the accuracy of treatments, diagnoses and charges in patient records and follow-up with hospital revenue cycle staff so that the bills may be updated and sent out within the normal billing cycle; and
 
  •  on-staff physicians, who help hospital case managers properly code emergency department patients during their transition from “observation” to “in-patient” status, to improve accurate and appropriate billing to payors.
 
Back Office (Collections).   A hospital’s back office revenue cycle operations typically consist of bill creation and submission, follow-up to resolve unpaid or underpaid claims and re-submit incomplete claims, the collection of amounts due from patients and the application of cash payments to outstanding balances. At this stage of the revenue cycle, efficiency and data accuracy are critical to increasing the hospital’s collections from all responsible parties in a timely manner, and reducing the hospital’s bad debt expense. Our solution is designed to improve revenue yield attributable to the back office by enabling a customer to:
 
  •  decrease the time required for bill creation and submission;
 
  •  increase the percentage of claims receiving maximum allowable reimbursement from payors;
 
  •  find alternative payment sources for unpaid and underpaid claims with both third-party payors and patients; and
 
  •  reduce contractual write-offs to provide an accurate record of outstanding charges.
 
We deploy a number of proprietary tools in the back office:
 
  •  Yield-Based Follow Up.   Our Yield-Based Follow Up tool enables us to pursue reimbursement for claims based on risk scoring and detection as established by our proprietary algorithms.
 
  •  Medical Financial Solutions.   Our Medical Financial Solutions tool uses proprietary algorithms to assess a patient’s propensity to pay and determines follow-up actions structured to allow higher yields with lower collections effort.
 
  •  Retro Eligibility.   Our Retro Eligibility tool continually searches for insurance coverage for each patient visit, even after treatment has concluded, to determine whether uninsured patients are eligible for some form of insurance coverage.
 
  •  AHtoContract.   Our AHtoContract tool utilizes proprietary modeling and analytics to calculate the aggregate reimbursement due to the hospital from third-party payors and patients for a given patient treatment.
 
  •  Underpayments.   Our Underpayments tool employs payor remittance data and contract models to determine whether a payor has reimbursed less than its contracted amount for a specific claim and enables the hospital’s back office staff to resolve these situations directly with payors.
 
  •  AHtoPost.   Our AHtoPost tool is used by our shared services centers to centralize the task of posting cash payments to customers’ patient accounting systems, combining a sophisticated software platform with optical character recognition technology.


74


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Direct Service Offering
 
Our “Accretive Direct” service offering is a focused technology and services solution for smaller hospitals where implementation of the complete suite of on-site management assistance included with our core service offering is not economically feasible. This service offering incorporates additional automation and standardization into our revenue cycle management solution with less reliance on infused management personnel. Currently, we have one customer that uses our Accretive Direct services, which include:
 
  •  implementation of our AHtoAccess tool in the customer’s front office revenue cycle operations;
 
  •  implementation of our AHtoCharge tool and our physician advisory services in the customer’s middle office revenue cycle operations;
 
  •  outsourcing of the customer’s pre-service patient calling activities, back office revenue cycle operations and patient financial services activities to our shared services operating centers; and
 
  •  support for audits of Medicare charges.
 
Quality/Cost Service Initiative
 
We are pursuing a new quality/cost service initiative that we believe presents attractive growth potential for us. We are building a turnkey technology and service solution that, once completed and implemented, would allow formal and informal organized delivery systems to provide population-based management of care, as compared to episodic care, and reward providers for cost savings and increased quality. We believe that our knowledge and understanding of the U.S. healthcare payment and reimbursement system, our business process experience and our technology position us well to pursue this opportunity.
 
Healthcare providers tend to focus on their own role in patient care rather than the totality of a patient’s healthcare. This approach often leads to ineffective care coordination and can have a negative impact on healthcare quality and cost. Our quality/cost service initiative is intended to link episodes of care and facilitate the re-emergence of the primary care physician, or PCP, as the coordinator of care for each patient. We believe that appropriate financial incentives can be designed to encourage PCPs to focus on the prevention of acute care episodes — for example, through comprehensive annual physicals and the systematic use of HbA1c blood sugar tests for diabetics — and, when those episodes do occur, to focus on the prevention of hospital readmissions. To accomplish these objectives, the financial incentives would relate to, among other things, total integration of care, medical best practices and the use of healthcare information technology. Because PCPs drive the vast majority of healthcare decisions (excluding personal lifestyle decisions) that have an impact on healthcare, we believe that this initiative could reduce costs and increase healthcare quality.
 
We believe a service offering of this nature would be attractive to healthcare providers because of the potential for higher quality patient care and lower healthcare costs. In addition, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act enacted in February 2009 provides for potential payments over time of up to $44,000 (under Medicare) and $64,000 (under Medicaid) to any physician who adopts and “meaningfully uses” electronic health records, and we believe our healthcare information technology can help physicians qualify for these payments.
 
We plan to beta test our quality/cost initiative at selected customer sites and expect to be in a position to roll out a service offering based on this initiative during 2010.
 
Customers
 
Customers for our core service offering typically are multi-hospital systems, including faith-based or community healthcare systems, academic medical centers and independent clinics, and the


75


Table of Contents

physician practice groups affiliated with those systems. Our core service offering is best-suited for healthcare organizations in which substantial improvements can be realized through the full implementation of our solution. Our Accretive Direct service offering is targeted to hospitals with less than $250 million in annual net patient revenue. We seek to develop strategic, long-term relationships with our customers and focus on providers that we believe understand the value of our operating model and have demonstrated success in both clinical and operational outcomes. In October 2004, Ascension Health became our founding customer. While Ascension Health is still our largest customer and we expect to continue to expand our presence beyond the hospitals we currently service within Ascension Health’s network, we are focusing our marketing efforts primarily on other healthcare providers and expect to continue to diversify our customer base. As of June 30, 2009, we provided our integrated revenue cycle service offering to 21 customers representing 53 hospitals and $11.9 billion in annual net patient revenue, as well as physicians’ billing organizations associated with several of these customers.
 
We target seven market segments in the United States for our integrated revenue cycle service offering:
 
  •  Academic Medical Centers and Ambulatory Clinics.   Academic medical centers and ambulatory clinics, including related physician practices, represent approximately $120 billion in annual net patient revenue. This market segment offers attractive opportunities for us because of the significant size and patient volume of academic medical centers and ambulatory clinics (typically more than $1 billion each in net patient revenue) and the fragmented revenue cycle management operations of most physician practices. Our customers in this market segment include the Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center and the Henry Ford Health System.
 
  •  Catholic Community Healthcare Systems.   Catholic community healthcare systems represented our initial target market segment and remain a primary focus for us. Catholic community healthcare systems manage approximately $62 billion in annual net patient revenue. Ascension Health is the nation’s largest Catholic and largest non-profit healthcare system, with a network of 78 hospitals and related healthcare facilities located in 20 states and the District of Columbia. We serve a number of hospitals and regional healthcare systems affiliated with Ascension Health.
 
  •  Other Faith-Based Community Healthcare Systems.   Drawing on our experience with the Catholic community healthcare system market, we also target the market for other faith-based community healthcare systems. Healthcare systems affiliated with other religious faiths manage approximately $42 billion in annual net patient revenue. We serve several regional healthcare systems in this market segment.
 
  •  Not-for-Profit Community Hospitals.   There are nearly 2,000 not-for-profit community hospitals, with a variety of affiliations that are not faith-based. Not-for-profit community hospitals manage approximately $241 billion in annual net patient revenue. We serve several customers in this market segment.
 
  •  Physicians’ Billing Organizations.   Large physicians’ billing organizations, with at least 75 physicians each, represent approximately $115 billion in annual net patient revenue. Our customer work in this market includes the billing activities involving several hundred physicians at the Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center and the Henry Ford Health System.
 
  •  For-Profit Hospital Systems.   For-profit hospital systems manage approximately $80 billion in annual net patient revenue. This sector, although smaller than the not-for-profit sector, still represents a significant target market segment for our revenue cycle services. We do not currently have any customers in this market segment.
 
  •  Government-Owned Hospitals.   Each major metropolitan area in the United States has at least one large municipal or city-owned hospital system, with annual net patient revenue


76


Table of Contents

  typically in the range of $500 million to $1 billion. This market segment represents approximately $95 billion in annual net patient revenue. We do not currently have any customers in this market segment.
 
We believe that the diversity of our customer base, ranging from not-for-profit community hospitals to large academic medical centers and healthcare systems, demonstrates our ability to adapt and apply our operating model to many different situations.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Our new business opportunities have historically been generated through high-level industry contacts of members of our senior management team and board of directors and positive references from existing customers. As we have grown, we have added senior sales executives and adopted a more institutional approach to sales and marketing that relies on systematic relationship building by all of our senior team members. Our sales process generally begins by engaging senior executives of the prospective hospital or healthcare system, typically followed by our assessment of the prospect’s existing revenue cycle operations and a review of the findings. We employ a standardized managed service contract that is designed to streamline the contract process and support a collaborative discussion of revenue cycle operation issues and our proposed working relationship. Our sales process typically requires six to twelve months from the introductory meeting to contract execution.
 
Technology
 
Technology Development
 
Our technology development organization operates out of various facilities in the United States and India. Our technology is developed in-house by Accretive Health employees, although at times we may supplant our technology development team with independent contractors. We use a rapid application development methodology in which new functionality and enhancements are released on a 30-day cycle, and minor functionality or “patch” work is released on a seven-day cycle. Based upon this schedule, we release approximately eleven technology offerings with new functionalities each year across each of the four principal portions of our customer-facing applications. All customer sites run the same base set of code with modifications isolated via a configuration management approach. We use a beta-testing environment to develop and test new technology offerings at one or more customers, while keeping the rest of our customers on production-level code.
 
Our applications are deployed on a consistent architecture based upon an industry-standard Microsoft SQL*Server database and a “DotNetNuke” open source application architecture. This architecture provides a common framework for development, which in turn simplifies the development process and offers a common interface for end users. We believe the consistent look and feel of our architecture allows our customers and staff to begin using ongoing enhancements to our software suite quickly and easily.
 
We devote substantial resources to our development efforts and plan at a yearly, half-yearly, quarterly and release level. We employ a “value point” scoring system to assess the impact an enhancement will have on net revenue, costs, efficiency and customer satisfaction. The results of this value point system analysis are evaluated in conjunction with our overall corporate goals when making development decisions. In addition to our technology development team, our operations personnel play an integral role in setting technology priorities in support of their objective of keeping our software operating 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
 
Technology Operations
 
Our applications are hosted in data centers located in Atlanta, Georgia and Salt Lake City, Utah, and our internal financial application suite is hosted in a data center in Minneapolis, Minnesota. These data centers are operated for us by third parties and are SAS-70 compliant. Our development, testing


77


Table of Contents

and quality assurance environment is operated from the data center in Atlanta with a separate server room in Chicago, Illinois. We have agreements with our hardware and system software suppliers for support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Our operations personnel also use our resources located in our other U.S. facilities and in our India facilities.
 
Customers use high-speed Internet connections or private network connections to access our business applications. We utilize commercially available hardware and a combination of custom-developed and commercially available software. We designed our primary application in this manner to permit scalable growth. For example, database servers can be added without adding web servers, and vice versa. We believe that this architecture enables us to scale our operations effectively and efficiently.
 
Our databases and servers are backed-up in full on a weekly basis and undergo incremental back-ups nightly. Databases are also backed-up frequently by automatically shipping log files with accumulated changes to separate sets of back-up servers. In addition to serving as a back-up, these log files update the data in our online analytical processing engine, enabling the data to be more current than if only refreshed overnight. Data and information regarding our customers’ patients is encrypted when transmitted over the internet or traveling off-site on portable media such as laptops or backup tapes.
 
Customer system access requests are load-balanced across multiple application servers, allowing us to handle additional users on a per-customer basis without application changes. System utilization is monitored for capacity planning purposes.
 
Our software interacts with our customers’ software through a series of real-time and batch interfaces. We do not require changes to the customer’s core patient care delivery or financial systems. Instead of installing hardware or software in customer locations or data centers, we specify the information that a customer needs to extract from its existing systems in order to interface with our systems. This methodology enables our systems to operate with many combinations of customer systems, including custom and industry-standard implementations. We have successfully integrated our systems with 15 to 20 year old systems, with package and custom systems, and with major industry-standard products.
 
When these interfaces are in place, we provide a tool suite across the hospital revenue cycle. For our purposes, the revenue cycle starts when a patient registers for future service or arrives at a hospital or clinic for unscheduled service and ends when the hospital has collected all the appropriate revenue from all possible sources. Thus, we provide eligibility, address validation, skip tracing, charge capture, patient and payor follow-up, analytics and tracking, charge master management, contract modeling, contract “what if” analysis, collections and other functions throughout the front office, middle office and back office operations of a customer’s revenue cycle.
 
Because our databases run on industry-standard hardware and software, we are able to use all standard tools to develop, maintain and monitor our solution. Databases for one or more customers can run on a single database server with disk storage configured as a redundant array of inexpensive disks (RAID). In the event of a server failure, we have maintenance contracts in place that require the service provider to have the server back on-line in four hours or less, or we move the customer processing to another server. The RAID configuration protects against disk failures having an impact on our operations.
 
In the event that a combination of events causes a system failure, we typically can isolate the failure to one or a small number of customers. We believe that no combination of failures by our systems can impact a customer’s ability to deliver patient care, nor can any such failures prevent accurate accounting of customer finances because accounting functions are maintained on customer systems. In the past twelve months, our up-time has exceeded 99.45% of planned up-time.
 
Our data centers were designed to withstand many catastrophic events, such as blizzards and hurricanes. To protect against a catastrophic event in which our primary data center is completely


78


Table of Contents

destroyed and service cannot be restored within a few days, we store backups of our systems and databases off-site. In the event that we had to move operations to a different data center, we would re-establish operations by provisioning new servers, restoring data from the off-site backups and re-establishing connectivity with our customers’ host systems. Because our systems are web-based, no changes would need to be made on customer workstations, and customers would be able to reconnect as our systems became available again.
 
We monitor the response time of our application in a number of ways. We monitor the response time of individual transactions by customer and place monitors inside our operations and at key customer sites to run synthetic transactions that demonstrate our systems’ end-to-end responsiveness. Our hosting provider reports on responsiveness server-by-server and identifies potential future capacity issues. In addition, we survey key customers regarding system response time to make sure customer-specific conditions are not impacting performance of our tools.
 
Proprietary Software Suite
 
Our proprietary AHtoAccess software suite is composed of a broad range of integrated functional areas or domains. The “patient access”, “improving best possible”, “follow-up” and “measurement” domains utilize interdependent design and development paths and are an integral driver of value throughout our customers’ entire revenue cycle. These domains correspond to the front office, middle office and back office revenue cycle business processes described above.
 
  •  The “patient access” domain is used during hospital employees’ first interactions with patients, either at the point of service in a hospital or in advance of a hospital visit during our pre-registration process. The domain uses a straightforward, consistent architecture.
 
  •  The “improving best possible” domain is designed to facilitate top-line revenue improvements and bottom-line efficiency gains. The domain’s AHtoCharge tool is a rules-based engine that, with the oversight of a centralized team of nurse-auditors, automatically analyzes medical billing and coding data to identify inconsistencies that may delay or hinder collections.
 
  •  The “follow-up” domain tracks unpaid claims and contacts with insurance companies, government organizations and other payors responsible for outstanding debts for past patient services. The domain also organizes previously unpaid claims using a proprietary risk-based algorithm.
 
  •  The “measurement” domain integrates our functional domains by providing real-time metrics and insight into the operation of revenue cycle businesses. This application can be used to generate standard operational reports and allows the end user to review and analyze all of the micro-level data that supports the results found in these reports.
 


79


Table of Contents

(FLOW CHART)
 
In addition to applications designed for use by our customers, we have developed proprietary software for use in our collections operations and measurement activity. To manage patient follow-up activities and the collection of patient debt, we use a combination of off-the-shelf telephony and campaign management software which analyzes critical data points to determine the optimum approach for collecting outstanding debts. Our measurement system enables a user to generate models for outstanding medical claims related to specific third-party payors and determine the maximum allowed reimbursement, based upon the hospital’s contract with each payor.
 
Competition
 
While we do not believe any single competitor offers a fully integrated, end-to-end revenue cycle management solution, we face competition from various sources.
 
The internal revenue cycle management staff of hospitals, who historically have performed the functions addressed by our services, in effect compete with us. Hospitals that previously have made investments in internally developed solutions sometimes choose to continue to rely on their own internal revenue cycle management staff.
 
We also compete with three categories of external participants in the revenue cycle market, most of which focus on small components of the hospital revenue cycle:
 
  •  software-as-a-service or other technology-supported revenue cycle management business process outsourcing companies, such as athenahealth, Eclipsys and MedAssets;
 
  •  traditional consultants, either specialized healthcare consulting firms or healthcare divisions of large accounting firms, such as Deloitte Consulting and Huron Consulting; and
 
  •  IT outsourcers, which typically are large, non-healthcare focused business process outsourcing and information technology outsourcing firms, such as Perot Systems and Computer Science Corporation/First Consulting.

80


Table of Contents

 
We believe that competition for revenue cycle management services is based primarily on the following factors:
 
  •  knowledge and understanding of the complex healthcare payment and reimbursement system in the United States;
 
  •  a track record of delivering revenue improvements and efficiency gains for hospitals and healthcare systems;
 
  •  the ability to deliver a solution that is fully-integrated along each step of a hospital’s revenue cycle operations;
 
  •  cost-effectiveness, including the breakdown between up-front costs and pay-for-performance incentive compensation;
 
  •  reliability, simplicity and flexibility of the technology platform;
 
  •  understanding of the healthcare industry’s regulatory environment; and
 
  •  sufficient infrastructure and financial stability.
 
We believe that we compete effectively based upon all of these criteria. We also believe that several aspects of our business model differentiate us from our competitors:
 
  •  our solution does not require any up-front cash investment from customers and we do not charge hourly or licensing fees for our services;
 
  •  we serve only healthcare providers and do not provide services to third-party payors; and
 
  •  we focus on delivering significant and sustainable revenue cycle improvements rather than one-time cost reductions only.
 
Nonetheless, we operate in a growing and attractive market with a steady stream of new entrants. Although we believe that there are significant barriers to replicating our end-to-end revenue cycle solution, other companies may develop superior or more economical service offerings that hospitals could find more attractive than our offerings. Moreover, the regulatory landscape may shift in a direction that is more strategically advantageous to existing and future companies.
 
Government Regulation
 
The customers we serve are subject to a complex array of federal and state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations may change rapidly, and it is frequently unclear how they apply to our business. We devote significant efforts, through training of personnel and monitoring, to establish and maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements that we believe are applicable to our business and the services we offer.
 
Government Regulation of Health Information
 
Privacy and Security Regulations.   The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and the regulations that have been issued under it, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, contain substantial restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of individuals’ protected health information. HIPAA prohibits a covered entity from using or disclosing an individual’s protected health information unless the use or disclosure is authorized by the individual or is specifically required or permitted under HIPAA. Under HIPAA, covered entities must establish administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information maintained or transmitted by them or by others on their behalf.
 
HIPAA applies to covered entities, such as healthcare providers that engage in HIPAA-defined standard electronic transactions, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as “business


81


Table of Contents

associates” that perform functions on behalf or provide services to covered entities. Our customers are covered entities, and we are considered a “business associate” under HIPAA as a result of our contractual obligations to and interactions with our customers. In order to provide customers with services that involve the use or disclosure of protected health information, HIPAA requires our customers to enter into business associate agreements with us so that certain HIPAA requirements would be applied to us as contractual commitments. Such agreements must, among other things, provide adequate written assurances:
 
  •  as to how we will use and disclose the protected health information;
 
  •  that we will implement reasonable administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information from misuse;
 
  •  that we will enter into similar agreements with our agents and subcontractors that have access to the information;
 
  •  that we will report security incidents and other inappropriate uses or disclosures of the information; and
 
  •  that we will assist the customer with certain of its duties under HIPAA.
 
Transaction Requirements.   In addition to privacy and security requirements, HIPAA also requires that certain electronic transactions related to healthcare billing be conducted using prescribed electronic formats. For example, claims for reimbursement that are transmitted electronically to payors must comply with specific formatting standards, and these standards apply whether the payor is a government or a private entity. We are contractually required to structure and provide our services in a way that supports our customers’ HIPAA compliance obligations.
 
Data Security and Breaches.   In recent years, there have been well-publicized data breach incidents involving the improper dissemination of personal health and other information of individuals, both within and outside of the healthcare industry. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to data breach incidents, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and government authorities. In many cases, these laws are limited to electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or considering stricter and broader requirements. In February 2009, HIPAA was amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, Act to add provisions that will, beginning in 2010, impose certain of the HIPAA privacy and security requirements directly upon business associates. When new regulations take effect in late 2009, both covered entities and their business associates will be required to notify individuals and government authorities of data security breaches involving unsecured protected health information. In addition, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, has prosecuted some data breach cases as unfair and deceptive acts or practices under the Federal Trade Commission Act. We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security incidents.
 
State Laws.   In addition to HIPAA, most states have enacted patient confidentiality laws that protect against the unauthorized disclosure of confidential medical information, and many states have adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards and data security breach notification requirements. Such state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA requirements, are not preempted by the federal requirements, and we must comply with them even though they may be subject to different interpretations by various courts and other governmental authorities.
 
Other Requirements.   In addition to HIPAA, numerous other state and federal laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of individually identifiable health and other information and healthcare provider information. The FTC has issued and several states have issued


82


Table of Contents

or are considering new regulations to require holders of certain types of personally identifiable information to implement formal policies and programs to prevent, detect and mitigate the risk of identity theft and other unauthorized access to or use of such information. Further, the U.S. Congress and a number of states have considered or are considering prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of medical or other information to individuals or entities located outside of the United States.
 
Government Regulation of Reimbursement
 
Our customers are subject to regulation by a number of governmental agencies, including those that administer the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Accordingly, our customers are sensitive to legislative and regulatory changes in, and limitations on, the government healthcare programs and changes in reimbursement policies, processes and payment rates. During recent years, there have been numerous federal legislative and administrative actions that have affected government programs, including adjustments that have reduced or increased payments to physicians and other healthcare providers and adjustments that have affected the complexity of our work. It is possible that the federal or state governments will implement future reductions, increases or changes in reimbursement under government programs that adversely affect our customer base or our cost of providing our services. Any such changes could adversely affect our own financial condition by reducing the reimbursement rates of our customers.
 
Fraud and Abuse Laws
 
A number of federal and state laws, generally referred to as fraud and abuse laws, are used to prosecute healthcare providers, physicians and others that make, offer, seek or receive referrals or payments for products or services that may be paid for through any federal or state healthcare program and in some instances any private program. Given the breadth of these laws and regulations, they are potentially applicable to our business. These laws and regulations include:
 
Anti-Kickback Laws.   There are numerous federal and state laws that govern patient referrals, physician financial relationships, and inducements to healthcare providers and patients. The federal healthcare anti-kickback law prohibits any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving anything of value, directly or indirectly, for the referral of patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs or the leasing, purchasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the lease, purchase or order of any item, good, facility or service covered by these programs. Courts have construed this anti-kickback law to mean that a financial arrangement may violate this law if any one of the purposes of an arrangement is to encourage patient referrals or other federal healthcare program business, regardless of whether there are other legitimate purposes for the arrangement. There are several limited exclusions known as safe harbors that may protect some arrangements from enforcement penalties. These safe harbors have very limited application. Penalties for federal anti-kickback violations can be severe, and include imprisonment, criminal fines, civil money penalties with triple damages and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Many states have similar anti-kickback laws, some of which are not limited to items or services for which payment is made by a federal healthcare program.
 
False or Fraudulent Claim Laws.   There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with the submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment, for example, by systematic over treatment or duplicate billing of the same services to collect increased or duplicate payments.
 
In particular, the federal False Claims Act, or FCA, prohibits a person from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval by an officer, employee or agent of the United States. In addition, the FCA prohibits a person from knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to such a claim. The FCA was


83


Table of Contents

amended on May 20, 2009 by the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009, or FERA. Following the FERA amendments, the FCA’s “reverse false claim” provision also creates liability for persons who knowingly and improperly conceal the retention of an overpayment of government money. Violations of the FCA may result in treble damages, significant monetary penalties, and other collateral consequences including, potentially, exclusion from participation in federally funded health care programs. The scope and implications of the FERA amendments have yet to be fully determined or adjudicated and as a result it is difficult to predict how future enforcement initiatives may impact our business.
 
In addition, under the Civil Monetary Penalty Act of 1981, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General has the authority to impose administrative penalties and assessments against any person, including an organization or other entity, who knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, to a state or federal government employee or agent certain false or otherwise improper claims.
 
Stark Law and Similar State Laws.   The Ethics in Patient Referrals Act, known as the Stark Law, prohibits certain types of referral arrangements between physicians and healthcare entities. Physicians are prohibited from referring patients for certain designated health services reimbursed under federally-funded programs to entities with which they or their immediate family members have a financial relationship or an ownership interest, unless such referrals fall within a specific exception. Violations of the statute can result in civil monetary penalties and/or exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Furthermore, reimbursement claims for care rendered under forbidden referrals may be deemed false or fraudulent, resulting in liability under other fraud and abuse laws.
 
Laws in many states similarly forbid billing based on referrals between individuals and/or entities that have various financial, ownership or other business relationships. These laws vary widely from state to state.
 
Laws Limiting Assignment of Reimbursement Claims
 
Various federal and state laws, including Medicare and Medicaid, forbid or limit assignments of claims for reimbursement from government funded programs. Some of these laws limit the manner in which business service companies may handle payments for such claims and prevent such companies from charging their provider customers on the basis of a percentage of collections or charges. We do not believe that the services we provide our customers result in an assignment of claims for the Medicare or Medicaid reimbursements for purposes of federal health care programs. Any determination to the contrary, however, could adversely affect our ability to be paid for the services we provide to our customers, require us to restructure the manner in which we are paid, or have further regulatory consequences.
 
Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act
 
The federal Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act, or EMTALA, was adopted by the U.S. Congress in response to reports of a widespread hospital emergency room practice of “patient dumping”. At the time of EMTALA’s enactment, patient dumping was considered to have occurred when a hospital capable of providing the needed care sent a patient to another facility or simply turned the patient away based on such patient’s inability to pay for his or her care. EMTALA imposes requirements as to the care that must be provided to anyone who seeks care at facilities providing emergency medical services. In addition, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, has issued final regulations clarifying those areas within a hospital system that must provide emergency treatment, procedures to meet on-call requirements, as well as other requirements under EMTALA. Sanctions for failing to fulfill these requirements include exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs and civil monetary penalties. In addition, the law creates private civil remedies that enable an individual who suffers personal harm as a direct result of a violation of the law to sue the offending hospital for


84


Table of Contents

damages and equitable relief. A hospital that suffers a financial loss as a direct result of another participating hospital’s violation of the law also has a similar right.
 
EMTALA generally applies to our customers, and we assist our customers with the intake of their patients. Although we believe that our patient intake practices are in compliance with the law and applicable regulations, we cannot be certain that governmental officials responsible for enforcing the law or others will not assert that we are in violation of these laws nor what obligations may be imposed by regulations to be issued in the future.
 
Regulation of Debt Collection Activities
 
The federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA, regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect, directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be owed to another person. Certain of our accounts receivable activities may be subject to the FDCPA. The FDCPA establishes specific guidelines and procedures that debt collectors must follow in communicating with consumer debtors, including the time, place and manner of such communications. Further, it prohibits harassment or abuse by debt collectors, including the threat of violence or criminal prosecution, obscene language or repeated telephone calls made with the intent to abuse or harass. The FDCPA also places restrictions on communications with individuals other than consumer debtors in connection with the collection of any consumer debt and sets forth specific procedures to be followed when communicating with such third parties for purposes of obtaining location information about the consumer. In addition, the FDCPA contains various notice and disclosure requirements and prohibits unfair or misleading representations by debt collectors. Finally, the FDCPA imposes certain limitations on lawsuits to collect debts against consumers.
 
Debt collection activities are also regulated at state level. Most states have laws regulating debt collection activities in ways that are similar to, and in some cases more stringent than, the FDCPA. In addition, some states require debt collection companies to be licensed. In all states where we operate, we believe that we currently hold all required state licenses or are exempt from licensing.
 
We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, which regulates consumer credit reporting and which may impose liability on us to the extent that the adverse credit information reported on a consumer to a credit bureau is false or inaccurate. State law, to the extent it is not preempted by the FCRA, may also impose restrictions or liability on us with respect to reporting adverse credit information.
 
The FTC has the authority to investigate consumer complaints relating to the FDCPA and the FCRA, and to initiate or recommend enforcement actions, including actions to seek monetary penalties. State officials typically have authority to enforce corresponding state laws. In addition, affected consumers may bring suits, including class action suits, to seek monetary remedies (including statutory damages) for violations of the federal and state provisions discussed above.
 
Regulation of Credit Card Activities
 
We accept payments by credit cards from patients of our customers. Various federal and state laws impose privacy and information security laws and regulations with respect to the use of credit cards. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations or experience a credit card security breach, our reputation could be damaged, possibly resulting in lost future business, and we could be subjected to additional legal or financial risk as a result of non-compliance.
 
Foreign Regulations
 
Our operations in India are subject to additional regulations by the government of India. These include Indian federal and local corporation requirements, restrictions on exchange of funds, employment-related laws and qualification for tax status.


85


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property
 
We rely upon a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws and contractual terms and conditions to protect our intellectual property rights, and have sought patent protection for aspects of our key innovations.
 
As of June 30, 2009, we have filed four patent applications. We do not know, however, whether any of these patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patents can be uncertain. If any of our applications issues as a patent, that patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by a third party or found to be invalid or unenforceable. Our patent applications may not issue with the scope of the claims that we seek, if at all, or the scope of the claims that may issue may not be sufficiently broad to protect our products and technology. Third parties may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technologies or design around patents owned or licensed by us. If our technology is found to infringe any patent or other intellectual property right held by a third party, we could be prevented from providing our service offerings and subject us to significant damage awards.
 
We rely in some circumstances on trade secrets to protect our technology. We control access to and the use of our application capabilities through a combination of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, customers, contractors and business partners. We license some of our software through agreements that impose specific restrictions on customers’ ability to use the software, such as prohibiting reverse engineering and limiting the use of copies. We also require employees and contractors to sign non-disclosure agreements and invention assignment agreements to giver us ownership of intellectual property developed in the course of working form us.
 
On occasion, we incorporate third-party commercial or open source software products into our technology platform. Although we prefer to develop our own technology, we periodically employ third-party software in order to simplify our development and maintenance efforts, provide a “commodity” capability, support our own technology infrastructure or test a new capability.
 
Employees
 
As of June 30, 2009, we had 1,305 full-time employees, including 147 engaged in technology development and deployment. None of our employees is represented by a labor union and we consider our current employee relations to be good.
 
Our operations employees are required to participate in our “operator academy” and “revenue cycle academy”, consisting of multiple training sessions each year. Our ongoing training and executive learning programs are modeled after the practices of companies that we believe have reputations for service excellence. In addition, all of our employees undergo mandatory HIPAA training.
 
Pursuant to managed service contracts, we also manage over 6,000 revenue cycle staff persons who are employed by our customers. We have the right to control and direct the work activities of these staff persons and are responsible for paying their compensation out of the base fees paid to us by our customers, but these staff persons are considered employees of our customers for all purposes.
 
Facilities
 
As of June 30, 2009, our corporate headquarters occupy approximately 28,000 square feet in Chicago, Illinois under a lease expiring on various dates in 2013 and 2014. We have an option to cancel the lease effective November 30, 2011 if the landlord is unable, prior to December 31, 2010, to provide approximately 22,000 square feet of additional office space on an adjacent floor. If the landlord provides this additional office space, we are obligated to lease it, and we will have the option to concurrently return approximately 6,500 square feet of office space on a non-adjacent floor.


86


Table of Contents

Assuming the landlord provides this additional 22,000 square feet of office space and we do not return the 6,500 square feet of office space, the lease for all 50,000 square feet will be extended until ten years and 90 days after the date we take possession of the additional 22,000 square feet of office space. In addition, after the landlord provides this additional office space, we will have an option to lease at least 50% of the rentable space on another floor in the same building. We also have rights of first offer on other space in the same building.
 
As of June 30, 2009, we also leased facilities in Jupiter, Florida; Kalamazoo, Michigan and Cape Girardeau, Missouri; and near New Delhi, India. Pursuant to our master services agreement with Ascension Health and the managed service contracts between us and our customers, we occupy space on-site at all hospitals where we provide our revenue cycle management services. We do not pay customers for our use of space provided by them. In general, we are not permitted to provide services to one customer from another customer’s site.
 
We believe that our current facilities are sufficient for our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees or expand our geographic markets, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
From time to time, we have been and may again become involved in legal proceedings or regulatory investigations arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any material litigation and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.


87


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
Our executive officers and directors, their current positions and their ages as of June 30, 2009 are set forth below:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position(s)
 
Mary A. Tolan
    49     Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
John T. Staton
    48     Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Etienne H. Deffarges
    51     Executive Vice President
Gregory N. Kazarian
    46     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
J. Michael Cline(1)
    49     Founder and Chairman of the Board
Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr.(1)(3)
    54     Director
Steven N. Kaplan(2)(3)
    49     Director
Denis J. Nayden(1)
    55     Director
George P. Shultz(3)
    88     Director
Arthur H. Spiegel, III(1)
    70     Director
Mark A. Wolfson(2)
    56     Director
 
(1) Member of compensation committee.
 
(2) Member of audit committee.
 
(3) Member of nominating and corporate governance committee.
 
Mary A. Tolan , a founder of Accretive Health, has served as our president and chief executive officer and a director since November 2003. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Tolan spent 21 years at Accenture Ltd, a leading global management consulting, technology services and outsourcing company. At Accenture, Ms. Tolan served in several leadership roles, including group chief executive for the resources operating group that had approximately $2 billion in annual revenue, and as a member of Accenture’s executive committee and management committee. She serves on the board of trustees of the University of Chicago, Loyola University and the Lyric Opera of Chicago.
 
John T. Staton has served as our chief financial officer and treasurer since September 2005. Mr. Staton was with Accenture for 16 years before joining our company. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Staton led the business consulting practice within Accenture’s North American products practice. Prior to this role, he was a partner in Accenture’s global retail practice. Before joining Accenture, Mr. Staton held positions in General Electric’s manufacturing management program and Hewlett-Packard’s sales and channel marketing organizations.
 
Etienne H. Deffarges has served as our executive vice president since April 2004. From 1999 until joining our company, Mr. Deffarges was a partner at Accenture, most recently serving as managing partner for its global utilities industry group, and as a member of its executive committee. Prior to joining Accenture, Mr. Deffarges spent 14 years at Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., a strategy and technology consulting firm, including serving as a senior partner and global practice leader of the energy, chemicals and pharmaceuticals practice from 1994 to 1999 and as a member of its executive committee.
 
Gregory N. Kazarian has served as our senior vice president, general counsel and secretary since January 2004. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Kazarian was with the law firm Pedersen & Houpt, P.C. for 16 years, where he handled employment, intellectual property, creditors’ rights, dispute resolution and outsourcing matters.
 
J. Michael Cline , a founder of Accretive Health, has been a member of our board of directors since August 2003 and has served as chairman of the board since July 2009. Mr. Cline has served as the founding managing partner of Accretive, LLC, a private equity firm, since founding that firm in


88


Table of Contents

December 1999. From 1989 to 1999, Mr. Cline served as a general partner of General Atlantic Partners, LLC, a private equity firm. Mr. Cline serves on the boards of several privately-held companies. He also serves on the advisory board of the Harvard Business School Rock Center for Entrepreneurship, on the board of the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation and as a trustee of Panthera, an organization devoted to the preservation of the world’s wild cat species where he also chairs Panthera’s Tigers Forever initiative.
 
Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr. has been a member of our board of directors since October 2006. Mr. Bronfman has served as chairman and chief executive officer of Warner Music Group since March 2004. Before joining Warner Music Group, Mr. Bronfman served as chairman and chief executive officer of Lexa Partners LLC, a management venture capital group which he founded in April 2002. Mr. Bronfman was vice chairman of the board of directors of Vivendi Universal, S.A. from December 2000 until December 2003 and also served as an executive officer of Vivendi Universal from December 2000 until March 2002. Prior to the formation of Vivendi Universal, Mr. Bronfman served as president and chief executive officer of The Seagram Company Ltd. from June 1994 until December 2000 and as president and chief operating officer of Seagram from 1989 until June 1994. Mr. Bronfman is a director of IAC/InterActiveCorp, a publicly-held operator of Internet businesses. Mr. Bronfman is also a member of the board of trustees of the New York University Medical Center and the board of governors of the Joseph H. Lauder Institute of Management and International Studies at the University of Pennsylvania. He also is a general partner of Accretive, LLC, a private equity firm.
 
Steven N. Kaplan has been a member of our board of directors since July 2004. Since 1988, Mr. Kaplan has served as a professor at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, where he currently is the Neubauer Family Professor of Entrepreneurship and Finance and serves as the faculty director of the Polsky Center for Entrepreneurship. Mr. Kaplan also serves as a director of Morningstar, Inc., a publicly-held provider of independent investment research, and on the boards of trustees of the Columbia Acorn Trust and Wanger Asset Trust.
 
Denis J. Nayden has been a member of our board of directors since October 2003 and served as co-chairman of our board until July 2009. Mr. Nayden has served as a managing partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, a private equity firm, since 2003. From 2000 to 2002, he was chairman and chief executive officer of GE Capital Corporation, the financing unit of General Electric Company, and prior to that had a 25-year tenure at General Electric. Mr. Nayden is a director of Genpact Limited, a publicly-held global provider of business process services; RSC Holdings, Inc., a publicly-held equipment rental provider; Duane Reade Holdings, Inc., a publicly-held operator of a drugstore chain in New York City; and several privately-held companies. He also serves on the board of trustees of the University of Connecticut.
 
George P. Shultz has been a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Mr. Shultz has had a distinguished career in government, academia and business. He has served as the Thomas W. and Susan B. Ford Distinguished Fellow at the Hoover Institution of Stanford University since 1991. Mr. Shultz served as United States Secretary of State from 1982 until 1989, chairman of the President’s Economic Policy Advisory Board from 1981 until 1982, United States Secretary of the Treasury and Chairman of the Council on Economic Policy from 1972 until 1974, Director of the Office of Management and Budget from 1970 to 1972, and United States Secretary of Labor from 1969 until 1970. From 1948 to 1957, Mr. Shultz taught at MIT, taking a year’s leave of absence in 1955 to serve as a senior staff economist on the President’s Council of Economic Advisors during the Eisenhower administration. He then taught from 1957 to 1969 at Stanford University and the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business, where he also served as Dean for six years. From 1974 to 1982, Mr. Shultz was president and a director of Bechtel Group, Inc., a privately-held global leader in engineering, construction and project management. Among numerous honors, Mr. Shultz was awarded the Medal of Freedom, the nation’s highest civilian honor, in 1989, and holds honorary degrees from more than a dozen universities. He also chairs the Governor of California’s Economic Advisory Board and the J.P. Morgan Chase International Council; serves as Advisory Council Chair of


89


Table of Contents

the Precourt Energy Efficiency Center at Stanford University; chairs the MIT Energy Initiative External Advisory Board; and serves on the board of directors of Fremont Group, L.L.C., a private investment firm.
 
Arthur H. Spiegel, III has been a member of our board of directors since October 2003 and served as co-chairman of our board until July 2009. Since 2002, Mr. Spiegel has been a private investor. From 1996 until 2002, Mr. Spiegel was President of CSC Healthcare Group, which offered consulting, system integration, claims processing software and business process and IT outsourcing services to the healthcare industry. Mr. Spiegel founded APM Management Consultants, a healthcare consulting firm, in 1974 and served as its CEO until it was acquired by Computer Science Corporation in 1996. He serves on the boards of several privately-held companies.
 
Mark A. Wolfson has been a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Mr. Wolfson has served as a managing partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, a private equity firm, since 1998, and is a founding managing partner of Oak Hill Investment Management, L.P. Mr. Wolfson has been on the faculty of the Stanford University Graduate School of Business since 1977, has served as its associate dean, and has held the title of consulting professor since 2001. He has been a research associate of the National Bureau of Economic Research since 1988 and serves on the executive committee of the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research. Mr. Wolfson is a director of eGain Communications Corporation, a publicly-held provider of multi-channel customer service and knowledge management software; and Conversus Asset Management, LLC, which manages the portfolio of Conversus Capital, L.P., a publicly-traded portfolio of third-party private equity funds. He is also an advisor to the investment committee of the William and Flora Hewlett Foundation.
 
Board Composition
 
Our board of directors currently consists of eight members, all of whom were elected as directors pursuant to a stockholders’ agreement that we have entered into with holders of our convertible preferred stock. Aspects of the board voting arrangements contained in the stockholders’ agreement will expire on November 15, 2009. Upon the closing of this offering, all remaining board voting arrangements will terminate and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
 
In accordance with the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which consists, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting our entire board of directors and each of whose members serve for staggered three-year terms. As a result, only one class of our board of directors will be elected each year. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. The members of the classes are as follows:
 
  •  the class I directors are Messrs.                     , and their term expires at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010;
 
  •  the class II directors are Messrs.                     , and their term expires at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011; and
 
  •  the class III directors are Messrs.                     , and their term expires at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012.
 
Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors,


90


Table of Contents

including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.
 
Director Independence
 
Pursuant to the corporate governance listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, a director employed by us cannot be deemed to be an “independent director”, and consequently Ms. Tolan is not an independent director. In addition, in accordance with the NYSE corporate governance listing standards, each other director will qualify as “independent” only if our board of directors affirmatively determines that he or she has no material relationship with us, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us. Ownership of a significant amount of our stock, by itself, does not constitute a material relationship.
 
Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of Messrs. Bronfman, Cline, Kaplan, Nayden, Shultz, Spiegel and Wolfson is “independent” in accordance with Section 303A.02(b) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the percentage of our common stock owned by an entity affiliated with Accretive, LLC, of which Mr. Cline is the founding managing partner and Mr. Bronfman is a general partner, and the percentage of our common stock owned by FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., of which Messrs. Nayden and Wolfson are limited partners. Our board also considered that Messrs. Nayden and Wolfson are managing partners of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, an entity associated with FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., and that Mr. Wolfson is a managing partner of Oak Hill Investment Management, L.P., another entity associated with FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., and a Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Group VI 31, LLC, the general partner of FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders”.
 
All of the members of the board’s three standing committees described below are independent as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following this offering, copies of each committee’s charter will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website.
 
Audit Committee
 
The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Kaplan (chair) and Wolfson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfy the requirements for financial literacy under the current requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and rules and regulations. Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to appoint a third member to our audit committee, who will replace Mr. Kaplan as chair, to be an “audit committee financial expert”, as defined by SEC rules, and satisfy the financial sophistication requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Our audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our financial statements.
 
The audit committee’s responsibilities include:
 
  •  appointing, evaluating, retaining, terminating the engagement of, setting the compensation of and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  •  overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including the receipt and consideration of reports from the firm and reviewing with the firm audit problems, internal control issues and other accounting and financial reporting matters;


91


Table of Contents

 
  •  coordinating the board’s oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, code of business conduct and ethics, and internal audit function;
 
  •  establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of accounting related complaints and concerns;
 
  •  reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;
 
  •  periodically meeting separately with our independent registered public accounting firm, management and internal auditors;
 
  •  discussing generally the type and presentation of information to be disclosed in our earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts, rating agencies and others;
 
  •  reviewing our policies and procedures for approving and ratifying related person transactions, including our related person transaction policy;
 
  •  establishing policies regarding the hiring of employees or former employees of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  •  discussing our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management;
 
  •  preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules;
 
  •  in coordination with the compensation committee, evaluating our senior financial management; and
 
  •  at least annually, evaluating its own performance.
 
All audit services to be provided to us and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.
 
Compensation Committee
 
The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Nayden (chair), Bronfman, Cline and Spiegel. Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:
 
  •  approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of those goals and objectives and, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed from time to time by the board of directors), determining and approving our chief executive officer’s compensation;
 
  •  reviewing in consultation with our chief executive officer, and approving or making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to, compensation of our executive officers (other than our chief executive officer);
 
  •  overseeing the evaluation of our senior executives, in consultation with our chief executive officer in the case of all senior executives other than the chief executive officer and in conjunction with the audit committee in the case of our senior financial management;
 
  •  reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to incentive-compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval;
 
  •  administering our equity incentive plans, including the authority to delegate to one or more of our executive officers the power to grant options or other stock awards to employees who are


92


Table of Contents

  not directors or executive officers of our company, but only if consistent with the requirements of the applicable plan and law;
 
  •  reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation;
 
  •  reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis required by SEC rules;
 
  •  preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules; and
 
  •  at least annually, evaluating its own performance.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
 
The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Shultz (chair), Bronfman and Kaplan. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:
 
  •  recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors or to fill vacancies on the board of directors, and to be appointed to each of the board’s committees;
 
  •  applying the criteria for selecting directors approved by the board, and annually reviewing with the board the requisite skills and criteria for new board members as well as the composition of the board of directors as a whole;
 
  •  developing and recommending to the board corporate governance guidelines applicable to our company;
 
  •  overseeing an annual evaluation of the board of directors;
 
  •  at the request of the board of directors, reviewing and making recommendations to the board relating to management succession planning; and
 
  •  at least annually, evaluating its own performance.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.
 
Corporate Governance Guidelines
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt corporate governance guidelines to assist the board in the exercise of its duties and responsibilities and to serve the best interests of our company and our stockholders. Following this offering, a copy of these guidelines will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website. These guidelines, which provide a framework for the conduct of the board’s business, are expected to provide that:
 
  •  the board’s principal responsibility is to oversee the management of Accretive Health;
 
  •  directors have an obligation to become and remain informed about our company and business;
 
  •  directors are responsible for determining that effective systems are in place for periodic and timely reporting to the board on important matters concerning our company;


93


Table of Contents

 
  •  directors are responsible for attending board meetings, meetings of committees on which they serve and the annual meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  a majority of the members of the board of directors shall be independent directors;
 
  •  each director must limit the number of other public company boards on which he or she serves so that he or she is able to devote adequate time to his or her duties to Accretive Health, including preparing for and attending meetings;
 
  •  the non-management directors meet in executive session at least semi-annually;
 
  •  directors have full and free access to officers and employees of our company, and the right to hire and consult with independent advisors at our expense;
 
  •  new directors participate in an orientation program and all directors are expected to participate in continuing director education on an ongoing basis; and
 
  •  at least annually, the board of directors and its committees will conduct self-evaluations to determine whether they are functioning effectively.
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, a copy of the code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website.
 
Director Compensation
 
Since our company was formed, we have not paid cash compensation to any director for his or her service as a director. However, non-employee directors are reimbursed for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending our board and committee meetings.
 
In the past, we have granted restricted stock and options to purchase shares of our common stock to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our 5% stockholders. We did not grant any restricted stock or options to purchase shares of our common stock to our non-employee directors during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. Ms. Tolan has never received any compensation in connection with her service as a director.
 
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during 2008.
 
                 
    Stock Awards
    Total
 
Name
  ($)(1)     Compensation ($)  
 
J. Michael Cline
           
Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr. 
           
Steven N. Kaplan
           
Denis J. Nayden
           
George P. Shultz
  $ 23,175     $ 23,175  
Arthur H. Spiegel
           
Mark A. Wolfson
           
 
(1) Valuation of this award is based on the dollar amount of share-based compensation expense that we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2008 computed in accordance with SFAS 123(R). This amount does not represent the actual amounts paid to or realized by the director during 2008. The assumptions used by us with respect to the valuation of this award are the same as those set forth in Note 10 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.


94


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, we intend to implement a director compensation plan to provide non-employee directors with appropriate cash and equity compensation for service on the board of directors and committees of the board of directors. The amount of this compensation has not been determined, but we anticipate that it will be consistent with amounts paid by comparable public companies.
 
Executive Compensation
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
This section discusses the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by our executives and is intended to place in perspective the data presented in the tables and narrative that follow.
 
As we have prepared to become a public company, our compensation committee has begun a thorough review of all elements of our executive compensation program, including the function and design of our annual cash incentive and equity incentive programs. The compensation committee has begun, and expects to continue in the coming months, to evaluate the need for revisions to our executive compensation program to ensure our program is competitive with the companies with which we compete for superior executive talent. As part of this process, the compensation committee is considering the competitiveness of the elements of the compensation packages we offer to our executives, as well as their total compensation packages.
 
Overview of Executive Compensation Process
 
Roles of Our Board, Compensation Committee and Chief Executive Officer in Compensation Decisions.   Our compensation committee oversees our executive compensation program, and has done so historically. In this role, the compensation committee has reviewed all compensation decisions relating to our executive officers and has made recommendations to the board. Our chief executive officer annually reviews the performance of each of our other executive officers, and, based on these reviews, provides recommendations to the committee and the board with respect to salary adjustments, annual cash incentive bonus targets and awards and equity incentive awards. Our compensation committee meets with our chief executive officer annually to discuss and review her recommendations regarding executive compensation for our executive officers, excluding herself. These recommendations are forwarded to the board, which typically meets in executive session to discuss those recommendations and to consider the compensation of the chief executive officer. Our chief executive officer is not present for board or committee discussions regarding her compensation. Our chief executive officer may grant options to executive officers other than herself and determine the number of shares covered by, and the timing of, option grants. The board has, and it exercises, the ability to materially increase or decrease amounts of compensation payable to our executive officers pursuant to recommendations made by our chief executive officer.
 
Competitive Market Data and Use of Compensation Consultants.   Historically, our compensation committee has not formally benchmarked our executive compensation against compensation data, but rather has relied on its members’ business judgment and collective experience, including in the healthcare and consulting industries. As part of our preparation to become a public company, in August 2009 our compensation committee engaged an independent compensation consulting firm to provide advice regarding our executive compensation program and general information regarding executive compensation practices in our industry. Although the compensation committee and board consider the compensation consulting firm’s advice in considering our executive compensation program, the compensation committee and board ultimately make their own decisions about these matters.
 
At the compensation committee’s request, the independent compensation consulting firm has conducted a number of compensation analyses to provide information regarding competitive pay and practices for executives of technology, business process outsourcing and healthcare services


95


Table of Contents

companies comparable to us in terms of revenue and growth rate, and/or which are anticipated to be comparable to us in terms of market capitalization. This peer group, which will be periodically reviewed and updated by the compensation committee, consists of:
 
         
Akamai Technologies
  Genpact   Metavente
Athenahealth
  Global Payments   Nuance Communications
Blackboard
  HLTH Corp   Quality Systems
Cerner
  Huron Consulting   salesforce.com
Cognizant Tech Solutions
  MAXIMUS   SXC Health Solutions
Eclipsys
  MedAssets   WNS Holdings
 
Although the board and compensation committee may consider peer group data, to date, they have not benchmarked total executive compensation or most compensation elements against this peer group, and they do not aim to set total compensation, or any compensation element, at a specified level as compared to the companies in our peer group.
 
Objectives and Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation Program
 
Our primary objective with respect to executive compensation is to attract, retain and motivate highly talented individuals who have the breadth and experience to successfully execute our business strategy. Our executive compensation program is designed to:
 
  •  reward the achievement of our annual and long-term operating and strategic goals;
 
  •  recognize individual contributions; and
 
  •  align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders by rewarding performance that meets or exceeds established goals, with the ultimate objective of increasing stockholder value.
 
To achieve these objectives, our executive compensation program ties a portion of each executive’s overall compensation to key corporate financial goals, primarily adjusted EBITDA targets, as well as to individual performance. We also provide a portion of our executive compensation in the form of equity incentive awards that vest over time, which we believe helps to retain our executive officers and aligns their interests with those of our stockholders by allowing them to participate in our long-term performance as reflected in the trading price of shares of our common stock.
 
Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program
 
The primary elements of our executive compensation program are:
 
  •  base salaries;
 
  •  annual cash incentive bonuses;
 
  •  equity incentive awards; and
 
  •  other employee benefits.
 
Our compensation committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between these elements.
 
Base Salaries.   We use competitive base salary to attract and retain qualified candidates to help us achieve our growth and performance goals. Base salaries are intended to recognize an executive officer’s immediate contribution to our organization, as well as his or her experience, knowledge and responsibilities.
 
From time to time, in its discretion, our compensation committee and board evaluate and adjust executive officer base salary levels based on factors determined to be relevant, including:
 
  •  the executive officer’s skills and experience;
 
  •  the particular importance of the executive officer’s position to us;
 
  •  the executive officer’s individual performance;


96


Table of Contents

 
  •  the executive officer’s growth in his or her position;
 
  •  market level increases;
 
  •  base salaries for comparable positions within our company; and
 
  •  inflation rates.
 
Our compensation committee and board historically have considered annual base salary adjustments in the first quarter of the year. From 2004 through 2007, we did not increase the base salary of any of our executive officers, other than a nominal increase in 2007 to reflect the rate of inflation. In the first quarter of 2008, our board increased our executive officers’ (other than our chief financial officer) base salaries by 25% over their original base salaries, because until such time, they had not received increases commensurate with their significant contributions to the development of our business in its early stages. In light of general economic conditions in the first quarter of 2009, and despite our strong performance in 2008, we did not increase any executive officer’s base salary for 2009.
 
Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses.   We maintain an annual cash incentive bonus program in which each of our executive officers participates. These annual cash incentive bonuses are intended to compensate our executive officers for our achievement of corporate financial goals, primarily adjusted EBITDA targets, as well as individual performance in the areas of:
 
  •  economic and financial contributions;
 
  •  operations;
 
  •  customer satisfaction;
 
  •  business development; and
 
  •  organizational and leadership development.
 
Our annual cash incentive bonuses have varied from year to year, and we expect that they will continue to vary, depending on actual corporate and individual performance results.
 
Historically, our board has set our corporate financial goals and our executive officers’ individual cash incentive bonus targets each year in advance. However, during the course of the year, the board and our compensation committee, based on recommendations of our chief executive officer (with respect to our other executive officers), may adjust such goals as they deem appropriate.
 
Historically, our board has worked with our chief executive officer to develop aggressive goals to be achieved by the company and our executive officers. The goals established by the board have been based on our historical operating results and growth rates, as well as our expected future results, and are designed to require significant effort and operational success on the part of our executive officers and the company.
 
The board has historically set each executive officer’s target annual cash incentive bonus level at the higher of the executive’s prior year actual bonus and his or her prior year target bonus. The board believes that this approach supports our pay-for-performance philosophy and encourages the achievement of growth and performance goals. The board approves actual annual cash incentive bonuses, based on the recommendations of our compensation committee, with input from our chief executive officer in the case of executive officers other than herself. There are no minimum or maximum payout levels, and our board has broad discretion to make adjustments to the awards.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, our corporate financial goals were based on adjusted EBITDA. Our compensation committee believes that adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of our business performance because it emphasizes the addition of new customers and expansion of services with existing customers, as well as improvements in our operating efficiency, and it is reflective of stockholder value creation. In 2008, we exceeded our adjusted EBITDA target by $1.5 million, and our actual adjusted EBITDA was $12.2 million.


97


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, each executive officer’s target bonus awards as a percentage of his or her base salary were set as follows:
 
                 
    Target Annual
    Cash Incentive
    Bonus
    Year Ended
    December 31,
Executive Officer
 
2008
 
2009
 
Chief Executive Officer
  $ 450,000     $ 600,000  
Chief Financial Officer
  $ 183,000     $ 258,000  
Executive Vice President
  $ 346,750     $ 446,750  
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
  $ 127,250     $ 202,250  
 
Because our adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2008 exceeded our goal, our board exercised its discretion to increase our executive officers’ annual cash incentive bonuses above the targets. For the actual 2008 amounts that we paid to each executive officer under our annual cash incentive bonus program, see the Summary Compensation Table below.
 
Our board uses our unaudited financial results to make financial target performance determinations under our annual cash incentive bonus program, and those results may be adjusted in connection with the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read our consolidated financial statements, the related notes to these financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. As described above, the purpose of these targets was to establish a method for determining the payment of cash incentive bonuses. You are cautioned not to rely on these performance goals as a prediction of our future performance.
 
From time to time, we may make special cash bonus awards to our employees, including our executive officers. In July 2008 and August 2009, we determined to award special cash bonuses of approximately $81,000 and $143,000, respectively, to our chief financial officer contemporaneously with the cash dividend we declared on all outstanding capital stock in each of those years. Each of our executive officers, other than our chief financial officer, received an award of common stock, rather than stock options, in connection with his or her employment, and accordingly, participates in the cash dividends. Our chief financial officer received a stock option award, which remains outstanding, in connection with his employment and, accordingly, is not entitled to participate in cash dividends. We believe the contributions to our business made by our chief financial officer are on par with those made by our other executive officers and, accordingly, our board determined to award him these special cash bonuses, each of which represents the payment he would have received as a cash dividend had he owned such number of shares equal to the vested portion of his option on the record date for the applicable dividend.
 
Equity Incentive Awards.   Our equity incentive award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executive officers. To date, equity incentive awards to our executive officers have been made in the form of restricted stock awards and stock options, and our compensation committee currently intends to continue this practice. Although we do not have any equity ownership guidelines or requirements for our executive officers, we believe that equity incentive awards:
 
  •  provide our executive officers with a strong link to our long-term performance, including by enhancing their accountability for long-term decision making;
 
  •  help balance the short-term orientation of our annual cash incentive bonus program;
 
  •  create an ownership culture by aligning the interests of our executive officers with the creation of value for our stockholders; and
 
  •  further our goal of executive retention.


98


Table of Contents

 
Employees who are considered essential to our long-term success are eligible to receive equity incentive awards, which typically vest over four years. As of September 1, 2009, all equity incentive awards granted to our executive officers had fully vested. Accordingly, in connection with its evaluation of the need for revisions to our executive compensation program, our compensation committee intends to make additional equity incentive awards to our executive officers in the near future.
 
In determining the size of equity incentive awards to executive officers, our compensation committee generally considers the executive’s experience, skills, level and scope of responsibilities and internal comparisons to other comparable positions in our company.
 
Other Employee Benefits.   We maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees, including our 401(k) retirement plan, flexible spending accounts, a medical care plan, vacation and standard company holidays. Our executive officers are eligible to participate in each of these programs on the same terms as non-executive employees; however, we do not provide a matching 401(k) contribution for any of our executive officers. See “— 401(k) Retirement Plan” for more information regarding our 401(k) retirement plan.
 
We also provide for each of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and executive vice president supplemental disability income protection that provides income replacement in the event of a qualifying disability.
 
Severance and Change of Control Arrangements.   We have an employment agreement with our chief executive officer that provides a combination of “single trigger” and “double trigger” benefits in connection with a change of control of our company and/or termination of her employment. We believe a combination of “single trigger” and “double trigger” vesting along with severance payments maximizes stockholder value because it limits any unintended windfalls to executives in the event of a friendly change of control, while still providing executives appropriate incentives to cooperate in negotiating any change of control, including a change of control in which they believe they may lose their jobs. We also have an employment agreement with our chief financial officer and an offer letter with our general counsel, each of which provides for specified salary continuation, and in the case of our chief financial officer, benefits continuation, in the event of specified employment terminations.
 
See “— Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Employment Agreements” for a more detailed description of these arrangements.
 
Deductibility of Executive Compensation
 
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which will become applicable to us upon the closing of this offering, generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid to our chief executive officer and our four other most highly paid executive officers, except our chief financial officer. Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met. We periodically review the potential consequences of Section 162(m) and we generally intend to structure the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, where feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax deductible to us. However, our board or compensation committee may, in their judgment, authorize compensation payments that are not exempt under Section 162(m) when they believe that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.


99


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our two other executive officers during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers.
 
                                                         
                    Non-Equity
       
            Stock
      Incentive Plan
  All Other
   
Name and
  Salary
  Bonus
  Awards
  Option
  Compensation
  Compensation
  Total
Principal Position
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)(1)
 
Awards ($)(1)
 
($)
 
($)(2)
 
($)
 
Mary A. Tolan
  $ 515,000       150,000                 $ 450,000     $ 8,760     $ 1,123,760  
Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer(3)
                                                       
John T. Staton
    321,360       156,099           $ 133,632       183,000       6,049       800,140  
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                                       
Etienne H. Deffarges
    437,500       100,000     $ 1,244             346,750       12,753       899,015  
Executive Vice President
                                                       
Gregory N. Kazarian
    281,250       75,000                   127,250             483,500  
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
                                                       
 
(1) Valuation of these option awards is based on the dollar amount of share-based compensation expense that we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2008 computed in accordance with SFAS 123(R), excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. These amounts do not represent the actual amounts paid to or realized by the named executive officer during 2008. The assumptions used by us with respect to the valuation of option awards are the same as those set forth in Note 10 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
(2) Amounts represent long-term disability insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of each of the named executive officers.
 
(3) Ms. Tolan is also a member of our board of directors but does not receive any additional compensation in her capacity as a director.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2008
 
The following table sets forth information for 2008 regarding grants of compensation in the form of plan-based awards made during 2008 to our named executive officers.
 
         
    Future Payouts
 
    Under Non-Equity
 
    Incentive
 
    Plan Awards
 
    Target
 
Name
  ($)(1)  
 
Mary A. Tolan
  $ 450,000  
John T. Staton
  $ 183,000  
Etienne H. Deffarges
  $ 346,750  
Gregory N. Kazarian
  $ 127,250  
 
 
(1) Annual cash incentive bonuses paid under the annual cash incentive bonus program for 2008 are also disclosed in the “Summary Compensation Table.”


100


Table of Contents

 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End
 
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2008. We did not grant any equity awards to our named executive officers during 2008, none of our executive officers exercised any stock options and no restricted stock awards held by our named executive officers became vested during 2008, other than 48,611 shares of restricted common stock held by Mr. Deffarges, which vested in full in 2008.
 
                                         
    Option Awards
            Equity Incentive
       
            Plan Awards:        
    Number of
  Number of
  Number of
       
    Securities
  Securities
  Securities
       
    Underlying
  Underlying
  Underlying
       
    Unexercised
  Unexercised
  Unexercised
  Option
   
    Options
  Options
  Unearned
  Exercise
  Option
    (#)
  (#)
  Options
  Price
  Expiration
Name
 
Exercisable
 
Unexercisable
 
(#)
 
($)
 
Date
 
Mary A. Tolan
                             
John T. Staton
    199,295 (1)                 3.01       8/31/2015  
Etienne H. Deffarges
                             
Gregory N. Kazarian
                             
 
(1) This stock option was immediately exercisable upon grant, and as of December 31, 2008, was vested as to 149,413, and unvested as to 49,882, shares of common stock. Unvested shares of common stock issued upon exercise of an option remain subject to our right of repurchase upon termination and to restrictions on transfer. This stock option vested in equal monthly installments and was fully vested as of September 1, 2009.
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
 
The table below summarizes the potential payments to each of our named executive officers if he or she were to be terminated on December 31, 2008 under the circumstances described in the footnotes below.
 
                         
    Severance
  Medical/Welfare
   
Name
 
Payments(1)
 
Benefits(2)
 
Total Benefits
 
Mary A. Tolan
  $ 515,000 (3)         $ 515,000  
John T. Staton
  $ 599,994 (4)   $ 18,252 (4)   $ 618,246  
Etienne H. Deffarges
                 
Gregory N. Kazarian
  $ 281,250 (5)         $ 281,250  
 
(1) Amounts subject to a reduction for compensation earned by the named executive officer from any new employment during the severance period.
 
(2) Calculated based on the estimated cost to us of providing these benefits.
 
(3) Represents amounts payable for termination due to death or “disability” or termination without “cause” or for “good reason” pursuant to the employment agreement described below.
 
(4) Represents amounts payable for termination without “cause” or for “good reason” pursuant to the employment agreement described below.
 
(5) Represents amounts payable for termination without “cause” pursuant to the offer letter described below.
 
Employment Agreements
 
Mary A. Tolan.   We entered into an at-will employment agreement with Mary A. Tolan, our president and chief executive officer, effective January 2004. Pursuant to the agreement, Ms. Tolan is entitled to an annual base salary of at least $400,000, subject to adjustment by our board of directors. Ms. Tolan’s annual base salary is currently $515,000. Pursuant to the agreement, Ms. Tolan earned a


101


Table of Contents

one-time cash performance bonus of $200,000 based on customer procurement during 2004 consistent with our business plan. Pursuant to the agreement, in March 2004, our board of directors granted Ms. Tolan 3,000,000 shares of restricted stock, which vested in equal monthly installments over four years ending November 2007.
 
If Ms. Tolan’s employment is terminated due to her death or “disability”, if we terminate Ms. Tolan’s employment without “cause” or if Ms. Tolan terminates her employment for “good reason”, as those terms are defined in her employment agreement, (1) Ms. Tolan will be entitled to receive her base salary paid in accordance with our payroll practices during the 12 months following such termination, subject to a reduction for any compensation she earns from any new employment during the severance period, and (2) Ms. Tolan’s outstanding stock-based awards will continue to vest until the earlier of 12 months following her termination or the end of the applicable award’s vesting period. In the event of a “change in control”, as such term is defined in her employment agreement, 50% of all unvested shares of Ms. Tolan’s stock-based awards will accelerate and vest in full as of the effective date of the “change in control”. If Ms. Tolan’s employment is terminated without “cause” or if Ms. Tolan terminates her employment for “good reason” within 12 months after a “change in control”, the remaining 50% of all unvested shares of Ms. Tolan’s stock-based awards will accelerate and vest in full. If Ms. Tolan is terminated for “cause”, she has agreed to execute a limited stock power transferring all rights to vote the 3,000,000 shares of restricted stock granted to her pursuant to the employment agreement to a person we designate in our sole discretion. Ms. Tolan’s employment agreement restricts her from engaging in activities competitive with us, soliciting our employees and consultants, and diverting business from us for a period of 12 months following her termination.
 
John T. Staton.   We entered into an at-will employment agreement with John T. Staton, our chief financial officer and treasurer, effective June 2005. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Staton is entitled to an annual base salary of at least $300,000, subject to adjustment by our board of directors and our chief executive officer. Mr. Staton’s annual base salary is currently $321,360. Mr. Staton is eligible to earn an annual performance bonus of up to $100,000 per year, with the full $100,000 guaranteed for each of his first two years of employment. Pursuant to the agreement, in September 2005, our board of directors granted Mr. Staton an option to purchase 299,295 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.01 per share, vesting in equal monthly installments over four years ending September 2009.
 
If we terminate Mr. Staton’s employment without “cause” or if Mr. Staton terminates his employment for “good reason”, as those terms are defined in his employment agreement, Mr. Staton will be entitled to receive $33,333 per month during the 18 months following such termination, subject to a reduction for any compensation he earns from any new employment during the severance period. If Mr. Staton’s employment is terminated without “cause” or if Mr. Staton terminates his employment for “good reason”, Mr. Staton and his family will be entitled to continue to participate in our health insurance plan during the 18 months following termination to the extent of his participation prior to termination, and we will pay the premiums that we paid prior to termination. Mr. Staton’s employment agreement restricts him from engaging in activities competitive with us, soliciting our employees and consultants, and diverting business from us for a period of 18 months following his termination.
 
Gregory N. Kazarian.   We entered into an offer letter with Gregory N. Kazarian, our senior vice president, general counsel and secretary, in December 2003. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Kazarian is entitled to an annual base salary of $225,000. Mr. Kazarian’s annual base salary is currently $281,250. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Kazarian earned a one-time cash performance bonus of $75,000 based on customer procurement, and was entitled to receive an option to purchase shares of our common stock then representing 1.5% of our common stock. In lieu of the option, in June 2004, our board of directors awarded Mr. Kazarian 250,000 shares of common stock, then representing 1.5% of our common stock, which vested in equal monthly installments over four years ending before January 2008. If we terminate Mr. Kazarian’s employment without cause, Mr. Kazarian will be entitled to receive his current monthly base salary during the 12 months following such termination, subject to a reduction for any compensation he earns from any new employment during the severance period.


102


Table of Contents

Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreements
 
As a condition to employment, each named executive officer entered into a confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement with us. Under these agreements, each named executive officer has agreed:
 
  •  not to solicit our employees and customers during his or her employment and for a period of 18 months after the termination of employment;
 
  •  not to compete with us during his or her employment and for a period of 12 months after the termination of employment;
 
  •  to protect our confidential and proprietary information; and
 
  •  to assign to us intellectual property developed during the course of his or her employment.
 
Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans
 
Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan
 
Our amended and restated stock option plan, which we refer to as our prior option plan, was adopted by our board of directors in December 2005. The plan was amended and restated in February 2006 and further amended in May 2007, October 2008 and January 2009. As of June 30, 2009, a maximum of 3,544,862 shares of common stock was authorized for issuance under our prior option plan.
 
As of June 30, 2009, there were options to purchase 2,440,885 shares of common stock outstanding under our prior option plan, 930,149 shares of common stock had been issued pursuant to the exercise of options granted under this plan (of which 892,201 shares were vested) and 173,828 shares of common stock were available for future grants under the plan.
 
Our prior option plan provides for the grant of options that are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, which we refer to as non-statutory stock options. Our employees, directors and outside consultants are eligible to receive options under the plan. The plan is administered by the board of directors, our compensation committee or another committee designated by the board of directors. Subject to limitations specified in the plan, the committee or our chief executive officer may grant options, select option recipients and determine the number of shares covered by, and the timing of, option grants, except that our chief executive officer may not grant options to herself.
 
Unless otherwise prescribed in an option agreement, options granted pursuant to our prior option plan vest in equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. Options under our prior option plan are immediately exercisable upon grant, provided that unvested shares of common stock issued upon exercise of an option remain subject to our right of repurchase upon termination and to restrictions on transfer. Subject to the repurchase right, upon exercise of an option, a holder has the rights of a stockholder as to both the vested and unvested shares. In the event an option holder’s employment or service is terminated other than for cause, as defined in the plan, the unvested portion of the unexercised option shall be forfeited, the vested but unexercised portion of the option may be exercised within 60 days and unvested shares that were issued upon prior exercises are subject to our right of repurchase at a price per share equal to the lesser of the option’s exercise price or the fair market value at the time of termination. In the event an option holder’s employment or service is terminated for cause, the vested but unexercised portion of the option is forfeited, vested shares that were issued upon prior exercises are subject to our right of repurchase at a price per share equal to the option’s exercise price, and unvested shares that were issued upon prior exercises are subject to our right of repurchase at a price per share equal to the lesser of the option’s exercise price or the fair market value at the time of termination.
 
Upon a “change of control”, as defined in the plan, all unvested shares issued upon prior exercises of options granted under our prior option plan will be accelerated in full unless the acquirer replaces the shares with its shares subject to the same vesting schedule. If an acquirer of our


103


Table of Contents

company does not accept the assignment of our repurchase rights under the prior option plan, the repurchase rights will terminate upon the change of control.
 
Our prior option plan restricts option recipients from engaging in activities competitive with us, soliciting our employees and consultants, and diverting business from us while serving as an employee, director or consultant and for periods of 18 to 24 months after termination of employment or service.
 
Restricted Stock Plan
 
Our restricted stock plan was adopted by our board of directors in March 2004 and amended in June 2004. As of June 30, 2009, there were 6,599,591 shares of common stock outstanding under our restricted stock plan, all of which were vested.
 
Our restricted stock plan provides for the grant of restricted stock awards. Our employees, directors and outside consultants are eligible to receive awards under the plan. The plan is administered by the board of directors, our compensation committee or another committee designated by the board of directors, provided that a majority of the members of such committee are directors who are not also our employees. The committee may grant awards, select the recipients and timing of awards, and determine the number of shares covered by awards.
 
Shares issued under our restricted stock plan vest on schedules specified in the applicable award agreement, ranging from immediate vesting to vesting over a period of 48 months. Upon termination for cause or without good reason, all unvested shares shall be forfeited. Upon termination without cause, for good reason, or for death or disability, unvested shares may continue to vest for up to 12 months and are subject to repurchase by us at the original purchase price therefor. Subject to the repurchase provisions, upon grant of an award, a holder has the rights of a stockholder as to both the vested and unvested shares.
 
Upon a “change of control”, as defined in the plan, unvested shares are accelerated only to the extent provided in the applicable award agreement, employment agreement or other agreement.
 
Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a new omnibus stock incentive plan. After the effective date of the new stock incentive plan, we anticipate that we will not make any further grants of stock options or restricted stock under our prior option plan or our restricted stock plan. However, any shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under such plans that remain available for issuance and any shares of our common stock subject to awards under our such plans that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by us will be added to the number of shares available under the new omnibus stock incentive plan, up to a specified number of shares.
 
401(k) Retirement Plan
 
We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general, all of our employees are eligible to participate. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $16,500 in 2009, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We currently match up to 50% of the first 3% of base compensation in 401(k) plan contributions by employees who are below the “director level”; as such, our named executive offices do not receive a match from the company for amounts, if any, deferred under the 401(k) plan.
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
 
As permitted by Delaware law, we plan to adopt provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a


104


Table of Contents

corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
These limitations do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, including injunctive relief or rescission. If Delaware law is amended to permit the further elimination or limiting of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.
 
As permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering also provides that:
 
  •  we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law;
 
  •  we may indemnify our other employees and other agents to the same extent that we indemnify our officers and directors, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors; and
 
  •  we will advance expenses to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
The indemnification provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering are not exclusive. In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement is expected to provide that we will indemnify the director or executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as our director, officer, employee or agent, provided that he or she acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. In the event that we do not assume the defense of a claim against a director or executive officer, we will be required to advance his or her expenses in connection with his or her defense, provided that he or she undertakes to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we understand that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against losses rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law.
 
Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans
 
Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information concerning our company.


105


Table of Contents

 
RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
 
Since January 1, 2006, we have engaged in the following transactions, other than compensation arrangements, with our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and certain affiliates of our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders.
 
Share Exchanges
 
Effective as of December 31, 2008, certain of our directors, executive officers and their affiliates agreed to exchange 2,398,334 shares of our non-voting common stock held by them for 2,398,334 shares of our voting common stock. To implement these exchanges, we entered into share exchange agreements with these persons in February 2009. These shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in our restricted stock plan, the restricted stock award agreements entered into with these persons in connection with the original issuance of their shares of non-voting common stock and our stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which these persons have certain registration rights. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights”. Upon the closing of this offering, all other outstanding shares of non-voting common stock will be converted into common stock. The table below sets forth the number of shares of voting common stock issued to our directors, executive officers and their affiliates in exchange for an equal number of shares of non-voting common stock:
 
         
Name
 
Number of Shares
 
Etienne H. Deffarges
    1,166,667  
Steven N. Kaplan
    41,667  
Gregory N. Kazarian
    250,000  
The Shultz 1989 Family Trust(1)
    90,000  
Spiegel Family LLC(2)
    750,000  
John T. Staton Declaration of Trust(3)
    100,000  
 
(1) George P. Shultz, a member of our board of directors, and his wife are the beneficiaries of The Shultz 1989 Family Trust.
 
(2) Arthur H. Spiegel, III, a member of our board of directors, and his wife are the managing members of Spiegel Family LLC, the members of which are members of Mr. Spiegel’s immediate family.
 
(3) John T. Staton, our chief financial officer and treasurer, is the trustee of John T. Staton Declaration of Trust, the beneficiaries of which are members of Mr. Staton’s immediate family.
 
Transactions with Ascension Health
 
In October 2004, Ascension Health became our founding customer. Since then, in exchange for its initial start-up assistance, operational laboratory services and related consulting services relative to the services we were developing, we have issued common stock and granted warrants to Ascension Health, as a result of which Ascension Health is one of our 5% stockholders. Ascension Health is the nation’s largest Catholic and largest nonprofit health system. It is dedicated to its mission of serving all, with special attention to those who are poor and vulnerable. Our work on behalf of Ascension Health is done in compliance with its charity care guidelines and billing and collection policies, which recognize the human dignity of each individual and our responsibility to treat them with respect. A key element of our work for Ascension Health is qualifying patients for charity care and identifying potential payment sources for patients who are uninsured and underinsured. Since January 1, 2006, we have engaged in the following transactions with Ascension Health:
 
Customer Relationship.   In October 2004, we and Ascension Health entered into a master services agreement with an initial term through November 1, 2007. In December 2007, we and Ascension Health renewed and extended the agreement through December 31, 2012 pursuant to an


106


Table of Contents

amended and restated master services agreement, which will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless terminated by us or Ascension Health upon 180 days prior written notice.
 
Pursuant to the amended and restated master services agreement, we provide our revenue cycle service offering to hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health that execute separate managed service contracts with us and thereby become our customers. In rendering our services, we must comply with each hospital’s policies and procedures relating to billing, collections, charity care, personnel, risk management, good corporate citizenship and other matters; the ethical and religious directives for Catholic healthcare services; and all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. Ascension Health’s affiliated hospitals are not obligated to execute a managed service contract with us or to use our services. Each managed service contract with a hospital affiliated with Ascension Health incorporates the provisions of the master services agreement and provides that the hospital will be bound by all amendments, modifications and waivers that we and Ascension Health agree to under the master services agreement. With certain exceptions, we are the exclusive provider of revenue cycle services to the hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health that execute managed service contracts with us, and we are required to consult with such hospitals before undertaking services for competitors identified by them in their contracts with us.
 
The term of each managed service contract with a hospital affiliated with Ascension Health is five years and will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless terminated by us or Ascension Health upon 210 days prior written notice. By mutual agreement, we and Ascension Health can terminate the managed service contracts between us and hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health upon 180 days prior written notice after the second anniversary of the effective date of the applicable contract. Upon 30 days prior written notice, Ascension Health can terminate the affected portion of any applicable managed service contract if we are unable to provide services to a hospital for 30 days out of any 45-day period due to any cause beyond our reasonable control. We can terminate any applicable managed service contract if a hospital is excluded from participation in the federal Medicare, state Medicaid or other specified federal or state healthcare programs, and Ascension Health can terminate the master services agreement if we are excluded from participation in any such program. A hospital cannot terminate its managed service contract with us but it can determine not to renew its contract with us. All managed service contracts between us and hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health will terminate automatically when the master services agreement between us and Ascension Health terminates or expires.
 
The amended and restated master services agreement provides, among other things, that:
 
  •  we assume full responsibility for the management and cost of the revenue cycle operations of each hospital that executes a managed service contract with us, including the payroll and benefit costs associated with the hospital’s employees conducting revenue cycle activities (and who remain hospital employees for all purposes), and the agreements and costs associated with related third-party services;
 
  •  we are required to supply, at our cost, a sufficient number of our own employees on each hospital’s premises and the technology necessary to implement and manage our services;
 
  •  each hospital must provide us with the facilities, standard office furnishings and services, pre-existing revenue cycle assets and authority to provide our services;
 
  •  in general, each hospital pays us:
 
  •  base fees equal to a specified amount, subject to annual increases under an inflation and wage increase formula;
 
  •  incentive fees based on achieving agreed-upon benchmarks; and
 
  •  management and technology fees;


107


Table of Contents

 
  •  our fees are subject to adjustment in the event specified performance milestones are not met, which would result in a reduction of future fees payable to us;
 
  •  we are required to offer to Ascension Health’s affiliated hospitals fees for our services that are at least as low as the fees we charge any other similarly-situated customer receiving comparable services at comparable volumes;
 
  •  we must implement our services and technology at each hospital in a manner that does not cause an unplanned material disruption in the hospital’s operations;
 
  •  we are required to work to qualify patients for charity care and identify potential payment sources for patients who are uninsured and underinsured;
 
  •  we are required to maintain patient and employee satisfaction levels as compared to specified baseline performance measurements;
 
  •  a joint review board consisting of an equal number of senior executives from us and Ascension Health oversees the obligations and performance of the parties and hears fee disputes and other disputes, with any unresolved disputes submitted to binding arbitration (provided that hospitals cannot withhold base fees for any reason);
 
  •  the parties provide various representations and indemnities (subject to a specified cap) to each other;
 
  •  following termination or expiration of the master services agreement or any managed service contract between us and a hospital affiliated with Ascension Health, if requested by Ascension Health, we must:
 
  •  provide termination assistance, in return for reasonable compensation, for three months;
 
  •  continue to provide our services for up to one year in return for compensation equal to a specified percentage of the then-applicable base fees; and
 
  •  provide reasonable assistance to Ascension Health in seeking bids from other parties to provide similar services; and
 
  •  following termination or expiration of the agreement, we must grant to the applicable hospitals a license to continue using all software and tools we used to provide our services, in exchange for payments and fees that vary depending on whether the agreement is terminated for cause or for any other reason.
 
The amended and restated master services agreement may not be terminated by hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health. The agreement may only be terminated by Ascension Health or us in the following circumstances:
 
  •  either party may terminate the agreement if the other party materially breaches the agreement and fails to cure the breach in accordance with specified cure provisions; and
 
  •  Ascension Health may terminate the agreement (1) if we undergo a change in control, (2) if Ascension Health receives an opinion of qualified legal counsel, after consultation with our qualified legal counsel, in which it concludes that the agreement presents a material risk of causing Ascension Health or any affiliated hospital to violate any applicable laws, regulations or rules related to its operations, and that risk cannot be reasonably mitigated by the parties following good faith consultations and consideration of reasonable amendments and modifications to the agreement, or (3) if we become excluded from participation in the federal Medicare, state Medicaid or other specified federal or state healthcare programs, or if we fail to promptly remove from providing services to Ascension Health and its affiliates any of our staff or related entities that become excluded from participation in the federal Medicare, state Medicaid or other specified federal or state healthcare programs.


108


Table of Contents

 
In 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009, net services revenue from hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health were $142.6 million, $214.2 million, $281.7 million and $151.6 million, respectively, representing 88.7%, 89.0%, 70.7% and 63.6% of our total net services revenue in such periods, respectively. As of June 30, 2009, we had $24.4 million of accounts receivable from hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health and one of the hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health had a credit of $0.4 million.
 
Following completion of this offering, Ascension Health will own     % of our outstanding common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders”.
 
Initial Stock Issuance and Protection Warrant Agreement.   In October and November 2004, we issued 902,374 shares of our common stock to Ascension Health, then representing a 5% ownership interest in our company on a fully-diluted basis, and entered into a protection warrant agreement, under which we granted Ascension Health the right to purchase additional shares of our common stock from time to time for $0.01 per share when Ascension Health’s ownership interest in our company declines below 5% due to our issuance of additional stock or rights to purchase stock. The protection warrant agreement, and all purchase rights granted thereunder, expire on the closing of this offering. In 2006, 2007, 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009, we granted Ascension Health the right to purchase 15,752, 58,175, 23,261 and 25,837 shares of our common stock for $0.01 per share, respectively, pursuant to the protection warrant agreement. In 2007, 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009, Ascension Health purchased 213,100, 66,652 and 16,758 shares of our common stock, respectively, from us for $0.01 per share, pursuant to the protection warrant agreement. As of June 30, 2009, Ascension Health has the right to purchase an additional 23,863 shares pursuant to the protection warrant agreement at any time prior to the closing of this offering.
 
Supplemental Warrant Agreement.   Pursuant to a supplemental warrant agreement that became effective in November 2004, Ascension Health had the right to purchase up to 902,374 shares of our common stock based upon the achievement of specified milestones relating to its sales and marketing assistance. In May 2007, we amended and restated the supplemental warrant agreement to reduce the number of shares covered by the agreement to 446,190 shares. In November 2007, we further amended and restated the supplemental warrant agreement to modify the purchase right milestones. Under the supplemental warrant agreement, the purchase price is equal to the most recent common stock-equivalent price per share paid in a capital raising transaction or, if we have not had a capital raising transaction within the preceding six months, the exercise price of the employee stock options we have most recently granted. All purchase rights under the supplemental warrant agreement will expire on the closing of this offering. Based on Ascension Health’s achievement of specified milestones relating to its sales and marketing assistance, Ascension Health earned the right to purchase all 446,190 shares under the supplemental warrant agreement. The table below summarizes Ascension Health’s purchase rights under the supplemental warrant agreement:
 
                 
Date Earned
 
Number of Shares
 
Purchase Price Per Share
 
December 2007
    223,095     $ 17.36  
March 2008
    111,548     $ 40.17  
March 2009
    111,547     $ 51.05  
 
Ascension Health may purchase these shares for cash or in a cashless exercise transaction in which Ascension Health receives a smaller number of shares (based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of exercise).
 
Stock Sale.   Concurrently with the amendment and restatement of the supplemental warrant agreement described above in May 2007, we sold 669,284 shares of our common stock to Ascension Health for $8.20 per share, which was equal to the fair market value of the common stock at that time, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,488,128.


109


Table of Contents

Registration Rights
 
We are a party to a stockholders’ agreement with certain of our stockholders, including certain of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities and their affiliates. Pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, after the contractual lock-up agreements expire, these stockholders will have the right to require us to register all or a portion of their shares under the Securities Act under specific circumstances and subject to certain limitations. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights”.
 
Management Investments in Our Company
 
We have not sold any shares of preferred stock since January 1, 2006. Between August 2003 and December 2005, we raised approximately $16.1 million from the sale of preferred stock. Each of our four executive officers made one or more cash investments in our company on the same terms as applicable to the other investors in these preferred stock financings. The cash investments of Ms. Tolan and Mr. Deffarges together represented more than 10% of the aggregate proceeds from our preferred stock financings.
 
Certain Employment Arrangements
 
We employ Kyle Hupach, the brother-in-law of Gregory N. Kazarian, our senior vice president, general counsel and secretary, as a director of revenue cycle operations. Mr. Hupach’s current annual base salary is $119,000, and he also participates in our standard employee benefits package. In 2008, Mr. Hupach’s total compensation, including salary, bonus and the amount of share-based compensation expense that we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for stock options previously granted to him, was $156,670.
 
Indemnification
 
Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification” and “Description of Capital Stock — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors”.
 
Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy to set forth policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness, and employment by us of a related person. Our related person transaction policy will contain exceptions for any transaction or interest that is not considered a related person transaction under SEC rules as in effect from time to time.
 
Any related person transaction proposed to be entered into by us must be reported to our general counsel and will be reviewed and approved by the audit committee in accordance with the terms of the policy, prior to effectiveness or consummation of the transaction whenever practicable. If our general counsel determines that advance approval of a related person transaction is not practicable under the circumstances, the audit committee will review and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction at the next meeting of the audit committee. Alternatively, our general


110


Table of Contents

counsel may present a related person transaction arising in the time period between meetings of the audit committee to the chair of the audit committee, who will review and may approve the related person transaction, subject to ratification by the audit committee at the next meeting of the audit committee.
 
In addition, any related person transaction previously approved by the audit committee or otherwise already existing that is ongoing in nature will be reviewed by the audit committee annually to ensure that such related person transaction has been conducted in accordance with the previous approval granted by the audit committee, if any, and that all required disclosures regarding the related person transaction are made.
 
Transactions involving compensation of executive officers will be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in the charter of the compensation committee.
 
A related person transaction reviewed under this policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit committee in accordance with the standards set forth in the policy after full disclosure of the related person’s interests in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:
 
  •  the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;
 
  •  the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;
 
  •  the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;
 
  •  whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business of our company;
 
  •  whether the transaction with the related person is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to us than the terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;
 
  •  the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and
 
  •  any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.


111


Table of Contents

The audit committee will review all relevant information available to it about the related person transaction. The audit committee may approve or ratify the related person transaction only if the audit committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests. The audit committee may, in its sole discretion, impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on us or the related person in connection with approval of the related person transaction.


112


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2009, by:
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers;
 
  •  each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  •  each selling stockholder.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2009. Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of common stock and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
 
Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership prior to this offering are based on 20,803,641 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2009, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (3) the assumed issuance of           shares of common stock upon exercise of warrants that will be cancelled if not exercised prior to this offering. Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership after this offering reflect the shares we are offering hereby and the issuance of           shares of common stock to FT Partners contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of named beneficial owners are in care of Accretive Health, Inc., 401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700, Chicago, Illinois 60611.


113


Table of Contents

In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding (1) shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2009 and (2) shares of common stock to be received prior to the closing of this offering pursuant to the distribution of shares from an entity pursuant to which certain directors and executive officers previously invested in our company. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).
 
                                         
    Shares Beneficially Owned
      Shares Beneficially Owned
    Prior to Offering   Number of
  After Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Number
 
Percentage
 
Shares Offered
 
Number
 
Percentage
 
5% Stockholders
                                       
Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P.(1)
    5,333,921       25.6 %                                    
FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P.(2)
    4,445,087       21.4 %                        
Ascension Health(3)
    2,339,538       11.0 %                        
Executive Officers and Directors
                                       
Mary A. Tolan(4)
    3,553,167       17.1 %                        
John T. Staton(5)
    319,303       1.5 %                        
Etienne H. Deffarges(6)
    1,416,443       6.7 %                        
Gregory N. Kazarian(7)
    293,384       1.4 %                        
Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr.(8)
                                   
J. Michael Cline(9)
    5,333,921       25.6 %                        
Steven N. Kaplan(10)
    104,098       *                        
Denis J. Nayden(11)
                                   
George P. Shultz(12)
    181,368       *                        
Arthur H. Spiegel, III(13)
    1,038,724       4.9 %                        
Mark A. Wolfson(14)
                                   
All current executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(15)
    12,240,408       56.3 %                        
Other Selling Stockholders
                                       
 
(1) Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC is the general partner of Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P. Mr. Cline is the managing member of Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC, and may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P. The address of Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P. is c/o Accretive, LLC, 51 Madison Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10010.
 
(2) Group VI 31, LLC is the general partner of FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P. (the “Oak Hill Partnership”) The sole member of Group VI 31, LLC is J. Taylor Crandall, who disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. J. Taylor Crandall exercises voting and investment power with respect to such shares. The address of the Oak Hill Partnership is 201 Main Street, Suite 3100, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. Messrs. Nayden and Wolfson are limited partners of the Oak Hill Partnership, and Mr. Wolfson is a Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Group VI 31, LLC.
 
(3) Ascension Health is a Missouri not-for-profit corporation. Anthony J. Speranzo, Ascension Health’s senior vice president and chief financial officer, has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Ascension Health. Mr. Speranzo disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Includes warrants to purchase 471,370 shares exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2009. The address of Ascension Health is 4600 Edmundson Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63134.
 
(4) Includes 825,000 shares held by family trusts. Members of Ms. Tolan’s immediate family share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by these trusts.
 
(5) Consists of 100,000 shares held by John T. Staton Declaration of Trust, 20,008 shares of our common stock to be received by John T. Staton Declaration of Trust pursuant to the investment distribution referred to above, and 199,295 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2009, of which


114


Table of Contents

12,470 shares will vest within 60 days of June 30, 2009. The beneficiaries of John T. Staton Declaration of Trust are members of Mr. Staton’s immediate family. Mr. Staton is the trustee of such trust and exercises sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the trust.
 
(6) Includes 249,776 shares of our common stock to be received pursuant to the investment distribution referred to above.
 
(7) Includes 43,384 shares of our common stock to be received pursuant to the investment distribution referred to above.
 
(8) Mr. Bronfman is a member of Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC, which is the general partner of Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P., but exercises no voting or investment power with respect to the shares held by Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P. Mr. Bronfman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P.
 
(9) Consists of the shares described in note (1) above. Mr. Cline is the managing member of Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC, which is the general partner of Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P. and, as such, may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares described in note (1) above.
 
(10) Includes 62,431 shares of our common stock to be received pursuant to the investment distribution referred to above.
 
(11) See note (2) above. Mr. Nayden is not deemed to have voting or investment power with respect to any shares held by the Oak Hill Partnership as a limited partner.
 
(12) Consists of 90,000 shares held by The Shultz 1989 Family Trust, of which Mr. Shultz and his wife are the beneficiaries, and 91,368 shares of our common stock to be received by The Shultz 1989 Family Trust pursuant to the investment distribution referred to above. George T. Argyris is the trustee for the trust and exercises sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the trust. Mr. Argyris disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
 
(13) Consists of 750,000 shares held by Spiegel Family LLC, the members of which are members of Mr. Spiegel’s immediate family, and 288,724 shares of our common stock to be received by Spiegel Family LLC pursuant to the investment distribution referred to above. Mr. Spiegel and his wife are the managing members of Spiegel Family LLC and exercise shared voting and investment power with respect to such shares.
 
(14) See note (2) above. Mr. Wolfson is not deemed to have voting or investment power with respect to any shares held by the Oak Hill Partnership as a limited partner or as a Vice President or Assistant Secretary of Group VI 31, LLC.
 
(15) Includes the shares described in notes (1) and (2) above, 755,691 shares of our common stock to be received pursuant to the investment distribution referred to above, and 199,295 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2009, of which 12,470 shares will vest within 60 days of June 30, 2009.


115


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of           shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated.
 
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.
 
Common Stock
 
As of June 30, 2009, there were 20,803,641 shares of our common stock outstanding, held of record by 84 stockholders, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock and the conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into common stock.
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders and do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionally any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding preferred stock.
 
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any then outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. All outstanding shares of our common stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments or payments on liquidation. In certain circumstances, an issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.
 
Authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences has the effect of eliminating delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a


116


Table of Contents

majority of our outstanding stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
Stock Options
 
As of June 30, 2009, 2,440,885 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding and exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $21.59 per share, of which 1,054,930 shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.52 per share would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these options as of June 30, 2009.
 
Warrants
 
As of June 30, 2009, 470,053 shares of voting common stock were issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding and exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $29.77 per share and 833,334 shares of non-voting common stock were issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding and exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.12 per share. All of these warrants may be exercised by paying the exercise price in cash or pursuant to a cashless exercise feature based on the fair market value per share of our common stock.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of voting common stock that are not exercised prior to this offering will be cancelled. If all of these unexercised warrants to purchase voting common stock are exercised on a cashless basis upon consummation of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $     , the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, we would issue an aggregate of           shares of common stock and receive no cash proceeds. If all of these unexercised warrants to purchase voting common stock are exercised for cash, we would issue an aggregate of           shares of common stock for cash proceeds of $     .
 
Upon the closing of this offering and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of voting stock, any warrants to purchase non-voting common stock that are not exercised prior to this offering will remain outstanding and will be warrants to purchase shares of voting common stock.
 
Registration Rights
 
We have entered into a stockholders’ agreement with certain of our stockholders. After the completion of this offering and the sale by the selling stockholders of the shares of common stock offered by them hereby, holders of an aggregate of           shares of outstanding common stock and shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act under specified circumstances. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable by non-affiliates without restriction under the Securities Act. The following description of these registration rights is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the stockholders’ agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
Demand Registration Rights.   Beginning 181 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to the contractual lock-up agreements, the holders of at least 50% of our shares of common stock having registration rights under the stockholders’ agreement, provided such shares represent at least 25% of our outstanding common stock on a fully-diluted basis, may demand that we register all or a portion of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In addition, each party to the stockholders’ agreement holding more than 12% of our common stock on an as-converted basis as of September 25, 2009 may demand on one occasion that we register all or a portion of its shares under the Securities Act, provided that the shares to be registered have an aggregate market value of at least $50 million or represent at least 5% of our then outstanding common stock. We are not required to file (1) a registration statement less than six months after the effective date of a registration statement effected


117


Table of Contents

pursuant to this requirement of the stockholders’ agreement or (2) more than five registration statements pursuant to this requirement under the stockholders’ agreement. In addition, we may not register any shares of our common stock held by a stockholder who is not a party to the stockholders’ agreement in a registration statement requested to be filed pursuant to the terms of the stockholders’ agreement.
 
Incidental Registration Rights.   If at any time we propose to register shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, the holders of registrable shares under the stockholders’ agreement will be entitled to notice of our intention to file a registration statement and, subject to certain exceptions, have the right to require us to use best efforts to register all or a portion of the registrable shares held by them. In the event that any registration in which the holders of registrable shares participate pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement is an underwritten public offering, the number of registrable shares to be included may, in specified circumstances, be limited due to market conditions.
 
Pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, we are required to pay all registration fees and expenses and indemnify each participating stockholder with respect to each registration of registrable shares that is effected.
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Charter and Bylaws
 
Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.
 
Classified Board; Removal of Directors
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.
 
Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings
 
Our certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or our board of directors.
 
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals
 
Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. This written notice must contain certain information specified in our bylaws. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the


118


Table of Contents

next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
 
Delaware Business Combination Statute
 
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.
 
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above under “— Classified Board; Removal of Directors” and “— Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings”.
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
 
Our restated certificate of incorporation limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act or failure to act, or any cause of action, suit or claim that would accrue or arise prior to any amendment or repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to permit the further elimination or limiting of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.
 
In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.


119


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Shares
 
The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of The New York Stock Exchange. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, we will appoint a transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.
 
New York Stock Exchange
 
We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AH”.


120


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a liquid public trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants or in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect the public market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AH”.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of           shares of common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.
 
The remaining           shares of common stock will be “restricted securities”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
 
Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
         
    Shares Eligible
   
Date Available for Sale
 
for Sale
 
Comment
 
Date of prospectus
      Shares sold in the offering and shares saleable under Rule 144 that are not subject to a lock-up
         
90 days after date of prospectus
      Shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to a lock-up
         
180 days after date of prospectus
      Lock-up released; shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701
 
In addition, of the 2,440,885 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2009, 1,054,930 shares would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these options and would be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described below. The 1,304,704 shares of our common stock that were subject to warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2009 were exercisable as of June 30, 2009 and, assuming a cashless exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described below.
 
Rule 144
 
Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities
 
In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or


121


Table of Contents

to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the NYSE concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.
 
Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities
 
In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.
 
Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement entered into before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after this offering in reliance on Rule 144.
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
Our officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, as modified as described below, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters.
 
The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended under the following circumstances:
 
  •  if, during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event; or


122


Table of Contents

 
  •  if, prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release.
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC currently do not anticipate shortening or waiving any of the lock-up agreements and do not have any pre-established conditions for such modifications or waivers. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC may, however, with the approval of our board of directors, release for sale in the public market all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreement.
 
Stock Options and Warrants
 
As of June 30, 2009, 2,440,885 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding, of which 1,054,930 shares would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these options as of June 30, 2009. Following this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and options and other awards issuable pursuant to our 2003 stock plan.
 
As of June 30, 2009, 470,053 shares of voting common stock and 833,334 shares of non-voting common stock were issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding. Any shares purchased by our non-affiliates pursuant to the cashless exercise feature of our warrants will be freely tradable under Rule 144(b)(1), subject to the 180-day lock-up period described above. Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of voting common stock that are not exercised prior to this offering will be cancelled. Upon the closing of this offering and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of voting stock, any warrants to purchase non-voting common stock that are not exercised prior to this offering will remain outstanding and will be warrants to purchase shares of voting common stock.


123


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion applies only to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) of our common stock. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is limited to investors that hold our common stock as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Furthermore, this discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be applicable to investors in light of their particular circumstances, or to investors subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income or estate tax law, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal tax purposes, dealers in securities or currencies, expatriates, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code and persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment. In addition, this discussion does not address any U.S. federal gift tax consequences or any state, local or foreign tax consequences. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local alternative minimum and foreign income, estate and other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
 
For purposes of this summary, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income and estate tax purposes:
 
  •  a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation or other entity subject to tax as a corporation for such purposes that is created or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
 
  •  a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for such purposes);
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust (1) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (2) that has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for such purposes.
 
If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for such purposes) owns our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership that owns our common stock should consult their tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to them.
 
Dividends
 
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the manner of claiming the benefits of such treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if certain income tax treaties apply, that are attributable to a non-U.S. holder’s permanent establishment in the United States are not subject to the withholding tax


124


Table of Contents

described above but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. A non-U.S. holder must satisfy certain certification requirements for its effectively connected dividends to be exempt from the withholding tax described above. Dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be taxed on gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock unless:
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who holds our common stock as a capital asset, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other conditions;
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if certain income tax treaties apply, is attributable to a non-U.S. Holder’s permanent establishment in the United States; or
 
  •  we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock.
 
We do not believe that we have been, currently are, or will become, a United States real property holding corporation. If we were or were to become a United States real property holding corporation at any time during the applicable period, however, any gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder that did not own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock during the applicable period would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code).
 
Individual non-U.S. holders who are subject to U.S. federal income tax because the holders were present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of disposition are taxed on their gains (including gains from the sale of our common stock and net of applicable U.S. losses from sales or exchanges of other capital assets recognized during the year) at a flat rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Other non-U.S. holders subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on the disposition of our common stock generally will be taxed on any such gain on a net income basis at applicable graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and, in the case of foreign corporations, the branch profits tax discussed above also may apply.
 
Federal Estate Tax
 
Our common stock that is owned or treated as owned for U.S. estate tax purposes by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Therefore, U.S. federal estate tax may be imposed with respect to the value of such stock, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
In general, backup withholding will apply to dividends on our common stock paid to a non-U.S. holder, unless the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder and the payor does not have actual knowledge (or reason to know) that the holder is a U.S. person. Generally, information will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service regarding the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if no tax was required to be withheld. A similar report is


125


Table of Contents

sent to the recipient of the dividend and may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
 
In general, backup withholding and information reporting will apply to the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder through a U.S. office of a broker or through the non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, unless the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder and the payor does not have actual knowledge (or reason to know) that the holder is a U.S. person.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts that are withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be refunded or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that certain required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.


126


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Accretive Health, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the joint book-running managers and representatives of the underwriters.
 
         
Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
       
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
       
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
       
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
         
         
Total
                
         
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
 
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional      shares from Accretive Health and the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by Accretive Health and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase           additional shares.
 
Paid by Accretive Health
 
                 
   
No Exercise
   
Full Exercise
 
 
Per Share
  $                 $                
Total
  $       $  
 
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
 
                 
   
No Exercise
   
Full Exercise
 
 
Per Share
  $                 $                
Total
  $       $  
 
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
 
Accretive Health, its officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of its common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent


127


Table of Contents

the right to receive shares of common stock, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period Accretive Health issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, Accretive Health announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among Accretive Health and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be Accretive Health’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of Accretive Health, an assessment of Accretive Health’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
We intend to file an application to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AH”.
 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from Accretive Health and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Accretive Health’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of


128


Table of Contents

the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which is referred to as a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to as the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
  •  to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  •  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  •  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
 
  •  in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
 
  •  it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and
 
  •  it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to


129


Table of Contents

do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.
 
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
 
Upon the completion of this offering and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, Accretive Health will pay FT Partners a fee of $      for financial advisory services in respect of this offering. This fee will be paid     % in cash and     % through the issuance of shares of our common stock valued at the initial public offering price per share. FT Partners has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters with respect to these shares and these shares will also be subject to limitations on resale imposed by Rule 144, each as described under the heading “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” elsewhere in this prospectus. FT Partners’ financial advisory services included assistance in financial and valuation modeling and advice with respect to the initial public offering process and equity capital market alternatives. None of Financial Technology Partners, LLC, FTP Securities, LLC or any of their affiliates is acting as an underwriter of this offering.
 
Accretive Health and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by them, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $          .


130


Table of Contents

Accretive Health and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future perform various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the common stock being offered will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. The underwriters are represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, in connection with this offering.
 
EXPERTS
 
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements and schedule at December 31, 2007 and 2008, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, as set forth in their report. We have included our consolidated financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement filed as part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document filed as an exhibit are not necessarily complete and, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of theses statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.
 
You may read and copy the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s public reference room, which is located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC’s public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, located at www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s Internet website.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the full informational and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain a website at www.accretivehealth.com. Our website is not a part of this prospectus.


131


Table of Contents

Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
         
   
Page
 
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-7  
    F-8  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Accretive Health, Inc. (formerly Healthcare Services Inc. d/b/a Accretive Health) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Accretive Health, Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As disclosed in Note 2 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
May 20, 2009


F-2


Table of Contents

Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
                         
    December 31,     June 30,
 
   
2007
   
2008
    2009  
                (Unaudited)  
 
Assets
                       
Current assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 34,745     $ 51,656     $ 37,789  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $432, $82, and $82 at December 31, 2007, 2008, and June 30, 2009, respectively
    15,897       20,206       40,876  
Prepaid assets
    371       1,031       8,972  
Due from related party
    941       1,261       1,275  
Other current assets
    1,004       1,374       630  
                         
Total current assets
    52,958       75,528       89,542  
Deferred income tax
                4,542  
Furniture and equipment, net
    4,566       8,913       9,875  
Goodwill
    1,468       1,468       1,468  
Other, net
    1,866       995       538  
                         
Total assets
  $ 60,858     $ 86,904     $ 105,965  
                         
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
                       
Current liabilities:
                       
Accounts payable
  $ 22,146     $ 38,205     $ 50,880  
Accrued payroll
    5,592       9,147       5,095  
Deferred income tax
                1,894  
Accrued taxes
          1,208       224  
Other accrued expenses
    4,498       7,434       7,858  
Deferred revenue
    12,712       22,987       19,477  
                         
Current liabilities
    44,948       78,981       85,428  
Commitments and contingencies
                 
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Convertible preferred stock, Series A, $0.01 par value, 32,317 shares authorized, 32,317 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2008, and June 30, 2009
                 
Convertible preferred stock, Series D, $0.01 par value, 1,267,224 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2008, and June 30, 2009, respectively
    13       13       13  
Series B common stock, $0.01 par value, 17,500,000 shares authorized, 4,784,758, 8,161,361 and 8,178,119 shares issued, and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2008, and June 30, 2009, respectively
    48       82       82  
Series C common stock, $0.01 par value, 7,500,000, 8,000,000 and 8,000,000 shares authorized, 4,462,141, 1,271,732 and 1,321,857 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2008, and June 30, 2009, respectively
    44       13       13  
Additional paid-in capital
    32,361       38,401       45,773  
Non-executive employee loans for stock option exercises
    (320 )     (263 )     (230 )
Accumulated deficit
    (16,246 )     (30,101 )     (24,887 )
Cumulative translation adjustment
    10       (222 )     (227 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    15,910       7,923       20,537  
                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 60,858     $ 86,904     $ 105,965  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-3


Table of Contents

Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31     Six Months Ended June 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Net services revenue
  $ 160,741     $ 240,725     $ 398,469     $ 187,261     $ 238,149  
Costs of services
    141,767       197,676       335,211       160,082       195,667  
                                         
Operating margin
    18,974       43,049       63,258       27,179       42,482  
Other operating expenses:
                                       
Infused management and technology
    18,875       27,872       39,234       17,938       24,482  
Selling, general, and administrative
    8,777       15,657       21,227       9,642       15,308  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    27,652       43,529       60,461       27,580       39,790  
Income (loss) from operations
    (8,678 )     (480 )     2,797       (401 )     2,692  
Interest income
    1,359       1,710       710       433       83  
                                         
Net income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (7,319 )     1,230       3,507       32       2,775  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
          456       2,264       626       (2,439 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,319 )   $ 774     $ 1,243     $ (594 )   $ 5,214  
                                         
Net income (loss) per common share
                                       
Basic
    (0.89 )     0.04       (0.70 )     (0.06 )     0.25  
Diluted
    (1.02 )     0.03       (0.73 )     (0.06 )     0.21  
Weighted-average shares used in calculating net income (loss) per common share
                                       
Basic
    6,611,975       8,410,226       9,214,916       9,160,187       9,337,812  
Diluted
    6,611,975       10,296,011       9,214,916       9,160,187       11,492,646  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-4


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands, except share amounts)
 
                                                                                                                 
    Convertible
    Convertible
                                  Loans
                         
    Preferred Stock
    Preferred Stock
    Class B
    Class C
    Additional
    for Stock
          Cumulative
             
    Series A     Series D     Common Stock     Common Stock     Paid-In
    Option
    Accumulated
    Translation
          Comprehensive
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Exercises
   
Deficit
   
Adjustment
   
Total
   
Income (Loss)
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2006
    32,317     $       1,267,224     $ 13       3,902,374     $ 39       3,633,284     $ 36     $ 18,148     $     $ (9,701 )   $       8,535     $  
                                                                                                                 
Issuance of class C common stock
                                        99,757       1       524                         525        
Issuance of warrants
                                                    83                         83        
Exercise of vested stock options
                                        485,390       5       858                         863        
Amounts loaned to employees related to stock option exercises, net
                                                          (365 )                 (365 )      
Compensation expense related to restricted common stock
                                                    50                         50        
Compensation expense related to stock options
                                                    794                         794        
Net loss
                                                                (7,319 )           (7,319 )     (7,319 )
                                                                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    32,317     $       1,267,224     $ 13       3,902,374     $ 39       4,218,431     $ 42     $ 20,457     $ (365 )   $ (17,020 )   $     $ 3,166     $ (7,319 )
                                                                                                                 
Issuance of class B common stock
                            882,384       9                   5,481                         5,490        
Issuance of class C common stock
                                        39,899             327                         327        
Exercise of vested stock options
                                        16,021             39                         39        
Vesting of previously exercised options
                                        253,811       3       697                         700          
Repayments of amounts loaned to employees related to stock option exercises, net
                                                          45                   45        
Share repurchases
                                        (66,021 )     (1 )     (655 )                       (656 )      
Issuance of stock warrants
                                                    5,081                         5,081        
Compensation expense related to restricted common stock
                                                    38                         38        
Compensation expense related to stock options
                                                    896                         896        
Currency translation adjustments
                                                                      10       10       10  
Net income
                                                                  774             774       774  
                                                                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    32,317     $       1,267,224     $ 13       4,784,758     $ 48       4,462,141     $ 44     $ 32,361     $ (320 )   $ (16,246 )   $ 10     $ 15,910     $ 784  
                                                                                                                 


F-5


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — (Continued)
(In thousands, except share amounts)
 
                                                                                                                 
    Convertible
    Convertible
                                  Loans
                         
    Preferred Stock
    Preferred Stock
    Class B
    Class C
    Additional
    for Stock
          Cumulative
             
    Series A     Series D     Common Stock     Common Stock     Paid-In
    Option
    Accumulated
    Translation
          Comprehensive
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Exercises
   
Deficit
   
Adjustment
   
Total
   
Income (Loss)
 
 
Implementation of FASB Interpretation No. 48
                                                                (97 )           (97 )        
Exchange of Series C to Series B Stock
                            3,309,951       33       (3,309,951 )     (33 )                                      
Issuance of class B common stock
                            66,652       1                                           1          
Exercise of vested stock options
                                        3,750             18                         18          
Vesting of previously exercised options
                                        150,375       2       649                         651          
Repayments (advances) of amounts loaned to employees related to stock option exercises, net
                                                          57                   57          
Share repurchases
                                        (34,583 )           (1,510 )                       (1,510 )        
Issuance of stock warrants
                                                    3,332                         3,332          
Compensation expense related to restricted common stock
                                                    5                         5          
Compensation expense related to stock options
                                                    3,546                         3,546          
Currency translation adjustments
                                                                      (232 )     (232 )     (232 )
Dividends declared
                                                                (15,001 )           (15,001 )        
Net income
                                                                1,243             1,243       1,243  
                                                                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    32,317     $       1,267,224     $ 13       8,161,361     $ 82       1,271,732     $ 13     $ 38,401     $ (263 )   $ (30,101 )   $ (222 )   $ 7,923     $ 1,011  
                                                                                                                 
Exercise of vested stock options
                                        20,000             147                         147          
Vesting of previously exercised options
                                        30,125             141                         141          
Issuance of class B common stock
                            16,758                                                          
Repayments of amounts loaned to employees related to stock option exercises, net
                                                          33                   33          
Issuance of stock warrants
                                                    4,107                         4,107          
Compensation expense related to stock options
                                                    2,977                         2,977          
Currency translation adjustments
                                                                      (5 )     (5 )     (5 )
Net income
                                                                5,214             5,214       5,214  
                                                                                                                 
Balance at June 30, 2009 (unaudited)
    32,317     $       1,267,224     $ 13       8,178,119     $ 82       1,321,857     $ 13     $ 45,773     $ (230 )   $ (24,887 )   $ (227 )   $ 20,537     $ 5,209  
                                                                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-6


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31     Six Months Ended June 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Operating activities
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,319 )   $ 774     $ 1,243     $ (594 )   $ 5,214  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operations:
                                       
Depreciation
    277       530       1,030       574       950  
Amortization
    349       777       1,510       346       932  
Employee stock based compensation
    844       934       3,551       1,021       2,977  
Expense associated with the issuance of stock warrants
    83       5,081       3,332       3,080       4,107  
Deferred income taxes
                            (2,648 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable
    234       (15,091 )     (4,309 )     937       (20,669 )
Prepaid and other current assets
    (76 )     (2,182 )     (1,381 )     (832 )     (7,207 )
Accounts payable
    6,164       8,286       16,074       10,624       12,678  
Accrued payroll
    468       3,263       3,563       (1,959 )     (4,053 )
Other accrued expenses
    (457 )     2,864       3,359       1,632       560  
Accrued income tax
                1,208       160       (984 )
Deferred revenue
    5,423       6,599       10,275       (5,077 )     (3,510 )
Loss on disposal of equipment
                70              
                                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    5,990       11,835       39,525       9,912       (11,653 )
                                         
Investing activities
                                       
Purchase of SureDecisions net of cash acquired
    (1,419 )     (211 )                  
Purchases of furniture and equipment
    (412 )     (1,837 )     (1,843 )     (1,006 )     (1,037 )
Acquisition of software
    (915 )     (1,639 )     (4,988 )     (1,609 )     (1,790 )
Customer incentive advance
    (2,000 )     416       698       293       444  
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (4,746 )     (3,271 )     (6,133 )     (2,322 )     (2,383 )
                                         
Financing activities
                                       
Proceeds from issuance of class B common stock
          5,490       1       1        
Proceeds from issuance of class C common stock from employee stock option exercise
    2,345       510       150       150       151  
Collection (issuance) of non-executive employee notes receivable
    (365 )     45       57       (545 )     33  
Payment of dividends
                (15,001 )            
Repurchase of common stock
          (656 )     (1,510 )            
                                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,980       5,389       (16,303 )     (394 )     184  
                                         
Effect of exchange rate changes in cash
          10       (178 )     (45 )     (15 )
                                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    3,224       13,963       16,911       7,151       (13,867 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    17,558       20,782       34,745       34,745       51,656  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 20,782     $ 34,745     $ 51,656     $ 41,896     $ 37,789  
                                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                                       
Interest paid
  $     $     $     $     $  
Taxes paid
          791       1,137       536       8,215  
Exercise of unvested stock options
    1,482       471       132       132       4  
Supplemental disclosures of noncash financing transactions
                                       
Shares issued in connection with the acquisition of SureDecisions
  $ 525     $ 327     $     $     $  
Issuance of notes receivable to non-executive employees
    (365 )           (585 )     (585 )      
Vesting of previously exercised stock options
          700       651       157       141  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


F-7


Table of Contents

Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.   Description of Business
 
Accretive Health, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading provider of healthcare revenue cycle management services. The Company’s business purpose is to help U.S. hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers manage their revenue cycle operations more efficiently. The Company’s integrated, end-to-end technology and services offering, which is referred to as Accretive’s solution, helps customers realize sustainable improvements in their operating margins and improve the satisfaction of their patients, physicians and staff. The Company enables these improvements by helping customers increase the portion of the maximum potential revenue received while reducing total revenue cycle costs.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, SureDecisions, Inc. (“SureDecisions”), Accretive Health India Private Limited, and Accretive Health India Service Private Limited. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
 
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
 
The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2009, the statement of stockholders’ equity for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 are unaudited and have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. They do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statement and, in the opinion of the Company’s management, reflect all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2009 and results of its operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2009.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
 
The Company regularly evaluates its accounting policies and estimates. In general, estimates are based on historical experience and on assumptions believed to be reasonable given the Company’s operating environment. These estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions the Company may undertake in the future. Actual results may differ from these estimates.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Revenue Recognition
 
As of June 30, 2009, the Company has entered into managed service contracts with 21 customers. The Company’s managed service contracts generally have an initial term of four to five years and various start and end dates. After the initial terms, these contracts renew annually unless canceled by either party.
 
The Company records net services revenue in accordance with the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin 104. As a result, the Company only records revenue once there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, services have been rendered, the amount of revenue has become fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes base fee revenues on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract. Base fees for managed service contracts which are received in advance of services delivered are classified as deferred revenue until services have been provided.
 
The Company’s managed service contracts generally allow for adjustments to the base fee. Adjustments typically occur at 90, 180 or 360 days after the contract commences, but can also occur at subsequent dates as a result of factors including changes to the scope of operations and internal and external audits. All adjustments, the timing of which is often dependent on factors outside of the Company’s control and which can increase or decrease revenue and operating margin, are recorded in the period the changes are known and collectibility is reasonably assured. Any such adjustments may cause the Company’s quarter-to-quarter results of operations to fluctuate.
 
The Company records revenue for incentive payments once the calculation of the incentive payment earned is finalized and collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company uses a proprietary technology and methodology to calculate the amount of benefit each customer receives as a result of the Company’s services. The Company’s calculations are based in part on the amount of revenue each customer is entitled to receive from commercial and private insurance carriers, Medicare, Medicaid and patients. Because the laws, regulations, instructions, payor contracts and rule interpretations governing how the Company’s customers receive payments from these parties are complex and change frequently, estimates of prior period net revenue yield calculations could change. All changes in estimates are recorded when new information is available and calculations are completed.
 
Incentive payments are based on the benefits a customer has received throughout the life of the contract. Each quarter, the Company records the increase in the total benefits received to date. If a quarterly calculation indicates that the cumulative benefits to date have decreased, the Company records a reduction in revenue. If the decrease in revenue exceeds the amount previously paid by the customer, the excess is recorded as deferred revenue.
 
The Company’s services also include collection of dormant patient accounts receivable that have aged 365 days or more directly from individual patients. The Company shares all cash generated from these collections with its customers in accordance with specified arrangements. The Company records as revenue its portion of the cash received from these collections when each customer’s cash application is complete.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable
 
The Company extends unsecured credit to its customers based on its assessment of each customer’s creditworthiness. The Company maintains an estimated allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce its gross accounts receivable to the amount that it believes will be collected. This allowance is based on the Company’s historical experience, its assessment of each customer’s ability to pay and the status of any ongoing operations with each applicable customer.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The fair values of cash, other current assets, and current liabilities approximate their carrying value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.
 
Furniture and Equipment
 
Furniture and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation determined on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
 
     
Leasehold improvements
  Shorter of 5 years or lease term
Office furniture
  5 years
Capitalized software
  3 to 5 years
Computers and other equipment
  3 years
 
Software Development
 
The Company applies the provisions of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position No. 98-1 (“SOP 98-1”), Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use , which requires the capitalization of costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal use software. In accordance with SOP 98-1, the Company capitalizes the costs of internally-developed, internal use, software when an application is in the development stage. This generally occurs after the overall design and functionality of the application has been approved and management has committed to the application’s development. Capitalized software development costs consist of payroll and payroll-related costs for employee time spent developing a specific internal use software application, and external costs incurred that are related directly to the development of a specific application.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the net assets acquired for SureDecisions, which the Company acquired in May 2006. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , goodwill is not subject to amortization but is subject to impairment testing at least annually. The Company’s annual impairment assessment date is the first date of the fourth quarter. The Company conducts its impairment testing on a company-wide basis because it has only one reporting unit. The Company’s impairment tests are based on its current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions and future expectations.
 
As the Company applies its judgment to estimate future cash flows and an appropriate discount rate, the analysis reflects assumptions and uncertainties. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows could differ from actual results. The Company’s most recent impairment assessment did not result in goodwill impairment.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Foreign Currency
 
The functional currency of each entity in the Company is its respective local currency, which is also the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates. Transactions in foreign currencies are re-measured into functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. All transaction foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries which use a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet dates. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate during each month. Resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Impairments of Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company evaluates all of its long-lived assets, such as furniture, equipment, software and other intangibles, for impairment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , when events or changes in circumstances warrant such a review. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if an adjustment to fair market value is required.
 
See Note 8 for discussion of the impairment loss recorded for customer relationships in 2008.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities for future income tax consequences that are attributable to differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes and the income tax bases of such assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in the year that the temporary differences are expected to be settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for changes in income tax rates in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is provided if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and in all prior periods, a valuation allowance was provided for all net deferred tax assets. As a result of the Company’s improved operations, in the second quarter of 2009 the Company determined that it was no longer necessary to maintain a valuation allowance for all of its deferred tax assets, and therefore released the allowance of $3.5 million.
 
Beginning January 1, 2008, with the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , or FIN 48, the Company recognizes the financial statement effects of a tax position only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. Tax positions taken or expected to be taken that are not recognized under the pronouncement are recorded as liabilities.
 
As a result of the Company’s adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $0.2 million increase to reserves for uncertain tax positions, of which, $0.1 million was recorded as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings. The remaining $0.1 million related to current year changes and was recorded as an expense in 2008.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to income tax matters in the income tax provision.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Share-Based Compensation
 
Share-based compensation expense results from awards of restricted common stock and grants of stock options and warrants to employees, directors, outside consultants, customers, vendors and others. The Company recognizes the costs associated with option and warrant grants using the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , Generally, SFAS 123(R) requires the value of all share-based payments to be recognized in the statement of operations based on their estimated fair value at date of grant amortized over the grant’s vesting period.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in legal proceedings or regulatory investigations. The Company evaluates the need for loss accruals using the requirements of SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies . When conducting this evaluation, the Company considers factors such as the probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss. The Company records an estimated loss for any claim, lawsuit, investigation or proceeding when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can reasonably be estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate, then the Company records the minimum amount in the range as its loss accrual. If a loss is not probable or a probable loss cannot be reasonably estimated, no liability is recorded.
 
New Accounting Standards and Disclosures
 
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141(R), Business Combinations . SFAS No. 141(R) requires the Company to continue to follow the guidance in SFAS No. 141 for certain aspects of business combinations, with additional guidance provided defining the acquirer, recognizing and measuring the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, assets and liabilities arising from contingencies, defining a bargain purchase, and recognizing and measuring goodwill or a gain from a bargain purchase. In addition, under SFAS No. 141(R), adjustments associated with changes in tax contingencies that occur after the measurement period, not to exceed one year, are recorded as adjustments to income. This statement is effective for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008; however, the guidance in this standard regarding the treatment of income tax contingencies is retroactive to business combinations completed prior to January 1, 2009. The Company adopted SFAS No. 141(R) on January 1, 2009. The adoption had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) SFAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets ”. This FSP amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141R and other United States generally accepted accounting principles. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this FSP January 1, 2009. The adoption of this FSP did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities ”. FSP EITF 03-6-1 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share under the two-class method. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those years. The Company adopted this FSP effective January 1, 2009. See Note 15.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP SFAS 107-1 and Accounting Principles Board (APB) 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments ”. This FSP, which amends SFAS No. 107, “ Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments ”, requires publicly-traded companies, as defined in APB Opinion No. 28, “ Interim Financial Reporting ”, to provide disclosures on the fair value of financial instruments in interim financial statements. Since FSP SFAS 107-1 requires only additional disclosures concerning the financial instruments, the adoption of FSP SFAS 107-1 effective June 30, 2009, did not have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, “ Subsequent Events ” (“SFAS 165”). SFAS No. 165 establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosures of subsequent events that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of financial statements. The statement requires additional disclosure regarding the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated by the entity as well as whether that date is the date the financial statements were issued. This statement became effective for the Company’s financial statements as of June 30, 2009. The Company has evaluated its subsequent events after the balance sheet date of June 30, 2009 through September 24, 2009.
 
In June 2009, FASB issued SFAS No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162 (or “SFAS No. 168”). SFAS No. 168 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS No. 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 168 to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
3.   Net Services Revenue
 
The Company’s net services revenue consisted of the following for each of the three years ending December 31, and six months ended June 30 (in thousands):
 
                                         
                      Six Months
 
                      Ended June 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Net base fees for managed service contracts
  $ 149,529     $ 212,086     $ 350,085     $ 167,085     $ 205,017  
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
    9,784       25,491       38,971       16,483       27,018  
Other services
    1,428       3,148       9,413       3,693       6,114  
                                         
Total
  $ 160,741     $ 240,725     $ 398,469     $ 187,261     $ 238,149  
                                         


F-13


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
4.   Infused Management and Technology Expenses
 
Infused management and technology expenses consist primarily of the wages, bonuses, benefits, share based compensation, travel and other costs associated with deploying the Company’s employees on customer sites to guide and manage customers’ revenue cycle operations. The employees that the Company deploys on customer sites typically have significant experience in revenue cycle operations, technology, quality control or other management disciplines. The other significant portion of these expenses is an allocation of the costs associated with maintaining, improving and deploying the Company’s integrated proprietary technology suite and an allocation of the amortization relating to software development costs capitalized.
 
5.   Segments and Concentrations
 
All of the Company’s significant operations are organized around the single business of providing end-to-end management services of revenue cycle operations for U.S.-based hospitals and other medical providers. Accordingly, for purposes of disclosure under SFAS No. 131, Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , the Company has only one operating and reporting segment.
 
All of the Company’s net services revenue and trade accounts receivable are derived from healthcare providers domiciled in the United States.
 
While managed independently and governed by separate contracts, several of the Company’s customers are affiliated with a single health care system, Ascension Health. Pursuant to the Company’s master services agreement with Ascension Health, the Company provides services to Ascension Health’s affiliated hospitals that execute separate contracts with the Company. The Company’s aggregate net services revenue from these hospitals was $142.6 million, $214.2 million, $281.7 million, $136.7 million, and $151.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and six months ended June 30, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
 
In addition, another customer, which is not affiliated with Ascension Health, accounted for 11.5% of the Company’s total net services revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 10.6% of the Company’s total net services revenue in the year ended December 31, 2008. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total net services revenue in any of the periods presented.
 
6.   SureDecisions Acquisition
 
The Company acquired SureDecisions pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 1, 2006, and SureDecisions became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company acquired SureDecisions for $1.6 million in cash and 99,757 shares of the Company’s Series C common stock valued at $5.26 per share. The resulting total purchase price was $2.1 million. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. As a result, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at estimated fair value.
 
The merger agreement provided for adjustments in the purchase price based on a final determination of SureDecisions net working capital as of the date of the acquisition. This final determination was completed during 2007 and resulted in a $0.4 million purchase price reduction, which was recorded as a reduction in goodwill.
 
The merger agreement also provided for potential earn-out payments at the first three anniversaries of the acquisition if certain operational targets were met. The actual first year earn-out payment was $0.9 million, consisting of $0.6 million in cash and 39,899 shares of Series C common stock valued at $8.20 per share. The Company recorded the first year earn-out as an increase in goodwill.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The operational targets relating to earn-outs were not achieved in the second or third years, and, accordingly, the Company made no further earn-out payments.
 
The following table sets forth the final purchase price allocation, adjusted for the purchase price adjustment and first year earn-out payment (in thousands):
 
         
Receivables related to income taxes
  $ 939  
Other current assets
    509  
Property and equipment
    85  
Noncompete agreements
    66  
Software
    779  
Trade name
    107  
Customer relationships
    224  
Goodwill
    1,468  
Liabilities related to income taxes
    (939 )
Other current liabilities
    (559 )
         
Total
  $ 2,679  
         
 
The Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes results for SureDecisions for the period from May 2, 2006 to December 31, 2006. A pro forma presentation of the Company’s consolidated statement of operations that includes results for SureDecisions for the period beginning January 1, 2006 would not be materially different from the consolidated results presented herein.
 
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the amount recorded as goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2007 (in thousands):
 
         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
  $ 930  
Increase due to year one earn-out
    910  
Decrease due to working capital adjustments
    (372 )
         
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 1,468  
         
 
There were no changes in goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2008, or during the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
Pursuant to the merger agreement, the prior stockholders of SureDecisions, a majority of which are now employees of the Company, are obligated to indemnify the Company for federal and state income taxes related to periods up to and including the date of the acquisition. The net amount due to the Company related to this indemnity was $0.9 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million, as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and June 30, 2009, respectively, and is presented as “Due from Related Party” in the consolidated balance sheets. This amount is secured by 139,671 shares of the Company’s Series C common stock held in escrow.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
7.   Furniture and Equipment
 
Furniture and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Six Months
 
    December 31,     Ended June 30,
 
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
 
                (Unaudited)  
 
Construction in progress
  $     $ 113     $ 196  
Capitalized software
    3,504       8,443       10,587  
Computer equipment
    1,323       2,120       2,631  
Leasehold improvements
    1,107       1,117       1,143  
Other equipment
    111       621       625  
Office furniture
    579       742       798  
                         
      6,624       13,156       15,980  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (2,058 )     (4,243 )     (6,105 )
                         
    $ 4,566     $ 8,913     $ 9,875  
                         
 
8.   Impairment Loss
 
In 2008, the Company determined that the customers served by SureDecisions at the time of its acquisition by the Company were unlikely to generate significant future revenues. As a result, management considered the customer relationships intangible asset to be impaired and have no future economic value. Therefore, the $0.1 million remaining net book value of this asset was charged to amortization expense at December 31, 2008, which is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. There have been no further impairments through June 30, 2009.
 
9.   Non-Executive Employee Promissory Notes
 
In March 2006, certain non-executive employees of the Company exercised options to purchase an aggregate of 1,083,201 shares of Series C common stock. To facilitate this stock option exercise, the Company permitted these employees to deliver promissory notes to the Company representing the exercise price related to these option exercises. The aggregate amount loaned to employees for this purpose was approximately $0.4 million. Certain employees elected under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to be taxed on the difference between the stock’s fair value at the purchase date and the option exercise price. In addition, pursuant to the promissory notes, the Company advanced an additional $0.1 million to such employees to facilitate the payment of such federal and state income tax obligations.
 
Each of the individual promissory notes bears interest at 5% per annum. The principal of each note is payable annually in five equal installments, commencing on March 1, 2007. Each promissory note is secured by the shares of the Company’s Class C common stock associated with the employee’s stock option exercise. If an employee sells any shares issued pursuant to his or her stock option exercise, then a pro rata portion of the associated promissory note becomes immediately due. Any unpaid balance on an employee’s promissory note becomes due and payable 60 days after such employee ceases to work for the Company.
 
The amounts receivable from these notes, $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.2 million at December 31, 2007, 2008, and June 30, 2009, respectively, have been deducted from stockholders’ equity.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
10.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Preferred Stock
 
Dividend Rights
 
The holders of Series A and Series D preferred stock are not entitled to receive any dividends unless declared by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). In the event the Board declares a dividend on any shares of common stock, the holders of Series A and Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive a dividend on the same terms and at the same rate.
 
Liquidation Preference
 
Upon liquidation, the Series A and Series D stockholders rank equally with each other and senior to common stockholders and to all other classes or series of stock issued by the Company, except such classes or series of stock that rank pari passu with or senior to the Series A and Series D stock and such ranking is approved by a majority of the Series A and a majority of the Series D preferred stockholders. Upon liquidation, each holder of Series A and Series D preferred stock is entitled to receive an amount per share equal to the original purchase price plus any accrued but unpaid dividends (the “Termination Amount”). All assets remaining available for distribution will be distributed ratably to the holders of common stock, Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock. In the event the assets available for distribution to the holders of the Series A and Series D preferred stock are insufficient to pay in full the Termination Amount, the available assets will be distributed to such holders in proportion to the full amount each holder is entitled to receive.
 
In the event of a qualifying public offering, as defined in the Company’s fourth Amended and Restated Certification of Incorporation, the Company must pay to each holder of Series A and Series D preferred stock an amount in cash equal to the Termination Amount, unless at the stockholder’s option, the holder chooses to receive shares of common stock valued at the per common share price offered in the qualifying public offering. As discussed below, holders of Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock may also convert their shares into shares of common stock at the time of the offering.
 
Neither the Series A preferred stock nor the Series D preferred stock is redeemable.
 
Voting Rights
 
Holders of each Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock have the right to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Series B common stock that are issuable upon conversion of such share of Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock.
 
Conversion Rights
 
Holders of Series A preferred stock have the right to convert the Series A preferred stock at any time into shares of Series B common stock at the rate of the original purchase price divided by the conversion price, subject to adjustment. Holders of the Series D preferred stock have the right to convert the Series D preferred stock at any time into shares of Series B common stock at the rate of the original purchase price divided by the conversion price, subject to adjustment.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, each outstanding share of Series A preferred stock was convertible into 306.5 shares of Series B common stock and each share of Series D preferred stock was convertible into one share of Series B common stock.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Common Stock
 
The Company is authorized to issue 25,500,000 shares of common stock, of which 17,500,000 are designated as Series B common stock and 8,000,000 are designated as Series C common stock. The Company has reserved 14,436,863 and 14,916,864 shares at December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, respectively, for the issuance of common stock upon exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants, and conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock
 
Each share of Series B common stock is entitled to one vote. Shares of Series C common stock have no voting privileges. Holders of Series B common stock and Series C common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the Board, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding. All of the Company’s outstanding common stock at December 31, 2007 and 2008, and June 30, 2009, is restricted with regard to transfer rights.
 
Restricted Stock Plan
 
In March 2004, the Board authorized the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan. The Restricted Stock Plan provides for the grant of restricted Series B or Series C common stock to employees, directors, and outside consultants. The Company’s Board, or a committee designated by the Board administers the Restricted Stock Plan and has authority to determine the terms and conditions of awards, including the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule of the awards, and the selection of grantees.
 
Series B Common Stock
 
In March 2004, the Company awarded 3,000,000 restricted shares of Series B common stock, having a fair market value on that date of $0.0256 per share to an employee under the Restricted Stock plan. The shares vested over four years, beginning in November 2003, subject to the employee’s continued employment. Stock-based compensation expense of $0.02 million and $0.02 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.
 
In June 2007, the Company issued and sold 669,284 restricted shares of Series B common stock to a customer for an aggregate price of $5.5 million under the Restricted Stock Plan.
 
Series C Common Stock
 
In June 2004, the Company issued 3,175,000 restricted shares of Series C common stock, having a fair market value on that date of $0.0256 per share to certain employees and directors under the Restricted Stock Plan. In January 2005, 90,000 restricted shares of Series C common stock, having a fair market value on that date of $1.03 per share, were issued to a director under the Restricted Stock Plan. The shares have various vesting schedules ranging from immediate vesting to vesting over a period of 48 months, subject to continued employment or service on the Board. Stock compensation expense of $0.03 million, $0.02 million was recorded in 2006 and 2007 related to these awards.
 
Exchange of Series B and Series Class C Restricted Common Stock
 
Effective December 2008, the Company and certain employees and directors entered into an agreement pursuant to which such employees and directors exchanged a total of 3,309,951 shares of Series C common stock for a like number of Series B common stock.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Dividends
 
The Company paid a cash dividend in the aggregate amount of $15.0 million or $0.7203 per common equivalent share to holders of record as of July 11, 2008 of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock.
 
In August 2009, the Company declared an additional cash dividend in the aggregate amount of $15.0 million, or $0.72 per common equivalent share to holders of record as of September 1, 2009 of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock.
 
Warrants
 
Effective in October 2004, the Company entered into a Supplemental Warrant Agreement with Ascension Health, its founding customer, which provided for the right to purchase up to 902,374 shares of Series B common stock based upon the achievement of specified milestones relating to the customer’s sales and marketing assistance. The purchase price of the shares is equal to the most recent per share price of the Company’s Series B common stock in a capital raising transaction or, if there has not been a capital raising transaction within the preceding six months, the exercise price of the Company’s most recently granted employee stock options.
 
In May 2007, the Company and Ascension Health, its founding customer, agreed to amend and restate the Supplemental Warrant Agreement to reduce the number of shares covered by the warrant to 446,190.
 
The Supplemental Warrant Agreement, and all individual warrants issued thereunder, expire on the earlier of November 7, 2014, or the effective date of an initial public offering.
 
During December 2007, the founding customer earned the right to purchase 223,095 shares of Series B common stock under the Amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The warrants have an exercise price of $17.36 per share. The Company recorded $4.2 million as marketing expenses in the 2007 financial statements in conjunction with the issuance of this warrant.
 
During March 2008, the founding customer earned the right to purchase 111,548 shares of Series B common stock under the Amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The warrants have an exercise price of $40.17 per share. The Company recorded $2.4 million as marketing expenses in the 2008 financial statements in conjunction with the issuance of this warrant.
 
During March 2009, the founding customer earned the right to purchase 111,547 shares of Series B common stock under the Amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The warrants have an exercise price of $51.05 per share. The Company recorded $2.8 million as marketing expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2009 in conjunction with the issuance of this warrant.
 
Effective November 2004, the Company entered into a Protection Warrant Agreement with the founding customer whereby the Company granted the customer anti-dilution rights by entering into an agreement whereby the founding customer is granted warrants to purchase the Company’s Series B common stock from time to time at an exercise price of $0.01 per share when the customer’s ownership percentage declines as a result of the Company offering more common share equivalents. The Protection Warrant Agreement, and all individual warrants issued thereunder, expire on the earlier of November 7, 2014, or the effective date of an initial public offering.
 
In the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008, and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, warrants to purchase 15,752, 58,175, 23,261, 19,358 and 25,837 shares of Series B common stock, respectively, were earned under the Protection Warrant. As a result of this award,


F-19


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
revenue recorded was reduced by $0.1 million, $0.9 million, $0.9 million, $0.7 million, and $1.3 million in 2006, 2007 and 2008, and for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, the founding customer purchased 213,100, 66,652 and 16,758 shares of the Company’s Series B common stock, respectively, for $0.01 per share, pursuant to the Protection Warrant Agreement. As of June 30, 2009, the founding customer has the right to purchase an additional 23,863 shares for $0.01 per share under the agreement.
 
In conjunction with the start of its business, in February 2004, the Company executed a term sheet with a consulting firm and its principal contemplating that the Company would grant the consulting firm a warrant, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock upon grant, to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock then representing 2.5% of the Company’s equity in exchange for exclusive rights to certain revenue cycle methodologies, tools, technology, benchmarking information and other intellectual property, plus up to another 2.5% of the Company’s equity at the time of grant if the consulting firm’s introduction of us to senior executives at prospective customers resulted in the execution of managed service contracts between us and such customers. In January 2005, we formalized the warrant grant contemplated by the term sheet and granted the consulting firm a warrant to purchase 833,334 shares of the Company’s Series C common stock for $1.12 per share, representing 5.0% of the Company’s equity at that time. In 2005, the Company recorded $483,334 in selling, general and administrative expense in conjunction with this warrant grant. The warrant expires on the earlier of January 15, 2015 or a change of control of the Company.
 
The Company uses the modified Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of all of the above warrants at the date granted. The significant assumptions used in the model were:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
   
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
June 30, 2009
                (Unaudited)
 
Future dividends
       
Risk-free interest rate
  3.9% to 5.2%   2.75% to 4.21%   3.45%   2.91%
Expected volatility
  60%   50%   50%   50%
Expected life
  7.8 years   6.8 years   6.6 years   5.6 years
 
Stock Options
 
In December 2003, the Board approved a stock option plan, which provides for the grant of stock options to employees, directors and consultants. The plan was amended and restated in February 2006. As of June 30, 2009, the plan permitted the issuance of a maximum of 3,544,862 shares of common stock and 173,828 shares were available for grant. Under the terms of the plan, all options will expire if they are not exercised within ten years after the grant date. Substantially all of the options granted vest over four years at a rate of 25% per year on each grant date anniversary. Options can be exercised immediately upon grant, but upon exercise the shares issued are subject to the same vesting and repurchase provisions that applied before exercise.
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for share-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations, as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . Accordingly, compensation expense


F-20


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
for stock options was measured as the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the measurement date (the date of grant for stock options) over the exercise price. Since the Company only granted employee stock options with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of grant, the Company did not record any compensation expense for stock option grants prior to January 1, 2006.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method:
 
  •  compensation expense for share-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 is recognized over the remaining service period based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123; and
 
  •  compensation expense for all share-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 is recognized over the service period based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).
 
The Company uses the modified Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of each option as of its grant date. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. The following table sets forth the significant assumptions used in the model during 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
   
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
June 30, 2009
                (Unaudited)
 
Future dividends
       
Forfeitures
  1.88% annually   7.5% annually   3.75% annually   3.75% annually
Risk-free interest rate
  3.9% to 5.2%   2.3% to 5.5%   2.8 to 4.0%   1.6% to 2.4%
Expected volatility
  60%   50%   50%   50%
Expected life
  6.25 years   6.25 years   6.25 years   6.25 years
 
Since the Company’s stock is not actively traded, the Company’s management estimated its expected volatility by reviewing the historical volatility of the common stock of public companies that operate in similar industries or are similar in terms of stage of development or size and then projecting this information toward its future expected results. Judgment was used in selecting these companies, as well as in evaluating the available historical and implied volatility for these companies.
 
All employees were aggregated into one pool for valuation purposes. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
 
The plan has not been in existence a sufficient period for the Company’s historical experience to be used when estimating expected life. Furthermore, data from other companies is not readily available. Therefore, the expected life of each stock option was calculated using a simplified method based on the average of each option’s vesting term and original contractual term. This methodology is set forth in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 and its use is permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110.
 
The estimated forfeiture rate is derived from the Company’s historical data and its estimates of the likely future actions of option holders.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table sets forth a summary of option activity under the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008 and the six months ended June 30, 2009:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
       
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
   
Shares
   
Price
   
Term
   
Intrinsic Value
 
                      (In thousands)  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2006
    1,694,879     $ 1.85                  
Granted
    779,000       4.96                  
Exercised — vested
    (264,184 )     1.41                  
Exercised — non-vested
    (819,017 )     2.40                  
Forfeited
    (188,250 )     2.08                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    1,202,428       3.55       8.8     $ 4,270  
Granted
    768,030       13.36                  
Exercised — vested
    (16,021 )     2.42                  
Exercised — non-vested
    (37,148 )     13.08                  
Forfeited
    (176,229 )     3.44                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    1,741,060       7.69       8.5     $ 13,397  
Granted
    443,000       41.25                  
Exercised — vested
    (3,750 )     4.74                  
Exercised — non-vested
    (8,550 )     15.51                  
Forfeited
    (90,250 )     8.69                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    2,081,510     $ 14.77       7.9     $ 30,734  
                                 
Outstanding and vested at December 31, 2008
    856,428     $ 5.08       5.1       4,348,120  
                                 
    (Unaudited)
     
Granted
    439,500       51.70                  
Exercised — vested
    (20,000 )     7.38                  
Exercised — non-vested
    (1,250 )     3.15                  
Forfeited
    (58,875 )     10.51                  
                                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2009
    2,440,885       21.59       7.8     $ 52,688  
                                 
Outstanding and vested at June 30, 2009
    1,054,930       8.52       6.8     $ 8,987  
                                 
 
Amounts received by the Company from the exercise of unvested stock options are classified as accrued expenses until vesting occurs. The share amounts in the chart above include vested and unvested exercises.
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, was $4.96, $13.36, $41.25, $36.46 and $51.70 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 was $2.4 million, $0.5 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million, respectively.
 
Total share-based compensation cost recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 was $0.8 million, $0.9 million, $3.6 million, $1.0 million, and $3.0 million, respectively, with related income tax benefits of


F-22


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
approximately $0.3 million, $0.4 million, $1.4 million, $0.4 million, and $1.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 there was $10.9 and $18.1 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to stock options granted under the Plan, respectively, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 3.1 years.
 
11.   401 (k) Retirement Plan
 
The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general, all employees are eligible to participate. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $16,500 in 2009, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. The Company currently matches employee contributions up to 50% of the first 3% of base compensation that a participant contributes to the plan. In 2006, 2007 and 2008, and for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, employees who were Directors, Vice President, or higher levels were excluded from the matching contribution feature of the plan. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, total Company contributions to the plan were $.01 million, $0.1 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.
 
12.   Operating Leases
 
The Company rents office space and equipment under a series of operating leases, primarily for its Chicago corporate office and India operations. Lease payments are amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of December 31, 2008, the Chicago corporate office consisted of approximately 28,000 square feet in a multi-story office building. The Company has an option to cancel the lease effective November 30, 2011 if the landlord is unable, prior to December 31, 2010, to provide approximately 22,000 square feet of additional office space on an adjacent floor. If the landlord provides this additional office space and the Company does not concurrently exercise the option to return approximately 6,500 square feet of office space on a non-adjacent floor, the lease for all 50,000 feet will be extended until ten years and 90 days after the date the Company takes possession of the additional 22,000 square feet of office space, and the minimum lease payments will increase by approximately $0.6 million per year.
 
The Company’s financial institution has issued a $0.2 million irrevocable letter of credit to the landlord on behalf of the Company. This letter of credit serves as a security deposit for payment of the Company’s obligations under the lease. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had set aside $0.2 million to guarantee its obligation to repay the financial institution in the event that the financial institution is required to perform under the letter of credit. This amount is included in cash in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
 
Total rent expense was $0.6 million, $0.6 million, $1.0 million, $0.6 million, and $0.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
At December 31, 2008, the aggregate minimum lease commitments under all noncancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2009
  $ 1,218  
2010
    824  
2011
    758  
2012
    329  
2013
    258  
Thereafter
    534  
         
Total
  $ 3,921  
         
 
13.   Income Taxes
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company’s tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
   
Current
   
Deferred
   
Total
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2007:
                       
U.S. federal
  $ 141     $  —     $ 141  
State and local
    312             312  
Foreign
    3             3  
                         
    $ 456     $     $ 456  
                         
Year ended December 31, 2008:
                       
U.S. federal
  $ 66     $     $ 66  
State and local
    2,177             2,177  
Foreign
    21             21  
                         
    $ 2,264     $     $ 2,264  
                         
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company incurred a net loss and recorded a full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax benefit. As a result, there was no tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Income tax expense was $0.5 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax income as a result of the following:
 
                 
   
2007
   
2008
 
 
Federal statutory tax rate
    34 %     34 %
Increase (reduction) in income tax rate resulting from:
               
Change in the valuation allowance
    (11 )     (15 )
India tax holiday
    (2 )     (5 )
Meals and entertainment and other permanent differences
    6       3  
Alternative minimum tax
    11       (4 )
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefits
    17       42  
Anti-dilution warrants issued to customers
          9  
Change in tax rate
    (18 )      
Other, net
          1  
                 
Actual tax rate
    37 %     65 %
                 


F-24


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 (in thousands):
 
                 
   
2007
   
2008
 
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Alternative minimum tax credit
               
carryover
  $ 34     $ 241  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    2,491       2,538  
Employee stock compensation
    234       1,407  
Stock warrants
    2,553       2,855  
Charitable contributions
          105  
Other
    28       57  
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
    5,340       7,203  
Less valuation allowance
    (4,733 )     (3,629 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
    607       3,574  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Deferred revenue
          (2,471 )
Fixed assets and intangibles
    (607 )     (1,103 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (607 )     (3,574 )
                 
Net deferred tax liability
  $     $  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had provided a valuation allowance for the full amount of its net deferred tax assets because its cumulative net tax loss during the three-year period ended December 31, 2008 resulted in management concluding that it was not more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset will be realized.
 
Income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009 amounted to an expense of $0.6 million and a tax benefit of $2.4 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2009 the Company reduced the valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets due to a change in the estimate of the future utilization by the management. The reduction resulted in a tax benefit of $3.5 million.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company has cumulative federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $7.1 million, which expire beginning in 2025. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $0.1 million, which are available to offset future taxable income in certain states. In addition, as of December 31, 2008, the Company had alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $0.2 million, which are available to reduce future federal regular tax, if any, over an indefinite period.
 
The Company has not recognized a deferred tax liability for the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiary that arose in 2007 and 2008 because the Company considers these earnings to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the six months ended June 30, 2009, the undistributed earnings of this subsidiary were $0.1 million, $0.5 million, and $0.6 million, respectively.
 
Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be used in future years.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company’s uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2008, totaled $0.2 million. The following table summarizes the activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits during 2008 (in thousands):
 
         
Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007
  $ 319  
Increases in positions taken in a current period
    84  
         
Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008
  $ 403  
         
 
As of December 31, 2008, approximately $0.3 million of the total gross unrecognized tax benefits represented the amount that, if recognized, would result in a reduction of the effective income tax rate in future periods.
 
During the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Company recognized an increase in its liability for uncertain tax positions of $0.1 million. The Company does not anticipate the total amount of unrecognized tax positions will significantly increase or decrease in the subsequent twelve months. The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. U.S. federal income tax returns for 2006 through 2008 are currently open for examination. State jurisdictions vary for open tax years. The statute of limitations for most states ranges from 3 to 6 years.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters as income tax expense. The Company recorded adjustments to interest and potential penalties related to these unrecognized tax benefits during 2008, and in total, as of December 31, 2008, the Company has recorded a liability for interest and potential penalties of $0.02 million.
 
14.   Legal Proceedings
 
From time to time, the Company has been and may again become involved in legal proceedings or regulatory investigations arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not presently a party to any material litigation and the Company’s management is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
 
15.   Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
 
Earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 128, Earnings Per Share (“SFAS 128”), and EITF Issue No. 03-06, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method Under SFAS No. 128 , and FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. EITF 03-06-01, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (“FSP EITF 03-06-01”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 states that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method.
 
Under the two-class method, earnings are allocated between common stock and participating securities. FSP EITF 03-6-1 provides guidance that the presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share is required only for each class of common stock and not for participating securities. The Company’s Series B and Series C common stock have equal participation rights and therefore the Company has presented earnings per common share for Series B and Series C common stock as one class.


F-26


Table of Contents

 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The two-class method includes an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock according to dividends declared and undistributed earnings for the period. The Company’s reported net earnings is reduced by the amount allocated to participating securities to arrive at the earnings allocated to common stock shareholders for purposes of calculating earnings per share.
 
The dilutive effect of participating securities is calculated using the more dilutive of the treasury stock or the two-class method. The Company has determined the two-class method to be the more dilutive. As such, the earnings allocated to common stock shareholders in the basic earnings per share calculation is adjusted for the reallocation of undistributed earnings to participating securities as prescribed by FSP 03-6-1 to arrive at the earnings allocated to common stock shareholders for calculating the diluted earnings per share.
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class method (in thousands of dollars, except for share and per share amounts):
 
                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Years Ended December 31,     June 30,  
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2008
   
2009
 
                      (unaudited)  
 
Net income (loss) as reported
  $ (7,319 )   $ 774     $ 1,243     $ (594 )   $ 5,214  
Less: Distributed earnings available to participating securities
                8,148              
Less: Undistributed earnings (loss) available to participating securities
    (1,450 )     451       (411 )     (20 )     2,862  
                                         
Numerator for basic earnings (loss) per share -
                                       
Undistributed and distributed earnings available to common shareholders
    (5,869 )     323       (6,494 )     (574 )     2,352  
Add: Undistributed earnings (loss) allocated to participating securities
    (1,450 )     23       (411 )     (20 )     47  
Less: Undistributed earnings (loss) reallocated to participating securities
    (552 )     20       (168 )     (8 )     43  
                                         
Numerator for diluted earnings per share -
                                       
Undistributed and distributed earnings available to common shareholders
  $ (6,767 )   $ 326     $ (6,737 )   $ (586 )   $ 2,356  
                                         
Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share -
                                       
Weighted-average common shares
    6,611,975       8,410,226       9,214,916       9,160,187       9,337,812  
Effect of dilutive securities
          1,885,785                   2,154,834  
Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share -
                                       
                                         
Weighted-average common shares adjusted for dilutive securities
    6,611,975       10,296,011       9,214,916       9,160,187       11,492,646  
                                         
Earnings (loss) per share:
                                       
Basic income (loss) per share
  $ (0.89 )   $ 0.04     $ (0.70 )   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.25  
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (1.02 )   $ 0.03     $ (0.73 )   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.21  
 
Because of their anti-dilutive effect, 12,506,716, 13,790,631, and 13,281,008 of common share equivalents comprised of convertible preferred shares, unvested common stock, warrants and unvested stock options, have been excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2008 and for the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
           Shares
 
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
Common Stock
 
 
(ACCRETIVE HEALTH LOGO)
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Credit Suisse
 
J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley
 
 


Table of Contents

Part II
 
Information Not Required in Prospectus
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by the Registrant. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.
 
         
   
Amount
 
 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 11,160  
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fee
    20,500  
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
    250,000  
Accountants’ fees and expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Financial advisory fee(1)
    *  
Blue Sky fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
         
Total Expenses
  $ *  
         
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
(1) Consists of a cash fee of $      and           shares of our common stock valued at $          , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.
 
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other


II-1


Table of Contents

adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of Accretive Health) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of Accretive Health, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of Accretive Health to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of Accretive Health, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee or, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of Accretive Health, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.
 
We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.
 
In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us with the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against certain liabilities.
 
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
Set forth below is information regarding our issuances of capital stock and our grants of warrants and options to purchase shares of capital stock within the past three years. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such shares, warrants and options and information relating to


II-2


Table of Contents

the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.
 
(a)  Issuances of Capital Stock
 
(1) In May 2006, we issued an aggregate of 99,757 shares of non-voting common stock, valued at $5.26 per share (based on the estimated fair value of the shares on that date) for an aggregate value of $524,722, to a total of 15 former stockholders of SureDecisions, Inc. in connection with our acquisition of SureDecisions in May 2006. In June 2007, we issued an aggregate of 39,899 additional shares of non-voting common stock, valued at $8.20 per share (based on the estimated fair value of the shares on that date) for an aggregate value of $327,172, as earn-out consideration to the former stockholders of SureDecisions.
 
(2) In May 2007, we issued 669,284 shares of voting common stock to Ascension Health at a price of $8.20 per share for a total purchase price of $5,488,128.
 
(3) In December 2008, we issued an aggregate of 3,309,952 shares of voting common stock in exchange for 3,309,952 shares of non-voting common stock held by a total of 10 of our directors, officers and their affiliates. These shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in our restricted stock plan, the restricted stock award agreements entered into between us and our stockholders in connection with the original issuance of the shares of non-voting common stock and our stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which these persons have certain registration rights.
 
No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The shares of common stock described in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2) and (a)(3) of Item 15 were issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 3(a)(9) or 4(2) of the Securities Act as sales by an issuer not involving any public offering.
 
(b)  Warrant Grants and Exercises
 
Between January 1, 2006 and September 21, 2009, we granted warrants to Ascension Health to purchase an aggregate of 569,215 shares of voting common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.01 per share to $51.05 per share. Between January 1, 2006 and September 21, 2009, Ascension Health purchased an aggregate of 321,690 shares of voting common stock upon warrant exercises for aggregate consideration of $3,217.
 
The warrants and shares of voting common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants described in this paragraph (b) of Item 15 were issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as sales by an issuer not involving any public offering.
 
(c)  Option Grants and Exercises
 
Between January 1, 2006 and September 21, 2009, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,460,030 shares of non-voting common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $3.15 to $58.65 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our stock option plan. Between January 1, 2006 and September 21, 2009, we issued an aggregate of 37,948 shares of non-voting common stock upon exercise of unvested options for aggregate consideration of $232,481 and 1,131,972 shares of non-voting common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $2,932,248.
 
The options and shares of non-voting common stock issuable upon the exercise of the options described in this paragraph (c) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. All recipients of options and shares pursuant to this exemption either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.


II-3


Table of Contents

In some cases, the options and shares of non-voting common stock issuable upon the exercise of the options described in this paragraph (c) of Item 15 were issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as sales by an issuer not involving any public offering.
 
All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of voting common stock and non-voting common stock described in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.
 
(d)  Issuance of Shares for Financial Advisory Services
 
Contemporaneously with the closing of this offering and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the Registrant will issue           shares of common stock to Financial Technology Partners, LLC and/or FTP Securities, LLC in partial payment of a fee due for financial advisory services provided in connection with this offering. The balance of such fee will be paid in cash, as listed in Item 13 above. The financial advisory services of Financial Technology Partners, LLC and FTP Securities, LLC included assistance in financial and valuation modeling and advice with respect to the initial public offering process and equity capital market alternatives, and neither Financial Technology Partners, LLC nor FTP Securities, LLC acted as an underwriter of this offering. The issuance of shares to Financial Technology Partners, LLC and/or FTP Securities, LLC to will be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. When issued, these securities will be deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act, and all certificates representing these securities will include appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.
 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Exhibits
 
The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated by reference herein.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Accretive Health, Inc.
 
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Accretive Health, Inc. (formerly Healthcare Services d/b/a Accretive Health) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, and have issued our report thereon dated May 20, 2009 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of Form S-1 of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
 
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
May 20, 2009


II-4


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Accretive Health, Inc.
December 31, 2008
(In thousands)
 
                                         
Col. A   Col. B     Col. C     Col. D     Col. E  
    Balance at
    Charged to
                   
    Beginning of
    Costs and
    Charged to Other
          Balance at
 
Description
  Period     Expenses     Accounts     Deductions     End of Period  
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
                                       
Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 432     $     $     $ 350     $ 82  
Year Ended December 31, 2007
  $ 72     $ 360     $     $     $ 432  
Year Ended December 31, 2006
  $     $ 72     $     $     $ 72  
Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance
                                       
Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 4,733     $     $     $ 1,104     $ 3,629  
Year Ended December 31, 2007
  $ 4,867     $     $     $ 134     $ 4,733  
Year Ended December 31, 2006
  $ 3,405     $ 1,462     $     $     $ 4,867  
 
Item 17.    Undertakings
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-5


Table of Contents

(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
(4) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.


II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 29th day of September, 2009.
 
ACCRETIVE HEALTH, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mary A. Tolan
Mary A. Tolan
Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mary A. Tolan, John T. Staton, Gregory N. Kazarian and David A. Westenberg, and each of them, his/her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any subsequent registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the Securities Act and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Mary A. Tolan

Mary A. Tolan
  Director, Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   September 29, 2009
         
/s/  John T. Staton

John T. Staton
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)   September 29, 2009
         
/s/  James M. Bolotin

James M. Bolotin
  Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   September 29, 2009
         
/s/  J. Michael Cline

J. Michael Cline
  Founder and Chairman of the Board   September 29, 2009
         
/s/  Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr.

Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr.
  Director   September 29, 2009
         
/s/  Steven N. Kaplan

Steven N. Kaplan
  Director   September 29, 2009


II-7


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Denis J. Nayden

Denis J. Nayden
  Director   September 29, 2009
         
/s/  George P. Shultz

George P. Shultz
  Director   September 29, 2009
         
/s/  Arthur H. Spiegel, III

Arthur H. Spiegel, III
  Director   September 25, 2009
         
/s/  Mark A. Wolfson

Mark A. Wolfson
  Director   September 29, 2009


II-8


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended
  3 .2*   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  3 .3   Bylaws of the Registrant
  3 .4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  4 .1*   Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock
  5 .1*   Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
  10 .1   Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan
  10 .2   Form of Acknowledgement of Grant, used to evidence option grants under the Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan
  10 .3*   Restricted Stock Plan, as amended
  10 .4   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Restricted Stock Plan, as amended
  10 .5   Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2009, among the Registrant and the parties named therein, as amended
  10 .6   Form of Share Exchange Agreement, entered into in February 2009, with each of Etienne H. Deffarges, Steven N. Kaplan, Gregory N. Kazarian, The Shultz 1989 Family Trust, Spiegel Family LLC and John T. Staton Declaration of Trust
  10 .7   Lease Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005, between the Registrant and Zeller Management Corporation, as amended by First Lease Amendment, dated as of January 30, 2007, and Second Lease Amendment, dated as of November 26, 2008
  10 .8+   Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2007, between the Registrant and Ascension Health
  10 .9   Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2004, between the Registrant and Ascension Health
  10 .10   Protection Warrant Agreement between the Registrant and Ascension Health
  10 .11   Supplemental Warrant Agreement between the Registrant and Ascension Health
  10 .12   Amended and Restated Supplemental Warrant Agreement, effective as of May 31, 2007, between the Registrant and Ascension Health
  10 .13   Second Amended and Restated Supplemental Warrant Agreement, effective as of September 30, 2007, between the Registrant and Ascension Health
  10 .14   Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2007, between the Registrant and Ascension Health
  10 .15   Term Sheet, dated February 17, 2004, between the Registrant and Michael Zimmerman
  10 .16   Warrant and License Agreement, dated as of January 2005, among the Registrant, Michael Zimmerman and Zimmerman and Associates
  10 .17*   Letter Agreement, dated January 9, 2009, among the Registrant, Financial Technology Partners, LLC and FTP Securities, LLC
  10 .18   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 2004, between the Registrant and Mary A. Tolan, as amended
  10 .19   Employment Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2005, between the Registrant and John T. Staton, as amended
  10 .20   Offer Letter, dated December 9, 2003, between the Registrant and Gregory N. Kazarian, as amended
  10 .21*   Form of Indemnification Agreement, to be entered into between the Registrant and each director and executive officer
  21 .1*   Subsidiaries of the Registrant


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23 .2*   Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
+ Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
It is hereby certified that:
     1. The present name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is Healthcare Services, Inc., which is the name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated. The date of filing of the original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is July 2, 2003. The certificate was amended on August 20, 2003 to include the initial designation of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, was amended and restated on November 10, 2003 to include a revised designation of the Series A Preferred, was amended on October 6, 2004 to increase the authorized capital of the Corporation, was amended and restated on December 2, 2004 to include a revised designation of the Series A Preferred, to increase the authorized capital of the Corporation and to designate two series of common stock of the Corporation, Series B common stock, which has voting rights, and Series C common stock, which has no voting rights, and was amended and restated on December 12, 2005 to increase the authorized capital of the Corporation and to include the initial designation of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.
     2. The certificate of incorporation of the Corporation as amended and restated on December 12, 2005, is hereby amended by increasing the authorized capital of the Corporation by 500,000 shares and increasing the authorized number of shares of Series C common stock.
     3. The provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, and as herein amended, are hereby restated and integrated into the single instrument which is hereinafter set forth, and which is entitled “Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Healthcare Services, Inc.” without any further amendment other than the amendments herein certified and without any discrepancy between the provisions of the certificate of incorporation as heretofore amended and/or supplemented and the provisions of the said single instrument hereinafter set forth.
     4. The amendments and the restatement of the certificate of incorporation herein certified have been duly adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     5. The certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated herein, shall at the effective time of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, read as follows:

 


 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
ARTICLE I:
NAME
The name of the corporation is Healthcare Services, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
ARTICLE II:
PURPOSE
The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “Law”).
ARTICLE III:
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is located at 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is NATIONAL CORPORATE RESEARCH, LTD.
ARTICLE IV:
CAPITALIZATION
     1.  Authorized Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” respectively. The aggregate number of shares that the Corporation has authority to issue is 26,850,000 shares, divided into 25,500,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,350,000 shares of Preferred Stock, each with a par value of $.01 per share. The Common Stock shall be further divided into two series; Series B shall be voting stock and shall be comprised of 17,500,000 shares (the “Series B Common Stock”) and Series C shall be non-voting and comprised of 8,000,000 shares (the “Series C Common Stock”).
     2. Designation of Relative Rights, Preferences and Qualifications of Preferred Stock . The Corporation is authorized to divide the Preferred Stock into, and to issue, such additional series (and sub-series) of Preferred Stock, (i) with such designations, powers, preferences and rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as the Board of’ Directors of the

 


 

Corporation (the “Board,” or the “Board of Directors”) shall fix by resolution or resolutions, as permitted by Section 151 of the Law, for any such series (and sub-series, if applicable) of Preferred Stock, and (ii) in such number of shares in each series (and sub-series, if applicable) as the Board of Directors shall, by resolution, fix, provided that the aggregate number of all shares of Preferred Stock issued does not exceed the number of shares of Preferred Stock then authorized hereby. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to such series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
          (a) The number of shares constituting that series and distinctive designation of that series;
          (b) The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and whether they shall be payable in preference to, or in another relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of stock;
          (c) Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
          (d) Whether that series shall have conversion or exchange privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;
          (e) Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption if less than all shares are to be redeemed, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;
          (f) Whether that series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amounts of such sinking fund;
          (g) The right of the shares of that series to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional stock (including additional shares of such series or of any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase or redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation or any subsidiary of any outstanding stock of the Corporation;
          (h) The rights of the shares of that series in the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and whether such rights shall be in preference to, or in another relation to, the comparable rights of any other class or classes or series of stock; and
          (i) Any other relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that series.

2


 

          (j) A Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) was initially filed with the Secretary of State on August 20, 2003. A substitute Certificate of Designation was filed on November 11, 2003, and a further substitute Certificate of Designation was filed on December 2, 2004, which substitute Certificate of Designation was amended on December 1, 2005, which fixed the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the Series A Preferred Stock. The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock are attached hereto as Exhibit A .
          (k) A Certificate of Designation of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the “Series D Preferred Stock”) was initially filed with the Secretary of State on December 1, 2005, which fixed the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the Series D Preferred Stock. The terms of the Series D Preferred Stock are attached hereto as Exhibit B .
     3.  Status of Redeemed Shares of Preferred Stock . Shares of any series of Preferred Stock which have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) or which, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares of stock of any other class or classes shall be cancelled, shall return to the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock of no designated series, and may not be reissued as a part of any then-existing series of Preferred Stock, but may be reclassified and reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, all subject to the conditions and the restrictions on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock.
     4.  Common Stock Voting Rights . Subject to the provisions of any applicable law, or except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Common Stock shall possess voting power for all purposes, each holder of record of shares of Series B Common Stock being entitled to one vote for each share of Series B Common Stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation. The holders of outstanding shares of Series C Common Stock shall not have any voting rights and no holder of record of shares of Series C Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on any matter for any purpose.
     5.  Common Stock Dividends . Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock, after payment shall have been made to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amount of dividends to which they shall be entitled pursuant to the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any Series of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled, to the exclusion of the holders of preferred stock of any and all series, to receive such dividends as from time to time may be declared by the Board of Directors.
     6. Rights of Common Stock Upon Liquidation, Etc. Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment shall have been made to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amount to which they shall be entitled pursuant to the resolution or resolutions providing for the

3


 

issue of any series of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled, to the exclusion of the holders of Preferred Stock of any and all series, to share, ratably according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, in all remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.
     7.  Changes in Authorized Stock . The number of authorized shares of any class may be increased or decreased by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote.
ARTICLE V:
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
     1. No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be personally liable to the Corporation, to the extent provided by applicable law: (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article V shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provision shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
     2. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in paragraph 3 of this Article V, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to

4


 

indemnification conferred in this paragraph shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Law so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this paragraph or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.
     3. If a claim under paragraph 2 of this Article V is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Law, or an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
     4. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
     5. The Corporation shall maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture. trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Law.

5


 

ARTICLE VI:
BOARD POWER TO AMEND BYLAWS
     The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that any Bylaws adopted or amended by the Board may be amended or repealed, and any Bylaws may be adopted, by the stockholders of the Corporation by vote of a majority of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being an authorized officer of the Corporation, has executed and acknowledged this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 29 th day of August, 2008.
         
  HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gregory Kazarian    
    Name:   Gregory Kazarian   
    Title:   Secretary   
 

6


 

Exhibit A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
OF
 
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
 
      (Pursuant to Section 151 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“GCL”)
      HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:
      FIRST: The Corporation was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 2, 2003.
      SECOND: Pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation under the provisions of Section 151 of the GCL, the following resolutions were duly adopted by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors dated as of December 1, 2005, which resolutions are still in full force and effect and are not in conflict with any provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, or By-laws of the Corporation:
      RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation by Section 151 of the GCL and in accordance with the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation, a class of preferred stock of the Corporation to be known as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has previously been created and provided for and the Board of Directors hereby amends and restates the terms, designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations of such class in the particulars required by but not specifically set forth in said Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereto, as follows:
     1.  Designation of Series of Preferred Stock. Of the 1,350,000 shares of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock, 32,317 shares shall be designated and known as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,” par value $.01 per share (the “Series A Stock”)
     2.  Ranking. Each share of Series A Stock shall rank, as to dividends and upon Liquidation (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof), equally with each other, pari passu with the Corporation’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series D Stock”) and senior and prior to

 


 

the Corporation’s Common Stock and to all other classes or series of stock issued by the Corporation, except as otherwise approved by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the Series A Stock then outstanding (determined as set forth in the second sentence of Section 6(a) hereof).
     3.  Dividend Provisions.
          (a) The holders of shares of Series A Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends on the shares of Series A Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any dividend is declared or paid on any shares of Series A Stock, the Board of Directors shall also declare and pay a dividend on the same terms, at the same rate and in like kind upon each other share of the Series A Stock then outstanding, so that all outstanding shares of Series A Stock will participate equally with each other ratably per share (calculated as provided in Section 3(h) hereof). Whenever any dividend, whether in cash or property or in securities of the Corporation (or subscription or other rights to purchase or acquire securities of the Corporation), may be declared or paid on: (i) any shares of the Common Stock, the Board of Directors shall also declare and pay a dividend on the same terms, at the same rate and in like kind upon each share of the Series A Stock then outstanding so that all outstanding shares of Series A Stock will participate in such dividend ratably with such shares of Common Stock (calculated as provided in Section 3(b) hereof); or (ii) any shares of Preferred Stock (other than the Series A Stock), the Board of Directors shall also declare and pay a dividend on the same terms, at the same or equivalent rate (based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock is then convertible, if applicable, or, otherwise, the relative liquidation preference per share, as compared with the Series A Stock then outstanding) and in like kind upon each share of the Series A Stock then outstanding so that all outstanding shares of Series A Stock will participate in such dividend ratably with such shares of Common Stock (calculated as provided in Section 3(b) hereof).
          (b) In connection with any dividend declared or paid hereunder, each share of Series A Stock shall be deemed to be that number of shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock into which it is then convertible, rounded up to the nearest one-tenth of a share. No fractional shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock shall be issued as a dividend hereunder. The Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment for any such fractional interest in an amount equal to the fair market value thereof on the last Business Day (as defined in Section 8 hereof) immediately preceding the date for payment of dividends as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.
     4.  Liquidation Rights; Initial Public Offering; Change of Control.
          (a) Liquidation Rights.
          (i) With respect to rights in the event of a Liquidation (as defined in Section 4(a)(ii) hereof), the Series A Stock shall rank equally with each other, pari passu with the Series D Stock and senior and prior to the Corporation’s Common Stock and to all other classes or series of stock issued by the Corporation, except such classes or series of stock that expressly rank pari passu with or senior to the Series A Stock and such ranking is approved by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of shares representing a

A-2


 

majority of the voting power of the Series A Stock then outstanding (determined as set forth in the second sentence of Section 6(a) hereof).
     (ii) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation (collectively, a “Liquidation”), the holders of shares of Series A Stock then outstanding (the “Series A Stockholders”) shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to its stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on Liquidation junior to such Series A Stock an amount per share equal to the Original Purchase Price (as defined in Section 8 hereof), plus, in each case, an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof (collectively, the “Termination Amount”).
     (iii) If, upon any Liquidation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the Series A Stockholders the full amount as to which each of them shall be entitled, then the Series A Stockholders shall share ratably in any distribution of assets according to the respective amounts which would be payable to them in respect of the shares held upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. For purposes of calculating the amount of any payment to be paid upon any such Liquidation, each share of Series A Stock shall be deemed to be that number of shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock into which it is then convertible, rounded to the nearest one-tenth of a share.
     (iv) In the event of any Liquidation, after payments shall have been made first to the Series A Stockholders of the full amount to which they shall be entitled as aforesaid, the Series A Stockholders as a class, shall be entitled to share ratably (calculated with respect to such Series A Stock as provided in the next sentence) with the holders of Common Stock in all remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders. For purposes of calculating the amount of any payment to be paid upon any such Liquidation, each share of such Series A Stock shall be deemed to be that number of shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock into which it is then convertible, rounded to the nearest one-tenth of a share.
     (b) Initial Public Offering.
     (i) Upon the closing of an initial public offering of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, which offering raises net proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $25 million (a “Qualifying Public Offering”), the Corporation shall pay to each Series A Stockholder who holds shares on the Business Day immediately preceding the closing of such Qualifying Public Offering (the “Special Termination Determination Date”), a preference equal to the Termination Amount (each such payment, a “Special Termination Amount”) calculated as of the Special Termination Determination Date; provided , however , that, at each Series A Stockholder’s option, the Special Termination Amount shall be paid to such Series A Stockholder in shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock

A-3


 

valued at the per common share price offered in the Qualifying Public Offering (the “Equity Alternative”).
     (ii) The Corporation shall pay the Special Termination Amount in cash with respect to             shares of Series A Preferred Stock to each holder that has not elected to receive the Equity Alternative on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the closing of the Qualifying Public Offering (the “Special Termination Amount Payment Date”); the shares representing the Equity Alternative shall be issued upon the closing of the Qualifying Public Offering. If the Corporation does not have sufficient capital and surplus legally available to pay the Special Termination Amount for all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock on any Special Termination Amount Payment Date, the Corporation shall take all commercially reasonable measures permitted under the GCL to increase the amount of its capital and surplus legally available, and the Corporation shall pay the Special Termination Amount with respect to as many shares of Series A Preferred Stock as it has capital and surplus legally available therefore, ratably from the holders thereof in proportion to the total number of             shares held by such holders, and shall thereafter from time to time, as soon as it shall have capital and surplus legally available therefore, pay the Special Termination Amount with respect to as many shares of Series A Preferred Stock as it has capital and surplus available therefore until it has paid the Special Termination Amount with respect to all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
     (c) Change of Control.
     (i) In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), the Corporation shall pay to each Series A Stockholder who holds shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Change of Control (the “Change of Control Determination Date”), a preference equal to the Termination Amount (each such payment, a “Change of Control Termination Amount”) calculated as of the Change of Control Determination Date.
     (ii) The Corporation shall pay the Change of Control Termination Amount in cash with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the closing of the Change of Control (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). If the Corporation does not have sufficient capital and surplus legally available to pay the Change of Control Termination Amount for all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock on any Change of Control Payment Date, the Corporation shall take all commercially reasonable measures permitted under the GCL to increase the amount of its capital and surplus legally available, and the Corporation shall pay the Change of Control Termination Amount with respect to as many shares of Series A Preferred Stock as it has capital and surplus legally available therefore, ratably from the holders thereof in proportion to the total number of shares held by such holders, and shall thereafter from time to time, as soon as it shall have capital and surplus legally available therefore, pay the Change of Control Termination Amount with respect to as many shares of Series A Preferred Stock as it has capital and surplus available therefore until it has paid the Change of Control Termination Amount with respect to all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

A-4


 

     (iii) For purposes hereof, a “Change of Control” shall mean the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, or the merger or consolidation of any corporation into or with the corporation (in which consolidation or merger the stockholders of the Corporation receive distributions of cash or securities as a result of such consolidation or merger in complete exchange for their shares of capital stock of the Corporation), or the sale or transfer of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, unless, upon consummation of such merger, consolidation or sale of capital stock, the holders of voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction continue to own directly or indirectly not less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation.
     5.  Redemption. Neither the Series A Stockholders nor the Corporation shall have the right to cause or require the Corporation to redeem any of the Series A Stock at any time.
     6.  Voting.
     (a) In addition to any other rights provided for herein or by law, the Series A Stockholders shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Series B Common Stock as one class, on all matters as to which the holders of Series B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote, in the same manner and with the same effect as such holders of Series B Common Stock. In any such vote, each share of Series A Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to the number of votes per share that equals the number of shares of Series B Common Stock (including fractional shares) into which each such share of Series A Stock is then convertible, rounded up to the nearest one-tenth of a share.
     (b) The Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly, through a subsidiary or otherwise, without the affirmative approval of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the Series A Stock then outstanding (determined as set forth in the second sentence of Section 6(a) hereof), acting separately from the holders of Series B Common Stock or any other securities of the Corporation, given by written consent in lieu of a meeting or by vote at a meeting called for such purpose, for which meeting or approval by written consent timely and specific notice (a “Notice”) shall have been given to each holder of such Preferred Stock, in the manner provided in the By-laws of the Corporation: (i) in any manner alter or change the designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series A Stock or (ii) take any action to cause any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or the By-laws of the Corporation, which amendment, alteration or repeal adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights pertaining to the Series A Stock, provided , however , that if any such action as set forth in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) would adversely affect the designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of some, but not all, of the shares of the Series A Stock, then such action will also require the affirmative approval of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the Series A Stock as would be so adversely affected.
     7.  Conversion.

A-5


 

     (a) (i) Any Series A Stockholder shall have the right, at any time or from time to time, to convert any or all of its Series A Stock into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series B Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest one-tenth of a share, for each share of Series A Stock so converted equal to the quotient of the Original Purchase Price for such share and the Conversion Price for such share (as defined in Section 7(d) hereof), as last adjusted and then in effect; provided , however , that cash shall be paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Series B Common Stock, as provided in Section 7(c)(ii) hereof.
     (i) Any Series A Stockholder who exercises the right to convert shares of Series A Stock into shares of Series B Common Stock, pursuant to this Section 7, shall be entitled to payment of all declared but unpaid dividends payable with respect to such Series A Stock pursuant to Section 3(a) herein, up to and including the Conversion Date (as defined in Section 7(b)(ii) hereof).
     (b) (i) Any Series A Stockholder may exercise the right to convert such shares into Series B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 7 by delivering to the Corporation during regular business hours, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation or at such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, the certificate or certificates for the shares to be converted (the “Series A Preferred Certificate”), duly endorsed or assigned in blank to the Corporation (if required by it).
     (i) Each Series A Preferred Certificate shall be accompanied by, written notice stating that such holder elects to convert such shares and stating the name or names (with address) in which the certificate or certificates for the shares of Series B Common Stock are to be issued. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the date when such delivery is made and such date is referred to herein as the “Conversion Date.”
     (ii) As promptly as practicable thereafter, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder, at the place designated by such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Series B Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and a check or cash in respect of any fractional interest in any shares of Series B Common Stock, as provided in Section 7(c)(ii) hereof, payable with respect to the shares so converted up to and including the Conversion Date.
     (iii) The person in whose name the certificate or certificates for Series B Common Stock are to be issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of Series B Common Stock on the applicable Conversion Date, unless the transfer books of the Corporation are closed on such Conversion Date, in which event the holder shall be deemed to have become the stockholder of record on the next succeeding date on which the transfer books are open, provided that the Conversion Price shall be that Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date.
     (iv) Upon conversion of only a portion of the number of shares covered by a Series A Preferred Certificate, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of the holder of such Series A Preferred Certificate, at the expense of the

A-6


 

Corporation, a new certificate covering the number of shares of the Series A Stock representing the unconverted portion of the Series A Preferred Certificate, which new certificate shall entitle the holder thereof to all the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of such shares.
     (c) (i) If a Series A Stockholder shall surrender more than one share of Series A Stock for conversion at any one time, then the number of full shares of Series B Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Series A Stock so surrendered.
     (i) No fractional shares of Series B Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series A Stock. The Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment for any such fractional interest in an amount equal to the Current Market Price thereof on the Conversion Date, as determined in accordance with Section 7(d)(vii) hereof.
          (d) For all purposes of this Section 7, the “Conversion Price” with respect to the Series A Stock shall be equal to the Original Purchase Price (as defined in Section 8 hereof) divided by 306.50685 with respect to each such share of Series A Stock, subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
     (i) Subject to Section 7(d)(ii) below, if the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issuance Date, issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (which term, for purposes of this Section 7(d)(i), including all subsections thereof, shall be deemed to include all other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Common Stock (including, but not limited to, Series A Stock) or options to purchase, or other rights to subscribe for, such convertible or exchangeable securities, in each case other than Excluded Stock (as defined in Section 7(d)(ii) below) (any such securities, “New Securities”)), for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Common Stock or other securities (a “Dilutive Issuance”), the Conversion Price for Series A Stock in effect immediately prior to each such Dilutive Issuance shall automatically be lowered to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the additional stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price as in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of additional stock so issued. For the purposes of any adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 7(d)(i), the following provisions shall be applicable.
               (A) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock in whole or in part for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor after deducting therefrom any discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof, plus the value of any property other than cash received by the Corporation, determined as provided in Section 7(d)(i)(B) hereof, plus the value of any other consideration received by the Corporation determined as set forth in Section 7(d)(i)(C) hereof.

A-7


 

               (B) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part in property other than cash, the value of such property other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, irrespective of any accounting treatment; provided , however , that such fair market value of such property as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the aggregate Current Market Price (as defined in Section 7(d)(vii) hereof) of the shares of Common Stock or such other securities being issued, less any cash consideration paid for such shares, determined as provided in Section 7(d)(i)(A) hereof and less any other consideration received by the Corporation for such shares, determined as set forth in Section 7(d)(i)(C) hereof.
               (C) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for consideration in whole or in part other than cash or property, the value of such other consideration shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such consideration as determined in good faith be the Board of Directors, irrespective of any accounting treatment; provided , however , that such fair market value of such property as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the aggregate Current Market Price (as defined in Section 7(d)(vii) hereof) of the shares of Common Stock or such other securities being issued, less any cash consideration paid for such shares, determined as provided in Section 7(d)(i)(A) hereof and less any property other than cash received by the Corporation for such shares, determined as set forth in Section 7(d)(i)(B) hereof.
               (D) In the case of the issuance of options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for Common Stock or the issuance of securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or options to purchase or other rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable or exercisable securities:
                    (1) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Sections 7(d)(i)(A), (B) and (C) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum purchase price provided in such options or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Sections 7(d)(i)(A), (B) and (C) hereof);
                    (2) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Sections 7(d)(i)(A), (B) and (C) hereof);

A-8


 

                    (3) if there is any change in the exercise price of, or number of shares deliverable upon exercise of, any such options or rights or upon the conversion or exchange of any such convertible or exchangeable securities (other than a change resulting from the anti-dilution provisions thereof), then the Conversion Price shall automatically be readjusted in proportion to such change; and
                    (4) upon the expiration of any such options or rights or the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price shall be automatically readjusted to the Conversion Price that would have obtained had such options, rights or convertible or exchangeable securities not been issued.
          (ii) “Excluded Stock” shall mean:
               (A) Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any shares of Series A Stock or other securities outstanding as of the date hereof.
               (B) Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors or employees of or consultants or independent contractors to the Corporation, pursuant to any written agreement, plan or arrangement, to purchase, or rights to subscribe for, such Common Stock, or other equity incentive plan or other agreements that have been approved in form and in substance by the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the Series A Stock then outstanding, calculated in accordance with Section 6(a) (including, in such calculation, any outstanding restricted shares held by such holders), and which, as a condition precedent to the issuance of such shares, provides for the vesting of such shares and subjects such shares to restrictions on transfers, rights of first offer in favor of the Corporation and restricted stock grants to directors, employees or consultants as approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
               (C) Common Stock issued as a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, or capital stock of any class issuable upon any subdivision, recombination, split-up or reverse stock split of all the outstanding shares of such class of capital stock.
               (D) Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, lenders or landlords, provided that each such issuance is approved by the Board of Directors.
               (E) Common Stock issued or issuable to third parties in connection with strategic partnerships or alliances, joint ventures or other licensing transactions, provided that each such transaction and related issuance is approved by the Board of Directors.
               (F) Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity (or its assets) by the Corporation so long as approved by the Board of Directors.
               (G) Common Stock, the issuance of which is approved by a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Stock, with such approval expressly waiving the application of the anti-dilution provisions of this Section 7 as a result of such issuance.

A-9


 

     (iii) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Original Issuance Date (as hereinafter defined) is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date fixed for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such stock dividend, subdivision or split-up, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased in the form of a Proportional Adjustment (as defined in Section 8) so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Series A Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares.
     (iv) If, at any time after the Original Issuance Date, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date for such combination, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased in the form of a Proportional Adjustment so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Series A Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.
     (v) In the event, at any time after the Original Issuance Date, of any capital reorganization, or any reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation (other than a change in par value or from par value to no par value or from no par value to par value or as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), or the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another person (other than consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any change in the powers, designations, preferences and rights, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, if any, of the capital stock of the Corporation) or of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Corporation as an entirety to any other person (any such transaction, an “Extraordinary Transaction”), then the Corporation shall provide appropriate adjustment in the form of a Proportional Adjustment to the Conversion Price with respect to each share of Series A Stock outstanding after the effectiveness of such Extraordinary Transaction such that each share of Series A Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Extraordinary Transaction shall be convertible into the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation, or of the corporation resulting from or surviving such Extraordinary Transaction, that a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable (immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Extraordinary Transaction) upon conversion of such share of Series A Stock would have been entitled to receive upon such Extraordinary Transaction. The provisions of this Section 7(d)(v) shall similarly apply to successive Extraordinary Transactions.
     (vi) All calculations under this Section 7(d) shall be made to the nearest one-tenth of a cent ($.001) or to the nearest one-tenth of a share, as the case may be.
     (vii) For the purpose of any computation pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof or this Section 7(d), the Current Market Price at any date of one share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices for the 30 consecutive business days ending on the fifth (5th) business day before the day in question (as adjusted for any

A-10


 

     stock dividend, split-up, combination or reclassification that took effect during such 30-business-day period) as follows:
               (A) If the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading on a national securities exchange, then the closing price for each day shall be the last reported sales price regular way or, in case no such reported sales took place on such day, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading.
               (B) If the Common Stock is not at the time listed or admitted for trading on any such exchange, then such price as shall be equal to the last reported sale price, or if there is no such sale price, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“Nasdaq”) on such day.
               (C) If the Common Stock is not at the time quoted on Nasdaq, then such price shall be equal to the last reported bid and asked prices on such day as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc., or any similar reputable quotation and reporting service, if such quotation is not reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.
               (D) If the Common Stock is not traded in such manner that the quotations referred to in this Section 7(d)(vii) are available for the period required hereunder, then the Current Market Price shall be the fair market value of such share, as determined in good faith by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
     (viii) In any case in which the provisions of this Section 7(d) shall require that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event (A) issuing to the holder of any shares of Series A Stock converted after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of capital stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the shares of capital stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment, and (B) paying to such holder any cash amounts in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to Section 7(c)(ii) hereof; provided , however , that the Corporation shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares, and such cash, upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
     (ix) If a state of facts shall occur that, without being specifically controlled by the provisions of this Section 7, would not fairly protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Series A Stock in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such conversion rights.
     (e) If the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issuance Date, issue or sell any New Securities with terms (economic or otherwise) more favorable than the terms of the Series A Stock, then, at the option of the Series A Stockholders

A-11


 

(such option to be exercised by written notice to the Corporation signed by Series A Stockholders holding a majority of the Series A Stock), the terms of the Series A Stock will be modified to include such other terms of the New Securities as are specified in the written notice required under this Section 7(e).
          (f) Whenever the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 7(d) hereof, the Corporation shall forthwith file and keep on record at the office of the Secretary of the Corporation and at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A Stock or at such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, a statement, signed by its President or Chief Executive Officer and by its Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer, showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Conversion Price that shall be in effect after such adjustment. The Corporation shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by first-class, certified mail. return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to each Series A Stockholder at such holder’s address appearing on the Corporation’s records. Where appropriate, such copy shall be given in advance of any such adjustment and shall be included as part of a notice required to be mailed under the provisions of Section 7(g) hereof.
          (g) In the event the Corporation shall propose to take any action of the types described in Section 7(d)(i), (iii), (iv) or (v) hereof, the Corporation shall give notice to each Series A Stockholder in the manner set forth in Section 7(f) hereof, which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Conversion Price with respect to the Series A Stock, and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable or purchasable upon each conversion of Series A Stock. In the case of any action that would require the fixing of record date, such notice shall be given at least 20 days prior to the record date so fixed, and in the case of any other action, such notice shall be given at least 30 days prior to the taking of such proposed action.
          (h) The Corporation shall pay all documentary, stamp or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance or delivery of shares of capital stock of the Corporation upon conversion of any shares of Series A Stock; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificate for such shares in a name other than that of the Series A Stockholder in respect of which such shares of Series A Stock are being issued.
          (i) The Corporation shall reserve out of its authorized but unissued shares of Series B Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A Stock sufficient shares of Series B Common Stock to provide for the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Stock.
          (j) All shares of Series B Common Stock which may be issued in connection with the conversion provisions set forth herein will, upon issuance by the Corporation, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, not subject to any preemptive or similar rights and free from all taxes, liens or charges with respect thereto created or imposed by the Corporation.

A-12


 

          (k) Upon the consummation of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation registered under the Securities Act of 1933, pursuant to which the net proceeds to the Corporation are at least $25 million, each share of Series A Stock then outstanding shall, by virtue of and immediately prior to the closing of such firm commitment public offering and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be deemed automatically converted into that number of shares of Series B Common Stock into which the Series A Stock would then be convertible.
     8.  Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the corresponding meanings:
     “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the state where the principal executive office of the Corporation is located.
     “Original Issuance Date” with respect to any share of Series A Stock shall mean the date of first issuance by the Corporation of a share of Series A Stock.
     “Original Purchase Price” shall mean, with respect to the Series A Stock, $342.46575 per share, subject, for all purposes other than Section 7 hereof (which provisions shall be applied in accordance with their own terms), to Proportional Adjustment.
     “Proportional Adjustment” shall mean an adjustment made to the price of the Series A Stock upon the occurrence of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, reclassification or other similar change with respect to such security, such that the price of one share of the Series A Stock before the occurrence of any such change shall equal the aggregate price of the share (or shares or fractional share) of such security (or any other security) received by the holder of the Series A Stock with respect thereto upon the effectiveness of such change.

A-13


 

Exhibit B
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
SERIES D CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
OF
 
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
 
(Pursuant to Section 151 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“GCL”)
      HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:
      FIRST: The Corporation was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 2, 2003.
      SECOND: Pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation under the provisions of Section 151 of the GCL, the following resolutions were duly adopted by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors dated as of December 1, 2005, which resolutions are still in full force and effect and are not in conflict with any provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, or By-laws of the Corporation:
      RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation by Section 151 of the GCL and in accordance with the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation, a class of preferred stock of the Corporation to be known as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock is hereby created and provided for and the Board of Directors hereby fixes the terms, designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations of such class in the particulars required by but not specifically set forth in said Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereto, as follows:
     1.  Designation of Series of Preferred Stock. Of the 1,350,000 shares of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock, 1,267,224 shares shall be designated and known as “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock,” par value $.01 per share (the “Series D Stock”)
     2.  Ranking. Each share of Series D Stock shall rank, as to dividends and upon Liquidation (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof), equally with each other, pari passu with the Corporation’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Stock”) and senior and prior to

 


 

the Corporation’s Common Stock and to all other classes or series of stock issued by the Corporation, except as otherwise approved by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the Series D Stock then outstanding (determined as set forth in the second sentence of Section 6(a) hereof).
     3.  Dividend Provisions.
          (a) The holders of shares of Series D Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends on the shares of Series D Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any dividend is declared or paid on any shares of Series D Stock, the Board of Directors shall also declare and pay a dividend on the same terms, at the same rate and in like kind upon each other share of the Series D Stock then outstanding, so that all outstanding shares of Series D Stock will participate equally with each other ratably per share (calculated as provided in Section 3(h) hereof). Whenever any dividend, whether in cash or property or in securities of the Corporation (or subscription or other rights to purchase or acquire securities of the Corporation), may be declared or paid on: (i) any shares of the Common Stock, the Board of Directors shall also declare and pay a dividend on the same terms, at the same rate and in like kind upon each share of the Series D Stock then outstanding so that all outstanding shares of Series D Stock will participate in such dividend ratably with such shares of Common Stock (calculated as provided in Section 3(b) hereof); or (ii) any shares of Preferred Stock (other than the Series D Stock), the Board of Directors shall also declare and pay a dividend on the same terms, at the same or equivalent rate (based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock is then convertible, if applicable, or, otherwise, the relative liquidation preference per share, as compared with the Series D Stock then outstanding) and in like kind upon each share of the Series D Stock then outstanding so that all outstanding shares of Series D Stock will participate in such dividend ratably with such shares of Common Stock (calculated as provided in Section 3(b) hereof).
          (b) In connection with any dividend declared or paid hereunder, each share of Series D Stock shall be deemed to be that number of shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock into which it is then convertible, rounded up to the nearest one-tenth of a share. No fractional shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock shall be issued as a dividend hereunder. The Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment for any such fractional interest in an amount equal to the fair market value thereof on the last Business Day (as defined in Section 8 hereof) immediately preceding the date for payment of dividends as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.
     4.  Liquidation Rights; Initial Public Offering; Change of Control.
          (a) Liquidation Rights.
          (i) With respect to rights in the event of a Liquidation (as defined in Section 4(a)(ii) hereof), the Series D Stock shall rank equally with each other, pari passu with the Series A Stock and senior and prior to the Corporation’s Common Stock and to all other classes or series of stock issued by the Corporation, except such classes or series of stock that expressly rank pari passu with or senior to the Series D Stock and such ranking is approved by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of shares representing a

B-2


 

majority of the voting power of the Series D Stock then outstanding (determined as set forth in the second sentence of Section 6(a) hereof).
     (ii) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation (collectively, a “Liquidation”), the holders of shares of Series D Stock then outstanding (the “Series D Stockholders”) shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to its stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on Liquidation junior to such Series D Stock an amount per share equal to the Original Purchase Price (as defined in Section 8 hereof), plus, in each case, an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof (collectively, the “Termination Amount”).
     (iii) If, upon any Liquidation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the Series D Stockholders the full amount as to which each of them shall be entitled, then the Series D Stockholders shall share ratably in any distribution of assets according to the respective amounts which would be payable to them in respect of the shares held upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. For purposes of calculating the amount of any payment to be paid upon any such Liquidation, each share of Series D Stock shall be deemed to be that number of shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock into which it is then convertible, rounded to the nearest one-tenth of a share.
     (iv) In the event of any Liquidation, after payments shall have been made first to the Series D Stockholders of the full amount to which they shall be entitled as aforesaid, the Series D Stockholders as a class, shall be entitled to share ratably (calculated with respect to such Series D Stock as provided in the next sentence) with the holders of Common Stock in all remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders. For purposes of calculating the amount of any payment to be paid upon any such Liquidation, each share of such Series D Stock shall be deemed to be that number of shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock into which it is then convertible, rounded to the nearest one-tenth of a share.
     (b) Initial Public Offering.
     (i) Upon the closing of an initial public offering of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, which offering raises net proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $25 million (a “Qualifying Public Offering”), the Corporation shall pay to each Series D Stockholder who holds shares on the Business Day immediately preceding the closing of such Qualifying Public Offering (the “Special Termination Determination Date”), a preference equal to the Termination Amount (each such payment, a “Special Termination Amount”) calculated as of the Special Termination Determination Date; provided , however , that, at each Series D Stockholder’s option, the Special Termination Amount shall be paid to such Series D Stockholder in shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock

B-3


 

     valued at the per common share price offered in the Qualifying Public Offering (the “Equity Alternative”).
     (ii) The Corporation shall pay the Special Termination Amount in cash with respect to shares of Series D Preferred Stock to each holder that has not elected to receive the Equity Alternative on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the closing of the Qualifying Public Offering (the “Special Termination Amount Payment Date”); the shares representing the Equity Alternative shall be issued upon the closing of the Qualifying Public Offering. If the Corporation does not have sufficient capital and surplus legally available to pay the Special Termination Amount for all of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock on any Special Termination Amount Payment Date, the Corporation shall take all commercially reasonable measures permitted under the GCL to increase the amount of its capital and surplus legally available, and the Corporation shall pay the Special Termination Amount with respect to as many shares of Series D Preferred Stock as it has capital and surplus legally available therefore, ratably from the holders thereof in proportion to the total number of shares held by such holders, and shall thereafter from time to time, as soon as it shall have capital and surplus legally available therefore, pay the Special Termination Amount with respect to as many shares of Series D Preferred Stock as it has capital and surplus available therefore until it has paid the Special Termination Amount with respect to all of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
     (c) Change of Control.
     (i) In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), the Corporation shall pay to each Series D Stockholder who holds shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Change of Control (the “Change of Control Determination Date”), a preference equal to the Termination Amount (each such payment, a “Change of Control Termination Amount”) calculated as of the Change of Control Determination Date.
     (ii) The Corporation shall pay the Change of Control Termination Amount in cash with respect to shares of Series D Preferred Stock on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the closing of the Change of Control (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). If the Corporation does not have sufficient capital and surplus legally available to pay the Change of Control Termination Amount for all of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock on any Change of Control Payment Date, the Corporation shall take all commercially reasonable measures permitted under the GCL to increase the amount of its capital and surplus legally available, and the Corporation shall pay the Change of Control Termination Amount with respect to as many shares of Series D Preferred Stock as it has capital and surplus legally available therefore, ratably from the holders thereof in proportion to the total number of shares held by such holders, and shall thereafter from time to time, as soon as it shall have capital and surplus legally available therefore, pay the Change of Control Termination Amount with respect to as many shares of Series D Preferred Stock as it has capital and surplus available therefore until it has paid the Change of Control Termination Amount with respect to all of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

B-4


 

     (iii) For purposes hereof, a “Change of Control” shall mean the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, or the merger or consolidation of any corporation into or with the corporation (in which consolidation or merger the stockholders of the Corporation receive distributions of cash or securities as a result of such consolidation or merger in complete exchange for their shares of capital stock of the Corporation), or the sale or transfer of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, unless, upon consummation of such merger, consolidation or sale of capital stock, the holders of voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction continue to own directly or indirectly not less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation.
     5.  Redemption. Neither the Series D Stockholders nor the Corporation shall have the right to cause or require the Corporation to redeem any of the Series D Stock at any time.
     6.  Voting.
          (a) In addition to any other rights provided for herein or by law, the Series D Stockholders shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Series B Common Stock as one class, on all matters as to which the holders of Series B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote, in the same manner and with the same effect as such holders of Series B Common Stock. In any such vote, each share of Series D Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to the number of votes per share that equals the number of shares of Series B Common Stock (including fractional shares) into which each such share of Series D Stock is then convertible, rounded up to the nearest one-tenth of a share.
          (b) The Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly, through a subsidiary or otherwise, without the affirmative approval of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the Series D Stock then outstanding (determined as set forth in the second sentence of Section 6(a) hereof), acting separately from the holders of Series B Common Stock or any other securities of the Corporation, given by written consent in lieu of a meeting or by vote at a meeting called for such purpose, for which meeting or approval by written consent timely and specific notice (a “Notice”) shall have been given to each holder of such Preferred Stock, in the manner provided in the By-laws of the Corporation: (i) in any manner alter or change the designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series D Stock or (ii) take any action to cause any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Certificate of Designation of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock or the By-laws of the Corporation, which amendment, alteration or repeal adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights pertaining to the Series D Stock, provided , however , that if any such action as set forth in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) would adversely affect the designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of some, but not all, of the shares of the Series D Stock, then such action will also require the affirmative approval of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the Series D Stock as would be so adversely affected.
     7.  Conversion.

B-5


 

     (a) (i) Any Series D Stockholder shall have the right, at any time or from time to time, to convert any or all of its Series D Stock into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series B Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest one-tenth of a share, for each share of Series D Stock so converted equal to the quotient of the Original Purchase Price for such share and the Conversion Price for such share (as defined in Section 7(d) hereof), as last adjusted and then in effect; provided , however , that cash shall be paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Series B Common Stock, as provided in Section 7(c)(ii) hereof.
     (i) Any Series D Stockholder who exercises the right to convert shares of Series D Stock into shares of Series B Common Stock, pursuant to this Section 7, shall be entitled to payment of all declared but unpaid dividends payable with respect to such Series D Stock pursuant to Section 3(a) herein, up to and including the Conversion Date (as defined in Section 7(b)(ii) hereof).
     (b) (i) Any Series D Stockholder may exercise the right to convert such shares into Series B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 7 by delivering to the Corporation during regular business hours, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation or at such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, the certificate or certificates for the shares to be converted (the “Series D Preferred Certificate”), duly endorsed or assigned in blank to the Corporation (if required by it).
     (i) Each Series D Preferred Certificate shall be accompanied by, written notice stating that such holder elects to convert such shares and stating the name or names (with address) in which the certificate or certificates for the shares of Series B Common Stock are to be issued. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the date when such delivery is made and such date is referred to herein as the “Conversion Date.”
     (ii) As promptly as practicable thereafter, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder, at the place designated by such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Series B Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and a check or cash in respect of any fractional interest in any shares of Series B Common Stock, as provided in Section 7(c)(ii) hereof, payable with respect to the shares so converted up to and including the Conversion Date.
     (iii) The person in whose name the certificate or certificates for Series B Common Stock are to be issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of Series B Common Stock on the applicable Conversion Date, unless the transfer books of the Corporation are closed on such Conversion Date, in which event the holder shall be deemed to have become the stockholder of record on the next succeeding date on which the transfer books are open, provided that the Conversion Price shall be that Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date.
     (iv) Upon conversion of only a portion of the number of shares covered by a Series D Preferred Certificate, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of the holder of such Series D Preferred Certificate, at the expense of the

B-6


 

Corporation, a new certificate covering the number of shares of the Series D Stock representing the unconverted portion of the Series D Preferred Certificate, which new certificate shall entitle the holder thereof to all the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of such shares.
     (c) (i) If a Series D Stockholder shall surrender more than one share of Series D Stock for conversion at any one time, then the number of full shares of Series B Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Series D Stock so surrendered.
     (i) No fractional shares of Series B Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series D Stock. The Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment for any such fractional interest in an amount equal to the Current Market Price thereof on the Conversion Date, as determined in accordance with Section 7(d)(vii) hereof.
          (d) For all purposes of this Section 7, the “Conversion Price” with respect to the Series D Stock shall be equal to the Original Purchase Price (as defined in Section 8 hereof) with respect to each such share of Series D Stock, subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
     (i) Subject to Section 7(d)(ii) below, if the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issuance Date, issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (which term, for purposes of this Section 7(d)(i), including all subsections thereof, shall be deemed to include all other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Common Stock (including, but not limited to, Series D Stock) or options to purchase, or other rights to subscribe for, such convertible or exchangeable securities, in each case other than Excluded Stock (as defined in Section 7(d)(ii) below) (any such securities, “New Securities”)), for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Common Stock or other securities (a “Dilutive Issuance”), the Conversion Price for Series D Stock in effect immediately prior to each such Dilutive Issuance shall automatically be lowered to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the additional stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price as in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of additional stock so issued. For the purposes of any adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 7(d)(i), the following provisions shall be applicable.
               (A) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock in whole or in part for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor after deducting therefrom any discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof, plus the value of any property other than cash received by the Corporation, determined as provided in Section 7(d)(i)(B) hereof, plus the value of any other consideration received by the Corporation determined as set forth in Section 7(d)(i)(C) hereof.

B-7


 

               (B) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part in property other than cash, the value of such property other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, irrespective of any accounting treatment; provided , however , that such fair market value of such property as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the aggregate Current Market Price (as defined in Section 7(d)(vii) hereof) of the shares of Common Stock or such other securities being issued, less any cash consideration paid for such shares, determined as provided in Section 7(d)(i)(A) hereof and less any other consideration received by the Corporation for such shares, determined as set forth in Section 7(d)(i)(C) hereof.
               (C) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for consideration in whole or in part other than cash or property, the value of such other consideration shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such consideration as determined in good faith be the Board of Directors, irrespective of any accounting treatment; provided , however , that such fair market value of such property as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the aggregate Current Market Price (as defined in Section 7(d)(vii) hereof) of the shares of Common Stock or such other securities being issued, less any cash consideration paid for such shares, determined as provided in Section 7(d)(i)(A) hereof and less any property other than cash received by the Corporation for such shares, determined as set forth in Section 7(d)(i)(B) hereof.
               (D) In the case of the issuance of options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for Common Stock or the issuance of securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or options to purchase or other rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable or exercisable securities:
                    (1) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Sections 7(d)(i)(A), (B) and (C) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum purchase price provided in such options or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Sections 7(d)(i)(A), (B) and (C) hereof);
                    (2) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Sections 7(d)(i)(A), (B) and (C) hereof);

B-8


 

          (3) if there is any change in the exercise price of, or number of shares deliverable upon exercise of, any such options or rights or upon the conversion or exchange of any such convertible or exchangeable securities (other than a change resulting from the anti-dilution provisions thereof), then the Conversion Price shall automatically be readjusted in proportion to such change; and
          (4) upon the expiration of any such options or rights or the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price shall be automatically readjusted to the Conversion Price that would have obtained had such options, rights or convertible or exchangeable securities not been issued.
          (ii) “Excluded Stock” shall mean:
               (A) Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any shares of Series D Stock or other securities outstanding as of the date hereof.
               (B) Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors or employees of or consultants or independent contractors to the Corporation, pursuant to any written agreement, plan or arrangement, to purchase, or rights to subscribe for, such Common Stock, or other equity incentive plan or other agreements that have been approved in form and in substance by the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the Series D Stock then outstanding, calculated in accordance with Section 6(a) (including, in such calculation, any outstanding restricted shares held by such holders), and which, as a condition precedent to the issuance of such shares, provides for the vesting of such shares and subjects such shares to restrictions on transfers, rights of first offer in favor of the Corporation and restricted stock grants to directors, employees or consultants as approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
               (C) Common Stock issued as a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, or capital stock of any class issuable upon any subdivision, recombination, split-up or reverse stock split of all the outstanding shares of such class of capital stock.
               (D) Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, lenders or landlords, provided that each such issuance is approved by the Board of Directors.
               (E) Common Stock issued or issuable to third parties in connection with strategic partnerships or alliances, joint ventures or other licensing transactions, provided that each such transaction and related issuance is approved by the Board of Directors.
               (F) Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity (or its assets) by the Corporation so long as approved by the Board of Directors.
               (G) Common Stock, the issuance of which is approved by a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Stock, with such approval expressly waiving the application of the anti-dilution provisions of this Section 7 as a result of such issuance.

B-9


 

     (iii) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Original Issuance Date (as hereinafter defined) is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date fixed for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such stock dividend, subdivision or split-up, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased in the form of a Proportional Adjustment (as defined in Section 8) so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Series D Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares.
     (iv) If, at any time after the Original Issuance Date, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date for such combination, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased in the form of a Proportional Adjustment so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Series D Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.
     (v) In the event, at any time after the Original Issuance Date, of any capital reorganization, or any reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation (other than a change in par value or from par value to no par value or from no par value to par value or as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), or the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another person (other than consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any change in the powers, designations, preferences and rights, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, if any, of the capital stock of the Corporation) or of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Corporation as an entirety to any other person (any such transaction, an “Extraordinary Transaction”), then the Corporation shall provide appropriate adjustment in the form of a Proportional Adjustment to the Conversion Price with respect to each share of Series D Stock outstanding after the effectiveness of such Extraordinary Transaction such that each share of Series D Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Extraordinary Transaction shall be convertible into the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation, or of the corporation resulting from or surviving such Extraordinary Transaction, that a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable (immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Extraordinary Transaction) upon conversion of such share of Series D Stock would have been entitled to receive upon such Extraordinary Transaction. The provisions of this Section 7(d)(v) shall similarly apply to successive Extraordinary Transactions.
     (vi) All calculations under this Section 7(d) shall be made to the nearest one-tenth of a cent ($.001) or to the nearest one-tenth of a share, as the case may be.
     (vii) For the purpose of any computation pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof or this Section 7(d), the Current Market Price at any date of one share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices for the 30 consecutive business days ending on the fifth (5th) business day before the day in question (as adjusted for any

B-10


 

stock dividend, split-up, combination or reclassification that took effect during such 30-business-day period) as follows:
                    (A) If the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading on a national securities exchange, then the closing price for each day shall be the last reported sales price regular way or, in case no such reported sales took place on such day, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading.
                    (B) If the Common Stock is not at the time listed or admitted for trading on any such exchange, then such price as shall be equal to the last reported sale price, or if there is no such sale price, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“Nasdaq”) on such day.
                    (C) If the Common Stock is not at the time quoted on Nasdaq, then such price shall be equal to the last reported bid and asked prices on such day as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc., or any similar reputable quotation and reporting service, if such quotation is not reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.
                    (D) If the Common Stock is not traded in such manner that the quotations referred to in this Section 7(d)(vii) are available for the period required hereunder, then the Current Market Price shall be the fair market value of such share, as determined in good faith by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
     (viii) In any case in which the provisions of this Section 7(d) shall require that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event (A) issuing to the holder of any shares of Series D Stock converted after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of capital stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the shares of capital stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment, and (B) paying to such holder any cash amounts in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to Section 7(c)(ii) hereof; provided , however , that the Corporation shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares, and such cash, upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
     (ix) If a state of facts shall occur that, without being specifically controlled by the provisions of this Section 7, would not fairly protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Series D Stock in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such conversion rights.
          (e) If the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issuance Date, issue or sell any New Securities with terms (economic or otherwise) more favorable than the terms of the Series D Stock, then, at the option of the Series D Stockholders

B-11


 

(such option to be exercised by written notice to the Corporation signed by Series D Stockholders holding a majority of the Series D Stock), the terms of the Series D Stock will be modified to include such other terms of the New Securities as are specified in the written notice required under this Section 7(e).
          (f) Whenever the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 7(d) hereof, the Corporation shall forthwith file and keep on record at the office of the Secretary of the Corporation and at the office of the transfer agent for the Series D Stock or at such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, a statement, signed by its President or Chief Executive Officer and by its Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer, showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Conversion Price that shall be in effect after such adjustment. The Corporation shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by first-class, certified mail. return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to each Series D Stockholder at such holder’s address appearing on the Corporation’s records. Where appropriate, such copy shall be given in advance of any such adjustment and shall be included as part of a notice required to be mailed under the provisions of Section 7(g) hereof.
          (g) In the event the Corporation shall propose to take any action of the types described in Section 7(d)(i), (iii), (iv) or (v) hereof, the Corporation shall give notice to each Series D Stockholder in the manner set forth in Section 7(f) hereof, which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Conversion Price with respect to the Series D Stock, and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable or purchasable upon each conversion of Series D Stock. In the case of any action that would require the fixing of record date, such notice shall be given at least 20 days prior to the record date so fixed, and in the case of any other action, such notice shall be given at least 30 days prior to the taking of such proposed action.
          (h) The Corporation shall pay all documentary, stamp or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance or delivery of shares of capital stock of the Corporation upon conversion of any shares of Series D Stock; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificate for such shares in a name other than that of the Series D Stockholder in respect of which such shares of Series D Stock are being issued.
          (i) The Corporation shall reserve out of its authorized but unissued shares of Series B Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series D Stock sufficient shares of Series B Common Stock to provide for the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series D Stock.
          (j) All shares of Series B Common Stock which may be issued in connection with the conversion provisions set forth herein will, upon issuance by the Corporation, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, not subject to any preemptive or similar rights and free from all taxes, liens or charges with respect thereto created or imposed by the Corporation.

B-12


 

          (k) Upon the consummation of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation registered under the Securities Act of 1933, pursuant to which the net proceeds to the Corporation are at least $25 million, each share of Series D Stock then outstanding shall, by virtue of and immediately prior to the closing of such firm commitment public offering and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be deemed automatically converted into that number of shares of Series B Common Stock into which the Series D Stock would then be convertible.
     8.  Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the corresponding meanings:
     “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the state where the principal executive office of the Corporation is located.
     “Original Issuance Date” with respect to any share of Series D Stock shall mean the date of first issuance by the Corporation of a share of Series D Stock.
     “Original Purchase Price” shall mean, with respect to the Series D Stock, $3.9456 per share, subject, for all purposes other than Section 7 hereof (which provisions shall be applied in accordance with their own terms), to Proportional Adjustment.
     “Proportional Adjustment” shall mean an adjustment made to the price of the Series D Stock upon the occurrence of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, reclassification or other similar change with respect to such security, such that the price of one share of the Series D Stock before the occurrence of any such change shall equal the aggregate price of the share (or shares or fractional share) of such security (or any other security) received by the holder of the Series D Stock with respect thereto upon the effectiveness of such change.

B-13


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
Pursuant to Section 242 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
     Healthcare Services, Inc. (the “Corporation”), organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”), does hereby certify as follows:
     The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted, pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law, a resolution setting forth an amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and declaring said amendment to be advisable. The stockholders of the Corporation duly approved said proposed amendment by written consent in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law. The resolution setting forth the amendment is as follows:
     
RESOLVED :
  That Article I of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be and hereby is deleted in its entirety and the following Article I is inserted in lieu thereof:
ARTICLE I:
NAME
The name of the corporation is Accretive Health, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by a duly authorized officer on this 5th day of August, 2009.
         
  HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mary A. Tolan    
    Mary A. Tolan   
    President   
 
[ Signature Page to Certificate of Amendment ]

 

Exhibit 3.3
BY-LAWS
OF
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
 
ARTICLE I
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION; GOVERNING LAW; STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT
1.1. Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation; Governing Law.
     These By-Laws are subject to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”). In these By-Laws, references to laws, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws mean, respectively, the laws of the State of Delaware, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and the By-Laws of the Corporation as from time to time in effect.
1.2. Stockholders’ Agreement.
     If any provision of these By-Laws shall conflict with any provision of any agreement among the stockholders of the Corporation (a “Stockholders’ Agreement”), the applicable provision of the Stockholders’ Agreement shall control, provided that such provision is not contrary to applicable law or otherwise unenforceable.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
2.1. Certificates Representing Stock.
     (a) Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer or the President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares owned by such person in the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee or by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 


 

     (b) Whenever the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the Corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.
     (c) The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such person’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.
2.2. Fractional Share Interests.
     The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share.
2.3. Stock Transfers.
     Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by such person’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.
2.4. Record Date for Stockholders.
     (a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     (b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which

-2-


 

record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date has been fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
2.5. Meaning of Certain Terms.
     As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the Corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the Certificate of Incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the Certificate of Incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided , however , that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, including any preferred stock which is denied voting rights under the provisions of the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors with respect to the issuance thereof.
2.6. Stockholder Meetings.
     (a)  Time. The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors; provided that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within 13 months after the formation of the Corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within 13 months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the Board of Directors, except when the General Corporation Law or any Stockholders’ Agreement confers upon the stockholders the right to fix the date.
     (b)  Place. Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the Board of Directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware.
     (c)  Call. Annual meetings may be called by the Board of Directors or by any officer instructed by the Board of Directors to call the meeting. Special meetings may be called in a similar manner, except when the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law to call a meeting, or except when the stockholders are entitled to demand the call of a meeting.
     (d)  Notice or Waiver of Notice. Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of Directors and for the transaction of other business which

-3-


 

may properly come before the meeting, and, if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting, shall state such other action or actions as are known at the time of such notice. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If any action is proposed to be taken which would, if taken, entitle stockholders to receive payment for their shares of stock, the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty (30) days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the Board of Directors, after adjournment, fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a person at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
     (e)  Stockholder List. There shall be prepared and made, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the Corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.
     (f)  Conduct of Meeting. Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting: the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, a chairman for the meeting chosen by the Board of Directors or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the Corporation or, in such person’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the chairman for the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.
     (g)  Proxy Representation. Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or

-4-


 

expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by such person’s attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.
     (h)  Inspectors and Judges. The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election or judges of the vote, as the case may be, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors or judge or judges are not appointed by the Board of Directors, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors or judges. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector or judge fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector or judge, if any, before entering upon the discharge of such person’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector or judge at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors or judges, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity and effect of proxies, receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such other acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors or judge or judges, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by such person or persons and execute a certificate of any fact so found.
     (i)  Quorum. Except as the General Corporation Law or these By-Laws may otherwise provide, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
     (j)  Voting. Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and of these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder. In the election of Directors, a plurality of the votes present at the meeting shall elect. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power.
          Voting by ballot shall not be required for corporate action except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law.

-5-


 

2.7. Stockholder Action without Meetings.
     Any action required to be taken, or any action which may be taken, at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of the outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1. Functions and Definition.
     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The use of the phrase “whole Board” herein refers to the total number of Directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
3.2. Qualifications and Number.
     A Director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of five (5) persons. Thereafter the number of Directors constituting the whole board shall be at least five (5). Subject to the foregoing limitation and except for the first Board of Directors, such number may be fixed from time to time by action of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors, or, if the number is not fixed, the number shall be five (5). The number of Directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors.
3.3. Election and Term.
     The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the Certificate of Incorporation or a Stockholders’ Agreement, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any Director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Thereafter, Directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and Directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created Directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. In the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of Directors and/or for the removal of

-6-


 

one or more Directors and for the filling of any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from the removal of Directors for cause or without cause, any vacancy in the Board of Directors may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining Director.
3.4. Meetings.
     (a)  Time. Regular meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, but not less frequently than quarterly. Special meetings may be called upon notice.
     (b)  First Meeting. The first meeting of each newly elected Board may be held immediately after each annual meeting of the stockholders at the same place at which the meeting is held, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to call the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such first meeting is not so held immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders, it may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in the notice given as provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or at such time and place as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all of the Directors.
     (c)  Place. Meetings, both regular and special, shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.
     (d)  Call. No call shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be called by or at the direction of any two or more Directors.
     (e)  Notice or Actual or Constructive Waiver. No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the meeting; notice may be given by telephone or telefax (in which case it is effective when given) or by mail (in which case it is effective seventy-two (72) hours after mailing by prepaid first class mail). The notice of any meeting need not specify the purpose of the meeting. Any requirement of furnishing a notice shall be waived by any Director who signs a written waiver of such notice before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a Director at a meeting of the Board shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     (f)  Quorum and Action. A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the Directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that such majority shall constitute at least one-third (1/3) of the whole Board. Any Director may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting of the Board shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. A majority of the Directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the act of the Board shall be the act by vote of a majority of the Directors

-7-


 

present at a meeting, a quorum being present. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these By-Laws which govern a meeting of Directors held to fill vacancies and newly created Directorships in the Board.
     (g)  Chairman of the Meeting. The Chief Executive Officer, if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the President, if present and acting, or any other Director chosen by the Board, shall preside.
3.5. Removal of Directors.
     Any or all of the Directors may be removed for cause or without cause by the stockholders.
3.6. Committees.
     The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
3.7. Action in Writing.
     Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
4.1. Executive Officers.
     The Board of Directors may elect or appoint a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents (which may be denominated with additional descriptive titles), a Secretary, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as it may determine. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

-8-


 

4.2. Term of Office; Removal.
     Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of election or appointment, each officer shall hold office until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor has been elected and qualified or until the earlier resignation or removal of such officer. The Board of Directors may, at any time, or from time to time, remove any officer for cause or without cause.
4.3. Authority and Duties.
     All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as provided below, as may be changed or supplemented by the Board of Directors in the resolutions appointing such officers or in any other resolution of the Board of Directors.
     (a)  Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall have such duties as customarily pertain to that office. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer will exercise general direction and supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation and will perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer will have general authority to execute bonds, deeds, mortgages and contracts in the name and on behalf of the Corporation; to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers of the Corporation) as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, and to fix their compensation; to remove or suspend any employee or agent who will not have been appointed by the Board of Directors; and, in general, to exercise all the powers generally appertaining to the chief executive officer of a corporation.
     (b)  President . The President will perform such duties relating to the general direction and supervision of the Corporation as are from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The President will have general authority to execute bonds, deeds, mortgages and contracts in the name and on behalf of the Corporation; to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers of the Corporation) as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, and to fix their compensation, except that any payment required to be made in excess of $50,000 per annum shall require the approval of the Board of Directors; to remove or suspend any employee or agent who will not have been appointed by the Board of Directors; and, in general, to exercise all the powers generally appertaining to the president of a corporation.
     (c)  Vice President . The several Vice Presidents will perform such duties and have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to them by the President. In the absence or disability of the President, the President’s duties will be performed and powers may be exercised by such Vice President as will be designated by the President or, failing such designation, by the Vice Presidents in the order of their last election to that office; subject in any case to review and superseding action by the Board of Directors.
     (d)  Secretary . The Secretary will attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and will record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary will attend to the giving of notice of all meetings of the Board of Directors; the

-9-


 

Secretary will have custody of the company seal and, when authorized by the Board of Directors, will have authority to affix the same to any instrument and, when so affixed, it will be attested by the Secretary’s signature or by the signature of the Treasurer. The Secretary will keep an account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation, except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary will generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of secretary of a corporation. In the absence of the Secretary, such person as will be designated by the President will perform the duties of Secretary.
     (e)  Treasurer . The Treasurer will have the care and custody of all funds of the Corporation and will deposit the same in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors will from time to time direct or approve. The Treasurer will keep a full and accurate account of all funds received and paid on account of the Corporation, and will render a statement of these accounts whenever the Board of Directors or the President will require. The Treasurer will perform, all other necessary acts and duties in connection with the administration of the financial affairs of the Corporation, and will generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of treasurer of a corporation. When required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer will give bonds for the faithful discharge of the Treasurer’s duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors will approve. In the absence of the Treasurer, such person as will be designated by the President will perform the duties of Treasurer.
ARTICLE V
CORPORATE SEAL
AND
CORPORATE BOOKS
     The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine.
ARTICLE VI
FISCAL YEAR
     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNITY
7.1. Any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that

-10-


 

he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including employee benefit plans) (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification than permitted prior thereto), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of the proceeding, whether by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful.
7.2. Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including employee benefit plans) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification than permitted prior thereto), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court in which such suit or action was brought, shall determine, upon application, that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.
7.3. All reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of the indemnitee in connection with any suit, action or proceeding, may be advanced to the indemnitee by the Corporation.
7.4. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses conferred in this article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, a By-Law of the Corporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise.
7.5. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

-11-

Exhibit 10.1
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK OPTION PLAN
     HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has adopted this Healthcare Services, Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), on February 22, 2006, for the benefit of its eligible employees, directors and outside consultants. The Plan amends and restates the Company’s Stock Option Plan adopted on December 29, 2005. The Plan, and offers and sales of securities pursuant hereto, are intended to meet the requirements of, and qualify under, Rules 701 and 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, and offers and sales of securities pursuant hereto are therefore intended to be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Plan is effective as of December 1, 2003 (the “ Effective Date ”).
     The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Accretive Companies to obtain and retain the services of key employees, corporate directors and outside consultants considered essential to the long-range success of the Company by offering them an opportunity to acquire stock in the Company.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
      General . Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
      1.1 Accretive Companies. “Accretive Companies” shall mean the Company and its Subsidiaries, as they exist from time to time.
      1.2 Acknowledgement. “Acknowledgement” shall mean a written agreement executed by a Participant pursuant to which such Participant acknowledges and agrees that an Award made to such Participant is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      1.3 Administrator . “Administrator” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or, at the sole discretion of the Board, such other Committee as the Board may designate.
      1.4 Award . “Award” shall mean an award of an Option granted under the Plan.
      1.5 Award Agreement . “Award Agreement” shall mean a written agreement executed by an authorized officer of the Company and the Participant (including without limitation an offer letter or an employment agreement which has been accepted by an employee) which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall determine, consistent with the Plan.
      1.6 Board . “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
      1.7 Capital Stock . “Capital Stock” shall mean, collectively, the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock.

 


 

      1.8 Cause . “Cause” shall mean, as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board, commission by the Participant of (a) a felony, (b) an act or omission constituting dishonesty, disloyalty, moral turpitude or professional misconduct with respect to the Company or its affiliates, (c) an act or omission constituting fraud against the Company or its affiliates, or (d) a material breach of the Plan or an Award Agreement.
      1.9 Change of Control . “Change of Control” shall mean (A) the consummation of any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of the company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Third Party Purchaser, (C) any sale of a majority of the voting shares of the Company to a Third Party Purchaser or (D) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if in the event of a recapitalization, consolidation or merger (including a reverse merger) of the Company, (i) persons who, as of the date immediately prior to such recapitalization, consolidation or merger, constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors following such recapitalization, consolidation or merger and (ii) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company as of the date hereof remains as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and a member of the Board of Directors following such recapitalization, consolidation or merger.
      1.10 Code . “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      1.11 Committee . “Committee” shall mean any committee of the Board duly appointed by the Board.
      1.12 Common Stock . “Common Stock” shall mean all classes of common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share.
      1.13 Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
      1.14 Fair Value . “Fair Value” of a Share as of a particular date means:
          (a) if any class of Common Stock is listed on an established stock exchange or exchanges (including for this purpose, the NASDAQ National Market), the arithmetic mean of the highest and lowest sale prices of such Common Stock for such trading day on the primary exchange upon which such Common Stock trades, as measured by volume, as published in The Wall Street Journal, or, if no sale price was quoted for such date, then as of the next preceding date on which such a sale price was quoted; or
          (b) if no class of Common Stock is then listed on an exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices per share for any class of Common

2


 

Stock in the over-the-counter market on such date (in the case of (a) or (b), subject to adjustment as and if necessary and appropriate to set an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of a Share on the date an Award is granted); or
          (c) if no class of Common Stock is then listed on an exchange or quoted in the over-the-counter market, an amount determined to be the fair market value of a Share by the Administrator in good faith and in a manner established by the Board from time to time, taking into account such factors as the Board, in its exercise of good faith discretion, shall deem appropriate.
     Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Fair Value of a Share as of a particular date shall be determined in a manner prescribed by Section 409A of the Code and guidance issued thereunder for determining the fair market value of service recipient stock. The Fair Value of rights or property other than Shares means the fair market value thereof as determined by the Administrator on the basis of such factors as it may deem appropriate.
      1.15 Option . “Option” shall mean a right granted to a Participant to purchase Shares at a specified price for a specified period of time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
      1.16 Option Period. “Option Period” means the period beginning on the date of grant of an Award and ending at the close of business on the tenth (10th) anniversary of such date of grant.
      1.17 Option Price. “Option Price” means the price at which Shares may be purchased under an Award as provided in Section 5.2 .
      1.18 Participant . “Participant” shall mean an employee, director or outside consultant of any Accretive Company who is granted an Award under the Plan. In addition, for purposes of the repurchase provisions of Sections 5.9 , 5.10 and 10.6 , “Participant” shall also be deemed to include any Person who acquires any Award, any Shares or any interest in any Award or any Shares pursuant to a Disposition in accordance with Section 6.2(ii) or by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by a designation of Beneficiary effective upon the death of a Participant.
      1.19 Person . “Person” shall mean any individual, entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding (a) the Accretive Companies, (b) any employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and (c) an underwriter or underwriting syndicate that has acquired the Company’s securities solely in connection with a public offering thereof.
      1.20 Preferred Stock . “Preferred Stock” shall mean all classes of preferred stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share.
      1.21 Public Market . “Public Market” shall mean a market for the common stock of the Company that shall be deemed to exist at such time as the common stock of the Company has been sold to the public pursuant to one or more registration statements filed with, and declared effective by, the federal Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act.
      1.22 Securities Act . “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

3


 

      1.23 Series C Common Stock . “Series C Common Stock” shall mean the Series C non- voting common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3 .
      1.24 Shares. “Shares” means shares of Series C Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of an Award granted under the Plan, along with such other securities (including additional shares of Series C Common Stock) issued or issuable to a Participant (either prior to or subsequent to exercise of an Award) with respect to shares of Series C Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of an Award, as a result of stock subdivision, stock combination or any other form of recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s securities.
      1.25 Stockholders Agreement . “Stockholders Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of December 1, 2005, as amended from time to time, by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders.
      1.26 Subsidiary . “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
      1.27 Third Party Purchaser . “Third Party Purchaser” means any Person or group of Persons, none of whom is, immediately prior to the subject transaction, a stockholder of the Company or an Affiliate of a stockholder of the Company.
      1.28 Vesting Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any Share(s) received upon the exercise of an unvested Option shall be subject to “Vesting Restrictions”, which Vesting Restrictions shall lapse on the date on which the Option (or the applicable portion thereof) exercised to acquire such Share(s) vests pursuant to Section 5.3 .
ARTICLE II
SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN
      2.1 Shares Subject to Plan . The shares of stock subject to Awards shall be Series C Common Stock. The aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of any and all such Awards under the Plan shall not exceed 2,454,862 (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.3 ). The Shares to be issued upon exercise of Awards granted under the Plan will be made available, at the discretion of the Administrator, either from authorized but unissued Shares or from previously issued Shares reacquired by the Company.
      2.2 Availability of Unissued Shares . Shares which are delivered by a Participant or withheld by the Company, in payment of the tax withholding thereon may again be awarded hereunder. Shares which are reacquired by the Company pursuant to the Plan will again become available for the grant of further Awards under the Plan as part of the Shares available under Section 2.1 .
      2.3 Adjustments . The grant of an Award will not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any

4


 

part of its business or assets. In the event of any Company stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Company, corporate separation or division of the Company (including, but not limited to, a split-up, spin-off, split-off or distribution to Company stockholders other than a normal cash than dividend), sale by the Company of all or a substantial portion of its assets (measured either on a stand-alone or consolidated basis), reorganization, rights offering, a partial or complete liquidation, or any other corporate transaction or event involving the Company and having an effect similar to any of the foregoing, then the Administrator may adjust or substitute, as the case may be, the number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan, the number of Shares covered by outstanding Awards, the exercise price per Share of outstanding Options, and any other characteristics or terms of the Awards as the Administrator shall deem necessary or appropriate to reflect equitably the effects of such changes to the Participants.
      2.4 Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
ARTICLE III
GRANTING OF AWARDS
      3.1 Grant . Either the Administrator or the Chief Executive Officer shall have authority to grant Awards under the Plan at any time or from time to time. However, the Chief Executive Officer shall not have the authority to grant an Award under the Plan to herself. An Award of Options shall entitle the Participant to receive Shares upon the exercise of such Options, subject to the Participant’s satisfaction in full of any conditions, restrictions or limitations imposed in accordance with the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement (the terms and provisions of which may differ from other Award Agreements) including without limitation, payment of the Option Price.
      3.2 Award Agreement . The grant of an Award shall occur as of the date the Administrator or the Chief Executive Officer determines. However, the Chief Executive Officer shall not have the authority to determine the grant date of any Award under the Plan to herself. Each Award Agreement (and Acknowledgement, if applicable) shall be in such form as is approved by the Board from time to time, shall embody the terms and conditions of such Option and shall be subject to the express terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Such Award Agreement shall become effective upon execution by the Company and the Participant.
      3.3 Eligibility .
          (a) Options may be awarded to any employee, director or outside consultant of any Accretive Company (including persons who have previously received other Awards under the Plan) as in the Administrator’s or Chief Executive Officer’s opinion should be granted Options.
          (b) The selection of Award recipients from the pool of eligible employees, directors and outside consultants of any Accretive Company shall be within the sole and absolute discretion of the Administrator or the Chief Executive Officer; provided , however , that the Chief Executive Officer shall not have the authority to grant an Award under the Plan to herself. No

5


 

Participant shall be allowed to purchase or receive Shares under the Plan unless such Person has executed an Award Agreement and, if the Participant does not expressly acknowledge and agree in the Award Agreement that the Award made to such Participant thereunder is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, an Acknowledgement with respect to such Award.
ARTICLE IV
ADMINISTRATION
      4.1 Administration of the Plan . The Plan will be administered by the Board and the Administrator. The Board may change the Administrator of the Plan, in its sole discretion; provided , however , that a majority of the members of any Committee serving as the Administrator shall consist of directors who are not also employees of an Accretive Company.
      4.2 Duties and Powers of Administrator . It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Administrator shall have the authority to interpret the Plan and the agreements pursuant to which Awards are granted or awarded, to adopt such rules and regulations for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules, and to make any other determinations which it believes necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Administrator and the Chief Executive Officer shall each have the power to select the eligible employees, directors or outside consultants of the Accretive Companies to be granted Options, to determine the number of shares to be subject to the Option to be granted to each eligible Person selected and to determine the time or times when Options will be granted. However, the Chief Executive Officer shall not have any of these powers with respect to any grant of Options to herself. Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Participant. The Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Administrator under the Plan.
      4.3 Majority Rule; Unanimous Written Consent . The Administrator shall act by a majority of its members in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present or by a memorandum or other written instrument signed by all members of the Administrator.
      4.4 Good Faith Actions . All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board (if the Board is not the Administrator) in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all other interested parties with respect to all matters relating to the Plan or any Award under the Plan. None of the Chief Executive Officer, members of any Committee appointed as Administrator or, as applicable, the Board, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or Awards.
      4.5 At Will Employment . Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement (or Acknowledgement, if applicable) hereunder shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Accretive Companies or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of any Accretive Company, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between the Participant and the Company and/or any Subsidiary.

6


 

ARTICLE V
TERMS AND CONDITIONS; METHOD OF EXERCISE
      5.1 Option Period . An Award shall be exercisable pursuant to the terms hereunder during the Option Period with respect thereto. The unexercised portion of the Award shall immediately expire and be deemed forfeited at the close of business on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date of grant of such Award.
      5.2 Option Price . The Option Price per Share purchasable under an Award shall be determined by the Board or the Administrator in good faith and shall be set forth in the Award Agreement (or, if not set forth therein, the Acknowledgment related thereto); provided , however , that the Option Price per Share shall not be less than the Fair Value per Share on the date the Award is granted. It is the intent of the Company that each Award granted hereunder shall be granted with an Option Price that, as of the date of grant of such Award, is equal to or greater than the fair market value of a Share. If it is determined by the Administrator, the Board, any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental authority that the Option Price of an Award on the date such Award was granted was less than the fair market value of a Share, then the Option Price for such Award shall be amended for all purposes to equal an amount equal to the fair market value of a Share on the date of such grant.
      5.3 Vesting of Awards . Unless otherwise prescribed in an Award Agreement, Acknowledgement, employment or other written agreement between the Company and a Participant, all Options granted with respect to an Award which have not been previously forfeited shall vest ratably on each of the first four (4) anniversaries of the date of grant of such Award. In addition, the Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting of any Award. Where terms of vesting are set forth in an Award Agreement, Acknowledgement, employment or other written agreement between the Company and a Participant, the terms of that agreement shall govern the vesting of the applicable Award and shall supersede the provisions of this Section 5.3 .
      5.4 Exercisability . Awards shall be exercisable (to the extent not expired or forfeited) at any time during the Option Period. A Participant may make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code (“ Section  83(b) Election ”), to include in gross income in the taxable year in which the Share(s) subject to Vesting Restrictions are transferred to him or her, the Fair Value of each such Share at the time of transfer, less the Option Price for such Share, notwithstanding that such Share is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of the Code, or he or she may elect to include in gross income the Fair Value of the Share(s) subject to Vesting Restrictions, less the Option Price for such Share(s), as of the date on which such Vesting Restrictions lapse. Each Section 83(b) Election shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) the Participant’s election must be made on or before the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined and (ii) the Participant’s election shall be irrevocable. If a Participant makes a Section 83(b) Election, such Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days of filing the notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Section 83(b) of the Code. During a Participant’s lifetime, Awards shall only be exercisable by the Participant or, in the event the Participant is declared incompetent, the Participant’s legally appointed representative.

7


 

      5.5 Method of Exercise . A Participant may exercise an Award, to the extent then exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time during the Option Period by the Participant’s giving written notice of exercise on a form provided by the Administrator (if available) to the Company specifying the number of Shares subject to the Award to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price by cash or check or such other form of payment as the Company may accept. If approved by the Administrator, payment in full or in part may also be made (i) by delivering Shares already owned by the Participant for a period of at least six (6) months prior to payment having a total Fair Value on the date of such delivery equal to the Option Price; (ii) to the extent permitted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other applicable law, by the execution and delivery of a note or other full recourse evidence of indebtedness (and any security agreement thereunder) satisfactory to the Administrator; (iii) by the delivery of cash or the extension of credit by a broker-dealer to whom the Participant has submitted a notice of exercise or otherwise indicated an intent to exercise an Award (in accordance with Part 220, Chapter II, Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, so-called “cashless” exercise); (iv) by certifying ownership of shares owned by the Participant to the satisfaction of the Administrator for later delivery to the Company as expected by the Administrator; and (v) by any combination of the foregoing. No Shares will be issued until full payment therefore has been made and the Participant has executed any and all agreements that the Company may require the Participant to execute. Participant will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding the Shares that are subject to such Award (including, if applicable, the right to vote the Shares and the right to receive dividends), when the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, executed all relevant agreements, and such Shares have been recorded on the Company’s official records as having been issued and transferred.
      5.6 Shares Held in Escrow . With respect to each Share issued to a Participant pursuant to an exercise under Section 5.5 , the Secretary of the Company, or such other escrow holder as the Administrator may appoint, shall retain physical custody of the certificate representing such Share until such time as there is a Public Market, or, if later, the date upon which any Vesting Restrictions on such shares lapse, whereupon, subject to Section 9.2 , the certificate representing the Shares shall be delivered to the Participant. At the request of the Administrator at any time, each Participant owning Shares held or to be held in escrow shall promptly deliver to the escrow holder a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Shares, in such form as is requested by the Administrator.
      5.7 Rights as Stockholders . No person shall have any rights of a stockholder as to Shares subject to an Award until, after proper exercise of the Award or other action required, such Shares have been recorded on the Company’s official stockholder records as having been issued and transferred. Subject to Section 5.8 , upon delivery of the Shares to the escrow holder pursuant to Section 5.6 , the Participant shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the non-voting restriction of the Series C Common Stock, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the shares.
      5.8 Termination Other than for Cause . If a Participant’s employment or, with respect to a director or outside consultant, period of service, with the Accretive Companies terminates other than for Cause (including without limitation a termination by an Accretive Company without cause, a voluntary termination by Participant, the expiration of any preexisting arrangement or a termination as a result of the death or disability of Participant), then, notwithstanding anything to

8


 

the contrary set forth in any agreement between the Company and the Participant, (a) the unvested portion of the Award shall immediately expire and be deemed forfeited upon such termination, (b) any vested but unexercised portion of the Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of sixty (60) days and any such vested but unexercised portion of the Award which is not exercised within such sixty (60) day period shall immediately expire and be deemed forfeited at the open of business on the date which is sixty one (61) days following such termination, and (c) any Shares owned by such Participant which are subject to Vesting Restrictions shall be subject to repurchase by the Company, in its sole discretion, at a price equal to the lesser of the Option Price paid for each such Share or the Fair Value of each such Share at the time of such termination; provided , however , that such repurchase right shall terminate with respect to a Share subject to Vesting Restrictions at such time as such Vesting Restrictions lapse. In order to exercise any repurchase rights hereunder, the Company shall notify the Participant of its election of such option and shall pay such purchase price in cash within one-hundred eighty (180) days following such termination. The Company shall receive customary representations and warranties as to ownership, title, authority to sell and the like from the Participant regarding such sale, and shall receive such other evidence, including applicable inheritance and estate tax waivers, as may reasonably be necessary, in the sole discretion of the Administrator. If a Participant fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.8 , the Company shall be entitled to treat such failure as breach of the Plan for which the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or damages.
      5.9 Termination for Cause . If a Participant’s employment or, with respect to a director or outside consultant, period of service, with the Accretive Companies terminates for Cause, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any agreement between any Accretive Company and the Participant (a) any Shares owned by such Participant other than Shares subject to Vesting Restrictions shall be subject to repurchase by the Company, in its sole discretion, at a price equal to the Option Price paid for each such Share, provided , however , that such repurchase right shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market, (b) any Shares owned by such Participant which are subject to Vesting Restrictions shall be subject to repurchase by the Company, in its sole discretion, at a price equal to the lesser of the Option Price paid for each such Share or the Fair Value of each such Share at the time of such termination; provided , however , that such repurchase right shall terminate with respect to a Share subject to Vesting Restrictions at such time as such Vesting Restrictions lapse, and (c) the entire Award shall immediately expire and be deemed forfeited upon such termination. In order to exercise any repurchase rights hereunder, the Company shall notify the Participant of its election of such option and shall pay such purchase price in cash within one-hundred eighty (180) days following such termination. The Company shall receive customary representations and warranties as to ownership, title, authority to sell and the like from the Participant regarding such sale, and shall receive such other evidence, including applicable inheritance and estate tax waivers, as may reasonably be necessary, in the sole discretion of the Administrator. If a Participant fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.9 , the Company shall be entitled to treat such failure as breach of the Plan for which the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or damages.
      5.10 Repurchase Rights . Following the termination of a Participant’s employment which is initiated by the employee, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any agreement between any Accretive Company and the Participant, any and all Shares owned by such Participant and not repurchased pursuant to Section 5.8 or Section 5.9 , shall be subject to repurchase by the Company at any time, in its sole discretion, at a price equal to the Fair Value for

9


 

each such Share, provided , however , that such repurchase right shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market. In order to exercise this right, the Company shall notify the Participant of its election of such option, the number of Shares being repurchased, the repurchase price and the date of closing of the repurchase. The Company shall receive customary representations and warranties as to ownership, title, authority to sell and the like from the Participant regarding such sale, and shall receive such other evidence, including applicable inheritance and estate tax waivers, as may reasonably be necessary, in the sole discretion of the Administrator. If a Participant fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.10 , the Company shall be entitled to treat such failure as breach of the Plan for which the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or damages.
      5.11 Change of Control .
          (a) In the event of a Change of Control, each Share subject to Vesting Restrictions (“ Restricted Share ”) may be replaced with shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation (or parent thereof) which are subject to the same vesting schedule applicable to the Restricted Share pursuant to Section 5.3 above and such escrow arrangements as the Administrator shall deem appropriate. In the event that any successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not effect such a replacement of an outstanding Restricted Share as described in this Section 5.11(a) , each such Restricted Share shall become fully vested and exercisable on the date that is immediately prior to the effective date of the Change of Control.
          (b) The Company shall attempt to have all outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the event of a Change of Control. However, to the extent the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not accept such assignment, the outstanding repurchase rights shall terminate automatically upon the effective date of the Change of Control.
ARTICLE VI
RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITION OF SHARES
      6.1 Restrictions on Disposition . No Participant may, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, gift, negotiate, pledge, hypothecate, assign or any other way dispose of any Award, any Shares or any interest in any Award or any Shares (collectively, “ Dispose ” or a “ Disposition ”) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by a designation of Beneficiary effective upon the death of the Participant. Any attempted or purported Disposition of Shares in violation hereof shall be void ab initio and the Company shall have no obligation to recognize any such attempted or purported Disposition.
      6.2 Exceptions to Restrictions on Disposition . The restrictions set forth in Section 6.1 shall not apply to any of the following Dispositions of Shares not subject to Vesting Restrictions: (i) any repurchase or redemption by the Company from a Participant of Shares, provided that such repurchase or redemption is effectuated in accordance with and is not in contravention of the terms of this Agreement, Delaware law, or as set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time; (ii) to a Participant’s spouse, children, sisters or brothers (collectively, “ Family Members ” and, individually a “ Family Member ”) or any trust, limited partnership or limited liability company primarily for the benefit of a Participant or a Participant’s Family Member or Family Members,

10


 

provided that any such transferee or recipient of Shares in such Disposition shall agree in writing to be bound by, and the Shares so transferred shall remain subject to, the terms and conditions of the Plan; or (iii) to any Person in accordance with the terms of Articles VII or VIII . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, Shares subject to Vesting Restrictions shall be non-transferable to any person or entity (other than the Company in accordance with Section 5.8 or Section 5.9 ) and shall be subject to substantial risk of forfeiture as described in Section 5.8 and Section 5.9 .
      6.3 Termination of Restrictions on Disposition . The restrictions on Disposition arising under this Article VI with respect to Shares other than Shares subject to Vesting Restrictions shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market; provided , however , that the restrictions on Disposition arising under this Article VI with respect to Shares subject to Vesting Restrictions shall terminate at such time as such Vesting Restrictions with respect to such Shares shall lapse.
ARTICLE VII
DRAG ALONG
      7.1 Drag-Along Obligations . If any stockholder of the Company or group of stockholders of the Company (“ Sellers ”) agrees to directly or indirectly effect a Change of Control, by merger, sale or otherwise, each Participant shall, upon the request of Sellers: (i) be required to exercise all vested Options and sell all of the Shares owned by such Participant pursuant to such proposed Change of Control transaction, (ii) to the extent applicable, vote for any such Change of Control transaction, and (iii) agree to become a party to any proposed agreement to consummate the Change of Control and to execute any agreement, certificate or other documents required to be executed in connection with such Change of Control transaction, including making such representations and warranties as, but not more extensive than, those made by Sellers, provided that no Participant shall be required to indemnify the purchaser in an amount in excess of the proceeds received by such Participant from such Change of Control net of all costs, expenses and taxes attributable to such Change of Control. The Change of Control shall be on the same terms and conditions with respect to the Participant as it is with respect to the Sellers (including the payment of the same consideration per share for each share of common stock of the Company sold). If a Participant fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 7.1 , Sellers shall be entitled to treat such failure as breach of the Plan by such Participant for which Sellers shall be entitled to specific performance and/or damages.
      7.2 Termination of Drag-Along Obligations . The drag-along obligations arising under this Section 7 shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market.
ARTICLE VIII
TAG-ALONG RIGHTS
      8.1 Tag Along Rights . For so long (and only for so long) as a Participant is an employee, director or outside consultant of an Accretive Company, with respect to any proposed Disposition of shares of Capital Stock by any stockholder or a group of stockholders to a Person which would constitute a Change of Control (such other Person being hereafter referred to as the “ Proposed Purchaser ”), such transferring stockholder(s) shall be required to provide that such Participant along with each of the other stockholders having tag-along rights as provided in the

11


 

Plan, the Stockholders Agreement or in a Restricted Stock Award Agreement (referred to herein collectively as the “ Tag-Along Stockholders ”) shall have the right to require the Proposed Purchaser to purchase from each of them up to the number of whole shares of Capital Stock owned by each such Tag-Along Stockholder equal to the number derived by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock that the transferring stockholders propose to sell by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Capital Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Capital Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by the transferring stockholder(s) and all such Tag-Along Stockholders. Any shares purchased from Tag-Along Stockholders pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall be at the same price per share and otherwise at the same time and upon the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer by the transferring stockholder(s); provided , however , that for purposes hereof, the price per share of each share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the actual price per share received for each such share of Preferred Stock less the original purchase price of such share of Preferred Stock and any accrued and unpaid dividends on such share of Preferred Stock as of the date of such transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, all consideration received or receivable by a transferring stockholder from the Proposed Purchaser (and/or its affiliates), howsoever denominated, shall be deemed payment for the shares of Capital Stock transferred by the transferring stockholder.
      8.2 Notice of Potential Sale . The transferring stockholder(s) shall notify, or cause to be notified, each Participant and the Board in writing of each such proposed transfer subject to the provisions of this Article VIII . Such notice shall set forth: (A) the number of shares of each class of Capital Stock proposed to be purchased, (B) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser, (C) the proposed consideration and terms and conditions of payment offered by the Proposed Purchaser, (D) the aggregate amount of the original purchase price and all accrued and unpaid dividends on all shares of Preferred Stock proposed to be purchased and (D) that the Proposed Purchaser has been informed of the “tag-along right” provided for in this Article VIII and that the Proposed Purchaser has agreed to purchase Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.
      8.3 Exercise of Tag Along Rights . The tag-along right may be exercised by any Participant who, at the time of such proposed transfer is an employee, director or outside consultant of an Accretive Company, by delivery of a written notice to the transferring stockholder(s) (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) and to the Board within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the notice specified in Section 8.2 . The Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of Shares that such Participant proposes to include in such transfer to the Proposed Purchaser, determined in accordance with Section 8.1 , and the number of additional shares such Participant desires to include in such transfer. The maximum number of additional shares that each such Participant shall be entitled to sell shall be determined by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock that, under the formula in Section 8.1 , all Tag-Along Stockholders could have elected to sell to the Proposed Purchaser but did not so elect, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Participant electing to sell additional shares and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by all Tag-Along Stockholders (including such Participant) who delivered Tag-Along Notices indicating a willingness to sell additional shares. In the event that the Proposed Purchaser refuses to purchase such shares from the

12


 

Tag-Along Stockholders on the same terms and conditions as it purchases shares from the transferring stockholder(s) in the proposed Disposition, then the transferring stockholder(s) shall not be permitted to sell any shares to the Proposed Purchaser in the proposed Disposition. If no Tag-Along Notice is received during the 30-day period referred to in this Section 8.3 , the transferring stockholder(s) shall have the right to transfer their shares on terms and conditions no more favorable than those stated in the notice under Section 8.2 and in accordance with the provisions of this Article VIII .
      8.4 Conditions . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise of the tag-along right by an eligible Participant shall be conditioned upon the agreement by such Participant to become a party to any proposed agreement for the sale of shares by the transferring stockholder(s), and to execute any agreement, certificate or other document required by the Proposed Purchaser to be executed in connection with such sale; provided , however , that no Participant shall be required to give representations or warranties, or enter into covenants, more extensive than those given by the transferring stockholder(s) or to provide indemnities disproportionately (based upon the percentage of sales proceeds to be received) to those provided by the transferring stockholder(s). Failure of any Participant to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.4 shall constitute a breach of this Agreement and waiver of such Participant’s tag-along right under Article VIII .
      8.5 Termination . Tag along rights arising under this Article VIII (a) shall not apply to Shares subject to Vesting Restrictions on the date of the proposed transfer, and (b) shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market.
ARTICLE IX
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
      9.1 Registration Rights . Unless otherwise required by the lead underwriter engaged to perform an initial public offering of the Company’s securities, as promptly as practicable after such time as there is a Public Market and the Company is eligible to do so, the Company shall (i) file a registration statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) registering the resale of securities issued under the Plan, including the Shares, (ii) if a Participant is or may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Company, include in such registration statement a Prospectus prepared in accordance with the requirements of Form S-3 which, pursuant to General Instruction C of Form S-8 (or the corresponding provision of any successor form), may be delivered in connection with the offer and sale of Shares by such Participant, and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until such time as all of the Shares are sold or all of the Shares may be sold by the each Participant without restriction pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).
      9.2 Exchange Rights . The Company covenants and agrees that, if at such time as there is a Public Market such Public Market does not relate to the Company’s Series C Common Stock, the Participants shall have the right to exchange the Shares for an equivalent number of shares of the class of Common Stock as to which the Public Market exists. The Company shall affect such exchange promptly upon any Participant’s request, subject to compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

13


 

ARTICLE X
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
      10.1 General . Each Award represents a substantial economic benefit to the respective Participant. Each Participant, by virtue of such Participant’s role with the Accretive Companies, has access to, and is involved in the formulation of, certain confidential and secret information of the Accretive Companies regarding their operations and each Participant could materially harm the business of the Accretive Companies by competing with an Accretive Company or soliciting employees or customers of an Accretive Company.
      10.2 Competition . Each Participant agrees that, so long as he/she is an employee of, director of, or outside consultant to, an Accretive Company and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of such employment or service as a director or outside consultant, as applicable, such Participant will not directly or indirectly (as a director, officer, executive employee, manager, consultant, independent contractor, advisor or otherwise) engage in competition with, or own any interest in, perform any services for, participate in or be connected with any business or organization which is engaged in competition with an Accretive Company anywhere in the United States of America; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 10.2 shall not be deemed to prohibit a Participant’s ownership of not more than five percent (5%) of the total shares of all classes of stock outstanding of any publicly held company. No Participant shall at any time, directly or indirectly, use or purport to authorize any person to use any name, mark, logo or other identifying words or images which are the same as or similar to those used at any time by an Accretive Company in connection with any product or service, whether or not such use would be in a business competitive with that of an Accretive Company.
      10.3 Non-Solicitation . Each Participant agrees that, so long as he/she is an employee of, director of, or outside consultant to, an Accretive Company and for a period of twenty four (24) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of such employment or service as a director or outside consultant, as applicable, such Participant will not directly or indirectly (as a director, officer, executive employee, manager, consultant, independent contractor, advisor or otherwise), recruit, solicit, identify for recruitment or solicitation, induce or otherwise take any action intended to (i) cause any employee or consultant of an Accretive Company to leave his or her employment or service as a consultant, as the case may be, with such Accretive Company or (ii) cause any person that was an employee or consultant of an Accretive Company at any time during the two years preceding the date at issue to accept employment of any kind with any Person, including the Participant or any entity with which he/she is affiliated.
      10.4 Non-Interference . Each Participant agrees that, so long as he/she is an employee of, director of, or outside consultant to, an Accretive Company and for a period of twenty four (24) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of such employment or service as a director or outside consultant, as applicable, such Participant will not directly or indirectly call upon, accept business from or solicit the trade, business or patronage of any of the customers or known prospective customers of any Accretive Company or of anyone who has heretofore traded and dealt with an Accretive Company, regardless of the location of such customers or prospective customers of the Accretive Companies, with respect to the business of the Accretive Companies, or otherwise divert or attempt to divert any business from any Accretive Company.

14


 

      10.5 Certain Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, a person or entity (including, without limitation, a Participant) shall be deemed to be a direct competitor of an Accretive Company, or a person or entity (including, without limitation, a Participant) shall be deemed to be engaging in competition with an Accretive Company, if such person or entity in any way conducts, operates, carries out or engages in (i) the business of providing services or solutions targeted at improving revenue cycle services for health care providers, or (ii) such other business or businesses as the Company conducts or reasonably anticipates conducting, as of the date hereof or during the period in which the Participant in question was an employee, director or outside consultant of an Accretive Entity, whether or not overt steps have been taken to so implement such contemplated business during such period.
      10.6 Enforcement. Each Participant agrees that the restrictions contained in the Plan are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Accretive Companies and are considered by such Participant to be reasonable for that purpose and that the scope of restricted activities, the geographic scope and the duration of the restrictions set forth in the Plan are considered by such Participant to be reasonable. Each Participant further agrees that any breach of any of the restrictive covenants in the Plan would cause the Accretive Companies substantial and irrevocable harm for which money damages would be inadequate and therefore, in the event of any such breach or any threatened breach, in addition to such other remedies as may be available, the Accretive Companies shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief. Each Participant further agrees that to the extent any provision or portion of the restrictive covenants of the Plan shall be held, found or deemed to be unreasonable, unlawful or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then any such provision or portion thereof shall be deemed to be modified to the extent necessary in order that any such provision or portion thereof shall be legally enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Without limitation to any other remedies available hereunder or at law, each Participant agrees that any Shares owned by such Participant shall be subject to repurchase by the Company, in its sole discretion, at a price, on the terms, and in the manner set forth in Section 5.9 .
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
      11.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.1 , the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board without obtaining the approval of any Participant. No stockholder approval of any amendment or revision will be required unless such approval is required by applicable law, rule or regulation. Except in accordance with Section 2.3 , no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the written consent of a Participant, alter or impair the number of Shares subject to an Award granted to such Participant, the Option Price applicable to any Award granted to such Participant or the vesting rights of such Participant with respect to any Award. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.
      11.2 Term of Plan . The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date and shall only be terminated by the Board. Termination of the Plan shall not affect any Award granted prior to the termination of the Plan.

15


 

      11.3 Change of Control . No Change of Control shall result in the acceleration of vesting, unless otherwise provided in the Plan, any Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Company and a Participant.
      11.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to require payment in cash or deduction from other compensation payable to each Participant of any sums required by Federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect to the grant, vesting or exercise of any Award and with respect to any distribution made by the Company or disposition of any Shares. The Administrator may, in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, allow such Participant to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under such Award (or allow the return of Shares) having a Fair Value equal to the sums required to be withheld.
      11.5 Legends; Custody . The certificates representing the Shares issued under the Plan shall bear the following legends giving notice of restrictions on transfer of such shares under the Securities Act and under the Plan as follows:
THE SALE, TRANSFER, HYPOTHECATION, NEGOTIATION, PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS SHARE CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF SERIES C COMMON STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE RESTRICTED BY AND ARE SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE TERMS, CONDITIONS AND PROVISIONS OF THE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN, WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. ANY ISSUANCE, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OTHER THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE STOCK OPTION PLAN SHALL BE NULL AND VOID.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR PURSUANT TO ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
          The certificates for Shares covered by any Award may include any other legends required by applicable state or Federal securities laws, as determined by the Administrator.
      11.6 Effect of Plan Upon Other Compensation Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for any Accretive Company. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for employees, directors or consultants of any Accretive Company, or (b) to grant or assume other awards otherwise than under the Plan.

16


 

      11.7 Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable Federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state and Federal securities law and Federal margin requirements) and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. The Company will be under no obligation to register or qualify the issuance of Awards or underlying securities under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and the Company shall not be obligated to grant, issue, deliver or effect any transfer of Shares granted under the Plan unless such grant, issuance, delivery or transfer is at such time effectively registered or exempt from registration under applicable state and Federal securities laws. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the Person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
      11.8 Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Company shall be addressed to Greg Kazarian, Secretary, Healthcare Services, Inc., 401 N. Michigan Avenue, 27th Floor, Chicago, IL 60611, and any notice hereunder to any Participant shall be addressed to such Participant at the last known address for such person on the Company’s books and records, subject to the right of the Company and each Participant to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address.
      11.9 Interpretation . Headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of the Plan, and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. References herein to Sections are references to the referenced Section hereof, unless otherwise specified.
      11.10 Governing Law . The Plan and any agreements hereunder, including without limitation all Award Agreements and all Acknowledgements, shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof.
* * *

17


 

     I hereby certify that the foregoing Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Healthcare Services, Inc. on February 22, 2006.
     
/s/ Greg Kazarian
 
   
Greg Kazarian, Secretary
   

18

Exhibit 10.2
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF GRANT
UNDER
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the long-term incentive program established by Healthcare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) known as its Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”). All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Plan.
The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that:
(a) he was granted, on                   , the right to acquire                   shares of the Company’s Series C Common Stock at an exercise price of $                   per Share, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time;
(b) the Plan includes the terms and provisions relating to his grant and Award, including without limitation, provisions regarding vesting, exercise and payment, transfer restrictions and non-competition and other restrictive covenants;
(c) he has had the opportunity to review the Plan carefully so that he may understand his Award and all of his rights and obligations under the Plan;
(d) he hereby accepts the grant of an Award and, as a result he and his Award shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions contained in the Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time;
(e) all terms and provisions of the Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time, are incorporated herein as if fully set forth in this Acknowledgement; and
(f) this Acknowledgement and the Plan shall be binding upon his heirs, executors, administrators, guardians, trustees, attorneys-in-fact and legal and personal representatives.
Participant:
             
           
(Employee Name Here)   Date    
 
           
         
Social Security Number        
 
           
agreed and acknowledged:        
 
           
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.        
 
           
By:
           
Its:
 
 
       
 
 
 
       

 

Exhibit 10.4
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
     This RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of the       day of                      ,       , by and between HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (the “Recipient”).
     Section 1. Grant of Award .
     Pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”), the Company hereby grants to the Recipient, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which terms and conditions are incorporated by reference herein, and subject further to the terms and conditions herein set forth,                       shares of the Company’s Class ___Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as, the “Restricted Stock” or the “Award”).
     Section 2. Terms and Conditions .
     It is understood and agreed that the Award is subject to the following terms and conditions:
          (a) Date of Grant . Any references to the “date of grant” herein shall mean the date hereof.
          (b) Expiration Date . The Award shall expire and all unvested Restricted Stock shall be deemed forfeited at the close of business on [                      ] [or as otherwise specified in Section 2(d)/after which neither party shall have any obligation hereunder].
          (c) Vesting . [VESTING TERMS]
          (d) [ Termination of Employment .
               (i) In the event that the Recipient’s employment with the Company shall be terminated “for cause” by the Company or without Good Reason by the Recipient [(as such terms are defined in that certain Employment Agreement dated as of [                      ] by and between the Company and the Recipient (the “Employment Agreement”)], all unvested Restricted Stock shall be immediately forfeited.
               (ii) In the event that the Recipient’s employment with the Company shall be terminated as a result of Recipient’s death or Disability, or without cause by the Company or with Good Reason by the Recipient [(as such terms are used or defined in the Employment Agreement)], the Restricted Stock, held by the Recipient shall continue to vest [in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement]. Any Restricted Stock that remains unvested after operation of the preceding sentence shall be forfeited.
          (e) No Right to Continued Employment . This Agreement shall not confer upon Recipient any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company.]

 


 

          (f) Compliance with Laws and Regulations . This Agreement, and the obligations of the Company hereunder, shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required.
          (g) Withholding Taxes . The Recipient shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Board for the payment of, any taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld in respect of the Restricted Stock, no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Recipient.
     Section 3. Investment Representation .
     Recipient: (i) is acquiring the Restricted Stock for Recipient’s own account, for investment only and not with a view to the distribution, resale or transfer thereof, and as the sole record and beneficial holder thereof; (ii) is acquiring such Restricted Stock without any intention of reselling or distributing such Restricted Stock except in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and applicable state securities laws and regulations and (iii) agrees that the Restricted Stock shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated or otherwise transferred, whether or not for consideration, by Recipient unless such shares have vested and (x) unless they are registered under the Act and any applicable state securities law, or (y) except upon the issuance to the Company of a favorable opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company [and the submission to the Company of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to the Company,] to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act, applicable state securities laws or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder including[, in the Company’s sole discretion, the written agreement of any proposed transferee to be bound by the foregoing restrictions on transfer.] Recipient further understands and agrees that the Restricted Stock is subject to additional restrictions on transfer under the Plan[, the Employment Agreement] and this Agreement, and that Recipient shall not transfer the Restricted Stock except following vesting of the same and in compliance with the restrictions on transfer and related terms, conditions and provisions set forth in the Plan[, the Employment Agreement] and this Agreement
     Section 4. Recipient Bound by Plan .
     The Recipient hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan.
     Section 5. Notices .
     Any notice hereunder to the Company shall be addressed to Greg Kazarian, Secretary, HealthCare Services, Inc., c/o Accretive Technology Partners, IXC, 55 East 59th Street, 22nd Floor, New York, New York 10022, and any notice hereunder to Recipient shall be addressed to the Recipient at the following address, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address:
Name and
Address of Recipient:
Recipient’s Social Security Number:

2


 

     Section 6. Binding Effect .
     This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company’s successors and assigns, and shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the Recipient and the Recipient’s heirs, executors, administrators, guardians, trustees, attorneys-in-fact and legal and personal representatives.
     Section 7. Governing Law .
     To the extent that state law shall not be preempted by any laws of the United States, this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.
     Section 8. Tax Election .
     Recipient acknowledges that under the terms of the Plan, Recipient is entitled (but not obligated) to make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with respect to each and every Award of Restricted Stock made to Recipient pursuant to the Plan. Recipient agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any costs, expenses, claims, damages or causes of action (including, without limitation, any and all related costs and expenses) incurred by Recipient or Company resulting from or relating to Recipient’s making, failure to make or ineffectively making any election under Section 83(b) with respect to any Award. Should such election under Section 83(b) of the Code be made, the Recipient shall prepare such forms as are required to make such election.
     Section 9. Restrictions on Disposition of Restricted Stock .
          9.1. Restrictions on Disposition . Except as expressly provided in Section 9.2 hereof, and notwithstanding the provisions of any other agreement which the Company and the Recipient are a party, or are bound under, until such time as there is a Public Market for the common stock of the Company, the Recipient may not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, negotiate, pledge, hypothecate, assign or any other way dispose of (collectively, “Dispose” or a “Disposition”) the Restricted Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by her or any part thereof either during the Recipient’s lifetime or upon her death.
          9.2. Exceptions to Restrictions on Disposition . The restrictions set forth in Section 9.1 hereof shall not apply to any of the following Dispositions: (i) any repurchase or redemption by the Company from the Recipient of the Restricted Stock, provided that such repurchase or redemption is effectuated in accordance with and is not in contravention of the terms of this Agreement, Delaware law, or as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company; (ii) to the Recipient’s spouse, children, sisters or brothers (collectively, “Family Members” and, individually a “Family Member”) or any trust, limited partnership or limited liability company primarily for the benefit of a Family Member or Family Members; or (iii) to any Person in accordance with the terms of Section 10 [or Section 11] hereof or the Plan; provided, however, with respect to any of the foregoing [(except as to Section 11)], that any such transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by, and the shares so transferred shall remain subject to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3


 

          9.3. Disclosure of Offers to Purchase . If the Recipient receives a bona fide offer in writing from a third person (an “Offer”) to purchase all or a portion of the Restricted Stock (vested or unvested), the Recipient shall immediately give the Company and all of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company written notice of the Offer, which notice shall set forth the terms of the Offer and the identity and business address of the offeror and, if the Offer was made in writing, be accompanied by a copy of the Offer.
     Section 10. Tag-Along .
          10.1. Tag-Along Rights .
          (a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9.2 or in the Plan[, and for so long (and only for so long) as the Recipient is employed by the Company], with respect to any proposed Disposition of any shares of Capital Stock by any Stockholder or a group of the Stockholders to a person (such other person being hereafter referred to as the “Proposed Purchaser”), such transferring Stockholder(s) shall be required to provide that the Recipient along with each of the other Stockholders having tag-along rights as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement (referred to herein collectively as the “Tag-Along Stockholders”) shall have the right to require the Proposed Purchaser to purchase from each of them up to the number of whole shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by each such Tag-Along Stockholder equal to the number derived by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) that the transferring Stockholders propose to sell by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by the transferring Stockholders and all such Tag-Along Stockholders. Any shares purchased from Tag-Along Stockholders pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall be at the same price per share and otherwise at the same time and upon the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer by the transferring Stockholders. For purposes of this Agreement, all consideration received or receivable by a transferring Stockholder from the Proposed Purchaser (and/or its affiliates) or the Company, howsoever denominated, shall be deemed payment for the shares transferred by the transferring Stockholders.
          (b) The transferring Stockholders shall notify, or cause to be notified, each Stockholder and the Company’s Board of Directors in writing of each such proposed transfer subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1. Such notice shall set forth: (A) the number of shares of Capital Stock proposed to be purchased, (B) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser, (C) the proposed consideration and terms and conditions of payment offered by the Proposed Purchaser, and (D) that the Proposed Purchaser has been informed of the “tag-along right” provided for in this Section 10.1 and that the Proposed Purchaser has agreed to purchase such shares in accordance with the terms hereof.
          (c) The tag-along right may be exercised by any Tag-Along Stockholder by delivery of a written notice to the transferring Stockholders (the “Tag-Along Notice”) and to the Company’s Board of Directors within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the notice

4


 

specified in Section 10.1(b) hereof. The Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder proposes to include in such transfer to the Proposed Purchaser, determined in accordance with Section 10.1 (a) hereof, and the number of additional shares such Tag-Along Stockholder desires to include in such transfer. The maximum number of additional shares that each such Tag-Along Stockholder shall be entitled to sell shall be determined by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) that, under the formula in Section 10.1 (a) hereof, all Tag- Along Stockholders could have elected to sell to the Proposed Purchaser but did not so elect, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder electing to sell additional shares and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by all Tag-Along Stockholders who delivered Tag-Along Notices indicating a willingness to sell additional shares. In the event that the Proposed Purchaser refuses to purchase such shares from the Tag-Along Stockholders on the same terms and conditions as it purchases shares from the transferring Stockholders in the proposed transfer, then the transferring Stockholders shall not be permitted to sell any shares to the Proposed Purchaser in the proposed transfer. If no Tag-Along Notice is received during the 30-day period referred to in this Section 10.1(c), the transferring Stockholders shall have the right to transfer their shares on terms and conditions no more favorable than those stated in the notice under Section 10.1 (b) hereof and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.
          (d) Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise of the tag-along right shall be conditioned upon the agreement by each Tag-Along Stockholder to become a party to any proposed agreement for the sale of shares by the transferring Stockholders, and to execute any agreement, certificate or other document required to be executed in connection with such sale; provided , however , that no Tag-Along Stockholder shall be required to give representations or warranties more extensive than those given by the transferring Stockholders or to provide indemnities disproportionately (based upon the percentage of sales proceeds to be received) to those provided by the transferring Stockholders. Failure of any Tag-Along Stockholder to comply with the provisions of this Section 10.1(d) shall constitute a breach of this Agreement and waiver of his tag-along right.
          (e) The tag-along rights arising under this Section 10 shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market.
     Section 11. Legend on Certificates . The following statement shall be inscribed on all certificates representing the Restricted Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by the Recipient:
‘THE SALE, TRANSFER, HYPOTHECATION, NEGOTIATION, PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS SHARE CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF CLASS B OR CLASS C COMMON STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE RESTRICTED BY AND ARE SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE TERMS, CONDITIONS AND PROVISIONS OF A CERTAIN RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT DATED AS OF                                          

5


 

AMONG THE RECIPIENT, THE COMPANY AND THE INVESTORS, WHICH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR PURSUANT TO ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”
     Section 12. Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth as follows:
Affiliate ” or “ affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.
Capital Stock ” means the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, together.
Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Initial Public Offering ” means an initial public offering of shares of Capital Stock of the Company, which public offering raises net proceeds to the Company of not less than $25,000,000.
Investors ” means Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
Person ” means any individual, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, partnership, unincorporated association, governmental regulatory entity, country, state or political subdivision thereof, trust or other entity.
Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share.
Public Market ” means a market for the Common Stock of the Company that shall be deemed to exist at such time as the Common Stock of the Company, has been sold to the public pursuant to one or more registration statements filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act.
Registrable Securities ” means (A) all shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date hereof and now or hereafter owned of record or beneficially by any of the Stockholders, (B) any shares

6


 

of Common Stock issued or issuable by the Company in respect of any shares of Common Stock referred to in the foregoing clause (A) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination or subdivision of shares, reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company and (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock or the exercise of any warrant or option. As to any particular Registrable Securities that have been issued, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of under such registration statement, (ii) they shall have been distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (iii) they shall have been otherwise Disposed of, and new certificates therefor not bearing a legend restricting further Disposition shall have been delivered by the Company, and subsequent Disposition of them shall not require their registration or qualification under the Securities Act or any similar state law then in force, or (iv) they shall have ceased to be outstanding.
Registration Expenses ” means any and all out-of-pocket expenses incident to the Company’s performance or compliance with Section 11 hereof, including, without limitation, all Commission, stock exchange or registration and filing fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities and blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters’ counsel in connection with blue sky qualification and stock exchange filings), all fees and expenses of the transfer agent and registrar, if any, for the Registrable Securities, all printing expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent auditors, public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel retained by the Requesting Holders, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and applicable transfer and documentary stamp taxes, if any, which shall be borne by the seller of the securities in all cases.
Requesting Holders ” means holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company.
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Stockholder ” and “ Stockholders ” means the Investors, together with all other persons who may become stockholders, option holders or warrant holders of the Company.
Stockholders’ Agreement ” means the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2003, [as Amended] by and among the Company and the Investors.
Underwritten Offering ” means the filing by the Company of a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any similar short-form registration statement) and the intended method of distribution is through a firm commitment underwriting.
[The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally.]

7


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
    HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
      Name:
 
      Title:
 
       
    RECIPIENT
 
       
     
    [RECIPIENT]
[AGREED AND ACCEPTED AS THEIR
INTERESTS MAY APPEAR:
                 
ACCRETIVE INVESTORS SBIC, L.P.    
 
               
By:   Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC General Partner    
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:   Manager and Member    
 
               
FW OAK HILL ACCRETIVE    
HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, L.P.    
 
               
By:   Group VI31, L.L.C., General Partner    
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:   Manager and Member]    

Exhibit 10.5
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT
      THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT , dated as of the 22nd day of February, 2009 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), ACCRETIVE INVESTORS SBIC, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Accretive ”), FW OAK HILL ACCRETIVE HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Oak Hill ”) (Accretive and Oak Hill are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor ”), Mary Tolan, an individual resident of the State of Illinois (“ Tolan ”), Accretive Investors V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Accretive Investors ”) and each of the other Persons listed on Schedule A hereto (such Persons, together with Tolan and Accretive Investors, are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the “ Additional Stockholders ” and individually as an “Additional Stockholder”) (together with the Investors, hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Investors and Additional Stockholders ”).
     This Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2005, by and among the Company, the Investors, Tolan and Accretive Investors (the “ Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth on Annex A hereto.
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS , the Investors and Additional Stockholders each own shares of the Company’s Capital Stock; and
      WHEREAS , certain non-voting shares of the Company’s Capital Stock currently held by the Additional Stockholders are being exchanged for voting shares of the Company’s Capital Stock pursuant to that certain Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the other Persons party thereto (the “ Share Exchange Agreement ”); and
      WHEREAS , as of the date hereof, in connection with and as a precondition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement, the Company, the Investors, Tolan and Accretive Investors desire to and do hereby amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as more particularly set forth herein, and the other Persons party hereto desire to become parties hereto.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
     Section 1. Stock Ownership.

 


 

     Each Additional Stockholder severally represents and warrants that he, she or it is the record and beneficial owner of the shares of Capital Stock which is the subject of the Share Exchange Agreement.
     Section 2. Management of the Company; Board of Directors.
          2.1 The Investors and Additional Stockholders agree that the entire Board of Directors of the Company shall consist of between five (5) and nine (9) directors and they further agree to promptly take all necessary action to establish or amend, as the case may be, the Company’s by-laws or other organizational documents in order to effectuate the same. Subject to Section 2.2 below and applicable Delaware law, (A) Accretive shall have the right, for so long as it continues to own, in the aggregate, not less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate outstanding shares of the Capital Stock on a fully-diluted basis, to designate, remove or redesignate, at any time or from time to time, two (2) directors to the Company’s Board of Directors, (B) Oak Hill shall have the right, for so long as it continues to own not less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate outstanding shares of the Capital Stock on a fully-diluted basis, to designate, remove or redesignate, at any time or from time to time, one (1) director to the Company’s Board of Directors, (C) each of the Investors and the Additional Stockholders shall through November 15, 2009 vote his, her or its shares of Capital Stock for the election of each of Denis Nayden and Art Spiegel as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, each such person to act as a Co-Chairman thereof, for a term at least through November 15, 2009; provided that if Mr. Nayden at any time ceases being a member of the Company’s Board of Directors by reason of incapacity or death (but not for any other reason, including but not limited to resignation or removal), or if, after November 15, 2009, the Investors and the Additional Stockholders do not vote their shares of Capital Stock for the election of Mr. Nayden, then Oak Hill shall have the right, for so long as it continues to own not less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate outstanding shares of the Capital Stock on a fully-diluted basis, to designate, remove or redesignate, at any time or from time to time, one (1) additional director to the Company’s Board of Directors in lieu of Mr. Nayden, and (D) each of the Investors shall, for so long as Tolan remains the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, vote its shares of Capital Stock for the election of Tolan to the Company’s Board of Directors. Four (4) additional directors, each of whom is an independent outside director, have been selected by the mutual agreement of the Investors. As of the date hereof, the Board of Directors of the Company is currently comprised of the following eight (8) persons:
     
Dennis Nayden
  Co-Chairman
Art Spiegel
  Co-Chairman
Michael Cline
  Designee of Accretive
Edgar Bronfman, Jr.
  Designee of Accretive
Mark Wolfson
  Designee of Oak Hill
Mary Tolan
  Chief Executive Officer
Steven Kaplan
  Independent Director
George Shultz
  Independent Director
          2.2 The members of the Board of Directors shall be elected at annual (or special) meetings of stockholders of the Company and each Investor and Additional Stockholder

2


 

agrees to vote all shares of Capital Stock owned or held of record by such Investor or Additional Stockholder, at each such annual (or special) meeting of stockholders at which directors of the Company are to be elected, in favor of, or take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting as are necessary to cause, the election as members of the Board of Directors of the nominees of and as designated by the Investors in the manner provided in this Section 2.
          2.3 Each Investor and Additional Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all of his, her or its shares of Capital Stock from time to time and at all times in whatever manner necessary to effectuate the intent of the provisions of this Section 2.
          2.4 Whenever any vacancy in the Board of Directors (whether occurring by reason of incapacity, death, resignation, removal or otherwise, except as provided in Section 2.1) involving a designee of one of the Investors is to be filled, the Investor who designated, under the provisions of this Section 2, the director who no longer will be acting as a director (whether by reason of incapacity, death, resignation, removal or otherwise) shall designate a successor director to fill such vacancy. Whenever any vacancy in the Board of Directors (whether occurring by reason of incapacity, death, resignation, removal or otherwise) involving a director other than a designee of one of the Investors is to be filled, the Majority Stockholders shall designate a successor director to fill such vacancy.
          2.5 All decisions of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be made by the vote of a majority of the directors present and constituting a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Company shall not make any decision or take any action without the affirmative vote of at least one of the directors designated by either Accretive or Oak Hill.
          2.6 The Board of Directors of the Company may establish an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and such other committees as it deems advisable. Each of Accretive and Oak Hill, to the extent they have a right to designate one or more directors to the Company’s Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2.1, can choose to have one representative on each such committee, if any.
          2.7 Upon the presentation of appropriate documentation, the Company shall reimburse each director who is not an employee of the Company for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by such director in attending Board of Directors meetings.
          2.8 The Company shall, as soon as practicable, taking into account the Company’s financial condition, business and prospects, maintain Officer’s and Director’s Liability Insurance in a reasonable and customary amount for a business comparable to that of the Company with respect to the Company’s officers, consultants and members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Further, the Company shall take no action, absent the written consent of the Majority Stockholders, amending or repealing Article V of the Amended Certificate, pursuant to which Article the Company agrees to indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware Law, each person who serves as a director or officer of the Company in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought against such person by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Company.

3


 

          2.9 During the term of this Agreement, each Investor and Additional Stockholder shall at all times vote, or cause to be voted, all shares then owned or controlled by him, her or it to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.
     Section 3. [Intentionally Ommitted].
     Section 4. Restrictions on Disposition of Stock.
          4.1 Restrictions on Disposition . Except as expressly provided in Section 4.2 hereof, the Investors and Additional Stockholders of the Company may not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, gift, negotiate, pledge, hypothecate, assign or any other way dispose of (collectively, “ Dispose ” or a “ Disposition ”) any shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (or any other securities of the Company) now owned or hereafter acquired by him, her or it or any part thereof either during such Investor’s or Additional Stockholder’s corporate or other existence or lifetime, as the case may be, or upon its dissolution or liquidation or his or her death, as the case may be.
          4.2 Exceptions to Restrictions on Disposition . The restrictions set forth in Section 4.1 hereof shall not apply to any of the following Dispositions: (i) any repurchase or redemption by the Company from an Investor or Additional Stockholder of any shares of Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company), provided that such repurchase or redemption is effectuated in accordance with and is not in contravention of the terms of this Agreement, Delaware law, or as set forth in the Amended Certificate; (ii) in the case of an Investor or Additional Stockholder who is a natural person, to such Stockholder’s spouse, children, sisters or brothers (collectively, “ Family Members ” and, individually a “ Family Member ”) or any trust, limited partnership or limited liability company primarily for the benefit of a Family Member or Family Members; (iii) in the case of an Investor or Additional Stockholder that is not a natural person, to any successor, partner, parent, subsidiary or affiliate of such Investor or Additional Stockholder; or (iv) to any Person in accordance with the terms of Section 4.4 or Section 5 hereof; provided , however , with respect to any of the foregoing, that as a condition of such Disposition being effective, any such transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by, and the shares so transferred shall remain subject to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          4.3 Disclosure of Offers to Purchase . If an Investor or Additional Stockholder receives a bona fide offer in writing from a third person (an “ Offer ”) to purchase all or a portion of such Investor’s or Additional Stockholder’s shares of Capital Stock (or any other securities of the Company), the Investor or Additional Stockholder receiving such Offer shall immediately give the Company and all of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) of the Offer, which notice shall set forth the terms of the Offer and the identity and business address of the offeror (the “ Offeror ”) and, if the Offer was made in writing, be accompanied by a copy of the Offer.
          4.4 Rights of First Refusal .
               (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2, and prior to the exercise of any rights provided in Section 5.1, in the event that an Investor or Additional Stockholder (the “ Offering Stockholder ”), desires to sell all or a portion of his, her or its shares

4


 

of Capital Stock (or any other securities of the Company) pursuant to an Offer, the Offering Stockholder shall give the Company the Offer Notice required under Section 4.3, and thereafter the Company shall have the option to purchase all of the shares that are subject to the Offer (the “ Offered Shares ”) at the same purchase price and on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Offer and otherwise in accordance herewith (the “ Company Option ”). The Company shall exercise the Company Option by delivering written notice to the Offering Stockholder within fifteen (15) days (the “ Company Option Period ”) following receipt by the Company of the Offer Notice.
               (b) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 4.2 and 5.1, if the Company does not elect to exercise the Company Option within the Company Option Period, the Offering Stockholder, before he, she or it may sell the Offered Shares to the Offeror pursuant to the Offer, shall provide the Investors and Additional Stockholders with written notice thereof within ten (10) days immediately following the expiration of the Company Option Period, and the Investors and Additional Stockholders shall thereafter have the option (the “ Investor Option ”) to purchase all of the Offered Shares at the same purchase price and on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Offer. To the extent the offering is oversubscribed it shall be divided pro rata according to the relative number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) held by such Investor or Additional Stockholder. The Investor Option shall be exercisable by written notice from the Investor or Additional Stockholder to the Offering Stockholder within fifteen (15) days immediately following receipt by the Investor or Additional Stockholder of the notice that the Company did not exercise the Company Option.
               (c) If options to purchase all of the Offered Shares are not exercised pursuant to Sections 4.4(a) or 4.4(b) hereof, then any such purchase or option to purchase shall be null and void, and the Offering Stockholder shall be entitled to sell all, but not less than all, of the Offered Shares to the Offeror, but only on the exact terms contained in the Offer not more than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the last option period contemplated by Sections 4.4(a) or 4.4(b) hereof. If the Offering Stockholder does not sell the Offered Shares in strict compliance with this subsection (c), any other Disposition of shares by such Offering Stockholder must be made pursuant to a new bona fide offer and subject to the provisions of this Section 4.4.
               (d) The closing of any purchase and sale contemplated by Section 4.4(a) or 4.4(b) hereof shall take place at the principal offices of the Company on the tenth (10 th ) day after the Company or the Investor or Additional Stockholder who has exercised an Investor Option, as the case may be, has agreed to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Offered Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.4, or such other time and at such other place as agreed upon by the parties. If any of the aforesaid closing dates fall on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, then such closing shall be held on the next succeeding business day. At the closing, the Offering Stockholder shall deliver in exchange for the purchase price due hereunder (i) certificates for the shares of Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company) being sold duly endorsed for transfer and with all applicable documentary and/or transfer stamps affixed, (ii) at the request of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Offering Stockholder’s (or its or his or her designee(s), as the case may be) written resignation as a director and/or officer of the Company and any of its affiliates, all effective as of such closing, and (iii) representations customary for transactions of this type, including but not limited to the following: that the

5


 

Offering Stockholder owns the securities being sold free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances; that the Offering Stockholder has the right, power and authority to sell such securities in accordance with the sale terms; that no consent of any third party is required to consummate such sale; that the sale does not violate any agreement or restrictions applicable to the Offering Stockholder or the securities offered.
               (e) No Disposition pursuant to this Agreement shall have any force or effect until the transferee of such Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company) executes and delivers such documents, certificates, instruments and other agreements as may reasonably be requested by any Investor or Additional Stockholder or by counsel to the Company to assure compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. Until such time, the Company shall not enter on its records the identity of any such transferee or otherwise recognize such transferee as a stockholder of the Company.
               (f) In the event of a Disposition of shares of Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company) that violates the provisions of Section 4 hereof, such Disposition shall be null and void and the Company, first, and the other Investors and Additional Stockholders, second, shall have successive options to purchase, pro rata according to the relative number of shares of Capital Stock held by each Investor or Additional Stockholder (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options), all of such shares at a purchase price equal to the aggregate consideration initially paid by such violating Investor or Additional Stockholder for all shares of Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company) disposed of in contravention of Section 4 hereof, minus any cash distributions paid to such Investor or Additional Stockholder by the Company with respect to such shares, which purchase price the parties hereto agree is reasonable in light of the damage that could be caused as a result of a breach of Section 4 hereof.
               (g) All Dispositions of Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company) under Section 4 hereof are subject to the transferees thereof agreeing to be bound in writing by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
               (h) If an Offering Stockholder is a Director or an affiliate of a Director, then such Offering Stockholder shall recuse himself or cause its designee to recuse itself from participating in the Board of Directors’ decision as to whether the Company will exercise the Company Option with respect to such Offering Stockholder.
     Section 5. Tag-Along Rights and Drag-Along Obligations.
          5.1 Tag-Along Rights .
               (a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 4.2 and 5.2, and provided none of the options under Section 4.4 have been exercised, with respect to any proposed Disposition of any shares of Capital Stock by any Investor or Additional Stockholder or a group of the Investors and Additional Stockholders (each individually a “ Transferring Shareholder ” and collectively, “ Transferring Shareholders ”) to a person (such other person being hereafter referred to as the “ Proposed Purchaser ”), such Transferring Shareholder(s) shall be required to provide that each of the other Investors and Additional Stockholders (referred to herein

6


 

collectively as the “ Tag-Along Stockholders ”) shall have the right to require the Proposed Purchaser to purchase from each of them up to the number of whole shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by each such Tag-Along Stockholder equal to the number derived by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) that the Transferring Shareholder(s) propose to sell by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by the Transferring Shareholder(s) and all such Tag-Along Stockholders. Any shares purchased from Tag-Along Stockholders pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be at the same price per share and otherwise at the same time and upon the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer by the Transferring Shareholder(s). For purposes of this Agreement, all consideration received or receivable by a Transferring Shareholder from the Proposed Purchaser (and/or its affiliates) or the Company, howsoever denominated, shall be deemed payment for the shares transferred by the Transferring Shareholder.
               (b) The Transferring Shareholder shall notify, or cause to be notified, each other Investor and Additional Stockholder and the Company’s Board of Directors in writing of each such proposed transfer subject to the provisions of this Section 5.1. Such notice shall set forth: (A) the number of shares of Capital Stock proposed to be purchased, (B) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser, (C) the proposed consideration and terms and conditions of payment offered by the Proposed Purchaser, and (D) that the Proposed Purchaser has been informed of the “tag-along right” provided for in this Section 5.1 and that the Proposed Purchaser has agreed to purchase such shares in accordance with the terms hereof.
               (c) The tag-along right may be exercised by any Tag-Along Stockholder by delivery of a written notice to the Transferring Shareholder(s) (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) and to the Company’s Board of Directors within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the notice specified in Section 5.1(b) hereof. The Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder proposes to include in such transfer to the Proposed Purchaser, determined in accordance with Section 5.1(a) hereof, and the number of additional shares such Tag-Along Stockholder desires to include in such transfer. The maximum number of additional shares that each such Tag-Along Stockholder shall be entitled to sell shall be determined by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) that, under the formula in Section 5.1(a) hereof, all Tag-Along Stockholders could have elected to sell to the Proposed Purchaser but did not so elect, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder electing to sell additional shares and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by all Tag-Along Stockholders who delivered Tag-Along Notices indicating a willingness to sell additional shares. In the event that the Proposed Purchaser refuses to purchase such shares from the Tag-Along Stockholders on the same terms and conditions as it purchases shares from the Transferring Shareholder(s) in the proposed transfer, then the Transferring Shareholder(s) shall not be permitted to sell any shares to the

7


 

Proposed Purchaser in the proposed transfer. If no Tag-Along Notice is received during the 30-day period referred to in this Section 5.1(c), the Transferring Shareholder(s) shall have the right to transfer their shares on terms and conditions no more favorable than those stated in the notice under Section 5.1(b) hereof and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.
               (d) Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise of the tag-along right shall be conditioned upon the agreement by each Tag-Along Stockholder to become a party to any proposed agreement for the sale of shares by the Transferring Shareholder(s), and to execute any agreement, certificate or other document required to be executed in connection with such sale; provided , however , that no Tag-Along Stockholder shall be required to give representations or warranties more extensive than those given by the Transferring Shareholder(s) or to provide indemnities disproportionately (based upon the percentage of sales proceeds to be received) to those provided by the Transferring Shareholder(s). Failure of any Tag-Along Stockholder to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.1(d) shall constitute a breach of this Agreement and waiver of his tag-along right.
          5.2 Drag-Along Obligations . If any Investor or Additional Stockholder or group of Investors and Additional Stockholders (“ Sellers ”) agree to Dispose of, by merger, sale or otherwise, all of their shares of Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company) constituting not less than fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrant or option) then outstanding, and such sale is contingent on all of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock (and other securities of the Company) being sold simultaneously, then, provided such proposed sale is pursuant to a bona fide, arms-length agreement with a third party not affiliated with the Sellers, the other Investors and Additional Stockholders shall (i) be required to and shall sell all of their shares of Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company) pursuant to such proposed sale, (ii) vote for any such transaction proposed by Sellers, and (iii) agree to become a party to any proposed agreement for the sale of such shares by and to execute any agreement, certificate or other documents required to be executed in connection with such sale, including making such representations and warranties as, but not more extensive than, those made by Sellers, provided that no other Investor or Additional Stockholder shall be required to indemnify the acquiror of the securities of the Company sold in an amount in excess of the proceeds received by such other Investor or Additional Stockholder from such sale net of all costs, expenses and taxes attributable to such sale. The sale by the other Investors and Additional Stockholders pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be on the same terms and conditions as the sale by the Sellers (including the payment of the same consideration per share for each share of the same class of securities sold). If such other Investors and Additional Stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.2, Sellers shall be entitled to treat such failure as breach of this Agreement for which Sellers shall be entitled to specific performance and/or damages.
          5.3 The tag-along rights and drag-along obligations arising under this Section 5 shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market.
     Section 6. Registration Rights.
          6.1 Demand Registrations .

8


 

               (a) At any time after an initial public offering of shares of Capital Stock of the Company, which public offering raises net proceeds to the Company of not less than $25 million (the “ Initial Public Offering ”) pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock covered by this Agreement (the “ Requesting Holders ”) may request in writing that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or part of the Registrable Securities (as hereinafter defined) held by such Requesting Holders, specifying in the request the number and type of Registrable Securities to be registered by each such holder and the intended method of disposition thereof (such notice is hereinafter referred to as a “ Holder Request ”). Upon receipt of such Holder Request, the Company will promptly give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities, which other holders shall have the right to include the Registrable Securities held by them in such registration and thereupon the Company will, as expeditiously as possible, use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of:
                    (i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by such Requesting Holder; and
                    (ii) all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by any other holder thereof by written request given to the Company within thirty (30) days after the giving of such written notice by the Company (which request shall specify the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities), all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered; provided , however , that notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1(a), the Company shall not be obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this Section 6.1:
                         (1) unless the Company shall have received requests for such registration with respect to at least twenty five percent (25%) of the outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis; or
                         (2) within the six month period immediately following the effective date of any registration previously effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.1.
               (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1(a) hereof, the Company shall not be obligated to file more than an aggregate of two registration statements pursuant to this Section 6.1.
               (c) If the Company proposes to effect a registration requested pursuant to this Section 6.1 by the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any similar short-form registration statement) and the intended method of distribution is through a firm commitment underwriting (an “ Underwritten Offering ”), the Company will comply with any request by the managing underwriter to effect such registration on another permitted form if such managing underwriter advises the Company that, in its opinion, the use of another form of registration statement is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering.

9


 

               (d) A registration requested pursuant to Section 6.1(a) hereof will not be deemed to have been effected unless it has become effective under the Securities Act; provided , however , that if after it has become so effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court, such registration will be deemed not to have been effected.
               (e) The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each of the registrations of Registrable Securities effected by it pursuant to this Section 6.1.
               (f) Whenever a requested registration pursuant to this Section 6.1 involves an Underwritten Offering, the only shares that may be included in such Offering are (i) Registrable Securities, and (ii) securities of the Company being offered and sold for the Company’s behalf in such Offering (“ Issuer Securities ”).
               (g) If a registration pursuant to this Section 6 involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter shall advise the Company that, in its judgment, the number of shares proposed to be included in such Underwritten Offering should be limited due to market conditions, then the Company will promptly so advise each holder of Registrable Securities that has requested registration, and, subject to the consent of the managing underwriter, the Issuer Securities, if any, shall first be excluded from such Underwritten Offering to the extent necessary to meet such limitation. If further exclusions are necessary to meet such limitation, the number of Registrable Securities of each such holder shall be excluded pro rata (until such limitation has been met), based on the respective number of shares of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested by such holder.
               (h) By making a Holder Request, a Requesting Holder shall be deemed to have (i) a present intention to sell the Registrable Securities covered thereby, (ii) agreed to execute all consents, powers of attorney and other documents required in order to cause the registration statement to become effective, (iii) agreed, if the offering is at the market, to give the Company written notice of the first bona fide offering of the Registrable Securities covered thereby and to use the prospectus forming a part of the registration statement for only the period permitted by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, (iv) agreed, subject to adverse events regarding the selling price of the Registrable Securities covered thereby, to utilize the method of distribution of such Registrable Securities proposed in the Holder Request, and (v) agreed, in connection with the disposition of the Registrable Securities covered thereby, to comply with Registration M and any other applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act.
          6.2 Piggyback Registrations .
               (a) If, at any time (including in an Initial Public Offering), the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms thereto and other than pursuant to a registration under Section 6.1), whether or not for sale for its own account, on a form and in a manner that would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act, it will give written notice to all the holders of Registrable Securities promptly of

10


 

its intention to do so, describing such securities and specifying the form and manner and the other relevant facts involved in such proposed registration (including, without limitation (i) whether or not such registration will be in connection with an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities and, if so, the identity of the managing underwriter and whether such offering will be pursuant to a “best efforts” or “firm commitment” underwriting, and (ii) the price, net of any underwriting commissions, discounts and the like, at which the Registrable Securities are reasonably expected to be sold) if such disclosure is acceptable to the managing underwriter. Upon the written request of any such holder delivered to the Company within thirty (30) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder and the intended method of disposition thereof), the Company will use best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all of the Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register; provided , however , that:
                    (i) If, at any time after giving such written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities who made a request as hereinabove provided and thereupon the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of the holders of the Registrable Securities to request that a registration subsequently be effected under Section 6.1 hereof.
                    (ii) If such registration involves an Underwritten Offering, all holders of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in the Company’s registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected by the Company on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or the other selling stockholders participating therein. No registration effected under this Section 6.2 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect registration upon request under Section 6.1.
               (b) The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 6.2 incidental to the registration of any of its securities in connection with mergers, acquisitions, exchange offers, dividend reinvestment plans or stock option or other employee benefit plans.
               (c) The Registration Expenses incurred in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be paid by the Company.
               (d) If a registration pursuant to this Section 6.2 involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company that, in its opinion, the number of securities proposed to be included in such registration should be limited due to market conditions, then the Company will promptly so notify each holder of Registrable Securities that has requested registration and the Registrable Securities of each such holder shall be excluded pro rata (until such limitation has been met) based on the respective number of shares of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested by all such holders.

11


 

               (e) In connection with any Underwritten Offering with respect to which holders of Registrable Securities shall have requested registration pursuant to this Section 6.2, the Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter with respect to the offering.
          6.3 Registration Procedures .
               (a) If and whenever the Company is required to use its best efforts to effect or cause the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:
                    (i) Prepare and, in any event within sixty (60) calendar days after the end of the period within which requests for registration may be given to the Company (or within ninety (90) days after the end of such period if such period ends during the first month or the last month of the Company’s fiscal year), file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective; provided that, in the case of a registration provided for in Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof, before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by the Requesting Holders copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the timely and reasonable review of such counsel; and provided , further , that the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities that is being effected pursuant to Section 6.2 at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto.
                    (ii) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period as may be requested by the Requesting Holders not exceeding nine (9) months and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement.
                    (iii) Furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and to each underwriter, if any, of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of a prospectus and preliminary prospectus for delivery in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Person may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities.
                    (iv) Use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller in such jurisdictions, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required (A) to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where, but for the requirements of this Section 6.3(a)(iv), it is not then so qualified, or (B) to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (C) to take any

12


 

action which would subject it to general or unlimited service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
                    (v) Use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered or qualified with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities (including, without limitation, state securities commissions) as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, subject , however , to the limitations set forth in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of Section 6.3(a)(iv) hereof.
                    (vi) Immediately notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act within the appropriate period mentioned in Section 6.3(a)(ii), if the Company becomes aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; use its best efforts to prepare and file an appropriate amendment or supplement to such prospectus and to cause such amendment or supplement to become effective; and, at the request of any such seller, deliver a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.
                    (vii) Otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to its security holders, in each case as soon as practicable, but not later than ninety (90) calendar days after the close of the period covered thereby (one hundred eighty (180) calendar days in case the period covered corresponds to a fiscal year of the Company), an earnings statement of the Company which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.
                    (viii) Use its best efforts in cooperation with the underwriters, if any, to list such Registrable Securities on each securities exchange as they may reasonably designate, which securities exchanges shall be acceptable to the Company.
                    (ix) In the event the offering is an Underwritten Offering, use its best efforts to obtain a “cold comfort” letter from the independent public accountants for the Company in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such letters as the Requesting Holders reasonably request in order to effect an Underwritten Offering of such Registrable Securities.
                    (x) Execute and deliver all instruments and documents (including in an Underwritten Offering an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions and obtain such certificates and opinions as the Requesting Holders reasonably request in order to effect an underwritten public offering of such Registrable Securities.

13


 

               (b) Each holder of Registrable Securities will, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 6.3(a)(vi), forthwith discontinue disposition of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 6.3(a)(vi).
               (c) If a registration pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof involves an Underwritten Offering, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees, whether or not such holder’s Registrable Securities are included in such registration, not to effect any public sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, of any Registrable Securities or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Registrable Securities (other than as part of such Underwritten Offering), without the consent of the managing underwriter, during a period commencing seven (7) days before and ending one hundred eighty (180) days (or such lesser number as the managing underwriter shall designate) after the effective date of such registration.
               (d) If a registration pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 involves an Underwritten Offering, the Company agrees, if so required by the managing underwriter, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any of its equity or debt securities, as the case may be, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such equity or debt securities, as the case may be, during a period commencing seven (7) days before and ending one hundred eighty (180) (or such lesser number as the managing underwriter shall designate) days after the effective date of such registration, except for such Underwritten Offering or except in connection with a stock option plan, stock purchase plan, savings or similar plan, or an acquisition, merger or exchange offer.
               (e) If a registration pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 involves an Underwritten Offering, any holder of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in such registration may elect, in writing, prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, not to register such securities in connection with such registration, unless such holder has agreed with the Company or the managing underwriter to limit its right under this Section 6.3.
               (f) In any registration pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2, each holder of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in such registration shall furnish to the Company all such information as the Company may reasonably request from such holder concerning such holder and its intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities to enable the Company to include such information in the registration statement.
               (g) It is understood that in any Underwritten Offering in addition to any shares of stock (the “initial shares”) the underwriters have committed to purchase, the underwriting agreement may grant the underwriters an option to purchase up to a number of additional shares of stock (the “option shares”) equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the initial shares (or such other maximum amount as the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. may then permit), solely to cover over-allotments. Shares of stock proposed to be sold by the Company and the other sellers shall be allocated between initial shares and option shares as agreed or, in the absence of agreement, on a pro rata basis among all such holders on the basis of the relative

14


 

number of shares of Registrable Securities each such holder has requested to be included in such registration.
               (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Securities of any holder in the event that the Company shall obtain an opinion of its counsel that all such requested Registrable Securities may then be sold without registration under Rule 144 or other provision of the Securities Act.
          6.4 Indemnification .
               (a) In the event of any registration of any securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2, the Company will, and it hereby agrees to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, such seller’s directors, officers, managers, members and employees or general and limited partners (and directors, officers, managers, members and employees thereof and, if such seller is a portfolio or investment fund, its investment advisors or agents), each other person who participants as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and each other person, if any, who controls such seller or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, as follows:
                    (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever arising out of or based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus or prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading;
                    (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim or damage and expense whatsoever to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and
                    (iii) against any and all expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;
provided , however , that this indemnity does not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished

15


 

to the Company by or on behalf of any underwriter or any seller expressly for use in the preparation of any registration statement (or any amendment thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); and
provided , further , that the Company will not be liable to any person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of Registrable Securities or any other person, if any, who controls such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, under the indemnity agreement in this Section 6.4(a) with respect to any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus or final prospectus as amended or supplemented, as the case may be, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such underwriter or controlling Person resulted from the fact that such underwriter sold Registrable Securities to a Person to whom there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the final prospectus or of the final prospectus as then amended or supplemented, which is most recent, if the Company has previously furnished copies thereof to such underwriter. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such seller or any such director, officer, general or limited partner, manager, member, investment advisor or agent, underwriter or controlling Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.
               (b) The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Section 6.1 and 6.2, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the prospective seller of such Registrable Securities or any underwriter to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 6.4(a)) the Company with respect to any statement or alleged statement in or omission or alleged omission from such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such seller or underwriter specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any such director, officer or controlling Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller. In that event, the obligations of the underwriter and such sellers pursuant to this Section 6.4 are to be several and not joint; provided , however , that each such seller’s liability under this Section 6.4 shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriting discount and expenses) received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities sold by such seller pursuant to this Agreement.
               (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in this Section 6.4, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party, give written notice to such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action; provided , however , that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 6.4, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgement a conflict of interest between such indemnified and

16


 

indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim (in which case the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for a majority of the sellers of Registrable Securities, or more than one counsel for the underwriters in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions), the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it may wish with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof.
               (d) The Company and each seller of Registrable Securities shall provide for the foregoing indemnity (with appropriate modifications) in any underwriting agreement with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority.
          6.5 Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances under which the indemnity contemplated by Section 6.4 is for any reason not available, the parties required to indemnify by the terms thereof shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company, any seller of Registrable Securities and one or more of the underwriters, except to the extent that contribution is not permitted under Section 11(f) of the Securities Act. In determining the amounts which the respective parties shall contribute, there shall be considered the relative benefits received by each party from the offering of the Registrable Securities (taking into account the portion of the proceeds of the offering realized by each), the parties’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission and any other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. The Company and each person selling securities agree with each other that no seller of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount such seller would have been required to pay to an indemnified party if the indemnity under Section 6.4 were available. The Company and each such seller will agree with each other and the underwriters of the Registrable Securities, if requested by such underwriters, that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation (even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or for the underwriters’ portion of such contribution to exceed the percentage that the underwriting discount bears to the initial public offering price of the Registrable Securities. For purposes of this Section 6.5, each Person, if any, who controls an underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as such underwriter, and each director and each officer of the Company who signed the registration statement, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or a seller of Registrable Securities within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or a seller of Registrable Securities, as the case may be.
          6.6 Rule 144 . If the Company shall have filed a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company covenants that it will file the

17


 

reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information contemplated by Rule 144 under the Securities Act). From and after such time as the Company is required to file reports and other documents with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, so long as any holder owns Registrable Securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act, the Company shall furnish to such holder upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as such holder may reasonably request in availing himself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing him to sell any such Registrable Securities without registration.
     Section 7. Right of First Offer for New Securities.
          7.1 The Company hereby agrees to offer to each Investor and Additional Stockholder the right to purchase shares of any New Securities that the Company may propose to sell and issue. Such right shall allow each Investor and Additional Stockholder to purchase up to such portion of the New Securities proposed to be issued as may be necessary to prevent any dilution of the Investor’s or Additional Stockholder’s ownership interest in the Company acquired pursuant to this Agreement from the level that existed prior to the proposed issuance of such New Securities. The right of first offer granted hereunder with respect to any specific proposed issuance of New Securities shall terminate if unexercised, in whole or in part, by the payment of the purchase price in full, within twenty one (21) days after receipt of the associated Issuance Notice described in Section 7.2 below.
          7.2 In the event the Company undertakes an issuance of New Securities while the right of first offer granted hereunder remains in effect, it shall give each Investor and Additional Stockholder written notice of its intention, describing the number of shares of Capital Stock, rights, options or warrants it intends to issue as New Securities, the purchase price therefor (which shall be payable solely in cash) and the terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same (such notice, the “ Issuance Notice ”). An Investor or Additional Stockholder may exercise its right to purchase all or any portion of its share of such New Securities (as determined in accordance with Section 7.1) for the purchase price and upon the terms specified in the Issuance Notice by (i) giving written notice to the Company and each other Investor and Additional Stockholder and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (the “ Purchase Notice ”) within fourteen (14) days after the receipt of the Issuance Notice and (ii) delivering to the Company a cash payment for the full purchase price of the New Securities to be purchased within twenty one (21) days after the receipt of the Issuance Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Investor or Additional Stockholder that did not provide a Purchase Notice within such fourteen (14) day period but receives a Purchase Notice from one or more other Investors or Additional Stockholders shall be permitted to exercise its purchase right in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence except that such Investor or Additional Stockholder shall be permitted to provide its Purchase Notice up to seventeen (17) days after the receipt of the Issuance Notice. The right of first offer for New Securities provided for under this Section 7 shall terminate upon, and shall not be applicable to, an Initial Public Offering.

18


 

          7.3 Any New Securities issued and sold by the Company must be on the exact terms contained in the Issuance Notice provided by the Company in connection therewith not more than ninety (90) days after the date of such Issuance Notice.
     Section 8. Legend on Certificates . The following statement shall be inscribed on all certificates representing shares of Capital Stock of the Company now owned or hereafter acquired by the Investors and Additional Stockholders during the term of this Agreement:
“The sale, transfer, hypothecation, negotiation, pledge, assignment, encumbrance or other disposition of this share certificate and the shares of Capital Stock represented hereby are restricted by and are subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of a certain Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of November 15, 2003 among the Stockholders of the Company as that agreement may be amended and restated from time to time, which agreement is on file at the principal office of the Company.”
“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or pursuant to any state securities laws. The securities have been acquired for investment and may not be sold or transferred except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.”
     Section 9. Financial Information . The Company will deliver the following reports to each Investor or Additional Stockholder and each successor in interest, if any:
          9.1 Annual Audited Statements . As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of changes in cash flow of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year and the budgeted figures for the current fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and audited by independent public accountants approved by the Board of Directors and acceptable to the Investors.
          9.2 Additional Information . The Company will deliver or provide to each Investor and Additional Stockholder (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each quarter and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of change in cash flow of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the same periods of the previous fiscal year and the budgeted figures for the current periods, all in reasonable detail and signed by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company,

19


 

together with a letter from the management of the Company discussing in reasonable detail (A) the operations of the Company for the previous quarter, (B) any deviations in the actual performance for the previous quarter of the Company from the projected performance of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (C) a general commentary on the business prospects of the Company and any other material issues relating to the Company, and (ii) with reasonable promptness, (A) such information and data, including access to books and records of the Company as any such Investor and Additional Stockholder may from time to time reasonably request and (B) such other information as requested by Accretive from time to time as is necessary or desirable for Accretive in fulfilling its reporting requirements to the United States Small Business Administration as a Small Business Investment Company; provided that the Company shall promptly provide to Oak Hill a copy of all such information provided to Accretive under this clause (B).
     Section 10. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate
               (a) with respect to each Investor or Additional Stockholder, at such time as such Investor or Additional Stockholder transfers all shares of Capital Stock (or any option or warrant therefor) owned by such Investor or Additional Stockholder (or permitted transferees in accordance with Section 4 hereof) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
               (b) upon the dissolution of the Company;
               (c) upon the mutual written agreement of the parties hereto; and
               (d) except for Section 6 hereof, upon the completion of an Initial Public Offering.
     Section 11. Miscellaneous.
          11.1 Entire Agreement; Amendment and Modification . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument duly executed by the Majority Stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not be amended without the consent of each holder of shares adversely affected if such amendment would adversely alter the interests of such holders in any material respect disproportionately from all other holders of shares of the same class or series.
          11.2 Waiver of Compliance . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure, breach or default.
          11.3 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this

20


 

Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.
          11.4 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Investors and Additional Stockholders and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting any Investor or Additional Stockholder the right to transfer his or its shares of Capital Stock (or any option or warrant therefor), except as expressly provided in this Agreement, and no party shall be deemed an Investor or Additional Stockholder hereunder after he or it ceases to own any Capital Stock (or any option or warrant therefor).
          11.5 Headings . The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the content of said sections.
          11.6 Injunctive Relief . The Capital Stock cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and, for that reason, among others, the parties will be irreparably damaged if this Agreement is not specifically enforced. Should any dispute arise concerning the sale or Disposition of any Capital Stock hereunder or the non-compliance by an Investor or Additional Stockholder with the terms of Section 2 hereof, an injunction may be issued restraining any sale or Disposition of Capital Stock or alleged non-compliance with the terms of Section 2 hereof pending the determination of such controversy. Any right or obligation to purchase, sell or vote any of the Capital Stock or to assure compliance with the terms of Section 2 hereof shall be enforceable in a court of equity by a decree of specific performance. Such remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other remedy that the parties may have.
          11.7 Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall cooperate and shall take such further action and shall execute and deliver such further documents as may be reasonably requested by any other party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.
          11.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
          11.9 Notices . Any notice, request or other communication hereunder, unless this Agreement specifically provides otherwise, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when delivered personally, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by a nationally recognized overnight courier service to such address as any Investor or Additional Stockholder may provide to the Company, and with respect to notices sent to the Company, at 401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700, Chicago, Illinois 60611, Attn: Greg Kazarian, General Counsel, or to such other address as the Company may by written notice advise the other parties hereto from time to time.
          11.10 Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting the Securities . This Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to all shares of Capital Stock and all other equity and debt securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued at any time in

21


 

respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of, such equity or debt securities (and shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, reclassifications, recapitalizations, reorganizations and the like occurring after the date hereof), owned by the Investors and Additional Stockholders (or their permitted transferees as provided in this Agreement). Each person, natural or legal, to whom any certificate for shares of Capital Stock is to be issued or transferred in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Agreement shall be required to execute a copy of this Agreement and acknowledge in writing that he, she or it is bound by the terms of this Agreement prior to delivery to such transferee of any such certificate and prior to such transferee being deemed a stockholder of the Company.
          11.11 Employee Shares . The Investors and Additional Stockholders acknowledge that certain employees, directors and outside consultants of the Company, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan (as the same may be amended from time to time), the Company’s Restricted Stock Option Plan (as the same may be amended from time to time), any award agreements entered into thereunder, and any applicable employment agreements, may have rights and obligations similar to the rights and obligations described in Sections 5 and 6 hereof, and agree to take such actions to permit the exercise and enforcement of such rights and obligations as the Company deems necessary in the reasonable good-faith judgment of the Board.
          11.12 Tolan Restricted Shares . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, any shares of Common Stock which have been or which may be acquired by Tolan pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award Agreement or any other agreement, plan or arrangement under the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan shall not be subject to the terms hereof, but shall instead be governed by the terms of such Restricted Stock Plan and Restricted Stock Award Agreement or other applicable agreement, plan or arrangement.
          11.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE.]

22


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned individuals have executed this Agreement and the undersigned entities have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.
             
    COMPANY:
 
           
    HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
 
           
 
  Name:   Greg Kazarian    
 
  Title:   SVP and General Counsel    
 
           
    INVESTORS AND ADDITIONAL STOCKHOLDERS:
 
           
    ACCRETIVE INVESTORS SBIC, L.P.
 
           
 
  By:   Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC,
    General Partner
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ J. Michael Cline    
 
           
 
  Name:   J. Michael Cline    
 
  Title:   Managing Member    
 
           
    FW OAK HILL ACCRETIVE HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, L.P.
 
           
 
  By:   Group VI 31, L.L.C., General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   [illegible]    
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
           
    MARY TOLAN
 
           
    /s/ Mary Tolan
         
 
           
    ACCRETIVE INVESTORS V, LLC
 
           
 
  By:   Accretive Associates I, LLC,
    Managing Member
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ J. Michael Cline    
 
           
 
  Name:   J. Michael Cline    
 
  Title:   Managing Member    
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Etienne Deffarges    
  Etienne Deffarges   
     
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Steve Kaplan    
  Steve Kaplan    
     
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
  JOHN T. STATON DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ John Staton    
  Name:   John Staton   
  Its: Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
  SPIEGEL FAMILY LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Arthur H. Spiegel, III    
  Name:   Arthur H. Spiegel, III   
  Its:    
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Gregory Kazarian    
  Gregory Kazarian   
     
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
  THE SHULTZ 1989 FAMILY TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ George Argyris    
  Name:   George Argyris   
  Its: Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Rich Gillette    
  Rich Gillette   
     
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Paul Daversa    
  Paul Daversa   
     
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
  THE STEPHEN BROOKS SMITH FAMILY TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen B. Smith    
  Name:   Stephen B. Smith   
  Its:  Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 


 

         
     
  /s/ John Ducharme    
  John Ducharme   
     
 

 


 

Schedule A – Additional Stockholders
Etienne Deffarges
Steve Kaplan
JOHN T. STATON DECLARATION OF TRUST
SPIEGEL FAMILY LLC
Greg Kazarian
THE SHULTZ 1989 FAMILY TRUST
Rich Gillette
Paul Daversa
The Stephen Brooks Smith Family Trust
John Ducharme

 


 

ANNEX A

Definitions
     As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth as follows:
Accretive ” has the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
Accretive Investors ” has the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
Additional Stockholder ” has the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
Affiliate ” or “ affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.
Amended Certificate ” means the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
Capital Stock ” means the Company’s Series B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Series B Common Stock ”), the Company’s Series C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Series C Common Stock ” and, together with the Series B Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”), the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and the Company’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”).
Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Common Stock ” has the meaning stated in the recitals to this Agreement.
Company ” has the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
Company Option ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.4(a).
Company Option Period ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.4(a).
Designation ” means the Certificate of Designation with respect to the Preferred Stock.
Dispose ” or “ Disposition ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.1.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Family Member ” or “ Family Members ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.2.
Holder Request ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.1(a).
Initial Public Offering ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.1(a).
Investor ” and “ Investors ” has the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

 


 

Investor Option ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.4(b).
Issuance Notice ” has the meaning stated in Section 7.2.
Issuer Securities ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.1(f).
Majority Stockholders ” means the holders of at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock subject to this Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement.
New Securities ” means any Capital Stock and all rights, options or warrants to purchase Capital Stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into Capital Stock; provided , however , that the term “New Securities” does not include (i) any shares of Preferred Stock issued to any Investor in connection with the 2005 Financing, (ii) any shares of Common Stock, or options to purchase the Company’s Capital Stock (or other securities of the Company) issued to employees, consultants, directors, vendors or clients of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan, incentive stock option plans, stock purchase agreements or other incentive plans, trust or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors (provided that each recipient thereof shall have recused himself or caused its designees to recuse themselves from participating in the Board of Directors’ decision) and the associated underlying shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise thereof, (iii) shares of Common Stock representing in the aggregate no more than seven percent (7.0%) of the Company’s outstanding equity on a fully-diluted basis issued to Art Spiegel and John Ducharme, (iv) shares of Common Stock issued to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to such person’s employment agreement or other arrangement approved by the Board of Directors (provided that if such person is a director, such person shall have recused himself from participating in the Board of Directors’ decision), (v) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of any warrant or option or otherwise issued by the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, or (vi) any shares of Capital Stock issued to any institutional lender that provides a loan facility to the Company approved by the Board of Directors.
Oak Hill ” has the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
Offer ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3.
Offer Notice ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3.
Offered Shares ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.4(a).
Offering Stockholder ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.4(a).
Offeror ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3.
Person ” means any individual, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, partnership, unincorporated association, governmental regulatory entity, country, state or political subdivision thereof, trust or other entity.
Proposed Purchaser ” has the meaning stated in Section 5.1(a).

 


 

Public Market ” means a market for the Common Stock of the Company that shall be deemed to exist at such time as thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the Common Stock, on a fully-diluted basis, has been sold to the public pursuant to one or more registration statements filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act.
Purchase Notice ” has the meaning stated in Section 7.2.
Registrable Securities ” means (A) all shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date hereof and now or hereafter owned of record or beneficially by any of the Investors and Additional Stockholders, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by the Company in respect of any shares of Common Stock referred to in the foregoing clause (A) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination or subdivision of shares, reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company and (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock or the exercise of any warrant or option. As to any particular Registrable Securities that have been issued, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of under such registration statement, (ii) they shall have been distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (iii) they shall have been otherwise Disposed of, and new certificates therefor not bearing a legend restricting further Disposition shall have been delivered by the Company, and subsequent Disposition of them shall not require their registration or qualification under the Securities Act or any similar state law then in force, or (iv) they shall have ceased to be outstanding.
Registration Expenses ” means any and all out-of-pocket expenses incident to the Company’s performance or compliance with Section 6 hereof, including, without limitation, all Commission, stock exchange or registration and filing fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities and blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters’ counsel in connection with blue sky qualification and stock exchange filings), all fees and expenses of the transfer agent and registrar, if any, for the Registrable Securities, all printing expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent auditors, public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel retained by the Requesting Holders, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and applicable transfer and documentary stamp taxes, if any, which shall be borne by the seller of the securities in all cases.
Requesting Holders ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.1(a).
Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement ” has the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Sellers ” has the meaning stated in Section 5.2.
Tag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c).

 


 

Tag-Along Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).
Tolan ” has the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
Underwritten Offering ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.1(c).

 


 

First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement
     This FIRST AMENDMENT to THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is dated as of September 25, 2009, by and among Accretive Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Healthcare Services, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Accretive ”), FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Oak Hill ” and together with Accretive, the Investors, and each individually, an “ Investor ”), Mary Tolan, an individual resident of the State of Illinois (“ Tolan ”) and the other parties executing signature pages hereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement (as defined below).
     WHEREAS, the Company, the Investors and Tolan are parties to the Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of February ___, 2009 among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, an amendment to the Agreement requires a written instrument duly executed by the Majority Stockholders;
     WHEREAS, the undersigned, comprising the Majority Stockholders, desire to amend the Agreement to (a) provide each holder of Registrable Securities that holds more than 12% of the Company’s Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) as of the date of this Amendment with one “demand” registration, subject to specified limitations, and (b) clarify that Tolan shall have registration rights with respect to all shares of capital stock of the Company held by Tolan, and that all shares of capital stock held by Tolan shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities;”
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Amendment, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1. Section 6.1(a) of the Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:
     “(a) At any time after an initial public offering of shares of Capital Stock of the Company, which public offering raises net proceeds to the Company of not less than $25 million (the “ Initial Public Offering ”) pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) each holder of Registrable Securities that holds more than 12% of the Company’s Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) as of the date of this Amendment (each, a “ New Demand Holder ”), or (ii) holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock covered by this Agreement (the “ Original Demand Holders ”; a New Demand Holder or the Original Demand Holders, as the case may be, are referred to herein as the “ Requesting Holders ”) may request in writing that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or part of the Registrable Securities (as hereinafter defined) held by such Requesting Holders, specifying in the request the number and type of Registrable Securities to be registered by each such holder and the intended method of disposition thereof (such notice is hereinafter referred to as a “ Holder Request ”). Upon receipt of such Holder Request, the Company will promptly give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities, which other holders shall have the right to include the Registrable Securities held by them in such registration and thereupon the Company will, as expeditiously as possible, use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of:”

 


 

     2. Section 6.1(a)(ii)(1) of the Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:
     “(1) (A) in the case of a New Demand Holder, unless the New Demand Holder shall have made a request for registration with respect to at least 5% of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock or having an aggregate market value of at least $50 million, and (B) in the case of the Original Demand Holders, unless the Company shall have received requests for such registration with respect to at least 25% of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis; or”
     3. Section 6.1(b) of the Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:
     “(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1(a) hereof, the Company shall not be obligated to file more than (i) in the case of any New Demand Holder, one registration statement on behalf of such New Demand Holder pursuant to this Section 6.1, and (ii) in the case of the Original Demand Holders, an aggregate of two registration statements pursuant to this Section 6.1.”
     4. Section 11.12 of the Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:
     “11.12 Tolan Restricted Shares . For the avoidance of doubt, all shares of Common Stock which have been or which may be acquired by Tolan from the Company pursuant to any agreement, plan or arrangement shall be subject to the terms hereof, including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement.”
     5.  Continuing Effect of Agreement . Except as specifically provided herein, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
     6.  Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
     7.  Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signature pages, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. This Amendment may be executed by exchange of signatures by facsimile.
     8.  Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
[signature pages follow]

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment or caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, as of the date first written above.
         
  ACCRETIVE HEALTH, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Name:   Greg Kazarian   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and General Counsel   
         
  ACCRETIVE INVESTORS SBIC, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC
General Partner  
 
     
  By:   /s/ J. Michael Cline    
    Name:   J. Michael Cline   
    Title:   Managing Member   
 
  FW OAK HILL ACCRETIVE HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Group VI 31, L.L.C., General Partner    
     
  By:   /s/ John Fant    
    Name:   John Fant   
    Title:      
 
  MARY TOLAN
 
 
  /s/ Mary Tolan    
     
  ACCRETIVE INVESTORS V, LLC
 
 
  By:   Accretive Associates I, LLC,
Managing Member  
 
       
  By:   /s/ J. Michael Cline    
    Name:   J. Michael Cline   
    Title:   Managing Member   
 

3

Exhibit 10.6
SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
     THIS SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of February ___, 2009 by and among Healthcare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and                                           (the “ Stockholder ”).
RECITALS
     A. The common stock of the Company is divided into two series, each with a par value of $.01 per share: Series B Common Stock, which has voting rights and Series C Common Stock, which has no voting rights.
     B. The Stockholder owns                       shares of the Company’s Series C Common Stock.
     C. The Company has offered the Stockholder the opportunity to exchange such shares for an equivalent number of shares of its Series B Common Stock (the “ Exchange ”).
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Exchange .
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Stockholder hereby transfers, assigns and delivers all of the Stockholder’s right, title and interest in and to the                       shares of Series C Common Stock owned by the Stockholder (the “ Transferred Shares ”), free and clear of all liens, pledges, encumbrances, security interests, claims and equities of every kind other than those arising under the Company Documents.
     (b) In exchange for such Transferred Shares, the Company hereby issues, transfers, assigns and delivers to the Stockholder, and the Stockholder hereby accepts that                       shares of Series B Common Stock (collectively, the “ New Shares ”).
     (c) The Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Stockholder, by virtue of the Exchange, shall not be relieved of any restriction, limitation, obligation or other constraint upon any Transferred Shares owned or held by the Stockholder and that all New Shares issued to the Stockholder shall be subject to all restrictions, limitations, obligations and other constraints to which the Transferred Shares were subject.
     (d) The Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Company, in connection with this Agreement, that certain Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Accretive LP, Oak

 


 

Hill, Tolan, Accretive V and the other parties signatory thereto (the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”).
2.   Stockholder Representations, Warranties and Agreements . The Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
     (a) Capacity . The Stockholder has sufficient legal capacity to execute this Agreement.
     (b) Due Authorization; No Breach . The Stockholder has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Agreement, and the Stockholder is not a party to, or bound by, any contract, charter, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, nor to the Stockholder’s knowledge, is the Stockholder subject to any order or license of any governmental authority or any provision of law, under the terms of which performance by the Stockholder according to the terms of this Agreement shall be a default, breach, event of acceleration, or grounds for termination, or whereby the timely performance by the Stockholder according to the terms of this Agreement may be prohibited, prevented or delayed.
     (c) Title to Transferred Shares . The Transferred Shares to be transferred by the Stockholder represent all of the shares of Series C Common Stock owned by the Stockholder prior to the consummation of the Exchange. Each of the Transferred Shares was validly issued, and is a fully paid and non-assessable share of Series C Common Stock of the Company, owned beneficially and of record by the Stockholder, free and clear of all liens, pledges, encumbrances, security interests, claims and equities of every kind, except for those imposed by the Company Documents. Other than the Company Documents, there are no agreements, arrangements, options, warrants, calls, rights or commitments of any character relating to the sale, purchase, redemption or other transfer of the Transferred Shares to be sold, assigned, conveyed, transferred and delivered by the Stockholder to the Company hereunder. The Stockholder has sole voting power and sole power of disposition and sole power to agree to all of the matters set forth in this Agreement with respect to all of the Transferred Shares, with no limitations, qualifications or restrictions on such rights and powers (other than as set forth in the Company Documents), and the Stockholder has not granted and will not grant such rights and powers to any other Person.

2


 

     (d) Investment Representations .
          (i) The Stockholder confirms that the New Shares were not offered to the Stockholder by any means of general solicitation or general advertising.
          (ii) The Stockholder understands that the New Shares have not been registered under the securities laws of any state, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or under the securities laws of any other country and are offered in reliance on exemptions therefrom, that the class of stock of the Company has not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, by any other federal or state agency or by any other equivalent foreign agency.
          (iii) The Stockholder acknowledges that the Stockholder has been advised to consult with the Stockholder’s own attorney regarding legal matters concerning the Company and to consult with his own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Exchange to the Stockholder.
     (e) The Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company is only entering into this Agreement with the Stockholder because the Stockholder is entering into the Stockholders’ Agreement, and that the Company would not have entered into this Agreement with the Stockholder had the Stockholder not entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement.
     (f) All of the representations and warranties set forth herein shall survive indefinitely.
3.   Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of such amendment or modification is being sought.
 
4.   Further Assurances . From time to time, at the Company’s request and without further consideration, the Stockholder shall, at its own expense, execute and deliver such documents and take such other action as the Company shall request in order to consummate or evidence more effectively the transactions herein contemplated.
 
5.   Tax. The parties acknowledge and agree that the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is intended to qualify as a tax-free transaction under Section 1036 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
6.   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile, by .pdf or .tiff file via e-mail or any other electronic transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
7.   Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest . This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto: (i) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with

3


 

    respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (ii) are not intended to confer, and shall not be construed as conferring, upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests, or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, by the Stockholder without the prior written consent of the Company, and any such assignment or delegation that is not consented to shall be null and void.
 
8.   Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties hereto further agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that shall achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.
 
9.   Waivers . Except as provided in this Agreement, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision hereunder shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any prior or subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereunder.
 
10.   Effective Date . This Agreement shall be effective as of December 30, 2008.
 
11.   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to principles of conflicts of law).
 
12.   Rules of Construction . The parties hereto agree that the language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by them to express their mutual intent and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.
 
13.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.
[Signature Page Follows]

4


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
COMPANY    
 
       
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
Name:
       
 
       
Its:
       
 
       
 
       
     
[Stockholder]    
[Signature Page to Share Exchange Agreement]

Exhibit 10.7
LEASE
401 NORTH MICHIGAN AVENUE
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
TENANT: HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,
D/B/A ACCRETIVE HEALTH
DATE: MAY 4, 2005

 


 

LEASE
401 NORTH MICHIGAN AVENUE
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
TENANT: HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,
D/B/A ACCRETIVE HEALTH
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
 
           
Article 1
  Demised Premises; Term     3  
 
           
Article 2
  Net Rent     3  
 
           
Article 3
  Rent Adjustments     4  
 
           
Article 4
  Use     9  
 
           
Article 5
  Services     12  
 
           
Article 6
  Possession     13  
 
           
Article 7
  Condition of Premises     14  
 
           
Article 8
  Repairs     14  
 
           
Article 9
  Alterations     15  
 
           
Article 10
  Covenant Against Liens     17  
 
           
Article 11
  Damage or Destruction by Fire or Casualty     18  
 
           
Article 12
  Insurance     19  
 
           
Article 13
  Liability Insurance     20  
 
           
Article 14
  Condemnation     21  
 
           
Article 15
  Waiver of Claims and Indemnity     21  
 
           
Article 16
  Nonwaiver     22  
 
           
Article 17
  Landlord’s Remedies     22  
 
           
Article 18
  Surrender of Possession     24  

1


 

             
        Page  
 
           
Article 19
  Holding Over     25  
 
           
Article 20
  Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees     25  
 
           
Article 21
  Compliance with Laws     26  
 
           
Article 22
  Certain Rights Reserved By Landlord     26  
 
           
Article 23
  Estoppel     28  
 
           
Article 24
  Rules and Regulations     28  
 
           
Article 25
  Right to Shift Location of Premises     29  
 
           
Article 26
  Assignment and Subletting     29  
 
           
Article 27
  Notice     33  
 
           
Article 28
  Intentionally Omitted     34  
 
           
Article 29
  Conveyance by Landlord     35  
 
           
Article 30
  Subordination and Attornment     35  
 
           
Article 31
  Brokers     36  
 
           
Article 32
  Security Deposit     36  
 
           
Article 33
  Miscellaneous     38  
 
           
Article 34
  Exculpation     40  
 
           
Article 35
  Convenant of Quiet Enjoyment     41  
 
           
Article 36
  Tenant’s Option to Terminate     41  
 
           
Article 37
  Tenant’s Option to Extend the Term     41  
 
           
Article 38
  Tenant’s Right of First Offer     43  
 
           
Article 39
  Expansion Option     43  

2


 

EXHIBITS
     
EXHIBIT A
  PLAN OF PREMISES
EXHIBIT B
  HVAC SPECIFICATIONS
EXHIBIT C
  WORK LETTER
EXHIBIT D
  BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT E
  SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT F
  FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

2


 

LEASE
401 NORTH MICHIGAN AVENUE
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
     THIS LEASE is made as of May 4, 2005, between ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its capacity as agent for owner (“ Landlord ”), and HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health (“ Tenant ”).
Article 1
Demised Premises; Term
     Landlord does hereby demise and lease to Tenant, and Tenant hereby accepts, that certain space as shown hatched on the plan attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit A, commonly described as Suite No. 2700 and containing approximately 10,561 rentable square feet, located on a portion of the twenty-seventh (27 th ) floor (the “ Premises ”) in the building known as 401 North Michigan Avenue (the “ Building ”), situated on certain property (including all easements appurtenant thereto) lying north of the Chicago River in Chicago, Illinois (the “ Property ”) for a “ Term ”), unless sooner terminated as provided herein, subject to the terms, covenants, and agreements herein contained.
Article 2
Net Rent
     Tenant shall pay to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the office of Landlord or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate, annual Net Rent, in equal monthly installments, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term, except for the first month’s rent which is due and payable on execution, as follows:
                         
            Net Rent Per    
            Rentable Square    
Period   Annual Net Rent   Foot   Monthly Installment
July 1, 2005 — October 31, 2006
  $ 137,293.00     $ 13.00     $ 11,441.08  
November 1, 2006 — October 31, 2007
  $ 142,213.75     $ 13.75     $ 12,101.15  

3


 

                         
            Net Rent Per    
            Rentable Square    
Period   Annual Net Rent   Foot   Monthly Installment
November 1, 2007 — October 31, 2008
  $ 150,494.25     $ 14.25     $ 12,541.19  
November 1, 2008 — October 31, 2009
  $ 155,774.75     $ 14.75     $ 12,981.23  
November 1, 2009 — October 31, 2010
  $ 161,055.25     $ 15.25     $ 13,421.27  
November 1, 2010 — October 31, 2011
  $ 166,335.75     $ 15.75     $ 13,861.31  
November 1, 2011 — October 31, 2012
  $ 171,616.25     $ 16.25     $ 14,301.35  
If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Net Rent for such fractional month shall be prorated on the basis of 1/360th of the annual Net Rent for each day of such fractional month. Net Rent shall be payable without any prior demand therefor and without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and provided Tenant is not then in default beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods hereunder, Tenant’s obligation to pay Net Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses accruing during July through December of 2005 and January through February of 2006 (each a “ Gross Abatement Month ”) shall be abated. Such abatement shall apply solely to payment of the monthly installments of Net Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses and shall not be applicable to any other charges, expenses or costs payable by Tenant under this Lease. In the event of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods during any Gross Abatement Month, Tenant shall pay to Landlord without any prior demand therefor the Net Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses for such Gross Abatement Month adjusted on a per diem basis from the date Tenant is in default beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods hereunder until such default is cured.
Article 3
Rent Adjustments
     Landlord and Tenant agree that the following rent adjustments shall be made with respect to each calendar year of the Term, or portion thereof, including the calendar year in which the Lease terminates:
     (A) Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount of the Ownership Taxes payable by Landlord for each calendar year of the Term. Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such

4


 

Ownership Taxes is agreed to be 1.4324% (calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 737,308, which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building). Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree that the rentable area of the Premises and Tenant’s Proportionate Share have been accepted by Landlord and Tenant and shall not be subject to challenge or re-calculation. “Ownership Taxes” shall mean all taxes and assessments of every kind and nature which Landlord shall become obligated to pay with respect to each calendar year of the Term or portion thereof because of or in any way connected with the ownership, leasing, and operation of the Building and the Property subject to the following:
     (i) the amount of ad valorem real and personal property taxes against Landlord’s real and personal property to be included in Ownership Taxes and payable in a calendar year shall be the amount assessed for that calendar year, notwithstanding that such taxes are billed and payable to a taxing authority in a subsequent calendar year. The amount of any tax refunds received by Landlord during the Term of this Lease shall be deducted from Ownership Taxes for the calendar year to which such refunds are attributable;
     (ii) the amount of special taxes and special assessments to be included shall be limited to the amount of the installments (plus any interest, other than penalty interest, payable thereon) of such special tax or special assessment payable for the calendar year in respect of which Ownership Taxes are being determined;
     (iii) the amount of any tax or excise levied by the State of Illinois, the County of Cook or the City of Chicago, any political subdivision of either, or any other taxing body, on rents or other income from the Property (or the value of the leases thereon) to be included shall not be greater than the amount which would have been payable on account of such tax or excise by Landlord during the calendar year in respect of which Ownership Taxes are being determined had the income received by Landlord from the Building [excluding amounts payable under this subparagraph (iii)] been the sole taxable income of Landlord for such calendar year;
     (iv) there shall be excluded from Ownership Taxes all income taxes [except those which may be included pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above], excess profits taxes, franchise, capital stock, and inheritance or estate taxes;
     (v) Ownership Taxes shall also include Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in contesting or attempting to reduce any Ownership Taxes for any calendar year.
     (B) Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount of the Operating Expenses for each calendar year of the Term. Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Operating Expenses is agreed to be 1.4324% (calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 737,308, which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building). Tenant and

5


 

Landlord acknowledge and agree that the rentable area of the Premises and Tenant’s Proportionate Share have been accepted by Landlord and Tenant and shall not be subject to challenge or re-calculation. “Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements (other than Ownership Taxes) of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay, incur or become obligated to pay with respect to a calendar year because of or in any way connected with the leasing, management, maintenance, repair and operation of the Building and the Property except the following:
     (i) costs of alterations of tenant spaces or the cost of tenant installations and decorations incurred in connection with preparing, altering or improving space for any tenancy or tenant;
     (ii) costs of capital improvements, except for such costs including interest thereon, as reasonably amortized and determined by Landlord, to the extent such capital improvements reduce Operating Expenses or where such capital improvements are made in compliance with the requirements of any federal, state or local law or regulation promulgated after the date of this Lease;
     (iii) depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages, ground lease rent, and other debt costs, if any;
     (iv) the cost of electrical energy furnished directly to tenants of the Property, the cost of which is paid by such tenants directly to the provider of such electrical service or other utility services sold separately to any other tenant for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by such other tenant;
     (v) compensation paid to clerks, attendants and other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord, except to the extent receipts from such concessions are credited against Operating Expenses;
     (vi) salaries or fringe benefits of personnel above the grade of Building Manager;
     (vii) the cost of any items to the extent that such cost is reimbursed by insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, warranty claims or tenant payments;
     (viii) brokerage commissions and brokerage expenses, advertising costs and other promotional expenses incurred in connection with selling or leasing the Building or space therein;
     (ix) costs incurred in connection with the making of repairs which are paid by another tenant of the Building;
     (x) the costs of removing, containing or managing Hazardous Materials (as defined in Article 4) at the Building in order to comply with the requirements of any federal, state or local law or regulation promulgated prior to the date of this Lease;

6


 

     (xi) costs incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s breach of this Lease;
     (xii) costs attributable to enforcing leases against specific tenants in the Building;
     (xiii) overhead and profit paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services and materials to the extent that the costs of these items are in excess of those that would be charged by unaffiliated parties on a competitive basis;
     (xiv) acquisition costs of land or buildings comprising the Property, and any costs incurred in connection with the expansion of the Property;
     (xv) any income, excise or franchise taxes of Landlord; and
     (xvi) any fines, penalties or similar costs imposed upon Landlord on account of Landlord’s violations of law.
If less than 95% of the Building’s rentable area shall have been occupied by tenants at any time during any calendar year of the Term, the variable Operating Expenses for such year shall be equitably adjusted to reflect the Operating Expenses as though the Building had been fully occupied throughout such year.
     (C) Intentionally omitted.
     (D) In order to provide for current payments on account of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses payable for each calendar year during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, pay as additional rent Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses for any calendar year, as estimated by Landlord from time to time, in twelve (12) monthly installments, each in an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Proportionate Share so estimated by Landlord commencing on the first day of the month following the month in which Landlord notifies Tenant of the amount of such estimated Tenant’s Proportionate Share. The installment of estimated rent adjustment payable for each month of the current calendar year prior to the date of the receipt of Landlord’s estimate shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of such estimate. If, as finally determined (whether in the succeeding calendar year at the time of delivery of the annual report provided for in subparagraph (E) hereof, or in the current calendar year when the final amount of any portion of Ownership Taxes for the prior calendar year becomes known to Landlord), Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses or Ownership Taxes shall be greater than or be less than the aggregate of all installments so paid on account to Landlord (and which are applicable to such calendar year) prior to receipt of an invoice from Landlord, then Tenant upon receipt of such invoice shall pay to Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall credit Tenant for or pay to Tenant the amount of such overpayment, as the case may be. It is the intention hereunder to estimate the amount of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses from time to time for each year and then to adjust such estimate from time to time based on actual Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses for such calendar year but not more frequently than once per year.

7


 

     (E) Landlord shall keep books and records showing the Operating Expenses in accordance with an appropriate system of accounts and accounting practices in compliance with such provisions of this Lease as may affect such accounts. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant after the close of each calendar year (including the calendar year in which this Lease terminates), one or more statements (each, a “ Tax and Expense Statement ”) containing the following:
     (i) the amount of the Operating Expenses for such calendar year and a statement containing the calculation of same; and
     (ii) the amount of the Ownership Taxes for such calendar year.
In the event that any rent adjustment results in a net increase in the rent due Landlord, Tenant shall and hereby agrees to pay to Landlord within twenty (20) days following Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from time to time from Landlord an amount equal to such rent adjustment for such prior calendar year, or portion thereof. Failure or delay in delivering any such statement or invoice, or failure or delay in computing the rent adjustments pursuant to this Article 3, shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of its right to deliver such items nor shall any such failure or delay be deemed a release of Tenant’s obligations with respect to any such statement or Invoice, or constitute a default hereunder. All rent adjustments payable hereunder shall be made without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease.
Tenant may take exception to matters included in Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes or Operating Expenses, or Landlord’s computation of either, by sending notice specifying such exception and the reasons for Tenant’s objections to Landlord no later than that date (the “ Outside Objection Date ”) which is sixty (60) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of any Tax and Expense Statement. Any Tax and Expense Statement shall be considered final for Landlord and Tenant, except as to matters to which exception is taken prior to the Outside Objection Date. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s ability to budget and incur expenses depends on the finality of Landlord’s statement, and accordingly agrees that time is of the essence of this Paragraph. If Tenant takes exception to any matter contained in any Tax and Expense Statement as provided herein, Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor to resolve same within thirty (30) days of the Outside Objection Date. If Tenant and Landlord are unable to resolve same within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord and Tenant shall refer the matter to an independent certified public accounting firm designated by Landlord and Tenant (who shall not be Landlord’s or Tenant’s accountant), whose certification as to the proper amount shall be final and conclusive as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall promptly pay the cost of such certification unless such certification determines that Tenant was over-billed by more than three percent (3%), in which event Landlord shall pay the cost of such certification. If such certification indicates that the amount actually paid by Tenant, in relation to a matter for which Tenant has taken exception pursuant to this Paragraph, exceeds the amount Tenant should have paid, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 3, or if the Lease has expired, such amount shall be

8


 

refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days of such certification. Pending resolution of any such exceptions in the foregoing manner, Tenant shall continue paying Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes and Operating Expenses in the amounts determined by Landlord, subject to adjustment after any such exceptions are so resolved.
     (F) The obligation of Tenant with respect to the payment of Net Rent and rent adjustments due hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Any payment, refund, or credit made pursuant to this Article shall be made without prejudice to any right of Landlord, prior to the Outside Objection Date, to correct any items as billed pursuant to the provisions hereof. In the event that this Lease shall have been in effect for less than the full calendar year immediately preceding Tenant’s receipt of the invoices provided for in subparagraphs (D) and (E) hereof, the rent adjustment shall be pro rata. In no event shall any rent adjustment result in a decrease in the Net Rent payable hereunder.
     (G) Tenant shall keep confidential the terms of any Tax and Expense Statement and any information furnished by Landlord with respect thereto, including, without limitation, the computation of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes and Operating Expenses; provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms of any Tax and Expense Statement to its accountants and attorneys who may be working with Tenant with respect to same, and provided, further, Tenant may make such disclosures as are required by law, including, without limitation, such disclosures as may be required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Tenant. Without limitation on the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant disclose the terms of any Tax and Expense Statement, or any information furnished by Landlord with respect thereto, to another tenant of the Building or to such tenant’s agents, contractors, consultants, advisors, attorneys or accountants.
     (H) Net Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses are from time to time described collectively in this Lease as “ Rent .”
Article 4
Use
     (A) Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for general office purposes and for no other purpose whatsoever. Tenant shall not use or permit upon the Premises anything that will invalidate any policies of insurance now or hereafter carried on the Building or that will increase the rate of insurance on the Premises or on the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby represents that, to Landlord’s knowledge, Tenant’s intended use of the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease shall not be deemed to increase Landlord’s rate of insurance for the Premises or the Building. Tenant will pay all extra insurance premiums which may be caused by the use which Tenant shall make of the Premises. Tenant will not use or permit upon the Premises anything that may be dangerous to life or limb. Tenant will not in any manner deface or injure the Building or any part thereof or overload the floors of the Premises. Tenant will not do anything or permit anything to be done upon the Premises in any way

9


 

tending to create a nuisance, or tending to disturb any other tenant in the Building or the occupants of neighboring property or tending to injure the reputation of the Building. Tenant will promptly and fully comply with all governmental, health and police requirements and regulations respecting the Premises. Tenant will not use the Premises for lodging or sleeping purposes or for any immoral or illegal purposes. Tenant shall not conduct nor permit to be conducted on the Premises any business which is contrary to any of the laws of the United States of America or of the State of Illinois or which is contrary to the ordinances of the City of Chicago. Tenant shall not at any time manufacture, sell, or give away, and shall not at any time permit the manufacture, sale, or gift of any spirituous, fermented, intoxicating or alcoholic liquors or controlled substances on the Premises, except that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the occasional use of alcoholic beverages for entertainment purposes, so long as Tenant has in full force and effect (and delivered to Landlord a certificate of insurance therefor) a policy of host liquor liability or dram-shop insurance in form and amounts at all times satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall not install a cafeteria or soft drink dispensers without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall have the right to install coffee machines, microwave ovens and vending machines. In addition, Tenant, its employees and invitees may bring or arrange for delivery of prepared food to the Premises, including, without limitation, boxed lunches, customary holiday baskets and treats, cookie and candy sales for children’s clubs and school fundraisers, and catered meals. Tenant will give Landlord advance notice of any receptions and similar functions in accordance with the Building’s rules.
     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant expressly covenants and agrees that it shall not use the Premises or any part thereof or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used at any time or in any manner whatsoever as a principal part of its business for a shared office and business service facility similar to or in competition with that operated by Alliance North Michigan Avenue, Inc., d/b/a Alliance Business Centers, in the Building during the Term of this Lease.
     (B) Tenant agrees that it will not use, handle, generate, treat, store or dispose of, or permit the handling, generation, treatment, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, around or above the Premises now or at any future time and will indemnify, defend and save Landlord harmless from any and all actions, proceedings, claims, costs, expenses and losses of any kind, including, but not limited to, those arising from injury to any person, including death, damage to or loss of use or value of real or personal property, and costs of investigation and cleanup with the existence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises during the Term hereof. The term “ Hazardous Materials ”, when used herein, shall include, but shall not be limited to, any substances, materials or wastes to the extent quantities thereof are regulated by the City of Chicago or any other local governmental authority, the State of Illinois, or the United States of America because of toxic, flammable, explosive, corrosive, reactive, radioactive or other properties that may be hazardous to human health or the environment, including asbestos and including any materials or substances that are listed in the United States Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Table, as amended, 49 C.F.R. 172.101, or in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and

10


 

Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. subsections 9601 et seq., or the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. subsections 6901 et seq., or any other applicable governmental regulation imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous, toxic or dangerous substances, waste or material, now or hereafter in effect. Tenant does hereby indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its agents and their respective officers, directors, beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, agents and employees from all fines, suits, procedures, claims and actions of every kind, and all costs associated therewith (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) arising by Tenant, its agents, employees, and contractors, out of any deposit, spill discharge or other release of Hazardous Materials that occurs by Tenant, its agents, employees and contractors during the Term of this Lease, at the Premises, or which arises at any time from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or from Tenant’s failure to provide all information, make all submissions, and take all steps required by all applicable governmental authorities. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this paragraph shall survive the expiration of the Term of this Lease.
     (C) To the best of Landlord’s knowledge, based solely upon certifications and statements made to Landlord by its contractors, the Premises have been abated by Landlord’s contractors in accordance with the O & M Program (as defined in paragraph 13 below). If, subsequent to the date Tenant accepts possession of the Premises, it is determined that there are any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which were present in the Premises prior to Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant, and such Hazardous Materials were not installed by Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant (or any party acting under Tenant or its affiliates) or Tenant’s contractors prior to such occupancy, and such Hazardous Materials are required by applicable law to be removed, encapsulated or otherwise treated (a “ Remediation ”), Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall as soon as practicable after notice thereof from Tenant, Remediate such Hazardous Materials as Landlord deems appropriate so that such Remediation complies with applicable law. Such Remediation shall be Tenant’s sole remedy on account of such Hazardous Materials. If, on account of any Remediation that Landlord performs at the Premises, which work is at Landlord’s expense pursuant to the above, Tenant cannot reasonably operate in the entire Premises, then Rent shall abate until the earlier of the date on which Tenant can reasonably operate in the Premises or the date on which Tenant does begin operating in the Premises.
     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any Remediation of Hazardous Materials was necessitated by the negligence or intentional act of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, the Remediation shall be at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in connection with any Remediation that Landlord performs at the Premises.

11


 

Article 5
Services
     Landlord shall provide, at Landlord’s expense, except as otherwise provided and subject to applicable government codes, rules, regulations, and guidelines applicable thereto, whether mandatory or voluntary, the following services:
     (A) Air-cooling and heat to provide a temperature condition as required by the HVAC specifications set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof, daily from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. (Saturdays to 1:00 P.M.), Sundays and holidays excepted. Whenever heat-generating machines or equipment installed by Tenant affect the temperature otherwise maintained by Landlord in the Premises, or whenever the occupancy or electrical load exceeds the standards set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto Landlord shall be relieved of responsibility for maintaining the air conditioning standards applicable to the Building, and in such event Landlord reserves the right at its option to (1) require Tenant to discontinue use of such heat-generating machines or equipment, or (2) install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises, the cost, Installation, operation and maintenance of which shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at such rates as Landlord charges from time to time in the Building. Tenant agrees that at all times it will cooperate with Landlord and abide by all regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning of the ventilating and air conditioning systems.
     (B) Water from City of Chicago mains for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes drawn through fixtures installed by Landlord, or by Tenant with Landlord’s written consent, from regular Building supply at the prevailing temperature. Tenant shall pay Landlord at rates fixed by Landlord for water furnished for any other purpose. Tenant shall not waste or permit the waste of water.
     (C) Janitor service in and about the Premises, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted. Tenant shall not provide any janitor services without Landlord’s written consent and then only subject to supervision of Landlord and at Tenant’s sole responsibility and by a janitor, contractor or employees at all times satisfactory to Landlord, but not as agent or servant of Landlord.
     (D) Adequate operator less passenger elevator service at all times and freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.
     (E) Commencing on the later of July 1, 2005 or the date Tenant commences business in the Premises, electricity for the Premises shall not be furnished by Landlord but shall be furnished by the electric utility company serving the Building. Tenant shall make all necessary arrangements with the utility company for metering and paying for electric current furnished by it to Tenant and Tenant shall pay for all charges for electric current consumed on the Premises during the Term of this Lease. Tenant agrees to purchase from Landlord, or its agent, all lamps, bulbs, ballasts and starters used in the

12


 

Premises (provided that Tenant may at its sole cost and expense engage directly a licensed union electrician to change lamps and bulbs used in the Premises):
     (F) Such additional services on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.
     All charges for any services shall be deemed rent reserved under this Lease and shall be due and payable at the same time as the installment of rent with which they are billed, or, if billed separately, shall be due and payable within fifteen (15) business days after such billing. In the event Tenant shall fail to make payment for such additional services Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies which Landlord may have for the non-payment of rent and without notice to Tenant, discontinue any or all such services, and such discontinuance shall not be held or pleaded as an eviction or as a disturbance in any manner whatsoever of Tenant’s possession, or relieve Tenant from the payment of rent when due, or vary or change any other provision of this Lease or render Landlord liable for damages of any kind whatsoever.
     Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any company, firm, or individual operating, maintaining, repairing, managing or supervising the plant or facilities furnishing any of the above services, nor any of their respective agents or employees shall be liable to Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, customers or invitees or anyone claiming through, by or under Tenant, for any damages, injuries, losses, expenses, claims or causes of action, because of any interruption, diminution, delay or discontinuance at any time for any reason in the furnishing of any of the above services; nor shall any such interruption, diminution, delay or discontinuance be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or any part thereof; nor shall any such interruption, diminution, delay or discontinuance relieve Tenant from full performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any interruption or discontinuance in the furnishing of any of the above services results from a negligent act or omission of Landlord and such interruption or discontinuance continues for a period of seven (7) days, then, from and after the expiration of such seven-day period, Rent shall abate until such time as such service is restored, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy on account of such interruption or discontinuance.
Article 6
Possession
     Landlord anticipates that it will be able to deliver the Premises ready for occupancy on July 1, 2005 (the “Anticipated Occupancy Date”) in accordance with the terms and provisions of the work letter agreement signed by Landlord and Tenant (the “Work Letter”) , the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C. In the event the Premises shall not be completed and ready for occupancy on the Anticipated Occupancy Date, (i) this Lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect, and (ii) no liability shall arise against Landlord out of any such delay beyond the abatement of rent until the Premises are ready for occupancy; provided, however, there shall be no

13


 

abatement of rent if the space is not ready for occupancy because of failure to complete the installation of special equipment, fixtures or materials ordered by Tenant, or due to Tenant’s failure or inability to fully comply with the Work Letter or due to any act, failure to act, or fault of Tenant, its servants, employees, or agents. The Premises shall not be deemed incomplete or not ready for occupancy if only insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments remain to be done. The determination of Landlord’s architect or interior space planner for the Building shall be final or conclusive on Tenant as to whether the Premises are complete and ready for occupancy; Tenant agrees upon request of Landlord to promptly acknowledge in writing the date of such substantial completion of the Premises. If Tenant shall enter possession of all or any part of the Premises prior to the date fixed above for the first day of the Term, all of the covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding upon the parties hereto in respect of such possession the same as if the first day of the Term had been fixed as of the date when Tenant entered such possession; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent for any period prior to the first day of the Term.
Article 7
Condition of Premises
     Tenant’s taking possession of any portion of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence as against Tenant that such portion of the Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition when Tenant took possession, except as to latent defects in work performed by Landlord (which exception shall be effective for a one (1) year period following the date the Premises are ready for occupancy, excluding items of damage caused by Tenant, its agents, contractors and suppliers) and punch list or other warranty work. No promise of Landlord to alter, remodel, repair or improve the Premises or the Building and no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant, other than as may be contained herein or in the Work Letter.
Article 8
Repairs
     Except as otherwise provided in Article 11 of this Lease, and subject to the provisions of Article 9 of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep the Premises in good order, repair and tenantable condition at all times during the Term, and Tenant shall promptly arrange with Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense for the repair of all damages to the Premises and for the replacement or repair of all damaged or broken glass, fixtures and appurtenances within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to repair or replace broken or damaged exterior window glass unless such replacement or repair is necessitated by the act, failure to act, or neglect of Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, invitees or guests, and Landlord shall be required to repair or replace broken or damaged exterior window glass necessitated by the act, failure to act,

14


 

or neglect of Landlord, its servants, employees, agents, invitees or guests. If Tenant does not promptly make such arrangements, Landlord may, but need not, on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, make such repairs and replacements and the costs paid or incurred by Landlord for such repairs and replacements (including Landlord’s overhead and profit, and the cost of general conditions) shall be deemed additional rent reserved under this Lease due and payable forthwith. Landlord may, but shall not be required so to do, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make any repairs, alterations, improvements or additions, including, but not limited to, ducts and all other facilities for heating and air conditioning service, as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary for the safety, maintenance, repair, preservation or Improvement of the Building, or as Landlord may be required or requested to do by the City of Chicago or by the order or decree of any court or by any other proper authority, provided that Landlord shall not unreasonably interrupt or unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business during normal business hours.
     In the event Landlord or its agents or contractors shall elect or be required to make repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or the Building, Landlord shall be allowed to take into and upon the Premises all material that may be required to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions and, during the continuance of any of said work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space and corridors in the Building and to interrupt or temporarily suspend any services and facilities without being deemed or held guilty of an eviction of Tenant or for damages to Tenant’s property, business or person, and the rent reserved herein shall in no way abate while said repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being made, and Tenant shall not be entitled to maintain any set-off or counterclaim for damages of any kind against Landlord by reason thereof. Landlord may, at its option, make all such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions in and about the Building and the Premises during ordinary business hours, provided Landlord does not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business in which event Landlord shall perform the same after normal business hours, but if Tenant desires to have the same done at any other time, Tenant shall pay for all overtime and additional expenses resulting therefrom.
Article 9
Alterations
     Except as set forth in the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord [and, in the case of any work affecting any structural components or members of the Building (including, without limiting the foregoing, any work involving floor loading and floor coring), without the prior written approval of the structural engineer designated by Landlord for the Building] in each instance obtained, make any repairs, replacements, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to make non-structural alterations to the Premises costing less than $25,000 without Landlord’s prior written consent and without complying with the following requirements). In the event Tenant desires to make any operations, improvements or additions pursuant to this Article 9, or any repairs or

15


 

replacements pursuant to Article 8 of this Lease, Tenant shall prior to commencing any such work:
     (i) Submit to Landlord for review by it and its engineers plans and specifications showing such work in reasonable detail and obtain Landlord’s prior written approval (Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such review of such plans and specifications). Upon completion of any such alteration work, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with “as-built” drawings which shall reflect all such alterations, improvements, additions or replacements as prepared by the contractor;
     (ii) Furnish Landlord with the names and addresses of all contractors and copies of all contracts with such contractors and obtain Landlord’s prior written approval;
     (iii) Provide Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, with such security as Landlord may require, as well as all necessary permits evidencing compliance with all ordinances and regulations of the City of Chicago or any department or agency thereof, and with the requirements of all statutes and regulations of the State of Illinois or any department or agency thereof;
     (iv) Provide Landlord with certificates of insurance in forms and amounts described in the Work Letter naming Landlord as an additional insured where required by Landlord; and
     (v) Comply, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, with such other requests as Landlord may reasonably make in connection with such work.
     All such work shall, at Landlord’s election, be subject to the supervision by Landlord, and, if any such work is not the subject of the Work Letter, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord a supervision fee equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of such work. No supervision fee will be charged for work that is the subject of the Work Letter, provided, however, Tenant will pay or reimburse Landlord for the reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord with respect to the work covered by the Work Letter.
     Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has heretofore adopted and put into operation throughout the Building an asbestos operations and maintenance program (“ O & M Program ”), a copy of which has been made available for review by Tenant, which sets forth certain procedures to be followed in connection with any repairs, alterations or improvements to be made in the Building, in order to prevent disturbance to the sprayed-on asbestos fireproofing located on certain structural beams and in the mechanical rooms of the Building and to better protect the health and safety of all occupants of the Building. Tenant hereby expressly agrees to cause its agents, employees and contractors to comply at all times with the O & M Program (as amended from time to time) in connection with any repairs, alterations or improvements to the Premises to which the O & M Program may apply.

16


 

     Tenant hereby agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord, the Building and the Property harmless from and against any and all liabilities of every kind and description which may arise out of or in connection with such repairs, replacements, alterations, improvements or additions.
     Upon completing any of such repairs, replacements, alterations, improvements or additions, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with contractors’ affidavits, sworn statements and full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and material expended and used. All repairs, replacements, alterations, improvements and additions shall comply with all insurance requirements and with all ordinances and regulations of the City of Chicago or any department or agency thereof and with the requirements of all statutes and regulations of the State of Illinois or of any department or agency thereof. All repairs, replacements, alterations, improvements and additions shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner and only good grades of material shall be used. At all times Tenant shall cause contractors and others performing any work for Tenant to work in harmony with the contractors, agents and employees performing work in the Building for Landlord or others.
     All alterations, improvements, additions, repairs, or replacements, whether temporary or permanent in character, including, without limitation, wall coverings, carpeting and other floor coverings, special lighting installations, built-in or attached shelving, cabinetry, and mirrors, made by Landlord or Tenant in or upon the Premises shall become Landlord’s property and shall remain upon the Premises at the termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise without compensation to Tenant (excepting only Tenant’s movable office furniture, trade fixtures, and office equipment); provided, however, that Landlord has designated removal at the time of installation or plan approval by written notice to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall remove such alterations, improvements, additions, repairs or replacements at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with the provisions of Article 18 of this Lease.
Article 10
Covenant Against Liens
     Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize or empower Tenant to do any act which shall in any way encumber Landlord’s title to the Building, Property or Premises, nor in any way subject Landlord’s title to any claims by way of lien or encumbrance whether claimed by operation of law or by virtue of any expressed or implied contract of Tenant, and any claim to a lien upon the Building, Property or Premises arising from any act or omission of Tenant shall attach only against Tenant’s interest and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Building, Property and Premises. If Tenant has not removed any such lien or encumbrance or otherwise proceeded diligently to contest such lien or encumbrance as described below within fifteen (15) days after written notice to Tenant by Landlord, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for making any investigation as to the validity or accuracy thereof, and the amount so paid, together with all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’

17


 

fees) incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, shall be deemed additional rent reserved under this Lease due and payable forthwith. Tenant shall have the right to contest in good faith and with reasonable diligence the validity of any such lien or encumbrance if Tenant shall comply with the preceding provisions of this paragraph and promptly pay and discharge any final adverse judgment.
Article 11
Damage or Destruction by Fire or Casualty
     (A) If the Premises or any part of the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty and if such damage does not render all or a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building untenantable, then Landlord shall proceed to repair and restore the same to its prior existing condition with reasonable promptness, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and delays caused by matters beyond Landlord’s control. If any such damage renders all or a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building untenantable, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness after the occurrence of such damage and in good faith, estimate the length of time that will be required to substantially complete the repair and restoration of such damage and shall by notice advise Tenant of such estimate. If it is so estimated that the amount of time required to substantially complete such repair and restoration will exceed two hundred forty (240) days from the date such damage occurred, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage upon giving notice to the other at any time within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Tenant the notice containing said estimate (it being understood that Landlord may, if it elects to do so, also give such notice of termination together with the notice containing said estimate). Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in the preceding sentence, Landlord shall proceed with reasonable promptness and all due diligence to repair and restore the Premises, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and delays caused by matters beyond Landlord’s control, and also subject to zoning laws and building codes then in effect. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease (except as hereinafter provided) if such repairs and restoration are not in fact completed within the time period estimated by Landlord, as aforesaid, or within said two hundred forty (240) days, so long as Landlord shall proceed with reasonable promptness and due diligence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth: (i) If any such damage rendering all or a substantial portion of the Premises or Building untenantable shall occur during the last eighteen (18) months of the Term, then each of Landlord and Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other given within thirty (30) days after the date such damage occurred, and if such option is so exercised, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage; (ii) Landlord shall have no duty pursuant to this Article 11 to repair or restore any portion of alterations, additions or improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises or improvements which are not then building standard improvements; (iii) Tenant shall have no duty pursuant to this Article 11 to repair or restore any portion of alterations, additions or improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly upon receipt, the amount of any insurance proceeds that are attributable to the

18


 

alterations, additions or improvements constructed in the Premises with funds provided by Landlord; and (iv) Landlord shall not be obligated (but may, at its option, so elect) to repair or restore the Premises or Building if any mortgagee applies proceeds of insurance to reduce its loan balance, and the remaining proceeds, if any, available to Landlord are not sufficient to pay for such repair or restoration; and (iv) Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Article 11 if the damage or destruction was caused by the intentional act of Tenant, its agents or employees.
     (B) In the event any such fire or casualty damage not caused by the intentional or negligent act of Tenant, its agents or employees, renders the Premises substantially untenantable and Tenant is not occupying the Premises and if this Lease shall not be terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article 11 by reason of such damage, then rent shall abate during the period beginning with the date of such damage and ending with the date when Landlord substantially completes its repair and restoration work. Such abatement shall be in an amount bearing the same ratio to the total amount of rent for such period as the portion of the Premises being repaired and restored by Landlord and not heretofore delivered to Tenant from time to time bears to the entire Premises. In the event of termination of this Lease pursuant to this Article 11, rent shall be apportioned on a per diem basis and be paid to the date of such fire or other casualty.
     (C) In the event of any such fire or other casualty, and if this Lease is not terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall repair and restore any portion of alterations, additions or improvements made by or at the direction of Tenant in the Premises (excluding any base building improvements and additions made by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter, which shall be repaired and restored by Landlord), and during any such period of Tenant’s repair and restoration following substantial completion of Landlord’s repair and restoration work, rent shall be payable as if said fire or other casualty had not occurred.
Article 12
Insurance
     In consideration of the leasing of the Premises at the rental stated in Article 2, Landlord and Tenant agree to provide Insurance and allocate the risk of loss as follows:
     Tenant, at its sole cost and expense but for the mutual benefit of Landlord and Tenant (when used in this Article the term “Landlord” shall include Landlord and its officers, agents, servants and employees and the term “Tenant” shall include Tenant’s agents, servants and employees), shall purchase and keep and maintain in force and effect during the Term hereof, insurance under policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility on its fixtures and tenant improvements including, but not limited to, special wall and floor coverings, special lighting fixtures, built-in cabinets and bookshelves and on its merchandise, inventory, contents, furniture, equipment or other personal property located in the Premises protecting Landlord and Tenant from damage or other loss caused by fire or other casualty including, but not limited to, vandalism and

19


 

malicious mischief, perils covered by all risk and extended coverage, theft, sprinkler leakage, water damage (however caused), explosion, malfunction or failure of heating and cooling or other apparatus, and other similar risks in amounts not less than the full insurable replacement value of such property. Such insurance shall provide that it is specific and not contributory and shall name Landlord as an additional insured and shall contain a replacement cost endorsement and a clause pursuant to which the insurance carriers waive all rights of subrogation against Landlord with respect to losses payable under such policies, At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver certificates of insurance evidencing such coverage upon execution hereof and thereafter not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of any such policy.
     Landlord agrees to purchase and keep in force and effect insurance on the Building against fire and such other risks as may be included in extended coverage insurance from time-to-time available in an amount not less than the greater of 80% of the full insurable value of the Building or the amount sufficient to prevent Landlord from becoming a co-insurer under the terms of the applicable policies. Such policies shall contain a replacement cost endorsement and a clause pursuant to which the insurance carriers waive all rights of subrogation against Tenant with respect to losses payable under such policies.
     By this section, Landlord and Tenant intend that the risk of loss or damage as described above be borne by responsible insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby release each other and agree to look solely to, and to seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a loss of a type described above to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. For this purpose, any applicable deductible amount shall be treated as though it were recoverable under such policies. Landlord and Tenant agree that applicable portions of all monies collected from such insurance shall be used toward the full compliance of the obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease in connection with damage resulting from fire or other casualty.
Article 13
Liability Insurance
     Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain during the Term comprehensive public liability insurance, contractual liability insurance, property damage insurance, and — to the extent applicable — host liquor or dram-shop liability insurance, under policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, with limits of not less than $1,000,000 primary and $10,000,000 in umbrella coverage for personal injury, bodily injury, sickness, disease or death and $2,000,000 for damage or injury to or destruction of property (including the loss of use thereof) for any one occurrence. Tenant’s policies shall name Landlord, its respective officers, agents, servants and employees as additional insureds, At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver certificates of insurance evidencing such coverage upon execution hereof and thereafter not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of any such policy, Landlord shall maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Lease a policy of general liability insurance with

20


 

respect to the Building and the common areas of the Building, in which the combined limit is not to be less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and for property damage.
Article 14
Condemnation
     If the whole or any substantial portion of the Premises or Property shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises or Property, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument. Tenant shall have reciprocal termination rights if the whole or any substantial portion of the Premises is permanently taken, or if access to the Premises is permanently and materially impaired. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Term, and for moving expenses (so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord or any Holder, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant). All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated.
Article 15
Waiver of Claims and Indemnity
     Tenant agrees that, to the extent not expressly prohibited by law, Landlord and its officers, agents, servants and employees shall not be liable for (nor shall rent abate as a result of) any direct or consequential damage either to person or property sustained by Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, invitees or guests due to the Building or any part thereof or any appurtenances thereof becoming out of repair, or due to the happening of any accident in or about said Building, or due to any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of said Building or of any other person. This provision shall apply particularly (but not exclusively) to damage caused by water, snow, frost, steam, sewage, gas, electricity, sewer gas or odors or by the bursting, leaking or dripping of pipes, faucets and plumbing fixtures and windows, and shall apply without distinction as to the person whose act or neglect was responsible for the damage and whether the damage was due to any of the causes specifically enumerated above or to some other cause of an entirely different kind. Tenant further agrees that all of Tenant’s personal property in the Premises or the Building shall be at the risk of Tenant only and that

21


 

Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage thereto or theft thereof. Tenant shall protect, indemnify and save Landlord and its officers, agents, servants and employees harmless from and against any and all obligations, liabilities, costs, damages, claims and expenses of whatever nature arising out of breach of this Lease by Tenant or from injury to persons or damage to property on the Premises or in or about the Building arising out of or in connection with this Lease or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s activities in the Building, or arising from any act or negligence of Tenant, or its agents, contractors, servants, employees, or invitees.
Article 16
Nonwaiver
     No waiver of any condition expressed in this Lease shall be implied by any neglect of Landlord to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such condition if such violation be continued or repeated subsequently, and no express waiver shall affect any condition other than the one specified in such waiver and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of moneys by Landlord from Tenant after the termination in any way of the Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term or affect any notice given to Tenant prior to the receipt of such moneys, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit or after final judgment for possession of the Premises Landlord may receive and collect any rent or other sums due, and such payment shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.
Article 17
Landlord’s Remedies
     (A) If (a) default shall be made in the payment of the rent or any installment thereof or in the payment of any other sum required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, and such default shall continue for ten (10) days after written notice to Tenant, or (b) if default shall be made, in the full and prompt performance of any of the other covenants or conditions which Tenant is required to observe and perform and such default shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice to Tenant, provided that if such default cannot be cured within 30 days, Tenant shall not be in default if Tenant commences cure within such 30 days and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion not later than 60 days after commencement of such cure, or (c) if the interest of Tenant in this Lease shall be levied on under execution or other legal process, or (d) if any petition shall be filed by or against Tenant to declare Tenant a bankrupt or to delay, reduce or modify Tenant’s debts or obligations, or (e) if any petition shall be filed or other action taken to reorganize or modify Tenant’s capital structure, if Tenant be a corporation or other entity, or (f) if Tenant be declared insolvent according to law or if any assignment of Tenant’s property shall be made for the benefit of creditors, or (g) if a receiver or trustee is appointed for Tenant or its property, or (h) if Tenant shall abandon or vacate the Premises during the Term of this Lease, then Landlord may treat the occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing events as a breach of this Lease, and

22


 

thereupon at its option may, without notice or demand of any kind to Tenant or any other person, have any one or more of the following described remedies in addition to all other rights and remedies provided at law or in equity:
     (i) Landlord may terminate this Lease and the Term created hereby, in which event Landlord may forthwith repossess the Premises and be entitled to recover forthwith as damages a sum of money equal to the value of the Net Rent and rent adjustments provided to be paid by Tenant for the balance of the stated Term of the Lease, less the fair rental value of the Premises for said period, and any other sum of money and damages owed by Tenant to Landlord.
     (ii) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right of possession and may repossess the Premises by forcible entry or detainer suit or otherwise, without demand or notice of any kind to Tenant and without terminating this Lease, in which event Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, relet all or any part of the Premises, for such rent and upon such terms as shall be satisfactory to Landlord (including the right to relet the Premises for a term greater or lesser than that remaining under the Term of this Lease and the right to relet the Premises as a part of a larger area and the right to change the character or use made of the Premises). For the purpose of such reletting, Landlord is authorized to decorate or to make any repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Premises that may be necessary or convenient, and if Landlord shall fail to relet the Premises or if the Premises are relet and a sufficient sum shall not be realized from such reletting after paying all of the costs and expenses of such decorations, repairs, changes, alterations and additions and the expenses of such reletting to satisfy the rent provided for in this Lease to be paid, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages a sum equal to the amount of the Net Rent and rent adjustments reserved in this Lease for such period or periods as the same shall come due, or, if the Premises have been relet, Tenant shall satisfy and pay any such deficiency upon demand as the same shall come due from time to time, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums falling due under the terms of this paragraph and any other sums due under this Lease from time to time and that no suit or recovery of any portion due Landlord hereunder shall be any defense to any subsequent action brought for any amount not theretofore reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord.
     (B) If Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate Landlord’s damages, and Tenant shall be entitled to submit proof of such failure to mitigate as a defense to Landlord’s claims hereunder, if mitigation of damages by Landlord is required by applicable law. If Landlord has not terminated this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord shall have no obligation to mitigate, and may permit the Premises to remain vacant or abandoned; in such case, Tenant may seek to mitigate damages by attempting to sublease the Premises or assign this Lease in accordance with the provisions of Article 26.

23


 

Article 18
Surrender of Possession
     (A) On or before the date this Lease and the Term hereby created terminates, or on or before the date Tenant’s right of possession terminates, whether by lapse of time or at the option of Landlord, Tenant shall:
     (i) restore the Premises to the same condition as they were delivered to Tenant substantially complete subject to normal wear and tear (except as otherwise provided in Article 11 of this Lease) and, provided Landlord has identified at the time of installation any alterations, improvements or additions that must be removed, remove those alterations, improvements or additions (a) installed for or during Tenant’s occupancy, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant. Tenant shall not be obligated to remove the initial improvements made pursuant to the terms of the Work Letter;
     (ii) remove from the Premises and the Building all of Tenant’s personal property; and
     (iii) surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in a clean condition free of all rubbish and debris.
     (B) If Tenant shall fail or refuse to restore the Premises to the above-described condition on or before the above-specified date, Landlord may enter into and upon the Premises and put the Premises in such condition and recover from Tenant Landlord’s cost of so doing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of restoring the walls, ceilings and floors of the Premises to the same condition that existed prior to the date of the commencement of any alterations, improvements, or additions made by or for Tenant’s occupancy (or a prior tenant’s occupancy if such alterations, improvements or additions were acquired by Tenant from a former tenant) of the Premises. If Tenant shall fail or refuse to comply with Tenant’s duty to remove all personal property from the Premises and the Building on or before the above-specified date, the parties hereto agree and stipulate that Landlord may enter into and upon the Premises and may, at its election:
     (i) treat such failure or refusal as an offer by Tenant to transfer title to such personal property to Landlord, in which event title thereto shall thereupon pass under this Lease as a bill of sale to and vest in Landlord absolutely without any cost either by set-off, credit allowance or otherwise, and Landlord may retain, remove, sell, donate, destroy, store, discard, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of said personal property in any manner that Landlord shall choose;
     (ii) treat such failure or refusal as conclusive evidence, on which Landlord or any third party shall be entitled absolutely to rely and act, that Tenant has forever abandoned such personal property, and without accepting title thereto, Landlord may, remove, store, destroy, discard or otherwise dispose of all

24


 

or any part thereof in any manner that Landlord shall choose without incurring liability to Tenant or to any other person. In no event shall Landlord ever become or accept or be charged with the duties of a bailee (either voluntary or involuntary) of any personal property, and the failure of Tenant to remove all personal property from the Premises and the Building shall forever bar Tenant from bringing any action or from asserting any liability against Landlord with respect to any such property which Tenant fails to remove. If Tenant shall fail or refuse to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord on or before the above-specified date, Landlord may forthwith re-enter the Premises and repossess itself thereof as of its former estate and remove all persons and effects therefrom, using such force as may be permitted by law, without being guilty of any manner of trespass or forcible entry or detainer.
Article 19
Holding Over
     Landlord and Tenant recognize that Landlord’s damages resulting from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender possession of the Premises may be substantial, may exceed the amount of the Rent payable hereunder, and will be impossible to accurately measure. Accordingly, if possession of the Premises is not surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Net Rent plus the rent adjustments then applicable for all or any portion of the first two months that Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, and two hundred percent (200%) of the Net Rent plus the rent adjustments then applicable for all or any portion of each month thereafter that Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, and also shall pay all damages sustained by Landlord, whether direct or consequential, on account thereof, including, without limitation, any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Premises (a “ New Tenant ”) in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant, and the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, In addition, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against all claims for damages by a New Tenant. The provisions of this Article shall not operate as a waiver by Landlord of any right of re-entry hereinbefore provided.
Article 20
Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees
     In case Landlord shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Tenant, then Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred or paid by Landlord in connection with such litigation. Tenant shall also pay all reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees that

25


 

may be incurred or paid by Landlord in enforcing any of Tenant’s covenants and agreements in this Lease. In case Tenant shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Landlord, then Landlord shall pay all reasonable costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred or paid by Tenant in connection with such litigation. Landlord shall also pay all reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees that may be incurred or paid by Tenant in enforcing any of Landlord’s covenants and agreements in this Lease.
Article 21
Compliance with Laws
     Tenant and Landlord shall operate the Premises and Building respectively in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and municipal laws, ordinances and regulations and shall not knowingly, directly or indirectly, make any use of the Premises or Building which is prohibited by any such laws, ordinances or regulations.
Article 22
Certain Rights Reserved By Landlord
     Landlord shall have the following rights, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without effecting an eviction, constructive or actual, or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession or giving rise to any claim for set-off or abatement of rent:
     (i) To name the Building and to change the Building’s name or street address, provided that Landlord shall give Tenant sixty (60) days notice of such change and, in the event Landlord changes the Building’s street address, pay the cost of replacement stationery and business cards.
     (ii) To install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and interior of the Building.
     (iii) To designate and approve, prior to installation, all types of window shades, blinds, drapes, and other similar equipment, and to control all internal lighting that may be visible from the exterior of the Building.
     (iv) To designate, restrict and control all sources from which Tenant may obtain ice, drinking water, towels, toilet supplies, shoe shining, catering, food and beverages, or like or other services on the Premises, and, in general, to reserve to Landlord the exclusive right to designate, limit, restrict and control any business and any service in or to the Building and its tenants, provided Tenant may operate a kitchen or break room serving beverages.
     (v) On reasonable prior notice to Tenant, to show the Premises to prospective tenants at reasonable hours during the last twelve (12) months of the Term and, if vacated during such period to decorate, remodel, repair or otherwise

26


 

prepare the Premises for re-occupancy without affecting Tenant’s obligation to pay rent.
     (vi) To retain at all times, and to use in appropriate Instances, keys to all doors within and into the Premises. No locks shall be changed without the prior written consent of Landlord.
     (vii) To decorate or to make repairs, alterations, additions, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any part thereof, and for such purposes to enter upon the Premises, and, during the continuance of any of said work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space and corridors in the Building and to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities, all without abatement of rent or affecting any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, so long as the Premises are reasonably accessible and the foregoing does not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises.
     (viii) To have and retain a paramount title to the Premises free and clear of any act of Tenant purporting to burden or encumber it.
     (ix) To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to exclude Tenant from the use expressly permitted herein.
     (x) To approve the weight, size and location of safes and other heavy equipment and bulky articles in and about the Premises and the Building (so as not to overload the floors of the Premises), and to require all such items and furniture and similar items to be moved into and out of the Building and Premises only at such times and in such manner as Landlord shall direct in writing. Any damages done to the Building or Premises or to other tenants in the Building by taking in or putting out safes, furniture and other Items, or from overloading the floor in any way, shall be paid by Tenant. Furniture, boxes, merchandise or other bulky articles shall be transported within the Building only upon or by vehicles equipped with rubber tires and shall be carried only in the freight elevators and at such times as the management of the Building shall require. Movements of Tenant’s property into or out of the Building and within the Building are entirely at the risk and responsibility of Tenant, and Landlord reserves the right to require permits before allowing any such property to be moved into or out of the Building.
     (xi) Except as otherwise provided in Article 4(A), to prohibit the placing of vending or dispensing machines of any kind in or about the Premises without the prior written permission of Landlord, which permission will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     (xii) To have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes located on the Premises according to the rules of the United States Post Office.

27


 

     (xiii) To change the arrangement or location of entrances, passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, stairs, toilets and other public service portions of the Building not contained within the Premises or any part thereof.
     (xiv) To close the Building after regular working hours and on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays subject, however, to Tenant’s right to admittance, under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time, which may include by way of example but not of limitation, that persons entering or leaving the Building identify themselves to Building personnel by registration or otherwise and that said persons establish their right to enter or leave the Building.
     Landlord may enter upon the Premises and may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights hereby reserved without being deemed guilty of an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession and without being liable in any manner to Tenant, provided Landlord does not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises.
Article 23
Estoppel
     Tenant shall from time to time upon not less than ten (10) business days prior request by Landlord deliver to Landlord, Mortgagee (as defined in Article 30), or any prospective purchaser of the Property a statement in writing certifying to Landlord and such parties as Landlord may designate (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications that the Lease as modified is in full force and effect); (b) the dates to which the rent and other charges have been paid; (c) that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, neither Landlord nor Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease, or, if in default, the nature thereof in detail; (d) that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there are no offsets or defenses to the payment of Net Rent, additional rent or any other sums payable under this Lease or, if there are any such offsets or defenses, specifying such in detail; and (e) such other factual matters as Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant recognizes that Tenant’s failure to provide an estoppel certificate, that Tenant believes in good faith to be accurate, on a timely basis in satisfaction of the foregoing requirements and in satisfaction of all reasonable requests of the requesting party that are then consistent with commercial practice is a material inducement for Landlord to enter into this Lease.
Article 24
Rules and Regulations
     Tenant agrees to observe the reservations to Landlord in Article 22 hereof and agrees, for itself, its employees, agents, servants, clients, customers, invitees, licensees and guests to observe and comply at all times in all material respects with the rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof, and with

28


 

such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may from time-to-time make for the Building of which Tenant has been given written notice, and that failure to observe and comply with material rules and regulations after written notice shall constitute a default under Article 17(B) this Lease.
     Landlord reserves the right to make such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be needful for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and Premises and for the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall enforce such rules and regulations in a nondiscriminatory fashion.
Article 25
Right to Shift Location of Premises
     Landlord may not relocate Tenant at any time prior to November 1, 2007. At any time on or after November 1, 2007, Landlord may, if Tenant does not then occupy at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the rentable square footage of the 27 th floor, substitute for the Premises other premises (herein referred to as the “new premises”) provided the new premises shall be similar to the Premises in area and use for Tenant’s purposes. In addition:
     (A) Landlord shall pay the expense of Tenant for moving from the Premises to the new premises and improving the new premises so that they are substantially similar to, and constructed with materials of comparable quality to, the Premises, which shall not be located below the seventeenth floor of the Building, shall have similar sight lines to the Premises ( i.e., the substitute premises will be located on the eastern face of the Building and occupy both the northeast and southeast corners of the Building), and shall be a similar distance to the elevators as the Premises;
     (B) Such move shall be made during evenings, weekends, or otherwise so as to incur the least inconvenience to Tenant
     (C) Neither the Net Rent due hereunder nor Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses shall increase on account of such relocation; and
     (D) Landlord shall first give Tenant at least sixty (60) days’ notice before making such change.
Article 26
Assignment and Subletting
     (A) Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord, (i) convey, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber or subject to or permit to exist upon or be subjected to any lien or charge, this Lease or any interest hereunder,

29


 

(ii) allow to exist or occur any transfer of or lien upon this Lease or Tenant’s interest herein by operation of law, or (iii) permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof for any purpose not provided for under Article 4 of this Lease or by anyone other than Tenant and Tenant’s employees. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, (i) assign this Lease or any of Tenant’s rights hereunder, or (ii) sublet the Premises or any part thereof (such assignment or sublease is referred to in the Lease from time to time as a “Transfer” ).
     (B) In the event Tenant intends to assign this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises subsequent to the commencement of the Term of this Lease, if Tenant desires to obtain Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice shall include: (1) the proposed effective date (which shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after Tenant’s notice), (2) if Tenant is proposing a sublease, the portion of the Premises to be sublet (herein called the “Subject Space”), (3) the terms of the proposed Transfer, the consideration for such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed sublessee or assignee (the “Transferee”), and a copy of all documentation pertaining to the proposed sublease or assignment, and (4) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, and any other information reasonably necessary to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any sublease or assignment made without complying with this Article 26 shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, or shall constitute a default under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord grants its consent, Tenant shall pay $750.00 towards Landlord’s review and processing expenses, as well as any reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord. If a proposed sublease is for less than all of the Premises, the space proposed to be subleased and the remaining portion of the Premises must each be a legally leasable unit in compliance with all applicable ordinances and codes).
     (C) Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed sublease of the Subject Space or assignment of the Lease to the Transferee on the terms specified in Tenant’s notice. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed sublease or assignment where one or more of the following applies (without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent): (1) the Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business that is not consistent with the quality of the Property, or would be a significantly less prestigious occupant of the Property than Tenant, (2) the Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes that are not permitted under this Lease, (3) the Subject Space is not regular in shape with appropriate means of ingress and egress suitable for normal renting purposes, (4) the Transferee is either a government (or agency or instrumentality thereof), foreign embassy or other foreign entity or person having diplomatic immunity, (5) the proposed Transferee does not have a net worth that is at least equal to the net worth of Tenant as of the date of commencement of this Lease (as determined by reference to financial statements prepared by certified public accountants

30


 

reasonably satisfactory to Landlord), or (6) Tenant is in default under the terms of this Lease, which default is continuing beyond the expiration of applicable grace or notice and cure periods, at the time that Tenant requests consent to the proposed sublease or assignment.
     (D) Landlord shall have the right, to be exercised by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of all or substantially all of the Premises, to cancel this Lease, in which latter event the Net Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Ownership Taxes shall be adjusted on the basis of the number of square feet of rentable area of the Premises retained by Tenant, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect. If Landlord wishes to exercise such option to cancel, Landlord shall, within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice from Tenant, send to Tenant a notice so stating and in such notice Landlord shall specify the date as of which such cancellation is effective, which date shall be the date Tenant’s assignment or sublease is to be effective. Landlord shall endeavor, without obligation, to cancel this Lease (or the applicable portion of this Lease) on the date that Tenant intends its proposed sublease or assignment to take effect. Landlord’s notice of the exercise of the foregoing option to cancel all or any portion of the Premises demised by this Lease shall be null and void unless Landlord receives the written consent of Landlord’s Mortgagee to any such cancellation within the twenty (20) day period described above. Tenant’s notice given pursuant to this Article 26(D) shall state the name and address of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the proposed effective date of the assignment or sublease, and a true and complete copy of the proposed sublease or assignment and sufficient information to permit Landlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed subtenant or assignee shall be delivered to Landlord with said notice. If Landlord, upon receiving Tenant’s notice given pursuant to this Article 26(D), shall not exercise its right to cancel, Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant’s assignment of this Lease or subletting the space covered by its notice. In each case, a subletting or assignment shall also be subject to the following conditions:
     (i) Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods;
     (ii) Tenant has fully complied with the provisions of this Article 26;
     (iii) If less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the rentable area of the Building is leased to tenants, the proposed Transferee shall not be a tenant or occupant of the Building;
     (iv) Tenant has furnished Landlord with copies of all documents relating to the sublease or assignment arrangement between Tenant and the proposed subtenant or assignee, including financial statements, if requested by Landlord; and

31


 

     (v) The proposed sublease or proposed assignment does not extend for a term beyond the initial Term of this Lease, nor does the sublease or assignment contain any options to extend or renew the term thereof beyond the initial Term of this Lease.
     Landlord will respond to Tenant’s request for approval within thirty (30) days after submission of all documents.
     (E) Tenant expressly covenants and agrees not to enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of the Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the property leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and that any such purported lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises.
     (F) In the event Landlord consents to any such Transfer, and as a condition thereto, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of all profit derived by Tenant from such assignment or subletting. For purposes of the foregoing, profit shall be deemed to include, but shall not be limited to, the amount paid or payable to Tenant, any corporations or other business entities which are controlled by, or are under common control with, Tenant (each a “Related Entity” ), and any principal, officer, director and employee of Tenant or any Related Entity, to effect or to induce Tenant to enter into any such transaction, and the amount of all rent and other consideration of whatever nature payable by such assignee or sublessee in excess of the Net Rent, and rent adjustments, payable by Tenant under this Lease. In calculating profit or net consideration, no deduction will be allowed for any internal expenses (as opposed to out-of-pocket expenses) of Tenant or a Related Entity. If a part of the consideration for such assignment or subletting shall be payable other than in cash, the payment to Landlord of its share of such non-cash consideration shall be in such form as is satisfactory to Landlord.
     Tenant shall and hereby agrees that it will furnish to Landlord upon request from Landlord a certification from Tenant setting forth in detail the computation of all profit derived and to be derived from such assignment or subletting. Tenant agrees that Landlord or its authorized representatives shall be given access at all reasonable times to the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any such assignment or subletting, and Landlord shall have the right to make copies thereof. The percentage of Tenant’s profit due Landlord hereunder shall be paid to Landlord within two (2) days of receipt by Tenant of all payments made from time to time by such assignee or sublessee to Tenant.
     (G) Any subletting or assignment hereunder shall not release or discharge Tenant of or from any liability, whether past, present or future, under this Lease, and Tenant shall continue fully liable thereunder. Any subtenant or assignee shall agree in

32


 

a form satisfactory to Landlord to comply with and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to the extent of the space sublet or assigned, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord promptly after execution, an executed copy of each such sublease or assignment and an agreement of compliance by each such subtenant or assignee. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, on demand, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord (including fees paid to consultants and attorneys) in connection with any request by Tenant for Landlord to consent to any assignment or subletting by Tenant. Any sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer, or subletting of this Lease which is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article shall be of no effect and void.
     (H) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 26, Tenant may, upon not less than five (5) days prior written notice to Landlord, permit a Related Entity to sublet all or part of the Premises or receive an assignment of the Lease, provided that (i) Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any notice and applicable cure periods, (ii) within a reasonable time after such subletting or assignment, as the case may be, Tenant furnishes Landlord with the name of any such Related Entity, together with a certification of Tenant, that such subtenant or assignee, as the case may be, is a Related Entity of Tenant and continues to remain such during the Term. Such subletting or assignment shall not relieve Tenant of any of Tenant’s liability or obligations under this Lease. Any transfer of all or substantially all of the shares of stock of Tenant by sale, assignment, operation of law or otherwise resulting in a change in the present control of such corporation by the person or persons owning a majority of such shares as of the date of this Lease shall be deemed to be an assignment within the meaning of this Article 26; provided, however, the conversion of Tenant from a closely-held corporation to a public corporation (i.e., a corporation whose stock is publicly held and traded through an exchange or over the counter) will not be deemed to be an assignment within the meaning of this Article 26. For the purposes hereof, “control” shall mean the power to directly or indirectly direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such corporation or entity. In addition, Landlord’s consent shall not be required with respect to a Transfer resulting from transactions with a business entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred so long as (i) such transfer was made for a legitimate independent business purpose and not for the purpose of transferring this Lease, (ii) the successor to Tenant has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, and (iii) proof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or such net worth is delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such transaction.
Article 27
Notice
     All notices, demands, approvals and consents which may or are required to be given by one party to the other under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by a nationally-recognized air courier service. Notices for the

33


 

parties shall be delivered to the following addresses or such other address or addresses as a party may specify in a notice to the other party, which notice must be given in accordance with the provisions of this Article 27. No party hereto may have more than two (2) notice addresses for such party.
To Landlord :
Zeller Management Corporation
401 North Michigan Avenue
Suite 250
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention: Paul M. Zeller
With a copy to :
Pircher, Nichols & Meeks
Suite 1050
900 North Michigan Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention: Real Estate Notices (EJML/JMV)
To Tenant :
Healthcare Services, Inc. (d/b/a Accretive Health)
401 North Michigan Avenue
27 th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention: Mr. Greg Kazarian
With a copy to :
Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman
525 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60661
Attention: Janet H. Winningham, Esq.
Article 28
Intentionally Omitted

34


 

Article 29
Conveyance by Landlord
     In case Landlord or any successor owner of the Property or the Building shall convey or otherwise dispose of any portion thereof to another person, such other person shall in its own name thereupon be and become Landlord hereunder and shall assume fully in writing and be liable upon all liabilities and obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord which first arise after the date of conveyance, and such original Landlord or successor owner shall, from and after the date of conveyance, be free of all liabilities and obligations not then incurred.
Article 30
Subordination and Attornment
     Provided that Ground Lessor (as defined below) or Mortgagee (as defined below) executes and delivers a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (a “ Subordination Agreement ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , the rights of Tenant under this Lease shall be and are subject and subordinate at all times to any lease (“ Ground Lease ”) to which Landlord is a party, now or hereafter in force against the Property and/or the Building, and to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust (“ Mortgage ”) now or hereafter in force against any Ground Lease, the Property and/or the Building, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, amendments, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Tenant shall have no right to approve or object to the creation of any such Ground Lease or Mortgage. This Article is self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. Any mortgagee or beneficiary (a “ Mortgagee ”) under a Mortgage may, however, elect to have this Lease be superior to its Mortgage. Upon request, Tenant shall (a) execute an agreement, in favor of Mortgagee, in substantially the form of the Subordination Agreement, confirming that this Lease is subordinate (or at a Mortgagee’s election, superior) to any Mortgage and containing such other terms as Mortgagee may reasonably request, and (b) execute any document reasonably requested of Tenant in favor of the holder (such holder, whether possessing a landlord’s or a tenant’s interest in the Ground Lease, is referred to herein as a “ Ground Lessor ”) of any Ground Lease interest confirming that this Lease is subordinate to any Ground Lease and containing such other terms as Ground Lessor may reasonably request. Tenant, at the option of any Mortgagee, will attorn to a Mortgagee or its successor in the event of a foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof pursuant to a Subordination Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . In the event that, under any Ground Lease, (a) the Ground Lessor acquires the Landlord’s interest in the Property and/or the Building, or (b) the Ground Lease is cancelled or merged into another estate, Tenant will, at the election of Ground Lessor, attorn to Ground Lessor (or its successor) and/or acknowledge the enforceability of this Lease notwithstanding any termination or merger of the Ground Lease. A Subordination Agreement delivered by any Mortgagee or Ground Lessee will be deemed to be substantially in the form of the Subordination Agreement attached hereto

35


 

as Exhibit E if such agreement does not materially increase the obligations of Tenant as set forth in the attached form of Subordination Agreement or does not materially diminish the rights of Tenants as set forth in the attached form of Subordination Agreement.
Article 31
Brokers
     Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that no broker or finder other than Colliers Bennett & Kahnweiler Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”), has been engaged by it in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Lease or to its knowledge is in any way connected with any of such transactions. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that no broker or finder other than Zeller Management Corporation (“Landlord’s Broker”) has been engaged by it in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Lease or to its knowledge is in any way connected with any of such transactions. In the event of a claim for broker’s or finder’s fees or commissions in connection herewith by any person or entity other than Landlord’s Broker or Tenant’s Broker, then Landlord shall indemnify and defend Tenant from the same if it shall be based upon any statement or agreement alleged to have been made by Landlord, and Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord from the same if it shall be based upon any statement or agreement alleged to have been made by Tenant. The indemnification obligations under this Article 31 shall survive the closing of the transactions hereunder or the earlier termination of this Lease.
Article 32
Security Deposit
     (A) As additional security for the full and prompt performance by Tenant of all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant will, within thirty (30) days following the date of this Lease, establish an account (the “Cash Security Deposit Account”) into which Tenant shall deposit (and will during the Term, subject to the terms of this Article 32, maintain on deposit) an amount (the “Cash Security Deposit” ) equal to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), which sum may be used, retained or applied, in whole or in part, by Landlord for the purpose of curing any default or defaults of Tenant under this Lease that are continuing beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods. Tenant will open the Cash Security Deposit Account with Harris Bank or such other banking institution as may be reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (the “Bank”) . The Cash Security Deposit will be held by the Bank pursuant to a pledged account agreement (the “Cash Security Deposit Account Agreement”) which shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord, Tenant and the Bank, and which shall provide, among other things, that (i) the Cash Security Deposit Account shall be subject to the sole dominion, control and discretion of Landlord, its authorized agents or designees, including the Bank, subject to the terms hereof; and (ii) Tenant shall have no right of withdrawal with respect to the Cash Security Deposit Account except with the prior written consent of Landlord or as otherwise provided herein. If Tenant has not defaulted

36


 

hereunder beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods or if Landlord has not used, retained or applied the Cash Security Deposit to any defaults, then the Cash Security Deposit or any portion thereof not so applied by Landlord shall be paid in cash to Tenant as follows: (a) on November 1, 2006, Landlord will cause the Bank to release to Tenant one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Cash Security Deposit, (b) on November 1, 2007, Landlord will cause the Bank to release to Tenant one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Cash Security Deposit, and (c) on November 1, 2008, Landlord will cause the Bank to release to Tenant one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Cash Security Deposit (i.e., the balance of the Cash Security Deposit).
     (B) In lieu of depositing and maintaining the Cash Security Deposit in the Cash Security Deposit Account as provided in Article 32(A), Tenant may deposit with Landlord a letter of credit a security deposit (the “L/C Security Deposit”) in the form of a letter of credit in the initial amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or the amount of the Cash Security Deposit then required to be deposited by Tenant with the Bank. The L/C Security Deposit will be a clean, unconditional, stand-by, irrevocable letter of credit, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, issued by a federally insured national banking association located in Chicago, Illinois with a net worth in excess of $1,000,000,000 (One Billion Dollars) or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant has not defaulted hereunder beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods or if Landlord has not used, retained or applied the L/C Security Deposit to any defaults, then the L/C Security Deposit or any portion thereof not so applied by Landlord shall be reduced as follows: (a) on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, Landlord will cause the L/C Security Deposit to be reduced by one-third (1/3 rd ), (b) on the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, Landlord will cause the L/C Security Deposit to be reduced by one-third (1/3 rd ), and (c) on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date, Landlord will cause the L/C Security Deposit to be reduced by one-third (1/3 rd ) (i.e., the L/C Security Deposit will be reduced to zero by delivery of same to Tenant). The L/C Security Deposit will have an expiration date no earlier than October 31, 2012 or will be renewed or replaced annually through October 31, 2012, in which event Tenant will submit to Landlord original amendments extending the expiration date of the letter of credit (or replacement letters of credit with extended expiration dates), on an annual basis no later than the date that is thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the letter of credit then in effect. Failure to so extend the expiration date of the letter of credit through October 31, 2012 in the foregoing manner shall not constitute a default under this Lease provided, however, that Landlord shall be entitled to draw down the letter of credit without notice to Tenant and to hold or apply the proceeds thereof as a Cash Security Deposit. The letter of credit shall be transferable more than one time by Landlord, at Landlord’s cost or expense.
     (C) The Cash Security Deposit or, if applicable, the L/C Security Deposit (collectively, the “Security Deposit”), will serve as security for the prompt, full and faithful performance by Tenant of the terms and provisions of this Lease. In the event that Tenant is in default and falls to cure within any applicable time permitted under this Lease, or in the event that Tenant owes any amounts to Landlord upon the expiration of this Lease, Landlord may use or apply the whole or any part of the Security Deposit for

37


 

the payment of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. The use or application of the Security Deposit or any portion thereof shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided hereunder or under any Law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages. In the event the Security Deposit is reduced by such use or application, Tenant shall restore the Cash Security Deposit or the L/C Security Deposit to the then required amount of the Security Deposit within seven (7) business days after written notice. In the event of a sale or other transfer of the Property, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the L/C Security Deposit, the Cash Security Deposit (and its interest in the Cash Security Deposit Account) to its purchaser and Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all responsibility for the return of the Security Deposit, upon transferee’s assumption of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall look solely to such purchaser for the return of the Security Deposit. In the event of an assignment of this Lease by Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be held by Landlord as a deposit made by the assignee, and Landlord shall have no further responsibility for the return of the Security Deposit to the assignor. Landlord shall have the right to assign its interest in the L/C Security Deposit, the Cash Security Deposit and the Cash Security Deposit Account to any mortgage lender for the Property, and Tenant shall cooperate with all reasonable requirements of the mortgage lender in connection with such assignment.
Article 33
Miscellaneous
     Landlord and Tenant further covenant with each other that:
     (A) All rights and remedies of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other rights and remedies allowed by law.
     (B) All payments becoming due under this Lease or under any work order or other agreement relating to the Premises shall be considered as rent, and if unpaid when due shall bear interest from such date until paid at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum in excess of the prime rate from time to time announced by The Wall Street Journal as the prime rate of interest (unless a lesser rate shall then be the maximum rate permissible by law with respect thereto, in which event such lesser rate shall be charged). Tenant shall pay, as additional Rent, a service charge equal to Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250), for bookkeeping and administrative expenses, if any monthly installment of Net Rent is not received within five (5) days of its due date.
     (C) The word “Tenant” wherever used herein shall be construed to mean Tenants in all cases where there is more than one Tenant, and the necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or individuals, men or women, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed.
     (D) Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit, not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of

38


 

their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment contrary to the provisions of Article 26 hereof.
     (E) All of the representations and obligations of Landlord are contained herein, and no modification, waiver or amendment of this Lease or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord unless in writing signed by Landlord or by a duly authorized agent of Landlord empowered by a written authority signed by Landlord. This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto and the Work Letter, if any, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto relative to the subject matter hereof. Any prior negotiations, correspondence or understandings relative to the subject matter hereof shall be deemed to be merged in this Agreement. This Lease may not be amended or modified except in writing, executed by each of the parties hereto.
     (F) Submission of this instrument for examination shall not bind Landlord in any manner, and no lease or obligation on Landlord shall arise until this instrument is signed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant.
     (G) No rights to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease.
     (H) Sectional headings in this Lease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not in any way limit or amplify the terms and provisions hereof.
     (I) The laws of the State of Illinois shall govern the validity, performance and enforcement of this Lease. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall not offset or impair any other provision. If any provision of this Lease is capable of two constructions, one of which would render the provision invalid and the other of which would make the provision valid, then the provision shall have the meaning which renders it valid.
     (J) Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to commit or engage in any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.
     (K) Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord’s election.
     (L) Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venture or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of rent nor any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

39


 

     (M) Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease (regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments) to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts, as Landlord in its sole discretion, may elect.
     (N) Each party hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court located within the State of Illinois, waives personal service of any and all process upon it, consents to service of process by registered mall directed to it at the address stated in Article 27, and acknowledges that service so made shall be deemed to be completed upon actual delivery thereof (whether accepted or refused). In addition, each party consents and agrees that venue of any action instituted under this Lease shall be proper only in the State of Illinois, and each party hereby waives any objection to venue.
     (O) Every covenant, term, and provision of this Lease shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party (notwithstanding any rule of law requiring a lease or an agreement to be strictly construed against the drafting party).
     (P) EACH OF TENANT AND LANDLORD HEREBY WAIVES IRREVOCABLY THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH TENANT AND LANDLORD ARE PARTIES.
Article 34
Exculpation
     Any obligation of Landlord, or its agent, under or with respect to this Lease shall be enforceable only against and payable out of Landlord’s interest in the Building and Property and the rents, income, profits and proceeds therefrom (but only for so long as such rents, income, profits and proceeds therefrom are in the possession of Landlord). Tenant hereby agrees that neither Tenant nor any other person shall have or may assert any right, recourse or remedy to or against Landlord or its agent or any assets of Landlord other than the Building and Property and the rents, income, profits and proceeds therefrom (for so long as such rents, income, profits and proceeds therefrom are in the possession of Landlord). Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building and Property and the rents, income, profits and proceeds therefrom (for so long as such rents, income, profits and proceeds therefrom are in the possession of Landlord) for the recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any such Judgment or deficiency after execution thereon. The limitations of liability contained in this Article shall apply equally and inure to the benefit of Landlord’s present and future members, partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, managers, agents and employees, and their respective members, partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, managers, agents, employees, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future, direct or indirect member of Landlord (If Landlord is a limited liability company), general or limited partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or

40


 

trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner or member of Landlord is a trust) have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.
Article 35
Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment
     So long as Tenant is not in default beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods, Tenant shall, during the Term of this Lease, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof, free from hindrance by Landlord or any other person claiming by, through, or under Landlord.
Article 36
Tenant’s Option to Terminate
     (A) Tenant shall have and is hereby granted the option to terminate this Lease effective on November 1, 2010 by:
     (i) Delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of such termination option not later than February 1, 2010; and
     (ii) Paying to Landlord of a termination fee equal to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), such termination fee to be payable in two (2) installments of One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000), the first installment to be paid concurrently with delivery of the termination notice and the second installment to be paid not later than thirty (30) days prior to the date of termination set forth in the notice of termination.
     (B) Tenant’s right to exercise the foregoing termination option is subject to strict compliance with the terms of Article 36(a) and is further subject to the condition that Tenant is not in default beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods under any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease at the time that Tenant notifies Landlord of the exercise of this termination option or upon the date on which termination is to be effective. Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord on or before the effective termination date in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease as if such termination date were the original expiration date of this Lease. The option to terminate the Term of this Lease is personal to Healthcare Services, Inc., doing business as Accretive Health, and may not be exercised by or for the benefit of any party other than a Related Entity pursuant to Article 26 hereof.
Article 37
Tenant’s Option to Extend the Term
     (A) Tenant is hereby granted one (1) option to extend the Term for an additional period of five (5) years (the “ Extension Period ”), on the same terms and

41


 

conditions in effect under this Lease immediately prior to the Extension Period, except that Tenant shall have no further right to extend after the Extension Period, and monthly Net Rent shall be 95% of the then Prevailing Rental Rate (as hereinafter defined). If Tenant exercises its option to extend, such extension shall apply to the entire Premises. The option to extend may be exercised only by giving Landlord irrevocable and unconditional written notice thereof (the “ Extension Notice ”) 270 days prior to the commencement of the Extension Period. Such exercise shall, at Landlord’s election, be null and void if Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period at the date of such notice or at any time thereafter and prior to commencement of the Extension Period. Upon delivery of the Extension Notice, Tenant shall be irrevocably bound to lease the Premises for the Extension Period.
     (B) For purposes of this Article 37, “ Prevailing Rental Rate ” means the average per square foot rental rate per year for all renewal leases for renewal periods approximately as long as the Extension Period, executed by tenants for similar uses and lengths of time for similar multi-story buildings in the vicinity of the Property during the nine (9) months immediately prior to the date upon which such Prevailing Rental Rate is to become effective, where such renewal rates were not set by the terms of such leases. In all cases, such rates shall take into consideration the location, quality and age of the building, floor level, extent of leasehold improvements (existing or to be provided), rental abatements, lease takeovers/assumptions, parking charges, moving expenses and other concessions for the benefit of Tenant, term of lease, extent of services to be provided, distinction between “gross” and “net” lease, base year or amount allowed by Landlord for payment of building operating expenses (expense stop), and the time the particular rental rate under consideration became or is to become effective, and any other relevant term or condition. If, for any reason, the Prevailing Rental Rate has not been established by the commencement of the Extension Period, then, commencing with the first day of the Extension Period and continuing through the last day of the month in which the Prevailing Rental Rate is established, Tenant shall pay Net Rent at a rate equal to the Net Rent payable for the last year of the initial Term of this Lease. Upon the commencement of the obligation of Tenant to pay the Prevailing Rental Rate, (1) if the Prevailing Rental Rate is more than the Net Rent paid by Tenant for the period prior to determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, Tenant will pay to Landlord the difference between the Net Rent paid by Tenant and the Prevailing Rental Rate for such period, and (2) if the Prevailing Rental Rate is less than the Net Rent paid by Tenant for the period prior to determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, Landlord will pay to Tenant the excess of the Net Rent paid by Tenant for such period over the Prevailing Rental Rent for such period.
     (C) If Tenant shall fail to exercise the option herein provided in accordance with the provisions of this Article 37, such option shall terminate, and shall be null and void and of no further force and effect. Tenant’s exercise of such option shall not operate to cure any default by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in this Lease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default. If the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall terminate in any manner whatsoever before Tenant shall exercise the option herein provided, then immediately upon such termination, the option herein granted to extend the Term shall

42


 

simultaneously terminate and become null and void. Such option is personal to Healthcare Services, Inc., doing business as Accretive Health, and any Related Entity pursuant to Article 26. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall any person or entity other than Healthcare Services, Inc., d/b/a Accretive Health, or a Related Entity pursuant to Article 26, have any right to exercise the option to extend granted herein.
Article 38
Tenant’s Right of First Offer
     On each occasion that certain space located on the twenty-seventh (27 th ) floor of the Building and contiguous with the Premises becomes available for leasing by third parties at any time prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall have and is hereby granted the right to add such space to the Premises demised hereunder. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the availability of such space and the rental terms upon which Landlord is prepared to offer such space to a third party in good faith. Landlord shall be “prepared to offer such space to a third party in good faith” when Landlord shall have delivered to such third party tenant Landlord’s second proposal of rental terms for the premises available for leasing. Tenant shall have ten (10) business days from receipt of such notice from Landlord within which to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s acceptance of such offer to add such space to the Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in Landlord’s notice to Tenant. In the event Tenant does not promptly so notify Landlord of its acceptance of such offer or thereafter promptly enter into a lease amendment which adds such space to the Premises, Landlord may thereafter lease such space to any other third party for net rental consideration at least ninety percent (90%) as great as the net rental consideration specified by Landlord in its notice to Tenant hereunder and Tenant shall have no further right or interest in such space. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant agrees to accept such space in an “as is” condition as existing on the date such space is to be added to the Premises, subject to any allowance that may be available as part of the rental package Tenant is to pay for such space.
Article 39
Expansion Option
     (A) Landlord hereby grants Tenant the option (the “ Expansion Option ”) to lease the Expansion Space (as defined below), on the same terms and conditions in effect under the Lease, including the payment of Rent. Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord of its desire to lease the Expansion Space not later than November 1, 2006 and occupy the expansion space on a date (the “ Expansion Date ”) that is not later than ninety (90) days following the delivery of notice of exercise of the Expansion Option. As of the Expansion Date, the Expansion Space shall be added to and become a part of the Premises demised under this Lease. The lease term of the Expansion Space will expire on the Expiration Date. This Expansion Option is personal to Tenant or to any assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer. The term “ Expansion Space ” means any

43


 

rentable area located on the twenty-seventh floor and contiguous to the Premises (as configured on the Commencement Date).
     (B) Tenant’s right to exercise the Expansion Option is subject to the following terms and conditions:
          (i) Landlord will deliver the Expansion Space to Tenant on the Expansion Date. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Expansion Space on the Expansion Date for any reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, Landlord will not be subject to any liability, nor will the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder be thereby affected. In such event, Rent with respect to the Expansion Space will be abated until Landlord legally delivers the same to Tenant, as Tenant’s sole recourse.
          (ii) Tenant’s exercise of the Expansion Option will not operate to cure any default by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in the Lease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default. If the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises will terminate in any manner whatsoever before Tenant exercises the Expansion Option, or if Tenant has subleased or assigned all or any portion of the Premises (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer), then immediately upon such termination, sublease or assignment, the Expansion Option, as the case may be, shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void.
          (iii) The Expansion Space will be leased in its then existing, “as-is” condition and otherwise on the terms and conditions of this Lease, except (a) the rentable area of the Premises will be increased as of the Expansion Date by the rentable area of the Expansion Space, (b) Tenant’s Proportionate Share will be increased as of the Expansion Date to reflect the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises, (c) Tenant’s Net Rent will be increased as of the Expansion Date to reflect the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises, (d) Landlord will remove the internal stairway in the Expansion Premises and will replace the floor in the stairwell opening of the Expansion Premises, and (e) Landlord shall provide Tenant with the Landlord’s Expansion Space Contribution (as defined below) which Tenant may utilize to improve the Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of this Lease (including, but not limited to Article 9 hereof). For purposes of this subparagraph (B)(iii), “ Landlord’s Expansion Space Contribution ” shall mean an amount equal to $50.00 per square foot of rentable area of the Expansion Space, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months remaining in the Term as of the Expansion Date, and the denominator of which is eighty-four (84). By way of example only, if the Expansion Space contains 5,000 square feet of rentable area, and 72 months remain in the Term as of the Expansion Date, Landlord’s Expansion Space Contribution would be $214,285.71 [(5,000 x $50.00) x (72/84) = $214,285.71]).
          (iv) Notwithstanding subparagraph (B)(iii) of this Article 39, and provided Tenant is not then in default beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods under this Lease, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent with respect to such Expansion Space accruing during the Expansion Gross Abatement Period (as defined

44


 

below) shall be abated. Such abatement shall apply solely to the payment of the monthly installments of Net Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses with respect to the Expansion Space, and shall not be applicable to any other charges, expenses or costs payable by Tenant under this Lease. In the event of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods during the Expansion Gross Abatement Period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without any prior demand therefor, the Net Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses with respect to the Expansion Space for the Expansion Gross Abatement Period, adjusted on a per diem basis from the date Tenant is in default beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods hereunder until such default is cured. For purposes of this subparagraph (B)(iv), “ Expansion Gross Abatement Period ” shall mean a period commencing on the Expansion Date and continuing for a period equal to the number of calendar months or portions thereof remaining in the Term as of the Expansion Date, multiplied by a factor of one-twenty-first (1/21 st ). By way of example only, if seventy-two (72) calendar months remain in the Term as of the Expansion Date, the Expansion Gross Abatement Period would be three and forty-three one-hundredths (3.43) months [1/21 x 72 = 3.43]).
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

45


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.
         
  LANDLORD:

ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,

an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely
in its capacity as agent for owner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Reuben C. Warshawsky    
    Its: Chief Operating Officer   
       
 
  TENANT:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Its: General Counsel   
       

46


 

         
CERTIFICATE
     I, Greg Kazarian, Secretary of Healthcare Services, Inc., d/b/a Accretive Health, the Tenant under the foregoing Lease, hereby certify that the officer(s) executing the foregoing Lease on behalf of Tenant was/were duly authorized to act in his/their capacities as Senior Vice President and General Counsel, and his/their action(s) are the action of Tenant.
(Corporate Seal)
         
     
  /s/ Greg Kazarian    
  Secretary   
     

47


 

         
EXHIBIT A
The Premises

48


 

(FLOOR PLAN)

 


 

EXHIBIT B
HVAC Standards
     Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment in the Building shall be capable of maintaining the following interior conditions when the following maximum outside conditions exist, subject to the conditions set forth in Article 5 of this Lease:
     
Inside Conditions   Outside Conditions
 
78° F (dry bulb)
  up to 95° F (dry bulb) up to 75° F (wet bulb)
 
   
72° F
  down to -2° F
65° F
  down to -10°F
 
   
Occupant Load
  1 person per 100 sq. ft. (usable)
 
   
Equipment & Lighting Load
  3.0 watts per sq. ft. (usable)

1


 

EXHIBIT C
Work Letter

1


 

EXHIBIT C
WORK LETTER
     The terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise stated herein. Landlord and Tenant agree that their respective rights and obligations in reference to the construction of the leasehold improvements to the Premises (the “ Tenant Finish Improvements ”) shall be as follows:
      1.  Work . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall perform, or cause to be performed, the work (the “ Work ”) in the Premises provided for in the Approved Plans (as defined in Paragraph 2 hereof). Subject to Tenant’s satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Work Letter, Tenant shall be entitled to Landlord’s Contribution (as defined in Paragraph 8(b) below).
      2.  Pre-Construction Activities .
           (a) Landlord has approved Reed Illinois Corporation (“ RIC ”) as the prime contractor responsible for performing the Tenant Finish Improvements. RIC and the other subcontractors, suppliers and materialmen to be engaged by Tenant for the Work are individually identified as a “ Tenant’s Contractor ” and are collectively identified herein as “ Tenant’s Contractors.
          (b) Tenant has submitted, and Landlord has approved
               (i) a detailed critical path construction schedule containing the major components of the Work and the time required for each, including the scheduled commencement date of construction of the work, milestone dates and the estimated date of completion of construction,
               (ii) An itemized statement of estimated construction cost, including fees for permits and architectural and engineering fees, and
               (iii) The Approved Plans (as hereinafter defined) for the Work.
Tenant will update such information and items by notice to Landlord of any changes.
          (c) Prior to the commencement of the Work, Tenant will deliver to Landlord (i) certified copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance as hereinafter described, and (ii) a list of Tenant’s Contractors that shall be performing any portion of the Tenant Finish Work. Tenant shall not permit Tenant’s Contractors to commence the Work until the required insurance has been obtained and certified copies of policies or certificates have been delivered to Landlord. As used herein, the term “ Approved Plans ” means the full and detailed architectural and engineering plans and specifications (the “ Plans ”) covering the Work, which are described in Attachment C-1. Tenant may contract with McGuire Engineers for electrical, HVAC, and sprinkler drawings. The Approved Plans shall be subject to all local governmental authorities

C-1


 

requiring approval of the Work and/or the Approved Plans. Landlord’s approval of the Approved Plans shall in no way be deemed to be (i) an acceptance or approval of any element therein contained which is in violation of any applicable laws, ordinances, regulations or other governmental requirements, or (ii) an assurance that work done pursuant to the Approved Plans will comply with all applicable laws (or with the interpretations thereof) or satisfy Tenant’s objectives and needs.
          (d) No Work shall be undertaken or commenced by Tenant in the Premises until (i) Tenant has delivered, and Landlord has approved, the insurance materials and Tenant’s Contractors (other than RIC) as described in Paragraph 2(b) above, (ii) Tenant has obtained all necessary building permits, and (iii) proper provision has been made by Tenant for payment in full of the cost of the Work.
      3.  Delays . In the event Tenant fails to deliver or deliver in sufficient and accurate detail the information required under Paragraph 2(d) above, or in the event Tenant, for any reason, fails to complete the Work on or before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for Rent and all other obligations set forth in the Lease from the Commencement Date regardless of the degree of completion of the Work on such date, and no such delay in completion of the Work shall relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease.
      4.  Charges and Fees . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with review of the Plans and coordination of the Work.
      5.  Change Orders . All changes to the Approved Plans requested by Tenant must be approved by Landlord in advance of the implementation of such changes as part of the Work. All delays caused by Tenant-initiated change orders, including, without limitation, any stoppage of the Work during the change order review process, are solely the responsibility of Tenant and shall cause no delay in the Commencement Date or the Rent and other obligations therein set forth. All increases in the cost of the Work resulting from such change orders shall be borne by Tenant.
      6.  Standards of Design and Construction and Conditions of Tenant’s Performance . All Work done in or upon the Premises by Tenant shall be done according to the standards set forth in this Paragraph 6, except as the same may be modified in the Approved Plans.
          (a) Tenant’s Approved Plans and all design and construction of the Work shall comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws, codes and industry standards, including, but not limited to, requirements of Landlord’s fire insurance underwriters.
          (b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain all required building permits and occupancy permits. Tenant’s failure to obtain such permits shall not cause a delay in the Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.

C-2


 

          (c) Tenant’s Contractors shall be licensed contractors, possessing good labor relations, capable of performing quality workmanship and working in harmony with Landlord’s contractors and subcontractors and with other contractors and subcontractors in the Building. All of the Work shall be coordinated with any other construction or other work in the Building in order not to adversely affect construction work being performed by or for Landlord or its tenants.
          (d) Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform, on behalf of and for the account of Tenant, subject to reimbursement by Tenant, any work which pertains to patching of the Work and other work in the Building that arises as a result of the performance of the Work.
          (e) Tenant shall use only new, first-class materials in the Work, except where explicitly shown in the Approved Plans. All Work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall obtain contractors’ warranties of at least one (1) year duration from the completion of the Work against defects in workmanship and materials on all work performed and equipment installed in the Premises as part of the Work.
          (f) Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall make all efforts and take all steps appropriate to assure that all construction activities undertaken comport with the reasonable expectations of all tenants and other occupants of a fully-occupied (or substantially fully occupied) first-class office building and do not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building. In any event, Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations existing from time to time at the Building. Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall take all precautionary steps to minimize dust, noise and construction traffic, and to protect their facilities and the facilities of others affected by the Work and to properly police same. Construction equipment and materials are to be kept within the Premises and delivery and loading of equipment and materials shall be done at such locations and at such time as Landlord shall reasonably direct so as not to burden the construction or operation of the Building. Tenant may perform Work during business hours and shall not be required to use overtime labor, subject to the construction rules and regulations attached as Attachment C-2 to this Work Letter. If and as required by Landlord, the Premises shall be sealed off from the balance of the office space on the floor(s) containing the Premises so as to minimize the dispersement of dirt, debris and noise.
          (g) Landlord shall have the right to order Tenant or any of Tenant’s Contractors who violate the requirements Imposed on Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors in performing work to cease work and remove its equipment and employees from the Building. No such action by Landlord shall delay the commencement of the Lease or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations therein set forth.
          (h) Tenant shall not be charged for building standard HVAC service or use of loading dock or freight elevators during normal business hours on a non-exclusive use basis, however all material deliveries shall be made during off hours which there will be a fee for overtime use of the freight elevator. Tenant shall apply and

C-3


 

pay for all utility meters required. Tenant shall pay for all support services provided by Landlord’s contractors at Tenant’s request or at Landlord’s discretion resulting from breaches or defaults by Tenant under this Work Letter. All use of freight elevators is subject to scheduling by Landlord and the rules and regulations of the Building as outlined in Exhibit D to the Lease. Tenant shall arrange and pay for removal of construction debris and shall not place debris in the Building’s waste containers. If required by Landlord, Tenant shall sort and separate its waste and debris for recycling and/or environmental law compliance purposes.
          (i) Tenant shall permit access to the Premises, and the Work shall be subject to inspection, by Landlord and Landlord’s architects, engineers, contractors and other representatives, at all reasonable times during the period in which the Work is being constructed and installed and following completion of the Work, subject to the safety requirements of Tenant’s Contractors.
          (j) Tenant shall proceed with the Work expeditiously, continuously and efficiently. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the Work and shall furnish Landlord and Landlord’s title insurance company with such further documentation as may be necessary under Paragraphs 8 and 9 below.
          (k) Tenant shall have no authority to deviate from the Approved Plans in performance of the Work, except as authorized by Landlord and its designated representative in writing. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord “as-built” drawings of the Work within thirty (30) days after completion of the Work as required in Work Letter Attachment C-1 .
          (l) Landlord shall have the right to run utility lines, pipes, conduits, duct work and component parts of all mechanical and electrical systems where necessary or desirable through the Premises, to repair, alter, replace or remove the same, and to require Tenant to install and maintain proper access panels thereto as shown in the Approved Plans. However, Tenant will be constructing an open office space with exposed structure and mechanical duct work. Therefore, any such facilities which Landlord elects to run through the Premises must be treated in the same aesthetic manner as the Premises, and Tenant shall have the right to approve and coordinate location of any such facilities.
          (m) Tenant shall impose on and enforce all applicable terms of this Work Letter Agreement against Tenant’s architect and Tenant’s Contractors.
      7.  Insurance and Indemnification .
          (a) In addition to any insurance which may be required under the Lease, Tenant shall secure, pay for and maintain or cause Tenant’s Contractors to secure, pay for and maintain during the continuance of the Work, insurance in the following minimum coverages and the following minimum limits of liability:
               (i) Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $500,000.00, or such higher amounts as may be required

C-4


 

from time to time by any Employee Benefit Acts or other statutes applicable where the Work is to be performed, and in any event sufficient to protect Tenant’s Contractors from liability under the aforementioned acts.
               (ii) Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (including Contractors’ Protective Liability) in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence, whether involving bodily injury liability (or death resulting therefrom) or property damage liability or a combination thereof with a minimum aggregate limit of 1,000,000.00 and with umbrella coverage with limits not less than $2,000,000.00. Such insurance shall provide for explosion and collapse, completed operations coverage and broad form blanket contractual liability coverage and shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others and arising from its operations under the contracts whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
               (iii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance, including the ownership, maintenance and operation of any automotive equipment, owned, hired, or non-owned in an amount not less than $500,000.00 for each person in one accident, and $1,000,000.00 for injuries sustained by two or more persons in any one accident and property damage liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for each accident. Such insurance shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under the contracts, whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
               (iv) “All-risk” builder’s risk insurance upon the entire Work to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors of any tier to the extent of any insurable interest therein) in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include “all-risk” builder’s insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief. If portions of the Work are stored off the site of the Building or in transit to the site are not covered under “all-risk” builder’s risk insurance, then Tenant shall effect and maintain similar property insurance on such portions of the Work. Any loss insured under the “all-risk” builder’s risk insurance is to be adjusted with Landlord and Tenant and made payable to Landlord, as trustee for the insured parties, as their interests may appear.
All liability policies (except the worker’s compensation policy) shall be endorsed to include as additional insured parties the parties listed on, or required by, the Lease, and such additional persons as Landlord may designate in Work Letter Attachment C-1 . The waiver of subrogation provisions contained in the Lease shall apply to all policies of property insurance to be obtained by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph. The insurance policy endorsements shall also provide that all additional insured parties shall be given thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any reduction, cancellation for non-renewal of coverage (except that ten (10)

C-5


 

days’ notice shall be sufficient in the case of cancellation for non-payment of premium) and shall provide that the insurance coverage afforded to the additional insured parties thereunder shall be primary to any insurance carried Independently by any additional insured parties. Additionally, where applicable, each policy shall contain a cross-liability and severability of interest clause.
          (b) Without limitation of the indemnification provisions contained in the Lease, to the fullest extent permitted by law Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord; the parties listed, or required by, the Lease to be named as additional insured parties, Landlord’s contractors, Landlord’s architects, and their respective beneficiaries, partners, directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against all claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of whatever nature arising out of or in connection with the Work or the entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors into the Building and the Premises, including without limitation, mechanic’s liens, the cost of any repairs to the Premises or Building necessitated by activities of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors, subject to the other provisions of this Lease, bodily injury to persons or damage to the property of Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees, licensees or others, except where due to Landlord’s negligence. It is understood and agreed that the foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to the insurance requirements set forth above and shall not be in discharge of or in substitution for same or any other indemnity or insurance provision of the Lease.
      8.   Landlord’s Contribution; Excess Amounts . Upon completion of the Work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with full and final waivers of liens and contractors’ affidavits and statements, in such form as may be required by Landlord, Landlord’s title Insurance company and Landlord’s lender, if any, from all parties performing labor or supplying materials or services in connection with the Work showing that all of the parties have been compensated in full and waiving all liens in connection with the Premises and Building. Tenant shall submit to Landlord a detailed breakdown of Tenant’s total construction costs, together with such evidence of payment as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.
     As the Work progresses, Landlord shall make a dollar contribution in the amount of Five Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($528,050.00) (“ Landlord’s Contribution ”) (which is $50.00 per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises) for application to the extent thereof to the cost of the Work (which amount shall include costs and supervisory fees owed by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter). Distribution of funds is further defined in Paragraph 9 of this Work Letter. If the cost of the Work exceeds Landlord’s Contribution, Tenant shall have sole responsibility for the payment of such excess cost. If the cost of the Work is less than Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord shall refund such excess amount to Tenant. Landlord may deduct from Landlord’s Contribution any amounts due to Landlord or its architects or engineers under this Work Letter before disbursing any other portion of Landlord’s Contribution.
      9.   Construction Payments . Landlord will pay Landlord’s Contribution by paying Tenant’s Contractors as the Work progresses. Landlord will make payments

C-6


 

directly to Tenant’s Contractors upon receipt by Landlord of lien waivers and sworn statements from Tenant’s Contractors and other applicable parties and, if determined by Landlord to be necessary or appropriate, upon a title Insurance company’s willingness to issue title insurance over mechanic’s liens relating to Tenant’s Contractors and the Work to the date of each draw. Landlord will endeavor to pay Tenant’s Contractors within thirty (30) days of delivery of each draw request and pertinent documentation as described herein. The application for payment must be representative of work in place. Whether or not Landlord’s Contribution has been paid in full, with respect to all requests for payment submitted by Tenant’s Contractors, Tenant will furnish to Landlord such contractor’s affidavits, tenant (owner) statements, partial and final waivers of lien, architect’s certificates and any additional documentation (including, without limitation, contractor personal undertakings) which may be requested by Landlord. If Tenant satisfies the conditions for payment set forth in this Work Letter and Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond the expiration of applicable grace or notice and cure periods and Landlord wrongfully fails or refuses to pay Landlord’s Contribution as set forth herein, Tenant may offset against the Rent next due under the Lease the amount of Landlord’s Contribution that Landlord has improperly failed or refused to fund.
      10.  Miscellaneous .
          (a) As part of Building-standard work, the cost of which will not be paid with Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord will repair and replace any damaged or missing perimeter induction covers and install drywall around the perimeter curtain wall and interior structural columns. Subject to a determination by Landlord and Tenant, in their reasonable judgment, as to the responsibility for and the cost of re-locating existing hose connection cabinets to a location outside the Premises, Tenant and Landlord will arrange for such re-location.
          (b) If Tenant desires that Landlord construct the common areas of the 27 th floor with materials, the costs of which exceed the costs of Building-standard materials, and Tenant provides Landlord with plans for such common areas, which plans are reasonably approved by Landlord, Landlord will permit Tenant to construct the common areas of the 27 th floor pursuant to such approved plans, and Tenant will pay the cost of such non-Building-standard materials to the extent that the costs thereof exceed the costs of Building-standard materials in the common areas. Landlord will maintain the non-Building-standard common areas as part of its Building maintenance provided that Tenant pays, as and when billed by Landlord, the costs of such maintenance to the extent that they exceed the costs of maintaining Building-standard materials in these common areas.
          (c) If the Plans for the Work require the construction and installation of more fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets than the number regularly provided by Landlord in the core of the Building in which the Premises are located, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and expenses arising from the construction and installation of such additional fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets.
          (d) Time is of the essence of this Work Letter.

C-7


 

          (e) Any person signing this Work Letter on behalf of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents that such person has authority to sign and deliver this Work Letter and bind the party on behalf of which it has been signed.
          (f) Tenant’s failure to pay any amounts owed by Tenant hereunder when due or Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall also constitute a default under the Lease after expiration of applicable cure periods under the Lease and Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies granted to Landlord under the Lease for nonpayment of any amounts owed thereunder or failure by Tenant to perform its obligations thereunder (including any right to perform such obligations as may be permitted under the Lease.
          (g) Notices under this Work Letter shall be given in the same manner as under the Lease.
          (h) The liability of Landlord hereunder or under any amendment hereto or any instrument or document executed in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Lease) shall be subject to the limitations of liability set forth in the Lease.
          (i) The headings set forth herein are for convenience only.
          (j) This Work Letter sets forth the entire agreement of Tenant and Landlord regarding the Work. This Work Letter may only be amended if in writing, duly executed by both Landlord and Tenant.
          (k) All amounts due from Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be Rent due under the Lease.
      11.  On-Site Project Manager .
Tenant shall appoint a person who may be either an employee or a third party consultant to represent Tenant in performing daily supervision of the Work. Such person shall be familiar with all rules and regulations and procedures of the Building and all personnel of the Building engaged directly or indirectly in the management, operation and construction of the Building and shall serve as a liaison between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Work. The entire cost and expense of the on-site supervisor shall be borne and paid for by Tenant (subject to Tenant’s right to use all or any part of Landlord’s Contribution to reimburse Tenant for the same).

C-8


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Work Letter Agreement is executed as of this 4th day of May, 2005.
         
  LANDLORD:

ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,

an Illinois corporation, not personally, but
solely in Its capacity as agent for owner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Reuben C. Warshawsky    
    Its: Chief Operating Officer   
       
 
  TENANT:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Its: Senior Vice President and
      General Counsel 
 

C-9


 

         
WORK LETTER ATTACHMENT C-1
     1. With reference to Paragraph 2(b), the provisions for submittal of the Plans are listed below;
          (a) The architectural drawings for the Work shall include a demolition plan and dimensioned construction plan indicating wall locations and types, door locations and types including hardware and keying requirements, carpentry and millwork requirements and similar work. The drawings shall reflect the use of building standard construction to the greatest reasonable extent possible; where nonstandard materials are used, drawings shall include elevations, material specifications, and all other information reasonably required to define the scope of the Work. The architectural drawings shall include a reflected ceiling plan showing all relocated and new light fixtures, speaker and other special systems, required modifications and repairs to existing ceiling system, if any and if required, and nonstandard ceiling scope and details; the drawings submitted for Landlord review and approval shall include a circuited design/build drawing prepared by the electrical subcontractor based on the reflected ceiling plan. The architectural drawings shall include a dimensional electrical/telephone plan reflecting all special circuiting, power conditioning, grounding and other power requirements and specific requirements for rough-in for tenant-installed voice/data cabling systems; the drawings submitted for Landlord review and approval shall include a circuited design/build drawing prepared by the electrical subcontractor based on the electrical/telephone plan. The architectural drawings shall include a wall and floor finish plan with specifications. Tenant may retain such architectural firm as it chooses to prepare the drawings and specifications provided that such firm shall be reasonably acceptable to the Landlord.
          (b) If the Tenant desires to install movable filing systems, safes, or equipment other than normal and customary office equipment, floor loading requirements associated with the Tenant’s proposed installation shall be reviewed by Landlord’s designated structural engineer and a letter submitted indicating that the tenant loading requirements are within the building structural design criteria or describing (and including structural drawings and specifications for) any required modifications to the base building structure.
          (c) Any and all necessary modifications to existing equipment and installations, both base building and other tenant equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.
          (d) Upon completion of the Work, the Tenant shall provide three sets of as-built, field record drawings prepared by its architect and three sets of as-built drawings prepared by the mechanical and electrical subcontractors. If Landlord requests that such drawings be prepared upon a CAD disk and Tenant must bear an extra cost associated with a CAD disk, then Landlord will pay the cost of same.
     2. With regard to Paragraph 7, liability insurance policies shall be endorsed to include the following additional insured parties, with evidence of such insurance
Work Letter Attachment C-1

 


 

provided in accordance with Paragraph 2: Landlord; Zeller-401 Michigan, LLC; LaSalle Bank, N.A., not personally but solely as Trustee under Trust Agreement dated November 27, 2001 and known as Trust No. 128497; Zeller Management Corporation (Managing Agent); Zeller Development Corporation (Development Manager); Zeller Realty Corporation (Affiliate); and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America.
Work Letter Attachment C-1

 


 

WORK LETTER ATTACHMENT C-2
CONTRACTOR GUIDELINES
[Please see attached.]
Work Letter Attachment C-2

 


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT DIRECTORY
Landlord/Building Manager
Zeller Management Corporation
401 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 250
Chicago, IL 60611
(312) 329-1275 Main
(312) 329-2443 Fax
         
Construction     Title   Phone
Eric Taylor
  Senior Project Manager   640-7617
Jan Goldsmith
  Senior Vice President   640-7602
Fax
      346-7699
 
       
Management
       
Derrick Johnson
  General Manager   595-2450
 
       
Engineering
       
Kurt Anderson
  Chief Engineer/Asbestos Program Manager   595-2261
John Burke
  Assistant Chief Engineer   229-8862
Fax
      329-0118
 
       
Security
       
Steve Walter
  Director of Security   595-2263
NOTE: For purposes of obtaining building permits, submitting lien waivers, contractual documentation or proposals, tenant contractors working in the Building are requested to use the following information;
1.   Owner of the Building: Zeller-401, LLC
 
2.   Permanent Real Estate Tax Index Number: 36-4466530
         
Building Hours of Operation
       
 
       
Business Hours:
  Monday — Friday   8:00 a.m.—6:00 p.m.
After Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 p.m.—8:00 a.m.
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   24 hours
Loading Dock Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 a.m,—5:30 p.m,
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   CLOSED
Freight Service Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 a.m.—5:30 p.m
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   CLOSED
 
       
Building Holidays
       
 
       
New Years Day
  Memorial Day   Independence Day
Labor Day
  Thanksgiving Day   Christmas Day
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

1


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT DIRECTORY
Landlord’s Architect
Hydzik Schade Associates, Ltd.
135 S. LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60603
(312) 230-9366
Contact: Brent Saiki

Landlord’s MEP Engineers
McGuire Engineers
300 S. Riverside Plaza
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 876-9240
Contact:

Riser Manager
Infrastructure Management Group
150 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 2420
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 423-7700
Contact: Jeff Schelinski

Locksmith
Chicago Locksmith Service, Inc.
70 W. Hubbard St.
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 836-6000
Contact: Steve Mytko

Life Safety
Convergint Technologies
1094 Johnson Drive
Buffalo Grove, IL 60089
(847) 620-5000
Contact: Roger Veldhuizen

Landlord’s Structural Engineer
W.F. Fortuna Ltd
1420 Ridge Road
Highland Park, IL 60035
(847) 579-8320

Landlord’s Air Test and Balance
Competitive Piping Systems, Inc.
141 W. Jackson Blvd, Suite A-30
Chicago, IL 60604-3001
(312) 322-1900
Contact: Tom Muraski

Waste Removal
National Waste Services, Inc.
2608 S. Damen Avenue
Chicago, IL 60608
(773) 579-3600
Contact: Jim Lytle

Security Access
Touchcom, Inc.
415 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 205
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 329-9040
Contact: Karen Boren

Major Jurisdictional Authorities
City of Chicago
Department of Building
121 North LaSalle, 9 th Floor
Chicago, IL 60602
(312) 744-3405

Chicago Fire Prevention Bureau
444 North Dearborn
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 744-4723
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

2


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
The following guidelines are strictly enforced in the best interest of the integrity of the building, the professional appearance of the common areas, tenants’ ability to conduct business and the safety and welfare of tenants and participants involved in the construction project itself.
These Rules and Regulations apply to all Tenants, contractors, sub-contractors, consultants or any other entity working at 401 N. Michigan Avenue. The Landlord and Manager, Zeller Management Corporation shall have the right to reject or halt any work that interferes with out tenants’ ability to reasonably conduct their business. Any and all work that results in noise affecting areas in the building other than the area under construction, including but not limited to concrete coring or sawing, hammering, drilling, shooting of ceiling hangars, cutting of pipes along columns or within the concrete slab shall be done after regular business hours or on weekends. Security measures will be taken if required to assure compliance.
Building Management objectives will always have priority over the Contractor’s work and the Contractor shall schedule his work to avoid conflicts with Building Management .
PRE-CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
1. All current local, State and Federal regulations concerning work in buildings containing asbestos are to be complied with at all times. Additionally, all contractors must be familiar with the Owner’s Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program Manual available in the Management Office. Attached as Exhibit E , please find an asbestos disclosure statement for the property and Exhibit F reviews guidelines with regard to working within ceilings on unabated floors.
2. Construction documents (plans and specifications) must be submitted to the Office of the Building for approval a minimum of four (4) weeks prior to commencement of the project. If the Project Manager requires the services of outside consultants, i.e., a structural engineer to review load or coring requirements, the cost of such review will be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or Tenant for whom the job is being performed.
3. Zeller Management Corporation restricts the contractor selection for any trade performing work in the building to those included in Exhibit H or the “Approved Contractor List”
4. All work performed by Contractor shall be performed in a manner so as to avoid any labor dispute which results in a stoppage or impairment of work or delivery services or any other services in the Building. In the event, there is such stoppage or impairment as the result of any such labor dispute, Contractor shall immediately undertake such action as may be necessary to eliminate such dispute or potential dispute.
5. The Office of the Building must receive written notice from the Tenant regarding when the Contractors will be performing work in their space. This will allow the Building Management to notify Security of the Contractor’s schedule to allow them access to your space.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

3


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Under no circumstances will Contractors be permitted access to a Tenant’s space without prior approval from the Tenant.
6. Contractor shall not proceed with any construction within the premises until Construction Documents are complete and marked APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED by Landlord’s Building Manager. All construction must be performed in strict accordance with the APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED drawings only.
7. The following documents must be supplied to the Landlord before commencement of construction and kept current as the work proceeds:
  i.   An executed copy of these Rules and Regulations of the site for construction, attached as Exhibit A .
 
  ii.   Certificates of Insurance for the General Contractor and each Sub-contractor evidencing the insurance coverage as well as naming as Additional Insureds those entities listed in Exhibit B .
 
  iii.   Copy of building permit for work (also to be posted at the job site)
 
  iv.   Schedule of Construction
 
  v.   Project Information Sheet, Exhibit C which lists emergency numbers for General Contractor and all Sub-contractors working on site.
 
  vi.   MSD sheets for all products being used shall be supplied to the building staff prior to construction.
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS
Elevators — The freight elevator shall be used for Tenant deliveries, construction deliveries, construction debris removal, building trash removal, furniture deliveries, construction personnel movement and other purposes as may be required from time to time. Use of passenger elevators by Contractors for any reason is strictly prohibited .
The Building housekeeping staff uses the freight elevator between the hours of 5:30 p.m. and 1:00 a.m, Monday through Friday for trash removal. Contractors may use the freight elevator during this time on a shared basis with the Building housekeeping staff. After hours authorization is required through the Office of the Building for freight use and regulations and usage fees will apply. Please note that hoisting of construction materials must be scheduled and completed after-hours.
All goods that are loaded onto the freight elevator are to be properly packaged. Loose materials such as sand and cement shall be transported in sealed bags. Users of the freight elevator are required to leave the area clean (broom swept and wet mopped) and free of debris. Should housekeeping need to clean-up after Contractor use of freight elevator, hourly janitorial rates will apply and be charged back to Contractor.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

4


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Freight Elevator Information
     
Cab dimensions:
  5’11”W x 7’D x 9’H
9’ on diagonal
22” x 5’ hatch allows for 12’ ceiling height
Elevator Door dimensions:
  47 3 / 4 ” x 8’
Vestibule Door dimensions:
  35” x 7’8”
Weight capacity:
  4,000 lbs
Elevator hours:
  M-F, 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., staffed
Location:
  East core serving D level through 34 th Floor
Security Identification — All trades persons working on the project must be issued a contractor badge from security. Photo identification (i.e. valid driver’s license, state or company identification) is required to obtain badge which is to be worn daily, be visible at all times and presented to the elevator operator for access to the project site. Upon completion of the days work, the badge is to be returned to the security office located at the dock. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the badge if lost or damaged ($250.00).
Safety Practices (Job-site) — All accidents must be reported to the Security department immediately. Security will dispatch personnel and facilitate the emergency procedures. In serious cases, first call 911 for the Chicago Fire Department Paramedics and then notify Security (329-1275). Please review Exhibit D for safety practices to be followed by Contractor while at the building.
Public Areas — The building does not permit anyone loitering in public areas of the building. Lunches and breaks are to be taken within the construction area or in restaurant areas in the building and may not be conducted anywhere else on building premises.
Waste Removal — The Contractor is responsible for trash removal from areas in which the Contractor is working or storing materials. Trash and construction debris shall not be allowed to accumulate within the freight elevator vestibules, premises or the corridors adjacent to the premises, the lower levels or streets and sidewalks adjacent to the building. All food waste and any other debris that may cause safety hazards, odors or any other building problem must be removed on a daily basis.
Requests for construction dumpsters must be made through the Office of the Building. Following dumpster use, the Contractor must contact the Office of the Building promptly to schedule removal of dumpster. When requesting dumpster removal, the Contractor shall specifically indicate to which tenant project the cost is to be allocated.
Loading Dock — All materials shall be brought into the building at the loading dock and must be scheduled in advance and coordinated through the Office of the Building. During operating hours, users of the loading dock shall be permitted to occupy dock space for a period of no longer than thirty minutes. Once off-loading is complete, the vehicle shall leave the dock area. At no time during operating hours, shall parking be allowed at the loading dock.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

5


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Users of the loading dock shall be permitted to have no more than one vehicle at the dock at anytime during normal operating hours. Tractor trailers are strictly prohibited from use of the loading dock at any time.
Loading Dock Information
     
Number of Loading Berths:
  6 enclosed (3 for delivery, 2 for compactors and 1 for construction dumpster)
Berth Dimensions:
  10’ x 37’2” approximately
Door Dimensions:
  15’7” x 33’
Dock Landing:
  3’5” off dock floor
Dock Hours:
  M-F, 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., staffed
Location:
  one level below grade and accessible from N. Water Street, one-half block east of lower Michigan.
Dumpsters may not be placed at the loading dock during normal operating hours without authorization from the Office of the Building. The exact location of a dumpster at the dock at any time shall be subject to approval by the Building Engineers and/or Security personnel. Failure to comply with loading dock procedures may result in a vehicle being ticketed or towed.
Site Security — The General Contractor is responsible for the security of the project site for the duration of the work. Furthermore, the General Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the Building Engineers have the proper keys necessary for access to the project site.
Building Keys — Construction keys for electrical communications, telephone and slop sink closets shall be authorized by the Office of the Building. All keys must be signed out and returned daily at the engineering office. Failure to return keys daily will result in the key being considered lost. Contractors are responsible for all keys issued to them and will be charged for rekeying all locks associated with lost keys.
Washrooms — Washrooms on occupied floors may not be used by Contractor. Washroom facilities for Contractors are available on the concourse level of the building.
Solar Window Film/Blinds — Building windows, blinds and solar window film must be protected during the construction process. A site survey of the building windows will be performed both before and at the conclusion of the project. Any damage not noted during the initial walkthrough will be the responsibility of the Contractor at the end of construction.
Carpeting — All corridor carpeting must be protected with masonite during deliveries with adhesive poly used for construction foot traffic. Please note that floor protection shall not remain in corridor between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Any cutting of carpeting to gain access to floor trench system will be repaired at tenant/contractor expense.
Cleaning/Final Clean — Building Management expects the Contractor to maintain a clean and presentable space during construction. The floor must be swept nightly at a minimum. Building
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

6


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
cleaning equipment is not for Contractor use and will not be loaned. Additionally, a thorough final cleaning including but not limited to the following, will be required before Tenant occupies space is occupied.
  a.   Fluorescent light fixtures and lenses
 
  b.   Windows and window mullions
 
  c.   Doors and frames
 
  d.   Base
 
  e.   Carpet
 
  f.   Blinds
 
  g.   Smoke Detectors
Contractor must use Building’s cleaning contractor and only through coordination with Office of the Building.
After Hours Access — Entrance to the building after hours is controlled by Security personnel. In order to facilitate after hours entrance or departure, it is important that the Office of the Building be notified of the need as soon as reasonably possible. This is of particular importance regarding freight elevator service and the loading dock as manpower may have to be scheduled to handle the request. If an after hours emergency arises, Security must be notified (329-1275).
Tools and Ladder Policy — Under no circumstances, will building tools or ladders be loaned out. Contractors must supply their own equipment in order to perform contracted work.
Inspections — The Project Manager and/or Chief Engineer will make inspections as necessary to determine the condition and progress of Contractor’s work and enforce the provisions of these rules and regulations.
As-Built Drawings — All mechanical trades are required to submit copies of as-built drawings to the General Contractor. The General Contractor will make one submission of three copies of as-built drawings for all trades to the Project Manager. All as-built drawings are to be dated and signed by the appropriate subcontractor as well as the General Contractor and submitted to the Landlord’s MEP Engineer, McGuire Engineering within 30 days of substantial completion. A complete set of drawings must be submitted on CAD-14 disk.
STRUCTURAL & CARPENTRY
1. All walls are to be constructed using UL-approved 5/8” thick, fire-rated Gypsum board.
2. All penetrations through demising or space separation walls shall be neatly cut and finished up to the service passing through the penetration. A UL approved fire stopping compound shall be used to form a tight seal against the service penetrating the wall.
3. Locations of core drilling of the concrete floor must be approved by the Chief Engineer and the Building Structural Engineer. Indiscriminate core drillings could compromise the structural integrity of the floor. Costs associated with any repairs from misplaced or unapproved cores will be the Contractor’s responsibility.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

7


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
4. Channeling of the concrete floor is not permitted.
DEMOLITION
1. All demolition work shall be performed after 6:00 p.m. and before 7:00 a.m. unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Building Manager. Cleaning and dust control measures must be taken to prevent dirt and dust from infiltrating into adjacent tenant, mechanical or base building areas. All noisy work shall occur before 8:00 a.m. and after 6:00 p.m. to avoid disturbing other tenants. Noisy work will be defined as noise that is noticeable from adjacent spaces.
2. Debris from demolition of walls, ceilings, floors, mechanical and electrical systems shall be cleaned up immediately. In no case shall debris and rubble be left in piles on the floor in the construction area or elsewhere.
3. The building service corridor on the concourse level is not to be used for storage or extended staging (more than 1 hour). Building Management is not responsible for any items left in the corridor and any item left longer than permissible will be thrown out or relocated. All costs associated with these actions will be billed back to the Contractor.
4. The Contractor must meet with the Building Manager concerning disposal or return of building items such as doors, VAV boxes, hardware, etc. The Building Manager will advise Contractor as to the disposition of these items. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to remove items from the building if they are not wanted or deliver them to the basement area if the building decides to retain them.
5. During major remodeling, all abandoned items must be removed. These items include, but are not limited to, the following:
  a.   Conduit
 
  b.   Water pipes
 
  c.   Demising walls
 
  d.   Wall and door braces and headers
 
  e.   Wiring
 
  f.   Telephone Cables
 
  g.   Computer Cables
6. During construction, all services leaving tenant space must be capped and all openings leaving tenant space, including opening into pipe chases, duct work, shafts, or other common spaces must be sealed while work is being carried out. Contractor will be responsible for any damage, including clean-up of water and dust caused by failure to cap systems or seal areas.
ELECTRICAL
1. Prior to demolition work, Contractor must contact the Chief Engineer, at least 48 hours in advance, to coordinate the building’s electrician for non-demo conduit identification.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

8


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
2. Electrical Contractor is responsible for coordinating emergency lighting and signage circuitry with McGuire Engineers.
3. Under no circumstances are Tenant receptacle services to be connected to building electrical panels. Any electrical contractor found doing this will be removed from the vendor list.
4. Architect shall contact McGuire Engineers for the typical base building specifications and guidelines. All drawings must be submitted to McGuire for peer review.
5. Utility costs or charges for any service to the Premises shall be the responsibility of the Tenant from the date the Tenant’s work commences.
a. Temporary electrical service shall be provided by the Building at the floor where the work is to be performed. Contractor must have the Building Manager’s approval to connect temporary lines to the power source for service to the Premises.
b. Any temporary lighting used during construction must be removed after installation of ceiling grid.
6. If it is necessary to shut down an electric riser, it must be done on a weekend. Scheduling for a shutdown should be coordinated through the Office of the Building at least 2 weeks in advance. Building Management reserves the right to further restrict allowable times for shutdowns. Scheduling in advance is no guarantee of time availability.
7. Updated typed index cards must be installed in the electrical closets. All circuits must be tagged.
8. All electric covers will be replaced at end of work day.
10. No outlets or other electrical fixtures may be installed in the perimeter wall.
11. Electrical Contractor is responsible for coordinating the fire alarm installation/testing with Siemens, the building’s fire alarm contractor.
12. Electrical closets are not be used for storage.
HVAC
1. Contact McGuire Engineers for fan schedules, VAV box schedule and typical base building MEP specifications and guidelines. All drawings must be submitted to McGuire for peer review.
2. No construction related work can be secured to the base building HVAC system. Such items that may not be attached include, but are not limited to the following: bracing of walls, ceiling grid, lights, electrical conduits, water pipes and any supplementary HVAC equipment. The Contractor will be held responsible to repair any damage to the HVAC system.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

9


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
3. Only plenum approved boxes, fixtures and fittings will be allowed above the ceiling. All motors attached to equipment mounted above the ceiling must be plenum approved. Examples of equipment are, but not limited to, light fixtures, fan coil units, VAV boxes and exhaust fans.
4. Ductwork must be sealed with an approved duct sealant.
5. All air conditioning units connected to the condenser water system must be balanced to                      GPM per connected ton. All HVAC systems must be professionally air balanced using Landlord’s balancing contractor and outside air must be measured. A copy of the balancing report must be provided to the Project Manager.
6. Contractors must comply with all applicable codes and regulations concerning CFC’s, PCB’s, etc., (i.e. cannot dump a refrigerant charge — must reclaim, recover or recycle).
7. Contractor shall endeavor to install ductwork with a minimum number of bends.
8. All VAV boxes shall be accessible to the satisfaction of the Chief Engineer. Boxes shall not be covered up by inaccessible ceilings or have access impeded by other services. Contractor is required to gain approval from the Chief Engineer prior to box or ceiling installation.
9. Perimeter induction units must be cleaned at job completion and inspected by the Chief Engineer.
10. Contractor shall notify the Chief Engineer at least 5 days prior to the date on which the premises will be fully ready to commence calibrating and balancing the HVAC system. Such testing and balancing shall be performed by Landlord’s Test and Balance Contractor, Competitive Piping. Balancing must be completed, corrections made as required, and a final Test and Balance report filed with the Office of the Building
PLUMBING
1. If it is necessary to shut down a water riser, it must be done after hours or on a weekend. Scheduling for a shut down should be coordinated through the Office of the Building at least one week in advance. Building Management reserves the right to further restrict allowable times for shutdowns. Scheduling in advance does not guarantee time availability.
2. Any hot water requirements to tenant areas may be satisfied only by tenant supplied, in-line, UL approved water heaters. Tenant will not tie into Building hot water system.
3. The Chief Engineer must witness the pressure testing of any systems which will tie into the fire system, condenser water system or domestic water system before the system is enclosed in walls. All piping systems should be tested tight for 6 hours under hydrostatic pressure 1.5 times the system working pressure. The maximum test pressure should not exceed 500 lbs. Any device in the piping system not capable of 1.5 times the working pressure shall be removed for test purposes and reinstalled after completion of the test. Contractor is responsible for all required “shunt” pieces for testing.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

10


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
4. All water supply lines are to be covered with insulation, including elbows, according to building specifications.
5. All drains and vents in work areas must be capped during construction to prevent the accumulation of debris in the lines. All sinks and fixtures in work areas must be capped during construction to prevent accumulation of debris in the lines. Contractor will be required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of drains and fixtures at completion of job and is responsible for drains up to 30 days past completion.
6. Access panels must be installed wherever valves in walls are present. Valves cannot be covered up so as to be inaccessible.
7. Slop sinks should not be used to dispose of plaster, drywall mud or any other related materials.
FIRE LIFE SAFETY
1. The Building Engineers will disable devices or functions as needed to preserve normal building operations.
2. All system detectors and devices should be protected from physical damage or contamination by foreign material (i.e. enclose detector heads with (blaze-range) plastic bags and tape or elastic rim plastic covers, seal duct smoke detectors)
3. After completion of work, Contractor shall verify that all affected devices or systems have been returned to normal and all off-normal conditions corrected.
4. The Building Engineers will check the system status, reset the system and enable devices or functions as needed.
5. Failure to adhere to these requirements may result in corrective service costs being charged back to the Contractor.
TELEPHONE/COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
The telephone riser closet, located near the southeast corner of the building core on each typical tenant floor, is the location where the Tenant’s telephone lines will originate.
1. The Landlord’s telephone vendor, Infrastructure Management Group (see Project Directory) will pull the cable through the conduit provided by Tenant’s Electrical Sub-contractor from the Landlord’s termination block within the telephone riser closet to the termination block within the Tenant’s premises.
2. The Tenant or its contractor shall be responsible for IMG’s costs in connecting the feeder cable. The Tenant’s contractor or phone vendor shall be responsible for all other conduit and cable runs.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

11


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT A
CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE
For purposes of these Site Rules and Regulations, any references to “Contractor” shall be deemed to include Contractors, Sub-contractors, materialmen, architects, engineers and anyone else performing any portion of, or supplying materials, equipment or services in connection with any of Tenant’s work.
I hereby acknowledge that I have thoroughly read and will adhere to all items stated in this manual. I further agree to incorporate this document into any subcontracts that I may establish to assure adherence by all tradesmen that are working on the project referenced below.
         
Project Name:
       
 
       
Suite Number:
       
 
       
Company Name:
       
 
       
By:
       
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

12


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT B
INSURANCE
A.   INSURANCE REQUIRED FROM CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
 
    Such Insurance shall be in the aggregate limits of liability of not less than:
    Workers’ Compensation: Workers’ Compensation insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois and any other state in which the services are being performed, and Employer’s Liability Insurance with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 applying to all persons employed by Contractor.
 
    Liability Insurance: Commercial general liability insurance including bodily injury, property damage, personal injury, contractual liability in a combined single limit amount of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate.
 
    Automobile Liability Insurance: Commercial automobile liability insurance including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles in a combined single limit amount of not less than $1,000,000.
 
    Umbrella Liability or Excess Liability: Following form over the primary coverage in an amount not less than $3,000,000 each occurrence and in the aggregate.
 
    Crime Insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain comprehensive crime insurance in an amount not less than $100,000, which shall include coverage for fidelity, money and securities on and off the premises, transit, and depositors forgery coverage. Such insurance shall protect ZRC as their interest may appear for any dishonest or fraudulent acts of contractors’ employees, any loss of money and securities by destruction, disappearance or wrongful abstraction while in the care, custody or control of the contractor or contractor’s employees.
B.   CERTIFICATE HOLDER
    Zeller-401, L.L.C. (Owner)
C.   ADDITIONAL INSUREDS (TO BE IDENTIFIED EXACTLY AS INDICATED BELOW)
    Zeller-401 Michigan, L.L.C. (Managing Member)
 
    Zeller Management Corporation (Managing Agent)
 
    Zeller Development Corporation (Development Manager)
 
    Zeller Management Corporation
 
    Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

13


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT C
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET
Please fill out the information listed below. This information must be completed before any work can begin in your space. Once this information has been completed please return this form to the Office of the Building.
PROJECT:
 
LOCATION:
 
GENERAL CONTRACTOR:
 
SUPERINTENDENT:
 
DAYTIME PHONE NUMBER:
 
AFTER HOURS PHONE NUMBER:
 
PAGER NUMBER:
 
NORMAL WORKING HOURS:
 
DURATION OF PROJECT:
 
         
SUBCONTRACTORS
  PHONE   AFTER HOURS PHONE
 
       
1.
 
2.
 
3.
 
4.
 
5.
 
6.
 
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

14


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT D
401 N. Michigan Avenue
JOB-SITE SAFETY PRACTICES
    All contractors and its employees must follow safety practices outlined by employer, General Contractor and OSHA but not limited to: Contractors are responsible for maintaining and enforcing their own safety rules and procedures. Under no circumstances will Building Management or its employees accept responsibility for monitoring general safety guidelines. The following guidelines for safety in the building should be followed but is not all inclusive of safety practices required by law, or any other rules that may apply .
 
  Take special precautions if welding or cutting in a confined space is stopped for some time. Disconnect the power on ARC welding or cutting units and remove the electrode from the holder. Turn off the torch valves on gas welding or cutting units, shut off the gas supply at a point outside the confined area, and, if possible, remove the torch and hose from area.
 
  After welding or cutting is completed, mark hot metal or post a warning sign to keep workers away from heated surfaces.
 
  Smoking is not allowed in the building and is not permitted anywhere on the building premises including the construction site. Contractor personnel will be asked to leave and escorted from the building if found smoking on the premises.
 
  Follow safe housekeeping principles.
  1.   Don’t throw electrode or rod stubs on the floor — discard them in proper waste container.
 
  2.   Keep construction area as free of debris as possible.
 
  3.   Keep chemicals secured in approved storage cabinets.
 
  4.   Keep floors dry and clean.
  Hard hats must be worn at all times inside the construction area.
 
  The Contractor must use smoke detector covers for construction work that may create dust, smoke fumes, etc. These covers must be signed out and returned daily at the engineering office located on lower level D.
 
  All contractors must supply a list of all hazardous materials and their locations as well as all MSD sheets to the building Project Manager.
 
  Keep a fully stocked and clearly marked first aid supply kit on the job site at all times.
 
  Make sure there are fully charged, appropriate fire extinguishers present on the job site.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

15


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT E
ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS (ACM) NOTIFICATION
TO:   Contractor
RE:   Asbestos
401 N. Michigan Avenue
Asbestos containing materials are present in the building in the following forms:
  White fireproofing on various floors. Blue tinted fireproofing is not asbestos containing.
 
  All pipe insulation that is not fiberglass.
 
  Floor tile and associated mastics
 
  Transite ductwork in electrical closets
 
  White ceiling ventilation flex ducts
 
  Drywall compound
When asbestos is disturbed it can become airborne. Inhaled asbestos is a cancer and lung disease hazard.
Contractors are not authorized to disturb any of these materials. If work cannot be accomplished without disturbing these materials, the Chief Engineer, Kurt Anderson should be contacted. The building engineering staff or a licensed asbestos contractor will be utilized to safely remove this material.
If you accidentally contact asbestos containing material, do not attempt to clean any debris. Once again, Kurt Anderson should be contacted immediately so proper clean-up may be initiated.
If you have any questions, please contact the Office of the Building.
Sincerely,
ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

16


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT F
401 N. Michigan Avenue
UNABATED FLOORS
GUIDELINES
  Floors that have not been abated include 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 28, 31,
 
  Work practices that have the potential to disturb Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) must be approved by Kurt Anderson, Chief Engineer at (312) 595-2467 prior to commencement of any construction.
 
  Absolutely no work may be performed within the ceiling during HVAC hours of operation.
 
  Only trades which have successfully completed a 16 hour OSHA approved Operations and Maintenance course may perform work within the ceiling which has the potential to disturb fireproofing.
 
  A maximum of 10 tiles may be taken out of ceiling at one time and must be re-installed immediately upon completion of work and prior to the start of HVAC operations.
 
  Construction area needs to be properly labeled in order to limit entry, however, signage should not be visible from common areas.
 
  The following documentation must be submitted prior to commencement of construction:
 
    Certificate of Completion of 16 hour O&M course
Certification of Respirator Fit Test
 
  Any accidental release of ACM must be reported immediately to Kurt Anderson at (312) 595-2467.
 
  The following building approved contractors are used to address asbestos related issues at 401 N. Michigan:
             
 
  Abatement Contractor   H.E.P.A.   (773) 342-7553
 
  Environmental Consultant   E.C.G.   (312) 733-5900
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

17


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT G
401 N. Michigan Avenue
STANDPIPE/RISER DRAIN DOWNS
GUIDELINES
  Riser drain downs will be performed on Wednesdays, during the day shift only (must be scheduled at least a week in advance)
 
  Riser drain downs must be kept to a minimum.
 
  Riser work should typically be completed within two hours. All piping should be run to the riser with only the tie-in remaining to be completed.
 
  Riser draining will not start before 6:00 a.m., and system must be back in service by 2:00 p.m.
PROCEDURES
  Contractor must request drain down through the Office of the Building at least one week in advance.
 
  Engineers will disable appropriate life safety devices.
 
  Engineers will isolate system and drain to below the construction floor.
 
  Contractor must verify with Engineers that the riser drain down is complete before cutting into the riser.
 
  Contractor must physically verify that the riser is drained down, before cutting into the riser, by opening the fireman’s hose connection valve or sprinkler drain valve on the construction floor.
 
  Contractor must notify Engineers when work is finished, and request system fill up.
 
  Engineers will supply contractor with a 2-way radio to communicate with the Engineers filling the system or accompany contractor while system is being refilled.
 
  Contractor will verify that there are no leaks with the Engineer on site or via the 2-way radio with the Engineers.
 
  Contractor will return 2-way radio to the Engineering department.
 
  Engineer will enable appropriate life safety devices.
SINGLE FLOOR SPRINKLER DRAIN DOWNS
  Contractor notifies Engineers of location where work is to be done (Floor # and Stairwell #) before starting work (drain down must be scheduled 24 hours in advance)
 
  The Engineers disable the appropriate life safety devices for the affected floors.
 
  Contractor isolates system and performs work.
 
  Contractor notifies Engineers when work is complete, and gets approval to refill system.
 
  Contractor slowly fills system and checks for leaks.
 
  Contractor calls Engineers when system is refilled and verifies that all alarms have been cleared on the computer.
 
  Engineers enable appropriate life safety devices.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

18


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT H
401 N. Michigan Avenue
APPROVED CONTRACTOR LIST
         
SUB-CONTRACTORS
       
 
       
Fire Protection
       
U.S. Fire Protection
  Mike Peterson   (708) 816-0050
Superior Fire Protection
  Pat Sullivan   (708) 599-5008
Global Fire Protection
  Tom Neuendorf   (708) 852-5200
 
       
Plumbing
       
John’s Plumbing
  Bill Johns   (773) 286-9030
Competitive Piping
  Tom Sherlock   (312) 322-1900
Millennium Piping
  Bill Doyle   (312) 715-0560
 
       
HVAC
       
Hill Mechanical Group
  Terry Baker   (773) 929-6600
Competitive Piping
  Tom Muraski   (312) 322-1900
Murphy Miller
  Noel Daley   (312) 427-8900
Admiral Heating & Ventilating
  Catherine Bertucci   (708) 544-3100
 
       
Electric
       
Concur Electric
  Jim Curtin   (708) 396-8766
Super Electric Company
  Frank Marcinkowski   (773) 489-4400
S&M Electric
  Jack McNamara   (708) 780-8177
 
       
Life Safety
       
Convergent
  Roger Veldhuizen   (847) 620-5000
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

19


 

EXHIBIT D
Rules and Regulations
     To the extent that there is any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and these Rules and Regulations, the provisions of the Lease shall control.
     (A) The sidewalks, walks, entries, corridors, concourses, ramps, staircases, escalators and elevators shall not be obstructed or used by Tenant, or the employees, agents, servants, visitors or licensees of Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. No bicycle or motorcycle shall be brought into the Building or kept on the Premises without the consent of Landlord.
     (B) No freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description will be received into the Building or carried into the elevators except in such a manner, during such hours and using such elevators and passageways as may be approved by Landlord, and then only upon having been scheduled in advance. Any hand trucks, carryalls, or similar appliances used for the delivery or receipt of merchandise or equipment shall be equipped with rubber tires, side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord shall require.
     (C) Tenant, or the employees, agents, servants, visitors or licensees of Tenant shall not at any time place, leave or discard any rubbish, paper, articles, or objects of any kind whatsoever outside the doors of the Premises or in the corridors or passageways of the Building. No animals or birds shall be brought or kept in or about the Building except on leashes or in cages.
     (D) Tenant shall not place, or cause or allow to be placed, any sign or lettering whatsoever, in the windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not place any sign or lettering in or about the Premises on multi-tenant floors which are visible from public lobbies or corridors except in and at such places as may be designated by Landlord and reasonably consented to by Landlord in writing. All lettering and graphics on corridor doors on multi-tenant floors shall conform to the standard prescribed by Landlord or as otherwise reasonably approved by Landlord. Landlord will provide Building standard identification and/or signage in the lobby of the Building and in the 27 th floor lobby.
     (E) Canvassing, soliciting or peddling in the Building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent same.
     (F) Any person in the Building will be subject to identification by employees and agents of Landlord. All persons in leaving or entering the Building shall be required to comply with the security policies of the Building. Tenant shall keep doors to unattended areas locked and shall otherwise exercise reasonable precautions to protect property from theft, loss, or damage. Landlord shall not be responsible for the theft, loss, or damage of any property.

1


 

     (G) Except as provided in Article 4, Tenant shall not do any cooking or conduct any restaurant, luncheonette, automat, or cafeteria for the sale of or permit the delivery of any food or beverage to the Premises, except by such persons delivering the same as shall be approved by Landlord and only under regulations fixed by Landlord.
     (H) Tenant shall not without Landlord’s prior written approval bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the Premises any inflammable, combustible, corrosive, caustic, poisonous, or explosive substance, or cause or permit any odors to permeate in or emanate from the Premises.
     (I) No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed on any door in the Building or the Premises and no lock on any door therein shall be changed or altered in any respect without the consent of Landlord. Any additional locks or bolts shall be consistent with Landlord’s security system in the Building. If Landlord permits Tenant to have additional locks, Tenant shall furnish Landlord the keys and combinations of such locks. Landlord shall furnish two keys for each lock on exterior doors to the Premises and shall, on Tenant’s request and at Tenant’s expense, provide additional duplicate keys. All keys shall be returned to Landlord upon termination of the Lease. Landlord may at all times keep a pass key to the Premises. All entrance doors to the Premises shall be left closed at all times, and left locked when the Premises are not in use.
     (J) Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord in case of theft, unauthorized solicitation, or accident in the Premises or in the Building or of defects therein or in any fixtures or equipment, or of any known emergency in the Building.
     (K) The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of Landlord in the Building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of Landlord.
     (L) No awnings, draperies, shutters, or other Interior or exterior window coverings that are visible from the exterior of the Building or from the exterior of the Premises within the Building may be installed by Tenant except as otherwise provided for therein.
     (M) No portion of the Premises or any other part of the Building shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.
     (N) Tenant shall not make excessive noises, cause disturbances or vibrations or use or operate any electrical or mechanical devices that emit excessive sound or other waves or disturbances or create obnoxious odors, any of which may be offensive to the other tenants and occupants of the Building, and shall not place or install any projections, antennas, aerials or similar devices inside or outside of the Premises or on the Building other than in accordance with a written agreement of Landlord and Tenant.

2


 

     (O) The water and wash closets, drinking fountains and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, coffee grounds or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall have caused the same. No person shall waste water by interfering or tampering with the faucets or otherwise.
     (P) Tenant, its servants, employees, customers, invitees and guests shall, when using the parking facilities in and around the Building, observe and obey all signs regarding fire lanes and no parking zones, and when parking always park between the designated lines. Landlord reserves the right to tow away, at the expense of the owner, any vehicle which is improperly parked or parked in a no parking zone. All vehicles shall be parked at the sole risk of the owner, and Landlord assumes no responsibility for any damage to or loss of vehicles.
     (Q) Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability for offices, and, upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant will refrain from or discontinue such advertising. In no event shall Tenant, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the name of the Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Building.
     (R) Except for routine picture hanging, Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Building or Premises. No coring, boring, driving of nails or screws, cutting, or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct. Tenant shall not install any resilient tile or similar floor covering in the Premises except with the prior approval of Landlord.
     (S) Tenant shall not use the Premises or permit the Premises to be used for photographic, multilith or multigraph reproductions, except in connection with its own business and not as a service for others, without Landlord’s prior permission.
     (T) Tenant shall not use or permit any portion of the Premises to be used as an office for a public stenographer or typist, offset printing, the sale of liquor or tobacco, a barber or manicure shop, an employment bureau, a labor union office, a doctor’s or dentist’s office, a dance or music studio, any type of school, a shared office and business service facility similar to or in competition with that operated by Alliance North Michigan Avenue, Inc., d/b/a Alliance Business Centers, in the Building, or for any use other than those specifically granted in this Lease.
     (U) Tenant shall not advertise for laborers giving the Premises as an address, nor pay such laborers at a location in the Premises.
     (V) Tenant shall at all times keep the Premises neat and orderly.

3


 

     (W) All telegraph, telephone, and electric connections which Tenant may desire shall be first approved by Landlord in writing, before the same are installed, and the location of all wires and the work in connection therewith shall be performed by contractors approved by Landlord and shall be subject to the direction of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to designate and control the entity or entities providing telephone or other communication cable installation, repair and maintenance in the common risers or shared areas of the Building and to restrict and control access to telephone cabinets. In the event Landlord designates a particular vendor or vendors to provide such cable installation, repair and maintenance in the common risers or shared areas of the Building, Tenant agrees to abide by and participate in such program. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay ail costs incurred in connection with the installation of telephone cables and related wiring in or serving the Premises, including, without limitation, any hook-up, access and maintenance fees related to the installation of such wires and cables in the Premises and the commencement of service therein, and the maintenance thereafter of such wire and cables. If Tenant fails to maintain all telephone cables and related wiring in the Premises and such failure affects or interferes with the operation or maintenance of any other telephone cables or related wiring in the Building, Landlord or any vendor hired by Landlord may enter into and upon the Premises forthwith and perform such repairs, restorations or alterations as Landlord deems necessary in order to eliminate any such interference (and Landlord may recover from Tenant all of Landlord’s costs in connection therewith). Subject to the provisions of Article 18 of this Lease, Tenant agrees upon expiration of the Term hereof, by lapse of time or otherwise, to remove all telephone cables and related wiring installed by Tenant for and during Tenant’s occupancy, which Landlord shall request Tenant to remove.
Without limitation, all services and work performed by or on behalf of any tenant or occupant of the Building with respect to any rentable or other space in the Building, including telephone installation, carpeting, materials and personal property delivered to or removed from the Building on behalf of or for the account of any tenant or occupant of the Building shall be performed, delivered or removed, as the case may be, only by persons capable of working in harmony with other existing trades in the Building and, to the extent applicable, covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the appropriate trade union operating in the Building.

4


 

EXHIBIT E
Form of Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement

1


 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE
AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this                      day of                                           , 20___, which date shall be the effective date of this Agreement, between                                                                , a                                             (the “Tenant”) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, a wholly owned subsidiary of BankAmerica Corporation, and having its principal offices in Charlotte, North Carolina (together with its successors and/or assigns the “Lender”).
     The Tenant is the lessee under the lease described in Exhibit A attached hereto (as the same may from time to time be assigned, subleased, renewed, extended, amended, modified or supplemented, collectively the “Lease”).
     The Lender has previously made or is about to make a loan to                                                                , a                                                                or its successor and/or assigns with respect to the landlord’s interest under the Lease (the “Landlord”), evidenced by a promissory note in the original principal amount of approximately $                      executed by the Landlord and payable to the Lender and secured by a first priority deed of trust, mortgage or deed to secure debt on certain real and personal property and improvements (the “Premises”), recorded or to be recorded in the appropriate records of                      County,                                           (the “Security Instrument”).
     The Lender has requested the Tenant to confirm the fact that the Lease is subject and subordinate to the Security Instrument.
     The Tenant is willing to confirm the subordination of the Lease, provided it obtains assurance from the Lender that its possession of the premises demised under the Lease (the “Demised Premises), which Demised Premises is all or a portion of the Premises, and its right to use any common areas will not be disturbed by reason of or in the event of the foreclosure of the Security Instrument.
     The Lender is willing to give such assurance.
     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto do hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:
     1. The Tenant hereby subordinates the Lease and all terms and conditions contained therein and all rights, options, liens and charges created thereby to the Security Instrument and the lien thereof, and to all present or future advances under the obligations secured thereby and to all renewals, extensions, amendments, modifications and/or supplements of same, to the full extent of all amounts secured thereby from time to time.
     2. So long as no event of default on the part of the Tenant under the Lease shall exist which would entitle the Landlord to terminate the Lease, or if such an event of default shall exist,

 


 

so long as the Tenant’s time to cure the default shall not have expired, the term of the Lease shall not be terminated or modified in any respect whatsoever and the Tenant’s right of possession to the Demised Premises and its rights in and to any common areas and its other rights arising out of the Lease will all be fully recognized and protected by the Lender and shall not be disturbed, canceled, terminated or otherwise affected by reason of the Security Instrument or any action or proceeding instituted by the Lender to foreclose the Security Instrument, or any extension, renewal, consolidation or replacement of same, irrespective of whether the Tenant shall have been joined in any action or proceeding.
     3. In the event that the Lender takes possession of the Premises, either as the result of foreclosure of the Security Instrument or accepting a deed to the Premises in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise, or the Premises shall be purchased at such a foreclosure by a third party, the Tenant shall attorn to the Lender or such third party and recognize the Lender or such third party as its landlord under the Lease, and the Lender or such third party will recognize and accept the Tenant as its tenant thereunder, whereupon, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Lender or such third party and the Tenant for the full term thereof, together with all extensions and renewals thereof, and the Lender or such third party shall thereafter assume and perform all of the Landlord’s obligations, as the landlord under the Lease with the same force and effect as if the Lender or such third party were originally named therein as the Landlord; provided, however, that the Lender or such third party shall not be:
          a. liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including the Landlord), except to the extent the Lender was furnished notice and opportunity to cure the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement prior to taking possession of such Premises; or
          b. subject to any offsets or defenses which the Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including the Landlord), except to the extent the Lender was furnished notice and opportunity to cure the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement prior to taking possession of such Premises; or
          c. bound by any rent or additional rent which the Tenant might have paid for more than two (2) months in advance to any prior landlord (including the Landlord); or
          d. bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease not consented to in writing by the Lender, except as may be expressly contemplated by Lease (e.g., Article 37, relating to Tenant’s right to extend the Term, and Article 38, relating to Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to expansion premises).
     4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or otherwise, in the event the Lender or a third party takes possession of the Premises as provided in paragraph 3 above, the liability of the Lender or such third party under the Lease shall be limited to the Lender’s or such third party’s, as the case may be, interest in the Premises, and upon any assignment or other transfer of the Lender’s or such third-party’s interest in the Premises, the Lender or such third party, as applicable, shall be discharged and released from any obligation or liability under the Lease arising or accruing after the date of such assignment or transfer.

 


 

     5. For so long as this Agreement is in effect, Tenant agrees not to enter into any agreement subordinating the Lease to any other lien or encumbrance which (i) affects the Premises under the Lease, or any part thereof, or (ii) is junior to the Security Instrument, without the express written consent of the Lender, and any such subordination or any such attempted subordination or agreement to subordinate without such consent of Lender, shall be void and of no force and effect. Tenant shall be entitled to rely upon the written representation of Landlord that this Agreement is not in effect (or will not be in effect upon the effective date of any proposed subordination agreement) if Tenant is presented with a request that it execute such an agreement.
     6. Tenant agrees to provide copies of all notices given Landlord under the Lease to Lender at the following address:
Lender:   Bank of America, N.A.
Attn: Capital Markets Servicing Group
NC1-026-06-01
900 West Trade Street, Suite 650
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
Telephone: (866) 531-0957
Telecopy: (704) 317-0771
or to such other address as Lender shall designate in writing; and all such notices shall be in writing and shall be considered as properly given if (i) mailed to the addressee by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) by delivering same in person to the addressee, or (iii) by delivery to a third party commercial delivery service for same day or next day delivery to the office of the addressee with proof of delivery; any notice so given shall be effective, as applicable, upon (a) the third (3rd) day following the day such notice is deposited with the United States mail, (b) delivery to the addressee, or (c) upon delivery to such third party delivery service; and any notice given in any other manner shall be effective only if and when received by the addressee.
     7. In the event Landlord shall fail to perform or observe any of the terms, conditions or agreements in the Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Lender and Lender shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cure such default. Except as expressly permitted by the Lease, Tenant shall not take any action with respect to such default under the Lease (including without limitation any action in order to terminate, rescind or avoid the Lease or to withhold any rent or other monetary obligations thereunder) for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice by Lender; provided, however, that in the case of any default which cannot with diligence be cured within such thirty (30) day period, if Lender shall proceed promptly to cure such default and thereafter prosecute the curing of such default with diligence and continuity, then the time within which such default may be cured shall be extended for such period as may be necessary to complete the curing of such default with diligence and continuity.
     8. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way impair or affect the lien created by the Security Instrument, except as specifically set forth herein.

 


 

     9. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that in the event of the assignment or transfer of the interest of the Lender to a party that assumes the Lender’s obligations and liabilities hereunder, all obligations and liabilities of the Lender under this Agreement shall terminate, and thereupon all such obligations and liabilities shall be the responsibility of the party to whom the Lender’s interest is assigned or transferred.
     10. In the event of any litigation or other legal proceeding arising between the parties to this Agreement, whether relating to the enforcement of a party’s rights under this Agreement or otherwise, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of suit from the non-prevailing party in such amount as the court shall determine.
         
  TENANT:
 
 
  By:      
    Name:    
    Title:      
 
         
  LENDER:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking
association
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

EXHIBIT F
Form of Letter of Credit

 


 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
NUMBER [                 ]
  DATE:                       
BENEFICIARY:
ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, AN ILLINOIS CORPORATION,
NOT PERSONALLY, BUT SOLELY IN ITS CAPACITY AS AGENT FOR THE
OWNER OF 401 NORTH MICHIGAN AVENUE, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
401 NORTH MICHIGAN AVENUE, SUITE 250
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60611
ATTN: DIRECTOR OF LEASE ADMINISTRATION
GENTLEMEN:
WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER [                 ] IN YOUR FAVOR FOR ACCOUNT OF HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. D/B/A ACCRETIVE HEALTH FOR AN AMOUNT NOT EXCEEDING THE AGGREGATE OF U.S. DOLLARS FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 **U.S. 500,000.00** AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFT(S) DRAWN AT SIGHT ON [                 BANK                 ] ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT:
BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT PURPORTED TO BE SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF THE BENEFICIARY READING AS FOLLOWS:
“WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT A DEFAULT EXISTS PURSUANT TO A LEASE AGREEMENT DATED MAY ___, 2005 BETWEEN ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, AN ILLINOIS CORPORATION, NOT PERSONALLY, BUT SOLELY IN ITS CAPACITY AS AGENT FOR THE OWNER, AND HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. D/B/A ACCRETIVE HEALTH.”
     OR
“WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. D/B/A ACCRETIVE HEALTH (“TENANT”) HAS FAILED TO TIMELY RENEW IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                 , PURSUANT TO A LEASE AGREEMENT DATED MAY ___, 2005 BETWEEN ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, AN ILLINOIS CORPORATION, NOT PERSONALLY, BUT SOLELY IN ITS CAPACITY AS AGENT FOR THE OWNER, AND TENANT.”
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REFERENCE IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OTHER DOCUMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS OR REFERENCES IN SUCH OTHER DOCUMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT CONTAINS THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE BENEFICIARY AND THE ISSUER HEREUNDER RELATING TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE ISSUER HEREUNDER.
YOUR DRAFT(S) AS HEREIN REQUIRED MUST BE PRESENTED AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [                 BANK ADDRESS                 ].
EXPIRY DATE: [                      ]
DRAFTS MUST BE MARKED “DRAWN UNDER [                 BANK                 ] LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                 ]”.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE AN UNLIMITED NUMBER OF TIMES IN ITS ENTIRETY (BUT NOT IN PART) TO ANY TRANSFEREE WHO HAS ACQUIRED YOUR INTEREST UNDER THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN LEASE AGREEMENT DATED MAY ___, 2005. WE

 


 

SHALL RECOGNIZE ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT UPON AN EXECUTED TRANSFER INSTRUCTION IN THE FORM OF ANNEX A ATTACHED HERETO BEING FILED WITH US, TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND PAYMENT OF A TRANSFER FEE OF $250.00, UPON RECEIPT OF WHICH WE SHALL EITHER (i) ENDORSE THE NOTICE OF TRANSFER UPON THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND RETURN SUCH ENDORSED LETTER OF CREDIT TO THE TRANSFEREE, OR (ii) ISSUE A NEW LETTER OF CREDIT, IN THE SAME FORM AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE, NAMING THE TRANSFEREE AS BENEFICIARY.
ALL CHARGES RELATED TO THE TRANSFER ARE FOR ACCOUNT OF THE BENEFICIARY.
PARTIAL DRAWS ARE PERMITTED.
EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993 REVISION) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 500.
COMMUNICATIONS TO US WITH RESPECT TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE IN WRITING AND SHALL BE ADDRESSED TO US AT [                 BANK ADDRESS                 ] SPECIFICALLY REFERRING THEREON TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BY NUMBER.
WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT DRAFT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED ON DUE PRESENTATION TO THE DRAWEE.
         
  VERY TRULY YOURS,
 
 
     
  (AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)   
     
 

 


 

ANNEX A
TRANSFER INSTRUCTION
[                 BANK                 ]
[                 BANK ADDRESS                 ]
     RE: [                 BANK                 ] IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                 ]
GENTLEMEN
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY INSTRUCTS YOU TO TRANSFER TO:
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF TRANSFEREE)
ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY UNDER THE ABOVE REFERENCED LETTER OF CREDIT (THE “LETTER OF CREDIT”) IN ITS ENTIRETY.
BY THIS TRANSFER. ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN THE LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS THEREOF, TO THE TRANSFEREE AND THE TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.
THE LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE NOTICE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER OR IN EXCHANGE FOR THE LETTER OF CREDIT TO ISSUE A NEW LETTER OF CREDIT IN FAVOR OF THE TRANSFEREE CONTAINING THE SAME TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND TO FORWARD THE NEW LETTER OF CREDIT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.
             
 
    YOURS VERY TRULY    
SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED:
           
 
    (BENEFICIARY)    
 
           
 
    BY:       
 
(BANK)
      
 
(TITLE)
   
 
           
 
 
(AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)
           

 


 

FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT
      THIS FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of January 30 th , 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its capacity as agent for the owner (“ Landlord ”), and HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health (“ Tenant ”).
RECITALS :
     A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain lease (the “ Lease ”) captioned “LEASE,” dated as of May 4, 2005, pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant that certain space, commonly described as Suite No. 2700 and containing approximately ten thousand five hundred sixty-one (10,561) rentable square feet, located on a portion of the twenty-seventh (27th) floor (the “ Original Premises ”) in the building known as 401 North Michigan Avenue (the “ Building ”), situated on certain property (including all easements appurtenant thereto) lying north of the Chicago River in Chicago, Illinois (the “ Property ”), for a term (the “ Term ”) currently expiring October 31, 2012.
     B. Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease for an additional one (1) year period through and including October 31, 2013.
     C. Landlord is willing to lease to Tenant and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord that certain space as shown hatched on the plan attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit A-2 (the “ Expansion Space ”), containing approximately ten thousand three hundred sixty (10,360) rentable square feet, located on a portion of the

1


 

seventy-seventh (27th) floor of the Building, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, for a term commencing on February 1, 2007 (the “ Expansion Commencement Date ”), and expiring on October 31, 2013 (the “ Expansion Term ”) unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease (as modified by this Amendment).
     D. The parties desire to amend the Lease, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree as follows:
     1.  Recitals . The foregoing recitals shall constitute a part of the agreement of the parties contained in this Amendment.
     2.  Defined Terms . Unless defined in this Amendment, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     3.  Effective Date . Unless otherwise specified, this Amendment shall become effective as an amendment to the Lease as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until otherwise amended by the parties in writing or until expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.
     4.  Extension . The Term of the Lease shall be and hereby is extended through and including October 31, 2013 (the period commencing on November 1, 2012, and ending on October 31, 2013, is referred to herein as the “ Extended Term ”), on all of the terms and conditions of the Lease as modified hereby, unless sooner terminated in accordance with its terms.

2


 

     5.  Condition of the Premises . Tenant is currently in occupancy of the Original Premises and agrees to accept the same “AS IS,” with no obligation on the part of Landlord to restore, alter or improve the Original Premises or the Building or to provide any allowance therefor as a result of this Amendment.
     6.  Expansion Space .
          A. Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, the Expansion Space shall be added to the “ Premises ” (as defined in the Lease) and shall be deemed a part of the Premises. Therefore, as of the Expansion Commencement Date, the Premises shall consist of approximately twenty thousand nine hundred twenty-one (20,921) square feet of rentable area located in the Building.
          B. Tenant shall accept the Expansion Space in an “AS IS” condition. Tenant has been given the opportunity to inspect the Expansion Space, including, but not limited to, its physical condition and compliance with code requirements. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter or improve the Expansion Premises during the Expansion Term or to provide any allowance therefor as a result of this Amendment, other than as may be contained herein or in the work letter agreement (the “ Work Letter ”) signed by Landlord and Tenant, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 .
          C. If Tenant shall take possession of all or any part of the Expansion Space prior to the Expansion Commencement Date, all of the covenants and conditions of the Lease as modified by this Amendment (other than, solely with respect to the Expansion Space, the payment of Rent) shall be binding upon the parties hereto in

3


 

respect of such possession the same as if the Expansion Commencement Date had been fixed as of the date when Tenant took such possession.
          7. Net Rent . Article 2 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Article 2
Net Rent
     (A) Tenant shall pay to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the office of Landlord or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate, annual Net Rent for the “ Original Premises ” (as defined in that certain amendment captioned “FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT” [the “ First Amendment ”], dated as of January 30 th , 2007), in equal monthly installments, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term, except for the first month’s rent which is due and payable on execution, as follows:
                         
            Net Rent Per    
            Rentable Square    
Period   Annual Net Rent   Foot   Monthly Installment
July 1, 2005 — October 31, 2006
  $ 137,293.00     $ 13.00     $ 11,441.08  
November 1, 2006 — October 31, 2007
  $ 142,213.75     $ 13.75     $ 12,101.15  
November 1, 2007 — October 31, 2008
  $ 150,494.25     $ 14.25     $ 12,541.19  
November 1, 2008 — October 31, 2009
  $ 155,774.75     $ 14.75     $ 12,981.23  
November 1, 2009 — October 31, 2010
  $ 161,055.25     $ 15.25     $ 13,421.27  
November 1, 2010 — October 31, 2011
  $ 166,335.75     $ 15.75     $ 13,861.31  
November 1, 2011 — October 31, 2012
  $ 171,616.25     $ 16.25     $ 14,301.35  
November 1, 2012 — October 31, 2013
  $ 176,896.75     $ 16.75     $ 14,741.40  

4


 

     If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Net Rent for the Original Premises for such fractional month shall be prorated on the basis of 1/360th of the annual Net Rent for the Original Premises for each day of such fractional month. Net Rent for the Original Premises shall be payable without any prior demand therefor and without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease.
     (B) Tenant shall also pay to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the office of Landlord or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate, annual Net Rent for the “ Expansion Space ” (as defined in the First Amendment), in equal monthly installments, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the “ Expansion Term ” (as defined in the First Amendment), except for the first month’s rent which is due and payable on execution of the First Amendment, as follows:
                         
            Net Rent Per    
            Rentable Square    
Period   Period Net Rent   Foot   Monthly Installment
February 1, 2007 — October 31, 2007
  $ 106,837.50     $ 13.75     $ 11,870.83  
November 1, 2007 — October 31, 2008
  $ 147,630.00     $ 14.25     $ 12,302.50  
November 1, 2008 — October 31, 2009
  $ 152,810.00     $ 14.75     $ 12,734.17  
November 1, 2009 — October 31, 2010
  $ 157,990.00     $ 15.25     $ 13,165.83  
November 1, 2010 — October 31, 2011
  $ 163,170.00     $ 15.75     $ 13,597.50  
November 1, 2011 — October 31, 2012
  $ 168,350.00     $ 16.25     $ 14,029.17  
November 1, 2012 — October 31, 2013
  $ 173,530.00     $ 16.75     $ 14,460.83  
     If the Expansion Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Net Rent for the Expansion Space for such fractional month shall be prorated on the basis of 1/360th of the annual Net Rent for the Expansion Space for each day of such fractional month. Net Rent for the Expansion Space shall be payable without any prior demand

5


 

therefor and without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent for the Expansion Space accruing during the first four (4) months of the Expansion Term (the “ Abatement Period ”) shall be abated. Such abatement shall apply solely to payment of the monthly installments of Rent for the Expansion Space and shall not be applicable to any other charges, expenses or costs payable by Tenant under this Lease. In the event of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure periods during any month or fractional month of the Abatement Period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the Rent for the Expansion Space for such month or fractional month, as the case may be, adjusted on a per diem basis from the date Tenant is in default until such default is cured, at which time the abatement shall be reinstated for the remainder of the Abatement Period.
     8.  Tenant’s Proportionate Share .
          A. Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, the second sentence of Article 3(A) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Ownership Taxes is agreed to be 2.8375% (calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 737,308, which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building).”
          B. Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, the second sentence of Article 3(B) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Operating Expenses is agreed to be 2.8375% (calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 737,308, which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building).”
     9.  Security Deposit . The references to the date October 31, 2012, in Article 32(B) of the Lease shall be and hereby are amended and restated to October 31, 2013.
     10.  Termination Fee . Article 36(A) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
     “(A) Tenant shall have and is hereby granted the option to terminate this Lease effective on November 1, 2011 by:

6


 

     (i) Delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of such termination option not later than February 1, 2011; and
     (ii) Paying to Landlord a termination fee equal to Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00), such termination fee to be payable in two (2) installments of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($250,000.00), the first installment to be paid concurrently with delivery of the termination notice and the second installment to be paid not later than thirty (30) days prior to the date of termination set forth in the notice of termination.”
     11.  Tenant’s Right of First Offer . Article 38 of the Lease, captioned “Tenant’s Right of First Offer,” is hereby deleted in its entirety.
     12.  Expansion Option . Article 39 of the Lease, captioned “Expansion Option,” is hereby deleted in its entirety.
     13.  Brokers . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker other than Zeller Management Corporation and Colliers Bennett & Kahnweiler Inc. in the negotiation or making of this Amendment, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from the claim or claims of any other broker or brokers claiming to have interested Tenant in the Building or the Expansion Space or claiming to have caused Tenant to enter into this Amendment.
     14.  Ratification . The parties hereby affirm and ratify the Lease as modified by this Amendment. No further changes to the Lease may be made except by written agreement signed by the parties. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

7


 

     15.  Successors and Assigns . The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
     16.  Authority . Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord that the person executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant has the full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of Tenant.
     17.  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, binding on the parties, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart. This Amendment may be delivered by facsimile or email transmission. This Amendment shall be effective if each party hereto has executed and delivered at least one counterpart hereof.
     18.  Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF TENANT AND LANDLORD HEREBY WAIVES IRREVOCABLY THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH TENANT AND LANDLORD ARE PARTIES.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

8


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this instrument as of the day and year first above written.
         
  LANDLORD:

ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,

an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its
capacity as agent for Zeller 401 Property, L.L.C., Z-401
Castleton, L.L.C. and LRH-401 Michigan Avenue, LLC,
as tenants in common
 
 
  By:   /s/ Reuben C. Warshawsky    
    Name:   Reuben C. Warshawsky   
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer   
 
         
  TENANT:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Name:   Greg Kazarian   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and General Counsel   

9


 

         
CERTIFICATE
(If Tenant is a corporation)
     I, Greg Kazarian Secretary of HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., Tenant, hereby certify that the officer(s) executing the foregoing Amendment on behalf of Tenant was/were duly authorized to act in his/their capacities as SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT and GENERAL COUNSEL, and his/their action(s) are the action of Tenant.
(Corporate Seal)
         
     
  /s/ Greg Kazarian    
  Secretary   
     


 

         
EXHIBIT A-2
Expansion Space
[See Attached]

A2-1


 

EXHIBIT B-1
Form of Work Letter
[See Attached]

B1-1


 

WORK LETTER
(Tenant Work)
     This WORK LETTER AGREEMENT (this “Work Letter”) is entered into as of the 30 th day of January, 2007, by ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its capacity as agent for owner (“Landlord” ), and HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation, d/b/a as Accretive Health (“Tenant” ). The parties hereby acknowledge that they have contemporaneously entered into that certain First Lease Amendment (the “Amendment” ) for that certain space (the “Expansion Space” ) containing approximately ten thousand three hundred sixty (10,360) rentable square feet, located on a portion of the seventy-seventh (27th) floor in the building known as 401 North Michigan Avenue (the “Building” ), situated on certain property (including all easements appurtenant thereto) lying north of the Chicago River in Chicago, Illinois (the “Property” ). The capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined in this Work Letter, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Amendment, provided, however, the term “Lease” shall mean that certain lease captioned “LEASE,” dated as of May 4, 2005, by and between Landlord and Tenant as amended by the Amendment.
     Landlord and Tenant agree that their respective rights and obligations in reference to the construction of the leasehold improvements to the Expansion Space (the “Tenant Finish Improvements” ) shall be as follows:
      1.  Work . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall perform, or cause to be performed, the work (the “Work” ) in the Expansion Space provided for in the Approved Plans (as defined in Paragraph 2 hereof). Subject to Tenant’s satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Work Letter, Tenant shall be entitled to Landlord’s Contribution (as defined in Paragraph 8 below).
      2.  Pre-Construction Activities .
          (a) Tenant’s Pre-Construction Deliveries . On or before ten (10) days prior to commencement of the Work, Tenant shall submit the following information and items to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval.
               (i) A detailed critical path construction schedule containing the major components of the Work and the time required for each, including the scheduled commencement date of the Work, milestone dates and the estimated date of completion of construction.
               (ii) An itemized statement of estimated construction costs, including fees for permits and architectural and engineering fees.
               (iii) Evidence satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s ability to pay the cost of the Work (to the extent such cost exceeds Landlord’s Contribution) as and when payments for same become due.

B-1


 

               (iv) The names and addresses of Tenant’s Contractors for the Work. Landlord reserves the right to approve or disapprove all or any one (1) or more of Tenant’s Contractors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Attachment B-1 lists approved general contractors and subcontractors for performance of those portions of the Work involving electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating, air conditioning or life safety systems, from which Tenant must select its contractors for such designated portions of the Work. Landlord hereby approves Executive Construction, Inc. as Tenant’s general contractor.
               (v) Certificates of insurance as hereinafter described. Tenant shall not permit Tenant’s Contractors to commence any portion of the Work until the required insurance has been obtained and certified copies of policies or certificates have been delivered to Landlord.
               (vi) The Plans (as hereinafter defined) for the Work, which Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with Paragraph 2(b) below.
Tenant will update such information and items by notice to Landlord of any changes.
          (b) Approved Plans . As used herein, the term “Approved Plans” shall mean the Plans (as hereinafter defined), as and when approved in writing by Landlord. As used herein, the term “Plans” shall mean the full and detailed architectural and engineering plans and specifications covering the Work, which are described in Attachment B-1, including, without limitation, architectural, mechanical and electrical working drawings for the Work, prepared by Architect (as hereinafter defined) and a consulting engineer acceptable to the Landlord. Tenant shall utilize The Environments Group (“Architect”) to provide architectural drawings and McGuire Engineers to provide fully engineered mechanical and electrical plans for the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements. Landlord may designate the type of materials to be used in the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements (hereinafter referred to as “Building Standard Construction” ). The Plans shall incorporate Building Standard Construction to the greatest extent consistent with design requirements; all non-Building Standard Construction will be reviewed by Landlord and included in architectural and engineering documents for Landlord’s approval. The Plans shall be subject to the approval of all local governmental authorities requiring approval of the Work and/or the Approved Plans. Landlord shall give its approval or disapproval (providing specific details in the case of disapproval) of the Plans within five (5) business days after their delivery to Landlord. If Landlord does not notify Tenant of its approval or disapproval of the Plans within such five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved such Plans. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its approval of the Plans; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be deemed to have acted unreasonably if it withholds its approval of the Plans because, in Landlord’s opinion: (i) the Work as shown in the Plans is likely to adversely affect Building systems, the structure of the Building or the safety of the Building and/or its occupants; (ii) the Work as shown on the Plans might adversely impair Landlord’s ability to furnish services to Tenant or other tenants; (iii) the Work as completed would increase the cost of operating the Building; (iv) the Work would violate any governmental laws, rules or

B-2


 

ordinances (or interpretations thereof); (v) the Work contains or uses hazardous or toxic materials or substances; (vi) the Work would adversely affect the appearance of the Building; (vii) the Work might adversely affect another tenant’s premises; or (viii) the Work is prohibited by any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Building. The foregoing reasons, however, shall not be exclusive of the reasons for which Landlord may withhold consent, whether or not such other reasons are similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. If Landlord notifies Tenant that changes are required to the Plans, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days thereafter, submit to Landlord for its approval, the Plans amended in accordance with such required changes. The Plans shall also be revised and the Work shall be changed, all at Tenant’s cost and expense, to incorporate any work required on the Expansion Space by any local governmental field inspector. Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall in no way be deemed to be (i) an acceptance or approval of any element contained therein which is in violation of any applicable laws, ordinances, regulations or other governmental requirements, or (ii) an assurance that work done pursuant to the Approved Plans will comply with all applicable laws (or with the interpretations thereof) or satisfy Tenant’s objectives and needs.
          (c) Commencement of the Work . No Work shall be undertaken or commenced by Tenant in the Expansion Space until (i) Tenant has delivered, and Landlord has approved, all information and items set forth in Paragraph 2(a) above, (ii) Tenant has obtained all necessary building permits, (iii) Tenant has designated Tenant’s Representative (as defined in Paragraph 10) pursuant to Paragraph 11, and (iv) proper provision has been made by Tenant for payment in full of the cost of the Work.
      3.  Delays . In the event Tenant fails to deliver, or deliver in sufficient and accurate detail, the information required under Paragraph 2 above on or before the respective dates specified in Paragraph 2 for such information, or in the event Tenant, for any reason, fails to complete the Work on or before the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for Rent with respect to the Expansion Space and all other obligations set forth in the Lease with respect thereto from the Expansion Commencement Date regardless of the degree of completion of the Work on such date, and no such delay in completion of the Work shall relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease.
      4.  Charges and Fees . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with review of the Plans and coordination of the Work.
      5.  Change Orders . All changes to the Approved Plans requested by Tenant must be approved by Landlord in advance of the implementation of such changes as part of the Work. All delays caused by Tenant-initiated change orders, including, without limitation, any stoppage of the Work during the change order review process, are solely the responsibility of Tenant and shall cause no delay in the Expansion Commencement Date nor relieve Tenant of its obligations under the Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent) or under this Work Letter. All increases in the cost of the Work resulting from such change orders shall be borne by Tenant.

B-3


 

      6.  Standards of Design and Construction and Conditions of Tenant’s Performance . All Work done in or upon the Expansion Space by Tenant shall be done according to the standards set forth in this Paragraph 6 and the Building’s Contractor and Vendor Guidelines attached hereto as Attachment B-2 , except as the same may be modified in the Approved Plans.
          (a) The Approved Plans and all design and construction of the Work shall comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws, codes and industry standards, including, but not limited to, requirements of Landlord’s fire insurance underwriters.
          (b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain all required building permits and occupancy permits. Tenant’s failure to obtain such permits shall not cause a delay in the Expansion Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.
          (c) Tenant’s Contractors shall be licensed contractors, possessing good labor relations, capable of performing quality workmanship and working in harmony with Landlord’s contractors and subcontractors and with other contractors and subcontractors in the Building. All of the Work shall be coordinated with any other construction or other work in the Building in order not to adversely affect construction work being performed by or for Landlord or its tenants.
          (d) Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform, on behalf of and for the account of Tenant, subject to reimbursement by Tenant, any work which pertains to patching of the Work and other work in the Building that arises as a result of the performance of the Work.
          (e) Tenant shall use only new, first-class materials in the Work, except where explicitly shown in the Approved Plans. All Work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall obtain contractors’ warranties of at least one (1) year in duration from the completion of the Work against defects in workmanship and materials on all work performed and equipment installed in the Expansion Space as part of the Work.
          (f) Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall make all efforts and take all steps appropriate to assure that all construction activities undertaken comport with the reasonable expectations of all tenants and other occupants of a fully-occupied (or substantially fully occupied) first-class office building and do not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building. In any event, Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations existing from time to time at the Building. Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall take all precautionary steps to minimize dust, noise and construction traffic, and to protect their facilities and the facilities of others affected by the Work and to properly police same. Construction equipment and materials are to be kept within the Expansion Space and delivery and loading of equipment and materials shall be done at such locations and at such time as Landlord shall reasonably direct so as not to burden the construction or

B-4


 

operation of the Building. Tenant may perform Work during business hours and shall not be required to use overtime labor, subject to the Building’s Contractor and Vendor Guidelines attached as Attachment B-2 to this Work Letter. If and as required by Landlord, the Expansion Space shall be sealed off from the balance of the office space on the floor(s) containing the Expansion Space so as to minimize the dispersement of dirt, debris and noise.
          (g) Landlord shall have the right to order Tenant or any of Tenant’s Contractors who violate the requirements imposed on Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors in performing the Work to cease working and remove its equipment and employees from the Building. No such action by Landlord shall delay the Expansion Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.
          (h) Tenant shall not be charged for building standard HVAC service or use of loading dock or freight elevators during normal business hours on a non-exclusive use basis, however all material deliveries shall be made during off hours which there will be a fee for overtime use of the freight elevator. Tenant shall apply and pay for all utility meters required. Tenant shall pay for all support services provided by Landlord’s contractors at Tenant’s request or at Landlord’s discretion resulting from breaches or defaults by Tenant under this Work Letter. All use of freight elevators is subject to scheduling by Landlord and the rules and regulations of the Building as outlined in Exhibit D to the Lease. Tenant shall arrange and pay for removal of construction debris and shall not place debris in the Building’s waste containers. If required by Landlord, Tenant shall sort and separate its waste and debris for recycling and/or environmental law compliance purposes.
          (i) Tenant shall permit access to the Expansion Space to, and the Work shall be subject to inspection by, Landlord and Landlord’s architects, engineers, contractors and other representatives, at all reasonable times during the period in which the Work is being constructed and installed and following completion of the Work, subject to the safety requirements of Tenant’s Contractors.
          (j) Tenant shall proceed with the Work expeditiously, continuously and efficiently. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the Work and shall furnish Landlord and Landlord’s title insurance company with such further documentation as may be necessary under Paragraphs 8 and 9 below.
          (k) Tenant shall have no authority to deviate from the Approved Plans in performance of the Work, except as authorized by Landlord and its designated representative in writing. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord “as-built” drawings of the Tenant Finish Improvements within thirty (30) days after completion of the Work as required in Attachment B-1.
          (l) Landlord shall have the right to run utility lines, pipes, conduits, duct work and component parts of all mechanical and electrical systems where necessary or desirable through the Expansion Space, to repair, alter, replace or remove the same, and to require Tenant to install and maintain proper access panels thereto. In the event

B-5


 

that Tenant constructs an open office space with exposed structure and mechanical duct work, any such facilities which Landlord elects to run through the Premises must be treated in the same aesthetic manner as the Premises, and Tenant shall have the right to reasonably approve and coordinate the location of any such facilities.
          (m) Tenant shall impose on and enforce all applicable terms of this Work Letter against Architect and Tenant’s Contractors.
      7.  Insurance and Indemnification .
          (a) In addition to any insurance which may be required under the Lease, Tenant shall secure, pay for and maintain, or cause Tenant’s Contractors to secure, pay for and maintain during the continuance of the Work, insurance in the following minimum coverages and the following minimum limits of liability:
               (i) Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000.00, or such higher amounts as may be required from time to time by any Employee Benefit Acts or other statutes applicable where the Work is to be performed, and in any event sufficient to protect Tenant’s Contractors from liability under the aforementioned acts.
               (ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance (including Contractors’ Protective Liability) in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence, whether involving bodily injury liability (or death resulting therefrom) or property damage liability or a combination thereof with a minimum aggregate limit of $2,000,000.00 and with umbrella coverage with limits not less than $3,000,000.00. Such insurance shall provide for explosion and collapse, completed operations coverage and broad form blanket contractual liability coverage and shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others and arising from its operations under the contracts whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
               (iii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance, including the ownership, maintenance and operation of any automotive equipment, owned, hired, or non-owned in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for each person in one accident, and $1,000,000.00 for injuries sustained by two or more persons in any one accident and property damage liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for each accident. Such insurance shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under the contracts, whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
               (iv) “All-risk/Special Form” builder’s risk insurance upon the entire Work to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors of any tier

B-6


 

to the extent of any insurable interest therein) in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include “all-risk/special form” builder’s insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief. If any materials used (or to be used) in connection with the Work are stored off the site of the Building or in transit to such site are not covered under such “all-risk/special form” builder’s risk insurance, then Tenant shall effect and maintain similar property insurance on such materials. Any loss insured under such “all-risk” builder’s risk insurance is to be adjusted with Landlord and Tenant and made payable to Landlord, as trustee for the insured parties, as their interests may appear.
               (v) Crime Insurance in an amount not less than $100,000.00, which shall include coverage for fidelity, money and securities on and off the premises, transit, and depositors forgery coverage. Such insurance shall protect Zeller Realty Group as their interest may appear for any dishonest or fraudulent acts of contractors’ employees, any loss of money and securities by destruction, disappearance or wrongful abstraction while in the care, custody or control of the contractor or contractor’s employees.
               (vi) Zeller Management Corporation shall be the certificate holder on any such insurance required under this Paragraph 7.
          All policies (except the worker’s compensation policy) shall be endorsed to include as additional insured parties the parties required by the Lease and such additional persons as Landlord has designated. Designated additional insured parties are as follows (such additional insureds to be identified exactly as indicated below):
LRH-401 Michigan Avenue, LLC;
Zeller Realty Group;
Zeller Development Corporation;
Zeller Management Corporation;
LaSalle Bank, as Trustee of Trust No. 128497;
Z-401 Castleton, L.L.C.;
Zeller Castleton, L.L.C.;
Zeller-401 Property, L.L.C.;
Zeller-401 Rait, LLC;
Zeller-401, L.L.C.; and

B-7


 

GEMSA Loan Services, LP., as Master Servicer in trust for the Registered Holders of GE Commercial Mortgage Corporation, Commercial Mortgage Pass Through Certificates Series 2005-C1, c/o Bank of America, N.A. as Subservicer.
          The waiver of subrogation provisions contained in the Lease shall apply to all insurance policies (except the workmen’s compensation policy) to be obtained by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph. The insurance certificates shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give all additional insured parties thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any reduction or cancellation for non-renewal of coverage (except that ten (10) days’ notice shall be sufficient in the case of cancellation for non-payment of premium). The insurance coverage afforded to the additional insured parties thereunder shall be primary to any insurance carried independently by said additional insured parties. Additionally, where applicable, each policy shall contain a cross-liability and severability of interest clause.
          (b) Without limitation of the indemnification provisions contained in the Lease, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions contained in the Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord, the parties listed, or required by, the Lease to be named as additional insured parties, the designated additional insureds provided above, Landlord’s contractors, Landlord’s architects, and their respective beneficiaries, partners, directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against all claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of whatever nature arising out of or in connection with the Work or the entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors into the Building and the Expansion Space, including without limitation, mechanic’s liens, the cost of any repairs to the Expansion Space or Building necessitated by activities of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors, bodily injury to persons or damage to the property of Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees, licensees or others, except where due to Landlord’s negligence. It is understood and agreed that the foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to the insurance requirements set forth above and shall not be in discharge of or in substitution for same or any other indemnity or insurance provision of the Lease.
      8.  Landlord’s Contribution; Excess Amounts . Upon completion of the Work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with full and final waivers of liens and contractors’ affidavits and statements and, if applicable, a Payment Application (as hereinafter defined), all of the foregoing to be submitted in the forms attached hereto as Attachment B-3, from all parties performing labor or supplying materials or services in connection with the Work showing that all of the parties have been compensated in full and waiving all liens in connection with the Expansion Space and Building. Tenant shall submit to Landlord a detailed breakdown of Tenant’s total construction costs, together with such evidence of payment as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.
     As the Work progresses, Landlord shall make a dollar contribution in the amount of Five Hundred Eighteen Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($518,000.00) (“Landlord’s Contribution”) (which is $50.00 per square foot of rentable area of the Expansion

B-8


 

Space) for application to the extent thereof to the cost of the Work (which amount shall include the out-of-pocket costs and expenses owed by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter). Distribution of funds is further defined in Paragraph 9 of this Work Letter. Landlord may deduct from Landlord’s Contribution any amounts due to Landlord or its architects or engineers under this Work Letter before disbursing any other portion of Landlord’s Contribution. If, as of December 31, 2007, the total cost of the Work for which Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors have applied for payment from Landlord is less than Landlord’s Contribution (such difference shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Contribution Balance”), then Tenant shall receive Net Rent abatement (to be applied to Net Rent first coming due under the Lease) in an amount equal to the Contribution Balance.
      9.  Construction Payments; Excess Costs . Landlord will pay Landlord’s Contribution by paying Tenant’s Contractors as the Work progresses. Landlord will make payments directly to Tenant’s Contractors upon receipt by Landlord of lien waivers and sworn statements from Tenant’s Contractors and other applicable parties, a Payment Application, and, if determined by Landlord to be necessary or appropriate, upon a title insurance company’s willingness to issue title insurance over mechanic’s liens relating to Tenant’s Contractors and the Work to the date of each draw, all of the foregoing to be submitted in the forms attached hereto as Attachment B-3, from all parties performing labor or supplying materials or services in connection with the Work. If Tenant satisfies the conditions for payment set forth in this Work Letter and Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond the expiration of applicable grace or notice and cure periods, Landlord shall pay Tenant’s Contractors within sixty (60) days of delivery of each draw request and pertinent documentation as described herein. The application for payment must be representative of work in place. Whether or not Landlord’s Contribution has been paid in full, with respect to all requests for payment submitted by Tenant’s Contractors, Tenant will furnish to Landlord such contractor’s affidavits, tenant (owner) statements, partial and final waivers of lien, architect’s certificates and any additional documentation (including, without limitation, contractor personal undertakings) which may be requested by Landlord. If Tenant satisfies the conditions for payment set forth in this Work Letter and Tenant is not in default beyond the expiration of applicable grace or notice and cure periods and Landlord wrongfully fails or refuses to pay Landlord’s Contribution as set forth herein, Tenant may offset against Rent next due under the Lease the amount of Landlord’s Contribution that Landlord has improperly failed or refused to fund.
     If the cost of the Work exceeds Landlord’s Contribution, including, without limitation, any such excess resulting from Tenant-initiated change orders pursuant to Paragraph 5, then Tenant shall have sole responsibility for the cost of such excess amount (the “Overage”) and shall deposit such Overage with Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 9. With respect to each Payment Application, Tenant shall, within three (3) business days after requested by Landlord, deposit funds with Landlord in amounts sufficient to pay the Overage Estimate Amount (as hereinafter defined). If upon completion of the Work and payment of all costs of the Work, the total of the Overage Estimate Amounts so deposited by Tenant exceed the actual amount of the Overage, Tenant shall receive a refund of the difference, and if total of the Overage Estimate

B-9


 

Amounts so deposited by Tenant are less than the Overage, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within three (3) business days after requested by Landlord. Any amounts that Tenant is required to pay under this Work Letter, including, but not limited to, the Overage, shall be referred to as “Tenant’s Cost” herein. Tenant’s Cost shall be deemed additional rent under the Lease.
     The “Total Projected Costs” shall mean the total projected costs of the Work as evidenced by the sworn statements to be provided by Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors from time to time pursuant to this Paragraph 9.
     The “Adjusted Denominator” shall equal the difference between (x) the Total Projected Costs and (y) the total amount of Landlord’s Contribution previously applied to the payment of the Work.
     The “Overage Percentage” shall equal the quotient of (x) the Overage and (y) the Adjusted Denominator.
     A “Payment Application” shall mean an application submitted by Tenant’s Contractors for which payment is sought pursuant to such written request in the form attached hereto as Attachment B-3.
     The “Overage Estimate Amount” shall equal the product (x) the Overage Percentage and (y) the amount of payment sought pursuant to the Payment Application.
      10.  Miscellaneous .
          (a) As part of Building-standard work in the Expansion Space (and solely with respect thereto), the cost of which will not be paid with Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord will repair and replace any damaged or missing perimeter induction covers and install drywall around the perimeter curtain wall and interior structural columns. If any hose connection cabinet located within the Expansion Premises is not required pursuant to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws or codes, then Landlord shall remove any such hose connection cabinet and the piping associated therewith, the cost of which will not be paid with Landlord’s Contribution, provided, however, if any such hose connection cabinet is required pursuant to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws or codes, and Tenant desires to relocate the same, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for the costs thereof (but such costs, subject to Paragraphs 8 and 9 hereof, may be paid from Landlord’s Contribution).
          (b) If the Plans for the Work require the construction and installation of more fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets than the number regularly provided by Landlord in the core of the Building in which the Expansion Space is located, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and expenses arising from the construction and installation of such additional fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets.
          (c) Time is of the essence of this Work Letter.

B-10


 

          (d) Any person signing this Work Letter on behalf of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents that such person has authority to sign and deliver this Work Letter and bind the party on behalf of which it has been signed.
          (e) Tenant’s failure to pay any amounts owed by Tenant hereunder when due or Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall also constitute a default under the Lease after expiration of applicable cure periods under the Lease and Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies granted to Landlord under the Lease for nonpayment of any amounts owed thereunder or failure by Tenant to perform its obligations thereunder (including any right to perform such obligations as may be permitted under the Lease).
          (f) Notices under this Work Letter shall be given in the same manner as under the Lease.
          (g) The liability of Landlord hereunder or under any amendment hereto or any instrument or document executed in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Lease) shall be subject to the limitations of liability set forth in the Lease.
          (h) The headings set forth herein are for convenience only.
          (i) This Work Letter and the Amendment set forth the entire agreement of Tenant and Landlord regarding the Work. This Work Letter may only be amended if in writing, duly executed by both Landlord and Tenant.
          (j) All amounts due from Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be Rent due under the Lease.
          (k) This Work Letter may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, binding on the parties, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart. This Work Letter may be delivered by facsimile or email transmission. This Work Letter shall be effective if each party hereto has executed and delivered at least one counterpart hereof.
      11.  Tenant’s Representative .
Tenant shall appoint a person (“Tenant’s Representative”) who may be either an employee or a third party consultant to represent Tenant in performing daily supervision of the Work. Such person shall be familiar with all rules and regulations and procedures of the Building and all personnel of the Building engaged directly or indirectly in the management, operation and construction of the Building and shall serve as a liaison between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Work. The entire cost and expense of Tenant’s Representative shall be borne and paid for by Tenant (subject to Tenant’s right to use all or any part of Landlord’s Contribution to reimburse Tenant for the same).

B-11


 

      12.  Exculpation of Landlord and Zeller . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, it is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that:
          (a) The recourse of Tenant or its successors or assigns against Landlord with respect to the alleged breach by or on the part of Landlord of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement contained in this Work Letter (collectively, “Landlord’s Work Letter Undertakings” ) shall extend only to Landlord’s interest in the real estate of which the Expansion Space demised under the Lease are a part (hereinafter, “Landlord’s Real Estate” ) and not to any other assets of Landlord or its officers, members, directors or shareholders; and
          (b) Except to the extent of Landlord’s interest in Landlord’s Real Estate, no personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort with respect to any of Landlord’s Work Letter Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is assumed by, or shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against, Landlord, Zeller Realty Corporation, Zeller Realty Group, Zeller Management Corporation, or against any of their respective directors, officers, members, employees, agents, constituent partners, beneficiaries, trustees or representatives.

B-12


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Work Letter is executed as of this 4th day of May, 2005.
         
  LANDLORD:

ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,
an Illinois corporation, not personally, but
solely in its capacity as agent for owner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Reuben C. Warshawsky    
    Its:  Chief Operating Officer   
       
 
  TENANT:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Its:  Senior Vice President  
 

B-13


 

ATTACHMENT B-1
CONTRACTORS AND PLANS
     1. With reference to Paragraph 2(a)(iv), the following are pre-approved general contractors to be utilized for the Work: ALPS Construction, Inc., KRAHL Construction, Interior Construction Group, JC Anderson, and Reed Illinois Corporation. With reference to Paragraph 2(a)(iv), the following are designated pre-approved subcontractors to be utilized for the Work:
          (a) HVAC — Hill Mechanical, Competitive Piping, Admiral Heating & Ventilation, Murphy Miller.
          (b) Fire Protection — U.S. Fire Protection, Superior Fire Protection, Global Fire Protection, Great Lakes Fire Protection.
          (c) Plumbing — John’s Plumbing, Competitive Piping, Millennium Piping, Great Lakes Plumbing.
          (d) Electrical — S&M Electric, Super Electric, Concur Electric, Continental Electric, Avondale Electric, Rex Electric.
          (e) Life Safety — Convergent Technologies.
     2. With reference to Paragraph 2(b), the provisions for submittal of the Plans are listed below:
          (a) The architectural drawings for the Work shall include a demolition plan and dimensioned construction plan indicating wall locations and types, door locations and types including hardware and keying requirements, carpentry and millwork requirements and similar work. The drawings shall reflect the use of building standard construction to the greatest reasonable extent possible; where nonstandard materials are used, drawings shall include elevations, material specifications, and all other information reasonably required to define the scope of the Work. The architectural drawings shall include a reflected ceiling plan showing all relocated and new light fixtures, speaker and other special systems, required modifications and repairs to existing ceiling system, if any and required, and nonstandard ceiling scope and details; the drawings submitted for Landlord review and approval shall include a circuited design/build drawing prepared by the electrical subcontractor based on the reflected ceiling plan. The architectural drawings shall include a dimensional electrical/telephone plan reflecting all special circuiting, power conditioning, grounding and other power requirements and specific requirements for rough-in for tenant-installed voice/data cabling systems; the drawings submitted for Landlord review and approval shall include a circuited design/build drawing prepared by the electrical subcontractor based on the electrical/telephone plan. The architectural drawings shall include a wall and floor finish plan with specifications. Tenant may retain such architectural firm as it chooses to prepare the drawings and specifications provided that such firm shall be acceptable to the Landlord.

Work Letter Attachment B-1-1


 

          (b) If the Tenant desires to install movable filing systems, safes, or equipment other than normal and customary office equipment, floor loading requirements associated with the Tenant’s proposed installation shall be reviewed by Landlord’s designated structural engineer and a letter submitted indicating that the tenant loading requirements are within the building structural design criteria or describing (and including structural drawings and specifications for) any required modifications to the base building structure.
          (c) Prior to delivery, a detailed schedule and pathway will be provided for Landlord review, including all areas affected by access of all equipment other than normal and customary office equipment and such areas which require modification for such deliveries shall be returned to its original state by Tenant.
          (d) Any and all necessary modifications to existing equipment and installations, both base building and other tenant equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.
          (e) Upon completion of the Work, the Tenant shall provide three sets of as-built field record drawings prepared by its architect and three sets of as-built drawings prepared by the mechanical and electrical subcontractors. If Landlord requests that such drawings be prepared upon a CAD disk and Tenant must bear an extra cost associated with a CAD disk, then Landlord will pay the cost of same.
     3. (Intentionally Omitted)

Work Letter Attachment B-1-2


 

WORK LETTER ATTACHMENT B-2
CONTRACTOR GUIDELINES
[Please see attached.]

Work Letter Attachment B-2


 

WORK LETTER ATTACHMENT B-3
FORMS FOR PROCESSING LANDLORD’S CONTRIBUTION
[Please see attached.]

Work Letter Attachment B-3


 

SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT
      THIS SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT (this “ Second Amendment ”) is made as of November 26, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its capacity as agent for the owner (“ Landlord ”), and HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health (“ Tenant ”).
RECITALS :
     A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain lease captioned “LEASE,” dated as of May 4, 2005 (the “ Original Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant that certain space, containing approximately ten thousand five hundred sixty- one (10,561) rentable square feet, located on the twenty-seventh (27th) floor (the “ Original Premises ”), in the building known as 401 North Michigan Avenue (the “ Building ”), situated on certain property (including all easements appurtenant thereto) lying north of the Chicago River in Chicago, Illinois (the “ Property ”).
     B. Landlord and Tenant entered into that amendment captioned “FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT,” dated as of January 30, 2007 (the “ First Amendment ” and, together with the Original Lease, the “ Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant that certain space, containing approximately ten thousand three hundred sixty (10,360) rentable square feet, located on the twenty-seventh (27th) floor (the “ First Expansion Space ”), in the Building.
     C. The term (the “ Term ”) of the Lease for both the Original Premises and the First Expansion Space currently expires October 31, 2013.
     D. Landlord is willing to lease to Tenant and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord that certain space as shown hatched on the plan attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit A-3 (the “ Second Expansion Space ”), commonly known as Suite 1800 and containing approximately six thousand six hundred eight (6,608) rentable square feet, located on a portion of the eighteenth (18th) floor of the Building, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, for a term (the “ Second Expansion Space Term ”) commencing on February 1, 2009 (the “ Second Expansion Space Commencement Date ”), and expiring on October 31, 2014, unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease (as modified by this Second Amendment).
     E. Landlord is willing to lease to Tenant and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord the Third Expansion Space (as defined below), on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, for the Third Expansion Space Term (as defined below).
     F. The parties desire to amend the Lease, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

1


 

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree as follows:
     1.  Recitals . The foregoing recitals shall constitute a part of the agreement of the parties contained in this Second Amendment.
     2.  Defined Terms . Unless defined in this Second Amendment, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
     3.  Effective Date . Unless otherwise specified, this Second Amendment shall become effective as an amendment to the Lease as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until otherwise amended by the parties in writing or until expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.
     4.  Condition of the Premises . Tenant is currently in occupancy of the Original Premises and the First Expansion Space and leases the same “AS IS,” with no obligation on the part of Landlord to restore, alter or improve the Original Premises, the First Expansion Space or the Building, or to provide any allowance therefor, except as specifically provided in the Lease, herein, in the Second Expansion Space Work Letter (as hereinafter defined in Paragraph 5B) or in the Third Expansion Space Work Letter (as hereinafter defined in Paragraph 7C).
     5.  Second Expansion Space .
          A. Effective as of the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Second Expansion Space shall be added to the Premises (as defined in the Lease) and shall be deemed a part of the Premises. Therefore, as of the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Premises shall consist of approximately twenty seven thousand five hundred twenty-nine (27,529) square feet of rentable area located in the Building.
          B. Tenant shall accept the Second Expansion Space in its “AS IS” condition. Except as specifically provided in the Lease, herein or in the work letter agreement (the “ Second Expansion Space Work Letter ”) signed by Landlord and Tenant, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 , Landlord shall have no obligation to restore, alter or improve the Second Expansion Space or the Building during the Second Expansion Space Term or to provide any allowance therefor as a result of this Second Amendment.
          C. If Tenant shall take possession of all or any part of the Second Expansion Space prior to the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date, all of the covenants and conditions of the Lease, as modified by this Second Amendment (other than, solely with respect to the Second Expansion Space, the payment of Rent), shall be binding upon the parties hereto in respect of such possession the same as if the

2


 

Second Expansion Space Commencement Date had been fixed as of the date when Tenant took such possession.
     6.  Second Expansion Space Net Rent . On the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date, Article 2 of the Lease is hereby amended to include the following:
     (C) Tenant shall also pay to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the office of Landlord or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate, annual Net Rent for the Second Expansion Space (as defined in Recital D of the Second Amendment), in equal monthly installments, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Second Expansion Space Term (as defined in Recital D of the Second Amendment), as follows:
                         
            Net Rent Per    
            Rentable Square   Monthly Installment
Period   Period Net Rent   Foot   of Net Rent
 
                       
February 1, 2009 — January 31, 2010
  $ 138,768.00     $ 21.00     $ 11,564.00  
 
                       
February 1, 2010 — January 31, 2011
  $ 142,931.04     $ 21.63     $ 11,910.92  
 
                       
February 1, 2011 — January 31, 2012
  $ 147,226.20     $ 22.28     $ 12,268.85  
 
                       
February 1, 2012 — January 31, 2013
  $ 151,653.60     $ 22.95     $ 12,637.80  
 
                       
February 1, 2013 — January 31, 2014
  $ 156,213.12     $ 23.64     $ 13,017.76  
 
                       
February 1, 2014 — October 31, 2014
  $ 120,678.57     $ 24.35     $ 13,408.73  
          If the Second Expansion Space Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Net Rent for the Second Expansion Space for such fractional month shall be prorated on the basis of one-thirtieth (1/30 th ) of the Monthly Installment of Net Rent for the Second Expansion Space for each day of such fractional month. Net Rent for the Second Expansion Space shall be payable without any prior demand therefor and without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease.
     Beginning on November 1, 2014 and continuing through the Extended Expiration Date (as defined in Paragraph 7A of the Second Amendment), Net Rent for the Second Expansion Space shall be adjusted so that it is, at all times, based on the

3


 

Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Third Expansion Space (as defined in Paragraph 7A of the Second Amendment) shown in Article 2(D) of this Lease (as amended by the Second Amendment). By way of example and without limitation, if November 1, 2014 occurs during “Expansion Lease Year 5” (as shown in Article 2(D) of this Lease), then (i) the Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Second Expansion Space for the remainder of Expansion Lease Year 5 would be equal to Twenty-Five and 88/100 Dollars ($25.88) per rentable square foot, which for the Second Expansion Space would result in a Monthly Installment equal to Fourteen Thousand Two Hundred Fifty-One and 25/100 Dollars ($14,251.25) per month, and (ii) the Net Rent per rentable square foot of the Second Expansion Space would be increased on the first (1 st ) day of each successive Expansion Lease Year thereafter to remain, at all times, based upon the Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Third Expansion Space, and the Monthly Installment and Period Net Rent for the Second Expansion Space would be likewise adjusted, resulting in a Monthly Installment of Net Rent of Fifteen Thousand Three Hundred Fifty-Two and 59/100 Dollars ($15,352.59) and a Period Net Rent of One Hundred Eighty-Four Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-One and 08/100 Dollars ($184,231.08) for Expansion Lease Year 6, and so on. Within ninety (90) days after the “ Third Expansion Space Commencement Date ” (as defined in the Second Amendment), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a rent schedule, calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Article 2(C), for the period commencing on November 1, 2014 and continuing through the Extended Expiration Date which, in the absence of manifest error, shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord’s failure to deliver such rent schedule shall in no way limit Tenant’s obligations to pay Net Rent pursuant to this Article 2.
     7.  Third Expansion Space .
          A. Subject to the terms of this Paragraph 7A, Landlord anticipates that it will be able to deliver possession of that certain space as shown hatched on the plan attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit A-4, containing approximately twenty-two thousand one hundred sixty-five (22,165) square feet of rentable area located on the twenty-sixth (26 th ) floor of the Building (the “Third Expansion Space” ), on or before June 1, 2010 (the “Occupancy Date” ); provided, however, that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Third Expansion Space to Tenant on or before June 1, 2010 for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of the failure of SSI (US), Inc. ( “Spencer Stuart” ) to vacate the Third Expansion Space prior to the Occupancy Date, then the Occupancy Date shall be the date on which Landlord actually delivers possession of the Third Expansion Space to Tenant, and no liability shall arise against Landlord by reason of any such delay, except as specifically provided in this Paragraph 7A. If Landlord receives notice from Spencer Stuart that Spencer Stuart does not intend to vacate the Third Expansion Space on or before May 31, 2010, or if Spencer Stuart does not vacate the Third Expansion Space on or before such date, then Landlord shall take reasonable efforts to promptly inform Tenant of any such notice or failure to vacate.

4


 

     (i) In the event the Occupancy Date is delayed past June 1, 2010, and provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure periods, then Landlord, as a concession to Tenant, shall endeavor to make available for use by Tenant contiguous temporary space containing not less than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square feet located on a floor in the Building (the “Temporary Space” ) for a period (the “Temporary Space Term” ) commencing on June 1, 2010 and expiring on the earlier to occur of (a) the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date or, (b) if Tenant terminates the Lease pursuant to Paragraph 7A(vi) below, November 30, 2011. If Tenant accepts the Temporary Space for occupancy, Tenant will lease the Temporary Space subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease; provided, however, during the Temporary Space Term, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Rent with respect to the Temporary Space. Prior to Landlord’s delivery of the Temporary Space, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a hatched plan specifying the number of rentable square feet in the Temporary Space.
     (ii) Tenant agrees to accept the Temporary Space in its “AS IS” condition as existing on the date such space becomes available for occupancy by Tenant, and Tenant agrees that it shall solely be liable for the cost and expense of any improvements Tenant desires to install in the Temporary Space, and for any moving costs associated with moving to or from the Temporary Space, except that Landlord agrees that the Temporary Space shall be in broom-clean condition and free of any movable tangible personal property of any prior occupant.
     (iii) In all events, Landlord’s obligation to deliver the Temporary Space pursuant to this Paragraph 7A is subject and subordinate to the rights of tenants of the Building leasing any potential Temporary Space during the Temporary Space Term.
     (iv) Tenant shall deliver the Temporary Space to Landlord on or before the expiration of the Temporary Space Term in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease as if such date were the expiration of the Term. If Tenant continues to occupy the Temporary Space after the expiration of the Temporary Space Term, then Tenant shall thereafter pay to Landlord Rent for the Temporary Space at the hold over rate set forth in Article 19 of the Lease. If Tenant retains possession of the Temporary Space after the expiration of the Temporary Space Term, then the Rent (prior to adjustment pursuant to Article 19 of the Lease) for the Temporary Space for the period commencing on the expiration of the Temporary Space Term and expiring on the date that Tenant delivers such space to Landlord shall be calculated as follows: (a) the Net Rent per rentable square foot of the Temporary Space shall be based on the then escalated

5


 

Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Third Expansion Space shown in Article 2(D) of the Lease (as amended by the Second Amendment), and (b) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses under the Lease shall be increased to account for the number of rentable square feet of the Temporary Space.
     (v) If Landlord is unable to deliver the Temporary Space on or prior to the commencement of the Temporary Space Term, then (a) Tenant shall have no further right to the Temporary Space, (b) Landlord shall have no further obligation to deliver the Temporary Space to Tenant and (c) Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent for the Third Expansion Space shall be abated by two (2) days for each one (1) day during the period commencing on June 1, 2010 and expiring on the Occupancy Date. Such abatement shall apply solely to the payment of Rent for the Third Expansion Space first coming due after the expiration of the Third Expansion Space Abatement Period (as hereinafter defined) and shall not be applicable to any other charges, expenses or costs payable by Tenant under the Lease or otherwise. In the event of Tenant’s default beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure periods during any period that Tenant is enjoying the benefit of the abatement under this Paragraph 7A(v), then such abatement will be immediately extinguished and of no further force or effect, and Tenant will immediately pay to Landlord the Rent for the Third Expansion Space previously abated pursuant to this Paragraph 7A(v).
     (vi) In the event the Occupancy Date does not occur on or before December 31, 2010 (the “Outside Occupancy Date” ), then, provided that Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure period, Tenant shall have the option to terminate the Lease in its entirety as of November 30, 2011 by providing written notice of such termination (the “Delayed Occupancy Termination Notice” ) to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the Outside Occupancy Date; provided, however, if Tenant fails to deliver the Delayed Occupancy Termination Notice to Landlord during such thirty-day period, then Tenant shall have no right to terminate the Lease as a result of any delay in the Occupancy Date, Landlord shall continue to endeavor to deliver the Third Expansion Space to Tenant and shall deliver the same to Tenant when it becomes available for delivery, no liability shall arise against Landlord by reason of any such delay, and Tenant shall have no further remedies hereunder as a result of any such delay. Following delivery by Tenant of any notice of termination, Landlord will cease to endeavor to deliver the Third Expansion Space to Tenant, Tenant will have no rights, and Landlord will have no obligations, with respect to the ROFO Space (as hereinafter defined in Article 38) or with respect to the Fourth Expansion Option (as defined in Article 39), and Article 38 and Article 39 will be of no further force and effect.

6


 

          The term of the lease for the Third Expansion Space shall commence on the date that is ninety (90) days after the Occupancy Date (the “Third Expansion Space Commencement Date” ) and shall expire on the last day of the month next following the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date (unless such tenth (10 th ) anniversary is the last day of a month itself), unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease (as modified by this Second Amendment) (the “Third Expansion Space Term” ). The date that the Third Expansion Space Term expires is referred to herein as the “Extended Expiration Date.”
          B. Effective as of the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Third Expansion Space shall be added to the Premises (as defined in the Lease) and shall be deemed a part of the Premises. Therefore, as of the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Premises shall consist of approximately forty-nine thousand six hundred nine-four (49,694) square feet of rentable area located in the Building.
          C. Tenant shall accept the Third Expansion Space in its “AS IS” condition. Except as specifically provided in the Lease, herein or in the work letter agreement (the “Third Expansion Space Work Letter” ) signed by Landlord and Tenant, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B-3 , Landlord shall have no obligation to restore, alter or improve the Third Expansion Space or the Building during the Third Expansion Space Term or to provide any allowance therefor as a result of this Second Amendment.
          D. If Tenant shall take possession of all or any part of the Third Expansion Space prior to the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, all of the covenants and conditions of the Lease, as modified by this Second Amendment (other than, solely with respect to the Third Expansion Space, the payment of Rent), shall be binding upon the parties hereto in respect of such possession the same as if the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date had been fixed as of the date when Tenant took such possession.
     8.  Third Expansion Space Net Rent . On the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, Article 2 of the Lease is hereby amended to include the following:
     (D) Tenant shall also pay to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the office of Landlord or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate, annual Net Rent for the Third Expansion Space (as defined in Paragraph 7A of the Second Amendment), in equal monthly installments, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Third Expansion Space Term (as defined in Paragraph 7A of the Second Amendment), as follows:

7


 

                         
            Net Rent Per    
            Rentable Square   Monthly
Period   Period Net Rent   Foot   Installment
Expansion Lease Year 1
  $ 509,795.04     $ 23.00     $ 42,482.92  
Expansion Lease Year 2
  $ 525,088.80     $ 23.69     $ 43,757.40  
Expansion Lease Year 3
  $ 540,825.96     $ 24.40     $ 45,068.83  
Expansion Lease Year 4
  $ 557,006.40     $ 25.13     $ 46,417.20  
Expansion Lease Year 5
  $ 573,630.24     $ 25.88     $ 47,802.52  
Expansion Lease Year 6
  $ 617,960.16     $ 27.88     $ 51,496.68  
Expansion Lease Year 7
  $ 636,578.76     $ 28.72     $ 53,048.23  
Expansion Lease Year 8
  $ 655,640.76     $ 29.58     $ 54,636.73  
Expansion Lease Year 9
  $ 675,367.56     $ 30.47     $ 56,280.63  
Expansion Lease Year 10
  $ 695,537.76     $ 31.38     $ 57,961.48  
      “Expansion Lease Year” means each twelve (12) month annual period (except for the first (1 st ) Expansion Lease Year, which may be longer), without regard to calendar years. The first (1 st ) Expansion Lease Year shall commence on the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date and shall expire on the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) full calendar month thereafter. If the Third Expansion Space Term commences on a day other than the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, then the Net Rent for the Third Expansion Space for the first (1 st ) Expansion Lease Year shall include Net Rent for such fractional month, prorated on the basis of one-thirtieth (1/30 th ) of the Monthly Installment of Net Rent for the Third Expansion Space for each day of such fractional month. Each succeeding Expansion Lease Year shall commence on the first (1 st ) day following the end of the preceding expansion Lease Year, which should be the first day of the month. By way of example but without limitation, if the Third Expansion Space Commencement

8


 

Date is March 15, then the last day of the first (1 st ) Expansion Lease Year shall be March 31 of the following year and the second (2 nd ) Expansion Lease Year shall commence April 1 immediately thereafter.
     Net Rent for the Third Expansion Space shall be payable without any prior demand therefor and without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure periods, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent (as defined in Article 3[H]) for eleven thousand eighty-two (11,082) rentable square feet of the Third Expansion Space (the “Third Expansion Space Abatement Area” ) accruing during the first fifteen (15) months of the Third Expansion Space Term (the “Third Expansion Space Abatement Period” ) shall be abated (the amount of Rent due with respect to the Third Expansion Space Abatement Area accruing during the Third Expansion Space Abatement Period shall be referred to herein as the “Third Expansion Space Abatement Amount” ). Such abatement shall apply solely to payment of the monthly installments of Rent for the Third Expansion Space Abatement Area and shall not be applicable to any other charges, expenses or costs payable by Tenant under this Lease. In the event of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure periods during any month or fractional month of the Third Expansion Space Abatement Period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the Rent for the Third Expansion Space Abatement Area for such month or fractional month, as the case may be, adjusted on a per diem basis from the date Tenant is in default until such default is cured, at which time the abatement shall be reinstated for the remainder of the Third Expansion Space Abatement Period.
     9.  Tenant’s Proportionate Share .
          A. Effective as of the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date, the second sentence of Article 3(A) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Ownership Taxes is agreed to be 3.7337% (calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 737,308, which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building).”
          B. Effective as of the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date, the second sentence of Article 3(B) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Operating Expenses is agreed to be 3.7337% (calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 737,308, which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building).”
          C. Effective as of the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, the second sentence of Article 3(A) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Ownership Taxes is agreed to be 6.7339% (calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 737,308, which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building).”

9


 

          D. Effective as of the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, the second sentence of Article 3(B) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Operating Expenses is agreed to be 6.7339% (calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 737,308, which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building).”
     10.  Extension of Term . Effective as of the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, the expiration of the Term of the Lease shall be extended to and include the Extended Expiration Date.
     11.  Price Protection .
          A. During the period commencing on October 1, 2008 and expiring on April 30, 2009 (the “Price Protection Period”), If Landlord enters into a binding lease agreement with any other tenant or prospective tenant of the Building (i) for a term of not less than five (5) years, (ii) for office space consisting of less than one (1) full floor in the Building served by either the mid-rise or high-rise elevator bank, and (iii) with an Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot (as defined below) for the period of such lease that is less than Eleven and 45/100 Dollars ($11.45) (which amount is equal to the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot payable by Tenant with respect to the Second Expansion Space for the Second Expansion Space Term), then, on the first and only the first occasion on which Landlord enters into such a binding lease agreement, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a dollar contribution (the “Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance”) in an amount equal to the present value (using an interest rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, compounded monthly) of a stream of monthly payments over sixty-nine (69) periods ( i.e., the number of months comprising the Second Expansion Space Term) where the monthly payment is equal to the product of (a) the difference between one-twelfth (1/12) of the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot payable by Tenant with respect to the Second Expansion Space for the Second Expansion Space Term ( i.e., Eleven and 45/100 Dollars ($11.45)) and one-twelfth (1/12) of the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot payable by such other tenant or prospective tenant of the Building for the period of such lease, multiplied by (b) six thousand six hundred eight (6,608) ( i.e., the number of rentable square feet in the Second Expansion Space). The Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance shall be used solely for the purpose of improving the Third Expansion Space, and all work related thereto shall be performed in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Lease. In the event Tenant becomes entitled to the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance, the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance shall be added to the Third Expansion Space Contribution (as defined in the Third Expansion Space Work Letter) and shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Third Expansion Space Work Letter.
          B. During the Price Protection Period, if Landlord enters into a binding lease agreement with any other tenant or prospective tenant of the Building (i) for a term of not less than ten (10) years, (ii) for office space consisting of not less than one (1) full floor in the Building, and (iii) with an Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the period of such lease that is less than Eleven and 39/100 Dollars ($11.39) (which

10


 

amount is equal to the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot payable by Tenant with respect to the Third Expansion Space for the Third Expansion Space Term), then, on the first and only the first occasion on which Landlord enters into such a binding lease agreement, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a dollar contribution (the “Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance”) in an amount equal to the present value (using an interest rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, compounded monthly) of a stream of monthly payments over one hundred twenty (120) periods ( i.e., the number of months comprising the Third Expansion Space Term) where the monthly payment is equal to the product of (a) the difference between one-twelfth (1/12) of the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot payable by Tenant with respect to the Third Expansion Space for the Third Expansion Space Term ( i.e., Eleven and 39/100 Dollars ($11.39)) and one-twelfth (1/12) of the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot payable by such other tenant or prospective tenant of the Building for the period of such lease, multiplied by (b) twenty-two thousand one hundred sixty-five (22,165) ( i.e., the number of rentable square feet in the Third Expansion Space). The Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance shall be used solely for the purpose of improving the Third Expansion Space, and all work related thereto shall be performed in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Lease. In the event Tenant becomes entitled to the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance, the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance shall be added to the Third Expansion Space Contribution and shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Third Expansion Space Work Letter.
          C. The term “Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot” means the net effective rent per square foot determined by Landlord with ProCalc software and is identified by the designation “RSF — Net Effective Rate P/A @8.00%.” The Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Second Expansion Term and the Third Expansion Term will be determined as of the Effective Date of this Second Amendment, and the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot payable by any other tenant or prospective tenant of the Building will be calculated at the time of execution and delivery of a binding lease agreement for such tenant or prospective tenant.
          D. In the absence of manifest error, the calculation of Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot calculated by Landlord with ProCalc software shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.
          E. If Tenant receives the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance and Tenant exercises the First Contraction Option or the Second Contraction Option described in Paragraph 19 of this Second Amendment (which adds Article 40 to the Lease), then immediately following the exercise of same, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance received by Tenant.

11


 

          F. For the purposes of this Second Amendment and the Lease, a “binding lease agreement” shall not include a letter of intent or expression of interest and shall only include an executed and delivered lease agreement that is in full force and effect and not subject to any conditions as to effectiveness or enforceability, provided, however, if Landlord makes an offer to any other tenant or prospective tenant and such tenant or prospective tenant makes a counteroffer during the Price Protection Period, or if Landlord and such tenant or prospective tenant execute and deliver a letter of intent during the Price Protection Period, and Landlord and such tenant or prospective tenant enter into a binding lease agreement during the period commencing on the expiration of the Price Protection Period and expiring on June 30, 2009, such binding lease agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into during the Price Protection Period. In addition, if the term “binding lease agreement” refers to a lease amendment, then only such amendment and not any portion of the lease or any prior lease amendment affected by such amendment will be considered a “binding lease agreement” for purposes of determining the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance. Accordingly, the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance, as applicable, will be calculated without regard to an underlying lease or lease amendment, and whether a binding lease agreement triggers the application of Paragraph 11A or Paragraph 11B will be determined on the basis of the term of the lease and the size of the lease that is the subject of the amendment constituting the binding lease agreement. By way of example and without limitation, if an existing tenant of the Building already leases a full floor of the Building, the existing tenant’s lease has eight (8) years of remaining term, and this existing tenant executes a binding lease agreement in the form of a lease amendment that provides for an additional one-half floor for a five-year term, then such lease amendment will be covered by Paragraph 11A and not by Paragraph 11B, and the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot under such lease amendment will be based upon the additional square footage and the five-year term for such additional square footage (even if the existing tenant is also extending the current eight-year term on its existing space by an additional five years and even though the existing tenant will now be leasing more than a full floor of the Building).
          G. If Tenant receives the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance under Paragraph 11A, then, whether or not Landlord executes a binding lease agreement so as to trigger application of Paragraph 11B, Tenant will not be eligible to receive the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance. If Tenant receives the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance under Paragraph 11B, then, whether or not Landlord executes a binding lease agreement so as to trigger application of Paragraph 11A, Tenant will not be eligible to receive the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance. Tenant may receive the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance on one occasion or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance on one occasion, but Tenant cannot receive both the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance and the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance. If the application of both Paragraph 11A and Paragraph 11B are triggered during the Price Protection Period, then (i) Tenant shall be entitled to the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance if, and only if, (a) the

12


 

difference between (1) the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the period of the applicable binding lease agreement under Paragraph 11A and (2) Eleven and 45/100 Dollars ($11.45), is greater than (b) the difference between (1) the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the period of the applicable binding lease agreement under Paragraph 11B and (2) Eleven and 39/100 Dollars ($11.39), or (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance if, and only if, (a) the difference between (1) the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the period of the applicable binding lease agreement under Paragraph 11B and (2) Eleven and 39/100 ($11.39), is greater than (b) the difference between (1) the Effective Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the period of the applicable binding lease agreement under Paragraph 11A and (2) Eleven and 45/100 Dollars ($11.45).
          H. Within thirty (30) days following June 30, 2009, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice (i) disclosing whether Landlord and any tenant or prospective tenant of the Building entered into a binding lease agreement during the Price Protection Period or the sixty day period thereafter under the circumstances described in Paragraph 11F, and (ii) if Landlord and any tenant or prospective tenant of the Building entered into a binding lease agreement as described in clause (i), whether the terms of such lease entitle Tenant to the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance.
     12.  Original Premises Net Rent . Article 2 of the Lease (as amended by the First Amendment) is hereby amended as follows:
          A. The following paragraphs shall be added at the end of Article 2(A) of the Lease:
     Beginning on November 1, 2013 and continuing through the Extended Expiration Date, the Net Rent for the Original Premises shall be adjusted so that it is, at all times, based on the Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Third Expansion Space shown in Article 2(D) of this Lease (as amended by the Second Amendment). By way of example and without limitation, if November 1, 2013 occurs during “Expansion Lease Year 4” (as shown in Article 2(D) of this Lease), then (i) the Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Original Premises for the remainder of Expansion Lease Year 4 would be equal to Twenty-Five and 13/100 Dollars ($25.13) per rentable square foot, which for the Original Premises would result in a Monthly Installment equal to Twenty-Two Thousand One Hundred Sixteen and 49/100 Dollars ($22,116.49) per month, and (ii) the Net Rent per rentable square foot of the Original Premises would be increased on the first (1 st ) day of each successive Expansion Lease Year thereafter to remain, at all times, based upon the Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Third Expansion Space, and the Monthly Installment and Period Net Rent for the Original Premises would be likewise adjusted, resulting in a Monthly Installment of Net Rent of Twenty-Two Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy-Six and 56/100 Dollars ($22,776.56) and a Period Net Rent of Two Hundred Seventy-Three Thousand Three

13


 

Hundred Eighteen and 72/100 Dollars ($273,318.72) for Expansion Lease Year 5, and so on.
     Within ninety (90) days after the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a rent schedule, calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Article 2(A), for the period commencing on November 1, 2013 and continuing through the Extended Expiration Date which, in the absence of manifest error, shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord’s failure to deliver such rent schedule shall in no way limit Tenant’s obligations to pay Net Rent pursuant to this Article 2.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure periods, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent (as defined in Article 3[H]) for the Original Premises accruing during the six (6) month period commencing on November 1, 2013 and ending on April 30, 2014 (the “ Original Premises Abatement Period ”) shall be abated (the amount of Rent due with respect to the Original Premises accruing during the Original Premises Abatement Period shall be referred to herein as the “ Original Premises Abatement Amount ”). Such abatement shall apply solely to payment of the monthly installments of Rent for the Original Premises and shall not be applicable to any other charges, expenses or costs payable by Tenant under this Lease. In the event of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure periods during any month or fractional month of the Original Premises Abatement Period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the Rent for the Original Premises for such month or fractional month, as the case may be, adjusted on a per diem basis from the date Tenant is in default until such default is cured, at which time the abatement shall be reinstated for the remainder of the Original Premises Abatement Period.
     B. The following paragraphs shall be added at the end of Article 2(B) of the Lease:
     Beginning on November 1, 2013 and continuing through the Extended Expiration Date, the Net Rent for the Expansion Space shall be adjusted so that it is, at all times, based on the Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Third Expansion Space shown in Article 2(D) of this Lease (as amended by the Second Amendment).
     By way of example and without limitation, if November 1, 2013 occurs during “Expansion Lease Year 4” (as shown in Article 2(D) of this Lease), then (i) the Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Expansion Space for the remainder of Expansion Lease Year 4 would be equal to Twenty-Five and 13/100 Dollars ($25.13) per rentable square foot, which

14


 

for the Expansion Space would result in a Monthly Installment equal to Twenty-One Thousand Six Hundred Ninety-Five and 57/100 Dollars ($21,695.67) per month, and (ii) the Net Rent per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space would be increased on the first (1 st ) day of each successive Expansion Lease Year thereafter to remain, at all times, based upon the Net Rent Per Rentable Square Foot for the Third Expansion Space, and the Monthly Installment and Period Net Rent for the Expansion Space would be likewise adjusted, resulting in a Monthly Installment of Net Rent of Twenty-Two Thousand Three Hundred Forty-Three and 07/100 Dollars ($22,343.07) and a Period Net Rent of Two Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand One Hundred Sixteen and 84/100 Dollars ($268,116.84) for Expansion Lease Year 5, and so on. Within ninety (90) days after the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a rent schedule, calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Article 2(B), for the period commencing on November 1, 2013 and continuing through the Extended Expiration Date which, in the absence of manifest error, shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord’s failure to deliver such rent schedule shall in no way limit Tenant’s obligations to pay Net Rent pursuant to this Article 2.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure periods, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent for the Expansion Space accruing during the six (6) month period commencing on November 1, 2013 and ending on April 30, 2014 (the “ Additional Expansion Space Abatement Period ”) shall be abated (the amount of Rent due with respect to the Expansion Space accruing during the Additional Expansion Space Abatement Period shall be referred to herein as the “ Additional Expansion Space Abatement Amount ”). Such abatement shall apply solely to payment of the monthly installments of Rent for the Expansion Space and shall not be applicable to any other charges, expenses or costs payable by Tenant under this Lease. In the event of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure periods during any month or fractional month of the Additional Expansion Space Abatement Period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the Rent for the Expansion Space for such month or fractional month, as the case may be, adjusted on a per diem basis from the date Tenant is in default until such default is cured, at which time the abatement shall be reinstated for the remainder of the Additional Expansion Space Abatement Period.
     13.  Right to Shift Location of Premises . Article 25 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Article 25

15


 

Right to Shift Location of Premises
     At any time hereafter, and solely to accommodate the requirements of any Full-floor Tenant or Full-floor Prospective Tenant (as such terms are hereinafter defined) of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to substitute for the Second Expansion Space (as defined in the Second Amendment) and any 18th Floor ROFO Space (as defined in Article 38 of this Lease) then leased pursuant to Article 38 of this Lease (any such 18th Floor ROFO Space then leased by Tenant, together with the Second Expansion Space, the “ 18 th Floor Space ”), other premises (herein referred to as the “new premises”) provided the new premises shall be (i) substantially similar to the 18 th Floor Space in area and use for Tenant’s purposes and (ii) on or above the twenty-fifth (25 th ) floor of the Building. For purposes hereof, a “ Full-floor Tenant ” or “ Full-floor Prospective Tenant ” means a tenant or prospective tenant that will lease no less than one (1) full floor in the Building. If Tenant is already in occupancy of the 18 th Floor Space, then in addition:
     (A) (i) Landlord shall pay the expense of Tenant for moving from the 18 th Floor Space to the new premises and improving, the new premises, so that they are substantially similar to, and constructed with materials of comparable quality to, the 18 th Floor Space, including actual costs and expenses payable to any architect, engineer, or other consultant reasonably necessary for such improvement of the new premises; and (ii) Landlord shall pay Tenant’s “soft” costs associated with moving from the 18 th Floor Space to the new premises; provided, however, that under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to pay an amount in excess of Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,500.00) for Tenant’s “soft” costs pursuant to this clause (ii);
     (B) Such move shall be made during evenings, weekends, or otherwise so as to incur the least inconvenience to Tenant;
     (C) Neither the Net Rent due hereunder nor Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Operating Expenses shall increase during the remainder of the Term on account of any relocation pursuant to this Article 25; and
     (D) Landlord shall first give Tenant at least ninety (90) days’ notice before making such change.
     14.  Security Deposit . Article 32 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Article 32
Security Deposit
     (A) As additional security for the full and prompt performance by Tenant of all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant has, upon execution of the Second Amendment, paid to Landlord (and will during the Term maintain on deposit) an amount (the “ Cash Security Deposit ”) equal to One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars

16


 

($150,000.00), which sum may be used, retained or applied, in whole or in part, by Landlord for the purpose of curing any default or defaults of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord shall not, unless required by law or unless Landlord elects to do so, keep the Cash Security Deposit separate from its general funds or pay interest thereon to Tenant. If Tenant has not defaulted hereunder beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods or if Landlord has not used, retained or applied the Cash Security Deposit to any defaults, then the Cash Security Deposit or any portion thereof not so applied by Landlord shall be paid in cash to Tenant at the termination of this Lease or any extensions or renewals thereof. If the whole or any part of the Cash Security Deposit is used, retained or applied for the curing of any defaults, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor deposit with Landlord an amount of cash equal to the amount so used, retained or applied so that Tenant shall at all times have on deposit with Landlord an amount equal to the Cash Security Deposit as security hereunder. The use, application or retention of the Cash Security Deposit, or any part thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may be entitled. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 32(A) to the contrary, if Tenant has not defaulted hereunder beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods or if Landlord has not used, retained or applied the Cash Security Deposit to any defaults, then the Cash Security Deposit shall be reduced as follows: (a) on February 1, 2010, Landlord will release or cause to be released to Tenant one-third (1/3) of the Cash Security Deposit and (b) on February 1, 2011, Landlord will release or cause to be released to Tenant one-third (1/3) of the Cash Security Deposit.
     (B) In lieu of depositing the Cash Security Deposit with Landlord as provided in Article 32(A), Tenant may deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “L/C Security Deposit”) in the form of a letter of credit in the initial amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000). The L/C Security Deposit shall be a clean, unconditional, stand-by, irrevocable letter of credit, issued by a federally insured national banking association located in Chicago, Illinois with a net worth in excess of $1,000,000,000 (One Billion Dollars) or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant has not defaulted hereunder beyond the expiration of notice and applicable cure periods or if Landlord has not used, retained or applied the L/C Security Deposit to any defaults, then the L/C Security Deposit or any portion thereof not so applied by Landlord may be reduced as follows: (a) on February 1, 2010, the L/C Security Deposit may be reduced by one-third (1/3) and (b) on February 1, 2011, the L/C Security Deposit may be reduced by one-third (1/3). The L/C Security Deposit will have an expiration date no earlier than the date of the expiration of the Term, as it may be extended. The letter of credit shall be renewable and shall be transferable more than one time by Landlord, at Landlord’s cost or expense.
     The Cash Security Deposit or, if applicable, the L/C Security Deposit (collectively, the “ Security Deposit ”), will serve as security for the prompt, full and faithful performance by Tenant of the terms and provisions of this Lease. In the event that Tenant is in default and fails to cure within any applicable time permitted under this Lease, or in the event that Tenant owes any amounts to Landlord upon the expiration of

17


 

this Lease, Landlord may use or apply the whole or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. The use or application of the Security Deposit or any portion thereof shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided hereunder or under any Law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages. In the event the Security Deposit is reduced by such use or application, Tenant shall restore the Cash Security Deposit or the L/C Security Deposit to the then required amount of the Security Deposit within seven (7) business days after written notice. In the event of a sale or other transfer of the Property, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the L/C Security Deposit or the Cash Security Deposit to its purchaser and Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all responsibility for the return of the Security Deposit, upon transferee’s assumption of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall look solely to such purchaser for the return of the Security Deposit. In the event of an assignment of this Lease by Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be held by Landlord as a deposit made by the assignee, and Landlord shall have no further responsibility for the return of the Security Deposit to the assignor. Landlord shall have the right to assign its interest in the L/C Security Deposit and the Cash Security Deposit to any mortgage lender for the Property, and Tenant shall cooperate with all reasonable requirements of the mortgage lender in connection with such assignment.
     15.  Termination Option . Article 36 of the Lease (as amended by the First Amendment) is hereby deleted in its entirety.
     16.  Tenant’s Option to Extend the Term . Article 37 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.
     17.  Tenant’s Right of First Offer . The following Article 38 is added to the Lease in replacement of the previously deleted Article 38:
Article 38
Tenant’s Right of First Offer
     (A) During the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall have and is hereby granted a right of first offer (the “ 18th Floor Right of First Offer ”) to lease all or a portion of the space located on the eighteenth (18 th ) floor of the Building and contiguous with the Second Expansion Space (as defined in the Second Amendment) (the “ 18th Floor ROFO Space ”), if (i) such space shall become Available for Lease (as hereinafter defined), (ii) Landlord intends to market such space for lease, (iii) Tenant is in actual possession of the Second Expansion Space on the eighteenth (18th) floor of the Building on the date that items (i) and (ii) first become effective, and (iv) Tenant shall not have notified Landlord of its election to exercise the First Contraction Option (as defined in Article 40). The 18th Floor Right of First Offer is subject and subordinate to the rights of existing tenants of the Property with respect to the 18th Floor ROFO Space, including the rights of such tenants to renew or extend their leases, whether pursuant to the terms thereof or otherwise. The space that is subject to the 18th Floor Right of First Offer shall

18


 

be as more precisely designated by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof and shall be subject to the terms and limitations herein.
     (B) If at any time during the Term, any portion of the 18th Floor ROFO Space becomes Available for Lease and items (ii) and (iii) in subsection 38(A) are applicable, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice thereof (a “ 18th Floor ROFO Space Designation ”), stating:
     (i) The configuration, rentable area and location of the 18th Floor ROFO Space;
     (ii) The date upon which such 18th Floor ROFO Space is expected to be available for occupancy (the “ 18th Floor ROFO Space Occupancy Date ”); and
     (iii) The annual Net Rent for such 18th Floor ROFO Space.
     (C) Commencing on the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date (as defined in the Second Amendment) and expiring on June 1, 2015, Tenant shall have and is hereby granted a right of first offer (the “ 33rd Floor Right of First Offer ”; the 18th Floor Right of First Offer and the 33rd Floor Right of First Offer are referred to herein, individually or collectively, as the context may require, as the “ Right of First Offer ”) to lease all remaining rentable area on the thirty-third (33rd) floor of the Building (the “ 33rd Floor ROFO Space ”; the 18th Floor ROFO Space and the 33rd Floor ROFO Space are referred to herein, individually or collectively, as the context may require, as the “ ROFO Space ”), if such space shall become Available for Lease and Landlord intends to market such space for lease. The 33rd Floor Right of First Offer is subject and subordinate to the rights of existing tenants of the Property with respect to the 33rd Floor ROFO Space, including the rights of such tenants to renew or extend their leases, whether pursuant to the terms thereof or otherwise. The space that is subject to the 33rd Floor Right of First Offer shall be as more precisely designated by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof and shall be subject to the terms and limitations herein. If Tenant has not exercised the Fourth Expansion Option (as defined in Article 39 of the Lease) on the date that Tenant exercises the 33rd Floor Right of First Offer, then Tenant shall be deemed to have exercised the Fourth Expansion Option on the date that it exercises the 33 rd Floor Right of First Offer.
     (D) If at any time during the period commencing on the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date and expiring on March 1, 2014, any portion of the 33rd Floor ROFO Space becomes Available for Lease and Landlord intends to market such space for lease, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice thereof (a “ 33rd Floor ROFO Space Designation ”; the 18th Floor ROFO Space Designation and the 33rd Floor ROFO Space Designation are referred to herein, individually or collectively, as the context may require, as the “ ROFO Space Designation ”), stating:
     (i) The configuration, rentable area and location of the 33rd Floor ROFO Space;

19


 

     (ii) The date upon which such 33rd Floor ROFO Space is expected to be available for occupancy (the “ 33rd Floor ROFO Space Occupancy Date ”; the 18th Floor ROFO Space Occupancy Date and the 33rd Floor ROFO Space Occupancy Date are referred to herein, individually or collectively, as the context may require, as the “ ROFO Space Occupancy Date ”); and
     (iii) The annual Net Rent for such 33rd Floor ROFO Space.
     (E) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of its exercise of the Right of First Offer with respect to the ROFO Space described in a ROFO Space Designation no later than ten (10) days after Tenant receives such ROFO Space Designation.
     (F) The annual Net Rent for the ROFO Space shall be as stated in the ROFO Space Designation, and shall, (i) for the 18th Floor ROFO Space, be the same Net Rent per rentable square foot as the then escalated Net Rent per rentable square foot for the Second Expansion Space (as defined in the Second Amendment) and/or (ii) for the 33 rd Floor ROFO Space, be the same Net Rent per rentable square foot as the then escalated Net Rent per rentable square foot for the Fourth Expansion Space (as defined in Article 39 of the Lease). The term of the lease of (i) the 18th Floor ROFO Space shall be coterminous with the Second Expansion Space Term (as defined in the Second Amendment), as it may be extended, and (ii) the 33rd Floor ROFO Space shall be coterminous with the Fourth Expansion Term (as defined in Article 39 of the Lease).
     (G) The ROFO Space shall be leased to Tenant in its “as is” condition. Landlord shall have no obligation to make improvements, decorations, repairs, alterations or additions to the ROFO Space. All work necessary or desirable in order to prepare the ROFO Space for occupancy by Tenant shall be performed by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, without any contribution therefor from Landlord, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 9 of this Lease; provided, however, that (i) with respect to the 18th Floor ROFO Space, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance in an amount not to exceed the product of (a) Forty and No/100 Dollars ($40.00) per rentable square foot of the 18th Floor ROFO Space, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the remaining number of full calendar months from the 18th Floor ROFO Space Occupancy Date to the expiration of the Second Expansion Space Term (as defined in the Second Amendment), and the denominator of which is sixty-nine (69), to be applied to improvements to the 18th Floor ROFO Space, and/or (ii) with respect to the 33rd Floor ROFO Space, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance in an amount not to exceed the product of (a) an amount per rentable square foot of the 33rd Floor ROFO Space equal to the amount of the tenant improvement allowance per rentable square foot provided in connection with Tenant’s exercise of the Fourth Expansion Option, if any, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the remaining number of full calendar months from the 33rd Floor ROFO Space Occupancy Date to the Second Extended Expiration Date (as defined in Article 39 of the Lease), and the denominator of which is one hundred twenty (120), to be applied to improvements to the 33rd Floor ROFO Space.

20


 

     (H) Tenant’s leasing of the ROFO Space shall be on all of the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Lease, except as specifically provided in this Article 38.
     (I) Effective as of the date when Landlord delivers possession of any ROFO Space to Tenant (which date shall be no earlier than the applicable ROFO Space Occupancy Date) such ROFO Space shall be added to and become a part of the Premises demised under this Lease; Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Ownership Taxes and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses shall be increased to reflect the addition of the ROFO Space to the Premises; the annual Net Rent shall be increased to include the Net Rent for such ROFO Space; and Tenant shall be obligated to pay any contraction fee with respect to any 18th Floor ROFO Space if Tenant exercises either of the contraction options set forth in Article 40 of this Lease. If Tenant validly exercises the right(s) provided herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment, or amendments, to this Lease confirming the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to the ROFO Space, provided that the execution of such an amendment, or amendments, shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of Tenant’s election to lease the ROFO Space nor a precondition to the effectiveness of Tenant’s obligation to pay the contraction fee, if applicable, with respect to the 18th Floor Space, including any 18th Floor ROFO Space.
     (J) Tenant’s exercise of its Right of First Offer with respect to any ROFO Space shall be null and void, at Landlord’s election, if, as of the date of the exercise of the Right of First Offer, or as of the ROFO Space Occupancy Date for such ROFO Space, Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure period.
     (K) If Landlord shall be unable to deliver possession of the ROFO Space on the ROFO Space Occupancy Date for any reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, such as holdover by a prior tenant thereof, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability, nor shall the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder be thereby affected. In such event, Rent with respect to the applicable ROFO Space shall be abated until Landlord legally delivers the same to Tenant, as Tenant’s sole recourse.
     (L) If Tenant fails to exercise the Right of First Offer with respect to any ROFO Space described in a ROFO Space Designation within the time required, then such failure shall automatically cancel the Right of First Offer with respect to such ROFO Space until such time, if any, as such ROFO Space has been leased by Landlord to another party or parties and thereafter, (a) with respect to the 18th Floor ROFO Space, during the Term of the Lease (i) such ROFO Space becomes Available for Lease, (ii) Landlord intends to market such space for lease, (iii) Tenant is in actual possession of the Second Expansion Space on the eighteenth (18 th ) floor of the Building on the date that items (i) and (ii) first become effective, and (iv) Tenant shall not have notified Landlord of its election to exercise the First Contraction Option, subject to the provisions of this Article 38, and/or (b) with respect to the 33rd Floor ROFO Space, during the period commencing on the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date and expiring on March 1, 2014, any portion of the 33rd Floor ROFO Space becomes

21


 

Available for Lease and Landlord intends to market such space for lease, subject to the provisions of this Article 38. If Tenant assigns or transfers any interest in this Lease, other than to any assignee pursuant to a transfer permitted pursuant to Article 26(H) of the Lease (a “ Permitted Transfer ” and, such transferee, a “ Permitted Transferee ”), or sublets any part of the Premises, then notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, such assignment, transfer or sublease shall automatically cancel the Right of First Offer with respect to any ROFO Space as to which the Right of First Offer has not then been exercised, even if such ROFO Space has not yet become Available for Lease, and automatically cancel any previous exercise by Tenant of the Right of First Offer, unless the term of the leasing of the ROFO Space as to which the Right of First Offer has been exercised has already then commenced, and in the event of such cancellation, Tenant shall have no further rights under this Article 38.
     (M) Space shall be deemed to be “ Available for Lease ” if such space is leased to another tenant on or after the date hereof (a “ ROFO Space Lease ”), and thereafter one (1) of the following events occurs:
     (i) the expiration of a ROFO Space Lease of such space, if such space is not then subject to a right or option to lease such space granted in such ROFO Space Lease or in the lease of an existing tenant (an “ Existing Tenant Lease ”);
     (ii) if such space is subject to a right or option granted in such ROFO Space Lease or an Existing Tenant Lease, which right or option is not exercised, the expiration of such right or option unexercised; or
     (iii) if such space is subject to a right or option granted in such ROFO Space Lease or an Existing Tenant Lease, which option is exercised, the expiration of the term of such ROFO Space Lease or Existing Tenant Lease, as the case may be, or any later date on which the term of the demise of such space created by the exercise of such right or option (including any renewals or extensions thereof granted in such ROFO Space Lease or Existing Tenant Lease, as the case may be) expires.
     In no event shall space be deemed Available for Lease if the term of a ROFO Space Lease for such space is extended (whether pursuant to the exercise of an extension or renewal option or otherwise).
     18.  Expansion Option . Article 39 of the Lease, captioned “Expansion Option,” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
Article 39
Expansion Option
     (A) Subject to this Article 39, commencing on the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date and expiring on September 1, 2012 (the “ Fourth Expansion Expiration Date ”), Tenant shall have the option (the “ Fourth Expansion Option ”) to

22


 

lease certain space containing not less than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square feet located on the thirty-third (33rd) floor of the Building (the “ Fourth Expansion Space ”), on the same terms and conditions in effect under this Lease immediately prior to Tenant’s execution of the Fourth Expansion Option, except that (a) the term of the lease for the Fourth Expansion Space shall commence on the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date (as defined below) and shall expire on the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date (the “ Fourth Expansion Term ”) and (b) the Net Rent shall be at the then Prevailing Rental Rate (as defined below). If Tenant fails to exercise the Fourth Expansion Option on or before the Fourth Expansion Expiration Date, then the Fourth Expansion Option and the remainder of this Article 39 shall be null and void.
     (B) If Tenant wishes to exercise the Fourth Expansion Option, then Tenant shall provide written notice (the “ Fourth Expansion Notice ”) to Landlord of its intention to exercise the Fourth Expansion Option at least twelve (12) months prior to the Fourth Expansion Expiration Date, and, except for reasons beyond its reasonable control, Landlord shall deliver the Fourth Expansion Space to Tenant on a date (the “ Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date ”) that is not later than the Fourth Expansion Expiration Date. This Fourth Expansion Option is personal to Tenant or to any Permitted Transferee. In all events, the Fourth Expansion Option is subject and subordinate to the rights of tenants leasing space in the Building at the time of Tenant’s delivery of the Fourth Expansion Notice, including the rights of such tenants to renew or extend their leases, whether pursuant to the terms thereof or otherwise.
     (C) As of the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Fourth Expansion Space shall be added to and become a part of the Premises.
     (D) As of the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Term of this Lease with respect to the entire Premises (including the Fourth Expansion Space), shall be extended and shall expire on the same date as the expiration of the Fourth Expansion Term (“ Second Extended Expiration Date ”).
     (E) Provided that Tenant validly exercises the Fourth Expansion Option, on the Extended Expiration Date (as defined in the Second Amendment), Net Rent for the Original Premises, the 18 th Floor Space (if any), and the Third Expansion Space shall increase by three percent (3%), and such Net Rent shall increase by an additional three percent (3%) on each anniversary of the Extended Expiration Date thereafter through the expiration of the Term, as extended pursuant to this Article 39. Within ninety (90) days after the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a rent schedule, calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Article 39, for the period commencing on the day after the Extended Expiration Date and continuing through the Second Extended Expiration Date which, in the absence of manifest error, shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord’s failure to deliver such rent schedule shall in no way limit Tenant’s obligations to pay Net Rent pursuant to Article 2.

23


 

     (F) Tenant’s right to exercise the Fourth Expansion Option is subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (i) Landlord will deliver the Fourth Expansion Space to Tenant on or before the Fourth Expansion Expiration Date. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Fourth Expansion Space on or before the Fourth Expansion Expiration Date for reasons beyond its reasonable control, Landlord will not be subject to any liability, nor will the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder be thereby affected. In such event, the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date and Tenant’s obligations effective as of the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date under the Second Amendment shall be postponed until Landlord is prepared to deliver possession of the Fourth Expansion Space.
     (ii) Tenant’s exercise of the Fourth Expansion Option will not operate to cure any default by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in the Lease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default. If the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises terminates in any manner whatsoever before Tenant exercises the Fourth Expansion Option, or if Tenant has subleased or assigned all or any portion of the Premises (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer), then immediately upon such termination, sublease or assignment, the Fourth Expansion Option shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void.
     (iii) The Fourth Expansion Space will be leased in its then existing, “as-is” condition and otherwise on the terms and conditions of this Lease, except (1) the term of the lease for the Fourth Expansion Space shall be the Fourth Expansion Term, (2) the Net Rent for the Fourth Expansion Space shall be at the Prevailing Rental Rate, (3) the rentable area of the Premises shall be increased as of the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date by the rentable area of the Fourth Expansion Space, (4) Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be increased as of the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date to reflect the addition of the Fourth Expansion Space to the Premises and (5) Tenant’s total Net Rent shall be increased as of the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date to reflect the addition of the Fourth Expansion Space to the Premises.
     (G) For purposes of this Article 39, “ Prevailing Rental Rate ” means the average per square foot rental rate per year for all office leases for periods approximately as long as the Fourth Expansion Term, executed by tenants for similar uses, lengths of time and rentable areas for similar Class A multi-story buildings in the Chicago central business district during the nine (9) months immediately prior to the date upon which such Prevailing Rental Rate is to become effective, where such rental rates were not set by the terms of such leases. In all cases, such rates shall take into consideration the base building work, views, location of the building, quality of the building, floor level, extent of leasehold improvements (existing or to be provided), rental abatements, lease takeovers and assumptions, moving expenses and other concessions for the benefit of Tenant, term of lease, extent of services to be provided,

24


 

distinction between “gross” and “net” lease, base year or amount allowed by Landlord for payment of building operating expenses (expense stop), and the time the particular rental rate under consideration became or is to become effective, and any other relevant term or condition.
     (H) If the parties are unable to agree on the Prevailing Rental Rate within one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date, then the Prevailing Rental Rate shall be determined by appraisal as provided herein (the “ Appraisal Method ”). Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree on a single appraiser (the “ First Appraiser ”) on the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date. The First Appraiser, and each other person selected to act as an appraiser pursuant to this Paragraph 39(H) shall be a licensed real estate broker, having a real estate broker’s license for not less than fifteen (15) years, working primarily in the area of commercial office lease transactions, and having his or her principal office in Chicago, Illinois,. If Landlord and Tenant shall fail to agree on the choice of the First Appraiser within ten (10) business days after demand by either party, then each shall select an appraiser within five (5) business days after the expiration of the prior ten (10) business-day period. If either Landlord or Tenant shall fail to appoint an appraiser, then the appraiser appointed by the appointing party shall select the second appraiser within five (5) business days after the expiration of the applicable five (5) business-day period referred to above. The two (2) appraisers thus selected shall select, within ten (10) business days after their appointment, a third appraiser (the “ Third Appraiser ”). If the two (2) appraisers so selected shall be unable to agree on the selection of the Third Appraiser within ten (10) business days after the last of their appointments, then Landlord and Tenant shall each select a new appraiser within five (5) business days of the expiration of such ten (10) business-day period and the foregoing process with respect to the appointment of the Third Appraiser shall be repeated until the Third Appraiser is selected.
     (I) If the parties elect to use the Appraisal Method, the Prevailing Rental Rate for the Fourth Expansion Space for the Fourth Expansion Term shall be determined by the First Appraiser or the Third Appraiser, as applicable, based upon customary and usual appraisal techniques of expert appraisers as of the scheduled Fourth Expansion Space Commencement Date. As used herein, the term “ Final Arbiter ” means the First Appraiser or, if selected, the Third Appraiser. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall submit to the Final Arbiter its detailed analysis of its proposed Prevailing Rental Rate. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to submit a proposed Prevailing Rental Rate within ten (10) days of the selection or appointment of the Final Arbiter, then the Prevailing Rental Rate proposed by the party that has submitted a proposed Prevailing Rental Rate shall be binding on the parties.
     (J) The Final Arbiter shall request in writing that Landlord and Tenant provide any supplemental information that may be necessary for the Final Arbiter to render a decision regarding the Prevailing Rental Rate. The Final Arbiter shall hold a hearing, in accordance with the rules and procedures established by JAMS ® Alternative Dispute Resolution, upon not less than ten (10) days written notice to Landlord and Tenant, and not later than twenty (20) days following selection of the Final Arbiter, at which Landlord

25


 

and Tenant shall have the opportunity to explain and justify the Prevailing Rental Rate proposed by each party. Any party not attending such hearing shall have waived its right to defend its proposal at a hearing. The Final Arbiter shall prepare a written report of his or her determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate and deliver a copy to Landlord and a copy to Tenant within forty-five (45) days of the selection or appointment of the Final Arbiter. The Final Arbiter shall select the Prevailing Rental Rate proposed by either Landlord or Tenant and shall not be entitled to choose any other Prevailing Rental Rate or to make a determination based upon the average of the Prevailing Rental Rates proposed by Landlord and Tenant. The determination of the Final Arbiter shall be final and binding upon the parties.
     (K) If the Appraisal Method is used to determine the Prevailing Rental Rate, then the reasonable fees and expenses of the appraisers involved in the process, including the fees and expenses of the Final Arbiter, shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.
     19.  Contraction Options . The Lease is hereby amended to add the following Article 40:
Article 40
Contraction Options
     (A) Provided that the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date (as defined in the Second Amendment) has previously occurred, Tenant is hereby granted the option to remove the entire 18 th Floor Space (as defined in Article 25) from the Premises and terminate this Lease with respect to the entire 18 th Floor Space and only the 18 th Floor Space (the “ First Contraction Option ”), such option to be effective, if exercised, on the date that is eighteen (18) months after the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date (the “ First Contraction Option Date ”) by:
     (iv) Delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of the First Contraction Option not (x) earlier than the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date nor (y) later than nine (9) months prior to the First Contraction Option Date; and
     (v) in the event that Landlord has provided the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance to Tenant, paying to Landlord, concurrently with the delivery of Tenant’s notice of its exercise of the First Contraction Option, a contraction fee equal to the full amount of the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance, as applicable, received by Tenant.

26


 

     (B) If Tenant does not exercise the First Contraction Option, then, provided that the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date has previously occurred, Tenant is hereby granted an additional option to contract the Premises and terminate this Lease (on a partial basis) with respect to the 18 th Floor Space only, such option to be effective, if exercised, on the date that is thirty-six (36) months after the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date (the “ Second Contraction Option Date ”) by:
     (i) Delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of the Second Contraction Option not (x) earlier than twenty-one (21) months after the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date nor (y) later than nine (9) months prior to the Second Contraction Option Date; and
     (ii) In the event that Landlord has provided the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance to Tenant, paying to Landlord, concurrently with the delivery of Tenant’s notice of its exercise of the Second Contraction Option, a contraction fee equal to the full amount of the Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or the Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance, as applicable, received by Tenant, together with interest on such amount or amounts at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, compounded monthly, from the date of payment by Landlord to Tenant of such allowance through the date of repayment by Tenant to Landlord.
     (C) Tenant’s right to exercise either of the foregoing contraction options is subject to strict compliance with the terms of this Article 40 and is further subject to the condition that Tenant is not in default beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods under any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease at the time that Tenant notifies Landlord of the exercise of either of the above contraction options or upon the First Contraction Option Date or Second Contraction Option Date, as applicable. Tenant shall deliver the 18 th Floor Space to Landlord on or before the First Contraction Option Date or Second Contraction Option Date, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease as if the First Contraction Option Date or Second Contraction Option Date, as applicable, were the original expiration date of the Lease with respect to the 18 th Floor Space. The foregoing contraction options are personal to Healthcare Services, Inc., doing business as Accretive Health, and may not be exercised by or for the benefit of any party other than a Permitted Transferee.
     20.  Brokers .
          A. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker other than Cushman & Wakefield of Illinois, Inc. (“ Cushman ”), Brown Real Estate Advisors, LLC (“ Brown Advisors ”), David Burden, Lori Brown (collectively, “ Tenant’s Representatives ”) and Zeller Management Corporation (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) in connection with the matters covered by this Second Amendment. Landlord represents

27


 

and warrants to Tenant that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker other than Tenant’s Representatives and Landlord’s Broker in connection with this Second Amendment. Pursuant to separate agreements, (x) Landlord will be responsible for commissions that are due and owing to (i) Cushman and Landlord’s Broker in connection with this Second Amendment strictly as the same relates to the Second Expansion Space and (ii) Brown Advisors and Landlord’s Broker in connection with this Second Amendment strictly as the same relates to the Third Expansion Space, and (y) when and if executed, and provided options are properly exercised under this Lease as to the Fourth Expansion Space or the 33rd Floor ROFO Space, Landlord will be responsible for commissions that are due and owing in connection with this Second Amendment strictly as the same relates to the Fourth Expansion Space or the 33rd Floor ROFO Space to Landlord’s Broker and Brown Advisors, provided in each such case as to Brown Advisors, and only in each such case, Brown Advisors is then Tenant’s registered broker with the Building that actively participates in the election to lease the Fourth Expansion Space or the 33rd Floor ROFO Space. Commissions properly due and payable by Landlord pursuant to separate agreements as required under clauses (x) and (y) of Paragraph 19A are referred to in this Paragraph 19 as “ Landlord’s Commission Obligations ”.
          B. In the event of a claim for broker’s or finder’s fees or commissions in connection with this Second Amendment, (i) by Tenant’s Representatives or Tenant’s Broker that is not related to nonpayment by Landlord of Landlord’s Commission Obligations or (ii) by any person or entity other than Landlord’s Broker, if such claim is based upon any statement or agreement alleged to have been made by Tenant, Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord from such claim.
          C. In the event of a claim for broker’s or finder’s fees or commissions in connection with this Second Amendment (i) by Landlord’s Broker, (ii) relating to nonpayment by Landlord of Landlord’s Commission Obligations, or (iii) made by any person other than Tenant’s Representatives or Tenant’s Broker based upon any statement or agreement alleged to have been made by Landlord, Landlord shall indemnify and defend Tenant from such claim.
     21.  Ratification . The parties hereby affirm and ratify the Lease as modified by this Second Amendment. No further changes to the Lease may be made except by written agreement signed by the parties. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and this Second Amendment, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall govern and control.
     22.  Successors and Assigns . The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
     23.  Authority . Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord that the person executing this Second Amendment on behalf of Tenant has the full power and authority to execute and deliver this Second Amendment on behalf of Tenant.

28


 

     24.  Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, binding on the parties, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart. This Second Amendment may be delivered by facsimile or email transmission. This Second Amendment shall be effective if each party hereto has executed and delivered at least one counterpart hereof.
     25.  Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF TENANT AND LANDLORD HEREBY WAIVES IRREVOCABLY THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH TENANT AND LANDLORD ARE PARTIES.
     26.  Confidentiality . For the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the one (1) year anniversary thereof (the “ Confidentiality Period ”), Tenant, its agents and contractors shall treat the terms of the Lease, including the First Amendment and this Second Amendment, as confidential and will not divulge same to any person other than as required by applicable law, or to legal counsel, accountants, and its agents and contractors who need to know such information, or in connection with any judicial or administrative proceeding concerning the rights and obligations of the parties to the Lease, or when required by court order. During the Confidentiality Period, Tenant shall not furnish copies of all or any part of the Lease, including the First Amendment or this Second Amendment, to any person other than to a party described in the preceding sentence, and Tenant will undertake diligent efforts to ensure that none of its legal counsel, accountants, agents and contractors deliver all or any part of the Lease to any person other than to a party described in the preceding sentence.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

29


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this instrument as of the day and year first above written.
         
  LANDLORD:

ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,

an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its
capacity as agent for Zeller 401 Property, L.L.C., Z-401
Castleton, L.L.C. and LRH-401 Michigan Avenue, LLC, as tenants in common
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert M. Six    
    Name:   Robert M. Six    
    Title:   Executive Vice President   
 
         
  TENANT:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Name:   Greg Kazarian    
    Title:   Senior Vice President/General Counsel   
 

30


 

             
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    )      
 
    )     SS.
COUNTY OF COOK
    )      
     I, the undersigned a Notary Public in and for said County, in the State aforesaid, do hereby certify that Greg Kazarian, Senior Vice President of Healthcare Services, Inc., Tenant, who is personally known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument as such, appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that he/she signed and delivered the said instrument as his/her own free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary act of Tenant for the uses and purposes therein set forth.
     GIVEN under my hand and notarial seal, this 12 th day of November, 2008.
         
     
      (STAMP)
   /s/ Mary B. Darwin    
  Notary Public   
     
 
         
STATE OF ILLINOIS
  )    
 
  )   SS.
COUNTY OF COOK
  )    
     I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in the State aforesaid, do hereby certify that Robert M. Six, Executive Vice President of Zeller Management Corporation, Landlord, who is personally known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument as such, appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that he/she signed and delivered the said instrument as his/her own free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary act of Landlord for the uses and purposes therein set forth.
     GIVEN under my hand and notarial seal, this 26 th day of November, 2008.
         
     
      (STAMP)
   /s/ Mary B. Darwin    
  Notary Public   
     
 

 


 

EXHIBIT A-3
Second Expansion Space
(FLOOR PLAN)

A-3


 

EXHIBIT A-4
26th Floor Expansion Space
(FLOOR PLAN)

A-4


 

EXHIBIT B-2
Form of Second Expansion Space Work Letter
[See Attached]

B-2


 

WORK LETTER
(Tenant Work — Second Expansion Space)
     This WORK LETTER AGREEMENT (this “ Work Letter ”) is entered into as of the 26th day of November, 2008, by and between ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its capacity as agent for owner (“ Landlord ”), and HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health (“ Tenant ”). The parties hereby acknowledge that they have contemporaneously entered into that certain lease amendment (the “ Second Amendment ”), captioned “SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT,” for that certain space (the “ Second Expansion Space ”) containing approximately six thousand six hundred eight (6,608) rentable square feet, located on a portion of the eighteenth (18th) floor in the building known as 401 North Michigan Avenue (the “ Building ”), situated on certain property (including all easements appurtenant thereto) lying north of the Chicago River in Chicago, Illinois (the “ Property ”). Unless otherwise defined in this Work Letter, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Second Amendment. For purposes hereof, the term “ Lease ” shall mean the “Lease” (as defined in the Second Amendment”), as amended by the Second Amendment.
     Landlord and Tenant agree that their respective rights and obligations in reference to the construction of the leasehold improvements to the Second Expansion Space (the “ Tenant Finish Improvements ”) shall be as follows:
      1.  Work . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (subject to the payment by Landlord of Landlord’s Contribution (as hereinafter defined) in accordance herewith), shall perform, or cause to be performed, the work (the “ Work ”) in the Second Expansion Space provided for in the Approved Plans (as defined in Paragraph 2 hereof). Subject to Tenant’s satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Work Letter, Tenant shall be entitled to Landlord’s Contribution (as defined in Paragraph 7 below).
      2.  Pre-Construction Activities .
          (a) Tenant’s Pre-Construction Deliveries . On or before ten (10) days prior to commencement of the Work, Tenant shall submit the following information and items to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval.
               (i) A detailed critical path construction schedule containing the major components of the Work and the time required for each, including the scheduled commencement date of the Work, milestone dates and the estimated date of completion of construction.
               (ii) An itemized statement of estimated construction costs, including fees for permits and architectural and engineering fees.
               (iii) Evidence satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s ability to pay the cost of the Work (to the extent such cost exceeds Landlord’s Contribution) as and when payments for same become due.

B-1


 

               (iv) The names and addresses of Tenant’s contractors (and said contractors’ subcontractors) and materialmen to be engaged by Tenant for the Work (individually, a “ Tenant Contractor ,” and, collectively, “ Tenant’s Contractors ”). Landlord reserves the right to approve or disapprove all or any one (1) or more of Tenant’s Contractors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The “Pre-approved Contractor and Plan Guidelines” (as hereinafter defined) lists approved contractors for performance of those portions of the Work involving electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating, air conditioning or life safety systems, from which Tenant must select its contractors for such designated portions of the Work. The “ Pre-approved Contractor and Plan Guidelines ” shall mean those certain guidelines attached hereto as Attachment B-1 , together, with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may make from time-to-time. Landlord hereby approves Executive Construction, Inc. as Tenant’s general contractor.
               (v) Certificates of insurance as hereinafter described. Tenant shall not permit Tenant’s Contractors to commence any portion of the Work until the required insurance has been obtained and certified copies of policies or certificates have been delivered to Landlord.
               (vi) The Plans (as hereinafter defined) for the Work, which Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with Paragraph 2(b) below.
Tenant shall update such information and items by notice to Landlord of any changes thereto, which changes shall also be subject to Landlord’s review and approval.
          (b) Approved Plans . As used herein, the term “ Approved Plans ” shall mean the Plans, as and when approved in writing by Landlord. As used herein, the term “ Plans ” shall mean, subject to Paragraph 2 of the Pre-approved Contractor and Plan Guidelines, the full and detailed architectural and engineering plans and specifications covering the Work (including, without limitation, architectural, mechanical and electrical working drawings for the Work), which plans and specifications shall be prepared by the “Architect” (as hereinafter defined) and a consulting engineer acceptable to the Landlord. Tenant shall utilize The Environments Group (“ Architect ”) to provide architectural drawings and McGuire Engineers to provide fully engineered mechanical and electrical plans for the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements. Landlord may designate the type of materials to be used in the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements (hereinafter referred to as “ Building Standard Construction ”), and Tenant hereby agrees to accept such designation. The Plans shall incorporate Building Standard Construction to the greatest extent consistent with design requirements; all non-Building Standard Construction will be reviewed by Landlord and included in architectural and engineering documents for Landlord’s approval. The Plans shall be subject to the approval of all local governmental authorities requiring approval of the Work and/or the Approved Plans. Landlord shall give its approval or disapproval (providing specific details in the case of disapproval) of the Plans within five (5) business days after their delivery to Landlord. If Landlord does not notify Tenant of its approval or disapproval of the Plans within such five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved such Plans. Landlord agrees not to

B-2


 

unreasonably withhold its approval of the Plans; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be deemed to have acted unreasonably if it withholds its approval of the Plans because, in Landlord’s opinion: (i) the Work as shown in the Plans is likely to adversely affect Building systems, the structure of the Building or the safety of the Building and/or its occupants; (ii) the Work as shown on the Plans might adversely impair Landlord’s ability to furnish services to Tenant or other tenants; (iii) the Work as completed would increase the cost of operating the Building; (iv) the Work would violate any governmental laws, rules or ordinances (or interpretations thereof); (v) the Work contains or uses hazardous or toxic materials or substances; (vi) the Work would adversely affect the appearance of the Building; (vii) the Work might adversely affect another tenant’s premises; or (viii) the Work is prohibited by any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Building. The foregoing reasons, however, shall not be exclusive of the reasons for which Landlord may withhold consent, whether or not such other reasons are similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. If Landlord notifies Tenant that changes are required to the Plans, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days thereafter, submit to Landlord for its approval, the Plans amended in accordance with such required changes. The Plans shall also be revised and the Work shall be changed, all at Tenant’s cost and expense, to incorporate any work required on the Second Expansion Space by any local governmental field inspector. Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall in no way be deemed to be (i) an acceptance or approval of any element contained therein which is in violation of any applicable laws, ordinances, regulations or other governmental requirements, or (ii) an assurance that work done pursuant to the Approved Plans will comply with all applicable laws (or with the interpretations thereof) or satisfy Tenant’s objectives and needs.
          (c) Commencement of the Work . No Work shall be undertaken or commenced by Tenant in the Second Expansion Space until (i) Tenant has delivered, and Landlord has approved, all information and items set forth in Paragraph 2(a) above, (ii) Tenant has obtained all necessary building permits, (iii) Tenant has designated Tenant’s Representative (as defined in Paragraph 10) pursuant to Paragraph 10, and (iv) proper provision has been made by Tenant for payment in full of the cost of the Work, which shall take into account the obligations of Landlord to make the Landlord Contribution.
      3.  Delays . In the event Tenant fails to deliver, or deliver in sufficient and accurate detail, the information required under Paragraph 2 above on or before the respective dates specified in Paragraph 2 for such information, or in the event Tenant, for any reason other than Landlord Delays (as hereinafter defined), fails to complete the Work on or before the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for Rent with respect to the Second Expansion Space and all other obligations set forth in the Lease with respect thereto from the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date, regardless of the degree of completion of the Work on such date, and no such delay in completion of the Work (other than delays caused by a Landlord Delay) shall relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant fails to complete the Work prior to the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date due to Landlord Delays, then the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date shall be deferred by one (1) day for

B-3


 

each day of delay caused by such Landlord Delay. “Landlord Delays” shall mean delays in completion of the Work, which delays are not attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors, due to Landlord’s failure to provide any approvals or disapprovals within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 2(b) above.
      4.  Change Orders . All material changes to the Approved Plans requested by Tenant must be approved by Landlord in advance of the implementation of such changes as part of the Work; provided, however, that no Landlord approval shall be required for changes to the Approved Plans that are (i) solely cosmetic in nature and (ii) do not involve the entryway of the Second Expansion Space to any public corridor of the Building. All delays caused by Tenant-initiated change orders, including, without limitation, any stoppage of the Work during the change order review process, are solely the responsibility of Tenant and shall not cause delay nor relieve Tenant of its obligations under the Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent) or under this Work Letter. All increases in the cost of the Work resulting from such change orders shall be borne by Tenant.
      5.  Standards of Design and Construction and Conditions of Tenant’s Performance . All Work done in or upon the Second Expansion Space shall be done by Tenant according to the standards set forth in this Paragraph 5 and the Contractor and Vendor Guidelines attached hereto as Attachment B-2 , except as the same may be modified in the Approved Plans.
          (a) The Approved Plans and all design and construction of the Work shall comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws, codes and industry standards, including, but not limited to, requirements of Landlord’s fire insurance underwriters.
          (b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain all required building permits and occupancy permits. Tenant’s failure to obtain such permits shall not cause a delay in the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent nor any other obligations set forth in the Lease.
          (c) Tenant’s Contractors shall be licensed contractors, possessing good labor relations and shall be capable of performing quality workmanship and working in harmony with Landlord’s contractors and subcontractors and with other contractors and subcontractors in the Building. All of the Work shall be coordinated with any other construction or other work in the Building in order not to adversely affect construction work being performed by or for Landlord or its other tenants.
          (d) Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform, on behalf of and for the account of Tenant, subject to reimbursement by Tenant, work which pertains to patching of the Work and other work in the Building that arises as a result of the performance of the Work, provided that all such work shall be related to base building systems.

B-4


 

          (e) Tenant shall use only new, first-class materials in the Work, except as explicitly shown otherwise in the Approved Plans. All Work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall obtain contractors’ warranties of at least one (1) year in duration from the completion of the Work and protecting against defects in workmanship and materials on all work performed and equipment installed in the Second Expansion Space as part of the Work.
          (f) Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall make all efforts and take all steps appropriate to assure that all construction activities undertaken comport with the reasonable expectations of all tenants and other occupants of a fully-occupied (or substantially fully occupied) first-class office building and do not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building. In any event, Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations existing from time to time at the Building. Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall take all precautionary steps to minimize dust, noise and construction traffic, and to protect their facilities and the facilities of others affected by the Work and to properly police same. Construction equipment and materials are to be kept within the Second Expansion Space and delivery and loading of equipment and materials shall be done at such locations and at such time as Landlord shall reasonably direct so as not to burden the construction or operation of the Building. Tenant may perform the Work during business hours and shall not be required to use overtime labor, subject to the Contractor and Vendor Guidelines attached as Attachment B-2 to this Work Letter. If and as required by Landlord, the Second Expansion Space shall be sealed off from the balance of the office space on the floor(s) containing the Second Expansion Space so as to minimize the dispersement of dirt, debris and noise.
          (g) Landlord shall have the right to order Tenant or any of Tenant’s Contractors who violate the requirements imposed upon Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors in performing the Work (or any portion thereof) to cease working and remove its equipment and employees from the Building. No such action by Landlord shall delay the Second Expansion Space Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.
          (h) Tenant shall not be charged for building standard HVAC service or use of loading dock or freight elevators during normal business hours on a non-exclusive use basis, however all material deliveries shall be made during off hours which there will be a fee for overtime use of the freight elevator. Tenant shall apply and pay for all utility meters required. Tenant shall pay for all support services provided by Landlord’s contractors at Tenant’s request or at Landlord’s discretion resulting from breaches or defaults by Tenant under this Work Letter. All use of freight elevators is subject to scheduling by Landlord and the rules and regulations of the Building as outlined in Exhibit D to the Lease. Tenant shall arrange and pay for removal of construction debris and shall not place debris in the Building’s waste containers. If required by Landlord, Tenant shall sort and separate its waste and debris for recycling and/or environmental law compliance purposes.

B-5


 

          (i) Tenant shall permit access to the Second Expansion Space to, and the Work shall be subject to inspection by, Landlord and Landlord’s architects, engineers, contractors and other representatives, at all reasonable times during the period in which the Work is being constructed and installed and following completion of the Work, subject to the safety requirements of Tenant’s Contractors.
          (j) Tenant shall cause the Work to proceed expeditiously, continuously and efficiently and shall complete the same on or before one hundred fifty (150) days after the date Landlord tenders possession of the Second Expansion Space to Tenant for the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements, provided that Tenant is not delayed by force majeure. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the Work and shall furnish Landlord and Landlord’s title insurance company with such further documentation as may be necessary under Paragraphs 7 and 8 below.
          (k) Tenant shall have no authority to deviate from the Approved Plans in its performance (or Tenant’s Contractors’ performance) of the Work, except as authorized by Landlord and its designated representative in writing pursuant to Paragraph 4 hereof. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord “as-built” drawings of the Tenant Finish Improvements within thirty (30) days after completion of the Work as required in the Pre-approved Contractor and Plan Guidelines.
          (l) Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to run utility lines, pipes, conduits, duct work and component parts of all mechanical and electrical systems where necessary or desirable through the Second Expansion Space, to repair, alter, replace or remove the same, and to require Tenant to install and maintain proper access panels thereto. In the event that Tenant constructs an open office space with exposed structure and mechanical duct work, any such facilities which Landlord elects to run through the Premises must be treated in the same aesthetic manner as the Premises, and Tenant shall have the right to reasonably approve and coordinate the location of any such facilities.
          (m) Tenant shall impose on and enforce all applicable terms of this Work Letter against Architect and Tenant’s Contractors.
      6.  Insurance and Indemnification .
          (a) In addition to any insurance which may be required under the Lease, Tenant shall secure, pay for and maintain, or cause Tenant’s Contractors to secure, pay for and maintain during the continuance of the Work, insurance in the following minimum coverages and the following minimum limits of liability:
               (i) Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000.00, or such higher amounts as may be required from time to time by any Employee Benefit Acts or other statutes applicable where the Work is to be performed, and in any event sufficient to protect Tenant’s Contractors from liability under the aforementioned acts.

B-6


 

               (ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance (including Contractors’ Protective Liability) in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence, whether involving bodily injury liability (or death resulting therefrom) or property damage liability or a combination thereof with a minimum aggregate limit of $2,000,000.00 and with umbrella coverage with limits not less than $3,000,000.00. Such insurance shall provide for explosion and collapse, completed operations coverage and broad form blanket contractual liability coverage and shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others and arising from its operations under the contracts whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
               (iii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance, including the ownership, maintenance and operation of any automotive equipment, owned, hired, or non-owned in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for each person in one accident, and $1,000,000.00 for injuries sustained by two or more persons in any one accident and property damage liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for each accident. Such insurance shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under the contracts, whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
               (iv) “All-risk/Special Form” builder’s risk insurance upon the entire Work to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors of any tier to the extent of any insurable interest therein) in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include “all-risk/special form” builder’s insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief. If any materials used (or to be used) in connection with the Work are stored off the site of the Building or in transit to such site are not covered under such “all-risk/special form” builder’s risk insurance, then Tenant shall effect and maintain similar property insurance on such materials. Any loss insured under such “all-risk” builder’s risk insurance is to be adjusted with Landlord and Tenant and made payable to Landlord, as trustee for the insured parties, as their interests may appear.
               (v) Crime Insurance in an amount not less than $100,000.00, which shall include coverage for fidelity, money and securities on and off the premises, transit, and depositors forgery coverage. Such insurance shall protect Zeller Realty Group as their interest may appear for any dishonest or fraudulent acts of contractors’ employees, any loss of money and securities by destruction, disappearance or wrongful abstraction while in the care, custody or control of the contractor or contractor’s employees.
               (vi) Zeller Management Corporation shall be the certificate holder on any such insurance required under this Paragraph 6.

B-7


 

          All policies (except the worker’s compensation policy) shall be endorsed to include as additional insured parties the parties required by the Lease and such additional persons as Landlord has designated. Designated additional insured parties are as follows (such additional insureds to be identified exactly as indicated below):
          LRH-401 Michigan Avenue, LLC;
          Zeller Realty Group;
          Zeller Development Corporation;
          Zeller Management Corporation;
          LaSalle Bank, as Trustee of Trust No. 128497;
          Z-401 Castleton, L.L.C.;
          Zeller Castleton, L.L.C.;
          Zeller-401 Property, L.L.C.;
          Zeller-401 Rait, LLC;
          Zeller-401, L.L.C.; and
GEMSA Loan Services, LP., as Master Servicer in trust for the Registered Holders of GE Commercial Mortgage Corporation, Commercial Mortgage Pass Through Certificates Series 2005-C1, c/o Bank of America, N.A. as Subservicer.
          The waiver of subrogation provisions contained in the Lease shall apply to all insurance policies (except the workmen’s compensation policy) to be obtained by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph. The insurance certificates shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give all additional insured parties thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any reduction or cancellation for non-renewal of coverage (except that ten (10) days’ notice shall be sufficient in the case of cancellation for non-payment of premium). The insurance coverage afforded to the additional insured parties thereunder shall be primary to any insurance carried independently by said additional insured parties. Additionally, where applicable, each policy shall contain a cross-liability and severability of interest clause.
          (b) Without limitation of the indemnification provisions contained in the Lease, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions contained in the Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord, the parties listed, or required by, the Lease to be named as additional insured parties, the designated additional insureds provided above, Landlord’s contractors, Landlord’s architects, and their respective beneficiaries, partners, directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against all claims,

B-8


 

liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of whatever nature arising out of or in connection with the Work or the entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors into the Building and the Second Expansion Space, including without limitation, mechanic’s liens, the cost of any repairs to the Second Expansion Space or Building necessitated by activities of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors, bodily injury to persons or damage to the property of Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees, licensees or others, except where due to Landlord’s negligence. It is understood and agreed that the foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to the insurance requirements set forth above and shall not be in discharge of or in substitution for same or any other indemnity or insurance provision of the Lease.
      7.  Landlord’s Contribution; Excess Amounts . As the Work progresses, Landlord shall make a dollar contribution in the amount of Two Hundred Sixty Four Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and No/100 Dollars ($264,320.00) (“ Landlord’s Contribution” ) (which is $40.00 per square foot of rentable area of the Second Expansion Space) for application to the extent thereof to the cost of the Work (which amount shall include the out-of-pocket costs and expenses owed by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter). Distribution of funds is further defined in Paragraph 8 of this Work Letter. Landlord may deduct from Landlord’s Contribution any amounts due to Landlord or its architects or engineers under this Work Letter before disbursing any other portion of Landlord’s Contribution. If, as of January 31, 2011, the total cost of the Work for which Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors have applied for payment from Landlord is less than Landlord’s Contribution (such difference shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Contribution Balance” ), then Tenant shall receive Net Rent abatement (to be applied to Net Rent first coming due under the Lease) in an amount equal to the Contribution Balance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Tenant receive Net Rent abatement in an amount greater than fifty percent (50%) of Landlord’s Contribution.
      8. Construction Payments; Excess Costs . Landlord will pay Landlord’s Contribution by paying Tenant’s Contractors as the Work progresses. Landlord will make payments directly to Tenant’s Contractors upon receipt by Landlord of (i) lien waivers and sworn statements from Tenant’s Contractors and other applicable parties, a Payment Application and, if determined by Landlord to be necessary or appropriate, upon a title insurance company’s willingness to issue title insurance over mechanic’s liens relating to Tenant’s Contractors and the Work to the date of each draw, all of the foregoing to be submitted in the forms attached hereto as Attachment B-3, from all parties performing labor or supplying materials or services in connection with the Work, and (ii) such tenant (owner) statements, architect’s certificates and additional documentation (including, without limitation, contractor personal undertakings) which may be reasonably requested by Landlord. If Tenant satisfies the conditions for payment set forth in this Work Letter and Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond the expiration of applicable grace or notice and cure periods, Landlord shall pay Tenant’s Contractors within sixty (60) days of delivery of each draw request and pertinent documentation as described herein. The application for payment must be representative of work in place. If Tenant satisfies the conditions for payment set forth in this Work Letter and Tenant is not in default beyond the expiration of applicable grace

B-9


 

or notice and cure periods and Landlord wrongfully fails or refuses to pay Landlord’s Contribution as set forth herein, Tenant may offset against Rent next due under the Lease the amount of Landlord’s Contribution that Landlord has improperly failed or refused to fund.
     If the cost of the Work exceeds Landlord’s Contribution, including, without limitation, any such excess resulting from Tenant-initiated change orders pursuant to Paragraph 4, then Tenant shall have sole responsibility for the cost of such excess amount (the “Overage”) and shall pay such Overage directly to Tenant’s Contractors pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 8. With respect to each Payment Application, Tenant shall timely pay to Tenant’s Contractors, concurrently with payment by Landlord of Landlord’s Contribution, amounts sufficient to pay the Overage Estimate Amount (as hereinafter defined). Tenant’s obligation to pay the Overage concurrently with Landlord’s funding of the Landlord’s Contribution is a condition of Landlord’s obligation to pay any portion of the Landlord’s Contribution that may then be payable. Any amounts that Tenant is required to pay under this Work Letter, including, but not limited to, the Overage, shall be referred to as “Tenant’s Cost” herein. Tenant’s Cost shall be deemed additional rent under the Lease.
     Upon completion of the Work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with full and final waivers of liens and contractors’ affidavits and statements and, if applicable, a Payment Application (as hereinafter defined), all of the foregoing to be submitted in the forms attached hereto as Attachment B-3 , from all parties performing labor or supplying materials or services in connection with the Work showing that all of the parties have been compensated in full and waiving all liens in connection with the Second Expansion Space and Building. Tenant shall submit to Landlord a detailed breakdown of Tenant’s total construction costs, including all payments to vendors, contractors, consultants and suppliers related to the Work but paid directly by Tenant, together with such evidence of payment of all construction costs paid directly by Tenant as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.
     The “Total Projected Costs” shall mean the total projected costs of the Work as evidenced by the sworn statements to be provided by Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors from time to time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.
     The “Adjusted Denominator” shall equal the difference between (x) the Total Projected Costs and (y) the total amount of Landlord’s Contribution previously applied to the payment of the Work.
     The “Overage Percentage” shall equal the quotient of (x) the projected Overage at the time of the respective Payment Application and (y) the Adjusted Denominator.
     A “Payment Application” shall mean an application submitted by Tenant’s Contractors for which payment is sought pursuant to such written request in the form attached hereto as Attachment B-3 .

B-10


 

     The “Overage Estimate Amount” shall equal the product (x) the Overage Percentage and (y) the amount of payment sought pursuant to the Payment Application.
      9.  Miscellaneous .
          (a) As part of Building-standard work in the Second Expansion Space (and solely with respect thereto), the cost of which will not be paid with Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord will repair and replace any damaged or missing perimeter induction covers and install drywall around the perimeter curtain wall and interior structural columns. If any hose connection cabinet located within the Second Expansion Space is not required pursuant to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws or codes, then Landlord shall remove any such hose connection cabinet and the piping associated therewith, the cost of which will not be paid with Landlord’s Contribution, provided, however, if any such hose connection cabinet is required pursuant to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws or codes, and Tenant desires to relocate the same, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for the costs thereof (but such costs, subject to Paragraphs 7 and 8 hereof, may be paid from Landlord’s Contribution).
          (b) If the Plans for the Work require the construction and installation of more fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets than the number regularly provided by Landlord in the core of the Building in which the Second Expansion Space is located, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and expenses arising from the construction and installation of such additional fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets.
          (c) Time is of the essence of this Work Letter.
          (d) Any person signing this Work Letter on behalf of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents that such person has authority to sign and deliver this Work Letter and bind the party on behalf of which it has been signed.
          (e) Tenants failure to pay any amounts owed by Tenant hereunder when due or Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall also constitute a default under the Lease after expiration of applicable cure periods under the Lease and Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies granted to Landlord under the Lease for nonpayment of any amounts owed thereunder or failure by Tenant to perform its obligations thereunder (including any right to perform such obligations as may be permitted under the Lease).
          (f) Notices under this Work Letter shall be given in the same manner as under the Lease.
          (g) The liability of Landlord hereunder or under any amendment hereto or any instrument or document executed in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Lease) shall be subject to the limitations of liability set forth in the Lease.
          (h) The headings set forth herein are for convenience only.

B-11


 

          (i) This Work Letter and the Second Amendment set forth the entire agreement of Tenant and Landlord regarding the Work. This Work Letter may only be amended if in writing, duly executed by both Landlord and Tenant.
          (j) All amounts due from Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be Rent due under the Lease.
          (k) This Work Letter may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, binding on the parties, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart. This Work Letter may be delivered by facsimile or email transmission. This Work Letter shall be effective if each party hereto has executed and delivered at least one counterpart hereof.
      10.  Tenant’s Representative .
Tenant shall appoint a person ( “Tenant’s Representative” ) who may be either an employee or a third party consultant to represent Tenant in performing daily supervision of the Work. Such person shall be familiar with all rules and regulations and procedures of the Building and all personnel of the Building engaged directly or indirectly in the management, operation and construction of the Building and shall serve as a liaison between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Work. The entire cost and expense of Tenant’s Representative shall be borne and paid for by Tenant (subject to Tenant’s right to use all or any part of Landlord’s Contribution to reimburse Tenant for the same).
      11.  Exculpation of Landlord and Zeller . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, it is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that:
          (a) The recourse of Tenant or its successors or assigns against Landlord with respect to the alleged breach by or on the part of Landlord of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement contained in this Work Letter (collectively, “Landlord’s Work Letter Undertakings” ) shall extend only to Landlord’s interest in the real estate of which the Second Expansion Space demised under the Lease are a part (hereinafter, “Landlord’s Real Estate” ) and not to any other assets of Landlord or its officers, members, directors or shareholders; and
          (b) Except to the extent of Landlords interest in Landlord’s Real Estate, no personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort with respect to any of Landlord’s Work Letter Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is assumed by, or shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against, Landlord, Zeller Realty Corporation, Zeller Realty Group, Zeller Management Corporation, or against any of their respective directors, officers, members, employees, agents, constituent partners, beneficiaries, trustees or representatives.

B-12


 

      12. Landlord’s Supervision Fee . Tenant shall pay Landlord a review and coordination fee (the “ Supervision Fee ”) equal to five percent (5%) of the total hard construction costs which are submitted by Tenant to Landlord for reimbursement in accordance with Paragraph 7 of this Work Letter.
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

B-13


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Work Letter is executed as of this 26 th day of November, 2008.
         
  LANDLORD:

ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,

an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its capacity as agent for owner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert M. Six    
    Its: Executive Vice President   
       
 
  TENANT:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Its: Senior Vice President/General Counsel   
       
 

B-14


 

ATTACHMENT B-1
PRE-APPROVED CONTRACTOR AND PLAN GUIDELINES
     1. With reference to Paragraph 2(a)(iv), the following are pre-approved general contractors to be utilized for the Work: ALPS Construction, Inc., KRAHL Construction, Interior Construction Group, JC Anderson, Reed Illinois Corporation and Executive Construction, Inc. With reference to Paragraph 2(a)(iv), the following are designated pre-approved subcontractors to be utilized for the Work:
           (a) HVAC — Hill Mechanical, Competitive Piping, Admiral Heating & Ventilation, Murphy Miller.
           (b) Fire Protection — U.S. Fire Protection, Superior Fire Protection, Global Fire Protection, Great Lakes Fire Protection.
           (c) Plumbing — John’s Plumbing, Competitive Piping, Millennium Piping, Great Lakes Plumbing.
           (d) Electrical — S&M Electric, Super Electric, Concur Electric, Continental Electric, Avondale Electric, Rex Electric.
           (e) Life Safety — Convergent Technologies.
     2. With reference to Paragraph 2(b), the provisions for submittal of the Plans are listed below:
          (a) The architectural drawings for the Work shall include a demolition plan and dimensioned construction plan indicating wall locations and types, door locations and types including hardware and keying requirements, carpentry and millwork requirements and similar work. The drawings shall reflect the use of building standard construction to the greatest reasonable extent possible; where nonstandard materials are used, drawings shall include elevations, material specifications, and all other information reasonably required to define the scope of the Work. The architectural drawings shall include a reflected ceiling plan showing all relocated and new light fixtures, speaker and other special systems, required modifications and repairs to existing ceiling system, if any and required, and nonstandard ceiling scope and details; the drawings submitted for Landlord review and approval shall include a circuited design/build drawing prepared by the electrical subcontractor based on the reflected ceiling plan. The architectural drawings shall include a dimensional electrical/telephone plan reflecting all special circuiting, power conditioning, grounding and other power requirements and specific requirements for rough-in for tenant-installed voice/data cabling systems; the drawings submitted for Landlord review and approval shall include a circuited design/build drawing prepared by the electrical subcontractor based on the electrical/telephone plan. The architectural drawings shall include a wall and floor finish plan with specifications. Tenant may retain such architectural firm as it chooses to prepare the drawings and specifications provided that such firm shall be acceptable to the Landlord.
Work Letter Attachment B-1-1

 


 

          (b) If the Tenant desires to install movable filing systems, safes, or equipment other than normal and customary office equipment, floor loading requirements associated with the Tenant’s proposed installation shall be reviewed by Landlord’s designated structural engineer and a letter submitted indicating that the tenant loading requirements are within the building structural design criteria or describing (and including structural drawings and specifications for) any required modifications to the base building structure.
          (c) Prior to delivery, a detailed schedule and pathway will be provided for Landlord review, including all areas affected by access of all equipment other than normal and customary office equipment and such areas which require modification for such deliveries shall be returned to its original state by Tenant.
          (d) Any and all necessary modifications to existing equipment and installations, both base building and other tenant equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.
          (e) Upon completion of the Work, the Tenant shall provide three sets of as-built field record drawings prepared by its architect and three sets of as-built drawings prepared by the mechanical and electrical subcontractors. If Landlord requests that such drawings be prepared upon a CAD disk and Tenant must bear an extra cost associated with a CAD disk, then Landlord will pay the cost of same.
     3. (Intentionally Omitted)
Work Letter Attachment B-1-2

 


 

WORK LETTER ATTACHMENT B-2
CONTRACTOR GUIDELINES
[Please see attached.]
Work Letter Attachment B-2

 


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT DIRECTORY
Landlord/Building Manager
Zeller Management Corporation
401 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 250
Chicago, IL 60611
(312) 329-1275    Main
(312) 329-2443    Fax
         
Construction   Title   Phone
Shannon Mangiameli
  Assistant Construction Manager   229-8866
Eric Taylor
  Senior Project Manager   640-7617
Fax
      346-7699
 
       
Management
       
Derrick Johnson
  General Manager   595-2450
Fax
      329-2443
 
       
Engineering
       
Kurt Anderson
  Chief Engineer/Asbestos Program Manager   595-2261
John Burke
  Assistant Chief Engineer   229-8862
Fax
      329-0118
 
       
Security
       
Steve Walter
  Director of Security   595-2263
NOTE: For purposes of obtaining building permits, submitting lien waivers, contractual documentation or proposals, tenant contractors working in the Building are requested to use the following information:
1.   Owner of the Building: Zeller — 401, LLC
 
2.   Permanent Real Estate Tax Index Number: 36-4466530
         
Building Hours of Operation
       
 
       
Business Hours:
  Monday — Friday   8:00 a.m. — 6:00 p.m.
After Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 p.m. — 8:00 a.m.
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   24 hours
Loading Dock Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 a.m. — 5:30 p.m.
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   CLOSED
Freight Service Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 a.m. — 5:30 p.m
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   CLOSED
 
       
Building Holidays
       
 
       
New Years Day
  Memorial Day   Independence Day
Labor Day
  Thanksgiving Day   Christmas Day
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

1


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT DIRECTORY
Landlord’s Architect
Hydzik Schade Associates, Ltd.
135 S.LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60603
(312) 230-9366
Contact: Brent Saiki
Landlord’s MEP Engineers
McGuire Engineers
300 S. Riverside Plaza
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 876-9240
Contact:
Riser Manager
Infrastructure Management Group
150 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 2420
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 423-7700
Contact: Jeff Schelinski
Locksmith
Chicago Locksmith Service, Inc.
70 W. Hubbard St.
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 836-6000
Contact: Steve Mytko
Life Safety
Commercial Alarm Systems
485 W. Fullerton Avenue
Elmhurst, IL 60126
(630) 832-2844
Contact: Randy Jensen
Landlord’s Structural Engineer
W. F. Fortuna Ltd
1420 Ridge Road
Highland Park, IL 60035
(847) 579-8320
Landlord’s Air Test and Balance
Competitive Piping Systems, Inc.
141 W. Jackson Blvd, Suite A-30
Chicago, IL 60604-3001
(312) 322-1900
Contact: Tom Muraski
Waste Removal
Premier Waste & Recycling.
P.O. Box 17111
Chicago, IL 60617
(773) 376-4000
Contact: David DeRousse
Security Access
Touchcom, Inc.
415 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 205
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 329-9040
Contact: Karen Boren
Major Jurisdictional Authorities
City of Chicago
Department of Building
121 North LaSalle, 9 th Floor
Chicago, IL 60602
(312) 744-3405
Chicago Fire Prevention Bureau
444 North Dearborn
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 744-4723
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

2


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
The following guidelines are strictly enforced in the best interest of the integrity of the building, the professional appearance of the common areas, tenants’ ability to conduct business and the safety and welfare of tenants and participants involved in the construction project itself.
These Rules and Regulations apply to all Tenants, contractors, sub-contractors, consultants or any other entity working at 401 N. Michigan Avenue. The Landlord and Manager, Zeller Management Corporation shall have the right to reject or halt any work that interferes with out tenants’ ability to reasonably conduct their business. Any and all work that results in noise affecting areas in the building other than the area under construction, including but not limited to concrete coring or sawing, hammering, drilling, shooting of ceiling hangars, cutting of pipes along columns or within the concrete slab shall be done after regular business hours or on weekends. Security measures will be taken if required to assure compliance.
Building Management objectives will always have priority over the Contractor’s work and the Contractor shall schedule his work to avoid conflicts with Building Management.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
1. All current local, State and Federal regulations concerning work in buildings containing asbestos are to be complied with at all times. Additionally, all contractors must be familiar with the Owner’s Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program Manual available in the Management Office. Attached as Exhibit E , please find an asbestos disclosure statement for the property and Exhibit F reviews guidelines with regard to working within ceilings on unabated floors.
2. Construction documents (plans and specifications) must be submitted to the Office of the Building for approval a minimum of four (4) weeks prior to commencement of the project. If the Project Manager requires the services of outside consultants, i.e., a structural engineer to review load or coring requirements, the cost of such review will be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or Tenant for whom the job is being performed.
3. Zeller Management Corporation restricts the contractor selection for any trade performing work in the building to those included in Exhibit H or the “Approved Contractor List”
4. All work performed by Contractor shall be performed in a manner so as to avoid any labor dispute which results in a stoppage or impairment of work or delivery services or any other services in the Building. In the event, there is such stoppage or impairment as the result of any such labor dispute, Contractor shall immediately undertake such action as may be necessary to eliminate such dispute or potential dispute.
5. The Office of the Building must receive written notice from the Tenant regarding when the Contractors will be performing work in their space. This will allow the Building Management to notify Security of the Contractor’s schedule to allow them access to your space.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

3


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Under no circumstances will Contractors be permitted access to a Tenant’s space without prior approval from the Tenant.
6. Contractor shall not proceed with any construction within the premises until Construction Documents are complete and marked APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED by Landlord’s Building Manager. All construction must be performed in strict accordance with the APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED drawings only.
7. The following documents must be supplied to the Landlord before commencement of construction and kept current as the work proceeds:
  i.   An executed copy of these Rules and Regulations of the site for construction, attached as Exhibit A .
 
  ii.   Certificates of Insurance for the General Contractor and each Sub-contractor evidencing the insurance coverage as well as naming as Additional Insureds those entities listed in Exhibit B .
 
  iii.   Copy of building permit for work (also to be posted at the job site)
 
  iv.   Schedule of Construction
 
  v.   Project Information Sheet, Exhibit C which lists emergency numbers for General Contractor and all Sub-contractors working on site.
 
  vi.   MSD sheets for all products being used shall be supplied to the building staff prior to construction.
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS
Elevators — The freight elevator shall be used for Tenant deliveries, construction deliveries, construction debris removal, building trash removal, furniture deliveries, construction personnel movement and other purposes as may be required from time to time. Use of passenger elevators by Contractors for any reason is strictly prohibited .
The Building housekeeping staff uses the freight elevator between the hours of 5:30 p.m. and 1:00 a.m, Monday through Friday for trash removal. Contractors may use the freight elevator during this time on a shared basis with the Building housekeeping staff. After hours authorization is required through the Office of the Building for freight use and regulations and usage fees will apply. Please note that hoisting of construction materials must be scheduled and completed after-hours.
All goods that are loaded onto the freight elevator are to be properly packaged. Loose materials such as sand and cement shall be transported in sealed bags. Users of the freight elevator are required to leave the area clean (broom swept and wet mopped) and free of debris. Should housekeeping need to clean-up after Contractor use of freight elevator, hourly janitorial rates will apply and be charged back to Contractor.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

4


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Freight Elevator Information
     
Cab dimensions:
  5’ll”W x 7’D x 9’H
 
  9’ on diagonal
 
  22” x 5’ hatch allows for 12’ ceiling height
Elevator Door dimensions:
  47 3 / 4 x 8’
Vestibule Door dimensions:
  35” x 7’8”
Weight capacity:
  4,000 lbs
Elevator hours:
  M-F, 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., staffed
Location:
  East core serving D level through 34 th Floor
Security Identification — All trades persons working on the project must be issued a contractor badge from security. Photo identification (i.e. valid driver’s license, state or company identification) is required to obtain badge which is to be worn daily, be visible at all times and presented to the elevator operator for access to the project site. Upon completion of the days work, the badge is to be returned to the security office located at the dock. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the badge if lost or damaged ($250.00).
Safety Practices (Job-site) — All accidents must be reported to the Security department immediately. Security will dispatch personnel and facilitate the emergency procedures. In serious cases, first call 911 for the Chicago Fire Department Paramedics and then notify Security (329-1275). Please review Exhibit D for safety practices to be followed by Contractor while at the building.
Public Areas — The building does not permit anyone loitering in public areas of the building. Lunches and breaks are to be taken within the construction area or in restaurant areas in the building and may not be conducted anywhere else on building premises.
Waste Removal — The Contractor is responsible for trash removal from areas in which the Contractor is working or storing materials. Trash and construction debris shall not be allowed to accumulate within the freight elevator vestibules, premises or the corridors adjacent to the premises, the lower levels or streets and sidewalks adjacent to the building. All food waste and any other debris that may cause safety hazards, odors or any other building problem must be removed on a daily basis.
Requests for construction dumpsters must be made through the Office of the Building. Following dumpster use, the Contractor must contact the Office of the Building promptly to schedule removal of dumpster. When requesting dumpster removal, the Contractor shall specifically indicate to which tenant project the cost is to be allocated.
Loading Dock — All materials shall be brought into the building at the loading dock and must be scheduled in advance and coordinated through the Office of the Building. During operating hours, users of the loading dock shall be permitted to occupy dock space for a period of no longer than thirty minutes. Once off-loading is complete, the vehicle shall leave the dock area, At no time during operating hours, shall parking be allowed at the loading dock.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

5


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Users of the loading dock shall be permitted to have no more than one vehicle at the dock at anytime during normal operating hours. Tractor trailers are strictly prohibited from use of the loading dock at any time.
Loading Dock Information
     
Number of Loading Berths:
  6 enclosed (3 for delivery, 2 for compactors and 1 for construction dumpster)
Berth Dimensions:
  10’ x 37’2” approximately
Door Dimensions:
  15’7” x 33’
Dock Landing:
  3’5” off dock floor
Dock Hours:
  M-F, 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., staffed
Location:
  one level below grade and accessible from N, Water Street, one-half block east of lower Michigan.
Dumpsters may not be placed at the loading dock during normal operating hours without authorization from the Office of the Building. The exact location of a dumpster at the dock at any time shall be subject to approval by the Building Engineers and/or Security personnel. Failure to comply with loading dock procedures may result in a vehicle being ticketed or towed.
Site Security - The General Contractor is responsible for the security of the project site for the duration of the work. Furthermore, the General Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the Building Engineers have the proper keys necessary for access to the project site.
Building Keys — Construction keys for electrical communications, telephone and slop sink closets shall be authorized by the Office of the Building. All keys must be signed out and returned daily at the engineering office. Failure to return keys daily will result in the key being considered lost. Contractors are responsible for all keys issued to them and will be charged for rekeying all locks associated with lost keys.
Washrooms — Washrooms on occupied floors may not be used by Contractor. Washroom facilities for Contractors are available on the concourse level of the building.
Solar Window Film/Blinds — Building windows, blinds and solar window film must be protected during the construction process. A site survey of the building windows will be performed both before and at the conclusion of the project. Any damage not noted during the initial walkthrough will be the responsibility of the Contractor at the end of construction.
Carpeting — All corridor carpeting must be protected with masonite during deliveries with adhesive poly used for construction foot traffic. Please note that floor protection shall not remain in corridor between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Any cutting of carpeting to gain access to floor trench system will be repaired at tenant/contractor expense.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

6


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Cleaning/Final Clean — Building Management expects the Contractor to maintain a clean and presentable space during construction. The floor must be swept nightly at a minimum. Building cleaning equipment is not for Contractor use and will not be loaned. Additionally, a thorough final cleaning including but not limited to the following, will be required before Tenant occupies space is occupied.
  a.   Fluorescent light fixtures and lenses
 
  b.   Windows and window mullions
 
  c.   Doors and frames
 
  d.   Base
 
  e.   Carpet
 
  f.   Blinds
 
  g.   Smoke Detectors
Contractor must use Building’s cleaning contractor and only through coordination with Office of the Building.
After Hours Access — Entrance to the building after hours is controlled by Security personnel. In order to facilitate after hours entrance or departure, it is important that the Office of the Building be notified of the need as soon as reasonably possible. This is of particular importance regarding freight elevator service and the loading dock as manpower may have to be scheduled to handle the request. If an after hours emergency arises, Security must be notified (329-1275).
Stock (Leftover Stock) — Any leftover stock items, such as carpet, paint, base, etc., must be stored within the tenant space after construction is completed or removed from the property. No leftover stock items are to be stored in building storage areas. No leftover paint or other items are to be stored within the building after construction unless the tenant has requested to store it within their space. For building common area renovation, attic stock carpet and wall covering should be delivered to a location designated by property management, as should left over paint clearly labeled as to location and use.
Tools and Ladder Policy — Under no circumstances, will building tools or ladders be loaned out. Contractors must supply their own equipment in order to perform contracted work.
Inspections — The Project Manager and/or Chief Engineer will make inspections as necessary to determine the condition and progress of Contractor’s work and enforce the provisions of these rules and regulations.
As-Built Drawings — All mechanical trades are required to submit copies of as-built drawings to the General Contractor. The General Contractor will make one submission of three copies of as-built drawings for all trades to the Project Manager. All as-built drawings are to be dated and signed by the appropriate subcontractor as well as the General Contractor and submitted to the Landlord’s MEP Engineer, McGuire Engineering within 30 days of substantial completion. A complete set of drawings must be submitted on CAD-14 disk.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

7


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
STRUCTURAL & CARPENTRY
1. All walls are to be constructed using UL-approved 5/8” thick, fire-rated Gypsum board.
2. All penetrations through demising or space separation walls shall be neatly cut and finished up to the service passing through the penetration. A UL approved fire stopping compound shall b e used to form a tight seal against the service penetrating the wall.
3. Locations of core drilling of the concrete floor must be approved by the Chief Engineer and the Building Structural Engineer. Indiscriminate core drillings could compromise the structural integrity of the floor. Costs associated with any repairs from misplaced or unapproved cores will be the Contractor’s responsibility.
4. Channeling of the concrete floor is not permitted.
DEMOLITION
1. All demolition work shall be performed after 6:00 p.m. and before 7:00 a.m. unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Building Manager. Cleaning and dust control measures must be taken to prevent dirt and dust from infiltrating into adjacent tenant, mechanical or base building areas. All noisy work shall occur before 8:00 a.m. and after 6:00 p.m. to avoid disturbing other tenants. Noisy work will be defined as noise that is noticeable from adjacent spaces.
2. Debris from demolition of walls, ceilings, floors, mechanical and electrical systems shall be cleaned up immediately. In no case shall debris and rubble be left in piles on the floor in the construction area or elsewhere.
3. The building service corridor on the concourse level is not to be used for storage or extended staging (more than 1 hour). Building Management is not responsible for any items left in the corridor and any item left longer than permissible will be thrown out or relocated. All costs associated with these actions will be billed back to the Contractor.
4. The Contractor must meet with the Building Manager concerning disposal or return of building items such as doors, VAV boxes, hardware, etc. The Building Manager will advise Contractor as to the disposition of these items. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to remove items from the building if they are not wanted or deliver them to the basement area if the building decides to retain them.
5. During major remodeling, all abandoned items must be removed. These items include, but are not limited to, the following :
  a.   Conduit
 
  b.   Water pipes
 
  c.   Demising walls
 
  d.   Wall and door braces and headers
 
  e.   Wiring
 
  f.   Telephone Cables
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

8


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
  g.    Computer Cables
6. During construction, all services leaving tenant space must be capped and all openings leaving tenant space, including opening into pipe chases, duct work, shafts, or other common spaces must be sealed while work is being carried out. Contractor will be responsible for any damage, including clean-up of water and dust caused by failure to cap systems or seal areas.
ELECTRICAL
1. Prior to demolition work, Contractor must contact the Chief Engineer, at least 48 hours in advance, to coordinate the building’s electrician for non-demo conduit identification.
2. Electrical Contractor is responsible for coordinating emergency lighting and signage circuitry with McGuire Engineers.
3. Under no circumstances are Tenant receptacle services to be connected to building electrical panels. Any electrical contractor found doing this will be removed from the vendor list.
4. Architect shall contact McGuire Engineers for the typical base building specifications and guidelines. All drawings must be submitted to McGuire for peer review.
5. Utility costs or charges for any service to the Premises shall be the responsibility of the Tenant from the date the Tenant’s work commences.
a. Temporary electrical service shall be provided by the Building at the floor where the work is to be performed. Contractor must have the Building Manager’s approval to connect temporary lines to the power source for service to the Premises.
b. Any temporary lighting used during construction must be removed after installation of ceiling grid.
6. If it is necessary to shut down an electric riser, it must be done on a weekend. Scheduling for a shutdown should be coordinated through the Office of the Building at least 2 weeks in advance. Building Management reserves the right to further restrict allowable times for shutdowns. Scheduling in advance is no guarantee of time availability.
7. Updated typed index cards must be installed in the electrical closets. All circuits must be tagged.
8. All electric covers will be replaced at end of work day.
10. No outlets or other electrical fixtures may be installed in the perimeter wall.
11. Electrical Contractor is responsible for coordinating the fire alarm installation/testing with Siemens, the building’s fire alarm contractor.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

9


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
12. Electrical closets are not be used for storage.
HVAC
1. Contact McGuire Engineers for fan schedules, VAV box schedule and typical base building MEP specifications and guidelines. All drawings must be submitted to McGuire for peer review.
2. No construction related work can be secured to the base building HVAC system. Such items that may not be attached include, but are not limited to the following: bracing of walls, ceiling grid, lights, electrical conduits, water pipes and any supplementary HVAC equipment. The Contractor will be held responsible to repair any damage to the HVAC system.
3. Only plenum approved boxes, fixtures and fittings will be allowed above the ceiling. All motors attached to equipment mounted above the ceiling must be plenum approved. Examples of equipment are, but not limited to, light fixtures, fan coil units, VAV boxes and exhaust fans.
4. Ductwork must be sealed with an approved duct sealant.
5. All air conditioning units connected to the condenser water system must be balanced to            GPM per connected ton. All HVAC systems must be professionally air balanced using Landlord’s balancing contractor and outside air must be measured. A copy of the balancing report must be provided to the Project Manager.
6. Contractors must comply with all applicable codes and regulations concerning CFC’s, PCB’s, etc., (i.e. cannot dump a refrigerant charge — must reclaim, recover or recycle).
7. Contractor shall endeavor to install ductwork with a minimum number of bends.
8. All VAV boxes shall be accessible to the satisfaction of the Chief Engineer. Boxes shall not be covered up by inaccessible ceilings or have access impeded by other services. Contractor is required to gain approval from the Chief Engineer prior to box or ceiling installation.
9. Perimeter induction units must be cleaned at job completion and inspected by the Chief Engineer.
10. Contractor shall notify the Chief Engineer at least 5 days prior to the date on which the premises will be fully ready to commence calibrating and balancing the HVAC system. Such testing and balancing shall be performed by Landlord’s Test and Balance Contractor, Competitive Piping. Balancing must be completed, corrections made as required, and a final Test and Balance report filed with the Office of the Building
PLUMBING
1. If it is necessary to shut down a water riser, it must be done after hours or on a weekend. Scheduling for a shut down should be coordinated through the Office of the Building at least one
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

10


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
week in advance. Building Management reserves the right to further restrict allowable times for shutdowns. Scheduling in advance does not guarantee time availability.
     2. Any hot water requirements to tenant areas may be satisfied only by tenant supplied, inline, UL approved water heaters. Tenant will not tie into Building hot water system.
     3. The Chief Engineer must witness the pressure testing of any systems which will tie into the fire system, condenser water system or domestic water system before the system is enclosed in walls. All piping systems should be tested tight for 6 hours under hydrostatic pressure 1.5 times the system working pressure. The maximum test pressure should not exceed 500 lbs. Any device in the piping system not capable of 1.5 times the working pressure shall be removed for test purposes and reinstalled after completion of the test. Contractor is responsible for all required “shunt” pieces for testing,
     4. All water supply lines are to be covered with insulation, including elbows, according to building specifications.
     5. All drains and vents in work areas must be capped during construction to prevent the accumulation of debris in the lines. All sinks and fixtures in work areas must be capped during construction to prevent accumulation of debris in the lines. Contractor will be required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of drains and fixtures at completion of job and is responsible for drains up to 30 days past completion.
     6. Access panels must be installed wherever valves in walls are present. Valves cannot be covered up so as to be inaccessible.
     7. Slop sinks should not be used to dispose of plaster, drywall mud or any other related materials.
FIRE LIFE SAFETY
     1. The Building Engineers will disable devices or functions as needed to preserve normal building operations.
     2. All system detectors and devices should be protected from physical damage or contamination by foreign material (i.e. enclose detector heads with (blaze-range) plastic bags and tape or elastic rim plastic covers, seal duct smoke detectors)
     3. After completion of work, Contractor shall verify that all affected devices or systems have been returned to normal and all off-normal conditions corrected.
     4. The Building Engineers will check the system status, reset the system and enable devices or functions as needed.
     5.  Signage per City of Chicago fire code 15-16-660 shall be installed above fire extinguishers. The signage shall be red and white 12”h x 7 1 / 2 ”w non-glo 3-way plastic stating Fire Extinguisher.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

11


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
6. Failure to adhere to these requirements may result in corrective service costs being charged back to the Contractor.
TELEPHONE/COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
The telephone riser closet, located near the southeast corner of the building core on each typical tenant floor, is the location where the Tenant’s telephone lines will originate.
1. The Landlord’s telephone vendor, Infrastructure Management Group (see Project Directory) will pull the cable through the conduit provided by Tenant’s Electrical Sub-contractor from the Landlord’s termination block within the telephone riser closet to the termination block within the Tenant’s premises.
2. The Tenant or its contractor shall be responsible for IMG’s costs in connecting the feeder cable. The Tenant’s contractor or phone vendor shall be responsible for all other conduit and cable runs.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

12


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT A
CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE
For purposes of these Site Rules and Regulations, any references to “Contractor” shall be deemed to include Contractors, Sub-contractors, materialmen, architects, engineers and anyone else performing any portion of, or supplying materials, equipment or services in connection with any of Tenant’s work.
I hereby acknowledge that I have thoroughly read and will adhere to all items stated in this manual. I further agree to incorporate this document into any subcontracts that I may establish to assure adherence by all tradesmen that are working on the project referenced below.
         
Project Name:
 
 
   
 
       
Suite Number:
 
 
   
 
       
Company Name:
 
 
   
 
       
By:
 
 
   
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

13


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT B
INSURANCE
A.   INSURANCE REQUIRED FROM CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
    Such Insurance shall be in the aggregate limits of liability of not less than:
 
    Workers’ Compensation: Workers’ Compensation insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois and any other state in which the services are being performed, and Employer’s Liability Insurance with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 applying to all persons employed by Contractor.
 
    Liability Insurance: Commercial general liability insurance including bodily injury, property damage, personal injury, contractual liability in a combined single limit amount of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate.
 
    Automobile Liability Insurance: Commercial automobile liability insurance including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles in a combined single limit amount of not less than $1,000,000.
 
    Umbrella Liability or Excess Liability: Following form over the primary coverage in an amount not less than $3,000,000 each occurrence and in the aggregate.
 
    Crime Insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain comprehensive crime insurance in an amount not less than $100,000, which shall include coverage for fidelity, money and securities on and off the premises, transit, and depositors forgery coverage. Such insurance shall protect ZRC as their interest may appear for any dishonest or fraudulent acts of contractors’ employees, any loss of money and securities by destruction, disappearance or wrongful abstraction while in the care, custody or control of the contractor or contractor’s employees.
B.   CERTIFICATE HOLDER
    Zeller Management Corporation
C.   ADDITIONAL INSUREDS (TO BE IDENTIFIED EXACTLY AS INDICATED BELOW)
    GEMSA Lean Services, LP., as Master Servicer in trust for the Registered Holders of GE Commercial Mortgage Corporation, Commercial Mortgage Pass through Certificates Series 2005- CI, c/o Bank of America, N.A. as subservicer
 
    LRH-401 Michigan Avenue, LLC
 
    Zeller Realty Group
 
    Zeller Development Corporation
 
    Zeller Management Corporation
 
    LaSalle Bank, as Trustee of Trust No. 128497
 
    Z-401 Castleton, L.L.C.
 
    Zeller Castleton, L.L.C.
 
    Zeller-401 Property, L.L.C.
 
    Zeller-401 Rait, L.L.C.
 
    Zeller-401, L.L.C.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

14


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT C
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET
Please fill out the information listed below. This information must be completed before any work can begin in your space. Once this information has been completed please return this form to the Office of the Building.
PROJECT:
 
LOCATION:
 
GENERAL CONTRACTOR:
 
SUPERINTENDENT:
 
DAYTIME PHONE NUMBER:
 
AFTER HOURS PHONE NUMBER:
 
PAGER NUMBER:
 
NORMAL WORKING HOURS:
 
DURATION OF PROJECT:
 
                 
SUBCONTRACTORS   PHONE     AFTER HOURS PHONE  
 
               
1. 
               
   
 
               
2.
               
   
 
               
3.
               
   
 
               
4.
               
   
 
               
5.
               
   
 
               
6.
               
   
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

15


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT D
401 N. Michigan Avenue
JOB-SITE SAFETY PRACTICES
    All contractors and its employees must follow safety practices outlined by employer, General Contractor and OSHA but not limited to: Contractors are responsible for maintaining and enforcing their own safety rules and procedures . Under no circumstances will Building Management or its employees accept responsibility for monitoring general safety guidelines. The following guidelines for safety in the building should be followed but is not all inclusive of safety practices required by law, or any other rules that may apply .
 
  Take special precautions if welding or cutting in a confined space is stopped for some time. Disconnect the power on ARC welding or cutting units and remove the electrode from the holder. Turn off the torch valves on gas welding or cutting units, shut off the gas supply at a point outside the confined area, and, if possible, remove the torch and hose from area.
 
  After welding or cutting is completed, mark hot metal or post a warning sign to keep workers away from heated surfaces.
 
  Smoking is not allowed in the building and is not permitted anywhere on the building premises including the construction site . Contractor personnel will be asked to leave and escorted from the building if found smoking on the premises.
 
  Follow safe housekeeping principles.
  1.   Don’t throw electrode or rod stubs on the floor — discard them in proper waste container.
 
  2.   Keep construction area as free of debris as possible.
 
  3.   Keep chemicals secured in approved storage cabinets.
 
  4.   Keep floors dry and clean.
  Hard hats must be worn at all times inside the construction area.
 
  The Contractor must use smoke detector covers for construction work that may create dust, smoke fumes, etc. These covers must be signed out and returned daily at the engineering office located on lower level D.
 
  All contractors must supply a list of all hazardous materials and their locations as well as all MSD sheets to the building Project Manager.
 
  Keep a fully stocked and clearly marked first aid supply kit on the job site at all times.
 
  Make sure there are fully charged, appropriate fire extinguishers present on the job site.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

16


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT E
ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS (ACM) NOTIFICATION
TO:     Contractor
 
RE:     Asbestos
401 N. Michigan Avenue
Asbestos containing materials are present in the building in the following forms:
  White fireproofing on various floors, Blue tinted fireproofing is not asbestos containing.
 
  All pipe insulation that is not fiberglass.
 
  Floor tile and associated mastics
 
  Transite ductwork in electrical closets
 
  White ceiling ventilation flex ducts
 
  Drywall compound
When asbestos is disturbed it can become airborne. Inhaled asbestos is a cancer and lung disease hazard.
Contractors are not authorized to disturb any of these materials. If work cannot be accomplished without disturbing these materials, the Chief Engineer, Kurt Anderson should be contacted. The building engineering staff or a licensed asbestos contractor will be utilized to safely remove this material.
If you accidentally contact asbestos containing material, do not attempt to clean any debris. Once again, Kurt Anderson should be contacted immediately so proper clean-up may be initiated.
If you have any questions, please contact the Office of the Building.
Sincerely,
ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

17


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT F
401 N. Michigan Avenue
UNABATED FLOORS
GUIDELINES
  Floors that have not been abated include Partial lobby, 3 & 31.
 
  Work practices that have the potential to disturb Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) must be approved by Kurt Anderson, Chief Engineer at (312) 595-2467 prior to commencement of any construction.
 
  Absolutely no work may be performed within the ceiling during HVAC hours of operation.
 
  Only trades which have successfully completed a 16 hour OSHA approved Operations and Maintenance course may perform work within the ceiling which has the potential to disturb fireproofing.
 
  A maximum of 10 tiles may be taken out of ceiling at one time and must be re-installed immediately upon completion of work and prior to the start of HVAC operations.
 
  Construction area needs to be properly labeled in order to limit entry, however, signage should not be visible from common areas.
 
  The following documentation must be submitted prior to commencement of construction:
 
    Certificate of Completion of 16 hour O&M course
 
    Certification of Respirator Fit Test
 
  Any accidental release of ACM must be reported immediately to Kurt Anderson at (312) 595-2467.
 
  The following building approved contractors are used to address asbestos related issues at 401 N. Michigan:
 
    Abatement Contractor          H.E.P.A.   (773) 342-7553
 
    Environmental Consultant     E.C.G.     (312) 733-5900
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

18


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT G
401 N. Michigan Avenue
STANDPIPE/RISER DRAIN DOWNS
GUIDELINES
  Riser drain downs will be performed on Wednesdays, during the day shift only (must be scheduled at least a week in advance)
 
  Riser drain downs must be kept to a minimum.
 
  Riser work should typically be completed within two hours. All piping should be run to the riser with only the tie-in remaining to be completed.
 
  Riser draining will be completed by 6:00 a.m. work should start immediately, and system must be back in service by 2:00 p.m.
PROCEDURES
  Contractor must request drain down through the Office of the Building at least one week in advance.
 
  Engineers will disable appropriate life safety devices.
 
  Engineers will isolate system and drain to below the construction floor.
 
  Contractor must verify with Engineers that the riser drain down is complete before cutting into the riser.
 
  Contractor must physically verify that the riser is drained down, before cutting into the riser, by opening the fireman’s hose connection valve or sprinkler drain valve on the construction floor.
 
  Contractor must notify Engineers when work is finished, and request system fill up.
 
  Engineers will supply contractor with a 2-way radio to communicate with the Engineers filling the system as well as accompany contractor while system is being refilled.
 
  Contractor will verify that there are no leaks with the Engineer on site or via the 2-way radio with the Engineers.
 
  Contractor will return 2-way radio to the Engineering department.
 
  Engineer will enable appropriate life safety devices.
SINGLE FLOOR SPRINKLER DRAIN DOWNS
  Contractor notifies Engineers of location where work is to be done (Floor # and Stairwell #) before starting work (drain down must be scheduled 24 hours in advance)
 
  The Engineers disable the appropriate life safety devices for the affected floors.
 
  Contractor isolates system and performs work.
 
  Contractor notifies Engineers when work is complete, and gets approval to refill system.
 
  Contractor slowly fills system and checks for leaks.
 
  Contractor calls Engineers when system is refilled and verifies that all alarms have been cleared on the computer.
 
  Engineers enable appropriate life safety devices.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

19


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT H
401 N. Michigan Avenue
APPROVED CONTRACTOR LIST
GENERAL CONTRACTORS
         
Reed Illinois Corporation
600 West Jackson Blvd, Suite 500
Chicago, IL 60661-5625
  Terry Birck
Fax
  (312) 943-8100
(312) 943-8141
 
       
Krahl Construction
224 North DesPlaines Street, 4 th Floor
Chicago, IL 60661
  Don Haton
Fax
  (312) 648-9800
(312) 876-9049
 
       
Bear Construction
1501 Rohlwing Road
Rolling Meadows, IL 60008
  Scott Kurinsky
Fax
  (847) 222-1900
(847) 222-9910
 
       
Interior Construction Group
105 West Adams, Suite 900
Chicago, IL 60603
  Steve Zuwala
Fax
  (312) 553-4949
(312) 553-0649
SUB-CONTRACTORS
         
Fire Protection
U.S. Fire Protection
Superior Fire Protection
Global Fire Protection
 
Mike Peterson
Pat Sullivan
Tom Neuendorf
 
(708) 816-0050
(708) 599-5008
(708) 852-5200
 
       
Plumbing
John’s Plumbing
Millennium Piping
Pientka Plumbing
 
Bill Johns
Bill Doyle
Robert Klauk
 
(773) 286-9030
(312) 715-0560
(847) 573-9004
 
       
HVAC
Hill Mechanical Group
Competitive Piping
Murphy Miller
Admiral Heating & Ventilating
 
Terry Baker
Tom Muraski
Ed Flannigan
Catherine Bertucci
 
(773) 929-6600
(312) 322-1900
(312) 427-8900
(708) 544-3100
 
       
Electric
Concur Electric
Super Electric Company
S&M Electric
 
JimCurtin
Frank Marcinkowski
Jack McNamara
 
(708) 396-8766
(773) 489-4400
(708) 780-8177
 
       
Life Safety
Commercial Alarm Systems
 
Randy Jensen
 
(630) 832-2844
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

20


 

WORK LETTER ATTACHMENT B-3
FORMS FOR PROCESSING LANDLORD’S CONTRIBUTION
[Please see attached.]
Work Letter Attachment B-3

 


 

SWORN STATEMENT FOR CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR TO OWNER
     
State of ____________   Page ___ of ___Pages
     
County of __________    
 
               The affiant ___________________________________ being first duly sworn , on oath deposes and says that
                                                        (Name)
he is_____________________________________ of __________________________________________________
(position)                                                              (Firm name, address and phone number)
___________________________________________________________ that _____________________________
has contact with Zeller-(0) Properties, LLC owner for __________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________ on the following described premises in said
                                     (description of work)
County to wit: 401 N, Mechigan, Chicago, IL , 60611 - Cook County
That for the purpose of said contract, the following persons have been contracted with, and have furnished, or are furnishing and preparing materials for, and have done or are doing labor on said Improvement. That there is due and to become due them, respectively, the amounts set opposite their names for materials or labor as stated. That this statement is a full, trust and complete statement of all such persons, the amounts paid and the amounts due or to become due to each.
                         
1   2   3   4   5   6   7
Name and Address   Kind of Work   Amount of
Contract
  Retention (incl.
Current)
  Net Previously
Paid
  Net Amount This
Payment
  Balance to
Complete
 
 
                       
 
                       
 
TOTAL
                       
 
                     
Amount of Original Contract
  $ __________     Work Completed to Date   $ __________  
Extras to Contract
  $ __________     Less __ % Retained   $ __________  
Total Contract and Extras
  $ __________     Net Amount Earned   $ __________  
Credits to Contract
  $ __________     Net Amount Previously Paid   $ __________  
Adjusted Total Contract
  $ __________     Net Amount of this Payment   $ __________  
 
          Balance to Become Due (Inc. Retention)   $ __________  
 
It is understood that the total amount paid to date plus the amount requested in this application shall not exceed ______% of the cost of work completed to date.
           I agree to furnish waivers of lien for all materials under my contract when demanded.
         
     
  Signed      
       
  (Position)    
 
Subscribed and sworn to before this _________ day of ______ 20___.
         
     
     
  Notary Public    
     
 

 


 

ZELLER REALTY GROUP
401 N. Michigan; Ste 250
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60611
(312) 640-7600
FAX (312) 640-7699
     
TO:
  Contractors/Vendors
DATE:
  April 11, 2006
RE:
  401 N. Michigan Ave.
MONTHLY BILL PAYMENT PROCESS
This notification outlines our lender and title company requirements for pay requests.
A.   PAYMENT TIMING . Telefaxed copy of application for payment (“pencil draft” for owners review) shall be submitted by the 1st of the month for the prior month=s work; Contractor shall be Immediately advised of any required changes. Final copies of all documents will be due in Zeller=s Corporate office by the 10th day of the month. Funding will occur at the end of the following month. Payment applications shall reflect only executed change orders, and will not be processed for full payment without an executed contract, work orders, and change orders in hand.
 
B.   APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT . Application for Payment and Sworn Statement should be submitted using attached format (see sample). Separate applications should be provided for each phase of a project where separate contracts or authorizations are issued for separate phases. Architect=s Certificate (AIA G702) shall be provided for all base building work; It will not be required for tenant improvement work. Retainage of 10% shall be withheld on all contracts over $15,000. Additionally, the following closeout documents must be submitted with all final applications:
 
    Additionally, the following closeout documents must be submitted with all final applications:
  1.   Original complete set of original permit drawings and specifications;
 
  2.   Certificate of occupancy;
 
  3.   Copy of City building permit(s);
 
  4.   Complete punch list for the project signed by an approved representative of the tenant.
 
  5.   Letter for the project stating the substantial completion date and the commencement of all warranties, including duration, maintenance contracts and local source for any specialty parts or supplies required for the improvements, includes balancing reporst, HVAC design drawings, copies of all warranties, maintenance contracts and equipment manuals and certificates of Insurance for maintenance contractors;
 
  6.   As-built drawings:
 
  7.   All appropriate original waiver of liens from the contractor, subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, materialmen and suppliers.
C.   TITLE REQUIREMENTS .
1.   Waiver of Lien — An executed and notarized original for the full amount of the pay request being made by the Contractor must be submitted. For your information, a completed sample waiver is also included in the Waiver of Lien Guidelines memorandum. To summarize:
    The Contractor must provide a current overall waiver with each application for payment; Contractor/subcontractors performing work on a time and material basis must provide a final waiver with each application for payment.
 
    The Contractor must submit a supplemental listing of their subcontractors= names, addresses and phone numbers.
 
    Subcontractors/vendors delivering materials to Contractor or directly to the job site or providing labor for the project need to provide an original waiver of lien/contractor’s affidavit and, as mentioned above, need to be listed on the Contractor’s Sworn Statement and/or waiver of lien. Subcontractor=s waivers must be submitted within approximately 21 days of funding to the Contractor. These waivers are to be submitted in a complete package with a summary letter noting services and amounts.

 


 

Contractors/Vendors
Monthly Bill Payment Process
Page 2 of 2
     Whenever subcontractors/vendors deliver to the Contractor, but the material is not purchased specifically for this project, they do not need to provide a waiver/contractor’s affidavit; however, the subcontractor/vendor name, address and telephone number should be shown on the lower portion of the Contractor’s waiver of lien along with the following statement (see SAMPLE waiver included in the Waiver of Lien Guidelines memo): “All materials taken from fully paid stock and delivered to site in my/our own truck. My supplier is...”
2.   Form W-9 — To be submitted one time only (with your first application for payment):
     A copy of a substitute W-9 form can be found in the attached memo which provides waiver of lien guidelines. Please return the completed original form along with your waiver(s) to the address given at the end of this notification.
D.   INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS . Prior to commencement of any services on site, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain, at its own cost, and require its subcontractors to purchase and maintain, at its own cost, insurance with coverages and aggregate limits of liability of not less than indicated below from licensed insurers with a Bests rating of AX or better; coverage to be primary and non-contributing. Original copies must be submitted to building management.
 
    For Sub-Contracts $10,000 or Less :
  $   Worker=s compensation (including Occupational Disease): $500,000
 
    Employer=s Liability Coverage: $500,000
      Each Accident: $500,000
 
      Disease, Policy Limit $500,000
 
      Disease, per Employee: $500,000
    Broad Form Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000
 
    Comprehensive Automobile Liability; $500,000
 
    Property Insurance Coverage for Tools and Equipment on Site: Replacement Value
      For Sub-Contracts Greater than $10,000 :
 
    Worker=s Compensation (including Occupational Disease): $500,000
 
    Employer=s Liability Coverage: $500,000
      Each Accident: $500,000
 
      Disease, Policy Limit $500,000
           Disease, per Employee: $500,000
 
    Broad Form Commercial General Liability: $2,000,000
 
    Comprehensive Automobile Liability: $1,000,000
 
    Property Insurance Coverage for Tools and Equipment on Site: Replacement Value
 
    General Contractors shall also provide Umbrella Liability insurance of not less than $3,000,000.
Insurance Certificates shall include the following additional insureds:
    Name Insured : Zeller — 401 Property, LLC
 
    Additional Named Insureds : Zeller — 401 Property, LLC; Zeller Management Corporation; Zeller Realty Group; Zeller Development Corporation; Zeller — 401 Ralt, LLC.; Zeller — 401, L.L.C.; LRH — 401 Michigan Avenue, LLC; LaSalle Bank, as Trustee of Trust No. 128497; Z — 401 Castleton, L.L.C.; Zeller Castleton, L.L.C.
     Incomplete and/or unapproved pay request packages will not be submitted with the current month’s drew requisition to our lender, but will be deferred until the foregoing requirements are satisfied.

 


 

Contractors/Vendors
Monthly Bill Payment Process
Page 2 of 2
     Pay requests, invoices, waivers, insurance certificates and any questions regarding the above procedures should be
     
addressed to:
with a copy to:
Ms. Mary Darwin
  Mr. Eric Taylor
Zeller Realty Group
  Zeller Realty Group
401 North Michigan, Ste 250
  401 N. Michigan, Ste 260
Chicago, IL 60611
  Chicago, IL 60611
Phone: 312-595-2267
  Phone: 312-640-7617
Fax: 312-640-7699
  Fax: 312-640-7699

 


 

ZELLER REALTY GROUP
401 N. Michigan; Ste 250
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60611
(312) 640-7600
FAX (312) 640-7699
     
TO:
  CONTRACTORS/VENDORS
FROM:
  Eric Taylor
DATE:
  April 11, 2006
RE:
  401 North Michigan Avenue
LIEN WAIVERS
The following guidelines have been established to aid you in the completion of waivers for submission to 401 North Michigan’s title company. Attached please find blank waivers and an example waiver for your files.
      Waiver of Lien Guidelines:
 
  1)   All waivers must be ORIGINALS:
 
  2)   Waivers need to state the proper employer. General Contractors are employed by The Owner however, subcontractors’ waivers must indicate they are employed by the General Contractor. See (A) on attached example waiver.
 
      The Owner Is: Zeller — 401 Property, LLC
 
  3)   The amount of the current application/Invoice should be spelled out as well shown numerically on the waiver. See (B) on attached example waiver.
 
  4)   The waiver must be signed and dated by a corporate officer. If a company seal is available, please affix as well. See (C) on attached example waiver.
 
  5)   The second portion of the waiver, the Contractor’s Affidavit, is required from contractors providing labor and material. Affidavits are not required from surveyors, consultants, architects, etc. These individuals need only complete the top waiver portion. However, the company’s name must be typed on the waiver if an affidavit is not submitted.
 
  6)   If materials are taken from stock, no additional waivers are required; however, the following language must be on the affidavit: “All materials are taken from fully paid stock and delivered to site in my own truck.” My principle supplier is: (suppliers name, address & telephone number). See (D) on attached example waiver.
 
      If materials are delivered to the site by a subcontractor, that sub must be named, the contract amount, previous payments, etc. must be shown, and a waiver submitted to this office within approximately three (3) weeks of receipt of payment or before the next funding. See (E) on attached example waiver.
 
  7)   The affidavit must be signed & dated by a corporate officer. See (F) on attached example waiver.
 
  8)   The affidavit must be notarized. See (G) on attached example waiver.
 
  9)   All new contractors must submit a W-9 form for governmental reporting purposes. Form attached.
 
  10)   A list of all subcontractors along with their addresses & telephone numbers must be provided by the General Contractor with application.
Please review the above and call me at (312) 640-7615 with any questions. If these guidelines are not adhered to in the future, Invoices and the corresponding waivers will be withdrawn from our draw request and returned to you. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter.

 


 

APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT   PAGE ONE OF       PAGES
             
To:
  Zeller Realty Corporation       APPLICATION NO:
 
  401 North Michigan   PROJECT:     401 N. Michigan    
 
  Suite 250       PERIOD FROM:
 
  Chicago, IL, 60611       PERIOD TO:
ATTN:
  Mary Moutvic        
 
           
FROM (CONTRACTOR):        
 
           
 
          PROJECT NO:
 
           
CONTRACT FOR:       CONTRACT DATE:
CONTRACTOR’S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
                     
CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY        
Change Orders approved in
previous months by Owner
  ADDITIONS   DEDUCTIONS
 
                   
 
  TOTAL     0       0  
Approved This Month                
Number
  Date Approved                
 
                   
 
  TOTALS     0       0  
Net change by Change Orders     0  
         
ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM
  $ 0  
Net change by Change Orders
  $ 0  
 
     
CONTRACT SUM TO DATE
  $ 0  
 
     
 
TOTAL COMPLETED & STORED TO DATE
  $ 0  
RETAINAGE 10%
  $ 0  
 
     
TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE
  $ 0  
 
     
LESS PREVIOUS CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
  $ 0  
 
     
CURRENT PAYMENT DUE
  $ 0  
 
     
State of: ILLINOIS
County of: COOK
Subscribed and Sworn to before me this       day of                      , 20      
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
         
Contractor:
       
 
 
 
   
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Date:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

                 
CONTINUATION SHEET
      APPLICATION NUMBER:        
BREAKDOWN OF APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT.
      APPLICATION DATE:        
All amounts are stated to the nearest dollar.
  CONTRACTOR:   PERIOD FROM:     0  
          PROJECT NAME:           401 N. Michigan
  JOB NO:   TO:     0  
                                                                             
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H   I   J   K
                                WORK COMPLETED   TOTAL            
                OWNER                   THIS APPLICATION   COMPLETED           BALANCE
ITEM       SCHEDULED   CHANGE   REVISED   PREVIOUS           STORED   AND STORED           TO
NO   DESCRIPTION OF WORK   VALUE   ORDER   VALUE   APPLICATIONS   WRK IN PLACE   MTLS   TO DATE   %   FINISH
01  
GENERAL CONDITIONS
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
02  
DEMOLITION
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
03  
DOORS, FRAMES, HDWR
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
04  
GYPSUM DRYWALL
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
05  
CARPET / FLOORCOVERING
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
06  
PAINT / WALLCOVERING
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
07  
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
08  
HVAC
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
09  
ELECTRICAL
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
10  
CONTRACTORS FEE
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
 
   
JOB TOTAL
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0 %     0  

 


 

WAIVER OF LIEN TO DATE
                 
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |          
 
           SS       Qty #                                                        
COUNTY OF COOK
    |          
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by:    
to furnish:    
for the premises known as: 401 North Michigan Avenue of which Zeller-401 Properties, LLC is the owner.
     THE undersigned, for and in consideration of:    
$                                           Dollars, and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby waive and release any and all lien or claim of, or right to, lien, under the statutes of the State of Illinois, relating to mechanics liens, with respect to and on said above described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished and on the moneys, funds or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, on account of labor services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished to this date by the undersigned for the above described premises.
          Given under my hand signed and sealed this                      day of                      , 20      
Officer Signature and Corporate Seal:    
NOTE: All waivers must be for the full amount paid. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.
CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT
         
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |  
 
         SS
COUNTY OF COOK
    |  
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     THE undersigned, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is    
of the    
who is the contractor for the    
work on the building located at: 401 N. Michigan Avenue and owned by: Zeller-401 Properties, LLC
That the total amount of the contract including extras is                                           on which he has received payment of $                                 prior to this payment. That all waivers are true, correct and genuine and delivered unconditionally and that there is no claim other legal or equitable to defeat the validity of said waivers. That the following are the names of all the parties who have furnished material or labor, or both, for said work and all parties having contracts or subcontracts for specific portions of said work or for material entering into the construction thereof and the amount due or to become due to each, and that the items mentioned include all labor and material required to complete said work according to plans and specifications:
                     
        CONTRACT   PREVIOUSLY   THIS   BALANCE
NAMES   SERVICE   PRICE   PAID   PAYMENT   DUE
 
                   
TOTAL LABOR & MATERIAL TO COMPLETE                
That there are no other contracts for said work outstanding, and that there is nothing due or to become due to any person for material, labor or other work of any kind done or to be done upon or in connection with said work other than above stated.
Signed this                      day of                                           , 20      
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
   
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of                                           , 20       
         
Notary Signature and Seal:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

FINAL WAIVER OF LIEN
                 
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |          
 
           SS       Qty #                                                        
COUNTY OF COOK
    |          
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by:    
to furnish:    
for the premises known as: 401 North Michigan Avenue of which Zeller-401 Properties, LLC is the owner.
     THE undersigned, for and in consideration of:    
$                                           Dollars, and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby waive and release any and all lien or claim of, or right to, lien, under the statutes of the State of Illinois, relating to mechanics’ liens, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished, and on the moneys, funds or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, on account of labor services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished or which may be furnished at any time hereafter.
          Given under my hand signed and sealed this                      day of                      , 20      
         
Officer Signature and Corporate Seal:
       
 
 
 
   
NOTE: All waivers must be for the full amount paid. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.
CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT
         
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |  
 
         SS
COUNTY OF COOK
    |  
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     THE undersigned, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is    
of the    
who is the contractor for the    
work on the building located at: 401 N. Michigan Avenue and owned by: Zeller-401 Properties, LLC
That the total amount of the contract including extras is $                                          on which he has received payment of $                      prior to this payment. That all waivers are true, correct and genuine and delivered unconditionally and that there is no claim either legal or equitable to defeat the validity of said waivers. That the following are the names of all parties who have furnished material or labor, or both, for said work and all parties having contracts or subcontracts for specific portions of said work or for material entering into the construction thereof and the amount due or to become due to each, and that the items mentioned include all labor and material required to complete said work according to plans and specifications:
                     
        CONTRACT   PREVIOUSLY   THIS   BALANCE
NAMES   SERVICE   PRICE   PAID   PAYMENT   DUE
 
                   
TOTAL LABOR & MATERIAL TO COMPLETE                
That there are no other contracts for said work outstanding, and that there is nothing due or to become due to any person for material, labor or other work of any kind done or to be done upon or in connection with said work other than above stated.
Signed this                      day of                                           , 20      
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
   
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of                                           , 20      
         
Notary Signature and Seal:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

FINAL WAIVER OF LIEN
                 
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |          
 
           SS       Qty #                                                        
COUNTY OF COOK
    |          
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by:    
to furnish:    
for the premises known as: 401 North Michigan Avenue of which Zeller-401 Properties, LLC is the owner.
     THE undersigned, for and in consideration of:    
($                                         ) Dollars, and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby waive and release any and all lien or claim of, or right to, lien, under the statutes of the State of Illinois, relating to mechanics’ liens, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished, and on the moneys, funds or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, on account of labor services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished or which may be furnished at any time hereafter.
          Given under my hand signed and sealed this                      day of                      , 20      
         
Officer Signature and Corporate Seal:
       
 
 
 
   
Company Name:
       
 
 
 
   
Address:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
NOTE: All waivers must be for the full amount paid. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.

 


 

WAIVER OF LIEN TO DATE
EXAMPLE
                 
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |          
 
           SS       Qty #                                                        
COUNTY OF COOK
    |          
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by: A- GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR OWNER to furnish: TRADES for the premises known as PROPERTY ADDRESS of which OWNER NAME is the owner.
     THE undersigned, for and in consideration of: B- NET AMOUNT RECEIVED SPELLED OUT ($ NET AMOUNT RECEIVED) Dollars, and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby waive and release any and all lien or claim of, or right to, lien, under the statutes of the State of Illinois, relating to mechanics’ liens, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished, and on the moneys, funds or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, on account of labor services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished to this date by the undersigned for the above described premises.
          Given under my hand signed and sealed this                      day of                      , 20      
         
Officer Signature and Corporate Seal:
  C    
 
 
 
   
NOTE: All waivers must be for the full amount paid. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.
CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT
         
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |  
 
         SS
COUNTY OF COOK
    |  
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     THE undersigned, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is NAME & POSITION WITH COMPANY of the NAME OF COMPANY who is the contractor for the TRADE(S) work on the building located at: PROPERTY ADDRESS and owned by: OWNER NAME
That the total amount of the contract including extras is $ TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT on which he has received payment of $ PAID TO DATE prior to this payment. That all waivers are true, correct and genuine and delivered unconditionally and that there is no claim either legal or equitable to defeat the validity of said waivers. That the following are the names of all parties who have furnished material or labor, or both, for said work and all parties having contracts or subcontracts for specific portions of said work or for material entering into the construction thereof and the amount due or to become due to each, and that the items mentioned include all labor and material required to complete said work according to plans and specifications:
                     
        CONTRACT   PREVIOUSLY   THIS   BALANCE
NAMES   SERVICE   PRICE   PAID   PAYMENT   DUE
D- IF ALL MATERIALS ARE TAKEN FROM STOCK: “ALL MATERIALS TAKEN FROM FULLY PAID STOCK & DELIVERED TO SITE IN MY OWN TRUCK” MY PRINCIPLE SUPPLIER IS: (NAME OF COMPANY, ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER)
-OR-
                   
 
                   
E-COMPANY NAME 
  NUMBER    $10,000.00       $10,000.00   $0.00
 
      (MATERIAL WAIVER WOULD BE FURNISHED)    
TOTAL LABOR & MATERIAL TO COMPLETE                
That there are no other contracts for said work outstanding, and that there is nothing due or to become due to any person for material, labor or other work of any kind done or to be done upon or in connection with said work other than above stated.
Signed this                      day of                                           , 20      
         
Signature:
  F    
 
 
 
   
G- Subscribed and sworn to before me this                       day of                                             , 20      
         
Notary Signature and Seal:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT B-3
Form of Third Expansion Space Work Letter
[See Attached]

B-3


 

WORK LETTER
(Tenant Work — Third Expansion Space)
     This WORK LETTER AGREEMENT (this “Work Letter” ) is entered into as of the 26 th day of November, 2008, by and between ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, not personally, but solely in its capacity as agent for owner ( “Landlord” ), and HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health ( “Tenant” ) . The parties hereby acknowledge that they have contemporaneously entered into that certain lease amendment (the “Second Amendment” ), captioned “SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT,” for that certain Third Expansion Space (as defined in the Second Amendment) located in a portion of the building known as 401 North Michigan Avenue (the “Building” ), situated on certain property (including all easements appurtenant thereto) lying north of the Chicago River in Chicago, Illinois (the “Property” ). Unless otherwise defined in this Work Letter, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Second Amendment. For purposes hereof, the term “Lease” shall mean the “Lease” (as defined in the Second Amendment”), as amended by the Second Amendment.
     Landlord and Tenant agree that their respective rights and obligations in reference to the construction of the leasehold improvements to the Third Expansion Space and the refurbishment of certain leasehold improvements in the Original Premises (as defined in the Second Amendment) and the First Expansion Space (as defined in the Second Amendment and, together with the Original Premises, the “27th Floor Space” ) (collectively, the “Tenant Finish Improvements” ) shall be as follows:
      1.  Work . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (subject to the payment by Landlord of Landlord’s Contribution (as hereinafter defined) in accordance herewith), shall perform, or cause to be performed, the work in the Third Expansion Space and the refurbishment of certain leasehold improvements in the 27 th Floor Space (collectively, the “Work” ) provided for in the Approved Plans (as defined in Paragraph 2 hereof). Subject to Tenant’s satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Work Letter, Tenant shall be entitled to Landlord’s Contribution (as defined in Paragraph 7 below).
      2.  Pre-Construction Activities .
          (a) Tenant’s Pre-Construction Deliveries . On or before ten (10) days prior to commencement of the Work, Tenant shall submit the following information and items to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval.
               (i) A detailed critical path construction schedule containing the major components of the Work and the time required for each, including the scheduled commencement date of the Work, milestone dates and the estimated date of completion of construction.
               (ii) An itemized statement of estimated construction costs, including fees for permits and architectural and engineering fees.

B-1


 

               (iii) Evidence satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s ability to pay the cost of the Work (to the extent such cost exceeds Landlord’s Contribution) as and when payments for same become due.
               (iv) The names and addresses of Tenant’s contractors (and said contractors’ subcontractors) and materialmen to be engaged by Tenant for the Work (individually, a “ Tenant Contractor ,” and, collectively, “ Tenant’s Contractors ”). Landlord reserves the right to approve or disapprove all or any one (1) or more of Tenant’s Contractors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The “Pre-approved Contractor and Plan Guidelines” (as hereinafter defined) lists approved contractors for performance of those portions of the Work involving electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating, air conditioning or life safety systems, from which Tenant must select its contractors for such designated portions of the Work. The “ Pre-approved Contractor and Plan Guidelines ” shall mean those certain guidelines attached hereto as Attachment B-1, together, with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may make from time-to-time. Landlord hereby approves Executive Construction, Inc. as Tenant’s general contractor.
               (v) Certificates of insurance as hereinafter described. Tenant shall not permit Tenant’s Contractors to commence any portion of the Work until the required insurance has been obtained and certified copies of policies or certificates have been delivered to Landlord.
               (vi) The Plans (as hereinafter defined) for the Work, which Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with Paragraph 2(b) below.
Tenant shall update such information and items by notice to Landlord of any changes thereto, which changes shall also be subject to Landlord’s review and approval.
          (b) Approved Plans . As used herein, the term “ Approved Plans ” shall mean the Plans, as and when approved in writing by Landlord. As used herein, the term “ Plans ” shall mean, subject to Paragraph 2 of the Pre-approved Contractor and Plan Guidelines, the full and detailed architectural and engineering plans and specifications covering the Work (including, without limitation, architectural, mechanical and electrical working drawings for the Work), which plans and specifications shall be prepared by the “Architect” (as hereinafter defined) and a consulting engineer acceptable to the Landlord. Tenant shall utilize The Environments Group (“ Architect ”) to provide architectural drawings and McGuire Engineers to provide fully engineered mechanical and electrical plans for the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements. Landlord may designate the type of materials to be used in the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements (hereinafter referred to as “ Building Standard Construction ”), and Tenant hereby agrees to accept such designation. The Plans shall incorporate Building Standard Construction to the greatest extent consistent with design requirements; all non-Building Standard Construction will be reviewed by Landlord and included in architectural and engineering documents for Landlord’s approval. The Plans shall be subject to the approval of all local governmental authorities requiring approval of the Work and/or the Approved Plans. Landlord shall give its approval or disapproval

B-2


 

(providing specific details in the case of disapproval) of the Plans within five (5) business days after their delivery to Landlord. If Landlord does not notify Tenant of its approval or disapproval of the Plans within such five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved such Plans. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its approval of the Plans; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be deemed to have acted unreasonably if it withholds its approval of the Plans because, in Landlord’s opinion: (i) the Work as shown in the Plans is likely to adversely affect Building systems, the structure of the Building or the safety of the Building and/or its occupants; (ii) the Work as shown on the Plans might adversely impair Landlord’s ability to furnish services to Tenant or other tenants; (iii) the Work as completed would increase the cost of operating the Building; (iv) the Work would violate any governmental laws, rules or ordinances (or interpretations thereof); (v) the Work contains or uses hazardous or toxic materials or substances; (vi) the Work would adversely affect the appearance of the Building; (vii) the Work might adversely affect another tenant’s premises; or (viii) the Work is prohibited by any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Building. The foregoing reasons, however, shall not be exclusive of the reasons for which Landlord may withhold consent, whether or not such other reasons are similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. If Landlord notifies Tenant that changes are required to the Plans, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days thereafter, submit to Landlord for its approval, the Plans amended in accordance with such required changes. The Plans shall also be revised and the Work shall be changed, all at Tenant’s cost and expense, to incorporate any work required on the Third Expansion Space or the 27th Floor Space by any local governmental field inspector. Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall in no way be deemed to be (i) an acceptance or approval of any element contained therein which is in violation of any applicable laws, ordinances, regulations or other governmental requirements, or (ii) an assurance that work done pursuant to the Approved Plans will comply with all applicable laws (or with the interpretations thereof) or satisfy Tenant’s objectives and needs.
          (c) Commencement of the Work . No Work shall be undertaken or commenced by Tenant in the Third Expansion Space or the 27th Floor Space until (i) Tenant has delivered, and Landlord has approved, all information and items set forth in Paragraph 2(a) above, (ii) Tenant has obtained all necessary building permits, (iii) Tenant has designated Tenant’s Representative (as defined in Paragraph 10) pursuant to Paragraph 10, and (iv) proper provision has been made by Tenant for payment in full of the cost of the Work, which shall take into account the obligations of Landlord to make the Landlord Contribution.
      3.  Delays . In the event Tenant fails to deliver, or deliver in sufficient and accurate detail, the information required under Paragraph 2 above on or before the respective dates specified in Paragraph 2 for such information, or in the event Tenant, for any reason other than Landlord Delays (as hereinafter defined), fails to complete the Work on or before the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for Rent with respect to the Third Expansion Space and all other obligations set forth in the Lease with respect thereto from the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date, regardless of the degree of completion of the Work on such date, and no such delay in completion of the Work (other than delays caused by a

B-3


 

Landlord Delay) shall relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant fails to complete the Work prior to the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date due to Landlord Delays, then the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date shall be deferred by one (1) day for each day of delay caused by such Landlord Delay. “Landlord Delays” shall mean delays in completion of the Work with respect to the Third Expansion Space, which delays are not attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors, due to Landlord’s failure to provide any approvals or disapprovals within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 2(b) above.
      4.  Change Orders . All material changes to the Approved Plans requested by Tenant must be approved by Landlord in advance of the implementation of such changes as part of the Work; provided, however, that no Landlord approval shall be required for changes to the Approved Plans that are (i) solely cosmetic in nature and (ii) do not involve the entryway of the Third Expansion Space or 27th Floor Space to any public corridor of the Building. All delays caused by Tenant-initiated change orders, including, without limitation, any stoppage of the Work during the change order review process, are solely the responsibility of Tenant and shall not cause delay nor relieve Tenant of its obligations under the Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent) or under this Work Letter. All increases in the cost of the Work resulting from such change orders shall be borne by Tenant.
      5.  Standards of Design and Construction and Conditions of Tenant’s Performance . All Work done in or upon the Third Expansion Space or the 27th Floor Space shall be done by Tenant according to the standards set forth in this Paragraph 5 and the Contractor and Vendor Guidelines attached hereto as Attachment B-2 , except as the same may be modified in the Approved Plans.
          (a) The Approved Plans and all design and construction of the Work shall comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws, codes and industry standards, including, but not limited to, requirements of Landlord’s fire insurance underwriters.
          (b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain all required building permits and occupancy permits. Tenant’s failure to obtain such permits shall not cause a delay in the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent nor any other obligations set forth in the Lease.
          (c) Tenant’s Contractors shall be licensed contractors, possessing good labor relations and shall be capable of performing quality workmanship and working in harmony with Landlord’s contractors and subcontractors and with other contractors and subcontractors in the Building. All of the Work shall be coordinated with any other construction or other work in the Building in order not to adversely affect construction work being performed by or for Landlord or its other tenants.
          (d) Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform, on behalf of and for the account of Tenant, subject to reimbursement by Tenant, work

B-4


 

which pertains to patching of the Work and other work in the Building that arises as a result of the performance of the Work, provided that all such work shall be related to base building systems.
          (e) Tenant shall use only new, first-class materials in the Work, except as explicitly shown otherwise in the Approved Plans. All Work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall obtain contractors’ warranties of at least one (1) year in duration from the completion of the Work and protecting against defects in workmanship and materials on all work performed and equipment installed in the Third Expansion Space or 27th Floor Space as part of the Work.
          (f) Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall make all efforts and take all steps appropriate to assure that all construction activities undertaken comport with the reasonable expectations of all tenants and other occupants of a fully-occupied (or substantially fully occupied) first-class office building and do not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building. In any event, Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations existing from time to time at the Building. Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall take all precautionary steps to minimize dust, noise and construction traffic, and to protect their facilities and the facilities of others affected by the Work and to properly police same. Construction equipment and materials are to be kept within the Third Expansion Space or 27th Floor Space and delivery and loading of equipment and materials shall be done at such locations and at such time as Landlord shall reasonably direct so as not to burden the construction or operation of the Building. Tenant may perform the Work during business hours and shall not be required to use overtime labor, subject to the Contractor and Vendor Guidelines attached as Attachment B-2 to this Work Letter. If and as required by Landlord, the Third Expansion Space shall be sealed off from the balance of the office space on the floor(s) containing the Third Expansion Space so as to minimize the dispersement of dirt, debris and noise.
          (g) Landlord shall have the right to order Tenant or any of Tenant’s Contractors who violate the requirements imposed upon Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors in performing the Work (or any portion thereof) to cease working and remove its equipment and employees from the Building. No such action by Landlord shall delay the Third Expansion Space Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.
          (h) Tenant shall not be charged for building standard HVAC service or use of loading dock or freight elevators during normal business hours on a non-exclusive use basis, however all material deliveries shall be made during off hours which there will be a fee for overtime use of the freight elevator. Tenant shall apply and pay for all utility meters required. Tenant shall pay for all support services provided by Landlord’s contractors at Tenant’s request or at Landlord’s discretion resulting from breaches or defaults by Tenant under this Work Letter. All use of freight elevators is subject to scheduling by Landlord and the rules and regulations of the Building as outlined in Exhibit D to the Lease. Tenant shall arrange and pay for removal of construction debris and shall not place debris in the Building’s waste containers. If

B-5


 

required by Landlord, Tenant shall sort and separate its waste and debris for recycling and/or environmental law compliance purposes.
          (i) Tenant shall permit access to the Third Expansion Space and 27th Floor Space to, and the Work shall be subject to inspection by, Landlord and Landlord’s architects, engineers, contractors and other representatives, at all reasonable times during the period in which the Work is being constructed and installed and following completion of the Work, subject to the safety requirements of Tenant’s Contractors.
          (j) Tenant shall cause the Work to proceed expeditiously, continuously and efficiently and shall complete the same on or before one hundred fifty (150) days after the date Landlord tenders possession of the Third Expansion Space to Tenant for the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements, provided that Tenant is not delayed by force majeure. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the Work and shall furnish Landlord and Landlord’s title insurance company with such further documentation as may be necessary under Paragraphs 7 and 8 below.
          (k) Tenant shall have no authority to deviate from the Approved Plans in its performance (or Tenant’s Contractors’ performance) of the Work, except as authorized by Landlord and its designated representative in writing pursuant to Paragraph 4 hereof. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord “as-built” drawings of the Tenant Finish Improvements within thirty (30) days after completion of the Work as required in the Pre-approved Contractor and Plan Guidelines.
          (l) Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to run utility lines, pipes, conduits, duct work and component parts of all mechanical and electrical systems where necessary or desirable through the Third Expansion Space or 27th Floor Space, to repair, alter, replace or remove the same, and to require Tenant to install and maintain proper access panels thereto. In the event that Tenant constructs an open office space with exposed structure and mechanical duct work, any such facilities which Landlord elects to run through the Premises must be treated in the same aesthetic manner as the Premises, and Tenant shall have the right to reasonably approve and coordinate the location of any such facilities.
          (m) Tenant shall impose on and enforce all applicable terms of this Work Letter against Architect and Tenant’s Contractors.
      6.  Insurance and Indemnification .
          (a) In addition to any insurance which may be required under the Lease, Tenant shall secure, pay for and maintain, or cause Tenant’s Contractors to secure, pay for and maintain during the continuance of the Work, insurance in the following minimum coverages and the following minimum limits of liability:
               (i) Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000.00, or such higher amounts as may be required from time to time by any Employee Benefit Acts or other statutes applicable where the

B-6


 

Work is to be performed, and in any event sufficient to protect Tenant’s Contractors from liability under the aforementioned acts.
               (ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance (including Contractors’ Protective Liability) in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence, whether involving bodily injury liability (or death resulting therefrom) or property damage liability or a combination thereof with a minimum aggregate limit of $2,000,000.00 and with umbrella coverage with limits not less than $3,000,000.00. Such insurance shall provide for explosion and collapse, completed operations coverage and broad form blanket contractual liability coverage and shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others and arising from its operations under the contracts whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
               (iii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance, including the ownership, maintenance and operation of any automotive equipment, owned, hired, or non-owned in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for each person in one accident, and $1,000,000.00 for injuries sustained by two or more persons in any one accident and property damage liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for each accident. Such insurance shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under the contracts, whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
               (iv) “All-risk/Special Form” builder’s risk insurance upon the entire Work to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors of any tier to the extent of any insurable interest therein) in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include “all-risk/special form” builder’s insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief. If any materials used (or to be used) in connection with the Work are stored off the site of the Building or in transit to such site are not covered under such “all-risk/special form” builder’s risk insurance, then Tenant shall effect and maintain similar property insurance on such materials. Any loss insured under such “all-risk” builder’s risk insurance is to be adjusted with Landlord and Tenant and made payable to Landlord, as trustee for the insured parties, as their interests may appear.
               (v) Crime Insurance in an amount not less than $100,000.00, which shall include coverage for fidelity, money and securities on and off the premises, transit, and depositors forgery coverage. Such insurance shall protect Zeller Realty Group as their interest may appear for any dishonest or fraudulent acts of contractors’ employees, any loss of money and securities by destruction, disappearance or wrongful abstraction while in the care, custody or control of the contractor or contractor’s employees.

B-7


 

               (vi) Zeller Management Corporation shall be the certificate holder on any such insurance required under this Paragraph 6.
          All policies (except the worker’s compensation policy) shall be endorsed to include as additional insured parties the parties required by the Lease and such additional persons as Landlord has designated. Designated additional insured parties are as follows (such additional insureds to be identified exactly as indicated below):
          LRH-401 Michigan Avenue, LLC;
          Zeller Realty Group;
          Zeller Development Corporation;
          Zeller Management Corporation;
          LaSalle Bank, as Trustee of Trust No. 128497;
          Z-401 Castleton, L.L.C.;
          Zeller Castleton, L.L.C.;
          Zeller-401 Property, L.L.C.;
          Zeller-401 Rait, LLC;
          Zeller-401, L.L.C.; and
GEMSA Loan Services, LP., as Master Servicer in trust for the Registered Holders of GE Commercial Mortgage Corporation, Commercial Mortgage Pass Through Certificates Series 2005-C1, c/o Bank of America, N.A. as Subservicer.
          The waiver of subrogation provisions contained in the Lease shall apply to all insurance policies (except the workmen’s compensation policy) to be obtained by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph. The insurance certificates shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give all additional insured parties thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any reduction or cancellation for non-renewal of coverage (except that ten (10) days’ notice shall be sufficient in the case of cancellation for non-payment of premium). The insurance coverage afforded to the additional insured parties thereunder shall be primary to any insurance carried independently by said additional insured parties. Additionally, where applicable, each policy shall contain a cross-liability and severability of interest clause.
          (b) Without limitation of the indemnification provisions contained in the Lease, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions contained in the Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord, the parties listed, or required by, the Lease to be named as

B-8


 

additional insured parties, the designated additional insureds provided above, Landlord’s contractors, Landlord’s architects, and their respective beneficiaries, partners, directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against all claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of whatever nature arising out of or in connection with the Work or the entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors into the Building, the Third Expansion Space and the 27th Floor Space, including without limitation, mechanic’s liens, the cost of any repairs to the Third Expansion Space, 27th Floor Space or Building necessitated by activities of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors, bodily injury to persons or damage to the property of Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees, licensees or others, except where due to Landlord’s negligence. It is understood and agreed that the foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to the insurance requirements set forth above and shall not be in discharge of or in substitution for same or any other indemnity or insurance provision of the Lease.
      7.  Landlord’s Contribution; Excess Amounts . As the Work progresses, Landlord shall make a dollar contribution in the amount of Sixty and No/100 Dollars ($60.00) per square foot of rentable area of the Third Expansion Space (which amount, together with any Second Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance or any Third Expansion Space Price Protection Allowance, is referred to herein as the “ Third Expansion Space Contribution ”), for application thereof to the cost of the Work related to the Third Expansion Space. The total of such Third Expansion Space Contribution shall be in the amount of One Million Three Hundred Twenty-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($1,329,900.00). Additionally, as the Work progresses, but in no event prior to November 1, 2013, Landlord shall make a dollar contribution (the “ 27th Floor Space Contribution ,” and, together with the Third Expansion Space Contribution, “ Landlord’s Contribution ”) in the amount of Thirty-Five and No/100 Dollars ($35.00) per square foot of rentable area of the 27th Floor Space, for application thereof to the cost of the Work related to the 27th Floor Space. The 27th Floor Space Contribution shall be in the amount of Seven Hundred Thirty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Five and No/100 Dollars ($732,235.00). Landlord’s Contribution shall include the out-of-pocket costs and expenses owed by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Distribution of funds is further defined in Paragraph 8 of this Work Letter. Landlord may deduct from Landlord’s Contribution any amounts due to Landlord or its architects or engineers under this Work Letter before disbursing any other portion of Landlord’s Contribution. Cost savings in the Work relating to either the Third Expansion Space or the 27th Floor Space may be applied by Tenant, upon notice to Landlord, to any excess cost of the Work as it relates to the other of the 27th Floor Space or the Third Expansion Space. If, within twenty-four (24) months after Landlord’s delivery of the Third Expansion Space to Tenant, the total cost of the Work related to the Third Expansion Space for which Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors have applied for payment from Landlord is less than the Third Expansion Space Contribution (such difference shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Third Expansion Space Contribution Balance ”), then Tenant shall receive Net Rent abatement (to be applied to Net Rent with respect to the Third Expansion Space first coming due under the Lease) in an amount equal to the Third Expansion Space Contribution Balance. If, on October 31, 2015, the total cost of the Work related to the 27th Floor Space for which Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors have applied for payment

B-9


 

from Landlord is less than the 27th Floor Space Contribution (such difference shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ 27th Floor Space Contribution Balance ”), then Tenant shall receive Net Rent abatement (to be applied to Net Rent with respect to the 27th Floor Space first coming due under the Lease) in an amount equal to the 27th Floor Space Contribution Balance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Tenant receive Net Rent abatement, (i) with respect to the Third Expansion Space, in an amount greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Third Expansion Space Contribution and, (ii) with respect to the 27th Floor Space, in an amount greater than fifty percent (50%) of the 27th Floor Space Contribution.
      8.  Construction Payments; Excess Costs . Landlord will pay Landlord’s Contribution by paying Tenant’s Contractors as the Work progresses. Landlord will make payments directly to Tenant’s Contractors upon receipt by Landlord of (i) lien waivers and sworn statements from Tenant’s Contractors and other applicable parties, a Payment Application and, if determined by Landlord to be necessary or appropriate, upon a title insurance company’s willingness to issue title insurance over mechanic’s liens relating to Tenant’s Contractors and the Work to the date of each draw, all of the foregoing to be submitted in the forms attached hereto as Attachment B-3 , from all parties performing labor or supplying materials or services in connection with the Work, and (ii) such tenant (owner) statements, architect’s certificates and additional documentation (including, without limitation, contractor personal undertakings) which may be reasonably requested by Landlord. If Tenant satisfies the conditions for payment set forth in this Work Letter and Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond the expiration of applicable grace or notice and cure periods, Landlord shall pay Tenant’s Contractors within sixty (60) days of delivery of each draw request and pertinent documentation as described herein. The application for payment must be representative of work in place. If Tenant satisfies the conditions for payment set forth in this Work Letter and Tenant is not in default beyond the expiration of applicable grace or notice and cure periods and Landlord wrongfully fails or refuses to pay Landlord’s Contribution as set forth herein, Tenant may offset against Rent next due under the Lease the amount of Landlord’s Contribution that Landlord has improperly failed or refused to fund.
     If the cost of the Work exceeds Landlord’s Contribution, including, without limitation, any such excess resulting from Tenant-initiated change orders pursuant to Paragraph 4, then Tenant shall have sole responsibility for the cost of such excess amount (the “ Overage ”) and shall pay such Overage directly to Tenant’s Contractors pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 8. With respect to each Payment Application, Tenant shall timely pay to Tenant’s Contractors, concurrently with payment by Landlord of Landlord’s Contribution, amounts sufficient to pay the Overage Estimate Amount (as hereinafter defined). Tenant’s obligation to pay the Overage concurrently with Landlord’s funding of the Landlord’s Contribution is a condition of Landlord’s obligation to pay any portion of the Landlord’s Contribution that may then be payable. Any amounts that Tenant is required to pay under this Work Letter, including, but not limited to, the Overage, shall be referred to as “ Tenant’s Cost ” herein. Tenant’s Cost shall be deemed additional rent under the Lease.

B-10


 

     Upon completion of the Work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with full and final waivers of liens and contractors’ affidavits and statements and, if applicable, a Payment Application (as hereinafter defined), all of the foregoing to be submitted in the forms attached hereto as Attachment B-3 , from all parties performing labor or supplying materials or services in connection with the Work showing that all of the parties have been compensated in full and waiving all liens in connection with the Third Expansion Space, 27th Floor Space and Building. Tenant shall submit to Landlord a detailed breakdown of Tenant’s total construction costs, including all payments to vendors, contractors, consultants and suppliers related to the Work but paid directly by Tenant, together with such evidence of payment of all construction costs paid directly by Tenant as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.
     The “ Total Projected Costs ” shall mean the total projected costs of the Work as evidenced by the sworn statements to be provided by Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors from time to time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.
     The “ Adjusted Denominator ” shall equal the difference between (x) the Total Projected Costs and (y) the total amount of Landlord’s Contribution previously applied to the payment of the Work.
     The “ Overage Percentage ” shall equal the quotient of (x) the projected Overage at the time of the respective Payment Application and (y) the Adjusted Denominator.
     A “ Payment Application ” shall mean an application submitted by Tenant’s Contractors for which payment is sought pursuant to such written request in the form attached hereto as Attachment B-3 .
     The “ Overage Estimate Amount ” shall equal the product (x) the Overage Percentage and (y) the amount of payment sought pursuant to the Payment Application.
      9.  Miscellaneous .
          (a) As part of Building-standard work in the Third Expansion Space (and solely with respect thereto), the cost of which will not be paid with Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord will repair and replace any damaged or missing perimeter induction covers and install drywall around the perimeter curtain wall and interior structural columns. If any hose connection cabinet located within the Third Expansion Space is not required pursuant to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws or codes, then Landlord shall remove any such hose connection cabinet and the piping associated therewith, the cost of which will not be paid with Landlord’s Contribution, provided, however, if any such hose connection cabinet is required pursuant to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws or codes, and Tenant desires to relocate the same, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for the costs thereof (but such costs, subject to Paragraphs 7 and 8 hereof, may be paid from Landlord’s Contribution).
          (b) If the Plans for the Work require the construction and installation of more fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets than the number regularly

B-11


 

provided by Landlord in the core of the Building in which the Third Expansion Space is located, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and expenses arising from the construction and installation of such additional fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets.
          (c) Time is of the essence of this Work Letter.
          (d) Any person signing this Work Letter on behalf of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents that such person has authority to sign and deliver this Work Letter and bind the party on behalf of which it has been signed.
          (e) Tenant’s failure to pay any amounts owed by Tenant hereunder when due or Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall also constitute a default under the Lease after expiration of applicable cure periods under the Lease and Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies granted to Landlord under the Lease for nonpayment of any amounts owed thereunder or failure by Tenant to perform its obligations thereunder (including any right to perform such obligations as may be permitted under the Lease).
          (f) Notices under this Work Letter shall be given in the same manner as under the Lease.
          (g) The liability of Landlord hereunder or under any amendment hereto or any instrument or document executed in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Lease) shall be subject to the limitations of liability set forth in the Lease.
          (h) The headings set forth herein are for convenience only.
          (i) This Work Letter and the Second Amendment set forth the entire agreement of Tenant and Landlord regarding the Work. This Work Letter may only be amended if in writing, duly executed by both Landlord and Tenant.
          (j) All amounts due from Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be Rent due under the Lease.
          (k) This Work Letter may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, binding on the parties, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart. This Work Letter may be delivered by facsimile or email transmission. This Work Letter shall be effective if each party hereto has executed and delivered at least one counterpart hereof.
      10.  Tenant’s Representative .
Tenant shall appoint a person (“ Tenant’s Representative ”) who may be either an employee or a third party consultant to represent Tenant in performing daily supervision of the Work. Such person shall be familiar with all rules and regulations and procedures of the Building and all personnel of the Building engaged directly or indirectly in the

B-12


 

management, operation and construction of the Building and shall serve as a liaison between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Work. The entire cost and expense of Tenant’s Representative shall be borne and paid for by Tenant (subject to Tenant’s right to use all or any part of Landlord’s Contribution to reimburse Tenant for the same).
      11.  Exculpation of Landlord and Zeller . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, it is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that:
          (a) The recourse of Tenant or its successors or assigns against Landlord with respect to the alleged breach by or on the part of Landlord of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement contained in this Work Letter (collectively, “Landlord’s Work Letter Undertakings ”) shall extend only to Landlord’s interest in the real estate of which the Third Expansion Space and 27th Floor Space demised under the Lease are a part (hereinafter, “ Landlord’s Real Estate ”) and not to any other assets of Landlord or its officers, members, directors or shareholders; and
          (b) Except to the extent of Landlord’s interest in Landlord’s Real Estate, no personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort with respect to any of Landlord’s Work Letter Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is assumed by, or shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against, Landlord, Zeller Realty Corporation, Zeller Realty Group, Zeller Management Corporation, or against any of their respective directors, officers, members, employees, agents, constituent partners, beneficiaries, trustees or representatives.
      12.  Landlord’s Supervision Fee . Tenant shall pay Landlord a review and coordination fee (the “Supervision Fee”) equal to five percent (5%) of the total hard construction costs which are submitted by Tenant to Landlord for reimbursement in accordance with Paragraph 7 of this Work Letter.
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

B-13


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Work Letter is executed as of this 26 th day of November, 2008.
         
  LANDLORD:

ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,

an Illinois corporation, not personally, but
solely in its capacity as agent for owner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert M. Six    
    Its: Executive Vice President   
       
 
  TENANT:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, d/b/a Accretive Health
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Its: Senior Vice President/General Counsel   
       

B-14


 

         
ATTACHMENT B-1
PRE-APPROVED CONTRACTOR AND PLAN GUIDELINES
     1. With reference to Paragraph 2(a)(iv), the following are pre-approved general contractors to be utilized for the Work: ALPS Construction, Inc., KRAHL Construction, Interior Construction Group, JC Anderson, Reed Illinois Corporation and Executive Construction, Inc. With reference to Paragraph 2(a)(iv), the following are designated pre-approved subcontractors to be utilized for the Work:
          (a) HVAC — Hill Mechanical, Competitive Piping, Admiral Heating & Ventilation, Murphy Miller.
          (b) Fire Protection — U.S. Fire Protection, Superior Fire Protection, Global Fire Protection, Great Lakes Fire Protection.
          (c) Plumbing — John’s Plumbing, Competitive Piping, Millennium Piping, Great Lakes Plumbing.
          (d) Electrical — S&M Electric, Super Electric, Concur Electric, Continental Electric, Avondale Electric, Rex Electric.
          (e) Life Safety — Convergent Technologies.
     2. With reference to Paragraph 2(b), the provisions for submittal of the Plans are listed below:
          (a) The architectural drawings for the Work shall include a demolition plan and dimensioned construction plan indicating wall locations and types, door locations and types including hardware and keying requirements, carpentry and millwork requirements and similar work. The drawings shall reflect the use of building standard construction to the greatest reasonable extent possible; where nonstandard materials are used, drawings shall include elevations, material specifications, and all other information reasonably required to define the scope of the Work. The architectural drawings shall include a reflected ceiling plan showing all relocated and new light fixtures, speaker and other special systems, required modifications and repairs to existing ceiling system, if any and required, and nonstandard ceiling scope and details; the drawings submitted for Landlord review and approval shall include a circuited design/build drawing prepared by the electrical subcontractor based on the reflected ceiling plan. The architectural drawings shall include a dimensional electrical/telephone plan reflecting all special circuiting, power conditioning, grounding and other power requirements and specific requirements for rough-in for tenant-installed voice/data cabling systems; the drawings submitted for Landlord review and approval shall include a circuited design/build drawing prepared by the electrical subcontractor based on the electrical/telephone plan. The architectural drawings shall include a wall and floor finish plan with specifications. Tenant may retain such architectural firm as it chooses to prepare the drawings and specifications provided that such firm shall be acceptable to the Landlord.

Work Letter Attachment B-1-1


 

          (b) If the Tenant desires to install movable filing systems, safes, or equipment other than normal and customary office equipment, floor loading requirements associated with the Tenant’s proposed installation shall be reviewed by Landlord’s designated structural engineer and a letter submitted indicating that the tenant loading requirements are within the building structural design criteria or describing (and including structural drawings and specifications for) any required modifications to the base building structure.
          (c) Prior to delivery, a detailed schedule and pathway will be provided for Landlord review, including all areas affected by access of all equipment other than normal and customary office equipment and such areas which require modification for such deliveries shall be returned to its original state by Tenant.
          (d) Any and all necessary modifications to existing equipment and installations, both base building and other tenant equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.
          (e) Upon completion of the Work, the Tenant shall provide three sets of as-built field record drawings prepared by its architect and three sets of as-built drawings prepared by the mechanical and electrical subcontractors. If Landlord requests that such drawings be prepared upon a CAD disk and Tenant must bear an extra cost associated with a CAD disk, then Landlord will pay the cost of same.
     3. (Intentionally Omitted)

Work Letter Attachment B-1-2


 

WORK LETTER ATTACHMENT B-2
CONTRACTOR GUIDELINES
[Please see attached.]

Work Letter Attachment B-2


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT DIRECTORY
Landlord/Building Manager
Zeller Management Corporation
401 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 250
Chicago, IL 60611
(312) 329-1275 Main
(312) 329-2443 Fax
         
Construction
  Title   Phone
Shannon Mangiameli
  Assistant Construction Manager   229-8866
Eric Taylor
  Senior Project Manager   640-7617
Fax
      346-7699
 
       
Management
       
Derrick Johnson
  General Manager   595-2450
Fax
      329-2443
 
       
Engineering
       
Kurt Anderson
  Chief Engineer/Asbestos Program Manager   595-2261
John Burke
  Assistant Chief Engineer   229-8862
Fax
      329-0118
 
       
Security
       
Steve Walter
  Director of Security   595-2263
NOTE: For purposes of obtaining building permits, submitting lien waivers, contractual documentation or proposals, tenant contractors working in the Building are requested to use the following information:
1.   Owner of the Building: Zeller — 401, LLC
 
2.   Permanent Real Estate Tax Index Number: 36-4466530
         
Building Hours of Operation
       
 
Business Hours:
  Monday — Friday   8:00 a.m. — 6:00 p.m.
After Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 p.m. — 8:00 a.m.
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   24 hours
Loading Dock Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 a.m. — 5:30 p.m.
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   CLOSED
Freight Service Hours:
  Monday — Friday   6:00 a.m. — 5:30 p.m.
 
  Saturday, Sunday and Holidays   CLOSED
 
       
Building Holidays
       
 
       
New Years Day
  Memorial Day   Independence Day
Labor Day
  Thanksgiving Day   Christmas Day
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

1


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT DIRECTORY
Landlord’s Architect
Hydzik Schade Associates, Ltd.
135 S. LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60603
(312) 230-9366
Contact: Brent Saiki
Landlord’s MEP Engineers
McGuire Engineers
300 S. Riverside Plaza
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 876-9240
Contact:
Riser Manager
Infrastructure Management Group
150 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 2420
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 423-7700
Contact: Jeff Schelinski
Locksmith
Chicago Locksmith Service, Inc.
70 W. Hubbard St.
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 836-6000
Contact: Steve Mytko
Life Safety
Commercial Alarm Systems
485 W. Fullerton Avenue
Elmhurst, IL 60126
(630) 832-2844
Contact: Randy Jensen
Landlord’s Structural Engineer
W.F. Fortuna Ltd
1420 Ridge Road
Highland Park, IL 60035
(847) 579-8320
Landlord’s Air Test and Balance
Competitive Piping Systems, Inc.
141 W. Jackson Blvd, Suite A-30
Chicago, IL 60604-3001
(312) 322-1900
Contact: Tom Muraski
Waste Removal
Premier Waste & Recycling.
P.O. Box 17111
Chicago, IL 60617
(773) 376-4000
Contact: David DeRousse
Security Access
Touchcom, Inc.
415 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 205
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 329-9040
Contact: Karen Boren
Major Jurisdictional Authorities
City of Chicago
Department of Building
121 North LaSalle, 9 th Floor
Chicago, IL 60602
(312) 744-3405
Chicago Fire Prevention Bureau
444 North Dearborn
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 744-4723
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

2


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
401 N. Michigan Avenue
CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
The following guidelines are strictly enforced in the best interest of the integrity of the building, the professional appearance of the common areas, tenants’ ability to conduct business and the safety and welfare of tenants and participants involved in the construction project itself.
These Rules and Regulations apply to all Tenants, contractors, sub-contractors, consultants or any other entity working at 401 N. Michigan Avenue. The Landlord and Manager, Zeller Management Corporation shall have the right to reject or halt any work that interferes with out tenants’ ability to reasonably conduct their business. Any and all work that results in noise affecting areas in the building other than the area under construction, including but not limited to concrete coring or sawing, hammering, drilling, shooting of ceiling hangars, cutting of pipes along columns or within the concrete slab shall be done after regular business hours or on weekends. Security measures will be taken if required to assure compliance.
Building Management objectives will always have priority over the Contractor’s work and the Contractor shall schedule his work to avoid conflicts with Building Management.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
1. All current local, State and Federal regulations concerning work in buildings containing asbestos are to be complied with at all times. Additionally, all contractors must be familiar with the Owner’s Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program Manual available in the Management Office. Attached as Exhibit E , please find an asbestos disclosure statement for the property and Exhibit F reviews guidelines with regard to working within ceilings on unabated floors.
2. Construction documents (plans and specifications) must be submitted to the Office of the Building for approval a minimum of four (4) weeks prior to commencement of the project. If the Project Manager requires the services of outside consultants, i.e., a structural engineer to review load or coring requirements, the cost of such review will be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or Tenant for whom the job is being performed.
3. Zeller Management Corporation restricts the contractor selection for any trade performing work in the building to those included in Exhibit H or the “Approved Contractor List”
4. All work performed by Contractor shall be performed in a manner so as to avoid any labor dispute which results in a stoppage or impairment of work or delivery services or any other services in the Building. In the event, there is such stoppage or impairment as the result of any such labor dispute, Contractor shall immediately undertake such action as may be necessary to eliminate such dispute or potential dispute.
5. The Office of the Building must receive written notice from the Tenant regarding when the Contractors will be performing work in their space. This will allow the Building Management to notify Security of the Contractor’s schedule to allow them access to your space.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

3


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Under no circumstances will Contractors be permitted access to a Tenant’s space without prior approval from the Tenant.
6. Contractor shall not proceed with any construction within the premises until Construction Documents are complete and marked APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED by Landlord’s Building Manager. All construction must be performed in strict accordance with the APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED drawings only.
7. The following documents must be supplied to the Landlord before commencement of construction and kept current as the work proceeds:
  i.   An executed copy of these Rules and Regulations of the site for construction, attached as Exhibit A.
 
  ii.   Certificates of Insurance for the General Contractor and each Sub-contractor evidencing the insurance coverage as well as naming as Additional Insureds those entities listed in Exhibit B.
 
  iii.   Copy of building permit for work (also to be posted at the job site)
 
  iv.   Schedule of Construction
 
  v.   Project Information Sheet, Exhibit C which lists emergency numbers for General Contractor and all Sub-contractors working on site.
 
  vi.   MSD sheets for all products being used shall be supplied to the building staff prior to construction.
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS
Elevators — The freight elevator shall be used for Tenant deliveries, construction deliveries, construction debris removal, building trash removal, furniture deliveries, construction personnel movement and other purposes as may be required from time to time. Use of passenger elevators by Contractors for any reason is strictly prohibited .
The Building housekeeping staff uses the freight elevator between the hours of 5:30 p.m. and 1:00 a.m., Monday through Friday for trash removal. Contractors may use the freight elevator during this time on a shared basis with the Building housekeeping staff. After hours authorization is required through the Office of the Building for freight use and regulations and usage fees will apply. Please note that hoisting of construction materials must be scheduled and completed after-hours.
All goods that are loaded onto the freight elevator are to be properly packaged. Loose materials such as sand and cement shall be transported in sealed bags. Users of the freight elevator are required to leave the area clean (broom swept and wet mopped) and free of debris. Should housekeeping need to clean-up after Contractor use of freight elevator, hourly janitorial rates will apply and be charged back to Contractor.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

4


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Freight Elevator Information
     
Cab dimensions:
  5’ll”W x 7’D x 9’H
 
  9’ on diagonal
 
  22” x 5’ hatch allows for 12’ ceiling height
Elevator Door dimensions:
  47 3 / 4 ” x 8’
Vestibule Door dimensions:
  35” x 7’8”
Weight capacity:
  4,000 lbs
Elevator hours:
  M-F, 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., staffed
Location:
  East core serving D level through 34 th Floor
Security Identification — All trades persons working on the project must be issued a contractor badge from security. Photo identification (i.e. valid driver’s license, state or company identification) is required to obtain badge which is to be worn daily, be visible at all times and presented to the elevator operator for access to the project site. Upon completion of the days work, the badge is to be returned to the security office located at the dock. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the badge if lost or damaged ($250.00).
Safety Practices (Job-site) — All accidents must be reported to the Security department immediately. Security will dispatch personnel and facilitate the emergency procedures. In serious cases, first call 911 for the Chicago Fire Department Paramedics and then notify Security (329-1275). Please review Exhibit D for safety practices to be followed by Contractor while at the building.
Public Areas — The building does not permit anyone loitering in public areas of the building. Lunches and breaks are to be taken within the construction area or in restaurant areas in the building and may not be conducted anywhere else on building premises.
Waste Removal — The Contractor is responsible for trash removal from areas in which the Contractor is working or storing materials. Trash and construction debris shall not be allowed to accumulate within the freight elevator vestibules, premises or the corridors adjacent to the premises, the lower levels or streets and sidewalks adjacent to the building. All food waste and any other debris that may cause safety hazards, odors or any other building problem must be removed on a daily basis.
Requests for construction dumpsters must be made through the Office of the Building. Following dumpster use, the Contractor must contact the Office of the Building promptly to schedule removal of dumpster. When requesting dumpster removal, the Contractor shall specifically indicate to which tenant project the cost is to be allocated.
Loading Dock — All materials shall be brought into the building at the loading dock and must be scheduled in advance and coordinated through the Office of the Building. During operating hours, users of the loading dock shall be permitted to occupy dock space for a period of no longer than thirty minutes. Once off-loading is complete, the vehicle shall leave the dock area. At no time during operating hours, shall parking be allowed at the loading dock.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

5


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Users of the loading dock shall be permitted to have no more than one vehicle at the dock at anytime during normal operating hours. Tractor trailers are strictly prohibited from use of the loading dock at any time.
Loading Dock Information
     
Number of Loading Berths:
  6 enclosed (3 for delivery, 2 for compactors and 1 for construction dumpster)
Berth Dimensions:
  10’ x 37’2” approximately
Door Dimensions:
  15’7” x 33’
Dock Landing:
  3’5” off dock floor
Dock Hours:
  M-F, 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., staffed
Location:
  one level below grade and accessible from N. Water Street,
 
  one-half block east of lower Michigan.
Dumpsters may not be placed at the loading dock during normal operating hours without authorization from the Office of the Building. The exact location of a dumpster at the dock at any time shall be subject to approval by the Building Engineers and/or Security personnel. Failure to comply with loading dock procedures may result in a vehicle being ticketed or towed.
Site Security — The General Contractor is responsible for the security of the project site for the duration of the work. Furthermore, the General Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the Building Engineers have the proper keys necessary for access to the project site.
Building Keys — Construction keys for electrical communications, telephone and slop sink closets shall be authorized by the Office of the Building. All keys must be signed out and returned daily at the engineering office. Failure to return keys daily will result in the key being considered lost. Contractors are responsible for all keys issued to them and will be charged for rekeying all locks associated with lost keys.
Washrooms — Washrooms on occupied floors may not be used by Contractor. Washroom facilities for Contractors are available on the concourse level of the building.
Solar Window Film/Blinds — Building windows, blinds and solar window film must be protected during the construction process. A site survey of the building windows will be performed both before and at the conclusion of the project. Any damage not noted during the initial walkthrough will be the responsibility of the Contractor at the end of construction.
Carpeting — All corridor carpeting must be protected with masonite during deliveries with adhesive poly used for construction foot traffic. Please note that floor protection shall not remain in corridor between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Any cutting of carpeting to gain access to floor trench system will be repaired at tenant/contractor expense.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

6


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
Cleaning/Final Clean — Building Management expects the Contractor to maintain a clean and presentable space during construction. The floor must be swept nightly at a minimum. Building cleaning equipment is not for Contractor use and will not be loaned. Additionally, a thorough final cleaning including but not limited to the following, will be required before Tenant occupies space is occupied.
  a.   Fluorescent light fixtures and lenses
 
  b.   Windows and window mullions
 
  c.   Doors and frames
 
  d.   Base
 
  e.   Carpet
 
  f.   Blinds
 
  g.   Smoke Detectors
Contractor must use Building’s cleaning contractor and only through coordination with Office of the Building.
After Hours Access — Entrance to the building after hours is controlled by Security personnel. In order to facilitate after hours entrance or departure, it is important that the Office of the Building be notified of the need as soon as reasonably possible. This is of particular importance regarding freight elevator service and the loading dock as manpower may have to be scheduled to handle the request. If an after hours emergency arises, Security must be notified (329-1275).
Stock (Leftover Stock) — Any leftover stock items, such as carpet, paint, base, etc., must be stored within the tenant space after construction is completed or removed from the property. No leftover stock items are to be stored in building storage areas. No leftover paint or other items are to be stored within the building after construction unless the tenant has requested to store it within their space. For building common area renovation, attic stock carpet and wall covering should be delivered to a location designated by property management, as should left over paint clearly labeled as to location and use.
Tools and Ladder Policy — Under no circumstances, will building tools or ladders be loaned out. Contractors must supply their own equipment in order to perform contracted work.
Inspections — The Project Manager and/or Chief Engineer will make inspections as necessary to determine the condition and progress of Contractor’s work and enforce the provisions of these rules and regulations.
As-Built Drawings — All mechanical trades are required to submit copies of as-built drawings to the General Contractor. The General Contractor will make one submission of three copies of as-built drawings for all trades to the Project Manager. All as-built drawings are to be dated and signed by the appropriate subcontractor as well as the General Contractor and submitted to the Landlord’s MEP Engineer, McGuire Engineering within 30 days of substantial completion. A complete set of drawings must be submitted on CAD-14 disk.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

7


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
STRUCTURAL & CARPENTRY
1. All walls are to be constructed using UL-approved 5/8” thick, fire-rated Gypsum board.
2. All penetrations through demising or space separation walls shall be neatly cut and finished up to the service passing through the penetration. A UL approved fire stopping compound shall b e used to form a tight seal against the service penetrating the wall.
3. Locations of core drilling of the concrete floor must be approved by the Chief Engineer and the Building Structural Engineer. Indiscriminate core drillings could compromise the structural integrity of the floor. Costs associated with any repairs from misplaced or unapproved cores will be the Contractor’s responsibility.
4. Channeling of the concrete floor is not permitted.
DEMOLITION
1. All demolition work shall be performed after 6:00 p.m. and before 7:00 a.m. unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Building Manager. Cleaning and dust control measures must be taken to prevent dirt and dust from infiltrating into adjacent tenant, mechanical or base building areas. All noisy work shall occur before 8:00 a.m. and after 6:00 p.m. to avoid disturbing other tenants. Noisy work will be defined as noise that is noticeable from adjacent spaces.
2. Debris from demolition of walls, ceilings, floors, mechanical and electrical systems shall be cleaned up immediately. In no case shall debris and rubble be left in piles on the floor in the construction area or elsewhere.
3. The building service corridor on the concourse level is not to be used for storage or extended staging (more than 1 hour). Building Management is not responsible for any items left in the corridor and any item left longer than permissible will be thrown out or relocated. All costs associated with these actions will be billed back to the Contractor.
4. The Contractor must meet with the Building Manager concerning disposal or return of building items such as doors, VAV boxes, hardware, etc. The Building Manager will advise Contractor as to the disposition of these items. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to remove items from the building if they are not wanted or deliver them to the basement area if the building decides to retain them.
5.  During major remodeling, all abandoned items must be removed . These items include, but are not limited to, the following :
a. Conduit
b. Water pipes
c. Demising walls
d. Wall and door braces and headers
e. Wiring
f. Telephone Cables
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

8


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
g. Computer Cables
6. During construction, all services leaving tenant space must be capped and all openings leaving tenant space, including opening into pipe chases, duct work, shafts, or other common spaces must be sealed while work is being carried out. Contractor will be responsible for any damage, including clean-up of water and dust caused by failure to cap systems or seal areas.
ELECTRICAL
1. Prior to demolition work, Contractor must contact the Chief Engineer, at least 48 hours in advance, to coordinate the building’s electrician for non-demo conduit identification.
2. Electrical Contractor is responsible for coordinating emergency lighting and signage circuitry with McGuire Engineers.
3. Under no circumstances are Tenant receptacle services to be connected to building electrical panels. Any electrical contractor found doing this will be removed from the vendor list.
4. Architect shall contact McGuire Engineers for the typical base building specifications and guidelines. All drawings must be submitted to McGuire for peer review.
5. Utility costs or charges for any service to the Premises shall be the responsibility of the Tenant from the date the Tenant’s work commences.
a. Temporary electrical service shall be provided by the Building at the floor where the work is to be performed. Contractor must have the Building Manager’s approval to connect temporary lines to the power source for service to the Premises.
b. Any temporary lighting used during construction must be removed after installation of ceiling grid.
6. If it is necessary to shut down an electric riser, it must be done on a weekend. Scheduling for a shutdown should be coordinated through the Office of the Building at least 2 weeks in advance. Building Management reserves the right to further restrict allowable times for shutdowns. Scheduling in advance is no guarantee of time availability.
7. Updated typed index cards must be installed in the electrical closets. All circuits must be tagged.
8. All electric covers will be replaced at end of work day.
10. No outlets or other electrical fixtures may be installed in the perimeter wall.
11. Electrical Contractor is responsible for coordinating the fire alarm installation/testing with Siemens, the building’s fire alarm contractor.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

9


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
12. Electrical closets are not be used for storage.
HVAC
1. Contact McGuire Engineers for fan schedules, VAV box schedule and typical base building MEP specifications and guidelines. All drawings must be submitted to McGuire for peer review.
2. No construction related work can be secured to the base building HVAC system. Such items that may not be attached include, but are not limited to the following: bracing of walls, ceiling grid, lights, electrical conduits, water pipes and any supplementary HVAC equipment. The Contractor will be held responsible to repair any damage to the HVAC system.
3. Only plenum approved boxes, fixtures and fittings will be allowed above the ceiling. All motors attached to equipment mounted above the ceiling must be plenum approved. Examples of equipment are, but not limited to, light fixtures, fan coil units, VAV boxes and exhaust fans.
4. Ductwork must be sealed with an approved duct sealant.
5. All air conditioning units connected to the condenser water system must be balanced to            GPM per connected ton. All HVAC systems must be professionally air balanced using Landlord’s balancing contractor and outside air must be measured. A copy of the balancing report must be provided to the Project Manager.
6. Contractors must comply with all applicable codes and regulations concerning CFC’s, PCB’s, etc., (i.e. cannot dump a refrigerant charge — must reclaim, recover or recycle).
7. Contractor shall endeavor to install ductwork with a minimum number of bends.
8. All VAV boxes shall be accessible to the satisfaction of the Chief Engineer. Boxes shall not be covered up by inaccessible ceilings or have access impeded by other services. Contractor is required to gain approval from the Chief Engineer prior to box or ceiling installation.
9. Perimeter induction units must be cleaned at job completion and inspected by the Chief Engineer.
10. Contractor shall notify the Chief Engineer at least 5 days prior to the date on which the premises will be fully ready to commence calibrating and balancing the HVAC system. Such testing and balancing shall be performed by Landlord’s Test and Balance Contractor, Competitive Piping. Balancing must be completed, corrections made as required, and a final Test and Balance report filed with the Office of the Building.
PLUMBING
1. If it is necessary to shut down a water riser, it must be done after hours or on a weekend. Scheduling for a shut down should be coordinated through the Office of the Building at least one
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

10


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
week in advance. Building Management reserves the right to further restrict allowable times for shutdowns. Scheduling in advance does not guarantee time availability.
2. Any hot water requirements to tenant areas may be satisfied only by tenant supplied, in-line, UL approved water heaters. Tenant will not tie into Building hot water system.
3. The Chief Engineer must witness the pressure testing of any systems which will tie into the fire system, condenser water system or domestic water system before the system is enclosed in walls. All piping systems should be tested tight for 6 hours under hydrostatic pressure 1.5 times the system working pressure. The maximum test pressure should not exceed 500 lbs. Any device in the piping system not capable of 1.5 times the working pressure shall be removed for test purposes and reinstalled after completion of the test. Contractor is responsible for all required “shunt” pieces for testing.
4. All water supply lines are to be covered with insulation, including elbows, according to building specifications.
5. All drains and vents in work areas must be capped during construction to prevent the accumulation of debris in the lines. All sinks and fixtures in work areas must be capped during construction to prevent accumulation of debris in the lines. Contractor will be required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of drains and fixtures at completion of job and is responsible for drains up to 30 days past completion.
6. Access panels must be installed wherever valves in walls are present. Valves cannot be covered up so as to be inaccessible.
7. Slop sinks should not be used to dispose of plaster, drywall mud or any other related materials.
FIRE LIFE SAFETY
1. The Building Engineers will disable devices or functions as needed to preserve normal building operations.
2. All system detectors and devices should be protected from physical damage or contamination by foreign material (i.e. enclose detector heads with (blaze-range) plastic bags and tape or elastic rim plastic covers, seal duct smoke detectors).
3. After completion of work, Contractor shall verify that all affected devices or systems have been returned to normal and all off-normal conditions corrected.
4. The Building Engineers will check the system status, reset the system and enable devices or functions as needed.
5. Signage per City of Chicago fire code 15-16-660 shall be installed above fire extinguishers. The signage shall be red and white 12“h x 7  1 / 2 ”w non-glo 3-way plastic stating Fire Extinguisher.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

11


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
6. Failure to adhere to these requirements may result in corrective service costs being charged back to the Contractor.
TELEPHONE/COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
The telephone riser closet, located near the southeast corner of the building core on each typical tenant floor, is the location where the Tenant’s telephone lines will originate.
1. The Landlord’s telephone vendor, Infrastructure Management Group (see Project Directory) will pull the cable through the conduit provided by Tenant’s Electrical Sub-contractor from the Landlord’s termination block within the telephone riser closet to the termination block within the Tenant’s premises.
2. The Tenant or its contractor shall be responsible for IMG’s costs in connecting the feeder cable. The Tenant’s contractor or phone vendor shall be responsible for all other conduit and cable runs.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

12


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT A
CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE
For purposes of these Site Rules and Regulations, any references to “Contractor” shall be deemed to include Contractors, Sub-contractors, materialmen, architects, engineers and anyone else performing any portion of, or supplying materials, equipment or services in connection with any of Tenant’s work.
I hereby acknowledge that I have thoroughly read and will adhere to all items stated in this manual. I further agree to incorporate this document into any subcontracts that I may establish to assure adherence by all tradesmen that are working on the project referenced below.
     
Project Name:
   
 
   
 
Suite Number:
   
 
   
 
Company Name:
   
 
   
 
   
By:
   
 
   
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

13


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT B
INSURANCE
A.   INSURANCE REQUIRED FROM CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
      Such Insurance shall be in the aggregate limits of liability of not less than:
 
    Workers’ Compensation: Workers’ Compensation insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois and any other state in which the services are being performed, and Employer’s Liability Insurance with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 applying to all persons employed by Contractor.
 
    Liability Insurance: Commercial general liability insurance including bodily injury, property damage, personal injury, contractual liability in a combined single limit amount of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate.
 
    Automobile Liability Insurance: Commercial automobile liability insurance including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles in a combined single limit amount of not less than $1,000,000.
 
    Umbrella Liability or Excess Liability: Following form over the primary coverage in an amount not less than $3,000,000 each occurrence and in the aggregate.
 
    Crime Insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain comprehensive crime insurance in an amount not less than $100,000, which shall include coverage for fidelity, money and securities on and off the premises, transit, and depositors forgery coverage. Such insurance shall protect ZRC as their interest may appear for any dishonest or fraudulent acts of contractors’ employees, any loss of money and securities by destruction, disappearance or wrongful abstraction while in the care, custody or control of the contractor or contractor’s employees.
B.   CERTIFICATE HOLDER
    Zeller Management Corporation
C.   ADDITIONAL INSUREDS (TO BE IDENTIFIED EXACTLY AS INDICATED BELOW)
    GEMSA Loan Services, LP., as Master Servicer in trust for the Registered Holders of GE Commercial Mortgage Corporation, Commercial Mortgage Pass through Certificates Series 2005- Cl, c/o Bank of America, N.A. as subservicer
 
    LRH-401 Michigan Avenue, LLC
 
    Zeller Realty Group
 
    Zeller Development Corporation
 
    Zeller Management Corporation
 
    LaSalle Bank, as Trustee of Trust No. 128497
 
    Z-401 Castleton, L.L.C.
 
    Zeller Castleton, L.L.C.
 
    Zeller-401 Property, L.L.C.
 
    Zeller-401 Rait, LLC
 
    Zeller-401, L.L.C.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

14


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT C
401 N. Michigan Avenue
PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET
Please fill out the information listed below. This information must be completed before any work can begin in your space. Once this information has been completed please return this form to the Office of the Building.
PROJECT:
 
LOCATION:
 
GENERAL CONTRACTOR:
 
SUPERINTENDENT:
 
DAYTIME PHONE NUMBER:
 
AFTER HOURS PHONE NUMBER:
 
PAGER NUMBER:
 
NORMAL WORKING HOURS:
 
DURATION OF PROJECT:
 
                 
SUBCONTRACTORS   PHONE     AFTER HOURS PHONE  
 
               
1. 
               
   
 
               
2.
               
   
 
               
3.
               
   
 
               
4.
               
   
 
               
5.
               
   
 
               
6.
               
   
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

15


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT D
401 N. Michigan Avenue
JOB-SITE SAFETY PRACTICES
    All contractors and its employees must follow safety practices outlined by employer, General Contractor and OSHA but not limited to: Contractors are responsible for maintaining and enforcing their own safety rules and procedures. Under no circumstances will Building Management or its employees accept responsibility for monitoring general safety guidelines. The following guidelines for safety in the building should be followed but is not all inclusive of safety practices required by law, or any other rules that may apply .
 
  Take special precautions if welding or cutting in a confined space is stopped for some time. Disconnect the power on ARC welding or cutting units and remove the electrode from the holder. Turn off the torch valves on gas welding or cutting units, shut off the gas supply at a point outside the confined area, and, if possible, remove the torch and hose from area.
 
  After welding or cutting is completed, mark hot metal or post a warning sign to keep workers away from heated surfaces.
 
  Smoking is not allowed in the building and is not permitted anywhere on the building premises including the construction site. Contractor personnel will be asked to leave and escorted from the building if found smoking on the premises.
 
  Follow safe housekeeping principles.
  1.   Don’t throw electrode or rod stubs on the floor — discard them in proper waste container.
 
  2.   Keep construction area as free of debris as possible.
 
  3.   Keep chemicals secured in approved storage cabinets.
 
  4.   Keep floors dry and clean.
  Hard hats must be worn at all times inside the construction area.
 
  The Contractor must use smoke detector covers for construction work that may create dust, smoke fumes, etc. These covers must be signed out and returned daily at the engineering office located on lower level D.
 
  All contractors must supply a list of all hazardous materials and their locations as well as all MSD sheets to the building Project Manager.
 
  Keep a folly stocked and clearly marked first aid supply kit on the job site at all times.
 
  Make sure there are fully charged, appropriate fire extinguishers present on the job site.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

16


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT E
ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS (ACM) NOTIFICATION
TO:     Contractor
 
RE:     Asbestos
401 N. Michigan Avenue
Asbestos containing materials are present in the building in the following forms:
  White fireproofing on various floors. Blue tinted fireproofing is not asbestos containing.
 
  All pipe insulation that is not fiberglass.
 
  Floor tile and associated mastics
 
  Transite ductwork in electrical closets
 
  White ceiling ventilation flex ducts
 
  Drywall compound
When asbestos is disturbed it can become airborne. Inhaled asbestos is a cancer and lung disease hazard.
Contractors are not authorized to disturb any of these materials. If work cannot be accomplished without disturbing these materials, the Chief Engineer, Kurt Anderson should be contacted. The building engineering staff or a licensed asbestos contractor will be utilized to safely remove this material.
If you accidentally contact asbestos containing material, do not attempt to clean any debris. Once again, Kurt Anderson should be contacted immediately so proper clean-up may be initiated.
If you have any questions, please contact the Office of the Building.
Sincerely,
ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

17


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT F
401 N. Michigan Avenue
UNABATED FLOORS
GUIDELINES
  Floors that have not been abated include Partial lobby, 3 & 31.
 
  Work practices that have the potential to disturb Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) must be approved by Kurt Anderson, Chief Engineer at (312) 595-2467 prior to commencement of any construction.
 
  Absolutely no work may be performed within the ceiling during HVAC hours of operation.
 
  Only trades which have successfully completed a 16 hour OSHA approved Operations and Maintenance course may perform work within the ceiling which has the potential to disturb fireproofing.
 
  A maximum of 10 tiles may be taken out of ceiling at one time and must be re-installed immediately upon completion of work and prior to the start of HVAC operations.
 
  Construction area needs to be properly labeled in order to limit entry, however, signage should not be visible from common areas.
 
  The following documentation must be submitted prior to commencement of construction:
 
    Certificate of Completion of 16 hour O&M course
Certification of Respirator Fit Test
 
  Any accidental release of ACM must be reported immediately to Kurt Anderson at (312) 595-2467.
 
  The following building approved contractors are used to address asbestos related issues at 401 N. Michigan:
         
Abatement Contractor
  H.E.P.A.   (773) 342-7553
Environmental Consultant
  E.C.G.   (312) 733-5900
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

18


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT G
401 N. Michigan Avenue
STANDPIPE/RISER DRAIN DOWNS
GUIDELINES
  Riser drain downs will be performed on Wednesdays, during the day shift only (must be scheduled at least a week in advance)
  Riser drain downs must be kept to a minimum.
  Riser work should typically be completed within two hours. All piping should be run to the riser with only the tie-in remaining to be completed.
  Riser draining will be completed by 6:00 a.m. work should start immediately, and system must be back in service by 2:00 p.m.
PROCEDURES
  Contractor must request drain down through the Office of the Building at least one week in advance.
  Engineers will disable appropriate life safety devices.
  Engineers will isolate system and drain to below the construction floor.
  Contractor must verify with Engineers that the riser drain down is complete before cutting into the riser.
  Contractor must physically verify that the riser is drained down, before cutting into the riser, by opening the fireman’s hose connection valve or sprinkler drain valve on the construction floor.
  Contractor must notify Engineers when work is finished, and request system fill up.
  Engineers will supply contractor with a 2-way radio to communicate with the Engineers filling the system as well as accompany contractor while system is being refilled.
  Contractor will verify that there are no leaks with the Engineer on site and via the 2-way radio with the Engineers.
  Contractor will return 2-way radio to the Engineering department.
  Engineer will enable appropriate life safety devices.
SINGLE FLOOR SPRINKLER DRAIN DOWNS
  Contractor notifies Engineers of location where work is to be done (Floor # and Stairwell #) before starting work (drain down must be scheduled 24 hours in advance).
  The Engineers disable the appropriate life safety devices for the affected floors.
  Contractor isolates system and performs work.
  Contractor notifies Engineers when work is complete, and gets approval to refill system.
  Contractor slowly fills system and checks for leaks.
  Contractor calls Engineers when system is refilled and verifies that all alarms have been cleared on the computer.
  Engineers enable appropriate life safety devices.
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

19


 

CONTRACTOR & VENDOR GUIDELINES
 
EXHIBIT H
401 N. Michigan Avenue
APPROVED CONTRACTOR LIST
GENERAL CONTRACTORS
         
Reed Illinois Corporation
  Terry Birck   (312) 943-8100
600 West Jackson Blvd, Suite 500
  Fax   (312) 943-8141
Chicago, IL 60661-5625
       
 
       
Krahl Construction
  Don Haton   (312) 648-9800
224 North DesPlaines Street, 4 th Floor
  Fax   (312) 876-9049
Chicago, IL 60661
       
 
       
Bear Construction
  Scott Kurinsky   (847) 222-1900
1501 Rohlwing Road
  Fax   (847) 222-9910
Rolling Meadows, IL 60008
       
 
       
Interior Construction Group
  Steve Zuwala   (312) 553-4949
105 West Adams, Suite 900
  Fax   (312) 553-0649
Chicago, IL 60603
       
SUB-CONTRACTORS
         
Fire Protection
       
U.S. Fire Protection
  Mike Peterson   (708) 816-0050
Superior Fire Protection
  Pat Sullivan   (708) 599-5008
Global Fire Protection
  Tom Neuendorf   (708) 852-5200
 
       
Plumbing
       
John’s Plumbing
  Bill Johns   (773) 286-9030
Millennium Piping
  Bill Doyle   (312) 715-0560
Pientka Plumbing
  Robert Klauk   (847) 573-9004
 
       
HVAC
       
Hill Mechanical Group
  Terry Baker   (773) 929-6600
Competitive Piping
  Tom Muraski   (312) 322-1900
Murphy Miller
  Ed Flannigan   (312) 427-8900
Admiral Heating & Ventilating
  Catherine Bertucci   (708) 544-3100
 
       
Electric
       
Concur Electric
  Jim Curtin   (708) 396-8766
Super Electric Company
  Frank Marcinkowski   (773) 489-4400
S&M Electric
  Jack McNamara   (708) 780-8177
 
       
Life Safety
       
Commercial Alarm Systems
  Randy Jensen   (630) 832-2844
401 N. MICHIGAN AVENUE

20


 

WORK LETTER ATTACHMENT B-3
FORMS FOR PROCESSING LANDLORD’S CONTRIBUTION
[Please see attached.]

Work Letter Attachment B-3


 

SWORN STATEMENT FOR CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR TO OWNER
     
State of ____________   Page ___ of ___Pages
     
County of __________    
 
               The affiant ___________________________________ being first duly sworn , on oath deposes and says that
                                                        (Name)
he is_____________________________________ of __________________________________________________
(position)                                                              (Firm name, address and phone number)
___________________________________________________________ that _____________________________
has contact with Zeller-(0) Properties, LLC owner for __________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________ on the following described premises in said
                                     (description of work)
County to wit: 401 N, Mechigan, Chicago, IL , 60611 - Cook County
That for the purpose of said contract, the following persons have been contracted with, and have furnished, or are furnishing and preparing materials for, and have done or are doing labor on said Improvement. That there is due and to become due them, respectively, the amounts set opposite their names for materials or labor as stated. That this statement is a full, trust and complete statement of all such persons, the amounts paid and the amounts due or to become due to each.
                         
1   2   3   4   5   6   7
Name and Address   Kind of Work   Amount of
Contract
  Retention (incl.
Current)
  Net Previously
Paid
  Net Amount This
Payment
  Balance to
Complete
 
 
                       
 
                       
 
TOTAL
                       
 
                     
Amount of Original Contract
  $ __________     Work Completed to Date   $ __________  
Extras to Contract
  $ __________     Less __ % Retained   $ __________  
Total Contract and Extras
  $ __________     Net Amount Earned   $ __________  
Credits to Contract
  $ __________     Net Amount Previously Paid   $ __________  
Adjusted Total Contract
  $ __________     Net Amount of this Payment   $ __________  
 
          Balance to Become Due (Inc. Retention)   $ __________  
 
It is understood that the total amount paid to date plus the amount requested in this application shall not exceed ______% of the cost of work completed to date.
           I agree to furnish waivers of lien for all materials under my contract when demanded.
         
     
  Signed      
       
  (Position)    
 
Subscribed and sworn to before this _________ day of ______ 20___.
         
     
     
  Notary Public    
     
 

 


 

ZELLER REALTY GROUP
401 N. Michigan; Ste 250
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60611
(312) 640- 7600
FAX (312) 640 7699
     
TO:
  Contractors/Vendors
DATE:
  April 11, 2006
RE:
  401 N. Michigan Ave.
 
  MONTHLY BILL PAYMENT PROCESS
This notification outlines our lender and title company requirements for pay requests.
A.   PAYMENT TIMING . Telefaxed copy of application for payment (“pencil draft” for owners review) shall be submitted by the 1st of the month for the prior month=s work; Contractor shall be immediately advised of any required changes. Final copies of all documents will be due in Zeller=s Corporate office by the 10th day of the month. Funding will occur at the end of the following month. Payment applications shall reflect only executed change orders, and will not be processed for full payment without an executed contract, work orders, and change orders in hand.
B.   APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT . Application for Payment and Sworn Statement should be submitted using attached format (see sample). Separate applications should be provided for each phase of a project where separate contracts or authorizations are issued for separate phases. Architect=s Certificate (AIA G702) shall be provided for all base building work; it will not be required for tenant improvement work. Retainage of 10% shall be withheld on all contracts over $15,000. Additionally, the following closeout documents must be submitted with all final applications:
 
    Additionally, the following closeout documents must be submitted with all final applications:
  1.   Original complete set of original permit drawings and specifications;
 
  2.   Certificate of occupancy;
 
  3.   Copy of City building permit(s);
 
  4.   Complete punch list for the project signed by an approved representative of the tenant;
 
  5.   Letter for the project stating the substantial completion date and the commencement of all warranties, including duration, maintenance contracts and local source for any specialty parts or supplies required for the improvements, includes balancing reports, HVAC design drawings, copies of all warranties, maintenance contracts and equipment manuals and certificates of insurance for maintenance contractors;
 
  6.   As-built drawings;
 
  7.   All appropriate original waiver of liens from the contractor, subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, materialmen and suppliers.
C.   TITLE REQUIREMENTS .
1.   Waiver of Lien — An executed and notarized original for the full amount of the pay request being made by the Contractor must be submitted. For your information, a completed sample waiver is also included in the Waiver of Lien Guidelines memorandum. To summarize:
    The Contractor must provide a current overall waiver with each application for payment; Contractor/subcontractors performing work on a time and material basis must provide a final waiver with each application for payment.
 
    The Contractor must submit a supplemental listing of their subcontractors= names, addresses and phone numbers.
 
    Subcontractors/vendors delivering materials to Contractor or directly to the job site or providing labor for the project need to provide an original waiver of lien/contractor’s affidavit and, as mentioned above, need to be listed on the Contractor’s Sworn Statement and/or waiver of lien. Subcontractor=s waivers must be submitted within approximately 21 days of funding to the Contractor. These waivers are to be submitted in a complete package with a summary letter noting services and amounts.

 


 

Contractors/Vendors
Monthly Bill Payment Process
Page 2 of 2
     Whenever subcontractors/vendors deliver to the Contractor , but the material is not purchased specifically for this project, they do not need to provide a waiver/contractor’s affidavit; however, the subcontractor/vendor name, address and telephone number should be shown on the lower portion of the Contractor’s waiver of lien along with the following statement (see SAMPLE waiver included in the Waiver of Lien Guidelines memo): “All materials taken from fully paid stock and delivered to site in my/our own truck. My supplier is ...”
2.   Form W-9 — To be submitted one time only (with your first application for payment):
     A copy of a substitute W-9 form can be found in the attached memo which provided waiver of lien guidelines. Please return the completed original form along with your waiver(s) to the address given at the end of this notification.
D.   INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS . Prior to commencement of any services on site, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain, at its own cost, and require its subcontractors to purchase and maintain, at its own cost, insurance with coverages and aggregate limits of liability of not less than indicated below from licensed insurers with a Bests rating of AX or better; coverage to be primary and non-contributing. Original copies must be submitted to building management.
 
    For Sub-Contracts $10,000 or Less :
    Worker=s Compensation (Including Occupational Disease): $500,000
 
    Employer=s Liability Coverage: $500,000
Each Accident: $500,000
Disease, Policy Limit: $500,000
Disease, per Employee: $500,000
    Broad Form Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000
 
    Comprehensive Automobile Liability: $500,000
 
    Property Insurance Coverage for Tools and Equipment on Site: Replacement Value
For Sub-Contracts Greater than $10,000 :
    Worker=s Compensation (Including Occupational Disease): $500,000
 
    Employer=s Liability Coverage: $500,000
Each Accident: $500,000
Disease, Policy Limit: $500,000
Disease, per Employee: $500,000
    Broad Form Commercial General Liability: $2,000,000
 
    Comprehensive Automobile Liability: $1,000,000
 
    Property Insurance Coverage for Tools and Equipment on Site: Replacement Value
 
    General Contractors shall also provide Umbrella Liability insurance of not less than $3,000,000.
Insurance Certificates shall include the following additional insureds:
    Name Insured : Zeller — 401 Property, LLC
 
    Additional Named Insureds : Zeller — 401 Property, LLC; Zeller Management Corporation; Zeller Realty Group; Zeller Development Corporation; Zeller-401 Ralt, LLC; Zeller-401, L.L.C., LRH — 401 Michigan Avenue, LLC; LaSalle Bank, as Trustee of Trust No. 128497; Z-401 Castleton, L.L.C.; Zeller Castleton, L.L.C..
     Incomplete and/or unapproved pay request packages will not be submitted with the current month’s draw requisition to our lender, but will be deferred until the foregoing requirements are satisfied.

 


 

Contractors/Vendors
Monthly Bill Payment Process
Page 2 of 2
     Pay requests, invoices, waivers, insurance certificates and any questions regarding the above procedures should be
     
addressed to:
  with a copy to:
Ms. Mary Darwin
  Mr. Eric Taylor
Zeller Realty Group
  Zeller Realty Group
401 North Michigan, Ste 250
  401 N. Michigan, Ste 250
Chicago, IL 60611
  Chicago, IL 60611
Phone: 312-595-2267
  Phone: 312-640-7617
Fax: 312-640-7699
  Fax: 312-640-7699

 


 

ZELLER REALTY GROUP
401 N. Michigan; Ste 250
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60611
(312) 640-7800
FAX (312) 640-7699
TO:    CONTRACTORS/VENDORS
FROM:    Eric Taylor
DATE:    April 11, 2006
RE:    401 North Michigan Avenue
LIEN WAIVERS
The following guidelines have been established to aid you in the completion of waivers for submission to 401 North Michigan’s title company. Attached please find blank waivers and an example waiver for your files.
Waiver of Lien Guidelines:
  1)   All waivers must be ORIGINALS!
 
  2)   Waivers need to state the proper employer. General Contractors are employed by The Owner, however, subcontractors’ waivers must indicate they are employed by the General Contractor. See (A) on attached example waiver.
 
      The Owner is: Zeller — 401 Property, LLC
 
  3)   The amount of the current application/invoice should be spelled out as well shown numerically on the waiver. See (B) on attached example waiver.
 
  4)   The waiver must be signed and dated by a corporate officer. If a company seal is available, please affix as well, See (C) on attached example waiver.
 
  5)   The second portion of the waiver, the Contractor’s Affidavit, is required from contractors providing labor and material. Affidavits are not required from surveyors, consultants, architects, etc. These individuals need only complete the top waiver portion. However, the company’s name must be typed on the waiver if an affidavit is not submitted.
 
  6)   If materials are taken from stock, no additional waivers are required; however, the following language must be on the affidavit. “All materials are taken from fully paid stock and delivered to site in my own truck.” My principle supplier is: (supplier’s name, address & telephone number). See (D) on attached example waiver.
 
      If materials are delivered to the site by a subcontractor, that sub must be named, the contract amount, previous payments, etc. must be shown, and a waiver submitted to this office within approximately three (3) weeks of receipt of payment or before the next funding. See (E) on attached example waiver.
 
  7)   The affidavit must be signed & dated by a corporate officer. See (F) on attached example waiver.
 
  8)   The affidavit must be notarized. See (G) on attached example waiver.
 
  9)   All new contractors must submit a W-9 form for governmental reporting purposes. Form attached.
 
  10)   A list of all subcontractors along with their addresses & telephone numbers must be provided by the General Contractor with each application.
Please review the above and call me at (312) 640-7615 with any questions. If these guidelines are net adhered to in the future, invoices and the corresponding waivers will be withdrawn from our draw request and returned to you. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter.


 

APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT   PAGE ONE OF       PAGES
             
To:
  Zeller Realty Corporation       APPLICATION NO:
 
  401 North Michigan   PROJECT:     401 N. Michigan    
 
  Suite 250       PERIOD FROM:
 
  Chicago, IL, 60611       PERIOD TO:
ATTN:
  Mary Moutvic        
 
           
FROM (CONTRACTOR):        
 
           
 
          PROJECT NO:
 
           
CONTRACT FOR:       CONTRACT DATE:
CONTRACTOR’S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
                     
CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY        
Change Orders approved in
previous months by Owner
  ADDITIONS   DEDUCTIONS
 
                   
 
  TOTAL     0       0  
Approved This Month                
Number
  Date Approved                
 
                   
 
  TOTALS     0       0  
Net change by Change Orders     0  
         
ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM
  $ 0  
Net change by Change Orders
  $ 0  
 
     
CONTRACT SUM TO DATE
  $ 0  
 
     
TOTAL COMPLETED & STORED TO DATE
  $ 0  
RETAINAGE 10%
  $ 0  
 
     
TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE
  $ 0  
 
     
LESS PREVIOUS CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
  $ 0  
 
     
CURRENT PAYMENT DUE
  $ 0  
 
     
State of: ILLINOIS
County of: COOK
Subscribed and Sworn to before me this       day of                      , 20      
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
         
Contractor:
       
 
 
 
   
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Date:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

                 
CONTINUATION SHEET
      APPLICATION NUMBER:        
BREAKDOWN OF APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT.
      APPLICATION DATE:        
All amounts are stated to the nearest dollar.
  CONTRACTOR:   PERIOD FROM:     0  
          PROJECT NAME:           401 N. Michigan
  JOB NO:   TO:     0  
                                                                             
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H   I   J   K
                                WORK COMPLETED   TOTAL            
                OWNER                   THIS APPLICATION   COMPLETED           BALANCE
ITEM       SCHEDULED   CHANGE   REVISED   PREVIOUS           STORED   AND STORED           TO
NO   DESCRIPTION OF WORK   VALUE   ORDER   VALUE   APPLICATIONS   WRK IN PLACE   MTLS   TO DATE   %   FINISH
01  
GENERAL CONDITIONS
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
02  
DEMOLITION
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
03  
DOORS, FRAMES, HDWR
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
04  
GYPSUM DRYWALL
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
05  
CARPET / FLOORCOVERING
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
06  
PAINT / WALLCOVERING
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
07  
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
08  
HVAC
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
09  
ELECTRICAL
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
10  
CONTRACTORS FEE
    0       0       0       0       0               0       0 %     0  
 
   
JOB TOTAL
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0 %     0  

 


 

WAIVER OF LIEN TO DATE
                 
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |          
 
           SS       Qty #                                                        
COUNTY OF COOK
    |          
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by:    
to furnish:    
for the premises known as: 401 North Michigan Avenue of which Zeller-401 Properties, LLC is the owner.
     THE undersigned, for and in consideration of:    
$                                           Dollars, and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby waive and release any and all lien or claim of, or right to, lien, under the statutes of the State of Illinois, relating to mechanics liens, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished, and on the moneys, funds or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, on account of labor services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished to this date by the undersigned for the above described premises.
          Given under my hand signed and sealed this                      day of                      , 20      
Officer Signature and Corporate Seal:    
NOTE: All waivers must be for the full amount paid. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.
CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT
         
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |  
 
         SS
COUNTY OF COOK
    |  
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     THE undersigned, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is    
of the    
who is the contractor for the    
work on the building located at: 401 N. Michigan Avenue and owned by: Zeller-401 Properties, LLC
That the total amount of the contract including extras is                                           on which he has received payment of $                             prior to this payment. That all waivers are true, correct and genuine and delivered unconditionally and that there is no claim either legal or equitable to defeat the validity of said waivers. That the following are the names of all parties who have furnished material or labor, or both, for said work and all parties having contracts or subcontracts for specific portions of said work or for material entering into the construction thereof and the amount due or to become due to each, and that the items mentioned include all labor and material required to complete said work according to plans and specifications:
                     
        CONTRACT   PREVIOUSLY   THIS   BALANCE
NAMES   SERVICE   PRICE   PAID   PAYMENT   DUE
 
                   
TOTAL LABOR & MATERIAL TO COMPLETE                
That there are no other contracts for said work outstanding, and that there is nothing due or to become due to any person for material, labor or other work of any kind done or to be done upon or in connection with said work other than above stated.
Signed this                      day of                                           , 20      
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
   
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of                                           , 20       
         
Notary Signature and Seal:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

FINAL WAIVER OF LIEN
                 
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |          
 
           SS       Qty #                                                        
COUNTY OF COOK
    |          
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by:    
to furnish:    
for the premises known as: 401 North Michigan Avenue of which Zeller-401 Properties, LLC is the owner.
     THE undersigned, for and in consideration of:    
$                                           Dollars, and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby waive and release any and all lien or claim of, or right to, lien, under the statutes of the State of Illinois, relating to mechanics’ liens, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished, and on the moneys, funds or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, on account of labor services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished or which may be furnished at any time hereafter.
          Given under my hand signed and sealed this                      day of                      , 20      
         
Officer Signature and Corporate Seal:
       
 
 
 
   
NOTE: All waivers must be for the full amount paid. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.
CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT
         
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |  
 
         SS
COUNTY OF COOK
    |  
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     THE undersigned, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is    
of the    
who is the contractor for the    
work on the building located at: 401 N. Michigan Avenue and owned by: Zeller-401 Properties, LLC
That the total amount of the contract including extras is $                                           on which he has received payment of $                      prior to this payment. That all waivers are true, correct and genuine and delivered unconditionally and that there is no claim either legal or equitable to defeat the validity of said waivers. That the following are the names of all parties who have furnished material or labor, or both, for said work and all parties having contracts or subcontracts for specific portions of said work or for material entering into the construction thereof and the amount due or to become due to each, and that the items mentioned include all labor and material required to complete said work according to plans and specifications:
                     
        CONTRACT   PREVIOUSLY   THIS   BALANCE
NAMES   SERVICE   PRICE   PAID   PAYMENT   DUE
 
                   
TOTAL LABOR & MATERIAL TO COMPLETE                
That there are no other contracts for said work outstanding, and that there is nothing due or to become due to any person for material, labor or other work of any kind done or to be done upon or in connection with said work other than above stated.
Signed this                      day of                                           , 20      
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
   
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of                                           , 20      
         
Notary Signature and Seal:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

FINAL WAIVER OF LIEN
                 
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |          
 
           SS       Qty #                                                        
COUNTY OF COOK
    |          
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by:    
to furnish:    
for the premises known as: 401 North Michigan Avenue of which Zeller-401 Properties, LLC is the owner.
     THE undersigned, for and in consideration of:    
($                                         ) Dollars, and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby waive and release any and all lien or claim of, or right to, lien, under the statutes of the State of Illinois, relating to mechanics’ liens, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished, and on the moneys, funds or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, on account of labor services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished or which may be furnished at any time hereafter.
          Given under my hand signed and sealed this                      day of                      , 20      
         
Officer Signature and Corporate Seal:
       
 
 
 
   
Company Name:
       
 
 
 
   
Address:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
NOTE: All waivers must be for the full amount paid. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.

 


 

WAIVER OF LIEN TO DATE
EXAMPLE
                 
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |          
 
           SS       Qty #                                                        
COUNTY OF COOK
    |          
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by: A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR OWNER to furnish: TRADES for the premises known as PROPERTY ADDRESS of which OWNER NAME is the owner.
     THE undersigned, for and in consideration of: B. NET AMOUNT RECEIVED SPELLED OUT ($ NET AMOUNT RECEIVED) Dollars, and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby waive and release any and all lien or claim of, or right to, lien, under the statutes of the State of Illinois, relating to mechanics’ liens, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished, and on the moneys, funds or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, on account of labor services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished to this date by the undersigned for the above described premises.
          Given under my hand signed and sealed this                      day of                      , 20      
         
Officer Signature and Corporate Seal:
  C    
 
 
 
   
NOTE: All waivers must be for the full amount paid. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.
CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT
         
STATE OF ILLINOIS
    |  
 
         SS
COUNTY OF COOK
    |  
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
     THE undersigned, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is NAME & POSITION WITH COMPANY of the NAME OF COMPANY who is the contractor for the TRADE(S) work on the building located at: PROPERTY ADDRESS and owned by: OWNER NAME
That the total amount of the contract including extras is $ TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT on which he has received payment of $ PAID TO DATE prior to this payment. That all waivers are true, correct and genuine and delivered unconditionally and that there is no claim either legal or equitable to defeat the validity of said waivers. That the following are the names of all parties who have furnished material or labor, or both, for said work and all parties having contracts or subcontracts for specific portions of said work or for material entering into the construction thereof and the amount due or to become due to each, and that the items mentioned include all labor and material required to complete said work according to plans and specifications:
                     
        CONTRACT   PREVIOUSLY   THIS   BALANCE
NAMES   SERVICE   PRICE   PAID   PAYMENT   DUE
D- IF ALL MATERIALS ARE TAKEN FROM STOCK: “ALL MATERIALS TAKEN FROM FULLY PAID STOCK & DELIVERED TO SITE IN MY OWN TRUCK” MY PRINCIPLE SUPPLIER IS: (NAME OF COMPANY, ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER)
-OR-
                   
 
                   
E-COMPANY NAME 
  NUMBER    $10,000.00       $10,000.00   $0.00
 
      (MATERIAL WAIVER WOULD BE FURNISHED)    
TOTAL LABOR & MATERIAL TO COMPLETE                
That there are no other contracts for said work outstanding, and that there is nothing due or to become due to any person for material, labor or other work of any kind done or to be done upon or in connection with said work other than above stated.
Signed this                      day of                                           , 20      
         
Signature:
  F    
 
 
 
   
G- Subscribed and sworn to before me this                       day of                                             , 20      
         
Notary Signature and Seal:
       
 
 
 
   

 

     
    Exhibit 10.8
Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Asterisks denote omissions.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT
by and between
Healthcare Services, Inc.
d/b/a
Accretive Health
and
Ascension Health
as of
December 13, 2007

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page  
Article 1.  
DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION, AND AFFILIATE SCHEDULES
    1  
Article 2.  
TERM
    7  
Article 3.  
SERVICES
    7  
Article 4.  
STARTUP OF OPERATIONS
    10  
Article 5.  
STAFFING
    11  
Article 6.  
APPOINTMENT AS ATTORNEY IN FACT
    15  
Article 7.  
AFFILIATE RESPONSIBILITIES
    15  
Article 8.  
THIRD PARTY CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT
    17  
Article 9.  
CUSTOMER SATISFACTION AND PERFORMANCE REVIEW
    19  
Article 10.  
SERVICE LEVELS
    21  
Article 11.  
SERVICE LOCATIONS
    21  
Article 12.  
PROJECT TEAM
    22  
Article 13.  
GOVERNANCE AND RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT
    23  
Article 14.  
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
    23  
Article 15.  
DATA AND REPORTS
    25  
Article 16.  
CONSENTS
    26  
Article 17.  
CONTINUED PROVISION OF SERVICES
    26  
Article 18.  
PAYMENTS
    27  
Article 19.  
PAYMENT SCHEDULE AND INVOICES
    29  
Article 20.  
TAXES
    30  
Article 21.  
REDUCTION OF OPERATING COSTS
    30  
Article 22.  
AUDIT RIGHTS
    31  
Article 23.  
REGULATORY AND CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY COMPLIANCE
    32  
Article 24.  
CONFIDENTIALITY
    35  

- i -


 

                 
            Page  
Article 25.  
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    37  
Article 26.  
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
    40  
Article 27.  
TERMINATION
    42  
Article 28.  
TERMINATION ASSISTANCE
    44  
Article 29.  
EXIT PLAN
    44  
Article 30.  
INDEMNITIES
    46  
Article 31.  
DAMAGES
    51  
Article 32.  
INSURANCE
    52  
Article 33.  
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    53  

- ii -


 

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT
              MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT , as amended and restated as of December 13, 2007 by and between Healthcare Services, Inc. d/b/a Accretive Health, a Delaware corporation (“Accretive”) and Ascension Health, a Missouri nonprofit corporation (“Ascension Health”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
             WHEREAS, Ascension is a nonprofit, tax-exempt healthcare system serving the patient needs of its health ministry communities;
             WHEREAS, Accretive is a company providing revenue cycle operations services;
             WHEREAS, the parties entered into a Master Services Agreement on October 14, 2004 to allow Ascension Health and the Affiliates to better serve the community’s need for health care services by engaging in compliant and more efficient patient billing and collection services.
             WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend and restate the Master Services Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
             NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth below, Ascension Health, Affiliates and Accretive agree as follows:
Article 1. DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION, AND AFFILIATE SCHEDULES
  1.01   Definitions. The following defined terms when capitalized (or when the context clearly indicates the parties intended the defined term) shall have the meanings specified below:
  1.01.01   “Accretive Agents” shall mean the subcontractors and agents of Accretive permitted to provide Services pursuant to this MSA.
 
  1.01.02   “Accretive Employees” shall mean individuals employed by Accretive who are providing services to an Affiliate.
 
  1.01.03   “Accretive Machines” shall mean those machines and equipment owned or leased by Accretive and used exclusively at the Affiliate Service Locations or used outside the Affiliate Service Location to deliver the Services (e.g. a server) exclusively to Ascension Health. This shall not include laptop computers used by Accretive management staff on an exclusive basis.
 
  1.01.04   “Accretive Proprietary Software” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.02.
 
  1.01.05   “Accretive Service Locations” shall mean the Service Locations owned, leased, or under the control of Accretive that are set forth in

- 1 -


 

      Exhibit 1 of the Affiliate Schedules and from which Services are provided.
  1.01.06   “Accretive Software” shall mean the Accretive Proprietary Software and the Accretive Third Party Software, collectively.
 
  1.01.07   “Accretive Staff’ shall mean the Accretive Employees and Contract Employees who are performing Services under this Agreement.
 
  1.01.08   “Accretive Third Party Software” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.03.
 
  1.01.09   “Accretive Tools” shall mean all Accretive-specific equipment and Accretive and third party tool kits including software and other materials used by Accretive to provide the Services.
 
  1.01.10   “Affiliate” means any entity designated by Ascension Health as a health ministry which executes an Affiliate Schedule.
 
  1.01.11   “Affiliate Contract Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period commencing on the Affiliate Effective Date or any anniversary of the Affiliate Effective Date during the Term.
 
  1.01.12   “Affiliate Effective Date” for an Affiliate Schedule shall mean the date as set forth in the Affiliate Schedule as the Affiliate Effective Date and the date upon which Accretive assumes responsibilities for the Services in accordance with the applicable Affiliate Schedule.
 
  1.01.13   “Affiliate Facilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.01.
 
  1.01.14   “Affiliate Machines” shall mean those machines and equipment owned or leased by an Affiliate and utilized by Accretive in performing the Services as set forth in Appendix A of each Affiliate Schedule.
 
  1.01.15   “Affiliate Proprietary Software” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.01.
 
  1.01.16   “Affiliate Schedule” shall mean an agreement by and among Ascension Health, an Affiliate, and Accretive that amends and supplements this MSA as to the Services to be provided to Affiliate by Accretive under this MSA, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2.
 
  1.01.17   “Affiliate Service Locations” shall mean the service locations owned, leased, or under the control of an Affiliate that are set forth in Appendix B to the applicable Affiliate Schedule from which Services

- 2 -


 

      are provided as may be modified from time to time pursuant to Article 11.
  1.01.18   “Affiliate Software” shall mean the Affiliate Proprietary Software and the Affiliate Third Party Software, collectively.
 
  1.01.19   “Affiliate Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.
 
  1.01.20   “Affiliate Third Party Software” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.01.
 
  1.01.21   “Ascension Health Agents” shall mean the subcontractors and agents of Ascension Health and the respective Affiliate(s).
 
  1.01.22   “Ascension Health Data” shall mean all data and information submitted to Accretive by Ascension Health or Affiliates or acquired by Accretive in connection with the Services.
 
  1.01.23   “Average Wage Increase” shall mean the average annual increase provided by a respective Affiliate to its non-clinical staff. For purposes of this definition, non-clinical staff shall mean employees not engaged in direct patient care.
 
  1.01.24   “Base Case” shall mean the financial summary prepared by Ascension Health and Accretive reflecting each Affiliate’s actual and budgeted expenditures for performing the Services during the year preceding the Affiliate Effective Date as shall be set forth in each Affiliate Schedule as Appendix D. Accretive and the Affiliate shall meet [**] and [**] after the respective Affiliate Effective Date to substantiate and verify the accuracy of the Base Case and make mutually agreeable revisions resulting in an amendment of the Base Fee. To the extent that the Base Fee is adjusted pursuant to this Section, the adjustment will be retroactive to the Affiliate Effective Date. To the extent that the Base Fee is increased the retroactive adjustment will be reflected on the next Base Fee invoice and to the extent the Base Fee is decreased then the retroactive adjustment will be reflected as a credit on the next Base Fee invoice. If the Affiliate and Accretive disagree on revisions to the Base Case, the Joint Review Board shall meet to discuss and agree to changes to the Base Case.
 
  1.01.25   “Claim” shall mean any claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, or Governmental or Regulatory Authority investigation. “Governmental or Regulatory Authority” means any court, tribunal, arbitrator, authority, agency, commission, official, or other instrumentality of the United States or any state, county, city, or other political subdivision or any hospital accrediting agency.

- 3 -


 

  1.01.26   “Confidential Information” shall mean all confidential information and documentation of Accretive, Ascension Health and each Affiliate, including (a) with respect to Ascension Health and Affiliates, all Ascension Health Data and other information of Ascension Health and Affiliates or its customers that is not permitted to be disclosed to third parties under applicable laws and regulations and (b) the terms of this MSA.
 
  1.01.27   “Contract Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.
 
  1.01.28   “Designated Sponsor” shall mean the individual designated by an Affiliate to be responsible for oversight and decision-making on behalf of that Affiliate relating to an Affiliate Agreement.
 
  1.01.29   “Dormant Receivable” shall mean any unpaid patient balance which:
  a)   remains unpaid on the 366th day following the date the invoice reflecting such unpaid patient balance was issued; and
 
  b)   which is not the subject of a paid-to-date, current financial payment plan between the patient and an Affiliate; and
 
  c)   has either been referred to an independent third party collection agency which has failed to secure payment and has returned the account to the Affiliate or has been the subject of diligent collection efforts by Accretive, to the reasonable satisfaction of Affiliate, which have not resulted In payment.
  1.01.30   “Federal Health Care Program” shall mean the Medicare program, TRICARE, the Medicaid program, the Maternal and Child Health Services Block Grant program, the Block Grants for State for Social Services program, any state Children’s Health Insurance program, or any similar program.
 
  1.01.31   “Fees” shall mean the Fees set forth in Section 18.
 
  1.01.32   “Final Service Date” shall mean the last date Accretive provides Services for an Affiliate or Ascension Health.
 
  1.01.33   “Force Majeure Event” shall mean any failure or delay of a party due to fire, flood, earthquake, elements of nature or acts of God, acts of war, terrorism, riots, civil disorders, rebellions or revolutions in the United States, strikes, lockouts, or labor difficulties, court order, third party nonperformance (except the non-performing party’s subcontractors or agents other than as a result of an event that would otherwise be a Force Majeure Event to the parties), health facility emergency or action affecting access to or use of the Affiliate Service Locations, or any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of

- 4 -


 

      such party and without the fault or negligence of such party; provided that such failure or delay could not have been prevented by reasonable precautions and cannot reasonably be circumvented by the nonperforming party through the use of alternate sources, disaster recovery plans and procedures, work around plans, or other means.
  1.01.34   “Interest” shall mean the Prime Rate published in the Wall Street Journal (or similar publication if the Wall Street Journal ceases to publish such a rate) which is determined by the Wall Street Journal utilizing the base rate posted by 75% of the nation’s largest banks from time to time.
 
  1.01.35   “Joint Review Board” shall mean the joint review board as set forth in Section 13.01.
 
  1.01.36   “Key Accretive Staff’ shall mean the Accretive Staff members who are designated pursuant to Section 12.01.
 
  1.01.37   “Master Contract Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12)- month period commencing on the Master Effective Date or the anniversary of the Master Renewal Date during the Master Term.
 
  1.01.38   “Master Renewal Date” shall mean January 1, 2008
 
  1.01.39   “Master Services Agreement,” or “MSA” shall mean this Master Services Agreement, the Affiliate Schedules, the Exhibits, the Appendices, renewed and extended on November ___, 2007 and all amendments thereto. With respect to an Affiliate, MSA shall mean the Master Services Agreement, the Affiliate Schedule applicable to such Affiliate, the Exhibits, the Appendices, and all amendments thereto.
 
  1.01.40   “Master Term” shall mean the period from the Master Renewal Date until December 31, 2012.
 
  1.01.41   “Operating Protocols” shall mean the operating protocols attached hereto as Exhibit 3 as they may be amended from time to time.
 
  1.01.42   “Performance Guaranty” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.06 of this MSA.
 
  1.01.43   “Quarter” shall mean the periods beginning January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 and ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 respectively, except as provided below. At the commencement of Services to any Affiliate, Quarter shall mean that period of time between the Affiliate Effective Date and the beginning of the next Quarter as defined above.

- 5 -


 

  1.01.44   “Related Entity” or “Related Entities” shall mean any entity or entities in which either Accretive, Ascension Health or any Affiliate (as the context requires): (i) is its sole corporate member; (ii) owns more than a 20% ownership interest; or (iii) has voting control of the membership interests or managing board.
 
  1.01.45   “Retained Resources” shall mean those assets or obligations retained by an Affiliate, and for which Accretive will have responsibility for managing, administering, and maintaining.
 
  1.01.46   “Retained Resources Agreements” shall mean those agreements for the Retained Resources, copies of which shall be provided to Accretive by the respective Affiliate (e.g. unassigned equipment leases and third party services agreements).
 
  1.01.47   “Retained Resource Vendor” shall mean a party obligated to provide resources or services to an Affiliate under a Retained Resources Agreement.
 
  1.01.48   “Roll-Out Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
 
  1.01.49   “Service Locations” shall mean those Affiliate Service Locations and Accretive Service Locations and such other locations designated by Ascension Health as agreed upon by the parties pursuant to Section 11.01 from which the Services are provided.
 
  1.01.50   “Services” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.02 and the Operating Protocols.
 
  1.01.51   “Site(s)” shall mean the locations or facilities of an Affiliate identified in Appendix C of the respective Affiliate Schedules and to which Accretive will provide the Services specified in such Affiliate Schedule.
 
  1.01.52   “Software” shall mean object or executable code and related documentation customarily supplied with such code. Software does not include source code and related documentation unless otherwise expressly indicated.
 
  1.01.53   “Termination Assistance Services” shall mean (1) the cooperation of Accretive with Ascension Health in effecting the orderly transfer of the Services to a third party or the resumption of the Services by the respective Affiliate upon request by Ascension Health and (2) the performance by Accretive of such services as may be requested by Ascension Health in connection with the transfer of the Services to a third party or the resumption of the Services by the respective Affiliate.

- 6 -


 

  1.02   References. This Master Services Agreement is one contract that consists of a Master Services Agreement, Affiliate Schedules, and Exhibits, Appendices, and Schedules to the foregoing together with any existing and future amendments, modifications and supplements however denominated to any of the foregoing. All references to, and mentions of, this MSA shall include all of the foregoing, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. References to any law shall mean references to the law in changed or supplemented form or to a newly adopted law replacing a previous law.
 
  1.03   Headings. The article and section headings and the table of contents are for reference and convenience only and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this MSA, or the Affiliate Schedules. References in this document to section numbers are references to section numbers in the MSA unless the context otherwise requires.
 
  1.04   MSA, and Affiliate Schedules. The terms and conditions set forth in this MSA will govern Accretive’s provision of Services to each of the Sites identified in the Affiliate Schedules, except as may be amended by an Affiliate Schedule in respect of the Site covered by such Affiliate Schedule. Ascension Health may invite Accretive to bid on providing services to existing and additional Related Entities. If Accretive is selected as the vendor to provide services to any Related Entity, such Related Entity and Accretive shall enter into an Affiliate Schedule.
 
  1.05   Interpretation of Documents. In the event of a conflict between this document and any Affiliate Schedule, the terms of the Affiliate Schedule shall prevail with respect to such Affiliate.
Article 2. TERM
  2.01   MSA. The term of this MSA shall commence on the Master Renewal Date and continue until the end of the Master Term, unless this MSA is otherwise extended or renewed pursuant to this Article 2 or terminated earlier pursuant to Article 27 (the “Master Term”). The MSA shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms unless either party provides notice not to renew pursuant to Section 27.04.
 
  2.02   Affiliate Schedule. The initial term of an Affiliate Schedule shall commence on the Affiliate Effective Date and shall continue for a period of five (5) years and will automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms thereafter unless either Ascension Health or Accretive provides notice not to renew pursuant to Section 27.04 (the “Affiliate Term”). In no event will an Affiliate Schedule survive expiration of this MSA.
Article 3. SERVICES
  3.01   Appointment of Accretive. Ascension Health hereby appoints Accretive as the provider of the revenue cycle services set forth in this MSA and Accretive accepts such appointment and agrees to provide the Services on the terms and conditions stated herein.

- 7 -


 

  (a)   Services. Commencing as of the Affiliate Effective Date and continuing throughout the Affiliate Term, Accretive shall provide to the Affiliates: (1) revenue cycle services as more specifically set forth in the Standard Scope of Services established in the Operating Protocols, unless otherwise provided for in the Affiliate Schedule; (2) services otherwise identified in this MSA as being part of the Services; (3) services (but not staffing levels) included in the Affiliate Base Case, to the extent such services can be objectively demonstrated to be “in-scope” by Affiliate from an examination of the Affiliate Base Case and its supporting documentation prepared in the normal course of business; and (4) tasks, functions and responsibilities not specifically described but inherent in and incidental to the performance of matters described in the MSA ((1) through (4) collectively, the “Services”). It is contemplated by the parties that Accretive Health may develop additional service offerings beyond those identified as Services. Accretive Health agrees to present a summary of those service offerings for review and approval to Ascension Health prior to presenting those offerings to an Affiliate.
  3.02   Delegation of Authority. Subject to the (i) direction of the Board of Trustees and senior management of an Affiliate that executes an Affiliate Schedule under this MSA and (ii) the terms and conditions of this MSA and the applicable Affiliate Schedule, Ascension Health and an Affiliate that executes an Affiliate Schedule delegate to Accretive the authority to conduct, manage, supervise and coordinate all aspects of the day-to-day operation of the revenue cycle operations services for Affiliates as of the Affiliate Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees of a respective Affiliate and such Affiliate shall retain complete responsibility for the overall supervision and control of the business, assets and properties of the Affiliate. The Board of Trustees of the Affiliate shall exercise all policy decisions in accordance with the fiduciary obligations customarily residing with such a board and subject to the requirements of state and federal laws. Accretive shall perform all of its duties and obligations under this MSA reporting to the Affiliate’s Designated Sponsor and in conformity with the policies and procedures of the respective Affiliate, as adopted by the Affiliate from time to time.
 
  3.03   Compliance. All Services shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations and authority.
 
  3.04   Recordkeeping. Accretive will supervise the preparation and maintenance of all files and records related to the Services provided to each Affiliate including, but not limited to, patient accounting, billing, patient records and collection records. The preparation and management of the foregoing files and records shall comply with applicable state and federal statutes and with all applicable policies and procedures of Affiliate. All records shall be retained by Accretive in accordance with Affiliate’s record retention policies and applicable law. As part of the Services, Accretive shall upon (1) Affiliate’s request, or (2) the cessation of the Termination Assistance Services pursuant to each Affiliate Schedule or this MSA, except as otherwise agreed to by the parties, (a) Accretive shall promptly return to

- 8 -


 

      Affiliate, in the format and on the media in use as of the date of the request, all or the portion requested of the records applicable to the Services. With the exception of patient care records which shall be returned to Affiliate as provided herein, in the event such records cannot be returned to Affiliate, Accretive shall erase or destroy all or a portion of Ascension Health Data in Accretive’s possession prior to the cessation of the Termination Assistance Services pursuant to each Affiliate Schedule. As part of the Services, Accretive shall maintain backup files and microfiche in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, each Affiliate’s policies and procedures in a manner mutually agreed upon by Accretive and the respective Affiliate.
 
  3.05   Return of Data. Archival tapes or other media utilized by Accretive and containing any Affiliate records or Ascension Health Data shall be used solely for back-up purposes and shall be returned or destroyed pursuant to this Section 3.05.
 
  3.06   Tax Exempt Status and Charity Care Policies. The parties expressly acknowledge that in furtherance of its charitable mission Ascension Health and the Affiliates have charity care and billing and collection policies, procedures and guidelines.(“Charity Care Policies”). Such policies may apply to both insured and uninsured patients and may require discounts to be given to both patients in financial need and those who are not. As of the Master Effective Date, the Ascension Charity Care Policies are referred to as Ascension Health policies 9 and 16. Additionally, certain Affiliates may have Charity Care Policies which supplement the charity care that would be provided for by policies 9 and 16. Accretive agrees to abide by: (a) all charity care and billing and collection policies of Ascension Health, or any amendment, replacements or additions thereto, (e.g. currently policies 9 and 16),and (b) all charity care and billing and collection policies of Affiliates, or any amendment, replacements or additions thereto, which are consistent with Ascension Charity Care Policies. The parties further agree that there will be no targeting of uninsured patients in the course of implementing charge master and pricing initiatives. The parties acknowledge that Ascension Health and each of the Affiliates are organizations that are exempt from federal tax under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and that notwithstanding any other provision of this MSA, neither Ascension Health nor any of the Affiliates shall be required to take any action or perform in a manner which jeopardizes their respective tax-exempt status.
 
  3.07   Discretion to Bill. The parties expressly acknowledge that in furtherance of Affiliates’ operations, Affiliates reserve the right to waive or adjust fees charged for services to the respective Affiliate’s patients.
 
  3.08   Accretive Licenses and Permits. As part of the Services, Accretive is responsible for obtaining, and has financial responsibility for, all necessary licenses, consents, approvals, permits, and authorizations required by applicable legislative enactments and regulations to be obtained in order to perform the Services. Affiliate shall reasonably cooperate with and assist Accretive in obtaining any such licenses, consents, approvals, permits, and authorizations.

- 9 -


 

  3.09   Accretive Processes. As part of the Services, Accretive shall regularly update the tools, utilities, processes, methods, and procedures used by Accretive to provide the Services to the extent they are generally upgraded for other customers of Accretive without additional charge and are applicable to the Services provided under this MSA. Where not otherwise specified in this MSA, Accretive will perform the Services using processes, documentation and methodologies designed to improve delivery of the Services.
Article 4. STARTUP OF OPERATIONS
  4.01   Roll-Out Plan. As part of the Services and before execution of the respective Affiliate Schedule or within the period of time specified in the respective Affiliate Schedule, Accretive shall develop, upon Affiliate’s approval, a detailed roll-out plan in accordance with the Operating Protocols (the “Roll- Out Plan”). Accretive and Affiliate shall work collaboratively to assure the successful implementation of the Roll-Out Plan.
 
  4.02   Ascension Health and Affiliate Review and Participation. Accretive shall allow Ascension Health and the respective Affiliate to monitor, test, and otherwise participate in the startup of operations as, from time to time, requested. The highest level Accretive Employee responsible for an Affiliate’s roll-out shall periodically meet at regular intervals with such Affiliate’s Designated Sponsor until completion of the Roll-Out Plan in order to review the status of the Roll-Out Plan.
 
  4.03   Negative Impact. Accretive shall implement the startup of operations without causing an unplanned material disruption of Affiliate’s operations (which may be caused by but is not limited to, errant billing; disruption of communication with patients, physicians, health plans, etc.; or failure to comply with laws and regulations). To the extent an unplanned material disruption occurs due to a delay, other than a delay that is excused because it: (i) is not caused by Accretive (which includes Affiliates insistence upon a provision in the Roll- Out Plan over the written objections of Accretive); (ii) has been consented to by Affiliate in writing; or (iii) is an event of Force Majeure affecting the transition, Accretive shall reimburse Ascension Health or the respective Affiliate for the “public relations cost” (and no such cost shall be deemed Consequential Damages) incurred to mitigate the impact to Affiliate’s employees, medical staff, contractors, and patients of the delay. The parties agree that “public relations costs” may include third party public relations costs, advertising and publications costs related to communications regarding the delay and related items. The “public relations costs” shall not include any costs related to Ascension Health or Affiliate personnel or any costs related to any communication through an existing Ascension Health or Affiliate communication vehicle. The “public relations costs” paid under this MSA shall not exceed $[**] in any [**] period. Accretive, Ascension Health and Affiliate shall reasonably cooperate with each other to coordinate any such public relations efforts.

- 10 -


 

  4.04   Transfer of Leases and Agreements. On the respective Affiliate Effective Date Accretive shall assume the agreements set forth on Appendix E of the respective Affiliate Schedule (“Assigned Agreements”). Accretive may, to the extent permitted by the Assigned Agreements, renew, modify, terminate or cancel, or request or grant any consents or waivers under, any Assigned Agreements. Any modification, termination or cancellation fees or charges, liabilities or other obligations imposed upon Affiliate in connection with any modification, termination or cancellation of, or consent or waiver under, any Assigned Agreements that are made or requested by Accretive shall be paid or performed by Accretive. Accretive shall pay the invoices submitted by third parties in connection with the Assigned Agreements to the extent the invoices relate to periods arising on or after the Affiliate Effective Date. Affiliate shall pay the invoices submitted by third parties in connection with the Assigned Agreements, to the extent relating to periods arising prior to the Affiliate Effective Date(s). In the event that any Assigned Agreement cannot be assigned on the applicable Affiliate Effective Date(s) due to time constraints, the respective Affiliate shall be responsible for the payment of the invoices submitted by third parties and Accretive shall reimburse such Affiliate for such amounts as relate to periods on or after the applicable Affiliate Effective Date(s).
Article 5. STAFFING
  5.01   Contract Employees . As of each Affiliate Effective Date, Accretive shall lease from the respective Affiliate those Affiliate employees listed in Appendix H to the respective Affiliate Schedule (“Contract Employees”), on an exclusive basis. Contract Employees shall be considered for all purposes to be employees of the respective Affiliate and not of Accretive, and the respective Affiliate shall have sole responsibility for the following:
  5.01.01   Pay all wages, bonuses, if any , and other remuneration and all applicable federal, state, municipal and other governmental taxes with respect to the employment of the Contract Employees, including, without limitation, social security, federal and/or state unemployment compensation taxes.
 
  5.01.02   Maintain payroll records and reports.
 
  5.01.03   Have all responsibility for any retirement, health, life, disability or similar employee benefit for the Contract Employees, including vacation or sick days or holidays that may be offered by Affiliate pursuant to its standard policies, procedures, and plans.
 
  5.01.04   Accretive and Affiliate shall review and revise the roster of Contract Employees listed on Appendix H of each Affiliate Schedule on a bi weekly basis and shall adjust the lease payment to be paid to the respective Affiliate by Accretive pursuant to paragraph 5.07 below, as specified in the applicable Affiliate Schedule.
 
  5.02   Accretive will have the following rights with respect to Contract Employees:

- 11 -


 

  5.02.01   The right to control and direct the work activities of the Contract Employees relating to the Services and subject to its obligations under paragraph 5.05 below. In exercising such right, which may include a request to remove or discipline a Contract Employee, Accretive shall comply with the respective Affiliate’s policies and procedures regarding progressive discipline, as well as, all other applicable personnel policies, procedures, and/or collective bargaining agreements. Prior to removing or disciplining a Contract Employee, Accretive shall consult and work with Affiliate to ensure the removal of the Contract Employee from providing Services under this MSA and/or discipline of a Contract Employee is conducted in a manner consistent with Affiliate’s applicable policies, procedures, and/or collective bargaining agreements. In the event Affiliate objects to the Contract Employee being removed or disciplined, Affiliate may submit the matter to the Joint Review Board for further discussion and prompt resolution. Any request by Accretive to remove an individual from the roster shall not be deemed to constitute or require a termination of such individual’s employment by Affiliate, and in no event shall Accretive be deemed an employer of any such person.
 
  5.02.02   The right to reassign a Contract Employee to a comparable position in pay, benefits, and/or duties providing Services to the respective Affiliate consistent with Affiliate’s personnel policies and procedures and any applicable collective bargaining agreement. Reassignment to a position with non-comparable pay, benefits, and/or duties shall be subject to the process established in Section 5.02.01.
 
  5.02.03   The right to determine whether or not a Contract Employee who ceases employment with Affiliate, or who transfers under Affiliate’s customary policies and procedures to an area not subject to Accretive’s Services, should be replaced and whether the replacement should be by an Accretive employee or an Affiliate Contract Employee. In the event that Accretive determines that the position is to be filled by adding a new Contract Employee to the roster, and that individual will be a new hire for Affiliate, Affiliate shall have the right to approve the hiring of the Contract Employee and the Contract Employee’s terms and conditions of employment, including, but not limited to, pay and benefits. In the event an Affiliate objects to the manner in which Accretive exercises its rights under this Section 5.02.03, the Affiliate shall be permitted to submit the matter for consideration to the Joint Review Board.
  5.03   Contract Employee Payments. Accretive shall pay Affiliate for all employment-related costs, benefits and expenses arising out of the employment by the respective Affiliate of the Contract Employees identified in Appendix H of the Affiliate Schedule as it may be amended from time to time pursuant to the Operating Protocols. Payment shall be made by wire transfer or other mutually acceptable means in twenty-six (26) payments per year and shall be received by

- 12 -


 

      Affiliate the day prior to each payroll for the respective Affiliate. Accretive shall not be responsible for any employment related costs not included in the determination of the Base Case unless required, authorized or approved in advance by Accretive.
 
  5.04   In the event that any portion of the Base Fee is held by Accretive in any account which is subject to investment risk, Ascension Health shall have the right to demand reasonable assurances that Accretive is able to make all Lease payments in a timely fashion and Accretive shall provide such assurance within three (3) business days. Accretive shall notify Ascension Health, in writing, in advance of the transfer or deposit of any component of the Base Fee into an account subject to investment risk. Failure of Accretive to provide reasonable assurances as set forth in this Section shall entitle Ascension Health to require that Accretive escrow funds sufficient to satisfy Accretive’s Employee Reimbursement payment through the end of the Quarter within ten (10) days of this request for reasonable assurance.
 
  5.05   Contract Employees shall be subject to all personnel policies and regulations applicable to Affiliate’s employees generally, including, but not limited to, time off with or without pay, and leaves of absence under the Family and Medical Leave Act. While Contract Employees are providing Services hereunder, Accretive shall maintain a safe, healthy and non-discriminatory working environment in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and shall indemnify Ascension Health and Affiliate for its failure to do so pursuant to Section 30.02. Likewise, each Affiliate shall maintain a safe, healthy and non-discriminatory working environment in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and shall indemnify Accretive for its failure to do so pursuant to Section 30.01. Accretive shall honor and observe all obligations of a respective Affiliate provided for in any collective bargaining agreement which govern the employment of any Contract Employees as it relates to the employees covered by the particular collective bargaining agreement, and shall indemnify and hold a respective Affiliate harmless for its failure to do so pursuant to Section 30.02.
 
  5.06   Departmental Policies and Compensation Plan. On behalf of the respective Affiliate and subject to the approval of an Affiliate prior to implementation, Accretive shall be responsible for developing and implementing performance management policies and practices for the Affiliate’s Contract Employees which are designed to achieve the performance objectives necessary to fulfill the objectives of this MSA. Subject to the approval of the Affiliate, Accretive shall also be responsible for developing and implementing a compensation plan for Contract Employee’s which supports the performance management policies discussed above (the “Compensation Plan”). The Compensation Plan shall set forth, at a minimum, the manner in which annual pay increases shall be determined, the manner in which compensation for overtime service will be determined and any other matters which impact the compensation of a Contract Employee. Affiliate shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the performance management policies and compensation plans contemplated by this paragraph. The Affiliate shall have the right to review changes in individual

- 13 -


 

      compensation of Contract Employee’s in advance to assure that the proposed changes are consistent with the Compensation Plan. Accretive agrees that its Compensation Plan will not violate any Affiliate personnel policy, regulation or collective bargaining agreement.
 
  5.07   Contract Employee Compensation Adjustments. If a Contract Employee’s compensation is adjusted under the terms of the applicable Compensation Plan, Accretive shall provide Affiliate with an amended Appendix H reflecting the adjustment at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the compensation adjustment and the reimbursement provided by Accretive pursuant to Section 5.03 above shall be adjusted accordingly.
 
  5.08   [**].
 
  5.09   Increases in Compensation. Accretive agrees that the average annual percentage increase in compensation of Contract Employees will be [**] the Average Wage Increase.
 
  5.10   Accretive Employees. All Accretive Employees shall be qualified and competent to render Services under this MSA, and shall provide Services in compliance with (i) all applicable state, federal and local laws and regulations, (ii) the requirements of all regulatory and/or accrediting agencies and third party payors applicable to the respective Affiliate, including Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (“JCAHO”), and (iii) the applicable policies, procedures and applicable collective bargaining agreements of the Affiliate. With respect to Accretive Employees, Accretive shall:
  5.10.01   Pay all wages, bonuses, if any, and other remuneration and all applicable Federal, state, municipal and other governmental taxes with respect to the employment of the Accretive Employees, including, without limitation, social security, federal and/or state unemployment compensation taxes.
 
  5.10.02   Maintain payroll records and reports.
 
  5.10.03   Have all responsibility for any retirement, health, life, disability or similar employee benefit for Accretive Employees, including vacation or sick days or holidays.
  5.11   While at the Affiliate Service Locations, Accretive Employees shall (1) comply as requested with standard rules and regulations of Affiliate regarding personal and professional conduct (including the wearing of a particular uniform, identification badge, or personal protective equipment and adhering to health care facility regulations which in some instances may include drug screen, tuberculosis testing (or other communicable disease testing required by law) and general safety practices or procedures) generally applicable to such Affiliate Service Locations, and (2) otherwise conduct themselves in a businesslike manner. In the event that Affiliate determines in good faith that the continued assignment of one or more Accretive Staff is not in the best interests of Affiliate (and provided the basis for

- 14 -


 

      such determination is not prohibited by law), Affiliate shall consult with Accretive to that effect. Upon such consultation, Accretive shall have a reasonable period of time in which to investigate the matters stated in such notice, discuss its findings with Affiliate and resolve the problems with such person. If Affiliate and Accretive can not agree on the disposition of the matter it shall be referred to the Joint Review Board for prompt resolution. In the event that the Joint Review Board determines that the Accretive employee should be removed, Accretive shall replace that person with another person of suitable ability and qualifications. However, under circumstances where an Accretive Employee’s continued presence at an Affiliate would be particularly disruptive to the Affiliate’s operations or would pose a risk to Affiliate, its employees, or patients, Affiliate shall have the right to demand and Accretive must immediately remove such individual(s) from Affiliate’s account pending such investigation and discussion. In any event, any request by Affiliate to remove an individual from Affiliate’s account shall not be deemed to constitute or require a termination of such individual’s employment by Accretive and in no event shall Affiliate be deemed an employer of any such person.
 
      In the event that Accretive believes that an Affiliate’s requests for reassignment of Accretive employees under this paragraph are unreasonable or excessive, it shall have the right to refer the issue directly to the Joint Review Board for discussion.
Article 6. APPOINTMENT AS ATTORNEY IN FACT
  6.01   Affiliate shall sign a power of attorney, and shall cause all entities for which Accretive is performing Services through an Affiliate (“Eligible Entities”) for whom Accretive will perform Services to sign a power of attorney, in the form attached hereto as Appendix L to Exhibit 1, to authorize Accretive to process medical claims of Affiliate and Eligible Entities and to receive and deposit funds from third party payors, including self pay patients, into accounts controlled by or in the name of Affiliate or the Eligible Entities which power shall be subject to review by the Affiliate. Accretive agrees to execute any document or agreement reasonably requested by third parties or Affiliates to permit Accretive to perform the Services.
Article 7. AFFILIATE RESPONSIBILITIES
  7.01   Affiliate shall be responsible for:
  7.01.01   Except for payment to Affiliate by Accretive for certain occupancy expenses to be set forth in Appendix I (“Reimbursement for Occupancy Expenses”) of the respective Affiliate Schedule, Affiliate will make available at no cost to Accretive the Affiliate Service Locations set forth on Appendix B of the applicable Affiliate Schedule for the time periods set forth in such Appendix, which Appendix may be amended from time to time by the respective Affiliate. Affiliate shall also make available to Accretive any on-site and off-site storage currently used by Affiliate in connection with the

- 15 -


 

      Services. Affiliate shall furnish standard office furnishings and services, including janitorial services of the same quality as it provides its own staff, at the Affiliate Service Locations, from time to time. (The specified space and the associated storage space are collectively the “Affiliate Facilities”).
 
  7.01.02   With respect to the Affiliate Facilities, Affiliate will manage and maintain as necessary the building and property including the structures, roof, exterior and interior walls, electrical systems, Internet access (to the extent available at the Affiliate Service location on the respective Affiliate Effective Date), telephone service, water, sewer, lights, heating, ventilation and air conditions (HVAC) systems, physical security systems, fire suppression systems, general custodial services and other infrastructure components relating to the Affiliate Service Locations.
 
  7.01.03   Accretive may not provide services to other customers from Affiliates Facilities without Affiliate’s consent. Accretive’s use of Affiliate Facilities shall not constitute a leasehold or other property interest in favor of Accretive. To the extent Accretive’s use of Affiliate Facilities materially increases Affiliate’s facility or other costs, Affiliate reserves the right to charge Accretive for such excess costs after reasonable consultation with Accretive. Affiliate shall have the option at any time during the Master Term of relocating the Accretive Staff, other employees, and subcontractors located in such office space provided by Affiliate to another comparable location or facility; provided that such relocation shall not require a move by Accretive Staff of more than twenty miles from the original Affiliate Facilities. Affiliate shall be responsible for any disruption or degradation in Services directly resulting from any relocation, and shall reimburse Accretive’s relocation costs and expenses.
 
  7.01.04   Affiliate warrants that throughout the Affiliate Term: (i) the Affiliate Facilities will comply with applicable health and safety laws and regulations; (ii) Affiliate will obtain and maintain any necessary permits and approvals for Accretive’s use as contemplated by this MSA; and (iii) the use as contemplated by this MSA will not be an unlawful purpose or act or violate any insurance policy or lease which is currently or which in the future may be in effect; and (iv) Affiliate will satisfy the requirements for Affiliate performance contemplated by the Operating Protocols.
 
  7.01.05   Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party intends Accretive’s interest in the Affiliate Facilities to be deemed or construed to be a lease or other interest in real property, but rather a revocable license. Accretive’s right to quiet enjoyment shall be subject to such disruption as required by applicable laws, regulations and rules or generally accepted hospital operation protocols. In the event of such

- 16 -


 

      disruption, Accretive shall be relieved of service levels and other obligations to the extent that the effect of the disruption cannot be mitigated through commercially reasonable methods at no additional cost to Accretive.
 
  7.01.06   Accretive Staff and Accretive Agents will not commit or permit waste or damage to the Affiliate Facilities, and, subject to Affiliate’s warranties, not use the Affiliate Facilities for any unlawful purpose or act. Accretive Staff and Accretive Agents will comply with Affiliate’s reasonable building policies and procedures as made available to Accretive regarding access to and use of the Affiliate Facilities, including procedures for the physical security of the Affiliate Facilities.
 
  7.01.07   Accretive will not make any improvements or changes involving structural, mechanical or electrical alterations to the Affiliate Facilities without Affiliate’s prior written approval. At Affiliate’s option, any such alterations shall be made by Affiliate or its agents and subcontractors.
 
  7.01.08   Affiliate will make available [**] to Accretive the assets which were used prior to each respective Affiliate Effective Date to perform the services previously performed by the Contract Employees. Subject to Ascension Health’s capital allocation process, [**] will be responsible for replacing capital items provided by Affiliate pursuant to the prior sentence utilized by Accretive in performing the Services, as well as, upgrades of technology applications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Accretive will be responsible for acquiring any new assets to support its own operations, including for the development of any interfaces between Accretive Tools and Affiliate’s systems.
  7.02   Savings Clause. Affiliate’s failure to perform any of its responsibilities set forth in the MSA shall be referred to the Joint Review Board for corrective action.
Article 8. THIRD PARTY CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT
  8.01   Accretive Responsibilities. Accretive shall be responsible for acting on behalf of the respective Affiliate to manage, administer and maintain the Retained Resources Agreements, as itemized on Appendix F of the applicable Affiliate Schedules. Accretive shall not modify, change or terminate Affiliate’s responsibilities as to the Retained Resources without first obtaining the consent of the respective Affiliate (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). Accretive shall, at least once every ninety (90)-day period during the applicable Affiliate Term, review and revise the applicable Appendix F in order to determine whether any Retained Resources Agreement may be terminated, modified or assigned to Accretive; provided, however, no such termination, modification, or assignment shall occur without the prior written consent of the respective Affiliate. Subject to Affiliate’s right to consent, Affiliate shall cooperate with Accretive in performing

- 17 -


 

such review and either terminating, modifying or assigning the Retained Resources Agreements. Subject to Ascension Health’s capital allocation process, [**] shall be responsible for the cost of maintaining, servicing and refreshing the equipment and software which is subject to a Retained Resources Agreement on a commercially reasonable basis. As part of the Services, Accretive shall provide Affiliate reasonable notice of any renewal, termination, or cancellation dates and fees in respect of the Retained Resources Agreements. Accretive shall submit to Affiliate any proposals to modify, terminate, or cancel any Retained Resources Agreements, to the extent permitted by such Retained Resources Agreement. Any fees or charges imposed upon Affiliate under a Retained Resources Agreement and in connection with any such modification, termination, or cancellation of such Retained Resources Agreement shall be paid by [**], who shall be financially responsible for all such fees and charges except for penalties and charges which are [**] responsibilities under Section 8.03 below.
  8.02   Performance Under Retained Resources Agreements. Accretive and applicable Affiliate shall promptly inform the other party of any known material breach of, fraud or material misuse in connection with, any Retained Resource Agreements arising after the applicable Affiliate Effective Date and shall cooperate with the other party to prevent or stay any such breach, misuse, or fraud.
  8.02.01   As an agent of Affiliate, Accretive shall manage the Retained Resources Agreements in accordance with their terms, provided that the need for additional personnel to manage any expansion of such Retained Resources Agreements or activity there under shall be subject to review by the Affiliate with written consent of the Designated Sponsor. Accretive shall not be liable for the failure of any party to a Retained Resource Agreement to meet the specific contractual obligations of a Retained Resources Agreement; provided, however, that Accretive shall notify Affiliate of known deficiencies or other known failures to perform by any Retained Resource Vendor, and shall assist Affiliate in their appropriate resolution. In addition to any other reason for excused performance, if (i) a Service Level or Performance Guaranty failure of Accretive is directly attributable to the failure of a Retained Resource Vendor to perform, (ii) Accretive promptly notifies Affiliate that such Retained Resource Vendor is failing to so perform and such failure will impair Accretive’s ability to meet its corresponding Service Level or Performance Guaranty obligation, and (iii) Accretive uses reasonably diligent efforts to meet such Service Levels or Performance Guaranty notwithstanding such failure by the applicable Retained Resource Vendor, then, in such event, Accretive shall be excused from its failure to meet the Service Level or Performance Guaranty. To the extent, if any, Accretive has any rights with respect to the effect of performance under a Retained Resources Agreement under this Article 8, Accretive shall be subrogated to Affiliate’s rights under such Agreement and Affiliate will provide all necessary cooperation in order to allow Accretive to exercise such rights. The parties shall discuss continuing

- 18 -


 

      performance and material non-compliance issues with respect to any Retained Resource Vendor as part of their normal meeting schedule.
  8.03   Third Party Invoices. Accretive shall (1) receive all invoices for Retained Resources Agreements, (2) review and make reasonable commercial efforts to correct any errors in any such invoices in a timely manner, and (3) if received in sufficient time, submit such invoices to Affiliate for payment within a reasonable period of time prior to the due date or, if a discount for such payment is given, the date on which Affiliate may pay such invoice with a discount. Accretive may, in its discretion, tender an invoice for payment while it undertakes its review or works to correct any errors or discrepancies. Affiliate shall pay the invoices for Retained Resources Agreements received and tendered by Accretive. Affiliate shall only be responsible for payment of the invoices for Retained Resources Agreements and shall not be responsible to Accretive for any management, administration, or maintenance fees of Accretive in connection with the invoices for Retained Resources Agreements. Affiliate shall be responsible for any late fees in respect of the invoices for Retained Resources Agreements; provided, however, that Accretive shall submit the applicable invoices to Affiliate for payment, or notified Affiliate of a disputed amount, within fifteen (15) business days after receipt by Accretive. If Accretive fails to submit an invoice for Retained Resources to Affiliate for payment, or fails to notify Affiliate of a disputed amount, within fifteen (15) business days after receipt by Accretive due to its fault or the fault of a party under its control, Accretive shall be responsible for any late fees in respect of such invoice.
Article 9. CUSTOMER SATISFACTION AND PERFORMANCE REVIEW
  9.01   Patient Satisfaction Performance. If the Affiliate has historic performance tracking measurements for patient satisfaction which identifies the performance levels for the patient access and patient financial services functions, those performance measurements shall become the baseline performance measurements for patient satisfaction in these areas during the term of the Service Agreement and shall be tracked and reported with the same frequency as the historic period. If no such tracking measurements exist for the Affiliate, during the ninety (90)-day period after the Affiliate Effective Date and as part of the Services, Accretive and Affiliate shall establish a baseline performance measurements for these areas, a method for tracking patient satisfaction performance in these areas on an on-going basis and shall report on this performance to the Affiliate on a quarterly basis.
 
  9.02   Employee Satisfaction. If the Affiliate has historic measurements for employee satisfaction which identifies historic performance levels for the in-scope employees, those historic measurements shall become the baseline performance measurements for employee satisfaction during the term of the Service Agreement and shall be tracked and reported with the same frequency as the historic period. If no such tracking measurements exist for the Affiliate, during the ninety (90) day period after the Affiliate Effective Date, Accretive and the Affiliate shall conduct a survey and establish baseline performance measurements for employee

- 19 -


 

      satisfaction in these areas. Accretive and Affiliate will agree on a mechanism to conduct an annual survey with respect to employee satisfaction and will work collaboratively to review and respond to the results of that survey as appropriate.
  9.03   Accretive shall maintain or increase patient satisfaction as measured against the prior surveys conducted under this Article 9.
 
  9.04   The Joint Review Board shall periodically, but no less frequently than annually, monitor the activities and conduct of the parties with respect to the following:
  9.04.01   Quality of Services rendered by Accretive pursuant to the MSA;
 
  9.04.02   Any activity performed by Accretive under the MSA which might harm, reflect poorly on, or lower the reputation of Ascension Health or any of the Affiliates;
 
  9.04.03   Accretive’s adherence to corporate compliance and principles of integrity, and ethical practices as well as all applicable laws, rules, and regulations;
 
  9.04.04   The conduct of any activities that might jeopardize the tax-exempt status of Ascension Health, Affiliates, or their Related Entities.
  9.05   Performance Levels. In the event that: (i) the patient satisfaction as measured in Section 9.01 falls below the baseline performance measurement as set in Section 9.01; (ii) the employee satisfaction as measured in Section 9.02 falls below the baseline performance measurement as established in Section 9.02; (iii) patient satisfaction is not maintained or increased as required by Section 9.03; or (iv) the Joint Review Board determines that activities and conduct of the parties as established in Section 9.04 are below required levels, then Accretive shall take the following actions.
  9.05.01   Conduct a root cause analysis to determine and document the cause of the failure.
 
  9.05.02   Provide the Joint Review Board with a report detailing the cause of, and procedure or steps for correcting such failure.
 
  9.05.03   Correct such failure utilizing the procedures and steps consented to by the Joint Review Board and within a timeframe mutually agreed to by the Joint Review Board.
 
  9.05.04   Provide the Joint Review Board with reasonable evidence that reasonable steps have been taken to avoid a recurrence of the issue giving rise to the inquiry.
 
  In the event Accretive does not correct the failures as required by Section 9.05.03 within the timeframe designated by the Joint Review Board, then Ascension Health may deem Accretive in material breach of this Agreement and may

- 20 -


 

  terminate the Affiliate Schedule for any Affiliate negatively impacted by such failure upon 180 days written notice.
Article 10. SERVICE LEVELS
  10.01   Ascension Health/Affiliate Service Levels. Ascension Health and Affiliates shall provide the Ascension Health/Affiliate Services at the Ascension Health/Affiliate service levels as set forth in the Operating Protocols. The parties acknowledge that Affiliates may not be performing in a manner consistent with the target service levels at the time of the Affiliate Effective Date. Accretive agrees to work with each Affiliate in the first ninety (90) days following the Affiliate Effective Date to develop a joint plan to satisfy or adjust the service levels to meet the needs of both Affiliate and Accretive.
 
  10.02   Adjustment of Service Levels. The Joint Review Board shall review during the last quarter of every Master Contract Year the adjustments to the service levels. Either Ascension Health, Affiliate, or Accretive may, at any time upon request to the other party, initiate negotiations to review and, upon agreement by the Joint Review Board, adjust any Service Level which such party in good faith believes is inappropriate at that time.
 
  10.03   Reports. As part of the Services, Accretive shall provide performance reports for each Quarter to Ascension Health and each Affiliate in a form agreed upon by Ascension Health and Accretive.
Article 11. SERVICE LOCATIONS
  11.01   Service Locations. The Services shall be provided from the Service Locations. Accretive may modify Exhibit 1 to revise the Accretive Service Locations upon the written consent of Ascension Health, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In addition, to the extent any Services for an Affiliate are to be provided by Accretive from one of the Accretive Service Locations set forth in Exhibit 1, such Accretive Service Locations shall be specified in Appendix G of the respective Affiliate Schedule. Accretive shall notify the Affiliate that Services are being delivered on its behalf from Service Location upon changes to Appendix G. Ascension Health may, in reviewing a request to amend Exhibit 1, take into consideration any issues or concerns it deems material to the consent including, but not limited to:
  11.01.01   Accretive’s ability to timely and satisfactorily provide the Services;
 
  11.01.02   Security protocols established to protect Ascension Health Data from unauthorized or unlawful access, use, or disclosure; and
 
  11.01.03   Privacy practices in place to protect Ascension Health Data from unauthorized or unlawful use or disclosure.
  11.02   On request of Ascension Health, Accretive shall conduct a self-assessment, in the form provided by Ascension Health, of its provision of Services and its privacy

- 21 -


 

      and security practices. The self-assessment shall not be counted as an audit for purposes of Article 22. The self-assessment shall not be required more frequently than annually, provided, that if Ascension Health identifies material deficiencies in a self-assessment, it may request a follow- up self-assessment more frequently than annually to verify correction.
  11.03   For the term of this MSA, Accretive shall continue to utilize the security protocols and privacy standards in place at each Service Location within 60 days of the adoption of the security protocol by the parties. Accretive shall, prior to implementation, supply Ascension Health with all material revisions to its security protocols and privacy practices for any or all Service Locations. If Ascension Health reasonably believes that such modifications will likely result in an increased risk of unauthorized or unlawful access, use, or disclosure of Ascension Health Data, Ascension Health may provide Accretive with its written objections to the revisions which objections will specify the details of the objection. Accretive shall, upon receipt of an objection from Ascension Health either: (i) modify the revisions to Ascension Health’s reasonable satisfaction; (ii) move the provision of Services to a Service Location where Ascension Health has not objected to the security protocols or security practices; or (iii) refer the matter to the Joint Review Board for guidance and resolution.
Article 12. PROJECT TEAM
  12.01   Accretive Staff Orientation. Accretive personnel dedicated to a site shall undergo orientation to acquaint them with the mission, history and culture of Ascension Health’s organization and the respective Affiliate to which they are assigned, which orientation shall either be performed by Affiliate personnel or subject to Ascension Health’s consent.
 
  12.02   Accretive Staff Orientation and Training. Accretive and each Affiliate shall, prior to the respective Affiliate Effective Date, mutually agree to the timing and manner of orientation and continuous training of Accretive Staff. Such orientation shall include: (i) providing the Accretive Staff with their obligations with respect to Affiliate’s policy and procedures; (ii) the corporate compliance programs of the respective Affiliate and Accretive; and (iii) training and education of Accretive Staff with respect to the foregoing.
 
  12.03   Subcontractors. Accretive shall not subcontract its material obligations under this MSA without Ascension Health’s prior written consent which may be granted or withheld at Ascension Health’s sole discretion. Ascension Health shall have the right to revoke its prior consent of a subcontractor if the subcontractor’s performance is materially deficient and is not cured after reasonable notice or material misrepresentations were made concerning the subcontractor at the time of Ascension Health’s prior consent. Accretive shall be responsible for obligations performed by its subcontractors and shall be Ascension Health’s sole point of contact. Accretive shall not disclose confidential information of Ascension Health or Affiliates to a subcontractor unless and until such subcontractor has signed an appropriate nondisclosure agreement. For purposes

- 22 -


 

      of this section, Ascension Health approval shall be deemed to be given for any subcontractor being utilized by an Affiliate as of the respective Affiliate Schedule’s Effective Date (but only with respect to the services that such subcontractor is then providing). For the purposes of this MSA, third party agreements including obligations relating to the license of software, use of software application service providers and third party service providers (e.g. collection agencies, disability vendors) where Accretive retains discretion and responsibility for outcomes are not subcontractors under this Section 12.03, provided, however, that vendors under such third party agreements shall constitute subcontractors for purposes of Section 30.02.03.
  12.04   Conduct of Affiliate Personnel. While at the Accretive Service Locations, Affiliate and its agents and subcontractors shall comply with Accretive’s reasonable security and safety rules and regulations generally applicable to such Accretive Service Location.
 
  12.05   Transfer of Billing Information. In providing Accretive with information regarding Affiliate’s payor contracts and fee schedule (the “Billing Information”) for purposes of Accretive providing the Services, Affiliate shall provide such Billing Information to Accretive Staff. Accretive shall seek to insulate such Accretive Staff receiving Billing Information to the greatest extent reasonably practicable from other Accretive customer’s rate-setting processes. Accretive Staff shall only disclose the Billing Information to appropriate Accretive Staff, on a need to know basis in order to perform the Services.
Article 13. GOVERNANCE AND RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT
  13.01   The parties’ obligations and performance under this MSA shall be overseen by a joint review board (“Joint Review Board”) which will be responsible for oversight of the MSA, including reviewing strategic issues and resolving disputes between the parties. The Joint Review Board shall be composed of three (3) senior executives from each of Ascension Health and Accretive. The Joint Review Board will meet on a periodic basis as mutually agreed to by the parties.
Article 14. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
  14.01   Affiliate Software. To the extent permitted by the applicable contract in respect of the Affiliate Third Party Software, Affiliate, [**] hereby grants to Accretive and Accretive Agents for the limited purpose of providing the Services a nonexclusive, nontransferable, royalty-free right to (1) have access to, (2) copy for archival purposes or as may otherwise be required by this MSA or the applicable Affiliate Schedule, (3) modify as required by this MSA or the applicable Affiliate Schedule, and (4) sublicense subcontractors to do any of the foregoing for the same limited purpose: (a) any Affiliate proprietary software, including any related documentation in Affiliate’s possession on or after the applicable Affiliate Effective Date (the “Affiliate Proprietary Software”) and (b) any software licensed or leased by Affiliate from a third party that is used in connection with the Services on or after the applicable Affiliate Effective Date,

- 23 -


 

      including any related documentation in Affiliate’s possession (the “Affiliate Third Party Software”); provided, however, that Accretive may not decompile or reverse engineer the Affiliate Software. As of the applicable Affiliate Effective Date, (i) Affiliate shall, [**] provide Accretive with access to the Affiliate Proprietary Software in the form in use by Affiliate as of the applicable Affiliate Effective Date and (ii) Accretive, as part of the Services, shall compile and, as changes are made, update a list of Affiliate Proprietary Software in use at that time pursuant to the applicable Affiliate Schedule. Upon expiration of the applicable Affiliate Schedule or termination of this MSA or the applicable Affiliate Schedule for any reason, the rights granted to Accretive in this Section 14.01 shall immediately revert to Affiliate and Accretive shall, at no cost to Affiliate, (x) deliver to Affiliate a current copy of (aa) the list of Affiliate Software in use as of the date of such expiration of the applicable Affiliate Schedule or the termination of this MSA or the applicable Affiliate Schedule and (bb) all of the Affiliate Software (including any related source code in Accretive’s possession) in the form in use as of the effective date of such expiration of the applicable Affiliate Schedule or termination of this MSA or the applicable Affiliate Schedule and (y) destroy or erase all other copies of the Affiliate Software in its possession or the possession of Accretive and Accretive Agents unless otherwise instructed by Affiliate.
  14.02   Accretive Proprietary Software. All software and related documentation (1) owned by Accretive as of the applicable Affiliate Effective Date which is used in connection with the Services, (2) of which Accretive acquires ownership after the applicable Affiliate Effective Date and which is used in connection with the Services, (3) procured by Accretive on an exclusive or other proprietary basis and (4) developed by or on behalf of Accretive after the applicable Affiliate Effective Date for use in connection with the Services that is not Affiliate Software ((1) through (4) collectively, the “Accretive Proprietary Software”) shall be and shall remain the exclusive property of Accretive and neither Ascension Health nor any of the Affiliates shall have any rights or interests in the Accretive Software except as described in this MSA. As part of the Services, Accretive shall (a) use the Accretive Proprietary Software as may be required to provide the Services and (b) make available such Accretive Proprietary Software to Ascension Health and Affiliates for use by Affiliates solely in connection with the Services.
  14.03   Accretive Third Party Software. All software and related documentation licensed or leased from a third party by Accretive (1) as of the applicable Affiliate Effective Date which will be used in connection with the Services and (2) after the applicable Affiliate Effective Date which will be used in connection with the Services {(1) and (2) collectively, “Accretive Third Party Software”) shall be and shall remain the exclusive property of such third party licensors and neither Ascension Health nor any Affiliate shall have any rights or interests in the Accretive Third Party Software except as described in this Section 14.03. As part of the Services, Accretive shall use the Accretive Third Party Software, as may be required to provide the Services; provided Accretive shall have the right to unilaterally utilize such software as it chooses for the sole purpose of internal administration.

- 24 -


 

  14.04   Accretive Ownership of its Intellectual Property. Accretive shall have and retain all right, title and interest, including ownership of copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights in and to methods, processes, techniques, strategies, materials, images, prototypes, software, source and object code and related materials that are developed by Accretive, or its subcontractors, including any modifications to, or derivative works or enhancements of, materials owned or licensed by Accretive and any tools, utilities, prototypes, models, processes, methodologies and other such materials that are developed, enhanced or improved by Accretive or any of its subcontractors or employees, which relate to the performance of the Services, or any modification of the Services to be provided under this MSA. Ascension Health and Affiliates acknowledge that all of this work is Accretive Health’s intellectual property, none of this work is “work for hire” and that they have no rights to the intellectual property developed by Accretive and its agents, principals, employees, subcontractors and delivery partners, except as otherwise provided for herein.
 
  14.05   Each party will protect the other party’s intellectual property and confidential information with the same care and diligence as it would use to protect its own intellectual property and confidential information. Each party will take all necessary and appropriate steps to safeguard the other’s intellectual property and confidential information by employees, former employees, vendors, affiliates and others to whom they have directly, or indirectly, made confidential information available. Information that is available to the public through no breach of confidentiality obligations, that was independently developed, or that was previously possessed will not constitute confidential information.
Article 15. DATA AND REPORTS
  15.01   Ascension Health Data. All Ascension Health Data is and shall remain the property of Ascension Health or the respective Affiliate. The Ascension Health Data shall not, without the written consent of either Ascension Health or the Affiliate whose data it is, be (1) used by Accretive, Accretive Employees or Accretive Agents other than in connection with providing the Services, (2) disclosed, sold, assigned, leased, or otherwise provided to third parties by Accretive, Accretive Employees or Accretive Agents other than in connection with providing the Services, or (3) commercially exploited by or on behalf of Accretive or Accretive Agents. Accretive hereby waives any liens or encumbrances it may have or which may arise as to Ascension Health Data.
 
  15.02   Correction of Errors. As part of the Services, Accretive shall promptly correct at Ascension Health’s request any errors or inaccuracies in the Ascension Health Data and the Reports caused by Accretive or Accretive Agents. At Ascension Health’s request Accretive shall promptly correct any other material errors or inaccuracies in the Ascension Health Data and the Reports. Ascension Health or Affiliate is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in and with respect to data obtained from Accretive because of any inaccurate or incomplete data provided by Ascension Health or the respective Affiliate.

- 25 -


 

Article 16. CONSENTS
  16.01   Accretive shall be responsible for, and shall pay any costs associated with, obtaining all consents, approvals, authorizations, notices, requests, and acknowledgements of third parties other than legal fees which might be incurred by Affiliate which have not been approved in advance, necessary to implement the terms of this agreement and the Affiliate Schedule as of the Affiliate Effective Date of each Affiliate Schedule (“Consents”); provided that Affiliate is responsible to pay any costs associated with: (i) bringing any item into compliance with its contractual terms at the time of initial transfer to Accretive, including paying for any undocumented usage; (ii) Consents for Accretive’s use of the Affiliate Software, Affiliate Machines, and the services under Affiliate’s third party service contracts (including Retained Resource Agreements) which are used to provide the Services to the extent the foregoing are not listed in an Affiliate Schedule on the Affiliate Effective Date. Each party shall cooperate with the other in obtaining the Consents. If a Consent is not obtained by the party responsible for it after using commercially reasonable efforts, then, unless and until such Consent is obtained, Accretive shall determine and promptly adopt, subject to Affiliate’s prior written approval, such alternative approaches or workarounds as are commercially reasonable under the circumstances in order to provide the Services to the extent that same can be provided without such Consents.
Article 17. CONTINUED PROVISION OF SERVICES
  17.01   Force Majeure. Any failure or delay by Ascension Health, an Affiliate or Accretive in the performance of its obligations pursuant to this MSA shall not be deemed a default of this MSA or a ground for termination hereunder (except as provided in this Section 17.01) to the extent such failure or delay is caused by a Force Majeure Event. The occurrence of a Force Majeure Event in respect of another customer of Accretive does not constitute a Force Majeure Event under this MSA except to the extent such customer and Ascension Health and/or Affiliate(s) experience the same Force Majeure event at a site shared with such customer. The party delayed (meaning in the case of the affected Affiliate) by a Force Majeure Event shall immediately notify the other party by telephone (to be confirmed in a notice within five (5) days of the inception of such delay); in the case of notice by Accretive, notice shall be given to the Affiliate and the Joint Review Board of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event and describe in reasonable detail the nature of the Force Majeure Event. If any Force Majeure Event results in a failure of Accretive to deliver the Services, or in Ascension Health or Affiliate to provide resources or services required under this MSA, which failure lasts for more than 48 hours from the receipt of notice of the first such Force Majeure Event, the non-failing party may, upon notice to the failing party, and approval of the Joint Review Board (provided the Joint Review Board can be convened within such 48 hour period), require the failing party to procure the Services from an alternate source until the failure is cured. In such event, Affiliate shall continue to pay Accretive for the Services at the pricing herein provided and the failing party shall be liable from the date such alternate source

- 26 -


 

      commences to provide services for payment of such alternate source, for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days.
  17.02   Allocation of Resources. Whenever a Force Majeure Event causes Accretive to allocate limited resources between or among Accretive’s customers and Accretive’s Related Entities, Ascension Health and each of the Affiliates shall receive no less priority in respect of such allocation as any of Accretive’s other customers.
Article 18. PAYMENTS
  18.01   Fees. In consideration of Accretive providing the Services, Affiliate shall pay to Accretive the Base Fee, the Management and Technology Fee and the Performance Incentive Fees as set forth herein.
 
  18.02   Base Fee. The Base Fee will be determined in the manner set forth in the Operating Protocols adopted by the parties, which are incorporated herein by reference. The Base Fee will be paid [**], or as mutually agreed to in writing, and adjusted on the first anniversary of the Affiliate Effective Date, and each year thereafter, based on increases in the Inflator. “Inflator” shall mean the sum of (a) the annual percentage increase in the United States Department of Labor Consumer Price Index, All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, all items, with an index base period of (1982-1984 = 100) for the preceding twelve (12) months multiplied by [**]%; and (b) the Average Wage Increase as determined annually by the respective Affiliate multiplied by [**]%.
 
  18.03   Management and Technology Fee. Each Affiliate shall pay Accretive a Management and Technology Fee. The Management and Technology Fee shall be [**]% ([**] percent) of the In-Scope Revenue of the Affiliate. In-Scope Revenue of the Affiliate for the purposes of determining the Management and Technology fee shall be determined as follows:
  18.03.01   Affiliates commencing services after the Master Renewal date: In-Scope Revenue based on the twelve (12) month period preceding the commencement of services.
 
  18.03.02   Affiliates commencing services within the twelve (12) months prior to the Master Renewal Date: In-Scope Revenue based on the twelve (12) month period preceding the commencement of services.
 
  18.03.03   All other Affiliates: In-Scope Revenue based on the twelve (12) month period preceding the Master Renewal Date.
For purposes of this Section, “In-Scope Revenue” means total charges for Affiliate Services appropriately invoiced during a period of such Services, less: (i) posted and accrued adjustments; (ii) estimated adjustments due, but not yet posted, recorded in the respective entity’s general ledger; (iii) administrative adjustments and allowances; (iv) posted and accrued for charity write-offs; (v) adjustments for bad debts; and (vi) other adjustments to revenue.

- 27 -


 

  18.04   Timing of Payments. For Affiliates where the Affiliate Start Date falls after November of 2006 and before the Master Renewal Date, the Management and Technology fee shall be paid for the [**] Affiliate Contract Year and shall replace the gain-share fee for the [**] of operations for those Affiliates. The Management and Technology Fee shall be paid [**], along with the Base Fee. For Affiliates where the Management and Technology Fee is replacing the gain-sharing fee, the Management and Technology fee for the period preceding the Master Renewal Date shall be paid within thirty (30) days of the Master Renewal Date.
 
  18.05   Performance Incentive Fee. During the first year of operations at any Affiliate commencing services after the Master Renewal Date, there will be no Performance Incentive Fee assessed to the Affiliate. For Affiliates whose Affiliate Start Date falls after November of 2006 and before the Master Renewal Date, their will be no Performance Incentive Fee for the first Affiliate Contract Year. In all subsequent years the Affiliate shall pay Accretive [**]% of the measured Revenue Improvement and Additional Revenue Improvement as a Performance Incentive Fee. The calculation of the Performance Incentive Fee shall include a credit for the Management and Technology Fee for the period. The Performance Incentive Fee shall be calculated in accordance with the Operating Protocols adopted by the parties. Revenue Improvement and Additional Revenue Improvement are defined in the Operating Protocols.
 
  18.06   Maximum Performance Incentive Fee, Management Technology Fee and Dormant Receivables Fee. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in no event shall the sum of the Performance Incentive Fee, Management Technology Fee and Dormant Receivables Fee for an Affiliate exceed an amount equal to [**] percent ([**]%) of the Base Fee for such Affiliate for any operating year.
 
  18.07   After the first year of operations, in the event that the measured average Revenue Yield Change (as defined in the Operating Protocols) at any Affiliate fails to exceed [**]%, for any Affiliate Contract Year, the Affiliate shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Management and Technology Fee such that the Management and Technology Fee for the period do not exceed [**]% of measured Revenue Improvement. For purposes of this Section 18.07, determination of “Revenue Improvements” is described in the Operating Protocols.
 
  18.08   Dormant Receivable Fees. Accretive shall also be paid a fee for its efforts in connection with the collection of Dormant Receivables. The fee for collection of Dormant Receivables shall be [**]% of the Net Proceeds from the Collection of Dormant Receivables. Net Proceeds from the Collection of Dormant Receivable shall be determined in accordance with the Operating Protocols adopted by the parties.
 
  18.09   Most Favored Customer. Accretive’s fees for Services provided to Ascension Health pursuant to this MSA shall be at least as low as Accretive’s fees for the Services it provides to any other similarly situated Client receiving comparable services at comparable volumes. In the event Ascension Health’s Fees require

- 28 -


 

      adjustment pursuant to this Section 18.08, Accretive shall advise Ascension Health in writing and adjust the Fees retroactive to the effective date of the more favorable agreement. Ascension Health may from time to time request Accretive to certify that the terms of this Section 18.08 have not been contradicted by any transaction entered into by Accretive since the date of the most recent written notice provided by Accretive pursuant to this Section 18.02. If Accretive is unable to provide such written notice because of a transaction entered into by Accretive contradicting this Section 18.08, Accretive shall offer to Ascension Health an adjustment to the financial and other terms of this MSA consistent with the terms of this Section 18.08 retroactive to the effective date of the more favorable agreement.
  18.10   Determination of Fees. The parties acknowledge and intend that the payment methodology for Additional Fees has been developed in a manner to reflect billing efficiency, compliance, and collections management and not based upon case mix index or coding and documentation changes. Notwithstanding anything contained in this MSA to the contrary, it is the intent of the parties that the manner in which the Fees have been determined and will be calculated is not unreasonable and the amount of all compensation payable to Accretive shall not be unreasonable and shall be consistent with fair market value.
Article 19. PAYMENT SCHEDULE AND INVOICES
  19.01   Fees. Accretive shall provide each Affiliate with an invoice for the Base Fees and Management and Technology Fees applicable to such Affiliate [**] before the [**] of each Quarter for each Quarter in which the Services applicable to such Affiliate are to be provided; provided, however, that any invoices provided by Accretive before the [**] of the Quarter shall be dated as of the [**] of the Quarter. The Payment of all invoices for Base Fees and Management and Technology Fees shall be made by wire transfer, or other mutually acceptable means, on or before the [**] of the applicable Quarter.
 
  19.02   Performance Incentive Fees. Accretive shall provide Affiliate with an invoice for the Performance Incentive Fees applicable to such Affiliate on a quarterly basis upon completion of benefit measurement pursuant to the Operating Protocols. Instructions for submission of the invoice are set forth in the Operating Protocols.
 
  19.03   Detailed Invoices. Upon Ascension Health’s reasonable request, Accretive shall provide invoices with varying degree of detail as specified in the applicable Affiliate Schedule.
 
  19.04   Time of Payment. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, payment of all invoices shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days after receipt of an invoice from Accretive.
 
  19.05   Fee Dispute. In the event of a good faith dispute between Ascension Health or an Affiliate and Accretive regarding any Fees due under this MSA, the dispute shall be referred to the Joint Review Board for prompt resolution. Ascension Health and the respective Affiliate shall not withhold any Base Fee payment for any

- 29 -


 

      reason. Accretive shall not withhold any reimbursement owed to Affiliate under Article 5.03 for any reason. Ascension Health and the respective Affiliate may withhold such portion of the Additional Fees as may be authorized by the Joint Review Board.
  19.06   Performance Guaranty. To the extent that any Affiliate’s quarterly cash collections after the Affiliate Effective Date deteriorates materially relative to such Affiliate’s “historical cash collection performance” (as defined below), after adjustment for any negative change beyond Accretive’s control, such as a change in patient volumes measured by the total of inpatient discharges and outpatient encounters, the difference will be removed from the Base Fee paid by such Affiliate to Accretive in the manner provided for in the Operating Protocols.
Article 20. TAXES
  20.01   The fees paid to Accretive are inclusive of any applicable sales, use, personal property, or other taxes attributable to periods on or after the applicable Affiliate Effective Date based upon or measured by Accretive’s cost in acquiring or providing equipment, materials, supplies, or services furnished or used by Accretive in performing or furnishing the Services, including without limitation, all personal property and use taxes, if any, due on Accretive Machines.
 
  20.02   Affiliate will also be responsible for paying all personal property or use taxes due on or with respect to Affiliate Machines and Software.
 
  20.03   Ascension Health, each Affiliate and Accretive each shall bear sole responsibility for all taxes, assessments, and other real property-related levies on its owned or leased real property.
 
  20.04   To the extent the parties believe the circumstances warrant, Ascension Health and Accretive shall cooperate to segregate the Fees into the following separate payment streams: (a) those for taxable Services, (b) those for nontaxable Services, (c) those for which a sales, use, or other similar tax has already been paid, and (d) those for which Accretive functions merely as a paying agent for Affiliate in receiving goods, supplies, or services (including leasing and licensing arrangements) that otherwise are nontaxable or have previously not been subject to tax. In addition, Ascension Health, Affiliates and Accretive shall reasonably cooperate with each other to more accurately determine each party’s tax liability and to minimize such liability to the extent legally permissible.
Article 21. REDUCTION OF OPERATING COSTS
  21.01   It is anticipated that, as a result of the operational improvements implemented by Accretive with the support of the Affiliates, certain efficiencies in staffing requirements for the operation of the Affiliate revenue cycle will be realized. These staffing efficiencies will be facilitated and enhanced to the extent that certain operational functions can be performed through the Shared Services Operating Model (as more fully described in the Operating Protocols). In the

- 30 -


 

      event that these staffing efficiencies are realized during the course of operations, the Affiliate shall receive a credit against the Base Fee expense as follows:
      [**].
  21.02   It is anticipated that the adoption of the Shared Services Operating Model will produce significant operating efficiencies with respect to the operation of the Affiliate’s revenue cycle. In the event that the revenue managed by Accretive on behalf of Affiliates using the Shared Services Operating Model described above exceeds $[**], the percentage of Revenue Improvement (as defined in the Operating Protocols) paid to Accretive Health as Additional Fees for subsequent quarters by Affiliates participating in the shared services model shall be reduced to [**].
 
  21.03   Accretive Health shall prepare a cost savings projection for each Affiliate adopting the Shared Services Operating Model in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Operating Protocols. Accretive [**] each Affiliate adopting the Shared Services Operating Model that it will achieve [**]% of the cost savings projected for that Affiliate provided that the Affiliate provides its full support and cooperation with respect to the transition to, and operations under, the Shared Services Operating Model.
 
      The [**] cost savings contemplated by this Section 21.03 are predicated on the parties’ mutual assumption that the shared services will be provided in a manner which may rely on both domestic and non-domestic resources to deliver the Services (“Blended Shore Resources” as described in the Operating Protocols). In the event that Ascension Health adopts a policy which precludes the use of Blended Shore Resources, Accretive Health shall honor these policies and the [**] cost savings contemplated by this MSA shall be null and void. Further, in the event that Ascension Health adopts such a policy, Ascension Health shall be responsible for the cost incurred by Accretive to transition services being performed by Blended Shore Resources to shared service centers which are staffed exclusively by domestic resources.
Article 22. AUDIT RIGHTS
  22.01   Upon reasonable notice from Ascension Health, Accretive and Accretive Agents, shall provide such auditors and inspectors as Ascension Health may designate in writing with access to the Service Locations, Accretive Employees, reports, security procedures/protocols and information used by Accretive to deliver the Services for the purpose of performing audits or inspections of the Services and the business of Ascension Health. With respect to any audit or inspection of the Services, Accretive shall have the right to approve the auditor or inspector (but shall not unreasonably withhold such approval) and to demand appropriate protections against disclosure of its intellectual property. Accretive shall provide, and cause Accretive Staff and Accretive Agents to provide, such auditors and inspectors any reasonable assistance that they may require. If any audit by an auditor designated by Ascension Health or a Governmental or Regulatory

- 31 -


 

      Authority results in Accretive being notified that it, Accretive Staff or Accretive Agents are not in compliance with any law, regulation, audit requirement, the MSA or generally accepted accounting principle relating to the Services, Accretive shall take actions to comply with such audit.
  22.02   Fees. Upon reasonable notice from Ascension Health, Accretive shall provide Ascension Health and Ascension Health’s agents with access to such financial records and supporting documentation as may be reasonably requested by Ascension Health which are reasonably necessary to audit Fees charged Affiliates and Ascension Health may audit the Fees charged to Affiliates to determine that such Fees are accurate and in accordance with this MSA or continues to represent the fair market value for the Services. With respect to any such audit of the Fees charged by Accretive, Accretive shall have the right to approve the auditor (but shall not unreasonably withhold such approval) and to demand appropriate protections against disclosure of its intellectual property. If, as a result of such audit it is determined Accretive has overcharged Ascension Health and Affiliates, Ascension Health shall notify Accretive of the amount of such overcharge and Accretive shall promptly pay to the respective Affiliate the amount of the overcharge net of any undercharges. In the event any such audit reveals an overcharge net of undercharges to Ascension Health and Affiliates during any twelve (12)-month period preceding the audit in excess of 5% of the audited amount, Accretive shall reimburse Ascension Health for the reasonable cost of such audit and shall pay Interest calculated from the date of receipt by Accretive of the overcharged amount until the date of payment to Affiliate. In the event any such audit reveals that the Affiliate has been undercharged by Accretive Health, the amount of the undercharge shall be added to the next regular invoice to be provided to Affiliate and shall be paid in the ordinary course of business.
  22.03   Record Retention. Until the later of (A) six (6) years after expiration or termination of the MSA, (B) all pending matters relating to the MSA (including, but not limited to, disputes) are closed, or (C) the time period stated in any applicable records retention policy of Ascension Health or Affiliate, or required by any law or regulations has expired, Accretive shall maintain and provide access upon request to Accretive’s policies and procedures applicable to Ascension Health and Affiliates, and the records, documents and other information provided, prepared or maintained by Accretive under this MSA.
Article 23. REGULATORY AND CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY COMPLIANCE
  23.01   Access by Regulators. Accretive acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to the audit rights set forth in Article 22, the records maintained and produced under this MSA (including all records required to be maintained under Article 22) shall at all times be available for examination and audit by governmental agencies, regulators or securities exchanges of which Ascension Health or the Affiliates are a member and which has jurisdiction over the business of Ascension Health or the Affiliates. Each party shall, to the extent permitted by law, notify the other promptly of any formal request by an authorized governmental agency, regulator or exchange to examine records regarding Ascension Health or Affiliates that are maintained by

- 32 -


 

      Accretive. Upon the written request of Ascension Health, Accretive shall provide any relevant assurances to such agencies, regulators or securities exchanges, and shall subject itself to any required examination or regulation by such agencies, regulators or securities exchanges; and shall make any required regulatory corrections. Accretive acknowledges and agrees it shall be subject to examination by the relevant federal regulatory authorities (i.e., DHHS) pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and other relevant laws with respect to certain of the Services.
  23.02   Exclusion from Federal Health Programs. Accretive represents and warrants that neither it nor any of the Accretive Staff or Accretive have been or are about to be excluded from participation in any Federal Health Care Programs. Each Party agrees to notify the other party within three (3) business days of: (i) its receipt of a notice of intent to exclude or actual notice of exclusion from any Federal Health Care Program; or (ii) notification by any employee or agent of their receipt of a notice of intent to exclude or actual notice of exclusion from any Federal Health Care Program. The listing of Ascension Health, Affiliate, any Ascension Health or Affiliate related entity, Accretive, any Accretive related entity, or an Accretive Staff on the Office of Inspector General’s exclusion list (OIG Website) or the General Services Administration Lists of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Non-Procurement Programs (GSA Website) for excluded individuals and entities shall constitute “exclusion” for purposes of this Section. In the event Accretive is excluded from any Federal Health Care Program, then Ascension Health may terminate this MSA pursuant to Section 27.08 without the necessity of an opinion of counsel. In the event Accretive Staff or Accretive related entity is excluded from any Federal Health Care Program, then Accretive shall promptly remove such Accretive Staff or Accretive related entity from providing Services to Ascension Health and the Affiliates. In the event Ascension Health, or an Affiliate, is excluded from any Federal Health Care Program, then Accretive may terminate the applicable Affiliate Schedule(s). In the event an Affiliate is excluded from any Federal Health Care Program, then Accretive may terminate the respective Affiliate Schedule. The parties agree to mutually cooperate to minimize the impact of events contemplated by this Section.
 
  23.03   Section 6032 of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005. If Accretive furnishes, or otherwise authorizes the furnishing of, Medicaid health care items or services, performs billing or coding functions, or is involved in the monitoring of health care for Ascension Health, pursuant to Section 6032 of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 relating to “Employee Education About False Claims Recovery,” Accretive hereby agrees to abide by Ascension Health’s policies required by said law, insofar as they are relevant and applicable to Accretive’s work performed on behalf of Ascension Health, including participation in reviews or audits of claims or services, and agrees to make such policies available to Accretive’s personnel involved in the performance of such work.
 
  23.04   Compliance with Laws. The parties intend that this Agreement comply at all times with all existing and future applicable laws, including state and federal anti-kickback laws, the Medicare/Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Statutes, and the

- 33 -


 

      restrictions on Ascension Health by virtue of its tax-exempt status and the federal law relating to physician referrals. If at any time, as a result of the enactment of a new statute, the issuance of regulations, or otherwise, either party receives a written opinion of counsel that there is a substantial risk that, as a result of this Agreement, either party does not comply with applicable law or that a party would be legally precluded from billing a third party payor for services ordered by a physician, then the parties shall use good faith efforts to reform this Agreement in such a manner so that it complies with applicable law or does not preclude Ascension Health from billing a third party payor, as applicable. If, after the exercise of such good faith efforts for a period of at least thirty (30) days, the parties have not agreed on amendment(s) to this Agreement that resolve the legal issues referred to above, then the party(s) whose receipt of a legal opinion triggered renegotiation may terminate this Agreement upon at least sixty (60) days written notice to the other party.
  23.05   HIPAA Business Associate. Accretive shall execute contemporaneously with this MSA the Business Associate Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2. Furthermore, Accretive agrees to amend the Business Associate Agreement as reasonably requested by Ascension Health for purposes of continued compliance by Ascension Health and Affiliates with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
  23.06   Access to Books and Records. If this MSA is deemed to be a contract within the purview of Section 1861(v)(1)(t) of the Social Security Act (Section 952 of the Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1980) and the regulations promulgated at 42 C.F.R. Part 420 in implementation thereof, Accretive agrees to make available to the Comptroller General of the United States, the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) and their duly authorized representatives for four (4) years after the latest furnishing of services pursuant to this Agreement, access to the books, documents and records and such other information as may be required by the Comptroller General or Secretary of HHS to verify the nature and extent of the costs of services provided by Accretive. If Accretive, upon the written approval of Ascension Health, carries out the duties of this MSA through a subcontract worth [**] Dollars ($[**]) or more over a twelve (12)-month period with a related organization, the subcontract will also contain an access clause to permit access by the Secretary, Comptroller General and their representatives to the related organization’s books and records.
 
  23.07   Ascension Health and each Affiliate represents and warrants that they shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations applicable to them and shall obtain all applicable permits and licenses required in connection with its obligations under this MSA.
 
  23.08   Accretive represents and warrants that it shall comply with: (i) all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations applicable to Accretive; and (ii) all applicable regulatory or accrediting agencies with jurisdiction over Ascension Health or an Affiliate (including by not limited to, JCAHO) and shall obtain all

- 34 -


 

      applicable permits and licenses required of Accretive in connection with its obligations under this MSA.
  23.09   Ascension Health’s sole purpose of this arrangement is to establish a legally compliant, fair market value and commercially reasonable arrangements so that the Affiliates can better serve the community in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and authority. It is the intent and desires of the parties that all Services, specifically including billing and collection services, are rendered in a legally compliant manner, consistent with all applicable billing and coding regulations and guidelines.
 
  23.10   As it proceeds and continues with the delivery of the Services, Accretive may review the billing, coding and collection practices of each Affiliate in an effort to further compliance with all applicable authority. Each Affiliate will reasonably cooperate with these respective reviews. In the event Accretive identifies issues that may or may not be consistent with relevant authority, Accretive will promptly review such issues within the parameters of the respective Affiliate’s Corporate Responsibility Program.
 
  23.11   Accretive represents and warrants that none of its stockholders are, directly or indirectly, a physician or immediate family member of a physician on the medical staff of any of the Affiliates. For purposes of this provision, the terms “physician” and “immediate family member” shall be defined pursuant to federal law and regulation at 42 U.S.C. §1395nn et seq. and 42 C.F.R. §411.350 et seq., respectively, or successor laws and regulations. Further, in the event that Accretive employs or otherwise contracts with such a physician or immediate family member, Accretive shall provide compensation to such individual that is fair market value for services and items actually provided and not determined in a manner that takes into account the volume or value of referrals or other business generated by the physician for the Affiliates.
Article 24. CONFIDENTIALITY
  24.01   General Obligations. All Confidential Information relating to a party shall be held in confidence by the other party to the same extent and in at least the same manner as such party protects its own similar confidential information. Neither party shall disclose, publish, release, transfer, or otherwise make available Confidential Information of the other party in any form to, or for the use or benefit of, any person or entity without the other party’s consent. Each party shall, however, be permitted to disclose relevant aspects of the other party’s Confidential Information to its officers, agents, subcontractors, and employees and to the officers, agents, subcontractors, and employees of its Related Entities or subsidiaries to the extent that such disclosure is reasonably necessary for the performance of its duties and obligations under this MSA; provided, however, that such party shall take reasonable measures to ensure that Confidential Information of the other party is not disclosed or duplicated in contravention of the provisions of this MSA by such officers, agents, subcontractors, and employees. The obligations in this Section 24.01 shall not restrict any disclosure

- 35 -


 

      by either party pursuant to any applicable law, or by order of any court or government agency (provided that the disclosing party shall give prompt notice to the non-disclosing party of such order) and, except to the extent that local law provides otherwise, shall not apply with respect to information which (1) is developed by the other party without violating the disclosing party’s proprietary rights, (2) is or becomes publicly known (other than through unauthorized disclosure), (3) is disclosed by the owner of such information to a third party free of any obligation of confidentiality, (4) is already known by such party without an obligation of confidentiality other than pursuant to this MSA or any confidentiality agreements entered into before the Effective Date between Ascension Health and Accretive, or (5) is rightfully received by a party free of any obligation of confidentiality. To the extent this MSA or any Affiliate Schedule contains more specific terms on the subject of security, then such specific terms shall apply in lieu of the general obligations set forth in this Section 24.01.
  24.02   Attorney-Client Privilege. Accretive acknowledges that Affiliate believes that in connection with the delivery of the Services, information may be prepared under the direction of Ascension Health or an Affiliate’s legal counsel in anticipation of litigation, or otherwise that Ascension Health or Affiliate seeks to keep privileged under the applicable attorney/client or attorney work product privileges conferred by applicable law (“Privileged Work Product”). Accretive acknowledges that under such circumstances, Accretive is performing the services as to Privileged Work Product as an agent of Affiliate, and that all matter related thereto is protected from disclosure by Rule 26 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Affiliate shall notify Accretive when it is to be provided access to Privileged Work Product or when its work is determined to be Privileged Work Product. After Accretive is notified or otherwise becomes aware that such documents, data, database, or communications are Privileged Work Product, only Accretive personnel for whom such access is necessary for the purpose of providing services to Affiliate as provided in this MSA may have access to Privileged Work Product. Should Accretive ever be notified of any judicial or other proceeding seeking to obtain access to Privileged Work Product, Accretive shall unless prohibited by law (a) immediately notify Ascension Health or the applicable Affiliate and (b) take such reasonable actions at Ascension Health’s or the applicable Affiliate’s expense as may be specified by Ascension Health or the applicable Affiliate to resist providing such access. Ascension Health or Affiliate shall have the right and duty to represent Accretive in such resistance or to select and compensate counsel to so represent Accretive or to reimburse Accretive for actual and reasonable attorneys’ fees, reasonable expenses and any damages arising from Accretive’s compliance with this Section incurred in resisting such access. Ascension Health shall indemnify and hold harmless Accretive and Accretive’s Related Entities and their respective officers, directors, employees and representatives against any and all claims damages, and expenses , including reasonable attorney’s fees, related to third party claims arising from Accretive’s compliance with this section. The indemnification procedures in this MSA shall apply to this indemnification. If Accretive is ultimately required, pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, to produce documents, disclose data, or

- 36 -


 

      otherwise act in contravention of the confidentiality obligations imposed in this MSA or otherwise with respect to maintaining the confidentiality, proprietary nature, and secrecy of Privileged Work Product, Accretive shall not be liable for breach of such obligation. In such event, Accretive agrees to disclose only that information minimally required to be disclosed by such legal action. For purposes of this Section, Privileged Work Product shall mean certain documents, data, and databases created or provided to Accretive and Accretive Agents for Ascension Health or the Affiliate and all associated communications thereto.
  24.03   Unauthorized Acts. Each party shall:
  24.03.01   Notify the other party promptly of any material unauthorized possession, use, or knowledge, or attempt thereof, of the other party’s Confidential Information by any person or entity which may become known to such party.
 
  24.03.02   Promptly furnish to the other party full details of the unauthorized possession, use, or knowledge, or attempt thereof, and use reasonable efforts to assist the other party in investigating or preventing the recurrence of any unauthorized possession, use, or knowledge, or attempt thereof, of Confidential Information.
 
  24.03.03   Use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other party in any litigation and investigation against third parties deemed necessary by the other party to protect its proprietary rights.
 
  24.03.04   Except as provided in Section 24.03.06, promptly use reasonable efforts to prevent a recurrence of any such unauthorized possession, use, or knowledge of Confidential Information.
 
  24.03.05   Except for modifications to the Services more fully described in Section 24.03.06, bear the cost it incurs as a result of compliance with this Section 24.03.
 
  24.03.06   To the extent any change to prevent a recurrence of any such unauthorized possession, use or knowledge of Confidential Information requires a modification of the Services, such modification shall be approved by the Joint Review Board.
Article 25. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each of the following representations and warranties contained in Section 25.01 and 25.02 shall be deemed made by Accretive and the applicable Affiliate as of the Affiliate execution date of the applicable Affiliate Schedule. Each of the following representations and warranties contained in Section 25.03 shall be deemed made by Ascension Health as of the MSA Date.
  25.01   Affiliate represents and warrants that:

- 37 -


 

  25.01.01   Affiliate is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation.
 
  25.01.02   Affiliate has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the applicable Affiliate Schedule.
 
  25.01.03   Affiliate is duly licensed, authorized, or qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which a license, authorization, or qualification is required for the ownership or leasing of its assets or the transaction of business of the character transacted by it except where the failure to be so licensed, authorized, or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on Affiliate’s ability to fulfill its obligations under the applicable Affiliate Schedule.
 
  25.01.04   Affiliate has not disclosed impermissibly any Confidential Information of Accretive.
 
  25.01.05   The execution, delivery, and performance of the Affiliate Schedule has been duly authorized by Affiliate and will not conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any other agreement to which Affiliate is a party or by which Affiliate is bound subject to the acquisition of necessary consents and/or approvals required of Accretive as contemplated by this MSA. The Affiliate Proprietary Software, applicable to Affiliate, does not and will not infringe upon the proprietary rights of any third party (except to the extent such infringements result from: (a) modifications by Accretive or Accretive Agents, (b) breach of this MSA by Accretive, (c) Accretive’s failure to use any new or corrected versions of any such Affiliate Proprietary Software provided by Affiliate, or (d) Accretive’s failure to adhere to license, lease, or other agreement or specifications or instructions of which it has knowledge).
 
  25.01.06   There is no outstanding litigation, arbitrated matter or other dispute to which Affiliate is a party which, if decided unfavorably to Affiliate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Accretive’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this MSA.
  25.02   Accretive represents and warrants that:
  25.02.01   It is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of Delaware.
 
  25.02.02   It has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this MSA.
 
  25.02.03   Accretive is duly licensed, authorized, or qualified to do business and is in good standing in Michigan and every jurisdiction in which a license, authorization, or qualification is required for the ownership or

- 38 -


 

      leasing of its assets or the transaction of business of the character transacted by it except where the failure to be so licensed, authorized, or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on Accretive’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this MSA.
 
  25.02.04   The execution, delivery, and performance of this MSA has been duly authorized by Accretive and will not conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any other agreement to which Accretive is a party or by which Accretive is bound subject to the acquisition of necessary consents and/or approvals required of Ascension Health or an Affiliate as contemplated by this MSA.
 
  25.02.05   Accretive has not disclosed impermissibly any Confidential Information of Ascension Health or any Affiliate.
 
  25.02.06   The Accretive Proprietary Software does not and will not, and the Developed Software and the Services will not, infringe upon the proprietary rights of any third party (except to the extent such infringements result from: (a) modifications by Affiliate or Ascension Health Agents other than those authorized or required by Affiliate with knowledge of the infringement, (b) breach of this MSA by Ascension Health or Affiliate, (c) Affiliate’s failure to use any new or corrected versions of any such Accretive Proprietary Software, provided Affiliate is notified that use of such new or corrected version is necessary to avoid infringement, or (d) Affiliate’s failure to adhere to any license, lease, or other agreement or specifications or instructions of which it has knowledge).
 
  25.02.07   There is no outstanding litigation, arbitrated matter or other dispute to which Accretive is a party which, if decided unfavorably to Accretive, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Accretive’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this MSA.
 
  25.02.08   Accretive is not insolvent, is able to pay its bills as they become due and is financially able to meet its obligations under this MSA.
 
  25.02.09   The Accretive Tools when integrated and interfaced with a respective Affiliates systems will continue to allow information necessary for operations to be communicated with Affiliates other systems.
  25.03   Ascension Health represents and warrants that:
  25.03.01   Ascension Health is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its state of Missouri.
 
  25.03.02   Ascension Health has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this MSA.

- 39 -


 

  25.03.03   Ascension Health has not disclosed impermissibly any Confidential Information of Accretive.
 
  25.03.04   Ascension Health is duly licensed, authorized, or qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which a license, authorization, or qualification is required for the ownership or leasing of its assets or the transaction of business of the character transacted by it except where the failure to be so licensed, authorized, or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on Ascension Health’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this MSA.
 
  25.03.05   The execution, delivery, and performance of this MSA has been duly authorized by Ascension Health and will not conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any other agreement to which Ascension Health is a party or by which Ascension Health is bound subject to the acquisition of necessary consents and/or approvals required of Accretive as contemplated by this MSA.
  25.04   DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT OR AN AFFILIATE SCHEDULE, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES IN RESPECT OF THE SERVICES, THE SOFTWARE, THE AFFILIATE MACHINES OR THE SYSTEMS AND EACH EXPLICITLY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE IN RESPECT OF THE SERVICES, THE SOFTWARE, THE CUSTOMER MACHINES AND THE SYSTEMS.
Article 26. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
  26.01   Joint Review Board. Either party may, upon notice from any member of the Joint Review Board request a review before the Joint Review Board. If a party elects to use the procedure set forth in this Section 26.01, the other party shall participate. The review will occur no more than ten (10) business days after a party serves notice to use the procedure set forth in this Section 26.01 and such meeting may occur telephonically. Each party may include such professionals as it may deem appropriate and useful in making its presentation to the Joint Review Board. If the matter cannot be resolved at such meeting, the parties shall submit the dispute to arbitration pursuant to Section 26.03.
 
  26.02   Admissibility. Proposals and information exchanged during the informal proceedings described in Sections 26.01 between the parties shall be privileged, confidential, and without prejudice to a party’s legal position in any formal proceedings. All such proposals and information, as well as any conduct during such proceedings, shall be inadmissible in any subsequent proceedings for any purpose (but this Section 26.02 shall not be construed to render confidential, inadmissible, or non-discoverable any otherwise admissible documents or other

- 40 -


 

      evidence merely because they were referred to, transmitted, or otherwise used in any such informal proceedings).
  26.03   Arbitration. Any dispute which is not resolved by the Joint Review Board shall, except as otherwise provided in this MSA, be finally settled by arbitration, conducted on a confidential basis, under the US Arbitration Act, if applicable, and the then-current Commercial Dispute Resolution Procedures (“Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (“Association”) strictly in accordance with the terms of this MSA and the laws of the State of Missouri, excluding its principles of conflicts of laws. To the extent permitted by the Association rules, all parties direct that any arbitration be held on an expedited basis.
 
      All arbitration hearings shall be held in St. Louis, Missouri. The arbitration decision shall be majority vote of a panel consisting of three arbitrators. Each party shall select one arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the demand for arbitration is made, and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the two arbitrators so chosen within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the demand for arbitration is made. If one or more arbitrator(s) is not selected within the permitted time periods, the missing arbitrator(s) shall be selected in accordance with Rule 13 of the Rules. All arbitrators shall be licensed practicing attorneys, shall have no conflicts, and shall be knowledgeable in the subject matter of the dispute. Each arbitrator shall have experience and education which qualify him or her to competently address the specific issues to be designated for arbitration. Each party shall bear its own costs of the arbitration and one-half of the arbitrators’ costs. The arbitrators shall apply Missouri substantive law and the Federal Rules of Evidence to the proceeding. The arbitrators shall have the power to grant all legal and equitable remedies and award compensatory damages provided by Missouri law, subject to the limitations set forth in this MSA; provided, however, the arbitrators shall not have the power to amend this MSA, award punitive or exemplary damages, or award damages in excess of the limits contained in the MSA. The arbitrators shall prepare in writing and provide to the parties an award, including factual findings and the reasons on which the decision is based. The arbitrators shall not have the power to commit errors of law or legal reasoning, and the award may be vacated or corrected for any such error.
 
      Any award shall be paid within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the arbitrators’ decision. If any award is not paid within thirty (30) days, any party may seek entry of a judgment in state or federal courts located in the State of Missouri in the amount of the award.
 
      Neither party shall be excluded from seeking provisional remedies in the courts of competent jurisdiction, including but not limited to, temporary restraining orders and preliminary injunctions, but such remedies shall not be sought as a means to avoid or stay arbitration. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. THE REQUIREMENT OF ARBITRATION SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE SHALL NOT APPLY IN THE EVENT THAT THERE IS THIRD PARTY JOINDER BY EITHER PARTY OR A THIRD PARTY INSTITUTES AN ACTION AGAINST ANY PARTY TO THIS

- 41 -


 

      AGREEMENT, AND SUCH THIRD PARTY IS NOT AMENABLE TO JOINDER IN THE ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS ARTICLE.
Article 27. TERMINATION
  27.01   Termination for Cause. In the event that either Party has materially breached its obligations under this MSA, and that breach has not been satisfactorily addressed through the cure process established below, the non-breaching Party shall have the right to terminate this MSA for Cause sixty (60) days following the issuance of a written notice of termination. No written notice of Termination for Cause will be valid unless the Party issuing the notice has complied with the cure procedure set forth below. No breach can provide the basis for a Termination for Cause unless written notice of the breach is provided under 27.02.01 below within twelve (12) months of the date on which the party asserting the breach knew, or should have known in the ordinary course of the relationship, that the alleged breach had occurred.
 
  27.02   Procedure Regarding Cure. In the event that a material breach occurs under this MSA the Parties agree that the breaching party shall have the opportunity to cure the material breach prior to a Termination for Cause. Therefore, after issuing a written notice of termination, each party agrees to proceed in the following manner, working, in good faith, to address the circumstances which led to the breach or other conduct in question:
  27.02.01   The party seeking to address an area of concern shall give written notice to the party whose conduct has breached or frustrated the Agreement.
 
  27.02.02   The breaching party shall be given thirty (30) days within which to satisfactorily address the concern and begin implementation of the agreed upon course of action. If necessary under the circumstances and consented to by the non-breaching party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), the complete implementation of the agreed upon course of action may take more than thirty (30) days but may not exceed one hundred twenty (120) days.
 
  27.02.03   If the breaching party fails to comply with the agreed upon course of action on the appropriate timetable, the other party may request a meeting of the Joint Review Board to discuss the failure to comply and termination. That meeting will be held promptly upon request. If it is determined by the Joint Review Board that the agreed upon course of action has not been undertaken then the non-breaching party shall be authorized to issue a notice of termination for cause.
 
  27.02.04   Upon the issuance of a notice of termination for cause the Joint Review Board shall meet to discuss the steps required to facilitate an orderly transition in connection with the termination and shall agree upon a transition plan which shall address timing, employee

- 42 -


 

      communication, reconciliation of fees, allocation of transition costs, licenses for continued use of Accretive’s Proprietary Software, and related issues.
 
  27.02.05   Any disputes which arise during these procedures, and can not be resolved by good faith dialogue among the parties, shall be resolved by Arbitration (under the expedited arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association) as provided for above, or by such other method mutually agreed upon by the parties.
  27.03   Termination for Convenience. Upon mutual agreement of Ascension Health and Accretive, the parties may terminate an Affiliate Schedule for convenience upon one hundred eighty (180) days written notice after the second anniversary of the Affiliate Effective Date for the applicable Affiliate.
 
  27.04   Termination Upon Renewal. Either party may terminate this MSA by providing the other party written notice at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the end of the then current Master Term if such party wishes not to renew this MSA. Either Accretive or Ascension Health may terminate an Affiliate Schedule by providing the other party written notice at least two hundred ten (210) days prior to the end of the then effective Affiliate Term if such party wishes not to renew the Affiliate Schedule.
 
  27.05   Termination Due to Event of Force Majeure. In the event that there is a failure to provide a material portion of the Services due to a Force Majeure Event from any source for a period of thirty (30) days out of any forty-five (45) day period, Ascension Health may terminate the affected portion of the applicable Affiliate Schedule, to the extent severable, upon thirty (30) days written notice.
 
  27.06   Termination for Change in Control. In the event of a sale, or potential sale, of all or substantially all of the assets of Accretive or sufficient stock of Accretive to effect a Change in Control of Accretive, Ascension Health may terminate this MSA on at least ninety (90) days’ notice to Accretive which notice must be provided within ninety (90) days of Ascension Health being notified of the Change in Control. For purposes of this section, a “Change in Control” shall mean the acquisition by an entity of fifty percent (50%) or more of Accretive’s capital stock ordinarily having voting rights if the acquiring entity actively exercises management control other than a transaction involving an offering of Accretive’s capital stock in the public markets. An offering of Accretive’s capital stock in the public markets shall not create a right of termination under this provision.
 
  27.07   Termination Due to Loss of Exempt Status. In the event Ascension Health receives an opinion of qualified legal counsel, after consultation with Accretive’s qualified legal counsel, in which it concludes that the MSA presents a material risk to the tax-exempt status of Ascension Health and/or any of the Affiliates, and that risk can not be reasonably mitigated by the parties following good faith consultations and consideration of reasonable amendments and modifications to

- 43 -


 

      the MSA, then Ascension Health shall be entitled to terminate the MSA without penalty upon sixty (60) days written notice.
 
  27.08   Termination Due to Regulatory Risk. In the event Ascension Health receives an opinion of qualified legal counsel, after consultation with Accretive’s qualified legal counsel, in which it concludes that the MSA presents a material risk of causing Ascension Health and/or any of the Affiliates, to violate any applicable laws or regulations, and that risk can not be reasonably mitigated by the parties following good faith consultations and consideration of reasonable amendments and modifications to the MSA, then Ascension Health shall be entitled to terminate the MSA without penalty upon sixty (60) days written notice.
 
  27.09   Termination Because Excluded Provider. In the event Accretive becomes an Excluded Provider pursuant to Section 23.02 or fails to promptly take the actions specified in Section 23.02 with regards to Accretive Staff or Accretive related entities that become Excluded Providers, Ascension Health may terminate this MSA immediately and the cure provisions contained in Section 27.02 shall not be applicable to such breach.
Article 28. TERMINATION ASSISTANCE
  28.01   Termination Assistance. Accretive shall provide all reasonable Termination Assistance requested by Ascension Health, beginning upon notice of termination of the MSA for any reason and continuing through the date three (3) months following the Final Service Date. Accretive shall be entitled to reasonable fees for Termination Assistance Services provided prior to the Final Service Date to the extent the delivery of the Termination Assistance Services can not be accomplished by the existing Accretive Staff on hand at the time of the termination notice. Accretive shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for any Termination Assistance Services provided after the Final Service Date.
 
  28.02   Continuation of Services. At Ascension Health’s request, Accretive shall also continue to provide some or all of the Services for up to one (1) year following the expiration or termination of the MSA at the rate of [**]% of the then-applicable Base Fees applicable to the Services provided.
Article 29. EXIT PLAN
  29.01   Upon receipt of an expiration or termination notice of this MSA or an Affiliate Schedule or termination of this MSA or any Affiliate Schedule for any reason:
  29.01.01   Accretive shall provide the Termination Assistance Services in accordance with Article 28;
 
  29.01.02   If the MSA or an Affiliate Schedule is terminated by Ascension Health for cause, pursuant to Section 27.01, or pursuant to Section 27.03, then:

- 44 -


 

  29.01.02.01   Accretive shall assign and transfer to Ascension Health or one or more Affiliates, at [**], all Accretive Machines and other physical assets owned by Accretive and used at the terminated Affiliate(s) in performing the Services.
 
  29.01.02.02   Accretive shall grant to Affiliate a license or sublicense to use and maintain for its and the terminated Affiliates internal business purposes, the [**] for a license fee payable by Affiliate equal to [**].
 
  29.01.02.03   Affiliate shall relinquish any right to receive any Performance Guaranty payment to which it might be entitled at the time of the Termination.
  29.01.03   If the MSA or an Affiliate Schedule is terminated for any reason other than as set forth in Section 29.02.02:
  29.01.03.01   Accretive shall assign and transfer to Ascension Health or one or more of the Affiliates all Accretive Machines and other physical assets owned by Accretive and used at the terminated Affiliate(s) in performing the Services and Ascension Health [**] Accretive Machines and physical assets so transferred on the date of transfer. [**] shall be mutually determined by Ascension Health and Accretive and if they cannot agree within forty (45) days, then by an independent appraiser to be mutually selected by Ascension Health and Accretive.
 
  29.01.03.02   Accretive shall grant to each Affiliate for whom Services are being terminated a license or sublicense to use and maintain for its and the terminated Affiliates internal business purposes, the [**] review and adjustment by mutual agreement of Accretive and Ascension Health [**] from the MSA Effective Date.
  29.01.04   The parties shall cooperate in the development and execution of an orderly Exit Transition Plan which protects the right of each party to performance through the Final Service Date, timely payment for Services and the protection of its physical and intellectual property rights, subject to the provisions of this MSA.
 
  29.01.05   Upon Ascension Health’s request, Accretive shall transfer or assign to Ascension Health or its designee any agreements applicable to Services being provided to Ascension Health or Affiliates, on terms and conditions acceptable to both parties (Accretive and Ascension Health) and subject to the payment by Ascension Health of any

- 45 -


 

      transfer fee or nonrecurring charge imposed by the applicable vendors.
 
  29.01.06   Notwithstanding the prohibition of paragraph 33.03 below, Ascension Health or the Affiliates may offer employment to Accretive Staff who perform Services exclusively for Affiliates at the time of the issuance of the notice of termination, other than the Key Accretive Staff. Accretive shall provide reasonable assistance to facilitate the communication of these offers of employment to its employees (e.g., providing names, resumes and other information reasonably requested by Ascension Health to the extent permissible by law and any contract). Accretive shall waive, any non-compete or other restrictive rights it may have with respect to those employees.
  29.02   Bidding Assistance. Ascension Health may obtain offers for performance of services similar to the Services following termination/expiration of the MSA. As requested by Ascension Health, Accretive shall provide to Ascension Health such information and other cooperation regarding Ascension Health’s operations as would be reasonably necessary for a third party to prepare an informed, non-qualified offer for such Services, and for a third party not to be disadvantaged compared to Accretive if said third party supplier were to be invited by Ascension Health to submit a proposal. The types of information and level of cooperation to be provided by Accretive pursuant to this Item shall be no less than those initially provided by Ascension Health to Accretive prior to commencement of the MSA.
 
  29.03   Equitable Remedies. Accretive, Ascension Health and Affiliates acknowledge that, in the event they breach (or attempt or threaten to breach) their obligations to one another regarding the preparation and execution of an Exit Roll-Out Plan and to provide termination/expiration assistance, they may be irreparably harmed. Under these circumstances either party may proceed directly to court. If a court of competent jurisdiction should find that a party has breached (or attempted or threatened to breach) any obligations related to the preparation and execution of an Exit Roll-Out Plan and termination/expiration assistance, each party agrees that, without any additional findings of irreparable injury to injunctive relief, it shall not oppose the entry of an appropriate order compelling performance by it and restraining it from any further breaches (or attempted or threatened breaches). Each party shall have the right to request that any injunctive relief be conditioned on contractual performance by the other party.
Article 30. INDEMNITIES
  30.01   Indemnity by Affiliate. Affiliate shall indemnify Accretive and Accretive’s Related Entities and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors, and assigns from, and defend the foregoing against, any Claim, liability or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) asserted by a third party and arising from the acts or omissions of Affiliate as follows:

- 46 -


 

  30.01.01   That the Affiliate Software, or any other resources or items provided to Accretive by the Affiliate, its employees, or Ascension Health Agents infringe upon the proprietary rights of any third party (except to the extent such infringements as may result from: (a) modifications by Accretive or Accretive Agents, (b) breach of this MSA by Accretive, (c) Accretive’s failure to use any new or corrected versions of any allegedly infringing item provided by Affiliate, or (d) Accretive’s failure to adhere to any applicable license, lease, or other agreement, or specifications or instructions of which it has knowledge).
 
  30.01.02   Relating to any duties or obligations of the Affiliate, its employees, or agents accruing before the respective Affiliate Effective Date, or imposed on Affiliate, its employees, or agents under this MSA and/or an Affiliate Schedule at any time after the respective Affiliate Effective Date to a third party that is not a Related Entity of Affiliate.
 
  30.01.03   Occurring at an Affiliate Service Location if not caused by the acts or omissions of Accretive.
 
  30.01.04   Relating to Affiliate’s failure to obtain those Consents for which it is responsible.
 
  30.01.05   Caused by the material inaccuracy or untruthfulness of any representation or warranty made by Affiliate under Section 25.01 of this MSA.
 
  30.01.06   Relating to (a) a violation of Federal, state, or other laws or regulations for the protection of persons or members of a protected class or category of persons by Affiliate, its employees, or agents and (b) discrimination or harassment by Affiliate, its employees, or agents, and (c) work-related injury except as may be covered by Affiliate’s workers’ compensation or death caused by Affiliate, its employees, or agents; and (d) any Claim of wrongful termination or other employment related claim arising as a result of Affiliate’s conduct; and (e) any claim of unfair labor practice, arbitrations, breaches of collective bargaining agreements arising as a result of Affiliate’s conduct.
 
  30.01.07   Relating to violations by Affiliate of its obligations, representations and warranties under this MSA which are not caused or directed by Accretive, or which arise out of Accretive’s delivery of Services pursuant to the billing, coding and collection policies, practices and procedures of Affiliate as of the Affiliate Effective Date (except to the extent of Accretive’s negligence in providing such Services), including costs, claims, liabilities, expenses, penalties and other sanctions (including those arising as a result of a False Claims Act and/or qui tarn action) arising from Accretive or Accretive Agent’s

- 47 -


 

      failure to comply with any law, regulation, authority, or contractual obligations relating to the coding and billing of health care services (including but not limited to any Federal Health Care Program services).
  30.01.08   Relating to any amounts, including taxes, interest, and penalties, assessed against Accretive which are the obligations of Affiliate pursuant to Article 20.
 
  30.01.09   Relating to any Claim by, on behalf of, or related to the Contract Employees arising out of, related to, or in anyway connected with their employment prior to the Affiliate Effective Date.
 
  30.01.10   Relating to any Claim arising as a result of any action or failure to act by Affiliate pursuant to Section 5.05.
 
  30.01.11   Affiliate shall indemnify Accretive from any reasonable costs and expenses (excluding reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Section 30.01 against Affiliate.
 
  30.01.12   Affiliates obligations under this Section 30.01 shall be capped at $25 million dollars.
  30.02   Indemnity by Accretive. Accretive shall indemnify Ascension Health, Affiliates and their Related Entities and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors, and assigns from, and defend the foregoing against, any Claim, liability or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) asserted by a third party that is not a Related Entity of Accretive:
  30.02.01   That the Services, the Accretive Software, any modifications to Affiliate Software performed by Accretive, its employees, Accretive Staff, or Accretive Agents or any other resources or items provided to an Affiliate by Accretive, its employees, or Accretive Agents infringe upon the proprietary rights of any third party (except to the extent such infringements as may result from: (a) modifications by Affiliate or Ascension Health Agents other than those authorized or required by Accretive, (b) breach of this MSA by Ascension Health or the Affiliate, (c) an Affiliate’s failure to use any new or corrected versions of any allegedly infringing item provided by Accretive, provided the Affiliate is notified that use of such new or corrected version is necessary to avoid infringement, or (d) an Affiliate’s failure to adhere to any license, lease, or other agreement or specifications or instructions of which it has knowledge).
 
  30.02.02   In respect of Services provided out of shared facilities by Accretive, Accretive Staff, or agents to a third party not caused by Ascension Health or an Affiliate.

- 48 -


 

  30.02.03   Relating to any duties or obligations of Accretive, its employees, Accretive Staff, or agents accruing after the respective Affiliate Effective Date in respect of any subcontractor of Accretive.
 
  30.02.04   Caused by the material inaccuracy or untruthfulness of any representation or warranty made by Accretive, its employees, or Accretive Agents under Section 25.02 of this MSA.
 
  30.02.05   Relating to Accretive’s failure to obtain the Consents for which it is responsible.
 
  30.02.06   Relating to (a) a violation of Federal, state, or other laws or regulations for the protection of persons or members of a protected class or category of persons by Accretive, its employees, Accretive Staff, or agents, (b) discrimination or harassment by Accretive, its employees, Accretive Staff, or agents, and (c) work-related injury except as may be covered by Accretive’s workers’ compensation or death caused by Accretive, its employees, Accretive Staff, or Accretive Agents; (d) any Claim of wrongful termination arising as a result of Accretive’s conduct; and (e) any claim of unfair labor practice, arbitrations, breaches of collective bargaining agreements arising as a result of Accretive’s conduct.
 
  30.02.07   Relating to any amounts including taxes, interest, and penalties assessed against Ascension Health or an Affiliate which are obligations of Accretive pursuant to Article 20.
 
  30.02.08   Relating to violations by Accretive of its obligations which are not caused or directed by Affiliate, including costs, claims, liabilities, expenses, penalties and other sanctions (including those arising as a result of a False Claims Act and/or qui tarn action) arising from failure of Accretive, Accretive Staff or Accretive Agents to comply with any law, regulation, authority, or contractual obligations relating to the coding and billing of health care services (including but not limited to any Federal Health Care Program services).
 
  30.02.09   Accretive shall indemnify Ascension Health or an Affiliate from any reasonable costs and expenses (excluding attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Section 30.02.
 
  30.02.10   Accretive’s obligations under this Section 30.02 shall be capped at $[**] dollars.
  30.03   Indemnity by Ascension Health. Ascension Health shall indemnify Accretive and Accretive’s Related Entities and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors, and assigns from, and defend the foregoing against, any Claim, liability or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) asserted by a third party and arising from the acts or omissions of Ascension Health as follows:

- 49 -


 

  30.03.01   Relating to any duties or obligations of Ascension Health, its employees, or agents accruing either before the MSA Effective Date imposed on Ascension Health, its employees or agents under this MSA, or at any time after the MSA Effective Date to a third party that is not a Related Entity of Ascension Health.
 
  30.03.02   Caused by the material inaccuracy or untruthfulness of any representation or warranty made by Ascension Health under Section 25.03 of this MSA.
 
  30.03.03   Relating to (a) a violation of Federal, state, or other laws or regulations for the protection of persons or members of a protected class or category of persons by Ascension Health, its employees, or agents and or (b) discrimination or harassment by Ascension Health, its employees, or agents.
 
  30.03.04   Relating to violations by Ascension Health of its obligations under this Agreement which are not caused or directed by Accretive, including costs, claims, liabilities, expenses, penalties and other sanctions (including those arising as a result of a False Claims Act and/or qui tarn action) arising from failure of Ascension Health to comply with any law, regulation, authority, or contractual obligations relating to the coding and billing of health care services (including but not limited to any Federal Health Care Program services).
 
  30.03.05   Ascension Health shall indemnify Accretive from any reasonable costs and expenses (excluding attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Section 30.03 against Ascension Health.
 
  30.03.06   Ascension Health’s obligations under this Section 30.03 shall be capped at $[**] dollars.
  30.04   Indemnification Procedures. If any Claim is commenced against an indemnified party (hereinafter “Indemnified Party”), notice thereof shall be given to the indemnifying party (hereinafter Indemnifying Party”) as promptly as practicable. After such notice, if the Indemnifying Party shall acknowledge in writing to such Indemnified Party that this MSA applies with respect to such Claim, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled, if it so elects, in a notice delivered to the Indemnified Party not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date on which a response to such Claim is due, to immediately take control of the defense and investigation of such Claim and to employ and engage attorneys subject to the approval of Indemnified Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to handle and defend the same, at the Indemnifying Party’s sole cost and expense. The indemnifying party agrees to consult with the Indemnified Party regarding the defense of the claim and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in all reasonable respects with the Indemnifying Party and its attorneys in the investigation, trial, and defense of such Claim and any appeal arising there from; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may, at its own cost and expense,

- 50 -


 

      participate, through its attorneys or otherwise, in such investigation, trial, and defense of such Claim and any appeal arising therefrom. No settlement of a Claim that involves a remedy other than the payment of money by the Indemnifying Party shall be entered into without the consent of the Indemnified Party which shall not be unreasonably withheld. After notice by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume full control of the defense of any such Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal expenses incurred thereafter by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense of that Claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume full control over the defense of a Claim subject to such defense as provided in this Section 30.04, the Indemnifying Party may participate in such defense, at its sole cost and expense, and the Indemnified Party shall have the right to defend the Claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate, at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party.
 
  30.05   Any Indemnified Party shall have the right to demand that any Indemnifying Party provide reasonable assurance that the Indemnifying Party is able to meet its financial obligations pursuant to these Indemnities including the ability to fund promptly at least $[**] in indemnified claims.
Article 31. DAMAGES
  31.01   Direct Damages. Ascension Health, Affiliates and Accretive shall be liable to the other party for any direct damages arising out of or relating to its performance under this MSA or any Affiliate Schedule. The following shall be considered direct damages and no party shall assert that they are Consequential Damages (as defined in Section 31.02):
  31.01.01   Commercially reasonable costs of recreating or reloading a party’s information which is lost or damaged as a result of a party’s breach of its obligations under this MSA;
 
  31.01.02   Commercially reasonable costs of implementing a work around in respect of a failure to provide all or a portion of the Services or any part thereof;
 
  31.01.03   Commercially reasonable costs of replacing lost or damaged equipment, software and materials;
 
  31.01.04   Payments or penalties imposed by a regulatory agency for a party’s failure to comply with deadlines which is not the result of a Force Majeure Event;
 
  31.01.05   Claims, liabilities, expenses, penalties and other sanctions (including those arising as a result of a False Claims Act and/or qui tarn action) or commercially reasonable costs as a result of a party’s failure to comply with any law, regulation, authority, or contractual obligations relating to the coding and/or billing of health care services including

- 51 -


 

      but not limited to any Federal Health Care Program services which is not the result of a Force Majeure Event.
  31.02   Consequential Damages. Neither Ascension Health, Affiliate nor Accretive shall be liable for, nor will the measure of damages include, any Consequential Damages arising out of or relating to its performance under this MSA or any Affiliate Schedule, except as provided in Section 4.03 relating to the public relations cost resulting from disruption of Affiliate’s operations. For purposes of this Agreement, Consequential Damages shall mean any indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages or amounts , including, as to Accretive, loss of income, or, as to the parties, for loss of profits, or savings arising out of or relating to Ascension Health’s, Affiliate’s or Accretive’s performance under this MSA, but excluding all Fees.
 
  31.03   Exclusions. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE 31, IN NO EVENT WILL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE FOR PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES UNLESS ASSESSED PURSUANT TO SECTION 31.01.05.
Article 32. INSURANCE
  32.01   Insurance. During the Master Term, Accretive shall maintain at its own expense, insurance of the type and in the amounts specified below;
  32.01.01   statutory workers’ compensation in accordance with all Federal, state, and local requirements, and employer liability in an amount not less than $[**] per occurrence:
 
  32.01.02   commercial general liability (including contractual liability insurance) in an amount not less than $[**] per occurrence;
 
  32.01.03   comprehensive automobile liability covering all vehicles that Accretive owns, hires, or leases in an amount not less than $[**] per accident (combined single limit for bodily injury and property damages);
 
  32.01.04   umbrella excess liability applying above the employer’s liability, commercial general liability and comprehensive automobile liability described above in an amount not less than $[**] per occurrence/accident.
  32.02   During the Master Term, Ascension Health and or Affiliates shall maintain at their own expense, insurance or self-insurance of the type and in the amounts specified below:
  32.02.01   statutory workers’ compensation in accordance with all Federal, state, and local requirements, and employers liability in an amount not less than $[**] per occurrence;

- 52 -


 

  32.02.02   commercial general liability (including contractual liability insurance) in an amount not less than $[**] per occurrence;
 
  32.02.03   comprehensive automobile liability covering all vehicles that Ascension Health or Affiliate owns, hires, or leases in an amount not less than $[**] per accident (combined single limit for bodily injury and property damages);
 
  32.02.04   umbrella excess liability applying above the employer’s liability, commercial general liability and comprehensive automobile liability described above in an amount not less than $[**] per occurrence/accident.
  32.03   Insurance Documentation. Each party shall furnish to the other party certificates of insurance or other appropriate documentation (including evidence of renewal of insurance) evidencing all coverage referenced above in Section 32.01 and 32.02 and naming the other party as an additional insured to the extent available on a commercially reasonable basis. Such certificates or other documentation will include a provision whereby thirty (30) days’ notice must be received by the additionally insured party prior to coverage cancellation of the coverage by either the insuring party or the applicable insurer. Such cancellation shall not relieve the insuring party of its continuing obligation to maintain insurance coverage in accordance with this Article 32.
 
  32.04   Accretive shall require each of its subcontractors to maintain at their own expense insurance of the types and in amounts commensurate with the scope of services to be performed, as determined by Accretive.
 
  32.05   Each party shall be responsible for insuring the personal property which is in its care, custody or control and shall effect waivers of subrogation against the other party, its Related Entities, agents, and subcontractors and their employees. Each party shall assume all risk of loss or damage to the property which is in its care, custody, or control even if caused by the act or omission, including a negligent act or omission, of the other party, its Related Parties, agents and subcontractors and their employees.
 
  32.06   Any insurance provided on a claims-made basis shall apply a retroactive date that precedes the Master Effective Date or the provision of Services. An extended reporting period must be purchased if the retroactive date is advanced or if the coverage is terminated and not replaced by another claims-made policy with the same retroactive date.
Article 33. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
  33.01   Ethical and Religious Directives. Accretive acknowledges that Ascension Health and each Affiliate conduct their operations in a manner consistent with the Ethical and Religious Directives for Catholic Health Care Services as promulgated by the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops, Washington D.C., of the Roman Catholic Church or its successor. While performing Services pursuant to the

- 53 -


 

      MSA, Accretive shall provide Services in accordance with the Ethical and Religious Directives. Disputes regarding violation of this Section 33.01 shall not be subject to the arbitration provisions of Section 26.03, but rather shall be decided by a Catholic ethicist to be mutually selected by the Ascension Health and Accretive.
 
  33.02   Corporate Responsibility. Accretive, Ascension Health and each of the Affiliates have in place Corporate Responsibility Programs (“Programs”) which have as their goal to ensure that they comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations. The Programs focus on risk management, the promotion of good corporate citizenship, including a commitment to uphold a high standard of ethical and legal business practices, and the prevention of misconduct. The parties acknowledge one another’s commitment to corporate responsibility and this MSA shall be interpreted and fulfilled consistent with the policies enumerated in their respective Programs. The parties agree to mutually cooperate with one another to assure that the objective of their respective Programs are met. The parties each agree to immediately notify one another’s corporate responsibility officer of (i) any and all possible instances of non-compliance on the part of the other party or any of its employees or agents of which the parties are aware, or (ii) any subpoena or other request for information or documents relative to the Services rendered hereunder. The parties agree to conduct their business transactions with one another in accordance with principles of good corporate citizenship and a high standard of ethical and legal business practices.
 
  33.03   Solicitation of Employees. During the Master Term, and for a [**] period following the Final Service Date, Accretive, Ascension Health and Affiliates shall be prohibited from soliciting, recruiting or employing the employees of the other without the consent of the employee’s then current employer during the employee’s term of employment and for a period of [**] following the employee’s final service date and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 29.01.06.
 
  33.04   Assignment. Neither party to this MSA may assign the MSA without the consent of the other party to the MSA. An Affiliate may not assign its respective Affiliate Schedule without the written consent of Accretive and Ascension Health. Upon notice to Accretive, Ascension Health may assign this MSA without consent to any affiliate or subsidiary in an assignment in which the assignor assigns substantially all of its assets and operating control (including a change in sponsorship) or upon a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the assignor. Upon notice to Ascension Health, Accretive may assign this MSA without consent to any affiliate or subsidiary in an assignment in which the assignor assigns substantially all of its assets and operating control or upon a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the assignor. Except with regard to the preceding sentence, no assignment shall relieve the assignor or any other party of its obligations under this MSA including each Affiliate Schedule shall continue to be binding on the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any assignment in violation of this Section 33.04 shall be void.

- 54 -


 

  33.05   Notices. Except as otherwise specified in this MSA or an Affiliate Schedule, all notices, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted under this MSA shall be in writing and shall be sent by United States mail in a form which requires a, return receipt or nationally recognized courier service such as Federal Express with the capacity to verify receipt of delivery on the date such notice is received to the address specified below:
  33.05.01   In the case of Ascension Health:
     
 
  Anthony Speranzo
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Ascension Health
4600 Edmundson Road
St. Louis, Missouri 63134
 
   
with a copy to:
  Joseph R. Impicciche
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
4600 Edmundson Road
St. Louis, Missouri 63134
  33.05.02   In the case of Accretive:
     
 
  Mary Tolan
Founder and Chief Executive Officer
401 N. Michigan Avenue
Suite 2700
Chicago, IL 60611
 
   
with a copy to:
  Greg Kazarian
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
401 N. Michigan Avenue
Suite 2700
Chicago, IL 60611
      Either party may, by notice to the addresses above, change its address, or the parties to be notified under this provision. Notices shall be effective upon receipt in the case of notices given by courier, and five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, properly addressed and postpaid in the case of mail.
 
  33.06   Counterparts. This MSA and each Affiliate Schedule may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one single agreement between the parties.
 
  33.07   Relationship. The parties intend to create an independent contractor relationship and nothing contained in this MSA or any Affiliate Schedule shall be construed to make either Accretive, Ascension Health or any Affiliate partners, joint venturers, principals, agents, or employees of the other. No officer, director, employee, agent, affiliate, or contractor retained by Accretive to perform work on Affiliate’s behalf hereunder shall be deemed to be an employee, agent, or contractor of

- 55 -


 

      Affiliate. Accretive shall not have any right, power, or authority, express or implied, to bind Ascension Health or an Affiliate. Neither Ascension Health nor an Affiliate shall have any right, power, or authority, express or implied, to bind Accretive.
 
  33.08   Consents, Approvals, Notices and Requests. Unless otherwise specified in this MSA or the applicable Affiliate Schedule, all consents, approvals, notices, and requests, acceptances or similar actions to be given by either party under this MSA shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and each party shall make only reasonable requests under this MSA.
 
  33.09   Severability. If any provision of this MSA (other than a term or provision relating to any payment obligation) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, then the remaining provisions of this MSA or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each such provision of this MSA shall be valid and enforceable to the extent granted by law. Notwithstanding this provision, if the severance and removal of the provision(s) deemed to be contrary to law frustrates the purpose of this MSA, or either party’s ability to perform under this MSA, than that party shall have the right to terminate this MSA for Good Reason.
 
  33.10   Waiver. No delay or omission by any party to exercise any right or power it has under this MSA or any Affiliate Schedule shall impair or be construed as a waiver of such right or power. A waiver by any party of any breach or covenant shall not be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or any other covenant. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the party waiving its rights.
 
  33.11   Publicity. No party shall use another party’s name or refer to the other party directly or indirectly in any media release, public announcement, or public disclosure relating to this MSA or any Affiliate Schedule or their subject matter, including in any promotional or marketing materials, customer lists or business presentations without consent from the other party for each such use or release. No party may use any trademark or service mark of the other party without that party’s consent which shall be given in its sole discretion. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the parties from entering into any separate agreement with respect to the use of the Ascension Health name, trademark or service mark.
 
  33.12   Entire Agreement. This MSA including each of the Affiliate Schedules, which are hereby incorporated by reference into this MSA, is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter, and there are no other representations, understandings, or agreements between the parties relative to such subject matter.
 
  33.13   Amendments. No amendment to, or change, waiver, or discharge of, any provision of this MSA including any Affiliate Schedule shall be valid unless in

- 56 -


 

      writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party against which such amendment, change, waiver, or discharge is sought to be enforced.
 
  33.14   Governing Law. This MSA including each of the Affiliate Schedules shall be interpreted in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of State of Missouri excluding its conflict of laws rules.
 
  33.15   Jurisdiction. Each party irrevocably accepts and submits to the jurisdiction of the courts in Missouri, Illinois and any state in which an Affiliate Service Location is located, in personam, generally and unconditionally with respect to any action, suit, or proceeding brought by it or against it by the other party. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. THE SUBSTANCE OF THIS PROVISION SHALL BE INCLUDED IN EACH AFFILIATE SCHEDULE AND SHALL BIND EACH AFFILIATE.
 
  33.16   Survival. The terms of Articles 14, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, 30, 31 and Sections 15.01, 32.06, 33.03, 33.05 33.09, 33.10, 33.14, 33.15, 33.17, and this Section 33.16, and any other provision which by its context or nature should survive shall survive the expiration or termination of this MSA and any Affiliate Schedule in whole or in part for any reason.
 
  33.17   Third Party Beneficiaries. Each party intends that this MSA and each Affiliate Schedule shall not benefit, or create any right or cause of action in or on behalf of, any person or entity other than Ascension Health, the respective Affiliate or Accretive.
 
  33.18   Acknowledgment. Ascension Health, Affiliates and Accretive each acknowledge that the limitations and exclusions contained in this MSA have been the subject of active and complete negotiation between the parties and represent the parties’ agreement based upon the level of risk to Ascension Health, Affiliates and Accretive associated with their respective obligations under this MSA and the payments to be made to Accretive and credits to be issued to Affiliate pursuant to this MSA. The parties agree that the terms and conditions of this MSA and the Affiliate Schedules shall not be construed in favor of or against any party by reason of the extent to which any party or its professional advisors participated in the preparation of this MSA and the Affiliate Schedules.
 
  33.19   Injunctive Relief. The parties acknowledge and agree that a breach of Article 14 and Article 24 may give rise to irreparable injury that is not adequately compensable in damages. Accordingly, either party may seek injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of Article 14 and Article 24 in addition to any such legal and equitable remedies available.
      [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

- 57 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of Ascension Health and Accretive have each caused this MSA to be signed and delivered by its duly authorized representative.
                     
ASCENSION HEALTH   HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. d/b/a
 
      ACCRETIVE HEALTH
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Anthony J. Speranzo   By:   /s/ Mary Tolan        
 
                   

 


 

TABLE OF EXHIBITS
     
1.
  Accretive Service Locations
2.
  Form of Affiliate Schedule
3.
  Operating Protocols
4.
  Termination License Fees
5.
  Business Associate Agreement

 


 

 
Exhibit 1
Accretive Service Locations
 
Accretive Health – Corporate
401 N. Michigan Avenue
27 th Floor Chicago, IL 60611
Accretive Health
Financial Clearance Center and
Medical Financial Solutions
229 North Rose
Kalamazoo, MI 49007
Accretive Health Medicaid Eligibility Hub
660 Woodward Avenue, Suite 1442
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Accretive Health
BP Modeling
2811 Wintergreen Drive
Cape Girardeau, MO 63701
Accretive Health
Underpayment
725 N. Highway A1A
Jupiter, FL 33477
Accretive Health India Operations
Location 1 –
Underpayments, Best Possible,
FCC Data Entry, Small Balance Team
301-306, Centrum Plaza,
Sector – 53,
Gurgaon, India - 122002
Location 2 –
Transcription, PFS,
FCC Payor Follow-up
C-110, Sector – 63
Noida, India - 201307

Exhibit 1 – Ascension MSA   1/1/09

 


 

 
Exhibit 2
Form of Affiliate Schedule
 
AFFILIATE SCHEDULE
FOR
[INSERT AFFILIATE NAME]
     This Affiliate Schedule dated as of [Date] , by and among Health Care Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Accretive”), Ascension Health, a Missouri nonprofit corporation (“Ascension Health”), and [____________] , a [____________] corporation (“Affiliate”) supplements the Master Services Agreement by and between Accretive and Ascension Health.
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, Ascension Health and Accretive have entered into a Master Services Agreement that permits Affiliates to procure revenue cycle services from Accretive pursuant to Affiliate Schedules;
     WHEREAS, Affiliate wishes to procure revenue cycle services from Accretive and Accretive wishes to provide revenue cycle services to Affiliate on the terms and conditions set forth in the Master Services Agreement and this Affiliate Schedule;
     NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt of which is acknowledged, Accretive, Ascension Health, and Affiliate agree as follows:
Article 1. Definitions and Construction
  1.01   Definition. Unless otherwise defined herein, defined terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Master Services Agreement.
 
  1.02   Construction and Interpretation. This Affiliate Schedule shall be construed and interpreted as set forth in the Master Services Agreement.
 
  1.03   Reference to Master Services Agreement. The “Master Services Agreement” means that certain contract between Ascension Health and Accretive, dated November ___, 2007, as has been or may be amended, modified, supplemented, revised, or restated by Ascension Health and Accretive in the future. This Affiliate Schedule hereby incorporates the Master Services Agreement as it currently exists and as may exist in the future.
 
  1.04   Changes. The Master Services Agreement and each of its provisions may be amended, modified, supplemented, revised, or restated, as agreed by and between Ascension Health and Accretive from time to time. Affiliate irrevocably agrees that all of the foregoing and any waiver by Ascension Health shall be binding upon Affiliate without any further agreement, consent or notice. Affiliate hereby

 


 

      irrevocably consents to Ascension Health acting on its behalf in such regard during the Affiliate Term. This Affiliate Schedule may be amended as agreed by and among Affiliate, Ascension Health, and Accretive from time to time.
Article 2. Services and Effective Date
  2.01   Services. Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, Accretive shall provide the Services to Affiliate for the Sites set forth in Appendix C. Accretive shall be the exclusive provider of Services as defined in the Master Services Agreement. Accretive agrees that it will not commence services outside the Standard Scope of Services without written confirmation from the Affiliate Designated Sponsor, that Accretive is authorized to proceed with the services. Notwithstanding this exclusivity, Affiliate shall have the option of utilizing a provider other than Accretive to provide it with services limited to the areas of CDM Review and Strategic Pricing provided that:
  (a)   Accretive is provided a fair opportunity to provide the services on terms comparable to those being offered by the alternative service provider;
 
  (b)   The alternative service provider must be a focused service provider in the particular area of services and can not be a firm which competes directly with Accretive in the delivery of revenue cycle services.
 
  (c)   The work of the alternative service provider is coordinated with the Accretive team to avoid overlap and assure coordination of services.
  2.02   Affiliate Effective Date. The term of this Affiliate Schedule shall commence on [____________] (such date the “Affiliate Effective Date”) and continue until the expiration of the Affiliate Term.
 
  2.03   Affiliate Environment Specifications. The particular specifications relating to Affiliate’s environment and relevant to the provision of the Services are set forth as follows:
  2.03.01   Those employees of Affiliate that are Contract Employees are set forth in Appendix H. Those employees that will be leased from Affiliate by Accretive and the reimbursement for each such employee to be paid by Accretive to Affiliate (“Employee Lease Payments”) are set forth in Appendix H. This roster shall be reviewed and adjusted on a monthly basis. Accretive shall pay to Affiliate the Employee Lease Payments on or before the first day of each month.
 
  2.03.02   Affiliate’s Affiliate Machines are set forth in Appendix A.
 
  2.03.03   Affiliate’s Assigned Agreements are set forth in Appendix E.
 
  2.03.04   Affiliate’s Retained Resource Agreements are set forth in Appendix F.

 


 

  2.03.05   The Accretive Service Locations from which Accretive will provide Services to Affiliate are set forth on Appendix G. The monthly occupancy expenses for which Accretive is to reimburse Affiliate are set forth in Appendix I (“Occupancy Reimbursement Payment”). Accretive shall pay to Affiliate the Occupancy Reimbursement Payment on or before the first day of each month. The Occupancy Reimbursement Payment shall be adjusted by a percentage equal to INFLATOR on each anniversary of the Affiliate Effective Date.
 
  2.03.06   The Affiliate Service Locations from which Accretive will provide Services to Affiliate are set forth on Appendix B.
 
  2.03.07   The Affiliate Roll-Out plan is set forth on Appendix K.
Article 3. Fees
  3.01   Fees. The Base Fee and Management and Technology Fee payable by Affiliate as established by the Base Case as set forth in Appendix D and pursuant to the Operating Protocols are $[_________] and $_________, respectively.
Article 4. Dispute Resolution
  4.01   Consent to Process. All parties hereby consent to the Dispute Resolution Procedures set forth in the Master Services Agreement. Furthermore, Affiliate acknowledges and consents that it will institute all claims as between Affiliate and Accretive, through and in the name of Ascension Health, subject to the qualifications and rights set forth in the Master Services Agreement.
Article 5. Additional Provisions
  5.01   Right to Consultation. In the event that Accretive elects to consider delivering services to a client in close proximity to Affiliate which is identified by Affiliate as a competitor on Appendix J, Accretive agrees to consult with Affiliate before undertaking such a relationship.

 


 

     
 
   
ACCRETIVE
  ASCENSION HEALTH
 
   
 
   
 
   
Signature
  Signature
 
   
 
   
 
   
Printed Name and Title
  Printed Name and Title
 
   
 
   
 
   
Date
  Date
 
   
 
   
AFFILIATE
   
 
   
 
   
 
Signature
   
 
   
 
   
 
Printed Name and Title
   
 
   
 
   
 
Date
   

 


 

Table of Appendices
       
A    
Affiliate Machines
B    
Affiliate Service Locations
C    
Sites
D    
Base Case
E    
Assigned Agreements
F    
Retained Resource Agreements
G    
Accretive Service Locations
H    
Contract Employees
1    
Reimbursement for Occupancy Expenses
J    
Affiliate Competitors
K    
Roll-Out Plan
L    
Form Designation as Attorney in Fact

 


 

Appendix L
Form of Designation as Attorney in Fact
STATE OF                               )
                                                )      SS:
COUNTY OF                           )
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that the undersigned does hereby make, constitute and appoint Healthcare Services, Inc. (d/b/a Accretive Health) (hereinafter “Accretive”) of Cook County, Illinois, as attorney-in-fact for the benefit of the undersigned, and in its name, place and stead for the following purposes:
To act as processing agent for the undersigned in submitting the undersigned’s medical assistance claims for the purpose of reimbursement under the state’s medical assistance program.
To act as the undersigned’s authorized agent for purposes of signing on behalf of the undersigned any required certification statement in connection with the submission of medical claims.
To act as processing agent for the undersigned in submitting the undersigned’s medical claims to third party payors, including but not limited to Medicare, Medicaid, and any and all third party payors for covered health care services, items, and supplies provided by the undersigned, for the purpose of reimbursement.
To deposit funds received from third party payors, including those classified as self pay into accounts controlled by, or in the name of the undersigned.
     It is acknowledged that this Power of Attorney does not authorize Accretive to receive and negotiate checks or other remuneration in its own name that are otherwise due or payable to the undersigned. It is further expressly acknowledged and recognized that the granting of this Power of Attorney in no way limits or discharges the ultimate responsibility and liability of the undersigned for the truthfulness and accuracy of any and all information provided to Accretive for submission ‘on on behalf of the undersigned. This Power of Attorney is not intended to, shall not be construed to, and expressly does not authorize the Accretive to sign, certify, file, or otherwise submit, on behalf of the undersigned, any claim, statement, request for reimbursement, or other document, or information that Accretive knows or would know is not, in all respects, true and accurate. In the event that the Accretive submits any claims, certification, statement, request for document on behalf of the undersigned that it knows to be false or inaccurate, it is understood and agreed that such action by Accretive is completely unauthorized by the undersigned.
     This Power of Attorney shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Affiliate Schedule entered into between Accretive and the undersigned on                      , 200___. Upon termination of the Affiliate Schedule Accretive shall promptly notify all parties which it has provided with this Power of Attorney that the Power of Attorney has been terminated.

 


 

             
 
                         (Affiliate)                       
 
 
           
         
     
 
  By:        
       
 
  Its:        
       

 


 

 
Exhibit 3
Operating Protocols

 
EXHIBIT 3: OPERATING PROTOCOLS
In support of the
Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement
by and between
Healthcare Services, Inc. d/b/a Accretive Health
and
Ascension Health
as of December 13, 2007
Revised: March 20, 2009

 


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
Operating Protocol Overview
The Operating Protocols were developed jointly by Accretive Health and Ascension Health to support key operational aspects of the contractual relationship governed by the Master Services Agreement.
Table of Contents
         
PROTOCOL   PAGE#   MSA REFERENCE
Standard Scope of Services
  3   Par. 3.02
 
       
Affiliate Roll Out Plan
  4   Par. 4.01
 
       
Protocol for Adjustment of Employee Roster and Compensation
  5   Par 5.03
 
       
Affiliate Target Service Levels
  6   Par 7.01.04, 10.01
 
       
Base Fee Methodology
  7   Par 18.02
 
       
Determination of Revenue Improvement
  12   Par 18.05, 19.02
 
       
Measurement for Performance Improvement Not Captured by Revenue Improvement
  21   Par. 18.05, 19.02
 
       
Measurement Procedures
  23   Articles 18 & 19
 
       
Performance Guaranty
  25   Par. 19.06
 
       
Dormant Receivable Collections
  27   Par. 18.8
 
       
Shared Service Blended Shore Operating Model
  29   Par. 21.01
 
       
Mechanism for Determining and Sharing Cost Savings
  31   Par. 21.01 (c)
 
       
Cost Savings Projections and [**]
  38   Par 21.03
 
       
IT Access
  41   n/a
Given the complex and fluid nature of certain aspects of the operating model (e.g. measurement of benefit) the Operating Protocols may revised as often as necessary by mutual agreement of the parties. Similarly, exceptions or adjustments to the Operating Protocols may be made at the Affiliate level as appropriate and mutually agreed to by the parties. Issues that can not be resolved by mutual agreement will be elevated to the Joint Review Board for resolution as outlined in paragraph 26.01 of the Master Services Agreement.

2


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Standard of Scope of Services
 
The Services shall include the following functional areas:
    scheduling
 
    on-site processes of pre-registration
 
    eligibility verification
 
    registration
 
    authorization
 
    admitting
 
    coding
 
    transcription
 
    record retention
 
    chart analysis and assembly
 
    billing
 
    secondary billing
 
    underpayment review
 
    denial management
 
    third party collections and self pay follow-up
 
    charge description master maintenance
 
    collection of dormant receivables
 
    lost charges/charge capture
 
    Finance and managed care analytical support as appropriate to support general operations
From January 2008 forward, the following additional functions shall be considered Services and be provided as necessary and agreed upon in writing by the respective Affiliates:
    Clinical documentation improvement
 
    Managed care contract negotiation
 
    CDM review
 
    Strategic pricing

3


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Affiliate Roll-Out Plan
 
A roll-out plan will be developed for each Affiliate prior to the Affiliate Effective Date. Affiliate will review Roll-Out Plan and approve in writing prior to commencement of services. Such Roll-out Plan will, at a minimum, include the following key components:
A.   Time Frame: The Roll-out Plan will specify the date for the commencement of Services at the Affiliate and will address activities to be undertaken by each party during the first three months of the Services.
 
B.   Schedule of Leadership and Associate Communication Initiatives
 
C.   Schedule of Management and Staff Training and Development
 
D.   Prioritization and implementation plan for key process/technology initiatives which includes key dates
 
E.   Identification of Resources required and available to execute the Roll-out Plan and commencement of Services.
 
F.   Schedule for delivery of Affiliate financial data required to support the Best Possible measurement process.
 
G.   Agreement on any Affiliate-specific Service Level Targets as may be appropriate
 
H.   Identification of Applicable Policies affecting Financial Assistance and Billing Practices relating to the Uninsured.
 
I.   Protocol for System Access Requests
 
J.   Identification of Data Requests Necessary to Support Operations.

4


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Protocol for Adjustment of Employee Roster and Compensation
 
1.   As part of the start-up process for each Affiliate a roster of Contract Employees and their associated compensation shall be established (the “Contract Employee Roster”) and shall become part of the Affiliate Agreement as Appendix H.
 
2.   The Contract Employee Roster shall be reviewed semi-monthly (i.e. two times each month) by the Accretive Site lead and the designee of Affiliate to assure the accuracy of the Contract Employee invoice and payment.
 
3.   Changes to the Contract Employee Roster and the rates of compensation shall be communicated on a timely basis as part of the review process discussed above.
 
4.   No later than thirty (30) days from the end of each quarter both parties will review and acknowledge in writing any changes to the Employee Roster and/or associated rates of compensation. Associated true ups will be carried forward to the next monthly billing cycle.

5


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Affiliate Target Service Levels
 
Accretive and Affiliate will establish specific Service Level Targets as may be appropriate to ensure efficient revenue cycle operations. Affiliate Target Service Levels will be mutually agreed by both parties, and documented in a manner and form consistent with the table below.
         
Function/Activity
  Measured By   Target Service Level
Scheduling
       
OP Scheduling
  7 CDEs    
OR Scheduling
  7 CDEs    
PBX
  Availability of Phone    
 
       
Case Management/Utilization Management
       
Re-certification
  Denials for request    
Pre-discharge denials/appeals
  Denial overturn    
 
       
Revenue Generation
       
Automated Charges
  Missing charges    
Manual Charges
  Missing charges    
Charge Error Corrections
  Missing charges    
Audit Corrections
  Missing charges    
Batch Report Rejects
  Missing charges    
Late Charge Generation
  Volume of late charges    
Charge Balancing
  Out of Balance    
Ancillary Charge Report
  Missing Charges    
Internal System Issues/Interfaces (“systems out of sync”)
  Out of Balance    
 
       
Cash Processing/Logging
       
Bank Depostis - Patient Access Cash (Front End)
  Deposit    
Bank Depostis - PFS Cash (Back End)
  Deposit    
Deposit Reconciliation
  Reconciliation    
Monthly bank Account Reconciliation
  Reconciliation    
 
       
Revenue Cycle Controls/Maintenance
       
Patient Day Reconciliation
  Census reconciliation    
 
       
Other-Facility
       
Month End Close
  EOM Reports    
General Ledger Entries
  EOM Reports    
Employee Lease Payment Determination
  Transfer Amount Sign-off    
 
       
Information Services and Technology
       
Core Revenue Cycle Systems (i.e. PAS, billing system)
  Miniimum hours access per day    
(EXAMPLE ONLY)

6


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Base Fee Methodology
 
1.   Base Fee . It is anticipated that each Affiliate will pay Accretive a base fee amount [**]. The parties will work collaboratively in an attempt to obtain accurate costs involved at each Affiliate with regard to these Services
 
2.   The [**] involved in the base fee are to include [**].
 
3.   For purposes of this Section 2, [**]:
          [**]
4.   The [**].
 
5.   The Base Fee for each quarter shall be adjusted to include any [**].
Accrual for PTO Costs:
1.   “Paid Time Off” (PTO) shall mean the time that a Contract Employee is paid by an Affiliate due to an excused absence.
 
2.   Each Affiliate has its own definition of what sort of absence qualifies for PTO. As such, this matter will be addressed and defined during the establishment of each Affiliate’s Base Fee.
 
3.   For all Affiliates with contract start dates subsequent to January 1, 2008 :
  a)   PTO costs will be included in the Affiliate’s Base Fee using an “as incurred” methodology. This methodology will recognize the PTO cost as earned by the employee using the Affiliate’s calculation method (policy) beginning at the inception of the contract. Consequently, all PTO related cost incurred or accrued by the Affiliate prior to the inception of the contract should not be included in the baseline calculation and should not be reimbursed by Accretive.
 
  b)   Accretive will reimburse Affiliates for PTO costs as they are incurred by the Affiliate’s employees. An allowance for PTO that is earned in the current period is added to each bi-weekly payroll like other overhead allocations. Payments to employees for PTO taken are deducted from the bi-weekly payrolls. Accretive does not reimburse the Affiliates for these amounts.
4.   Affiliates with contract start dates prior to January 1, 2008 used different methods to account for PTO. If the Affiliate is not using the “as incurred” methodology as set forth in 3 above, Accretive and the Affiliate will review the methodology used in determining the Base Fee and subsequent PTO payments and determine if retroactive recalculation of PTO costs using the “as incurred” method is practical.

7


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
  a)   If the Affiliate agrees that retroactive recalculation is practical, Accretive will work with Affiliate to recalculate the PTO cost under the “as incurred” method from the inception of the contract and make any adjustments to the baseline calculation and payroll reimbursement as needed. Subsequently, the “as incurred” method should be applied and any remaining PTO balances or accrued PTO liabilities remaining with the client will be the responsibility of the client.
5.   Under the “as incurred” method there may be an instance where an employee will have earned PTO but due to the Affiliate’s policy or employee’s actions the employee will have forfeited the right to receive payment or utilize the PTO. This instance most likely will occur when an employee continues to earn PTO after reaching the maximum allowable PTO balance and the Affiliate does not have a payout policy. This scenario is expected to be infrequent; but when it occurs, an adjustment to the payroll reimbursement from Accretive to the Affiliate will be necessary to avoid Accretive reimbursing the Affiliate for an expense that the Affiliate did not incur.
 
6.   PTO cost related to allocations such as human resources and information technology that contain FTEs as a component in the calculation will be based on the full time equivalent (FTE) classification of each employee per the Affiliate’s payroll records. The FTE classification approach will eliminate fluctuations in the allocation portion of the payroll reimbursement resulting from employees utilizing PTO.
 
7.   A change in FTE status due to employee reclassifications will impact the allocation reimbursement. When an employee’s status is modified during the contract period Accretive Health finance will make an adjustment to the allocation reimbursement to reflect the change. To illustrate, the reimbursement for PTO cost for an employee that has been identified to be a full time equivalent (1 FTE) will be 100% of the eligible PTO benefit. In comparison, the reimbursement for PTO cost for an employee that has changed from a full time 1 FTE to a part time one-half (.5 FTE) will be 50% of the eligible PTO benefit.
Example 1 – Direct or Allocated Full Time Employee PTO Calculated “As Incurred”
  a)   The calculation of PTO cost per pay period for a full-time direct or allocated employee based upon a standard week of 40 hours consisting of five 8-hour workdays and a semi-monthly pay period is:
[(Number of PTO days the employee is eligible per year at the full time rate) X (Standard hours per day)] / (Number of pay periods per year).
  b)   In this example the employee is entitled to 20 PTO days per year. This would equate to the following hours per pay period earned.
[(20 days per year X 8 hours per day)] / (24 pay periods per year) = 6.67 hours per pay period.
  c)   Under the “as incurred” method of calculating direct employee PTO cost Accretive would reimburse the Affiliate for the actual hours worked by the employee for the pay period plus an additional 6.67 hours. Assuming an 80 hour

8


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
      pay period Accretive would reimburse the Affiliate 86.67 hours (80 hours worked + 6.67 hours of accrued PTO). Conversely, if the employee utilizes 40 hours of PTO during a pay period consisting of 80 hours Accretive will reimburse the Affiliate for 46.67 hours (40 hours worked + 6.67 hours of accrued PTO). The Affiliate will not be reimbursed for the 40 hours of vacation utilized as Accretive has already reimbursed the Affiliate as the vacation was earned.
Example 2 – Direct or Allocated Part Time Employee PTO Calculated “As Incurred”
  a)   The calculation of PTO cost per pay period for a one half (.5 FTE) direct or allocated employee based upon a standard week of 40 hours consisting of five 8-hour workdays and a semi-monthly pay period is:
[(Number of PTO days the employees level is eligible at the full time rate) X (FTE %) X (Standard hours per day)] / (Number of pay period per year)
  b)   In this example a full time employee is entitled to 20 PTO days per year. However, since this employee is categorized as a one-half FTE (.5 FTE) the full time amount of PTO earned must be adjusted to properly reflect the percentage of the full-time work schedule.
[(20 days per year X 8 hours per day) X (.5 FTE %)] / (24 pay periods per year) = 3.33 hours per pay period.
[**]
A total of nine pages have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

9


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Measurement for Performance Improvement
Not Captured by Revenue Improvement

 
The parties acknowledge that certain areas of improvement are anticipated that are not captured by the Revenue Improvement Measurement Methodology and therefore need to be measured on an initiative by initiative basis.
These initiatives and the measurement approach to be applied to each are set forth below. Accretive will be responsible for communicating the commencement of these initiatives with the Affiliate CFO prior to the commencement of the Initiatives and reviewing the agreed upon measurement methodology for each initiative at that time.
Determination regarding initiatives that increase Revenue Improvement shall be computed and paid quarterly in arrears unless the improvement is not reasonably measurable on a quarterly basis and an alternative arrangement is mutually agreed to by the parties.
1.   Pricing changes. Accretive will provide recommendations for the implementation of targeted pricing changes on an annual basis based on both market sensitivity and revenue impact.
    Measurement approach. [**]
2.   CDM Changes. Accretive will recommend and implement changes in the charge description master charges which produce an increase in Best Possible Compliant Revenue (for example changes in the CDM which for services currently rendered with no existing charge).
    Measurement approach. [**]
3.   Lost charges. Accretive will implement processes which detect and capture lost charges so that they can be appropriately billed.
    Measurement approach. [**]
For benefit measurement purposes, Initiatives that Increase Best Possible are not compared to a performance level in the baseline period. Instead, the approach is to track and accumulate the actual amounts achieved subsequent to the period prior to implementation of the initiative.

10


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
The total Additional Revenue Improvement numbers for all initiatives in this section shall be accumulated for purposes of calculating the Performance Incentive Fee for each month.

11


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Measurement Procedures
 
1.   The Best Possible implementation timeline outlined below is dependent upon timely delivery of requisite Best Possible data from the Affiliate. A mutually agreed to schedule for delivery of Affiliate financial data required to support the Best Possible measurement process and timeline will be developed prior to commencement of services as a component of the Affiliate Roll-out Plan. Failure of Affiliate to deliver the requisite financial data as mutually agreed may result in a corresponding delay to the Best Possible implementation timeline.
 
2.   Best Possible Base Line Yield for the [**] preceding the Affiliate Agreement effective date will be calculated and signed-off by both parties no later than [**] after the end of the first contract year (CY1). This timetable is dependent upon Affiliate providing the requisite data to support Best Possible measurement within the first [**] of CY1.
  a.   Accretive Health will implement the Best Possible measurement process and provide a draft scorecard and supporting database no later than [**] after receiving the requisite Affiliate financial data.
[**]    

12


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
A schedule for delivery of Affiliate financial data required to support the Best Possible measurement process will be developed and mutually agreed to as a component of the Affiliate Roll-out Plan.
In the event that the necessary Best Possible data has not been received from the affiliate by end of the [**], the management and technology fee (M&T Fee) becomes [**] for the period from the first anniversary of the affiliate agreement to [**] including daily data feeds to keep the best Possible database current..
Once Best Possible is implemented and net revenue yield improvement determined the Performance Improvement Fees will be trued up to the first anniversary of the contract as outlined in Paragraph 18.05 of the Master Services Agreement. In the event that Accretive Health does not complete the Best Possible implementation [**] Accretive Health will be further delayed in invoicing and recognizing revenue for measured benefits above a [**].

13


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Performance Guaranty
 
To the extent that any Affiliate’s quarterly cash collections after the Affiliate Effective Date deteriorates materially relative to such Affiliate’s Historical Cash Collection Performance” (as defined below), after adjustment for any negative change beyond Accretive’s control, such as a change in patient volumes measured by the total of inpatient discharges and outpatient encounters, the difference will be removed from the Base Fee paid by such Affiliate to Accretive, as defined herein.
1.   From the start of operations at the Affiliate Effective Date, the Affiliate’s cash collection will be measured quarterly, and compared to the Affiliate’s Historical Cash Collection Performance. The “Historical Cash Collection Performance” shall be the lowest [**] aggregate cash collection over the [**] immediately preceding the Affiliate Effective Date. If the Affiliate’s actual cash collection for any of the first [**] following the Affiliate Effective Date, net of any surplus accumulated in the prior quarter(s) relative to the Historical Cash Collection Performance, is less than the Affiliate’s Historical Cash Collection Performance, then the difference (“the Funding Shortfall”) will be removed from the next Base Fee payment to be paid by the Affiliate to Accretive following the determination that a Funding Shortfall occurred in the prior quarter of operations.
 
2.   After the first [**], Accretive will be entitled to a refund of the Funding Shortfall to the extent that the next month, or subsequent month of Affiliate’s cash collection performance exceeds the Affiliate’s Historical Cash Collection Performance divided by [**] (“Monthly Historical Cash Collection”). The amount of the refund, to be credited against fees to be paid by Accretive to the Affiliate immediately after the improved performance, will be equal to the amount by which the Affiliate’s cash collection for the subsequent month exceeds the Affiliate’s Historical Cash Collection Performance, up to the amount of any outstanding Funding Shortfall. If the above amount does not equal the outstanding Funding Shortfall, then the above process can be repeated during the following months, up to the amount of the outstanding Funding Shortfall. If Accretive is entitled to a refund of a Funding Shortfall, then for the remainder of such quarter the Performance Guaranty shall be evaluated and paid on a monthly basis utilizing the Monthly Historical Cash Collection.
 
3.   After the first year of operations following the Affiliate Effective Date, to the extent that any Affiliate’s Cumulative Quarterly Cash Collections (as defined below) is less than such Affiliate’s Historical Cash Collections Performance, the difference will be removed from the Base Fee as per the process described above. Thereafter, Accretive shall be entitled to a credit against fees paid by Accretive to the Affiliate, on an Affiliate by Affiliate basis, as per the process described in the above section. Unless otherwise set forth in the Master Services Agreement, Ascension shall have no obligation to repay to Accretive any Funding Shortfall, provided that if Ascension terminates the MSA without cause or Accretive terminates the MSA for cause or for Good Reason, then Ascension must pay to Accretive an additional termination fee equal to the Funding Shortfall. For purposes of this Section 4, “Cumulative Quarterly Cash Collections” shall mean, for all quarterly time periods after the first full [**] calendar months from the respective

14


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
Affiliate Effective Date, the [**] of the quarterly cash collections during the period covering the time frame from the respective Affiliate Effective Date to the quarter in which such collections are being measured.
4.   Differences to be removed from the Base Fee to correct “Funding Shortfalls” under this paragraph shall be capped at $[**] dollars) in aggregate, and at $[**] dollars) per individual Affiliate. “Funding Shortfalls” which occur as a result of events outside Accretive’s control (i.e. state Medicaid slows or suspends payments or Affiliate vendor conduct which causes delays in Medicare billing) shall be excused from this guaranty.

15


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Dormant Receivable Collections
 
1.   Dormant Receivables are defined in paragraph 1.01.29 of the MSA.
 
2.   Accretive shall also be paid a fee for its efforts in connection with the collection of Dormant Receivables. The Affiliate’s Share of Dormant Receivables shall be [**]% of the Net Proceeds from the Collection of Dormant Receivables. Net Proceeds from the Collection of Dormant Receivables shall be defined as the gross payments received as payment on any Dormant Receivable during the term of this Agreement, and for the twelve month period following the termination of this Agreement, less the Direct Costs of collection incurred by Accretive with respect to the Collection of Dormant Receivables. Direct Costs of collection shall include third party expenses and dedicated labor, dedicated technology and dedicated facility expenses. Direct Costs will be allocated to each Affiliate based on a combination of out-bound calls, collector conversations with patients, and legal costs incurred on behalf of that Affiliate during the applicable period.
 
3.   Accretive shall have the right to establish such accounts as may be necessary and appropriate to facilitate its efforts in connection with the collection of Dormant Receivables. Accretive shall have the right to accept payments on Dormant Receivables and to deposit those payments into the accounts created for that exclusive purpose. Payments deposited into those accounts shall not be commingled with funds from any other source other than the collection of Dormant Receivables.
 
4.   If Accretive Health receives funds from the collection of Dormant Receivables, then Accretive Health shall set-off the Direct Costs incurred against those proceeds prior to distribution of Affiliate’s share of the net proceeds. If Affiliate receives the proceeds from the Dormant Receivable program then Accretive Health shall be reimbursed for the Direct Costs incurred in connection with this program by the Affiliate and [**].
 
5.   On or before the 25 th of each month, Accretive Health shall provide Affiliate with a monthly statement reflecting the Direct Costs and Accretive Health’s [**] of net proceeds resulting from activity in the prior calendar month. This invoice will be accompanied by appropriate statements that reflects, at the account level, the beginning balance, collections or other activity during the month, and the ending balance.
 
6.   A pro forma estimate of Direct Costs will be provided to Affiliate by Accretive and will be updated on a timely basis. Each Affiliate shall have the reasonable right to request an update of the pro forma estimate and to audit the Direct Cost allocations.
 
7.   Payments received on Dormant Receivables shall be excluded from the calculation of the improvement in net revenue yield realized as a result of Accretive’s efforts and shall not be subject to any Additional Fees relating to the improvement in net revenue yield by Accretive, therefore preventing any duplicative recognition of revenue for purposes of determining fees.

16


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Shared Service Blended Shore Operating Model
 
Current Scope of Shared Service Blended Shore Operating Model
1. Financial Clearance Center of Excellence [**]
    Processes
      - Insurance verification
 
      - Patient education on coverages and patient obligation
 
      - Pre-Certification and Authorization
 
      - Collection of Residuals
    Impact
      [**]
2. Transcription Center of Excellence
    Process
      - Voice recognition software produces drafts
 
      - Transcriptionists correct drafts for completed product
 
      - Corrections fed back into software so physician specific voice logic is continually refined
    Impact
      [**]
3. Patient Financial Services Center of Excellence
    Process
      - All Payor Billing and Follow up
 
      - Payment Posting
 
      - Credit balance processing
 
      - Small balance processing
 
      - Denial management
    Impact
      [**]
 
[**]   A total of one page was omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

17


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Mechanism for Determining and Sharing Cost Savings
 
[**]
A total of six pages have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

18


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Cost Savings Projection and [**]
 
[**]
The standard Form of the Affiliate Shared Services Blended Shore Adoption
Agreement is provided on the next page for reference.

19


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
Affiliate Shared Services Blended Shore Adoption Agreement
 
(Affiliate)
This election shall serve as confirmation that ___________________________ (“Affiliate”) has elected to have the revenue cycle services provided to it by Accretive Health, pursuant to that certain Affiliate Agreement entered by and between the parties, delivered pursuant to the Shared Services Blended Shore Operating Model as contemplated by the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement entered into by and between Ascension Health and Accretive Health on December 13, 2007.
The planned start and finish dates for transitioning each of the functions set forth below from the Affiliate to the Shared Services Blended Shore Center of Operational Excellence is set forth below:
         
    Start   Finish
Financial Clearance
       
 
       
Transcription
       
 
       
Patient Financial Services
       
 
       
The Affiliate agrees to fully cooperate with the transition to the Shared Services Operating Model and to provide such support and assistance as may be necessary to operate the Shared Services Operating Model in an efficient manner.
The Affiliate’s Base Period Costs for each of the functions being transferred to the respective Shared Services Blended Shore Center of Excellence is as follows:
         
Financial Clearance
  $    
Transcription
  $    
Patient Financial Services
  $    
In accordance with the Master Services Agreement and the related Operating Protocols, commencing with the starting month the Affiliate will receive an allocation of the Shared Services Blended Shore Center of Excellence total costs based upon its pro rata share of the total cost savings achieved by the Center. The allocation of each Shared Services Blended Shore Center of Excellence total cost for the month to the Affiliate will be based on the Affiliate’s relative percentage of equivalent discharges to the total of all Affiliates’ equivalent discharges. Each Shared Service Center of Excellence will complete its own calculation and cost allocations.
During the planned transition period, the Affiliate’s base period costs for the activity, the equivalent discharges, and the Affiliates share of savings associated with a Shared Services Blended Shore Center of Excellence will be adjusted using the following percentages.

20


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
             
    Financial       Patient
    Clearance       Financial
    Center   Transcription   Services
Month 1
           
 
           
Month 2
           
 
           
Month 3
           
 
           
Month 4
           
 
           
Month 5
           
 
           
Month 6
           
 
           
The Affiliates share of the savings in its Hospital Operations Staffing Costs will be increased from [**]% to [**]% upon (a) the completion of the transition periods for each Shared Service and it is fully participating in the FCC, Transcription, and Patient Financial Services Centers of Operational Excellence, and (b) the Affiliate’s CFO and Accretive’s CFO having each signed an acknowledgement that the Affiliate has satisfied the participation requirements outlined in the Shared Services Blended Shore Adoption Agreement.
[**]
         
Healthcare Services, Inc
D/B/A Accretive Health
      [AFFILIATE}
                 
By:
               
               
John Staton       Chief Financial Officer
Chief Financial Officer            
 
               
Dated: 
        Dated:     
 
               

21


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
IT Access
 
Accretive Health will be provided system access to each Affiliate’s system to facilitate and enable the performance of the Services contemplated by the Master Services Agreement (e.g. front end insurance verification, residual collection, transcription and account follow up). System access for any individual will be limited to the functionality required for that individual to perform their work related duties. In most cases individual access will be limited to read only. Individuals performing specific functions associated with PFS and account follow up will require access to the patient accounting system to enable the appropriate workflow.
The Affiliate systems to which Accretive Health may require access are listed below:
         
Systems
  Overall Reason for Access   Update/Read-only
 
Patient accounting system
  Access patient residual balances, demographics etc charges,   Read-only for Front End functions and underpayments.
 
Billing Editor
  Access claim information to understand detailed charges and what has been submitted to payers   Update for PFS Read-only
 
Admission, Discharge, Transfer System
  To create a registration verifiable with patients through financial clearance function   Update
 
Medical Records Imaging systems
  View online tool support underpayment appeals and denial management   Read-only
 
Payer Websites
  Understand patient eligibility, benefit structures etc for the purposes of validating underpayments and calculating residuals   Read-only
 
Scheduling systems
  Complete registrations with demographic, service and insurance information   Read-only
Methods of network and application access
Access to the Affiliate applications will be provided through Affiliate/AHIS controlled VPN connections. A VPN connection or Virtual Private Network Connection is an encrypted path between an Accretive user’s PCs and the Affiliate systems. Accretive users will obtain this connection through Affiliate/ AHIS authorization. They will have no ability to change the configuration of the VPN connection. Once a user is connected, he/she must then authenticate to the application using an Ascension-provided unique ID and password.
Data protection
After authentication with a unique ID and password, a user has access to the applications as provided by Affiliate/AHIS. In most cases read-only access to the Affiliate systems will meet the needs of the Accretive users. In cases where the applicable system can not be limited to

22


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
“read-only” access, Accretive users will be granted the same access as other Affiliate users who require read-only access.
Affiliates/AHIS will retain control over the configuration of the access. Typically, this access does not require the ability to print, save to disk, copy, or cut-and-paste information from the relevant systems.
Unique ID generation
Accretive will assign a unique ID consistent with the social security number format for all Accretive users who do not have United States social security numbers. The two groups who encounter this are Accretive Health employees outside of the United States and employees in the United States on work visas. In order to provide a unique ID for these users, Accretive will generate a number in the format of the United States social security number, but in a number range which has never been issued by the United States. The US has never issued a social security number starting with numbers higher than 773, and no group of the numbers with all 0’s is acceptable. Accretive will generate unique numbers starting with 815-47- for these users and will follow that with four digits, starting at 0001.
Accretive will store the unique identifier in its HR systems associated with the user and will provide those identifiers to the Affiliate/AHIS as required. Access requests for these users will be accompanied by the unique identifier. Unique identifiers will not be reused.
Screening / Onboarding of Non-US citizen/Offshore Resources
Accretive will conduct background checks designed to assure that all users have been appropriately screened to assure that no user has any identifiable history of inappropriate conduct.
Accretive will retain records of these background checks which will be available for inspection by AHIS or any Affiliate.
All users will receive Accretive’s Compliance and HIPAA training. Accretive will retain documentation of the completion of this training for all resources. Additionally, all off-shore resources shall sign individual Business Associate Agreements, in the form attached, to assure that their individual obligations regarding protection of patient health information are acknowledged and understood.
Compliance and HIPAA training will be renewed annually. Documentation regarding refresher training will be retained for all resources.
Supervision of Offshore Resources
Supervision of Offshore resources is the responsibility of David Strickler, Accretive Health’s Vice President of Centralized Operating Model and Asheesh Khare, Accretive Health’s Director of Off-Shore Operations. Mr. Khare provides daily on-site supervision to Accretive’s offshore team. Additionally, these resources inter-face at least twice a week with their US based operating teams, (e.g. the PFS team has regular calls with the US based leader of that team).

23


 

 
Exhibit 4
Termination License Fee

 
1.   In the event that Affiliate elects to license the Accretive Health technology post- termination the licensing fee shall be $[**] per acute care hospital per year.
 
2.   This licensing fee shall in no event be greater than the fair market price for comparable technology in the marketplace. For purposes of this section, comparable technology shall mean technology that performs similar processes or functions creating similar output or results.
 
3.   The parties agree that in the event that Accretive has not implemented its full technology suite at a particular acute care hospital the post-termination licensing fee shall be adjusted for that acute care hospital to reflect the fair market price for those components which have been deployed.
 
4.   A license granted to an acute care hospital shall include those ancillary and affiliated facilities which were managed in conjunction with the acute care hospital during the period of Service.

 


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
 
Exhibit 5
Business Associate Agreement

 
Business Associate Agreement
             THIS BUSINESS ASSOCIATE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this                                    day of                                     , 2004, by and between HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. d/b/a ACCRETIVE HEALTH (“Accretive”) and ASCENSION HEALTH, including each of its Health Ministries (cumulatively and individually, “Ascension Health”).
             WHEREAS, Ascension Health is a health system that owns numerous health care facilities across the United States (“Health Ministries”);
             WHEREAS, Ascension Health is a business associate of the Health Ministries, and has entered into a previous business associate agreement with them;
             WHEREAS, Ascension Health, on behalf of the Health Ministries, and Accretive have entered into a Master Services Agreement (“Master Agreement”), whereby the Health Ministries receive services from Accretive;
             WHEREAS, Accretive, while in the course of providing services to Ascension Health under the Master Agreement, may be required to use or disclose Protected Health Information (as defined below) of Health Ministries; and
             WHEREAS, Accretive and Ascension Health are entering into this Agreement to assure that such Protected Health Information will be used, disclosed and maintained in conformance with the HIPAA requirements.
             NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H
1.   Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the designated meanings,
  (a)   “Administrative Safeguards” shall mean administrative actions, policies and procedures to manage the selection, development, implementation and maintenance of security measures to protect Electronic Protected Health Information and to manage the conduct of the Accretive’s workforce in relation to the protection of that information.
 
  (b)   “Ascension Health” shall mean: (i) Ascension Health; and (ii) Ascension’s Health Ministries.
 
  (c)   “Designated Record Set” shall mean a group of records maintained by or for Ascension Health that is (i) the medical records and billing records about

2


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
      individuals maintained by or for Ascension Health, (ii) the enrollment, payment, claims adjudication, and case or medical management record systems maintained by or for a health plan; or (iii) used, in whole or in part, by or for Ascension Health to make decisions about individuals. As used herein, the term “Record” means any item, collection, or grouping of information that includes Protected Health Information and is maintained, collected, used, or disseminated by or for Ascension Health.
  (d)   “Electronic Protected Health Information” shall mean Protected Health Information that is transmitted or maintained in electronic media.
 
  (e)   “HIPAA” shall mean the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.
 
  (f)   “Individually Identifiable Health Information” shall mean information that is a subset of health information, including demographic information collected from an individual, and
  (a)   is created or received by a health care provider, health plan, employer, or health care clearinghouse; and
 
  (b)   relates to the past, present, or future physical or mental health or condition of an individual; the provision of health care to an individual; or the past, present, or future payment for the provision of health care to an individual; and (a) identifies the individual, or (b) with respect to which there is a reasonable basis to believe the information can be used to identify the individual.
  (g)   “Physical Safeguards” shall mean physician measures, policies and procedures to protect Accretive’s electronic information systems and related buildings and equipment from natural and environmental hazards and unauthorized intrusion.
 
  (h)   “Privacy Standards” shall mean the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164.
 
  (i)   Protected Health Information” shall mean Individually Identifiable Health Information that is (i) transmitted by electronic media; (ii) maintained in any medium constituting electronic media; or (iii) transmitted or maintained in any other form or medium. “Protected Health Information” shall not include education records covered by the Family Educational Right and Privacy Act, as amended, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g, or records described in 20 U.S.C. § 1232g(a)(4)(B)(iv).
 
  (j)   Secretary” shall mean the Secretary of the United States Department of Health and Human Services.

3


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
  (k)   Security Incident” shall mean the attempted or successful unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of information or interference with system operations in an information system.
 
  (l)   Security Standards” shall mean the Standards for the Protection of Electronic Protected Health Information, 45 C.F.R. Parts 160, 162 and 164.
 
  (m)   Technical Safeguards” shall mean the technology and the policy and procedures for its use that protect Electronic Protected Health Information and control access to it.
2.   Uses and Disclosures of Protected Health Information . Accretive shall not, and shall ensure that its directors, officers, employees contractors and agents do not, use or disclose Protected Health Information received from Ascension Health in any manner that is not permitted or required by the Master Agreement, this Agreement or required by law.
 
3.   Safeguards Against Misuse of Information . Accretive agrees that it will implement all appropriate safeguards to prevent the use or disclosure of Protected Health Information other than pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
4.   Reporting of Disclosures of Protected Health Information . Accretive shall, within forty-eight hours of becoming aware of a use or disclosure of Protected Health Information in violation of this Agreement by Accretive, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, or agents, or by a third party to whom Accretive disclosed Protected Health Information, report any such use or disclosure to Ascension Health.
 
5.   Mitigation of Harmful Effects . Accretive agrees to mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect that is known to Accretive of a use or disclosure of Protected Health Information by Accretive in violation of the requirements of this Agreement.
 
6.   Agreements by Third Parties . Accretive shall enter into an agreement with any agent or subcontractor that will have access to Protected Health Information that is received from, or is created or received by Accretive on behalf of, Ascension Health pursuant to which such agent or subcontractor agrees to be bound by the same restrictions, terms, and conditions that apply to Accretive pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Protected Health Information.
 
7.   Documentation of Disclosures . Accretive agrees to document such disclosures of Protected Health Information and information related to such disclosures as would be required for Ascension Health to respond to a request by an individual for an accounting of disclosures of Protected Health Information in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.528. At a minimum, Accretive shall provide Ascension Health with the following information: (i) the date of the disclosure; (ii) the name of the entity or person who received the Protected Health Information, and if known, the address of such entity or person; (iii) a brief description of the Protected Health Information disclosed; and (iv) a brief statement of the purpose of such disclosure which includes an explanation of the basis for such

4


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
    disclosure. Additionally, Accretive, shall notify Ascension Health in writing of each disclosure made by Accretive (and/or by any subcontractors or agents of Accretive) that is subject to the accounting requirements in the Privacy Rule. Such notification shall be made to Ascension Health pursuant to the notification requirements set forth in this Agreement within thirty (30) days following each applicable disclosure.
8.   Accounting of Disclosures . Within ten (10) days of notice by Ascension Health to Accretive that it has received a request for an accounting of disclosures of Protected Health Information regarding an individual during the six (6) years prior to the date on which the accounting was requested, Accretive shall make available to Ascension Health information collected in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement, to permit Ascension Health to respond to a request by an individual for an accounting of disclosures of Protected Health Information as required by 45 C.F.R. § 164.528. In the event the request for an accounting is delivered directly to Accretive, Accretive shall within two (2) days forward such request to Ascension Health. It shall be Ascension Health’s responsibility to prepare and deliver any such accounting requested. Accretive hereby agrees to implement an appropriate record keeping process to enable it to comply with the requirements of this Section.
 
9.   Access to Information . Within five (5) days of a request by Ascension Health for access to Protected Health Information about an individual contained in a Designated Record Set, Accretive shall make available to Ascension Health such Protected Health Information for so long as such information is maintained by Accretive in the Designated Record Set as required by 45 C.F.R. § 164.524. In the event any individual requests access to Protected Health Information directly from Accretive, Accretive shall within two (2) days forward such request to Ascension Health. Any denials of access to the Protected Health Information requested shall be the responsibility of Ascension Health.
 
10.   Availability of Protected Health Information for Amendment Within ten (10) days of receipt of a request from Ascension Health for the amendment of an individual’s Protected Health Information or a record regarding an individual contained in a Designated Record Set (for so long as the Protected Health Information is maintained in the Designated Record Set), Accretive shall provide such information to Ascension Health for amendment and incorporate any such amendments in the Protected Health Information as required by 45 C.F.R. §164.526.
 
11.   Availability of Books and Records. Accretive hereby agrees to make its internal practices, books, and records relating to the use and disclosure of Protected Health Information received from, or created or received by Accretive on behalf of, Ascension Health available to the Secretary for purposes of determining Ascension Health’s compliance with the Privacy Standards.
 
12.   Electronic Protected Health Information . To the extent that Accretive creates, receives, maintains or transmits Electronic Protected Health Information on behalf of Ascension Health on or after April 21, 2005, Accretive agrees to:

5


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
  (a)   Implement Administrative, Physical and Technical Safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the Electronic Protected Health Information;
 
  (b)   Ensure that any agent, including a subcontractor, to whom it provides Electronic Protected Health Information agrees to implement reasonable and appropriate safeguards to protect it; and
 
  (c)   Report to Ascension Health any Security Incident of which Accretive becomes aware.
13.   Effect of Termination of Master Agreement . Upon the termination of the Master Agreement for any reason, Accretive shall return to Ascension Health, or, at Ascension Health’s direction, destroy, all Protected Health Information received from Ascension Health that Accretive maintains in any form, recorded on any medium, or stored in any storage system, unless said information has been de-identified and is no longer Protected Health Information. This provision shall apply to Protected Health Information that is in the possession of subcontractors or agents of Accretive. Accretive shall retain no copies of the Protected Health Information. Accretive shall remain bound by the provisions of this Agreement, even after termination of the Master Agreement, until such time as all Protected Health Information has been returned, de-identified or otherwise destroyed as provided in this Section.
 
14.   Third Party Rights . The terms of this Agreement are not intended, nor should they be construed, to grant any rights to any parties other than Accretive and Ascension Health and Health Ministries.
 
15.   Injunctive Relief . Accretive acknowledges and stipulates that its unauthorized use or disclosure of Protected Health Information while performing services pursuant to the Master Agreement or this Agreement may cause irreparable harm to Ascension Health, and in such event, Ascension Health shall be entitled, if it so elects, to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction, either in law or in equity, to obtain damages and injunctive relief, together with the right to recover from Accretive costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any such breach of the terms and conditions of the Master Agreement or Agreement.
 
16.   Owner of Protected Health Information . Under no circumstances shall Accretive be deemed in any respect to be the owner of any Protected Health Information used or disclosed by or to Accretive pursuant to the terms of the Master Agreement.
 
17.   Changes in the Law . The parties agree to amend either the Master Agreement or this Agreement, as appropriate, to conform with any new or revised legislation, rules and regulations to which Ascension Health is subject now or in the future including, without limitation, the Privacy Standards, Security Standards or Transactions Standards (collectively “Laws”). If within ninety (90) days of either party first providing written notice to the other of the need to amend the Master Agreement or Agreement to comply with Laws, the parties, acting in good faith, are i) unable to mutually agree upon and

6


 

Confidential
Revised: 3/20/09
    make amendments or alterations to the Master Agreement or Agreement to meet the requirements in question, or ii) alternatively, the parties determine in good faith that amendments or alterations to the requirements are not feasible, then either party may terminate the Master Agreement upon thirty (30) days prior written notice.
18.   Breach of Contract . In addition to any other rights Ascension Health may have in the Master Agreement, this Agreement or by operation of law or in equity, a breach of this Agreement shall constitute a material breach of the Master Agreement.
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.
     
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. d/b/a
  ASCENSION HEALTH
ACCRETIVE HEALTH
   
 
   
/s/ Mary Tolan
  /s/ Anthony J. Speranzo
 
   
Signed
  Signed
 
   
Mary Tolan
  Anthony J. Speranzo
 
   
Printed
  Printed
 
   
12/13/07
  12/13/07
 
   
Date
  Date

7

Exhibit 10.9
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
     This RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of the 7th day of November, 2004 (“Effective Date”), by and between HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Ascension Health, a Missouri not-for-profit corporation (the “Recipient”). For purposes of this Agreement, the “Effective Date” shall be the date upon which company and Recipient execute the first Affiliate Schedule to the Master Services Agreement entered into by and between Company and Recipient dated as of October 14, 2004.
     Section 1. Grant of Equity Rights .
     Upon the Effective Date, the Company shall grant to the Recipient subject further to the terms and conditions herein set forth, 902,374 shares (hereinafter referred to as, the “Initial Grant”) of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share. The Company represents that this Initial Grant represents 5% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company on a Fully Diluted Basis as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Fully Diluted Basis” shall mean from time to time, that all granted or issued options and warrants, common stock, preferred stock and other securities convertible into Common Stock, and other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock shall be accounted for as if all such rights have been exercised and all securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock have been converted or exchanged that are outstanding from time to time.
     Upon the Effective Date, Company also hereby agrees to grant to Recipient warrants to acquire up to 902,374 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock in exchange for the rights and services provided for in Section 2 below (hereinafter referred to as the “Supplemental Grant”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Supplemental Warrant”).
     Section 2. Services to Company.
     In exchange for the Initial Grant, Recipient and its Affiliates shall provide services to Company in the form of an “operational laboratory” and related start-up consulting services relative to the services which Company is developing for its prospective clients.
     Recipient shall be permitted to obtain all, or some portion of the Supplemental Grant, in exchange for the use of its intellectual property and trademarks, as provided for below, and the delivery of future services relating to the demonstration of Company’s services to future clients (other than Recipient or its Affiliates) as more fully set forth in the Supplemental Warrant.
     Section 3. Terms and Conditions .
     It is understood and agreed that the grant of restricted stock pursuant to this Agreement is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 


 

          (a) Date of Grant . Any references to the “date of grant” herein shall mean the Effective Date.
          (b) Expiration Date . This Restricted Stock Agreement shall expire at the close of business on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date after which neither party shall have any continuing obligation hereunder.
          (c) Vesting . All Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement shall be deemed immediately vested upon issuance.
          (d) Dilution Protection . In the event that the Company issues additional stock or rights to purchase stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock (“Additional Stock”) so that the Restricted Stock granted to the Company pursuant to the Initial Grant no longer represents 5% of the Company’s outstanding stock on a Fully Diluted Basis, the Company grants Recipient the following additional rights:
               (i) If the Additional Stock is granted at a price less than $1.12 per Common Share Equivalent, then Recipient shall be granted warrants for the purchase of additional Class B Common Stock at the price of $.01 per share in sufficient number to maintain its 5% ownership interest in Company (“Protection Warrant”) on a Fully Diluted Basis.
               (ii) If the Additional Stock is granted at a price equal to or greater than $1.12 per Common Share Equivalent, then Recipient shall be granted warrants as provided for in (d)(i) above up to the first $45 million in capital investment in the Company. In the event that the Protection Warrant is insufficient to preserve Recipient’s 5% interest in the Company, Recipient shall be granted additional warrants for the purchase of Class B Common Stock at a price equal to the Common Share Equivalent Price of the Additional Stock then issued (the “Additional Warrant”). The number of shares issuable pursuant to the Additional Warrant shall be sufficient in number to permit Recipient to maintain a 5% ownership interest in the Company on a Fully Diluted Basis when all warrants are fully exercised.
          (e) Compliance with Laws and Regulations . This Agreement, and the obligations of the Company hereunder, shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required.
          (f) Withholding Taxes . The Recipient shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Board of the Company for the payment of, any taxes of any kind required by law to be payable by Recipient in respect of the Restricted Stock, no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability; provided, however, Recipient shall not have to pay such taxes until they become due and payable. The Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Recipient.
          (g) Definition . For purposes of this Agreement, “Common Share Equivalent” shall mean that all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, and all rights to acquire Common Stock, shall be deemed to have been so converted, exchanged, or acquired when calculating the share price.

2


 

     Section 4. Use of Mark .
     Recipient hereby consents to the Company’s use of Recipient’s name and logo (“Mark”) in conjunction with the Company’s marketing of Services. This consent extends to the Company’s affiliates, subsidiaries, agents and representatives. Recipient hereby grants to the Company for the term of this Agreement a non-exclusive, nontransferable license to use the Mark to promote the Company’s services. The Company agrees that the nature and quality of all uses of the Mark by the Company shall conform to standard and be under the control of Recipient and Recipient must approve such uses, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company agrees to use the Mark only in the form and manner and with appropriate legends as prescribed from time to time by Recipient. This license may be sub-licensed to the Company’s affiliates, subsidiaries, agents and representatives for the purposes of promoting the Company’s services.
     Section 5. Investment Representation .
     Recipient: (i) is acquiring the Restricted Stock for Recipient’s own account, for investment only and not with a view to the distribution, resale or transfer thereof, and as the sole record and beneficial holder thereof; (ii) is acquiring such Restricted Stock without any intention of reselling or distributing such Restricted Stock except in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and applicable state securities laws and regulations and (iii) agrees that the Restricted Stock shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated or otherwise transferred, whether or not for consideration, by Recipient and (x) unless they are registered under the Act and any applicable state securities law, or (y) upon receipt by the Company of a favorable opinion of counsel in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act, applicable state securities laws or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, or (z) such transfer is to an Affiliate of Recipient which is approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Recipient further understands and agrees that the Restricted Stock is subject to additional restrictions on transfer under the Plan and this Agreement, and that Recipient shall not transfer the Restricted Stock except following vesting of the same and in compliance with the restrictions on transfer and related terms, conditions and provisions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement
     Section 6. Recipient Bound by Plan .
     The Recipient hereby acknowledges and agrees that in addition to the terms set forth in this Agreement the Restricted Stock is subject to and benefits from the terms and conditions of that certain Restricted Stock Plan of the Company (the “Plan”) a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this.
     Section 7. Notices .
     Any notice hereunder to the Company shall be addressed to Greg Kazarian, Secretary, HealthCare Services, Inc., d/b/a Accretive Health, 676 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 3650, Chicago, IL 60611, and any notice hereunder to Recipient shall be addressed to the Recipient at

3


 

the following address, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address:
     
Name:  
Matthew I. Hermann,
Director, Strategic Health Venture Investing
Ascension Health Ventures
4600 Edmundson Road
St. Louis, MO 63134
     Section 8. Binding Effect .
     This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company’s successors and assigns, and shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the Recipient and the Recipient’s heirs, executors, administrators, guardians, trustees, attorneys-in-fact and legal and personal representatives.
     Section 9. Governing Law .
     To the extent that state law shall not be preempted by any laws of the United States, this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.
     Section 10. Tax Election .
     Recipient acknowledges that, Recipient is entitled (but not obligated) to make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with respect to each and every grant of Restricted Stock made to Recipient. Recipient agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any costs, expenses, claims, damages or causes of action (including, without limitation, any and all related costs and expenses) incurred by Recipient or Company resulting from or relating to Recipient’s making, failure to make or ineffectively making any election under Section 83(b) with respect to any grant. Should such election under Section 83(b) of the Code be made, the Recipient shall prepare such forms as are required to make such election.
     Section 11. Restrictions on Disposition of Restricted Stock .
          11.1 Restrictions on Disposition . Except as expressly provided in Sections 5 and 11.2 hereof, and notwithstanding the provisions of any other agreement which the Company and the Recipient are a party, or are bound under, until such time as there is a Public Market for the Common Stock of the Company, the Recipient may not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, negotiate, pledge, hypothecate, assign or any other way dispose of (collectively, “Dispose” or a “Disposition”) the Restricted Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by it or any part thereof.
          11.2 Exceptions to Restrictions on Disposition . The restrictions set forth in Sections 5 and 11.1 hereof shall not apply to any of the following Dispositions: (i) any repurchase or redemption by the Company from the Recipient of the Restricted Stock, provided

4


 

that such repurchase or redemption is effectuated in accordance with and is not in contravention of the terms of this Agreement, Delaware law, or as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company; (ii) to any Person in accordance with the terms of Section 11 hereof or the Plan; or (iii) to any Affiliate of Recipient which is approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided , however , with respect to any of the foregoing, that any such transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by, and the shares so transferred shall remain subject to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          11.3 Disclosure of Offers to Purchase . If the Recipient receives a bona fide offer in writing from a third person (an “Offer”) to purchase all or a portion of the Restricted Stock (vested or unvested), the Recipient shall immediately give the Company and all of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company written notice of the Offer, which notice shall set forth the terms of the Offer and the identity and business address of the offeror and, if the Offer was made in writing, be accompanied by a copy of the Offer.
          11.4 The Restrictions on disposition as set forth in this Section 10 shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market subject to any restrictions and terms imposed on any shareholder in connection with the Underwritten Offering which gives rise to the Public Market.
     Section 12. Tag-Along .
          12.1 Tag-Along Rights .
          (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.2 or in the Plan, with respect to any proposed Disposition of any shares of Capital Stock by any Stockholder or a group of the Stockholders to a person (such other person being hereafter referred to as the “Proposed Purchaser”), such transferring Stockholder(s) shall be required to provide that the Recipient along with each of the other Stockholders having tag-along rights as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement (referred to herein collectively as the “Tag-Along Stockholders”) shall have the right to require the Proposed Purchaser to purchase from each of them up to the number of whole shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by each such Tag-Along Stockholder equal to the number derived by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) that the transferring Stockholders propose to sell by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by the transferring Stockholders and all such Tag-Along Stockholders. Any shares purchased from Tag-Along Stockholders pursuant to this Section 12.1 shall be at the same price per share and otherwise at the same time and upon the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer by the transferring Stockholders. For purposes of this Agreement, all consideration received or receivable by a transferring Stockholder from the Proposed Purchaser (and/or its affiliates) or the Company, howsoever denominated, shall be deemed payment for the shares transferred by the transferring Stockholders.

5


 

          (b) The transferring Stockholders shall notify, or cause to be notified, each Stockholder and the Company’s Board of Directors in writing of each such proposed transfer subject to the provisions of this Section 12.1. Such notice shall set forth: (A) the number of shares of Capital Stock proposed to be purchased, (B) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser, (C) the proposed consideration and terms and conditions of payment offered by the Proposed Purchaser, and (D) that the Proposed Purchaser has been informed of the “tag-along right” provided for in this Section 12.1 and that the Proposed Purchaser has agreed to purchase such shares in accordance with the terms hereof.
          (c) The tag-along right may be exercised by any Tag-Along Stockholder by delivery of a written notice to the transferring Stockholders (the “Tag-Along Notice”) and to the Company’s Board of Directors within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the notice specified in Section 12.1(b) hereof. The Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder proposes to include in such transfer to the Proposed Purchaser, determined in accordance with Section 12.1(a) hereof, and the number of additional shares such Tag-Along Stockholder desires to include in such transfer. The maximum number of additional shares that each such Tag-Along Stockholder shall be entitled to sell shall be determined by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) that, under the formula in Section 12.1(a) hereof, all Tag-Along Stockholders could have elected to sell to the Proposed Purchaser but did not so elect, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder electing to sell additional shares and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by all Tag-Along Stockholders who delivered Tag-Along Notices indicating a willingness to sell additional shares. In the event that the Proposed Purchaser refuses to purchase such shares from the Tag-Along Stockholders on the same terms and conditions as it purchases shares from the transferring Stockholders in the proposed transfer, then the transferring Stockholders shall not be permitted to sell any shares to the Proposed Purchaser in the proposed transfer. If no Tag-Along Notice is received during the 30-day period referred to in this Section 12.1(c), the transferring Stockholders shall have the right to transfer their shares on terms and conditions no more favorable than those stated in the notice under Section 12.1(b) hereof and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.
          (d) Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise of the tag-along right shall be conditioned upon the agreement by each Tag-Along Stockholder to become a party to any proposed agreement for the sale of shares by the transferring Stockholders, and to execute any agreement, certificate or other document required to be executed in connection with such sale; provided , however , that no Tag-Along Stockholder shall be required to give representations or warranties more extensive than those given by the transferring Stockholders or to provide indemnities disproportionately (based upon the percentage of sales proceeds to be received) to those provided by the transferring Stockholders. Failure of any Tag-Along Stockholder to comply with the provisions of this Section 12.1(d) shall constitute a breach of this Agreement and waiver of his tag-along right.
          (e) The tag-along rights arising under this Section 12 shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market.

6


 

     Section 13. Right of First Offer for New Securities . The provisions of this Section 13 shall only be effective in the event that the capital investments in the Company exceeed forty-five million dollars ($45,000,000.00) and only until the Company completes an Initial Public Offering.
          13.1 The Company hereby agrees to offer Recipient the right to purchase shares of any securities (“New Securities”) that the Company may propose to sell and issue for the purpose of raising capital for the Company Such right shall allow each Recipient to purchase up to such portion of the New Securities proposed to be issued as may be necessary to prevent any dilution of the Recipient’s ownership interest in the Company acquired pursuant to this Agreement from the level that existed prior to the proposed issuance of such New Securities. The right of first offer granted hereunder with respect to any specific proposed issuance of New Securities shall terminate if unexercised, in whole or in part, by the payment of the purchase price in full, within twenty one (21) days after receipt of the associated Issuance Notice described in Section 13.2 below.
          13.2 In the event the Company undertakes an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Recipient written notice of its intention, describing the number of shares of Capital Stock, rights, options or warrants it intends to issue as New Securities, the purchase price therefore (which shall be payable solely in cash) and the terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same (such notice, the “Issuance Notice”). Recipient may exercise its right to purchase all or any portion of its share of such New Securities (as determined in accordance with Section 13.1) for the purchase price and upon the terms specified in the Issuance Notice by (i) giving written notice to the Company and each other Investor and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (the “Purchase Notice”) within fourteen (14) days after the receipt of the Issuance Notice and (ii) delivering to the Company a cash payment for the full purchase price of the New Securities to be purchased within twenty one (21) days after the receipt of the Issuance Notice. The right of first offer for New Securities provided for under this Section 12 shall terminate upon, and shall not be applicable to, an Initial Public Offering.
          13.3. Any New Securities issued and sold by the Company must be on the exact terms contained in the Issuance Notice provided by the Company in connection therewith not more than ninety (90) days after the date of such Issuance Notice.
     Section 14. Financial Information . The Company will deliver the following reports to Recipient and each successor in interest, if any:
          14.1. Annual Audited Statements . As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of changes in cash flow of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year and the budgeted figures for the current fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and audited by independent public accountants approved by the Board of Directors and acceptable to the Investors.

7


 

          14.2. Additional Information . The Company will deliver or provide to Recipient, contemporaneous with the delivery of the same to its Directors (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of change in cash flow of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the same periods of the previous fiscal year and the budgeted figures for the current periods, along with a narrative discussing in reasonable detail (A) the operations of the Company for the previous quarter, (B) any deviations in the actual performance for the previous quarter of the Company from the projected performance of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (C) a general commentary on the business prospects of the Company and any other material issues relating to the Company, and (ii) such information and data, including access to books and records of the Company, as Recipient may from time to time reasonably request. Company shall not be required to provide information which it regards as proprietary or which would violate its obligation or desire to maintain the confidential nature of critical business information.
     Section 15. Legend on Certificates . The following statement shall be inscribed on all certificates representing the Restricted Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by the Recipient:
“THE SALE, TRANSFER, HYPOTHECATION, NEGOTIATION, PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS SHARE CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE RESTRICTED BY AND ARE SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE TERMS, CONDITIONS AND PROVISIONS OF A CERTAIN RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT DATED AS OF OCTOBER 7, 2004 AMONG THE RECIPIENT AND THE COMPANY, WHICH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR PURSUANT TO ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”
     Section 16. Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth as follows:
Affiliate ” or “ affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.
Capital Stock ” means the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, together.

8


 

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Common Stock ” means each and every class of the Common Stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Initial Public Offering ” means an initial public offering of shares of Capital Stock of the Company, which public offering raises net proceeds to the Company of not less than $25,000,000.
Investors ” means Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
Person ” means any individual, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, partnership, unincorporated association, governmental regulatory entity, country, state or political subdivision thereof, trust or other entity.
Preferred Stock ” means each and every class of the Company’s Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share.
Public Market ” means a market for the Common Stock of the Company that shall be deemed to exist at such time as the Common Stock of the Company, has been sold to the public pursuant to one or more registration statements filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act.
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Stockholder ” and “ Stockholders ” means the Investors, together with all other persons who may become stockholders, option holders or warrant holders of the Company.
Stockholders’ Agreement ” means the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2003, as Amended by and among the Company and the Investors.
Underwritten Offering ” means the filing by the Company of a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3 (or any similar short-form registration statement) and the intended method of distribution is through a firm commitment underwriting.
[The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally.]

9


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mary Tolan    
    Name:   Mary Tolan   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
  ASCENSION HEALTH
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony J. Speranzo    
    Name:   Anthony J. Speranzo   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and CFO   
 

 

Exhibit 10.10
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
PROTECTION WARRANT AGREEMENT
To Purchase Shares of the Series B Common Stock of
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
Dated as of ____________ (the “Effective Date”)
     WHEREAS, Ascension Health, a Missouri not-for-profit corporation (the “Warrantholder”) has entered into a Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of November 7, 2004 (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with Healthcare Services, Inc. d/b/a Accretive Health, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to Warrantholder the right to purchase shares of its Class B Common Stock.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Warrantholder executing and delivering such Restricted Stock Agreement and in consideration of mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Warrantholder agree as follows:
1. GRANT OF THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE SERIES B COMMON STOCK . For value received, the Company hereby grants to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to subscribe for and purchase from the Company, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s Series B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), which will permit the Warrantholder to continue to own a five percent (5%) interest in the Company on a fully diluted basis, at a purchase price of $0.01 per share (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the limitations and adjustments as provided in Section 8 hereof.

 


 

2.  TERM OF THE PROTECTION WARRANT AGREEMENT .
     (a) Except as otherwise provided for herein, the term of this Protection Warrant Agreement and the right to purchase Common Stock as granted herein shall continue for a period commencing on the Effective Date and shall continue until the earlier of (i) 5:00 p.m. Chicago time on the (i) tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; or (ii) the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.
     (b) Acceleration of Term Upon Recapitalization, Merger or Sale . Notwithstanding the term of this Protection Warrant Agreement fixed pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, the right to purchase Common Stock as granted herein shall expire, if not previously exercised, immediately upon a capital reorganization of the shares of the Company’s stock (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for herein (a “Recapitalization”) the closing of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation when the Company is not the surviving corporation, or a reverse triangular merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but the shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (a “Merger”), or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any other person (a “Sale”); provided, however, if the acquiring company requires the Warrantholder to exercise this Protection Warrant Agreement, then the Warrantholder shall exercise this Protection Warrant Agreement pursuant to the terms hereunder.
 
     (c) The Company shall notify the Warrantholder, in accordance with the terms of Section 13(e) hereof, if an Initial Public Offering, Recapitalization, Merger or Sale is proposed. Such notice also shall contain such details of the proposed Initial Public Offering, or Recapitalization or Merger or Sale as are reasonable in the circumstances, including the anticipated effective date thereof, and notice that this Protection Warrant Agreement is expected to expire upon closing thereof. “Initial Public Offering” as used herein shall refer to any transaction involving an offering of the Company’s capital stock in the public market. If such closing does not take place, the Company shall promptly notify the Warrantholder that such proposed transaction has been terminated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Protection Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder may rescind any exercise of its purchase rights promptly after such notice of termination of the proposed transaction if the exercise of this Protection Warrant Agreement occurred after the Company notified the Warrantholder that the Initial Public Offering, Recapitalization, Merger or Sale was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Initial Public Offering, Recapitalization, Merger or Sale. In the event of such recision, the Protection Warrant Agreement will thereafter continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions contained herein.
3.  EXERCISE OF THE PURCHASE RIGHTS .
     (a) The purchase rights set forth in this Protection Warrant Agreement are exercisable by the Warrantholder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term set forth in Section 2 above or as modified by any other provision of this

2


 

Agreement, by tendering to the Company at its principal office a notice of exercise duly completed and executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “Notice of Exercise”). This Protection Warrant Agreement shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided herein, and the Warrantholder (or such other person as the Warrantholder shall designate to receive the shares issuable upon exercise) shall be treated as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on that date. Within three (3) days of receipt of the Notice of Exercise, the Company shall deliver to Warrantholder the acknowledgment of exercise duly completed and executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II (the “Acknowledgment of Exercise”). Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and the payment of the purchase price in accordance with the terms set forth below, and in no event later than twenty-one (21) days thereafter, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a certificate for the number of shares of Common Stock purchased if Warrantholder has only partially exercised this Protection Warrant Agreement, and a new Protection Warrant Agreement pursuant to Section 3(d).
     (b) The Exercise Price may be paid at the Warrantholder’s election either (i) in cash, by check or by wire transfer or (ii) in the manner provided by Section 3(c) of this Protection Warrant Agreement or a combination of (i) and (ii).
     (c) Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of Common Stock is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Protection Warrant Agreement for cash, the Warrantholder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Protection Warrant Agreement (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Protection Warrant Agreement at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise (“Net Issuance”) in which event the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:
         
 
  X =   Y(A-B)
 
          A
 
       
     Where: X =   the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrantholder.
 
       
 
  Y =   the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be exercised under this Protection Warrant Agreement.
 
       
 
  A =   the fair market value of one (1) share of the Company’s Series B Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).
 
       
 
  B =   the Exercise Price.
     For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of the Common Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Common Stock:
  (i)   if the exercise is in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and if the

3


 

      Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Initial Public Offering has been declared effective by the Commission, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the “Initial Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the Initial Public Offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
 
  (ii)   if this Protection Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and:
  (A)   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a twenty-one (21) day period ending three days before the day the fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
 
  (B)   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Company’s Common Stock quoted on Nasdaq (or similar system) over the twenty-one (21) day period ending three days before the day the fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
  (iii)   if at any time the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted over-the-counter, the fair market value of Common Stock shall be the product of (x) the highest price per share which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold by the Company, from authorized but unissued shares, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(c)(i), (ii) and (iii), if the Company shall become subject to a Merger or Sale, the fair market value of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of the Company’s Common Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such Merger or Sale.
     (d) Upon partial exercise by any method, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly but not more than three (3) days after surrender of the Protection Warrant Agreement, issue an amended Protection Warrant Agreement to Warrantholder representing the remaining number of shares purchasable hereunder. All other terms and conditions of such amended Protection

4


 

Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained herein, including, but not limited to the Effective Date hereof.
4. RESERVATION OF SHARES . The Company covenants that the Common Stock issuable, or other securities from time to time issuable hereunder, upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights, has been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Protection Warrant Agreement, will be, upon exercise of this Protection Warrant Agreement and payment of the Exercise Price, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein). The Company agrees that its issuance of this Protection Warrant Agreement shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Protection Warrant Agreement. The Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Warrantholder.
5. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES OR SCRIP . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Protection Warrant Agreement, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment to Warrantholder therefor upon the basis of the Exercise Price.
6. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER . This Protection Warrant Agreement does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company in its capacity as a Warrantholder prior to the exercise of the Warrant.
7. WARRANTHOLDER REGISTRY . The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered holders of this Protection Warrant Agreement. The Warrantholder or any transferee hereof (subject to the provisions of Section 11 hereof) may change its or his address as shown on the registry by written notice to the Company. Any notice or written communications required or permitted to be given to the Warrantholder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(e) hereof to the Warrantholder shown on the registry. The Company shall treat the holder(s) in the registry as the absolute owner(s) of the Protection Warrant Agreement for all purposes until such time as the Warrantholder sends notice to the Company to change such registry.
8. ADJUSTMENT RIGHTS . The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment, as follows from time to time:
     (a) Reclassification of Shares . If the Company at any time during the term of this Protection Warrant Agreement shall, by combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Protection Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Protection Warrant Agreement shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such

5


 

change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Protection Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.
     (b) Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time during the term of this Protection Warrant Agreement shall combine, split or subdivide the securities as to which purchase rights under this Protection Warrant Agreement exists into a different number of securities of the same class, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.
     (c) Stock Dividends . If during the term of this Protection Warrant Agreement the Company shall at any time declare or make a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the foregoing subsections (b) or (c)) of the Company’s stock, then the number of shares issuable hereunder shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to take into account such dividend or distribution.
     (d) Antidilution Rights . The purpose of this Protection Warrant Agreement is to provide the Warrantholder with antidilution protection during the term of the Protection Warrant Agreement and shall be interpreted as such. The Warrantholder shall be entitled to adjustment of the number of shares issuable hereunder subject to the following limitation: for issuances of additional shares of Common Stock or other securities convertible into Common Stock, the Company shall be required to adjust the number of shares for which this Protection Warrant Agreement is exercisable for all such securities sold below the Common Share Equivalent of $1.12 and, with respect to the sale of such securities at or above the Common Share Equivalent of $1.12, adjustments to the number of shares issuable hereunder shall only be made up to and including the first $45 million of equity raised by the Company. “Common Share Equivalent” as used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Restricted Stock Agreement between the parties entered into as of the date hereof. The Company shall provide Warrantholder with prior written notice of any issuance of its Common Stock or other equity security (including securities convertible into equity securities) to occur after the Effective Date of this Protection Warrant Agreement, which notice shall include (a) the Common Share Equivalent at which such stock or security is to be sold, (b) the number of shares to be issued and (c) such other information as necessary for Warrantholder to determine if a dilutive event has occurred.
     (e) Notice of Adjustments . If: (1) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities; (2) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class of its Common or other convertible stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights; (3) there shall be any Recapitalization; (4) there shall be any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or (5) any other event requiring an adjustment of the number of shares purchasable hereunder to be adjusted pursuant to this Section 8, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall send to the Warrantholder at the Company’s expense and pursuant to Section 13(e) hereof at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date: (A) on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend,

6


 

distribution, subscription rights (specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of a Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up; and (B) in the case of any such Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up). In the case of an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall give Warrantholder at least twenty (20) days written notice prior to the effective date thereof.
     Each such written notice shall set forth, in reasonable detail, (i) the event requiring the adjustment, (ii) the amount of the adjustment, (iii) the method by which such adjustment was calculated and (iv) the number of shares subject to purchase hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Warrantholder, at the address as shown on the books of the Company. The Company shall give the Warrantholder a statement no less often than quarterly, showing the ownership of the Company on a fully-diluted basis, organized by class of shares, including but not limited to the shares into which this Protection Warrant Agreement is exchangeable.
9.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .
     (a) Organization . The Company is a corporation duly organized validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and carry on its business as now conducted and proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business, properties, prospects or financial condition.
     (b) Due Authority and Non-Contravention . The execution and delivery by the Company of this Protection Warrant Agreement and the Restricted Stock Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Warrantholder of the right to acquire the shares of Common Stock or other securities into which the Protection Warrant Agreement may be exercisable, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Protection Warrant Agreement are not inconsistent with the Company’s Certificate or Bylaws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, and the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Protection Warrant Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
     (c) Issued Securities . All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition:

7


 

  (i)   The authorized capital of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 50,000 shares are preferred and 19,950,000 shares are common.
 
  (ii)   The parties agree that for the purpose of this Warrant Agreement that the capitalization of the Company is as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
  (iii)   Except for the holders of preferred stock, and except as otherwise granted to the Warrantholder as of the date hereof, no shareholder of the Company has preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of the Company’s capital stock and no person has rights to acquire additional shares of the Company as of the date hereof.
     (d) Consents and Approvals . No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Protection Warrant Agreement.
     (e) Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted or proposed to be conducted, the lack of which could materially adversely affect the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.
     (f) Disclosure . The Company has provided Warrantholder with all the information reasonably available to it without undue expense that Warrantholder has requested in connection with its acquisition of the Protection Warrant Agreement. To the best of the Company’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, neither this Agreement nor any other written statements or certificates made or delivered in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.
     (g) Exempt Transaction . Subject to the accuracy of the Warrantholder’s representations in Section 11 hereof, the issuance of the Common Stock upon exercise of this Protection Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the Missouri Securities Act of 2003 in reliance upon Section 409.2-202(14) thereof.
10. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE WARRANTHOLDER . This Protection Warrant Agreement has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Warrantholder:
     (a) Authority . Warrantholder has full power and authority to enter into the Protection Warrant Agreement and it constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Warrantholder.

8


 

     (b) No Intent to Distribute . The right to acquire Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights contained herein will not be with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Warrantholder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same.
     (c) Private Issue . The Warrantholder understands (i) that the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Protection Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 10.
     The Warrantholder understands that if the Company does not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when it desires to sell (i) the rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to this Protection Warrant Agreement or (ii) the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, it may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period.
     (d) Receipt of Information . Warrantholder believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Common Stock. Warrantholder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Common Stock and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to Warrantholder or to which it had access. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 9 of this Agreement or the right Warrantholder to rely thereon.
     (e) Investment Experience . Warrantholder represents it: (1) is experienced in evaluating and investing in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Common Stock; (2) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect as of the Effective Date; and (3) has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the Common Stock.
11.  TRANSFERS .
     (a) Generally . Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 10 hereof provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the transferee of the rights and interests in the Protection Warrant Agreement be limited to wholly-owned subsidiaries

9


 

of the Warrantholder, and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Warrantholder and any successor transferee may make a transfer to a person or entity not a subsidiary upon the prior written consent of the Company which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and provided that such transfer was effected in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Protection Warrant Agreement and all rights hereunder are transferable in whole or in part by the Warrantholder. The transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon receipt by the Company of a notice of transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III (the “Transfer Notice”), at its principal offices and the payment to the Company of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges imposed on such transfer.
     (b) Transferability and Nonnegotiability of Protection Warrant Agreement . This Protection Warrant Agreement may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, if such are requested by the Company). Subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, title to this Protection Warrant Agreement may be transferred by endorsements (by the Warrantholder executing the Transfer Notice attached hereto as Exhibit III)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.
     (c) Exchange of Protection Warrant Agreement Upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Protection Warrant Agreement for exchange, properly endorsed and subject to the limitations on assignments and transfers and contained in this Section 11, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Warrantholder a new Protection Warrant Agreement(s), in the name of the Warrantholder or as the Warrantholder (on payment by the Warrantholder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(d) hereof.
     (d) Legend . This Warrant and all shares of Common Stock or Common Stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form as set forth on page 1 hereof (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws).
12. REGISTRATION RIGHTS . Upon exercise of this Protection Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder shall have and be entitled to exercise, together with all other holders of securities possessing registration rights as set forth in the Plan.
13. MISCELLANEOUS .
     (a) Effective Date . The provisions of this Protection Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Company on the date hereof. This Protection Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company and the benefits hereunder shall inure to any successors of the Warrantholder.

10


 

     (b) Attorney’s Fees . In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Company and the Warrantholder relating hereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Protection Warrant Agreement.
     (c) Governing Law . This Protection Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     (d) Counterparts . This Protection Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument by hand or by nationally recognized courier service.
     (e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, by hand or nationally recognized courier service, facsimile transmission (provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail as hereinafter set forth) or three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, addressed (i) to the Warrantholder at Matthew I. Hermann, Director, Strategic Health Venture Investing, Ascension Health Ventures, 4600 Edmundson Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63134 and (ii) to the Company at Suite 3650, 676 N. Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611, Attention: Gregory N. Kazarian (and/or if by facsimile, (312) 324-7821) or (iii) at such other address as any such party may subsequently designate by written notice to the other party.
     (f) Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where Warrantholder will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The Company expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the Warrantholder or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Agreement requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.
     (g) No Impairment of Rights . The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Protection Warrant Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder against impairment.
     (h) Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and conditions of the respective parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Protection Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and exercise of this Protection Warrant Agreement.
     (i) Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Protection Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining

11


 

provisions of this Protection Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (j) Amendments . Any provision of this Protection Warrant Agreement may be amended by a written instrument signed by the Company and by the Warrantholder.
     (k) Business Days . In the event that the Warrantholder’s rights hereunder would otherwise terminate on a Saturday, Sunday or other day which is a legal or bank holiday in the State of Illinois, then the Warrantholder’s rights hereunder shall continue until the next succeeding business day.
     (l) Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Warrants . In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company will issue a new Warrant of like date, tenor and denomination and deliver the same in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant, and upon receipt of reasonable indemnity satisfactory to the Company.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Protection Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.
         
  Company:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mary Tolan    
    Title: CEO   
       
 
  Warrantholder:

ASCENSION HEALTH
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony Speranzo    
    Title: Senior Vice President and CFO   

12


 

EXHIBIT A TO
PROTECTIVE WARRANT
[See Attached]

13


 

EXHIBIT I
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
To:    _________________________________
 
(1)   The undersigned Warrantholder hereby elects to purchase ____________ shares of the Series B Common Stock of Healthcare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the terms of the Protection Warrant Agreement dated the ______ day of _______________, 2004 (“Warrant Agreement”) between the Company and the Warrantholder, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
 
(2)   In exercising its rights to purchase the Series B Common Stock of the Company, the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges the investment representations and warranties made in Section 10 of the Warrant Agreement.
 
(3)   Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares Series B Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below.
 
(4)   Please issue a replacement Warrant Agreement representing Warrantholder’s right to purchase ______ shares, based upon an original grant of the right to purchase ______ shares, as adjusted to date.

 
(Name)

 
(Address)
         
Warrantholder: ASCENSION HEALTH
 
   
By:        
  Title:       
  Date:       
 

 


 

EXHIBIT II
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF EXERCISE
     The undersigned __________________, hereby acknowledge receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from Ascension Health, to purchase ______ shares of the Series B Common Stock of Healthcare Services, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Protection Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that ______ shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Protection Warrant Agreement.
         
  Company:
 
 
  By:      
    Title:       
    Date:       
 

 


 

EXHIBIT III
TRANSFER NOTICE
(To transfer or assign the foregoing Protection Warrant Agreement execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Protection Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to
 
(Please Print)
whose address is  
 
Dated  
Warrantholder’s Signature  
Warrantholder’s Address  
 
Signature Guaranteed:  
  NOTE:    The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the fact of the Protection Warrant Agreement, without alternation or enlargement or any change whatever. officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Protection Warrant Agreement.

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TO PROTECTION WARRANT
Accretive Health
Capitalization Summary
                                 
    9/30/04 Capitalization   Post Ascension K
Shareholder   Shares   FD%   Shares   FD%
ATP
    4,881,818       28.47 %     4,881,818       27.05 %
Oak Hill
    4,068,182       23.73 %     4,068,182       22.54 %
Management
    5,776,666       33.69 %     5,776,666       32.01 %
Director/Consultants
    850,000       4.96 %     850,000       4.71 %
Additional Investors
    783,482       4.57 %     783,482       4.34 %
Zimmerman (warrant)
    416,667  B,C      2.43 %     416,667       2.31 %
Other (Common)
    368,284       2.15 %     368,284       2.04 %
Ascension
          0.00 %     902,374       5.00 %
 
                               
Total
    17,145,099       100.00 %     18,047,473       100.00 %
Footnotes:
 
A.   Shares reserved for option grants 1,583,334, of which 493,333 have been granted as of 9/30/04.
 
B.   Fair market value at time of issuance.
 
C.   Another warrant for 416,667priced at fair market value when earned.

 

Exhibit 10.11
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT AGREEMENT
To Purchase Shares of the Series B Common Stock of
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
Dated as of                      (the “Effective Date”)
     WHEREAS, Ascension Health, a Missouri not-for-profit corporation (the “Warrantholder”) has entered into a Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of November 7, 2004 (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with Healthcare Services, Inc. d/b/a Accretive Health, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to Warrantholder the right to purchase shares of its Class B Common Stock.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Warrantholder executing and delivering such Restricted Stock Agreement and in consideration of mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Warrantholder agree as follows:
1. GRANT OF THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE SERIES B COMMON STOCK . In consideration of Warrantholder and its affiliates’ agreement to provide services to the Company in the form of an “operational laboratory” and related start-up consulting services relative to the services which Company is developing for its prospective clients, the Company hereby grants to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to subscribe for and purchase from the Company from time to time, up to 902,374 fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s Series B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, at a purchase price per share equal to the most recent price per share paid for a Common Equivalent Share in a capital raising transaction by the Company (the “Exercise Price”); provided, however, that if within six (6) months of the date that additional shares are issuable pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement there has not been a capital raising transaction for the Company then the Exercise Price shall be the price at which the Company has most recently granted options to its employees. The number of shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 8 hereof. The Company and the

 


 

Warrantholder will from time to time indicate on Appendix A the number of shares for which this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exercisable and the applicable Exercise Prices therefore.
2. TERM OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT AGREEMENT .
(a)   Except as otherwise provided for herein, the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and the right to purchase Common Stock as granted herein shall continue for a period commencing on the Effective Date and shall continue until the earliest of (i) 5:00 p.m. Chicago time on the (i) tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; or (ii) the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.
(b)   Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale . Notwithstanding the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement fixed pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, the right to purchase Common Stock as granted herein shall expire, if not previously exercised, immediately upon (i) a capital reorganization of the shares of the Company’s stock (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for in Sections 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d)) involving a “Change of Control” of the Company (a “Change of Control Recapitalization”), the closing of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation when the Company is not the surviving corporation, or a reverse triangular merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but the shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (a “Merger”), or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any other person (a “Sale”); provided, however, if the acquiring company requires the Warrantholder to exercise this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, then the Warrantholder shall exercise this Supplemental Warrant Agreement pursuant to the terms hereunder. In the event of a Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale, the Company will provide the Warrantholder at least thirty (30) days notice of such event and thereafter the Company and Warrantholder will discuss in good faith what portion of the number of shares issuable hereunder have been earned or should be awarded in accordance with Appendix A. “Change of Control” as used herein shall refer to an acquisition of 50% or more of the Company’s voting stock ordinarily having voting rights if the acquiring entity actually exercises management control other than a transaction involving an offering of the Company’s capital stock in the public market.
(c)   The Company shall notify the Warrantholder , in accordance with the terms of Section 13(e) hereof, if an Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale is proposed not less than thirty (30) days prior to such event. Such notice also shall contain such details of the proposed Initial Public Offering, or Change of Control Recapitalization or Merger or Sale as are reasonable in the circumstances, including the anticipated effective date thereof, and notice that this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is expected to expire upon closing thereof. If such closing does not take place, the Company shall promptly notify the Warrantholder that such proposed transaction has been terminated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder may rescind any exercise of its purchase

2


 

    rights promptly after such notice of termination of the proposed transaction if the exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement occurred after the Company notified the Warrantholder that the Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale. In the event of such recission, the Supplemental Warrant Agreement will thereafter continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions contained herein.
EXERCISE OF THE PURCHASE RIGHTS .
(a)   The purchase rights set forth in this Supplemental Warrant Agreement are exercisable by the Warrantholder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term set forth in Section 2 above or as modified by any other provision of this Agreement, by tendering to the Company at its principal office a notice of exercise duly completed and executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “Notice of Exercise”). This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided herein, and the Warrantholder (or such other person as the Warrantholder shall designate to receive the shares issuable upon exercise) shall be treated as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on that date. Within three (3) days of receipt of the Notice of Exercise, the Company shall deliver to Warrantholder the acknowledgment of exercise duly completed and executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II (the “Acknowledgment of Exercise”). Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and the payment of the purchase price in accordance with the terms set forth below, and in no event later than twenty-one (21) days thereafter, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a certificate for the number of shares of Common Stock purchased if Warrantholder has only partially exercised this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, and a new Supplemental Warrant Agreement pursuant to Section 3(d).
(b)   The Exercise Price may be paid at the Warrantholder’s election either (i) in cash, by check or by wire transfer or (ii) in the manner provided by Section 3(c) of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement or a combination of (i) and (ii).
(c)   Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of Common Stock is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Supplemental Warrant Agreement for cash, the Warrantholder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise (“Net Issuance”) in which event the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:
         
X=
  Y(A-B)    
 
  A    
          Where: X = the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrantholder.

3


 

  Y =   the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be exercised under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
 
  A =   the fair market value of one (1) share of the Company’s Series B Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).
 
  B =   the Exercise Price (as adjusted as of the date of calculation).
        For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of the Common Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Common Stock:
  (i)   if the exercise is in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Initial Public Offering has been declared effective by the Commission, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the “Initial Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the Initial Public Offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
 
  (ii)   if this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and:
  (A)   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a twenty-one (21) day period ending three days before the day the fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
 
  (B)   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Company’s Common Stock quoted on Nasdaq (or similar system) over the twenty-one (21) day period ending three days before the day the fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
  (iii)   if at any time the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted over-the-counter, the fair market value of Common Stock shall be the product of (x) the highest price per share which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares

4


 

      of Common Stock sold by the Company, from authorized but unissued shares, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(c)(i), (ii) and (iii), if the Company shall become subject to a Merger or Sale, the fair market value of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of the Company’s Common Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such Merger or Sale.
     (d) Upon partial exercise by any method, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly but not more than three (3) days after surrender of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, issue an amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement to Warrantholder representing the remaining number of shares purchasable hereunder. All other terms and conditions of such amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained herein, including, but not limited to the Effective Date hereof.
4. RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company covenants that the Common Stock issuable, or other securities from time to time issuable hereunder, upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights, has been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, will be, upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and payment of the then applicable Exercise Price, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein). The Company agrees that its issuance of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Warrantholder.
5. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES OR SCRIP . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment to Warrantholder therefor upon the basis of the Exercise Price in effect with respect to such shares.
6. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company in its capacity as a Warrantholder prior to the exercise of the Warrant.
7. WARRANTHOLDER REGISTRY . The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered holders of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The

5


 

Warrantholder or any transferee hereof (subject to the provisions of Section 11 hereof) may change its or his address as shown on the registry by written notice to the Company. Any notice or written communications required or permitted to be given to the Warrantholder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(e) hereof to the Warrantholder shown on the registry. The Company shall treat the holder(s) in the registry as the absolute owner(s) of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement for all purposes until such time as the Warrantholder sends notice to the Company to change such registry.
8. ADJUSTMENT RIGHTS . The Exercise Price(s) and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment, as follows from time to time:
     (a)  Non-Change of Control Recapitalization . If at any time there shall be a capital reorganization of the shares of the Company’s stock (other than a Change of Control Recapitalization or a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for in Sections 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d) herein) (a “Non-Change of Control Recapitalization”) lawful provision shall be made so that the Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of its rights under the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, in lieu of the shares originally issuable pursuant hereto, the number of shares of stock or other securities issuable as a result of such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, all subject to further adjustment as otherwise provided in this Section 8. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement with respect to the rights and interests of the Warrantholder after the Non-Change of Control Recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of number of shares of Common Stock purchasable) shall be applicable after the next Non-Change of Control Recapitalization to the greatest extent possible, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable after that Non-Change of Control Recapitalization upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. If the per share consideration payable to the holder hereof for shares in connection with any such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization is in a form other than cash or marketable securities, then the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.
     (b)  Reclassification of Shares . If the Company at any time during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall, by combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change and the Exercise Price(s) shall be appropriately adjusted, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.
     (c)  Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall combine, split or subdivide the securities

6


 

as to which purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement exists into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.
     (d)  Stock Dividends. If during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement the Company shall at any time declare or make a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the foregoing subsections (b) or (c)) of the Company’s stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. The Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock (calculated to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.
     (e)  Notice of Adjustments. If: (1) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities; (2) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class of its Common or other convertible stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights; (3) there shall be any Non-Change of Control Recapitalization; (4) there shall be any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or (5) any other event requiring the Exercise Price or the number of shares purchasable hereunder to be adjusted pursuant to this Section 8, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall send to the Warrantholder at the Company’s expense and pursuant to Section 13(e) hereof at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date: (A) on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution, subscription rights (specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of a Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up; and (B) in the case of any such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up). In the case of an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall give Warrantholder at least twenty (20) days written notice prior to the effective date thereof.
     Each such written notice shall set forth, in reasonable detail, (i) the event requiring the adjustment, (ii) the amount of the adjustment, (iii) the method by which such adjustment was calculated, (iv) the Exercise Price and (v) the number of shares subject to purchase hereunder

7


 

after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Warrantholder, at the address as shown on the books of the Company. The Company shall give the Warrantholder a statement, no less often than quarterly, showing the ownership of the Company on a fully-diluted basis, organized by class of shares, including but not limited to the shares into which this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exchangeable.
9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.
     (a)  Organization. The Company is a corporation duly organized validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and carry on its business as now conducted and proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business, properties, prospects or financial condition.
     (b)  Due Authority and Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and the Restricted Stock Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Warrantholder of the right to acquire the shares of Common Stock or other securities into which the Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be exercisable, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Supplemental Warrant Agreement are not inconsistent with the Company’s Certificate or Bylaws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, and the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Supplemental Warrant Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
     (c)  Issued Securities. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition:
  (i)   The authorized capital of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 50,000 shares are preferred and 19,950,000 shares are common.
 
  (ii)   The parties agree that for the purpose of this Warrant Agreement that the capitalization of the Company is as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
  (iii)   Except for the holders of preferred stock, and except as otherwise granted to the Warrantholder as of the date hereof, no shareholder of the Company has preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of the Company’s capital stock and no person has rights to acquire additional shares of the Company as of the date hereof.

8


 

     (d)  Consents and Approvals. No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (e)  Permits. The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted or proposed to be conducted, the lack of which could materially adversely affect the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.
     (f)  Disclosure. The Company has provided Warrantholder with all the information reasonably available to it without undue expense that Warrantholder has requested in connection with its acquisition of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement. To the best of the Company’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, neither this Agreement nor any other written statements or certificates made or delivered in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.
     (g)  Exempt Transaction. Subject to the accuracy of the Warrantholder’s representations in Section 11 hereof, the issuance of the Common Stock upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the Missouri Securities Act of 2003 in reliance upon Section 409.2-202(14) thereof.
10. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE WARRANTHOLDER. This Supplemental Warrant Agreement has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Warrantholder:
     (a)  Authority. Warrantholder has full power and authority to enter into the Supplemental Warrant Agreement and it constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Warrantholder.
     (b)  No Intent to Distribute. The right to acquire Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights contained herein will not be with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Warrantholder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same.
     (c)  Private Issue. The Warrantholder understands (i) that the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Supplemental Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in

9


 

this Section 10.
     The Warrantholder understands that if the Company does not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when it desires to sell (i) the rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement or (ii) the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, it may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period.
     (d)  Receipt of Information . Warrantholder believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Common Stock. Warrantholder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Common Stock and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to Warrantholder or to which it had access. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 9 of this Agreement or the right Warrantholder to rely thereon.
     (e)  Investment Experience . Warrantholder represents it: (1) is experienced in evaluating and investing in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Common Stock; (2) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect as of the Effective Date; and (3) has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the Common Stock.
11. TRANSFERS .
     (a)  Generally . Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 10 hereof provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the transferee of the rights and interests in the Supplemental Warrant Agreement be limited to wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Warrantholder, and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Warrantholder and any successor transferee may make a transfer to a person or entity not a subsidiary upon the prior written consent of the Company which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and provided that such transfer was effected in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and all rights hereunder are transferable in whole or in part by the Warrantholder. The transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon receipt by the Company of a notice of transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III (the “Transfer Notice”), at its principal offices and the payment to the Company of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges imposed on such transfer.

10


 

     (b)  Transferability and Nonnegotiability of Supplemental Warrant Agreement . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, if such are requested by the Company). Subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, title to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be transferred by endorsements (by the Warrantholder executing the Transfer Notice attached hereto as Exhibit III)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.
     (c)  Exchange of Supplemental Warrant Agreement Upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement for exchange, properly endorsed and subject to the limitations on assignments and transfers and contained in this Section 11, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Warrantholder a new Supplemental Warrant Agreement(s), in the name of the Warrantholder or as the Warrantholder (on payment by the Warrantholder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(d) hereof.
     (d)  Legend . This Warrant and all shares of Common Stock or Common Stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form as set forth on page 1 hereof (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws).
12. REGISTRATION RIGHTS . Upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder shall have and be entitled to exercise, together with all other holders of securities possessing registration rights as set forth in the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan.
13. MISCELLANEOUS .
     (a)  Effective Date . The provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Company on the date hereof. This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company and the benefits hereunder shall inure to any successors of the Warrantholder.
     (b)  Attorney’s Fees . In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Company and the Warrantholder relating hereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (c)  Governing Law . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or

11


 

more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument by hand or by nationally recognized courier service.
     (e)  Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, by hand or nationally recognized courier service, facsimile transmission (provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail as hereinafter set forth) or three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, addressed (i) to the Warrantholder at Matthew I. Hermann, Director, Strategic Health Venture Investing, Ascension Health Ventures, LLC, 4600 Edmundson Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63134 and (ii) to the Company at Suite 3650, 676 N. Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611, Attention: Gregory N. Kazarian (and/or if by facsimile, (312) 324-7821) or (iii) at such other address as any such party may subsequently designate by written notice to the other party.
     (f)  Remedies. In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where Warrantholder will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The Company expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the Warrantholder or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Agreement requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.
     (g)  No Impairment of Rights. The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder against impairment.
     (h)  Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and conditions of the respective parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (i)  Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (j)  Amendments. Any provision of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be amended by a written instrument signed by the Company and by the Warrantholder.
     (k)  Business Days. In the event that the Warrantholder’s rights hereunder would

12


 

otherwise terminate on a Saturday, Sunday or other day which is a legal or bank holiday in the State of Illinois, then the Warrantholder’s rights hereunder shall continue until the next succeeding business day.
     (l)  Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Warrants. In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company will issue a new Warrant of like date, tenor and denomination and deliver the same in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant, and upon receipt of reasonable indemnity satisfactory to the Company.
     (m)  Voting Rights. Until such time as there is a Public Market (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement) for Company’s securities, the Warrantholder shall vote any of the Common Stock acquired by it pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement in accordance with the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding voting shares in any vote, not counting for this purpose the Common Stock acquired pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.
         
  Company:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mary Tolan    
  Title: CEO  
 
  Warrantholder:   
 
  ASCENSION HEALTH
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony J. Speranzo  
  Title: Senior Vice President & CFO   
       
 

13


 

APPENDIX A TO
SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT
[See Attached]

14


 

EXHIBIT A TO
SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT
[See Attached]

 


 

EXHIBIT I
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
To:                                          
(1)   The undersigned Warrantholder hereby elects to purchase                      shares of the Series B Common Stock of Healthcare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement dated the _________ day of _________, 2004 (“Supplemental Warrant Agreement”) between the Company and the Warrantholder, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
 
(2)   In exercising its rights to purchase the Series B Common Stock of the Company, the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges the investment representations and warranties made in Section 10 of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
 
(3)   Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares Series B Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below.
 
(4)   Please issue a replacement Supplemental Warrant Agreement representing Warrantholder’s right to purchase                      shares, based upon an original grant of the right to purchase                      shares, as adjusted to date.
         
 
     
(Name)    
 
       
 
     
(Address)    
 
       
Warrantholder: ASCENSION HEALTH    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   
Date:
       
 
       

 


 

EXHIBIT II
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF EXERCISE
     The undersigned                                           , hereby acknowledge receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from Ascension Health, to purchase _________ shares of the Series B Common Stock of Healthcare Services, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that __________ shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
             
    Company:    
 
           
 
  By:  
 
   
 
 
  Title:  
 
   
 
 
  Date:  
 
   
 
           

 


 

EXHIBIT III
TRANSFER NOTICE
(To transfer or assign the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to
         
 
     
          (Please Print)
 
   
whose address is
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
         
Dated
       
 
 
 
   
         
Warrantholder’s Signature
       
 
 
 
   
Warrantholder’s Address
       
 
       
 
       
     
         
Signature Guaranteed:
       
 
 
 
   
     NOTE:   The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the fact of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, without alternation or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement.

 


 

Appendix A to Supplemental Warrant
Warrants shall be earned based upon the reasonable and necessary services of Ascension Health in assisting Accretive Health in identifying new clients and demonstrating its operating model in accordance with the following schedule:
     
$1 billion in Qualifying Revenue under management
  20% of shares issuable under the Supplemental Warrant earned
 
   
Each additional $500 million in Qualifying Revenue under management
  10% of shares issuable under the Supplemental Warrant earned
Qualifying Revenue shall mean Revenue from sources, other than Ascension or Ascension Affiliates.

 

Exhibit 10.12
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT AGREEMENT
To Purchase Shares of the Series B Common Stock of
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
Dated as of May 31, 2007 (the “Effective Date”)
     WHEREAS, Ascension Health, a Missouri not-for-profit corporation (the “Warrantholder”) has entered into a Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of November 7, 2004 (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with Healthcare Services, Inc. d/b/a Accretive Health, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company granted to Warrantholder the right to purchase shares of its Class B Common Stock pursuant to the terms of that certain Supplemental Warrant Agreement entered into by and between the Company and the Warrantholder on or about November 7, 2004; and
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Warrantholder have entered into that certain Subscription Agreement between them dated May 15, 2007; and
     WHEREAS, the Company and Warrantholder seek to Amend and Restate the terms of that Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and in consideration of the Subscription Agreement between them, the Company and Warrantholder agree as follows:
1. GRANT OF THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE SERIES B COMMON STOCK . In consideration of Warrantholder and its affiliates’ agreement to provide services to the Company in the form of an “operational laboratory” and related consulting services relative to the services

 


 

which Company is developing for its prospective clients, the Company hereby grants to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to subscribe for and purchase from the Company from time to time, up to 446,190 fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s Series B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, at a purchase price per share equal to the most recent price per share paid for a Common Equivalent Share in a capital raising transaction by the Company (the “Exercise Price”); provided, however, that if within six (6) months of the date that additional shares are issuable pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement there has not been a capital raising transaction for the Company then the Exercise Price shall be the price at which the Company has most recently granted options to its employees. The number of shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 8 hereof. The Company and the Warrantholder will from time to time indicate on Appendix A the number of shares for which this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exercisable and the applicable Exercise Prices therefore.
2. TERM OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT AGREEMENT .
(a) Except as otherwise provided for herein, the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and the right to purchase Common Stock as granted herein shall continue for a period commencing on the Effective Date and shall continue until the earliest of (i) 5:00 p.m. Chicago time on the (i) tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; or (ii) the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.
(b) Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale . Notwithstanding the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement fixed pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, the right to purchase Common Stock as granted herein shall expire, if not previously exercised, immediately upon (i) a capital reorganization of the shares of the Company’s stock (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for in Sections 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d)) involving a “Change of Control” of the Company (a “Change of Control Recapitalization”), the closing of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation when the Company is not the surviving corporation, or a reverse triangular merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but the shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (a “Merger”), or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any other person (a “Sale”); provided, however, if the acquiring company requires the Warrantholder to exercise this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, then the Warrantholder shall exercise this Supplemental Warrant Agreement pursuant to the terms hereunder. In the event of a Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale, the Company will provide the Warrantholder at least thirty (30) days notice of such event and thereafter the Company and Warrantholder will discuss in good faith what portion of the number of shares issuable hereunder have been earned or should be awarded in accordance with Appendix A. “Change of Control” as used herein shall refer to an acquisition of 50% or more of the Company’s voting stock ordinarily having voting rights if the

2


 

acquiring entity actually exercises management control other than a transaction involving an offering of the Company’s capital stock in the public market.
(c) The Company shall notify the Warrantholder, in accordance with the terms of Section 13(e) hereof, if an Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale is proposed not less than thirty (30) days prior to such event. Such notice also shall contain such details of the proposed Initial Public Offering, or Change of Control Recapitalization or Merger or Sale as are reasonable in the circumstances, including the anticipated effective date thereof, and notice that this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is expected to expire upon closing thereof. If such closing does not take place, the Company shall promptly notify the Warrantholder that such proposed transaction has been terminated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder may rescind any exercise of its purchase rights promptly after such notice of termination of the proposed transaction if the exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement occurred after the Company notified the Warrantholder that the Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale. In the event of such recission, the Supplemental Warrant Agreement will thereafter continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions contained herein.
3. EXERCISE OF THE PURCHASE RIGHTS .
(a) The purchase rights set forth in this Supplemental Warrant Agreement are exercisable by the Warrantholder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term set forth in Section 2 above or as modified by any other provision of this Agreement, by tendering to the Company at its principal office a notice of exercise duly completed and executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “Notice of Exercise”). This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided herein, and the Warrantholder (or such other person as the Warrantholder shall designate to receive the shares issuable upon exercise) shall be treated as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on that date. Within three (3) days of receipt of the Notice of Exercise, the Company shall deliver to Warrantholder the acknowledgment of exercise duly completed and executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II (the “Acknowledgment of Exercise”). Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and the payment of the purchase price in accordance with the terms set forth below, and in no event later than twenty-one (21) days thereafter, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a certificate for the number of shares of Common Stock purchased if Warrantholder has only partially exercised this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, and a new Supplemental Warrant Agreement pursuant to Section 3(d).
(b) The Exercise Price may be paid at the Warrantholder’s election either (i) in cash, by check or by wire transfer or (ii) in the manner provided by Section 3(c) of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement or a combination of (i) and (ii).

3


 

(c) Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of Common Stock is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Supplemental Warrant Agreement for cash, the Warrantholder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise (“Net Issuance”) in which event the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:
X = Y(A-B)
             A
         
Where:   X =   the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrantholder.
 
       
 
  Y =   the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be exercised under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
 
       
 
  A =   the fair market value of one (1) share of the Company’s Series B Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).
 
       
 
  B =   the Exercise Price (as adjusted as of the date of calculation).
     For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of the Common Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Common Stock:
  (i)   if the exercise is in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Initial Public Offering has been declared effective by the Commission, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the “Initial Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the Initial Public Offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
 
  (ii)   if this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and:
  (A)   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a twenty-one (21) day period ending three days before the day the fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
 
  (B)   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the

4


 

      fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Company’s Common Stock quoted on Nasdaq (or similar system) over the twenty-one (21) day period ending three days before the day the fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
  (iii)   if at any time the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted over-the-counter, the fair market value of Common Stock shall be the product of (x) the highest price per share which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold by the Company, from authorized but unissued shares, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(c)(i), (ii) and (iii), if the Company shall become subject to a Merger or Sale, the fair market value of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of the Company’s Common Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such Merger or Sale.
     (d) Upon partial exercise by any method, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly but not more than three (3) days after surrender of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, issue an amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement to Warrantholder representing the remaining number of shares purchasable hereunder. All other terms and conditions of such amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained herein, including, but not limited to the Effective Date hereof.
4. RESERVATION OF SHARES . The Company covenants that the Common Stock issuable, or other securities from time to time issuable hereunder, upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights, has been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, will be, upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and payment of the then applicable Exercise Price, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein). The Company agrees that its issuance of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Warrantholder.

5


 

5. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES OR SCRIP . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment to Warrantholder therefor upon the basis of the Exercise Price in effect with respect to such shares.
6. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company in its capacity as a Warrantholder prior to the exercise of the Warrant.
7. WARRANTHOLDER REGISTRY . The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered holders of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The Warrantholder or any transferee hereof (subject to the provisions of Section 11 hereof) may change its or his address as shown on the registry by written notice to the Company. Any notice or written communications required or permitted to be given to the Warrantholder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(e) hereof to the Warrantholder shown on the registry. The Company shall treat the holder(s) in the registry as the absolute owner(s) of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement for all purposes until such time as the Warrantholder sends notice to the Company to change such registry.
8. ADJUSTMENT RIGHTS . The Exercise Price(s) and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment, as follows from time to time:
     (a)  Non-Change of Control Recapitalization . If at any time there shall be a capital reorganization of the shares of the Company’s stock (other than a Change of Control Recapitalization or a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for in Sections 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d) herein) (a “Non-Change of Control Recapitalization”) lawful provision shall be made so that the Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of its rights under the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, in lieu of the shares originally issuable pursuant hereto, the number of shares of stock or other securities issuable as a result of such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, all subject to further adjustment as otherwise provided in this Section 8. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement with respect to the rights and interests of the Warrantholder after the Non-Change of Control Recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of number of shares of Common Stock purchasable) shall be applicable after the next Non-Change of Control Recapitalization to the greatest extent possible, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable after that Non-Change of Control Recapitalization upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. If the per share consideration payable to the holder hereof for shares in connection with any such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization is in a form other than cash or marketable securities, then the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

6


 

     (b)  Reclassification of Shares . If the Company at any time during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall, by combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change and the Exercise Price(s) shall be appropriately adjusted, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.
     (c)  Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall combine, split or subdivide the securities as to which purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement exists into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.
     (d)  Stock Dividends . If during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement the Company shall at any time declare or make a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the foregoing subsections (b) or (c)) of the Company’s stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. The Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock (calculated to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.
     (e)  Notice of Adjustments . If: (1) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities; (2) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class of its Common or other convertible stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights; (3) there shall be any Non-Change of Control Recapitalization; (4) there shall be any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or (5) any other event requiring the Exercise Price or the number of shares purchasable hereunder to be adjusted pursuant to this Section 8, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall send to the Warrantholder at the Company’s expense and pursuant to Section 13(e) hereof at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date: (A) on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution, subscription rights (specifying the date on

7


 

which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of a Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up; and (B) in the case of any such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up). In the case of an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall give Warrantholder at least twenty (20) days written notice prior to the effective date thereof.
     Each such written notice shall set forth, in reasonable detail, (i) the event requiring the adjustment, (ii) the amount of the adjustment, (iii) the method by which such adjustment was calculated, (iv) the Exercise Price and (v) the number of shares subject to purchase hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Warrantholder, at the address as shown on the books of the Company. The Company shall give the Warrantholder a statement, no less often than quarterly, showing the ownership of the Company on a fully-diluted basis, organized by class of shares, including but not limited to the shares into which this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exchangeable.
9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .
     (a)  Organization . The Company is a corporation duly organized validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and carry on its business as now conducted and proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business, properties, prospects or financial condition.
     (b)  Due Authority and Non-Contravention . The execution and delivery by the Company of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and the Restricted Stock Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Warrantholder of the right to acquire the shares of Common Stock or other securities into which the Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be exercisable, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Supplemental Warrant Agreement are not inconsistent with the Company’s Certificate or Bylaws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, and the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Supplemental Warrant Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
     (c)  Issued Securities . All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition:

8


 

  (i)   The authorized capital of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 50,000 shares are preferred and 19,950,000 shares are common.
 
  (ii)   The parties agree that for the purpose of this Warrant Agreement that the capitalization of the Company is as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
  (iii)   Except for the holders of preferred stock, and except as otherwise granted to the Warrantholder as of the date hereof, no shareholder of the Company has preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of the Company’s capital stock and no person has rights to acquire additional shares of the Company as of the date hereof.
     (d)  Consents and Approvals . No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (e)  Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted or proposed to be conducted, the lack of which could materially adversely affect the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.
     (f)  Disclosure . The Company has provided Warrantholder with all the information reasonably available to it without undue expense that Warrantholder has requested in connection with its acquisition of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement. To the best of the Company’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, neither this Agreement nor any other written statements or certificates made or delivered in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.
     (g)  Exempt Transaction . Subject to the accuracy of the Warrantholder’s representations in Section 11 hereof, the issuance of the Common Stock upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the Missouri Securities Act of 2003 in reliance upon Section 409.2-202(14) thereof.
10. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE WARRANTHOLDER . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Warrantholder:

9


 

     (a)  Authority . Warrantholder has full power and authority to enter into the Supplemental Warrant Agreement and it constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Warrantholder.
     (b)  No Intent to Distribute . The right to acquire Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights contained herein will not be with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Warrantholder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same.
     (c)  Private Issue . The Warrantholder understands (i) that the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Supplemental Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 10.
     The Warrantholder understands that if the Company does not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when it desires to sell (i) the rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement or (ii) the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, it may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period.
     (d)  Receipt of Information . Warrantholder believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Common Stock. Warrantholder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Common Stock and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to Warrantholder or to which it had access. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 9 of this Agreement or the right Warrantholder to rely thereon.
     (e)  Investment Experience . Warrantholder represents it: (1) is experienced in evaluating and investing in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Common Stock; (2) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect as of the Effective Date; and (3) has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the Common Stock.
11. TRANSFERS .

10


 

     (a)  Generally . Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 10 hereof provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the transferee of the rights and interests in the Supplemental Warrant Agreement be limited to wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Warrantholder, and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Warrantholder and any successor transferee may make a transfer to a person or entity not a subsidiary upon the prior written consent of the Company which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and provided that such transfer was effected in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and all rights hereunder are transferable in whole or in part by the Warrantholder. The transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon receipt by the Company of a notice of transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III (the “Transfer Notice”), at its principal offices and the payment to the Company of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges imposed on such transfer.
     (b)  Transferability and Nonnegotiability of Supplemental Warrant Agreement . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, if such are requested by the Company). Subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, title to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be transferred by endorsements (by the Warrantholder executing the Transfer Notice attached hereto as Exhibit III)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.
     (c)  Exchange of Supplemental Warrant Agreement Upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement for exchange, properly endorsed and subject to the limitations on assignments and transfers and contained in this Section 11, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Warrantholder a new Supplemental Warrant Agreement(s), in the name of the Warrantholder or as the Warrantholder (on payment by the Warrantholder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(d) hereof.
     (d)  Legend . This Warrant and all shares of Common Stock or Common Stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form as set forth on page 1 hereof (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws).
12. REGISTRATION RIGHTS . Upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder shall have and be entitled to exercise, together with all other holders of securities possessing registration rights as set forth in the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan.
13. MISCELLANEOUS .

11


 

     (a)  Effective Date . The provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Company on the date hereof. This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company and the benefits hereunder shall inure to any successors of the Warrantholder.
     (b)  Attorney’s Fees . In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Company and the Warrantholder relating hereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (c)  Governing Law . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument by hand or by nationally recognized courier service.
     (e)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, by hand or nationally recognized courier service, facsimile transmission (provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail as hereinafter set forth) or three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, addressed (i) to the Warrantholder at Matthew I. Hermann, Director, Strategic Health Venture Investing, Ascension Health Ventures, LLC, 4600 Edmundson Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63134 and (ii) to the Company at Suite 3650, 676 N. Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611, Attention: Gregory N. Kazarian (and/or if by facsimile, (312 ) 324-7821) or (iii) at such other address as any such party may subsequently designate by written notice to the other party.
     (f)  Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where Warrantholder will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The Company expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the Warrantholder or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Agreement requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.
     (g)  No Impairment of Rights . The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder against impairment.
     (h)  Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and conditions of the

12


 

respective parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (i)  Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (j)  Amendments . Any provision of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be amended by a written instrument signed by the Company and by the Warrantholder.
     (k)  Business Days . In the event that the Warrantholder’s rights hereunder would otherwise terminate on a Saturday, Sunday or other day which is a legal or bank holiday in the State of Illinois, then the Warrantholder’s rights hereunder shall continue until the next succeeding business day.
     (l)  Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Warrants . In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company will issue a new Warrant of like date, tenor and denomination and deliver the same in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant, and upon receipt of reasonable indemnity satisfactory to the Company.
     (m)  Voting Rights . Until such time as there is a Public Market (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement) for Company’s securities, the Warrantholder shall vote any of the Common Stock acquired by it pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement in accordance with the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding voting shares in any vote, not counting for this purpose the Common Stock acquired pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.

13


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.
             
    Company:    
 
           
    HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mary Tolan    
 
           
 
           
    Title: Founder and CEO    
 
           
    Warrantholder:    
 
           
    ASCENSION HEALTH    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony Speranzo    
 
           
 
           
    Title: Senior Vice President and CFO    

14


 

APPENDIX A TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT
Warrants shall be earned based upon the reasonable and necessary services of Ascension Health in assisting Accretive Health in identifying new clients and demonstrating its operating model in accordance with the following schedule:
     
Each $500 million in Qualifying Revenue under management
  25% of shares issuable under the Amended and Restated Supplemental Warrant earned
Qualifying Revenue shall mean Revenue from sources, other than Ascension or Ascension Affiliates contracted after May 31,2007.

15


 

EXHIBIT I
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
To:                                                                                                       
(1)   The undersigned Warrantholder hereby elects to purchase                       shares of the Series B Common Stock of Healthcare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement dated the            day of                      , 2004 (“Supplemental Warrant Agreement”) between the Company and the Warrantholder, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
 
(2)   In exercising its rights to purchase the Series B Common Stock of the Company, the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges the investment representations and warranties made in Section 10 of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
 
(3)   Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares Series B Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below.
 
(4)   Please issue a replacement Supplemental Warrant Agreement representing Warrantholder’s right to purchase                       shares , based upon an original grant of the right to purchase                       shares, as adjusted to date.
         
     
(Name)    
 
       
     
(Address)    
 
       
Warrantholder: ASCENSION HEALTH    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       
 
       
Date:
       
 
       

 


 

EXHIBIT II
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF EXERCISE
     The undersigned                                           , hereby acknowledge receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from Ascension Health, to purchase                       shares of the Series B Common Stock of Healthcare Services, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that                       shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
             
    Company:    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Date:        
 
           

 


 

EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE
(To transfer or assign the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to
     
 
(Please Print)
   
     
whose address is
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
Dated
   
 
   
     
Warrantholder’s Signature  
 
 
   
 
   
Warrantholder’s Address
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
Signature Guaranteed:  
   
 
 
     NOTE:   The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the fact of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, without alternation or enlargement or any change whatever. officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement.

 

Exhibit 10.13
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT AGREEMENT
To Purchase Shares of the Series B Common Stock of
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
Dated as of September 30, 2007 (the “Effective Date”)
     WHEREAS, Ascension Health, a Missouri not-for-profit corporation (the “Warrantholder”) has entered into a Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of November 7, 2004 (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with Healthcare Services, Inc. d/b/a Accretive Health, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company granted to Warrantholder the right to purchase shares of its Class B Common Stock pursuant to the terms of that certain Supplemental Warrant Agreement entered into by and between the Company and the Warrantholder on or about November 7, 2004; and
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Warrantholder have entered into that certain Subscription Agreement between them dated May 15, 2007; and
     WHEREAS, the Company and Warrantholder seek to Amend and Restate the terms of that Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and in consideration of the Subscription Agreement between them, the Company and Warrantholder agree as follows:
1.  GRANT OF THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE SERIES B COMMON STOCK. In consideration of Warrantholder and its affiliates’ agreement to provide services to the Company in the form of an “operational laboratory” and related consulting services relative to the services which Company is developing for its prospective clients, the Company hereby grants to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions

 


 

hereinafter set forth, to subscribe for and purchase from the Company from time to time, up to 446,190 fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s Series B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, at a purchase price per share equal to the most recent price per share paid for a Common Equivalent Share in a capital raising transaction by the Company at the time the new Agreement, as defined in Appendix A, giving rise to the right to purchase is executed (the “Exercise Price”); provided, however, that if within six (6) months of the date that additional shares are issuable pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement there has not been a capital raising transaction for the Company then the Exercise Price shall be the price at which the Company has most recently granted options to its employees at the time the new Agreement giving rise to the right to purchase is executed. The number of shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 8 hereof. The Company and the Warrantholder will from time to time indicate on Appendix A the number of shares for which this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exercisable and the applicable Exercise Prices therefore.
2. TERM OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT AGREEMENT.
(a) Except as otherwise provided for herein, the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and the right to purchase Common Stock as granted herein shall continue for a period commencing on the Effective Date and shall continue until the earliest of (i) 5:00 p.m. Chicago time on the (i) tenth anniversary of the last Award Date (as defined in Exhibit A); or (ii) the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.
(b) Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale. Notwithstanding the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement fixed pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, the right to purchase Common Stock as granted herein shall expire, if not previously exercised, immediately upon (i) a capital reorganization of the shares of the Company’s stock (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for in Sections 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d)) involving a “Change of Control” of the Company (a “Change of Control Recapitalization”), the closing of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation when the Company is not the surviving corporation, or a reverse triangular merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but the shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (a “Merger”), or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any other person (a “Sale”); provided, however, if the acquiring company requires the Warrantholder to exercise this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, then the Warrantholder shall exercise this Supplemental Warrant Agreement pursuant to the terms hereunder. In the event of a Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale, the Company will provide the Warrantholder at least thirty (30) days notice of such event and thereafter the Company and Warrantholder will discuss in good faith what portion of the number of shares issuable hereunder have been earned or should be awarded in accordance with Appendix A. “Change of Control” as used herein shall refer to an acquisition of 50% or more of the Company’s voting stock ordinarily having voting rights if the

2


 

acquiring entity actually exercises management control other than a transaction involving an offering of the Company’s capital stock in the public market.
(c) The Company shall notify the Warrantholder , in accordance with the terms of Section 13(e) hereof, if an Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale is proposed not less than thirty (30) days prior to such event. Such notice also shall contain such details of the proposed Initial Public Offering, or Change of Control Recapitalization or Merger or Sale as are reasonable in the circumstances, including the anticipated effective date thereof, and notice that this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is expected to expire upon closing thereof. If such closing does not take place, the Company shall promptly notify the Warrantholder that such proposed transaction has been terminated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder may rescind any exercise of its purchase rights promptly after such notice of termination of the proposed transaction if the exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement occurred after the Company notified the Warrantholder that the Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Initial Public Offering, Change of Control Recapitalization, Merger or Sale. In the event of such recission, the Supplemental Warrant Agreement will thereafter continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions contained herein.
3. EXERCISE OF THE PURCHASE RIGHTS .
(a) The purchase rights set forth in this Supplemental Warrant Agreement are exercisable by the Warrantholder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term set forth in Section 2 above or as modified by any other provision of this Agreement, by tendering to the Company at its principal office a notice of exercise duly completed and executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “Notice of Exercise”). This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided herein, and the Warrantholder (or such other person as the Warrantholder shall designate to receive the shares issuable upon exercise) shall be treated as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on that date. Within three (3) days of receipt of the Notice of Exercise, the Company shall deliver to Warrantholder the acknowledgment of exercise duly completed and executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II (the “Acknowledgment of Exercise”). Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and the payment of the purchase price in accordance with the terms set forth below, and in no event later than twenty-one (21) days thereafter, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a certificate for the number of shares of Common Stock purchased if Warrantholder has only partially exercised this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, and a new Supplemental Warrant Agreement pursuant to Section 3(d).
(b) The Exercise Price may be paid at the Warrantholder’s election either (i) in cash, by check or by wire transfer or (ii) in the manner provided by Section 3(c) of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement or a combination of (i) and (ii).

3


 

(c) Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of Common Stock is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Supplemental Warrant Agreement for cash, the Warrantholder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise (“Net Issuance”) in which event the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:
X = Y(A-B)
          A
Where: X =   the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrantholder.
  Y =   the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be exercised under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
  A =   the fair market value of one (1) share of the Company’s Series B Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).
  B =   the Exercise Price (as adjusted as of the date of calculation).
     For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of the Common Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Common Stock:
  (i)   if the exercise is in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Initial Public Offering has been declared effective by the Commission, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the “Initial Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the Initial Public Offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
  (ii)   if this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and:
  (A)   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a twenty-one (21) day period ending three days before the day the fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
  (B)   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the

4


 

fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Company’s Common Stock quoted on Nasdaq (or similar system) over the twenty-one (21) day period ending three days before the day the fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;
  (iii)   if at any time the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted over-the-counter, the fair market value of Common Stock shall be the product of (x) the highest price per share which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold by the Company, from authorized but unissued shares, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Common Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or
  (iv)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(c)(i), (ii) and (iii), if the Company shall become subject to a Merger or Sale, the fair market value of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of the Company’s Common Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such Merger or Sale.
     (d) Upon partial exercise by any method, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly but not more than three (3) days after surrender of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, issue an amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement to Warrantholder representing the remaining number of shares purchasable hereunder. All other terms and conditions of such amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained herein, including, but not limited to the Effective Date hereof.
4. RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company covenants that the Common Stock issuable, or other securities from time to time issuable hereunder, upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights, has been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, will be, upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and payment of the then applicable Exercise Price, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein). The Company agrees that its issuance of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Warrantholder.

5


 

5. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES OR SCRIP . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment to Warrantholder therefor upon the basis of the Exercise Price in effect with respect to such shares.
6. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company in its capacity as a Warrantholder prior to the exercise of the Warrant.
7. WARRANTHOLDER REGISTRY . The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered holders of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The Warrantholder or any transferee hereof (subject to the provisions of Section 11 hereof) may change its or his address as shown on the registry by written notice to the Company. Any notice or written communications required or permitted to be given to the Warrantholder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(e) hereof to the Warrantholder shown on the registry. The Company shall treat the holder(s) in the registry as the absolute owner(s) of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement for all purposes until such time as the Warrantholder sends notice to the Company to change such registry.
8. ADJUSTMENT RIGHTS . The Exercise Price(s) and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment, as follows from time to time:
     (a)  Non-Change of Control Recapitalization . If at any time there shall be a capital reorganization of the shares of the Company’s stock (other than a Change of Control Recapitalization or a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for in Sections 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d) herein) (a “Non-Change of Control Recapitalization”) lawful provision shall be made so that the Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of its rights under the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, in lieu of the shares originally issuable pursuant hereto, the number of shares of stock or other securities issuable as a result of such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, all subject to further adjustment as otherwise provided in this Section 8. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement with respect to the rights and interests of the Warrantholder after the Non-Change of Control Recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of number of shares of Common Stock purchasable) shall be applicable after the next Non-Change of Control Recapitalization to the greatest extent possible, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable after that Non-Change of Control Recapitalization upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement. If the per share consideration payable to the holder hereof for shares in connection with any such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization is in a form other than cash or marketable securities, then the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

6


 

     (b)  Reclassification of Shares . If the Company at any time during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall, by combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change and the Exercise Price(s) shall be appropriately adjusted, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.
     (c)  Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall combine, split or subdivide the securities as to which purchase rights under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement exists into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.
     (d)  Stock Dividends . If during the term of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement the Company shall at any time declare or make a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the foregoing subsections (b) or (c)) of the Company’s stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. The Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock (calculated to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.
     (e)  Notice of Adjustments . If: (1) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities; (2) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class of its Common or other convertible stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights; (3) there shall be any Non-Change of Control Recapitalization; (4) there shall be any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or (5) any other event requiring the Exercise Price or the number of shares purchasable hereunder to be adjusted pursuant to this Section 8, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall send to the Warrantholder at the Company’s expense and pursuant to Section 13(e) hereof at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date: (A) on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution, subscription rights (specifying the date on

7


 

which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of a Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up; and (B) in the case of any such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Non-Change of Control Recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up). In the case of an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall give Warrantholder at least twenty (20) days written notice prior to the effective date thereof.
     Each such written notice shall set forth, in reasonable detail, (i) the event requiring the adjustment, (ii) the amount of the adjustment, (iii) the method by which such adjustment was calculated, (iv) the Exercise Price and (v) the number of shares subject to purchase hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Warrantholder, at the address as shown on the books of the Company. The Company shall give the Warrantholder a statement, no less often than quarterly, showing the ownership of the Company on a fully-diluted basis, organized by class of shares, including but not limited to the shares into which this Supplemental Warrant Agreement is exchangeable.
9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .
     (a)  Organization . The Company is a corporation duly organized validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and carry on its business as now conducted and proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business, properties, prospects or financial condition.
     (b)  Due Authority and Non-Contravention . The execution and delivery by the Company of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and the Restricted Stock Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Warrantholder of the right to acquire the shares of Common Stock or other securities into which the Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be exercisable, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Supplemental Warrant Agreement are not inconsistent with the Company’s Certificate or Bylaws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, and the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Supplemental Warrant Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
     (c)  Issued Securities . All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition:

8


 

  (i)   The authorized capital of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 50,000 shares are preferred and 19,950,000 shares are common.
 
  (ii)   The parties agree that for the purpose of this Warrant Agreement that the capitalization of the Company is as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
  (iii)   Except for the holders of preferred stock, and except as otherwise granted to the Warrantholder as of the date hereof, no shareholder of the Company has preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of the Company’s capital stock and no person has rights to acquire additional shares of the Company as of the date hereof.
     (d)  Consents and Approvals . No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (e)  Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted or proposed to be conducted, the lack of which could materially adversely affect the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.
     (f)  Disclosure . The Company has provided Warrantholder with all the information reasonably available to it without undue expense that Warrantholder has requested in connection with its acquisition of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement. To the best of the Company’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, neither this Agreement nor any other written statements or certificates made or delivered in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.
     (g)  Exempt Transaction . Subject to the accuracy of the Warrantholder’s representations in Section 11 hereof, the issuance of the Common Stock upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the Missouri Securities Act of 2003 in reliance upon Section 409.2-202(14) thereof.
10. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE WARRANTHOLDER . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Warrantholder:

9


 

     (a)  Authority . Warrantholder has full power and authority to enter into the Supplemental Warrant Agreement and it constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Warrantholder.
     (b)  No Intent to Distribute . The right to acquire Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights contained herein will not be with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Warrantholder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same.
     (c)  Private Issue . The Warrantholder understands (i) that the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Supplemental Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 10.
     The Warrantholder understands that if the Company does not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when it desires to sell (i) the rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement or (ii) the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, it may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period.
     (d)  Receipt of Information . Warrantholder believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Common Stock. Warrantholder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Common Stock and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to Warrantholder or to which it had access. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 9 of this Agreement or the right Warrantholder to rely thereon.
     (e)  Investment Experience . Warrantholder represents it: (1) is experienced in evaluating and investing in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Common Stock; (2) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect as of the Effective Date; and (3) has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the Common Stock.

10


 

11. TRANSFERS .
     (a)  Generally . Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 10 hereof provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the transferee of the rights and interests in the Supplemental Warrant Agreement be limited to wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Warrantholder, and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Warrantholder and any successor transferee may make a transfer to a person or entity not a subsidiary upon the prior written consent of the Company which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and provided that such transfer was effected in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Supplemental Warrant Agreement and all rights hereunder are transferable in whole or in part by the Warrantholder. The transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon receipt by the Company of a notice of transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III (the “Transfer Notice”), at its principal offices and the payment to the Company of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges imposed on such transfer.
     (b)  Transferability and Nonnegotiability of Supplemental Warrant Agreement . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, if such are requested by the Company). Subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, title to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be transferred by endorsements (by the Warrantholder executing the Transfer Notice attached hereto as Exhibit III)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.
     (c)  Exchange of Supplemental Warrant Agreement Upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement for exchange, properly endorsed and subject to the limitations on assignments and transfers and contained in this Section 11, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Warrantholder a new Supplemental Warrant Agreement(s), in the name of the Warrantholder or as the Warrantholder (on payment by the Warrantholder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(d) hereof.
     (d)  Legend . This Warrant and all shares of Common Stock or Common Stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the form as set forth on page 1 hereof (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws).
12. REGISTRATION RIGHTS . Upon exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder shall have and be entitled to exercise, together with all other holders of securities possessing registration rights as set forth in the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan.

11


 

13. MISCELLANEOUS .
     (a)  Effective Date . The provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Company on the date hereof. This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company and the benefits hereunder shall inure to any successors of the Warrantholder.
     (b)  Attorney’s Fees . In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Company and the Warrantholder relating hereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (c)  Governing Law . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument by hand or by nationally recognized courier service.
     (e)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, by hand or nationally recognized courier service, facsimile transmission (provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail as hereinafter set forth) or three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, addressed (i) to the Warrantholder at Matthew I. Hermann, Director, Strategic Health Venture Investing, Ascension Health Ventures, LLC, 4600 Edmundson Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63134 and (ii) to the Company at Suite 3650, 676 N. Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611, Attention: Gregory N. Kazarian (and/or if by facsimile, (312 ) 324-7821) or (iii) at such other address as any such party may subsequently designate by written notice to the other party.
     (f)  Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where Warrantholder will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The Company expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the Warrantholder or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Agreement requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.
     (g)  No Impairment of Rights . The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder against impairment.

12


 

     (h)  Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and conditions of the respective parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and exercise of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
     (i)  Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (j)  Amendments . Any provision of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement may be amended by a written instrument signed by the Company and by the Warrantholder.
     (k)  Business Days . In the event that the Warrantholder’s rights hereunder would otherwise terminate on a Saturday, Sunday or other day which is a legal or bank holiday in the State of Illinois, then the Warrantholder’s rights hereunder shall continue until the next succeeding business day.
     (1)  Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Warrants . In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company will issue a new Warrant of like date, tenor and denomination and deliver the same in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant, and upon receipt of reasonable indemnity satisfactory to the Company.
     (m)  Voting Rights . Until such time as there is a Public Market (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement) for Company’s securities, the Warrantholder shall vote any of the Common Stock acquired by it pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Warrant Agreement in accordance with the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding voting shares in any vote, not counting for this purpose the Common Stock acquired pursuant to this Supplemental Warrant Agreement.

13


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.
             
    Company:    
 
           
    HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
 
  Title:  
 
Secretary
   
 
           
    Warrantholder:    
 
           
    ASCENSION HEALTH    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony Speranzo    
 
  Title:  
 
   
 
     
 
   

14


 

APPENDIX A TO
SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT
[See Attached]

15


 

Appendix A
to
Amended and Restated Supplemental Warrant
Warrants shall be earned based upon the reasonable and necessary services of Ascension Health in assisting Accretive Health in identifying new clients and demonstrating its operating model in accordance with the following schedule:
     
Each $500 million in Qualifying Revenue under contract for management by Accretive Health
  25% of shares issuable under the Amended and Restated Supplemental Warrant earned not to exceed the number of issuable shares hereunder
“Agreement” shall mean a valid, binding and written agreement between Accretive Health and an entity, other than Ascension or Ascension Affiliates, under which Accretive Health will provide management services.
“Award Date” shall mean each date upon which Ascension Health earns the warrant rights as set forth above.
“In-Scope Revenue” shall mean the revenues under management by Accretive under the respective Agreement as measured using the prior 12 months revenue figures for such entity.
“Qualifying Revenue” shall mean the In-Scope Revenue for entities with which Accretive Health enters into a new Agreement after May 31, 2007.

 


 

EXHIBIT A TO
SUPPLEMENTAL WARRANT
[See Attached]

 


 

EXHIBIT I
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
     
To:
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
  The undersigned Warrantholder hereby elects to purchase                      shares of the Series B Common Stock of Healthcare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement dated the                      day of                      , 2004 (“ Supplemental Warrant Agreement”) between the Company and the Warrantholder, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
 
   
(2)
  In exercising its rights to purchase the Series B Common Stock of the Company, the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges the investment representations and warranties made in Section 10 of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
 
   
(3)
  Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares Series B Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below.
 
   
(4)
  Please issue a replacement Supplemental Warrant Agreement representing Warrantholder’s right to purchase                      shares, based upon an original grant of the right to purchase                      shares, as adjusted to date.
         
 
     
(Name)
       
 
       
     
(Address)
       
 
       
Warrantholder: ASCENSION HEALTH    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   
Date:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT II
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF EXERCISE
     The undersigned                                           , hereby acknowledge receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from Ascension Health, to purchase                      shares of the Series B Common Stock of Healthcare Services, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that                      shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement.
             
    Company:
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Date:        
 
           

 


 

EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE
(To transfer or assign the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to
         
   
 
  (Please Print)    
 
whose address is    
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
       
Dated
       
     
 
       
Warrantholder’s Signature    
 
     
 
 
Warrantholder’s Address    
 
     
 
 
 
       
   
 
Signature Guaranteed:    
 
     
 
 
NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the fact of the Supplemental Warrant Agreement, without alternation or enlargement or any change whatever, officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Supplemental Warrant Agreement.

 

Exhibit 10.14
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
     SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of May 15, 2007 (this “ Agreement ”) by and among Healthcare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Ascension Health, a Missouri not-for-profit corporation (“ Ascension ” or “ Purchaser ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, Purchaser currently owns shares of the Company’s Series B Common Stock subject to that certain Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of November 7, 2004 between Ascension Health and the Company (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”); and
     WHEREAS, Purchaser, wishes to purchase, and the Company wishes to sell to Purchaser, 669,284 additional shares of the Company’s Series B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Additional Series B Stock ” or the “ Purchased Shares ”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and those of the Restricted Stock Agreement.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants of the parties as hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
THE PURCHASED SHARES
Section 1.01. Issuance, Sale and Delivery of Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the Restricted Stock Agreement, at the Closing (as defined in Section 1.02), the Company agrees to issue and sell to each Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, 669,284 shares, at the aggregate purchase price of $5,488,128 (“ Purchase Price for Purchased Shares ”).
Section 1.02. Closing . The closing shall take place at the offices of Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP, 525 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661-3693, at 10:00 a.m., Central time, on June 7, 2007, or at such other location, date and time as may be agreed upon between the Purchaser and the Company (such closing being called the “ Closing ” and such date and time being called the “ Closing Date ”). At the Closing, the Company shall issue and deliver to Purchaser a stock certificate in definitive form, registered in the name of Purchaser, representing the Purchased Shares being purchased by it at the Closing. As payment in full for the Purchased Shares being purchased by it under this Agreement, and against delivery of the stock certificates therefor as aforesaid, on the Closing Date Purchaser shall transfer the amount of $5,488,128, to the account of the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

 


 

ARTICLE II.
COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Subscriber as of the date hereof that:
Section 2.01. Organization and Good Standing . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted.
Section 2.02. Validity of Securities . The Securities, when issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
Section 2.03. Capitalization. The outstanding capital of the Company, on a fully diluted basis, as of 12-31-06 is set forth on Exhibit A hereto and there have been no changes to the outstanding capital since that time, other than the transaction contemplated by this Subscription Agreement.
Section 2.04. Due Authorization . All action on the part of the Company necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of, and the performance of all obligations of the Company under, this Agreement has been taken.
Section 2.05. Valid Issuance of Purchased Shares . The Purchased Shares which are being purchased by Purchaser hereunder, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and, based in part upon the representations of Purchaser in this Agreement, will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
Section 2.06. Governmental Consents . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchaser in Article III of this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state, local or provincial governmental authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such filings as have been made prior to the Closing, or such post-closing filings as may be required under Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws, which will be timely filed within the applicable periods therefore
Section 2.07. Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or currently threatened in writing against the Company which questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of the Company to enter into it, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, or which might result, either individually or in the aggregate, in any material adverse changes in the assets, condition, affairs or prospects of the Company, financially or otherwise, or any change in the current equity ownership of the Company, nor is the Company aware that there is any basis for the foregoing. The Company is not a

2


 

party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality.
Section 2.08. Compliance with Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation or default of any provisions of its Restated Articles or Amended and Restated Bylaws or in any material respect of any provision of any mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument, or contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or to its knowledge, of any federal or state judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in any such violation or be in material conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a material default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree or contract or an event which results in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company.
Section 2.09. Title to Property and Assets . The Company owns its property and assets free and clear of all mortgages, liens, loans and encumbrances, except such encumbrances and liens which arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances.
Section 2.10. Insurance . The Company has in full force and effect valid policies of workers’ compensation insurance and of insurance with respect to their properties and business of the kinds and amounts not less than is customarily obtained by corporations of similar size engaged in the same or similar businesses and similarly situated, including, without limitation, insurance against loss, damage, fire, theft, public liability and other risks.
Section 2.11. Obligations to Related Parties . Except as provided in the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no obligations of the Company to officers, directors, stockholders, or employees of the Company or its affiliates other than (i) for payment of salary for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (iii) for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under any stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company).
Section 2.12. No Conflict . The Company has the legal right, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company will not violate, conflict with, or cause a default under its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, or any agreement, lease, mortgage, instrument or other contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

3


 

ARTICLE III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:
Section 3.01. Information Received . The Purchaser:
          (a) has received such documents, materials and information as the Purchaser deems necessary or appropriate for evaluating an investment in the Company;
          (b) has carefully read and understands these materials; and
          (c) has made such further investigation as was deemed appropriate to obtain additional information to verify the accuracy of such materials and to evaluate the merits and risks of its investment in the Purchased Shares.
Section 3.02. Due Diligence . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the officers of the Company, concerning the terms and conditions of this investment, and all such questions have been answered to the full satisfaction of the undersigned.
Section 3.03. No Solicitation . The Purchaser confirms that the Purchased Shares were not offered to the Purchaser by any means of general solicitation or general advertising.
Section 3.04. Investor Status . The Purchaser:
          (a) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company;
          (b) is able to bear the economic risks of an investment in the Purchased Shares, and at the present time could afford a complete loss of such investment; and
          (c) is acquiring the Purchased Shares for the Purchaser’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view towards the sale or other distribution thereof, in whole or in part.
Section 3.05. No Registration . The Purchaser understands that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the securities laws of any state, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or under the securities laws of any other country and are offered in reliance on exemptions therefrom (which depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the truth and accuracy of such Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein), that the Purchased Shares have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, by any other federal or state agency or by any other equivalent foreign agency.

4


 

Section 3.06. Nature of Investment . The Purchaser recognizes that the Company is a highly speculative venture involving a high degree of financial risk and the Purchaser is familiar with the nature of, and risks attendant to, investments in securities of the type being subscribed for and has determined that the purchase of such securities is consistent with the Purchaser’s investment objectives.
Section 3.07. Transferability . The Purchaser understands that: (a) the Purchased shares are subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement which includes restrictions on the transferability of the Purchased Shares; (b) except as set forth in, by and among the Company and the Purchasers, the Purchaser has no rights to require the Purchased Shares to be registered under the Act or any equivalent foreign agency; (c) there will be no public market for the Purchased Shares; and (d) it may not be possible for the Purchaser to liquidate the Purchaser’s investment in the Company and accordingly, the Purchaser may have to hold the Purchased Shares, and bear the economic risk of this investment, indefinitely.
Section 3.08. Power and Authority; Due Authorization . If the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other entity, the person executing this Agreement has the full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of the subscribing entity for whom he or she is executing this Agreement, such entity has the full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, all action on the part of the such entity necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of, and the performance of all obligations of such entity under, this Agreement has been taken and such entity was not formed solely for the purpose of investing in Purchased Shares.
Section 3.09. Separate Representation . The Purchaser acknowledges that it has been advised to consult with its own attorney regarding legal matters concerning the Company and to consult with its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of participating in the Company.
Section 3.10. Company Representations . Except as set forth herein, the Purchaser is not relying on any representations, warranties, projections, covenants or other statements or commitments, written or oral, by the Company, its officers, directors, representatives or agents in connection with its investment in the Purchased Shares.
Section 3.11. Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is either
          (a) a natural person and he or she (i) has an individual net worth, or joint net worth with his or her spouse, in excess of US$1,000,000 or (ii) had an individual income in excess of US$200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with his or her spouse in excess of US$300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year; or
          (b) not a natural person and (i) all of its equity owners are natural persons as to each of whom the representation and warranty set forth in Section 3.12 hereof would be true and correct or (ii) it is a corporation, business trust, or partnership,

5


 

limited liability company, or irrevocable trust not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Purchased Shares, with total assets in excess of US$5,000,000.
ARTICLE IV.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 4.01. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
Section 4.02. Consent to Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may be amended or modified upon the written agreement of the parties hereto. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective against the party executing such waiver, permit, consent or approval only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. No other course of dealing between the parties or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any such parties.
Section 4.03. Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by telecopier or telex, addressed as follows:
          (a) if to the Company, at 401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700, Chicago, Illinois 60611, Attn: Mary Tolan, Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Greg Kazarian, Senior Vice President and General Counsel; and
          (b) if to Purchaser, at 4600 Edmundson Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63134, Attn: Anthony Speranzo, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to Joseph R. Impicciche, Senior Vice President and General Counsel
     or, in any such case, at such other address or addresses as shall have been furnished in writing by such party to the others.
Section 4.04. Back Up Withholding . The undersigned represents, warrants and certifies that he is not subject to “back up withholding” pursuant to Section 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that he has provided his correct tax identification number below.
Section 4.05. Binding Effect . This Agreement and the representations and warranties contained herein shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, and other successors of the undersigned and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company. If there is more than one signatory hereto, the obligations, representations, warranties, and agreements of the undersigned are made jointly and severally.

6


 

Section 4.06. Governing Law; Choice of Forum . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Any and all litigation arising out of this Agreement shall be conducted only in courts located in the State of Illinois.
Section 4.07. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended and agreed to be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and the members of the Company, and no other person or entity shall accrue any benefit, claim or right of any kind whatsoever pursuant to, under, by or through this Subscription Agreement.
Section 4.08. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. All Schedules and Exhibits hereto are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Section 4.09. Construction . Common nouns and pronouns used in this Subscription Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person may in the context require. This Agreement shall not be construed against any party for having drafted it.
Section 4.10. Counterparts/Reproduction of Documents . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature, which signature shall be deemed to be an original. Upon execution in accordance herewith, this Agreement may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, optical disk, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process, each of which reproduction of this Agreement shall be deemed to be an original.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE.]

7


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned entities have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.
         
  COMPANY:

HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Mary Tolan    
  Name:   Mary Tolan   
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  ASCENSION HEALTH:
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony Speranzo    
  Name:   Anthony Speranzo   
  Title:   Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 

 


 

ACCRETIVE HEALTH
FULLY DILUTED SHARES
As of: December 31, 2006
         
Accretive Health Fully Diluted Shares
       
 
       
Series A Preferred as if Converted
    9,905,674  
Series D Preferred
    1,267,224  
Series B Outstanding
    3,902,374  
Series B Warrants
    213,100  
Series C Outstanding
    3,733,051  
Series C Options
    2,454,862  
Series C Warrants
    833,334  
 
       
Total Shares as of December 31, 2006
    22,309,619  
 
       
 
       
Ascension Anti-Dilution Warrants
       
Series B Outstanding
    902,374  
Series B Warrants
    213,100  
 
       
Total Ascension
    1,115,474  
 
       
 
       
Ascension as a % of Total Shares
    5.00 %
 
       
Ascension Anti-Dilution Warrants - Detail
       
Dec. 2004 true-up to 5%
    19,189  
Shultz
    9,447  
2005 Series A Capital Funding - Series 14/MT
    22,787  
Zimmerman Warrants
    43,860  
Dec 2005 Capital Raise - Series D as if converted
    66,696  
Dec 2005 Series C - Option Pool
    35,368  
Sure Decisions Closing Shares
    5,251  
Sure Decisions Option Pool
    10,502  
 
       
Total Anti-Dilution Warrants thru 12/31/06
    213,100  
 
       

 

Exhibit 10.15
February 17, 2004
Mr. Michael Zimmerman
Zimmerman and Associates
The following term sheet is intended to memorialize the agreements reached between you and Health Care Services, Inc. d/b/a Accretive Health. The parties anticipate executing more definitive agreements regarding this subject matter, however it is their intention to be bound by this term sheet upon its execution.
Zimmerman Equity
In exchange for the license rights, exclusivity and information sharing provided for below, Accretive Health will grant Mike Zimmerman stock warrants granting him a 2.5% at the price determined by the Accretive Health Board to be fair market value (FMV) at the time the warrants are granted.
Additionally, Zimmerman Associates will have the right to earn the right additional Stock Warrants as compensation for its support and participation of Accretive Health’s Sales Efforts. These additional Stock Warrants will be earned when Accretive Health signs a Managed Services Agreement with a hospital/system were Zimmerman has been Accretive Health’s “sponsor” with respect to that institution. Zimmerman will be considered Accretive’s “sponsor” to an institution where Zimmerman’s efforts resulted in Accretive Health securing a meeting with a C-level executive or Board member, or where Accretive Health and Zimmerman agreed that Zimmerman is entitled to “sponsor” status based on other efforts. The additional Stock Warrants will be earned as follows:
  1.   2.5% for Ascension, or a system of similar size and prestige, provided that the scope of the MSA includes a majority of system volumes; or
 
  2.   1.25% for each system other than those which fit the description above.
 
  3.   These Additional Stock Warrants will be available for up to 2.5% of the equity in Accretive Health based on its February 2004 capitalization structure fully diluted for its first $10 million in financing.
 
  4.   These Additional Stock Warrants will be available for MSAs with institutions where the introduction by Zimmerman has occurred before 12/31/05 and which have been signed by 12/31/06.
 
  5.   These Additional Stock Warrants will be exercisable at the price determined by the Accretive Health Board to be fair market value (FMV) at the time the warrants are earned.
Giving effect to the 2.5% interest available for the license and exclusivity rights and the 2.5% interest available as a “sponsor” Zimmerman will have the opportunity to secure a 5% interest in Accretive Health.

 


 

Information Sharing/Non-competition
In consideration for the stock warrants granted to Mike Zimmerman above, Zimmerman will grant Accretive Health exclusive access to its revenue cycle methodologies, tools, technology, benchmarking information and other intellectual property, including any information developed by it during the period of any agreement between it and Accretive Health. This will be accomplished through an exclusive license for use of this information and intellectual property in the managed services environment. Managed services will include BPO, outsourcing and similar opportunities.
Further, Zimmerman agrees that it will not enter into any other relationship with any Managed Services Provider which competes directly or indirectly with Accretive Health during the period of its agreement with Accretive Health and for a period of three years from the termination of the agreement. During that same period, Zimmerman agrees that it will not refer or recommend any other revenue cycle managed service or outsourcing firm other than Accretive Health.
Accretive Health and Zimmerman may work collectively in connection with various client projects in the future. Accretive Health agrees that it will share those service and delivery methodologies with Zimmerman in connection with those joint projects. Zimmerman agrees to keep this information confidential, protect it in the manner which it protects its own confidential information and to limit its use to its own consulting work on behalf of its clients.
Further, Accretive Health agrees that it will not enter into any other relationship with any Revenue Cycle Consulting Firm which competes directly or indirectly with Zimmerman during the period of its agreement with Accretive Health and for a period of three years from the termination of the agreement. During that same period, Accretive Health agrees that it will not refer or recommend any other revenue cycle consulting firm other than Zimmerman.
Sales Support
Zimmerman will assist Accretive Health in its sales efforts as required. Zimmerman will provide advertising space in its publications at a nominal cost and will provide presentation opportunities at its conferences. Zimmerman will use its best efforts to create presentation opportunities for Accretive Health with its customers and at industry events and conferences. Mary Tolan and Mike Zimmerman, in their discretion, may also form and convene a group of industry thought leaders to serve as an Advisory Board to Accretive Health which they will Co-Chair.
         
Zimmerman Associates


/s/ Michael Zimmerman
  Accretive Health


/s/ Mary Tolan
   

 

Exhibit 10.16
 
HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
WARRANT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page No.  
 
       
1. Business Development and Sales Support
    1  
 
       
2. Use and Development of Proprietary Rights
    1  
 
       
3. Authorization and Issuance of Securities
    2  
 
       
4. Delivery of Warrants
    2  
 
       
5. Stockholder Agreement
    2  
 
       
6. Representations and Warranties by Accretive
    2  
 
       
7. Representations and Warranties of Zimmerman
    3  
 
       
8. The Warrants
    6  
 
       
9. Restrictive Covenants
    7  
 
       
10. Indemnification
    8  
 
       
11. Definitions
    8  
 
       
12. Changes, Waivers, etc
    10  
 
       
13. Notices
    10  
 
       
14. Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc
    11  
 
       
15. Successors and Assigns
    11  
 
       
16. Headings
    11  
 
       
17. Choice of Law
    11  
 
       
18. Counterparts
    11  
 
       
19. Severability
    11  
 
       
20. Entire Agreement; Termination of Letter Agreement
    11  
 
       
21. Remedies
    11  
Exhibits
Exhibit 1 — Form of Warrant
Exhibit 2 — Stockholder Agreement

i


 

DEFINED TERMS
         
Accretive
    1  
Accretive Companies
    8  
Accretive Information
    6  
Act
    5  
Affiliate
    8  
Aggregate Exercise Price
    6  
Agreement
    1  
Change of Control
    8  
Commission
    5  
Common Stock
    9  
Exercise Price
    2  
Expiration Date
    2  
Incumbent Directors
    9  
Letter Agreement
    1  
License
    1  
License Warrant
    2  
License Warrant Exercise Price
    2  
License Warrant Shares
    2  
Person
    9  
Proprietary Rights
    9  
Restricted Period
    9  
Revenue Cycle Consultant
    7  
Service Provider
    7  
Service Warrant Exercise Price
    2  
Service Warrant Shares
    2  
Service Warrants
    2  
Services
    1  
Subsidiary
    9  
Third Party Purchaser
    9  
Warrant Shares
    2  
Warrants
    2  
Zimmerman
    1  
Zimmerman Proprietary Rights
    10  
Zimmerman Restricted Parties
    7  

ii


 

WARRANT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT
     WARRANT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT, made as of January       , 2005 (the “Agreement”) , by and between HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Accretive”) , and MICHAEL ZIMMERMAN and ZIMMERMAN AND ASSOCIATES, a Wisconsin limited liability corporation (“Zimmerman”, Zimmerman and Michael Zimmerman shall be referred to hereafter, collectively, as the “Zimmerman Entities”) .
Recitals
     A. Pursuant to the binding term sheet dated as of February 17, 2004 (the “Letter Agreement”) , by and between the Zimmerman Entities and Accretive, the Zimmerman Entities have agreed to license certain of their intellectual property and other proprietary rights to Accretive, to provide sales support to Accretive, to enter into certain restrictive covenants for the benefit of Accretive and to assist Accretive in the development of Accretive’s business by making referrals to certain potential customers of Accretive.
     B. Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Accretive has agreed, in consideration of the foregoing, to issue to Michael Zimmerman one or more warrants to purchase shares of Accretive’s Series C Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Michael Zimmerman is the sole owner of Zimmerman and Associates.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the other provisions of this Agreement, and other good valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Accretive and Zimmerman agree as follows:
     1.  Business Development and Sales Support . Accretive hereby acknowledges that the Zimmerman Entities have provided support to Accretive’s sales efforts by providing independent, objective assessments of the potential impact of a revenue cycle managed service solution to one or more customers of Accretive. Zimmerman hereby agrees to continue to support Accretive’s sales efforts by providing independent, objective assessments and by facilitating introductions of potential customers to Accretive. In addition, Zimmerman hereby agrees to provide prominent advertising space in its publications, at no cost to Accretive, and to provide presentation opportunities for Accretive, at no cost to Accretive, at conferences and other events sponsored or organized by Zimmerman, as may reasonably be requested by Accretive. Collectively, the services heretofore provided and to be provided by Zimmerman pursuant to this Section 1 shall be referred to herein as the “Services.”
     2. License and Use of Proprietary Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Zimmerman Entities hereby grant to Accretive and its Affiliates an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, transferable, sub-licensable right and license to use the Zimmerman Licensed Materials, in any lawful manner, and in any media and any jurisdiction, as Accretive may desire, including, but not limited to, the unrestricted right to use, modify, combine with other information or materials, create derivative works based on, and commercially exploit the Zimmerman Licensed Material (the “License”) . The Zimmerman Entities have delivered the Licensed Material to Accretive, or has otherwise made the Licensed Material available to Accretive. The Zimmerman Entities shall have the obligation to continue to make the Licensed Material available to Accretive and shall provide to Accretive the materials


 

and information necessary to permit Accretive to utilize the Zimmerman Licensed Material as may be requested by Accretive. The Zimmerman Entities shall provide Accretive with all logins and passwords necessary to access the Licensed Material electronically and shall update its delivery of the Licensed Materials annually.
     3.  Authorization and Issuance of Securities .
          3.1 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, in consideration of the Services heretofore provided and to be provided hereunder pursuant to Section 1, Accretive agrees to authorize and issue to Michael Zimmerman a warrant (the “Service Warrant”) , substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto, in each case to purchase 416,667 shares of Common Stock (the “Service Warrant Shares”) , at a price per share of $ 1.12 (the “ Service Warrant Exercise Price”) . The Service Warrants shall expire on the earlier of (i) January 15, 2015 or (ii) the consummation of a Change of Control (the “Expiration Date”) .
          3.2 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, in consideration of the License granted to Accretive pursuant to Section 2, Accretive agrees to authorize and issue to Michael Zimmerman a warrant (the “License Warrant”) , substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto, to purchase 416,667 shares of Common Stock (the “License Warrant Shares”), at a price per share of $1.12 (the “License Warrant Exercise Price”) . The License Warrant shall expire on the Expiration Date.
          3.3 The term “Warrants” as used herein shall mean the Service Warrant and the License Warrant being delivered pursuant to this Agreement and all warrants issued in exchange or substitution therefor; the term “Warrant Shares” as used herein shall mean the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and all shares of Common Stock issued in exchange or substitution therefor; and the term “Exercise Price” shall mean the Service Warrant Exercise Price or the License Warrant Exercise Price, as applicable.
     4.  Delivery of Warrants . Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of the parties hereto, Accretive shall deliver to Michael Zimmerman the Warrants, registered in its name.
     5.  Stockholder Agreement . The Zimmerman Entities hereby acknowledge and agree that the Warrants are, and the Warrant Shares received upon exercise thereof will be, subject to a Stockholder’s Agreement which carries restrictions in a form substantially similar to that which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2. The Zimmerman Entities hereby agree to be, and to cause each subsequent transferee of any Warrant or Warrant Shares to be, bound by the terms and conditions of the Stockholders Agreement as an Investor (as defined therein), and to execute or cause to be executed such documentation as may be reasonably requested by Accretive to give effect to the foregoing.
     6.  Representations and Warranties by Accretive . Accretive represents and warrants to the Zimmerman Entities that:
          6.1 Organization, Standing, etc . Accretive is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business in all

2


 

material respects as it is now being conducted. Accretive has the requisite corporate power and authority to issue the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, and to otherwise perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Warrants.
          6.2 Qualification . Accretive is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction wherein the nature of its activities or of its properties owned or leased makes such qualification or licensing necessary and failure to be so qualified or licensed would have a material adverse impact on its business.
          6.3 Warrants and Warrant Shares . The Warrants, when issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid, nonassessable and free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances and restrictions, except as set forth in Section 5 hereof.
          6.4 Corporate Acts and Proceedings . This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of Accretive, and has been duly executed and delivered by authorized officers of Accretive. All corporate action necessary to the authorization, creation, issuance and delivery of the Warrants and the Warrant Shares has been taken on the part of Accretive. This Agreement is, and each of the Warrants when issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will be, a valid and binding agreement of Accretive enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and except for judicial limitations on the enforcement of the remedy of specific enforcement and other equitable remedies.
     7.  Representations and Warranties of the Zimmerman Entities . The Zimmerman Entities represent and warrant that:
          7.1 Organization, Standing, etc . Zimmerman is a limited liability corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, and has the requisite power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business in all material respects as it is now being conducted. Zimmerman has the requisite power and authority to perform the Services, to grant to Accretive the License, to agree to and perform the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 9, and to otherwise perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Warrants. Michael Zimmerman is the sole owner of Zimmerman.
          7.2 Qualification . Zimmerman is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign entity in good standing in each jurisdiction wherein the nature of its activities or of its properties owned or leased makes such qualification or licensing necessary and failure to be so qualified or licensed would have a material adverse impact on its business.
          7.3 Acts and Proceedings . This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on behalf of Zimmerman, and has been duly executed and delivered by authorized representatives of Zimmerman. This Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of Zimmerman enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and except for judicial limitations on the enforcement of the remedy of specific enforcement and other equitable remedies.

3


 

          7.4 Information Provided . The information provided to Accretive by the Zimmerman Entities and any of their officers, directors, employees, consultants or other agents or representatives in connection with this Agreement, the Services or the License with respect to the Zimmerman Entities is true, complete and correct in all respects.
          7.5 Information Received . The Zimmerman Entities:
     (a) have received such documents, materials and information as they deem necessary or appropriate for evaluating an investment in Accretive;
     (b) have carefully read and understand these materials; and
     (c) have made such further investigation as was deemed appropriate to obtain additional information to verify the accuracy of such materials and to evaluate the merits and risks of its investment in the Warrants and the Warrant Shares.
          7.6 Due Diligence . The Zimmerman Entities have had an opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the officers of Accretive, concerning the terms and conditions of this investment, and all such questions have been answered to the full satisfaction of the undersigned.
          7.7 No Solicitation . The Zimmerman Entities confirm that the Warrants and the Warrant Shares were not offered to them by any means of general solicitation or general advertising.
          7.8 Investor Status . The Zimmerman Entities:
     (a) were not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Warrants or the Warrant Shares;
     (b) have total assets in excess of US$5,000,000;
     (c) have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in Accretive;
     (d) are able to bear the economic risks of an investment in the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, and at the present time could afford a complete loss of such investment; and
     (e) are acquiring the Warrants and the Warrant Shares for their own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view towards the sale or other distribution thereof, in whole or in part.
          7.9 No Registration . The Zimmerman Entities understand that the Warrants have not been, and that the Warrant Shares will not be, registered under the securities laws of any state, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or under the securities laws of any other country and are offered in reliance on exemptions therefrom (which depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the truth and accuracy of the representations of the Zimmerman Entities as expressed herein), and that the Warrants and

4


 

the Warrant Shares have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) , by any other federal or state agency or by any other equivalent foreign agency.
          7.10 Nature of Investment . The Zimmerman Entities recognize that Accretive is a highly speculative venture involving a high degree of financial risk and the Zimmerman Entities are familiar with the nature of, and risks attendant to, investments in securities of the type being subscribed for and has determined that the purchase of such securities is consistent with their investment objectives.
          7.11 Transferability . The Zimmerman Entities understand that: (a) there will be no public market for the Warrants or the Warrant Shares; and (b) it may not be possible to liquidate their investment in Accretive and accordingly, they may have to hold the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, and bear the economic risk of this investment, indefinitely.
          7.12 Restrictions on Disposition . Except as expressly provided in Section 7.13 hereof, and notwithstanding the provisions of any other agreement to which the Company and the Zimmerman Entities are a party, or are bound under, until such time as there is a Public Market for the Common Stock of the Company, may not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, negotiate, pledge, hypothecate, assign or any other way dispose of (collectively, “Dispose” or a “Disposition”) the Warrants, or the Restricted Stock acquired as a result of the exercise of the Warrants, now owned or hereafter acquired by him or any part thereof either during the Recipient’s lifetime or upon his death.
          7.13 Exceptions to Restrictions on Disposition . The restrictions set forth in Section 7.12 hereof shall not apply to any of the following Dispositions: (i) any repurchase or redemption by the Company from the Recipient of the Restricted Stock, provided that such repurchase or redemption is effectuated in accordance with applicable law and as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company; or (ii) to the Recipient’s spouse, children, sisters or brothers (collectively, “Family Members” and, individually a “Family Member”) or any trust, limited partnership or limited liability company primarily for the benefit of a Family Member or Family Members; provided, however, with respect to any of the foregoing that any such transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by, and the shares so transferred shall remain subject to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          7.14 Separate Representation . The Zimmerman Entities acknowledge that they have been advised to consult with its own attorney regarding legal matters concerning Accretive and to consult with its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of participating in Accretive.
          7.15 Accretive Representations . Except as set forth herein, the Zimmerman Entities are not relying on any representations, warranties, projections, covenants or other statements or commitments, written or oral, by Accretive, its officers, directors, representatives or agents in connection with its investment in the Warrants and the Warrant Shares.
          7.16 No Brokers or Finders . No person, firm or corporation has or will have, as a result of any act or omission by the Zimmerman Entities, any right, interest or valid claim against Accretive for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder or broker, or in any similar capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The

5


 

Zimmerman Entities will indemnify and hold Accretive harmless against any and all liability with respect to any such commission, fee or other compensation which may be payable or determined to be payable as a result of the actions of the Zimmerman Entities in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          7.17 Zimmerman Licensed Material . Zimmerman (a) owns all rights, title and interest in and to the Zimmerman Licensed Material, and has not previously granted, pledged or made any other disposition to any other entity or any individual of any right, title or interest in or to the Zimmerman Licensed Material, and shall not make any such disposition to any individual or to any entity other than Accretive; and (b) none of the Zimmerman Licensed Material in any manner infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of any individual or entity.
     8.  The Warrants .
          8.1 Exercise of Warrants . The rights represented by any Warrant issued pursuant hereto may be exercised by Michael Zimmerman, in whole or in part, by delivering to Accretive (i) the Warrant, together with a properly completed Election to Purchase in the form attached thereto; and (ii) at Michael Zimmerman’s option, either (A) a certified check or bank draft in an amount equal to the product of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares being purchased upon such exercise (the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ”) or (B) via wire transfer in an amount equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price. Upon such exercise Michael Zimmerman shall be deemed to have become the owner of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of delivery to Accretive of the Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above.
          8.2 Partial Exercise . If a Warrant is exercised in part at any time, a new Warrant or Warrants shall be issued for the unexercised portion of such Warrant. All Warrants surrendered upon exercise shall be canceled.
          8.3 Taxes . Michael Zimmerman will pay all taxes attributable to the issuance of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants, including without limitation any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue of any Warrant or any Warrant Shares in a name other than that of Michael Zimmerman.
          8.4 Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares . Accretive covenants and agrees that all Warrant Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the Warrants, be fully paid and nonassessable. Accretive further covenants and agrees that, until expiration of the Warrants, Accretive will at all times have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock for the purpose of issue upon the exercise of the Warrants.
          8.5 Replacement of Warrants or Certificates Representing Warrant Shares . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Accretive of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrants or certificates representing Warrant Shares, and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity satisfactory to Accretive, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the Warrants or certificates representing Warrant Shares, as the case may be, Accretive will issue new Warrants or certificates representing

6


 

Warrant Shares, as the case may be, of like tenor, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrants or certificates representing Warrant Shares, as the case may be.
     9.  Restrictive Covenants . This Section 9 shall apply in addition to, and be severable from, any other obligations that the parties hereto may have pursuant to any agreement between the Zimmerman Entities and Accretive and/or its Affiliates.
          9.1 Accretive Information . The Zimmerman Entities hereby acknowledge that (a) any confidential information and customer names and accounts of Accretive, its Subsidiaries and its predecessors (“Accretive Information”) are and will at all times be the sole and separate property of Accretive, in which the Zimmerman Entities have no rights whatsoever, and (b) all activities of or work performed for the benefit of Accretive and the goodwill resulting from the efforts of the Zimmerman Entities are and at all times will be the sole and separate property of Accretive, which goodwill is intended to be protected, in part, by this Section 9. Except to the extent specifically permitted under this Agreement, neither the Zimmerman Entities nor any of their current or future owners, officers or directors (collectively with Zimmerman, the “Zimmerman Restricted Parties”) shall use or disclose any Accretive Information without the prior written consent of Accretive.
          9.2 Non-Interference with Accretive . The Zimmerman Entities agree that, at any time during the Restricted Period, the Zimmerman Restricted Parties will not, directly or indirectly, whether on their own behalf, or for any other person or entity, solicit any customer or vendor of Accretive or its Subsidiaries during the Restricted Period, nor shall the Zimmerman Restricted Parties otherwise interfere with the relationship between Accretive (including its Subsidiaries) and any of its customers or vendors.
          9.3 Non-Interference with Zimmerman . Accretive agrees that, at any time during the Restricted Period, Accretive will not, directly or indirectly, whether on its own behalf or for any other person or entity, solicit any customer or vendor of the Zimmerman Entities during the Restricted Period, nor shall Accretive otherwise interfere with the relationship between the Zimmerman Entities and any of its customers or vendors.
          9.4 Non-Disparagement . During the Restricted Period, each of Accretive and the Zimmerman Restricted Parties shall refrain from making any oral or written statements that disparage or place the other party, or any of their respective Affiliates, in a false or negative light.
          9.5 Zimmerman Non-Competition . The Zimmerman Entities agree that, during the Restricted Period, no Zimmerman Restricted Party nor any person or enterprise controlled by a Zimmerman Restricted Party will (i) become a stockholder, member, partner, director, officer, agent, contractor, employee or representative of any entity, (ii) engage as a sole proprietor in any business, (iii) act as a consultant to any of the foregoing or (iv) otherwise engage directly or indirectly in any enterprise, in each case, that competes with the Business of Accretive (a “Service Provider” ) in any geographic territory in which Accretive or any of its Subsidiaries operates as of the date the Restricted Period ends; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit the ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of the stock of any company engaged as a Service Provider, which shares are regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in any over-the-counter market. Notwithstanding the

7


 

foregoing, the Zimmerman Entities shall not be deemed to have violated this covenant by engaging in the Business of Zimmerman.
          9.6 Acknowledgement. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 9 are essential to protect and Accretive and its Subsidiaries and their respective goodwill and are being entered into in consideration for, among other things, the Services, the License and Accretive’s agreement to issue the Warrants and upon exercise thereof the Warrant Shares, and that the scope and duration of such covenants and agreements are reasonably designed to protect a protectible interest of the parties and are not excessive in light of the circumstances.
          9.7 Notice of Breach of Breach of Zimmerman Covenants. In the event that Accretive becomes aware of a breach of the covenants of the Zimmerman Entities set forth in Sections 1, 2 or 9 of this Agreement (the “Zimmerman Covenants”), Accretive shall provide the Zimmerman Entities with written notice of the conduct giving rise to the claim that the Zimmerman Covenants have been breached. The Zimmerman Entities shall have a commercially reasonable period of time, based on the nature of the conduct, to cure the alleged breach or, alternatively, to demonstrate to Accretive’s reasonable satisfaction that the conduct giving rise to the claim did not constitute a breach of the Zimmerman Covenants. The commercially reasonable period shall not exceed 30 days. In the event that the Zimmerman Entities fail to cure a material breach of the Zimmerman Covenants, as provided for in this Section 9.7, the Warrants granted to the Zimmerman Entities under Section 3 of this Agreement and by virtue of the Form of Warrant which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 1 shall be deemed cancelled and shall be non-exercisable.
          9.8 Blue Pencil . If any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction shall at any time deem the term of any particular covenant set forth in this Section 9 too lengthy or the territory thereof too extensive, the other provisions of this Section 9 shall nevertheless stand, and the term of these covenants shall be deemed to be the longest period permissible by law under the circumstances and the territory thereof shall be deemed to comprise the largest territory permissible by law under the circumstances. The arbitrator or court in each case shall reduce the term of these covenants and/or the territory thereof to a permissible duration or size.
     10.  Indemnification. The Zimmerman Entities shall reimburse, defend, indemnify, and hold Accretive harmless against any and all actions, damages, losses, expenses, claims, demands, costs and liabilities of any nature whatsoever (including attorneys fees and court costs) incurred by Accretive in connection with or arising out of a breach of any of the representations, warranties or obligations set forth herein, including but not limited to any claim that any of Zimmerman’s Proprietary Rights infringes or otherwise violates the intellectual property or other Proprietary Rights of any third party.
     11.  Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in this Section 11 shall have the meanings herein specified for all purposes of this Agreement, applicable to both the singular and plural forms of any of the terms herein defined.
           “Accretive Companies” shall mean Accretive and its Subsidiaries, as they exist from time to time.

8


 

           “Affiliate” means (a) any director or officer of Accretive or any Subsidiary, (b) any Person who, individually or with his immediate family, directly or indirectly beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of the voting interest of Accretive or any Subsidiary, or (c) any corporation, partnership or other Person in which any Person or group of Persons described above directly or indirectly owns a 5% or greater equity interest.
           “Business of Accretive” means the business of providing services or solutions target at improving revenue cycle performance of healthcare providers.
           “Business of Zimmerman” means (a) the business of providing consulting services to healthcare providers in the area of assessments, b) the delivery of discrete revenue cycle improvement projects involving consulting services and technology implementation and integration, and (c) the business of providing publications, surveys and educational programs for the healthcare industry. The Business of Zimmerman shall not be construed to include revenue cycle outsourcing or managed services.
           “Change of Control” shall mean (A) the consummation of any consolidation or merger of Accretive where the stockholders of Accretive, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Accretive issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of Accretive to a Third Party Purchaser, (C) any sale of a majority of the voting shares of Accretive to a Third Party Purchaser or (D) any liquidation or dissolution of Accretive.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if in the event of a recapitalization, consolidation or merger (including a reverse merger) of Accretive, (i) persons who, as of the date immediately prior to such recapitalization, consolidation or merger, constitute Accretive’s Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Directors” ) constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors following such recapitalization, consolidation or merger and (ii) the Chief Executive Officer of Accretive as of the date hereof remains as the Chief Executive Officer of Accretive and a member of the Board of Directors following such recapitalization, consolidation or merger.
           “Common Stock” shall mean Accretive’s Series C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
           “Licensed Material” means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions, and reexaminations thereof, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, internet domain names and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and

9


 

renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade secrets and confidential business information, including, but not limited to, all ideas, research and development, bench-marking information, know-how, formulas, compositions, tools, methodologies, processes and techniques, technical data, design, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals, (f) all computer software and databases (including data and related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, and (h) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).
           “Person” shall mean any individual, entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding (a) the Accretive Companies, (b) any employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan maintained by Accretive and (c) an underwriter or underwriting syndicate that has acquired Accretive’s securities solely in connection with a public offering thereof.
           “Restricted Period” means the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Expiration Date.
           “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with Accretive if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
           “Third Party Purchaser” shall mean any Person or group of Persons, none of whom is, immediately prior to the subject transaction, a stockholder of Accretive or an Affiliate of a stockholder of Accretive.
           “Zimmerman Licensed Material” means any Licensed Material owned or licensed by a Zimmerman Entity, including without limitation any revenue cycle methodologies, tools, technology, benchmarking information and other intellectual property related to healthcare provider revenue cycles.
     12.  Changes, Waivers, etc. Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by a statement in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
     13.  Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered, or mailed first-class postage prepaid, registered or certified mail,
     (a) if to any holder of any Warrants or Warrant Shares, addressed to such holder at its address as shown on the books of Accretive, or at such other address as such holder may specify by written notice to Accretive, or
     (b) if to Accretive, addressed to Accretive Health, 401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700, Chicago, Illinois, 60611, Attention: Gregory Kazarian or to such other address as Accretive may specify by written notice to Zimmerman,

10


 

and such notices and other communications shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as being effective or having been given if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, when received.
     14.  Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc. All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any time made by either party or on its behalf, and the issuance of the Warrants to Michael Zimmerman. All statements contained in any certificate, instrument or other writing delivered by or on behalf of either party pursuant hereto or in connection with or contemplation of the transactions herein contemplated (other than legal opinions) shall constitute representations and warranties by either party hereunder.
     15.  Successors and Assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the obligations of any Zimmerman Entity arising hereunder may be assigned thereby without the prior written consent of Accretive. Accretive may assign any or all of its rights and/or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of any party hereto. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not, and, in particular, shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the holder or holders at the time of any of the Warrants or Warrant Shares.
     16.  Headings. The headings of the Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
     17.  Choice of Law. It is the intention of the parties that the laws of Illinois shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms and the interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties.
     18.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed concurrently in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     19.  Severability. The unenforceability or invalidity of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision.
     20.  Entire Agreement; Termination of Letter Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes and preempts all prior oral or written understandings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation the Letter Agreement, and shall not be modified or affected by any offer, proposal, statement or representation, oral or written, made by or for any party in connection with the negotiation of the terms hereof except in accordance with Section 12. The parties hereto agree that, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Letter Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect whatsoever.
     21.  Remedies. The parties recognize that irreparable injury will result from a breach of any provision of this Agreement and that money damages will be inadequate to fully remedy the injury. Accordingly, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of one or more of the provisions of this Agreement, any party who may be injured (in addition to any other remedies which may be

11


 

available to that party) shall be entitled, without posting a bond or other security and without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages, to one or more preliminary or permanent orders (i) restraining and enjoining any act which would constitute a breach or (ii) compelling the performance of any obligation which, if not performed, would constitute a breach.

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Greg Kazarian    
    Its: Senior Vice President/General Counsel   
       
  ZIMMERMAN AND ASSOCIATES
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Zimmerman    
    Its: Chief Executive Officer   
       
 
  Michael Zimmerman
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Zimmerman    
       
       
 

Exhibit 10.18
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is dated as of January ___, 2004 by and between HealthCare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Mary Tolan (the “Executive”).
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions contained herein.
      NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises hereof and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:
     1.  Employment . The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment with the Company commencing on November 3, 2003, subject to the terms and conditions provided for herein (the “Commencement Date”). The period beginning November 3, 2003 until the date upon which the Executive is no longer employed by the Company, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall be referred to herein as the “Term”.
     2.  At-Will Employment . Unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the Executive and the Company in writing, the Executive’s employment by the Company shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein, be terminable by either party “at will”, for any reason or for no reason, but shall in all other respects be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     3.  Duties . The Executive shall be employed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Directors of the Company. Executive shall be responsible for the operation of the Company’s business and shall faithfully and competently perform such duties and shall also perform and discharge such other executive employment duties and responsibilities consistent with this position as Chief Executive Officer and as the Board of Directors of the Company may from time to time reasonably prescribe. The Executive shall perform her duties at such places and times as the Board of Directors of the Company may reasonably from time to time prescribe, such duties to be initially performed from the Company’s headquarters which shall be located in Chicago, Illinois, or elsewhere. Except as may otherwise be approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Company, and except during vacation periods and reasonable periods of absence due to sickness, personal injury or other disability, the Executive shall devote her full time during normal business hours throughout the Employment Period to the services required of her hereunder. The Executive shall render her business services exclusively to the Company during the Term and shall use her best efforts, judgment and energy to improve and advance the business and interests of the Company in a manner consistent with the duties of this position.
     4.  Base Salary, Bonus, Withholding and Restricted Stock .
          (a) Base Salary . As compensation for the performance by the Executive of the services to be performed by the Executive hereunder during the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at the annual rate of four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) (said

 


 

annual amount, together with any increases thereto as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion, being hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”). Any Base Salary payable hereunder shall be paid in regular intervals (but in no event less frequently than monthly) in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices from time to time in effect.
          (b) Performance Bonus . In addition to the Restricted Stock to be granted to the Executive as described below, the Executive shall be entitled to a one-time only cash performance bonus in the amount of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) in the event, as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors, the Executive procures a quality customer consistent with the Board of Directors’ approved business plan. The performance bonus shall be paid upon execution of the contract by customer.
          (c) Withholding, Etc . The payment of any Base Salary, performance bonus or any other cash bonus hereunder shall be subject to applicable withholding and payroll taxes, and such other deductions as may be required under the Company’s Executive benefit plans.
          (d) Grant of Restricted Stock . Promptly following the date hereof, the Company shall grant to the Executive 3,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “Restricted Stock”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Plan of Healthcare Services, Inc. (the “Plan”) and a Healthcare Services, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement by and between the Executive and the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Award Agreement”). The Restricted Stock shall vest in equal installments of 1/48 on a monthly basis beginning as of the Commencement Date and ending on the fourth anniversary thereof. Until so vested (or until the occurrence of an event of forfeiture as set forth in the Plan and Award Agreement), the Executive shall nevertheless have the right to own for all purposes such Restricted Stock in such manner as if such vesting had already occurred and to possess and enjoy all beneficial ownership rights in same, including, without limitation, the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Restricted Stock. The Restricted Stock shall be subject to dilution in the same manner as all other shares of capital stock. Executive agrees and acknowledges that, notwithstanding her right to vote the Restricted Stock, she may only vote those shares of Restricted Stock which equal 18% of the then issued and outstanding shares of stock on record at the time of the vote.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing agreement to grant the Executive the Restricted Stock, it is expressly understood and agreed that the Company does not now, nor hereafter shall have, any obligation to continue the Executive in its employ whether or not on a full-time basis, after the end of the Term. In the event that the Executive is terminated “for Cause” as that term is defined below, Executive agrees to i) execute a limited stock power transferring all rights to vote the Restricted Stock to a person designated by Company in its sole discretion and ii) execute a consent to the conversion of the Restricted Stock from Class B Common Stock to Class C Common Stock, if the Company requests such a consent.

2


 

     5.  Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall:
          (a) be eligible to participate in Executive fringe benefits and pension and/or profit sharing plans that may be provided by the Company for its senior executive Executives in accordance with the provisions of any such plan, as the same may be in effect from time to time;
          (b) be eligible to participate in any medical and health plans or other Executive welfare benefit plans that may be provided by the Company for its senior executive Executives in accordance with the provisions of any such plan, as the same may be in effect from time to time;
          (c) be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacations taken at such times in coordination with the needs of the Company as determined by its Board of Directors during each twelve month period of the Term;
          (d) be entitled to sick leave, sick pay and disability benefits in accordance with the Company policy that may be applicable to senior executive Executives from time to time; and
          (e) be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of her duties hereunder in accordance with the Company’s policies applicable thereto.
     6.  Unauthorized Disclosure . The Executive hereby covenants, agrees and acknowledge as follows:
          (a) The Executive has and will have access to and will participate in the development of or be acquainted with confidential or proprietary information and trade secrets related to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Companies”), including but not limited to (i) business plans, operating plans, marketing plans, financial reports, operating data, budgets, wage and salary rates, pricing strategies and information, terms of agreements with suppliers or customers and others, customer lists, patents, devices, software programs, reports, correspondence, tangible property and specifications owned by or used in the businesses of one or more of the Companies, (ii) information pertaining to future developments such as, but not limited to, research and development, future marketing, distribution, delivery or merchandising plans or ideas, and potential new business locations, and (iii) other tangible and intangible property, which are used in the business and operations of the Companies but not made publicly available. The information and trade secrets relating to the business of the Companies described hereinabove in this paragraph (a) are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Confidential Information”; provided that the term Confidential Information shall not include any information (x) that is or becomes generally publicly available (other than as a result of violation of this Agreement by the Executive) or (y) that the Executive receives on a nonconfidential basis from a source (other than the Company, its affiliates or representatives) that is not known by her to be bound by an obligation of secrecy or confidentiality to the Companies or any of them.
          (b) The Executive hereby assigns to the Company, in consideration of her employment, all Confidential Information developed by or otherwise in the possession of the Executive at any time during the Term, whether or not made or conceived during working hours, alone or with others, which relates, directly or indirectly, to businesses or proposed businesses of any of the Companies, and the Executive agrees that all such Confidential Information shall be the

3


 

exclusive property of the Companies. Upon request of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Executive shall execute and deliver to the Companies any specific assignments or other documents appropriate to vest title in such Confidential Information in the Companies or to obtain for the Companies legal protection for such Confidential Information.
          (c) The Executive shall not disclose, use or make known for her or another’s benefit any Confidential Information or use such Confidential Information in any way except in the best interests of the Companies in the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement. The Executive may disclose Confidential Information when required by applicable law or judicial process, but only after notice to the Company of the Executive’s intention to do so and opportunity for the Company to challenge or limit the scope of the disclosure.
          (d) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 6 would be inadequate and, therefore, agrees that the Companies shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other available rights and remedies in case of any such breach or threatened breach; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Companies from pursuing any other rights and remedies available for any such breach or threatened breach.
          (e) The Executive agrees that upon termination of her employment by the Company for any reason, the Executive shall forthwith return to the Company all Confidential Information, documents, correspondence, notebooks, reports, computer programs and all other materials and copies thereof (including computer discs and other electronic media) relating in any way to the business of the Companies in any way developed or obtained by the Executive during the period of her employment with the Company.
          (f) Executive agrees, while Executive is employed by the Company, to offer or otherwise make known or available to it, as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company and without additional compensation or consideration, any business prospects, contracts or other business opportunities that Executive may discover, find, develop or otherwise have available to her in any field in which the Company is engaged or proposes to be engaged, and further agrees that any such prospects, contacts or other business opportunities shall be the property of the Company.
          (g) The obligations of the Executive under this Section 6 shall survive the termination of the Term and the termination of this Agreement and shall terminate two (2) years after the termination of the Term.
          (h) Without limiting the generality of Section 11 hereof, the Executive hereby expressly agrees that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 shall be binding upon the Executive’s heirs, successors and legal representatives.
     7.  Termination . (a) The Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:
               (i)  Death . The death of the Executive;

4


 

               (ii)  Disability . The Disability (as defined below) of the Executive, as determined by the Board of Directors;
     For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Disability” shall mean that if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from her duties with the Company on a full-time basis for three (3) consecutive months or an aggregate of 120 days in any twenty-four month period, and within thirty (30) days after written notice of termination is given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties.
               (iii)  Termination For Cause . Termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder by the Company at any time “for cause” (as defined below), such termination to take effect immediately upon written notice from the Company to the Executive;
     The following actions, failures and events by or affecting the Executive shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Board of Directors, constitute “cause” for termination within the meaning of clause (iii) above: (1) material breach by Executive of any material provision of this Agreement which has not been cured by Executive within thirty (30) days after receipt by Executive of written notice from the Company of such breach; (2) gross negligence or willful misconduct of Executive in connection with the performance of her duties under this Agreement, or Executive’s willful refusal to perform any of her material duties or responsibilities required pursuant to this Employment Agreement which has not been cured by Executive within thirty (30) days after receipt by Executive of written notice from the Company of such conduct and/or refusal; (3) Executive’s misappropriation for personal use of assets or business opportunities of the Company; (4) Executive’s embezzlement of the Company’s funds or property, or fraud on the part of Executive’s; (5) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of no contest to, a felony or any other crime which in the Board of Directors’ sole opinion renders the Executive unfit to serve the Company as contemplated herein; or (6) a knowing misrepresentation of a material fact made by the Executive to the Company’s Board of Directors, with the intention of misleading the Board.
               (iv)  Termination Without Cause . Termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder by the Company at any time, other than (x) termination by reason of Disability as contemplated by clause (ii) above or (y) termination by the Company “for cause” as contemplated by clause (iii) above; and
               (v)  Termination by Executive . At any time during the Term, Executive may terminate her employment hereunder for Good Reason (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) a substantial diminution or other substantive adverse change, not consented to by Executive, in the nature or scope of Executive’s responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties; (B) any removal, during the Term, from Executive of her title of Chief Executive Officer; (C) an involuntary reduction in Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all of the Company’s employees; (D) a breach by the Company of any of its other material obligations under this Agreement and the failure of the Company to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by Executive; or (E) the involuntary relocation of the Company’s offices at which Executive is principally employed or the

5


 

involuntary relocation of the offices of Executive’s primary workgroup to a location more than fifty (50) miles from such offices, or the requirement by the Company that Executive be based anywhere other than the Company’s offices at such location on an extended basis, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with Executive’s business travel obligations. “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” event has occurred; (ii) Executive notifies the Company in writing of the occurrence of the Good Reason event; (iii) Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than ninety (90) days following such notice, to modify Executive’s employment situation in a manner acceptable to Executive and Company; and (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, one or more of the Good Reason events continues to exist and has not been modified in a manner reasonably acceptable to Executive. If the Company cures the Good Reason event in a manner reasonably acceptable to Executive during the ninety (90) day period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.
          (b) In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (iv) or (v) of Section 7(a) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive (or her personal representative, as the case may be), as severance pay or liquidated damages or both, the amount of Base Salary that the Executive would have otherwise been entitled to receive had the Executive’s employment not been so terminated, for a period of twelve months immediately following such termination (the “Severance”). The Company shall pay the Severance in accordance with its payroll practices from time to time in effect. In addition, in the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (iv) or (v) of Section 7(a) above, each stock-based grant and award, including the Restricted Stock, held by Executive shall continue to vest, as if Executive’s employment had not ceased, until the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months following the end of the Term or (y) the end of the vesting period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payments required to be made pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be subject to signing by the Executive of a general mutual release of claims in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, following the end of the Term, the Executive breaches any of the provisions contained in this Agreement, including Sections 6 and 9, all payments of Severance and any vesting of stock-based grants shall immediately cease.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein, except as required by applicable law and except as set forth in Section 7(b) above, the Company (and its affiliates) shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Executive or on her behalf of whatever kind or nature by reason of the Executive’s cessation of employment (including, without limitation, by reason of termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for “cause” pursuant to Section 7(a)(iii)), other than (i) such amounts, if any, of her Base Salary and bonus as shall have accrued and remained unpaid as of the date of said cessation and (ii) such other amounts, if any, which may be then otherwise payable to the Executive from the Company’s benefits plans or reimbursement policies.
          (d) No interest shall accrue on or be paid with respect to any portion of any payments hereunder.
          (e) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to clause (ii), (iv) or (v) of Section 7(a) above, the Executive shall be obligated to pursue new employment

6


 

and, upon reemployment, to offset amounts earned against any amounts due under this Agreement as provided in this Section 7(e). The Executive shall, immediately upon securing any new full-time or part-time employment, provide notice to the Company of the employer, the starting date, and the base salary and any other guaranteed compensation to which the Executive is entitled pursuant thereto. The Company shall be permitted, at any time after the Executive’s notice (or at any time after the Company first becomes aware by any other means of such new employment of the Executive), to reduce the Severance not yet paid to the Executive by the aggregate amount of compensation (salary, bonus payments of any kind, and all other benefits (such as car allowance) which can be reduced to a monetary value) to be earned by the Executive during the same intervals pursuant to any other employment.
          (f) Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason whatsoever, the Executive shall be entitled to the continuation of group health plan benefits to the extent authorized by and consistent with 29 U.S.C. §1161 et seq. (commonly known as COBRA) at her sole cost and expense.
     8.  Non-Assignability . (a) Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable by the Executive or her beneficiaries or legal representatives without the Company’s prior written consent; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 8(a) shall preclude the Executive from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable hereunder upon her death or incapacity.
          (b) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation or to exclusion, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.
     9.  Restrictive Covenants . (a) Competition . During the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Executive will not directly or indirectly (as a director, officer, executive employee, manager, consultant, independent contractor, advisor or otherwise) engage in competition with, or own any interest in, perform any services for, participate in or be connected with any business or organization which is competitive to the Business of the Company (as defined below) anywhere in the United States of America; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 9(a) shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive’s ownership of not more than one percent (1%) of the total shares of all classes of stock outstanding of any publicly held company, or ownership, whether through direct or indirect stock holdings or otherwise, of not more than five percent (5%) of any other business. The term “Business of the Company” shall mean any business with an activity that is competitive with that engaged in by the Company at the time at issue. The Executive shall not at any time, directly or indirectly, use or purport to authorize any person to use any name, mark, logo or other identifying words or images which are the same as or similar to those used at any time by the Company in connection with any product or service, whether or not such use would be in a business competitive with that of the Company.
          (b) Non-Solicitation . During the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Executive will not directly

7


 

or indirectly recruit, solicit, induce or otherwise cause any other employee, employees, consultant and/or consultants of the Company to leave their employment with the Company or any person that was an employee or consultant of the Company at any time during the two years preceding the date at issue in order to accept employment of any kind with any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, including the Executive or any entity with which she is affiliated.
          (c) Non-Interference . During the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Executive will not directly or indirectly call upon, accept business from or solicit the trade, business or patronage of any of the customers or known prospective customers of the Company or of anyone who has heretofore traded and dealt with the Company, regardless of the location of such customers or prospective customers of the Company, with respect to the Confidential Information or Business of the Company, or otherwise divert or attempt to divert any business from the Company.
          (d) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Section 9, a person or entity (including, without limitation, the Executive) shall be deemed to be a direct competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates, or a person or entity (including, without limitation, the Executive) shall be deemed to be engaging in competition with the Company or any of its affiliates, if such person or entity in any way conducts, operates, carries out or engages in (i) the business of providing services targeted at improving back-office services for health care providers, or (ii) such other business or businesses as the Company conducts or reasonably anticipates conducting, as of the date hereof or during the Term, in each case in any state in which such business or businesses are conducted or are reasonably contemplated, whether or not overt steps have been taken to so implement such contemplated business.
          (e) Certain Representations of the Executive . In connection with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the Executive represents that her experience, capabilities and circumstances are such that such provisions will not prevent her from earning a livelihood. The Executive further agrees that the limitations set forth in this Section 9 (including, without limitation, time and territorial limitations) are reasonable and properly required for the adequate protection of the businesses of the Company and its affiliates. It is understood and agreed that the covenants made by the Executive in this Section 9 (and in Section 6 hereof) shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Should any court of competent jurisdiction deem the restrictions set forth herein unenforceable by reason of time or territorial limitation the parties consent to be bound by the maximum limitation determined by such tribunal.
          (f) Injunctive Relief . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of Section 9 hereof would be inadequate and, therefore, agrees that the Company and any of its affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other available rights and remedies in cases of any such breach or threatened breach; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company or any of its affiliates from pursuing any other rights and remedies available for any such breach or threatened breach.
     10.  Change in Control . The provisions of this Section 10 set forth certain terms of an agreement reached between Executive and the Company regarding Executive’s rights and obligations upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company. These provisions are

8


 

intended to assure and encourage in advance Executive’s continued attention and dedication to her assigned duties and her objectivity during the pendency and after the occurrence of any such event. These provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect beginning twelve (12) months after the occurrence of a Change of Control.
          (a) Change in Control .
               (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable stock-based award agreement, upon a Change in Control, 50% of all unvested stock-based awards, including the Restricted Stock, granted to Executive by the Company shall immediately accelerate and vest and become exercisable or non-forfeitable as of the effective date of such Change in Control. Executive shall also be entitled to any other rights and benefits with respect to stock-related awards, to the extent and upon the terms provided in the Executive stock incentive plan or any agreement or other instrument attendant thereto pursuant to which such awards were granted; and
               (ii) If a termination of employment pursuant to Section 7(a)(iv) and 7(a)(v) occurs within twelve (12) months after the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change of Control, provided that such first event occurs during the Term, the remaining 50% of all unvested stock-based awards referred to in clause (i) above, as of the effective date of such Change in Control, granted to Executive by the Company shall immediately accelerate and vest and become exercisable or non-forfeitable.
          (b) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 10, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:
               (i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of either (A) the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Company’s Board or (B) the then outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or
               (ii) the stockholders of the Company shall approve (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions

9


 

contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (C) any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (b) if in the event of a recapitalization, consolidation or merger (including reverse mergers) of the Company, (i) persons who, as of the Commencement Date, constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Directors”) constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors following such recapitalization, consolidation or merger, provided that any person becoming a director of the Company subsequent to the Commencement Date shall be considered an Incumbent Director if such person’s election was approved by or such person was nominated for election by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors and (ii) the Executive remains as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and a member of its Board of Directors following such recapitalization, consolidation or merger.
     11.  Binding Effect . Without limiting or diminishing the effect of Section 8 hereof, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and assigns.
     12.  Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and either delivered in person or sent by first class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, at the Company’s principal place of business, and if to the Executive, at her home address most recently filed with the Company, or to such other address or addresses as either party shall have designated in writing to the other party hereto.
     13.  Law Governing . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     14.  Severability . The Executive agrees that in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall finally hold that any provision of Section 6 or 9 hereof is void or constitutes an unreasonable restriction against the Executive, the provisions of such Section shall not be rendered void but shall apply with respect to such extent as such court may judicially determine constitutes a reasonable restriction under the circumstances. If any part of this Agreement other than Section 6 or 9 hereof is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegible or incapable of being enforced in whole or in part by reason of any rule or law or public policy, such part shall be deemed to be severed from the remainder of this Agreement for the purpose only of the particular legal proceedings in question and all other covenants and provisions of this Agreement shall in every other respect continue in full force and effect and no covenant or provision shall be deemed dependent upon any other covenant or provision.
     15.  Waiver . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.
     16.  Entire Agreement; Modifications . This Agreement constitute the entire and final expression of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, oral and written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter

10


 

hereof. This agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.
     17.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     18.  Non-Disparagement and Cooperation . During and throughout the Term and for a period of one year after termination of Executive’s employment, Executive and Company, and its officers and directors, agree not to make or cause to be made, directly or indirectly, any statement to any person criticizing or disparaging the Company or any of its stockholders, directors, officers or Executives or commenting unfavorably or falsely on the character, business judgment, business practices or business reputation of the Company or any of its stockholders, directors, officers or Executives. During and after the Term, Executive agrees that Executive will cooperate fully with the Company in arranging for an orderly and professional transition of her responsibilities. During and after the Term, Executive and Company, and its officers and directors, further agree that they will present the circumstances relating to Executive’s separation from Company in a light that will not reflect unfavorably on the either the Company or the Executive.
     19.  Third-Party Agreements and Rights . Executive represents to the Company that Executive’s execution of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations Executive may have to any employer or other party, and Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.
     20.  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after the Term, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while Executive was employed by the Company; provided , however , that such cooperation shall not materially and adversely affect Executive or expose Executive to an increased probability of civil or criminal litigation. Executive’s cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Term, Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall also provide Executive with compensation on an hourly basis (to be derived from her Base Salary) for requested litigation and regulatory cooperation that occurs after her termination of employment, and reimburse Executive for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with her performance under this Paragraph 20, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.
[The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally]

11


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Executive have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ J. Michael Cline    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
     
  /s/ Mary Tolan    
  Mary Tolan   
     

 


 

         
Exhibit A
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 


 

September 24, 2009
Mary Tolan
Accretive Health, Inc.
401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700
Chicago, IL 60611
Dear Mary:
     You and Accretive Health, Inc. (formerly known as HealthCare Services, Inc.) (the “Company”), are parties to an employment agreement dated January       , 2004 that sets forth certain terms of your employment with the Company (the “Employment Agreement”). We have agreed to the amendments to the Employment Agreement set forth below:
1. The following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 5(a) of the Employment Agreement:
     Any such reimbursements shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit B , Section 3.
2. Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety with the following (with the new language in bold):
     (b) In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (iv), or (v) of Section 7(a) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive (or her personal representative, as the case may be), as severance pay or liquidated damages or both, the amount of Base Salary that the Executive would have otherwise been entitled to receive had the Executive’s employment not been so terminated, for a period of twelve months immediately following such termination (the “Severance”). The Company shall pay the Severance in accordance with its payroll practices from time to time in effect and such payments shall commence on the 30 th day following the Executive’s termination of employment (the “Payment Commencement Date”) . In addition, in the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (iv) or (v) of Section 7(a) above, each stock-based grant and award, including the Restricted Stock, held by Executive shall continue to vest, as if Executive’s employment had not ceased, until the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months following the end of the Term or (y) the end of the vesting period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payments required to be made pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be subject to signing by the Executive of a general mutual release of claims in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) on or before the Payment Commencement Date and any applicable revocation period with respect to such Release expiring on or before the Payment Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, following the end of the Term, the Executive breaches any of the provisions contained in this Agreement, including Sections 6 and 9, all payments of Severance and any vesting of stock-based grants shall immediately cease. The Severance shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit B .

-1-


 

3. A new Exhibit B, as attached hereto, shall be added to the Employment Agreement.
     Except as specifically provided herein, all other terms of the Employment Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect. If the terms of this amendment are acceptable to you, please sign and return the copy of this amendment enclosed for that purpose no later than September 25, 2009.
         
Sincerely,    
 
       
Accretive Health, Inc.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Gregory Kazarian    
 
       
         
Title:
  Senior Vice President and General Counsel    
 
       
     The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my continued employment with the Company. I am not relying on any representations other than as set out in the Employment Agreement and the amendment thereto set forth above. I have been given a reasonable amount of time to consider this amendment and to consult an attorney and/or advisor of my choosing. I have carefully read this amendment, understand the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assent to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and sign my name of my own free act.
         
/s/ Mary Tolan
 
       Date: September       , 2009
Mary Tolan
       

-2-


 

Exhibit B
Payments Subject to Section 409A
1. Subject to this Exhibit B, payments or benefits under Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement shall begin only upon the date of Executive’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of Executive’s employment. The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to Executive under Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement, as applicable:
(a) It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided under Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Neither the Company nor Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.
(b) If, as of the date of Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement.
(c) If, as of the date of Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:
(i) Each installment of the payments and benefits due under Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when Executive’s separation from service occurs, be paid within the short-term deferral period (as defined under Section 409A) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A; and
(ii) Each installment of the payments and benefits due under Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement that is not described in this Exhibit B, Section 1(c)(i) and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of payments and benefits if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral

-3-


 

of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of Executive’s second taxable year following the taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.
2. The determination of whether and when Executive’s separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made and in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this Exhibit B, Section 2, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.
3. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
4. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of the Employment Agreement (including this Exhibit) are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but that do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

-4-

Exhibit 10.19
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is dated as of June 17, 2005 by and between HealthCare Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and John Staton (the “Executive”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions contained herein.
      NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises hereof and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:
     1.  Employment . The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment with the Company commencing on such date as the parties may mutually agree based upon the Executive’s availability., subject to the terms and conditions provided for herein (the “Commencement Date”). The period beginning on Executive’s start date and continuing until the date upon which the Executive is no longer employed by the Company, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall be referred to herein as the “Term”.
     2.  At-Will Employment . Unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the Executive and the Company in writing, the Executive’s employment by the Company shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein, be terminable by either party “at will”, for any reason or for no reason, but shall in all other respects be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     3.  Duties . The Executive shall be employed as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company subject to the supervision and direction of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive shall be responsible for the financial operations of the Company’s business and shall perform such duties and shall also perform and discharge such other executive employment duties and responsibilities consistent with this position as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time reasonably prescribe. Except as may otherwise be approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Company and except for reasonable vacations, sick days, personal days and similar time off and a reasonable amount of time for the performance of civic, educational and charitable functions and service on a board of directors (or other governing body) of one entity which is not engaged in a business competitive with the Company, the Executive shall devote his full time during normal business hours throughout the Term to the services required of him hereunder. Except as provided in the previous sentence, the Executive shall render his business services exclusively to the Company during the Term and shall use his commercially reasonable efforts, judgment and energy to improve and advance the business and interests of the Company in a manner consistent with the duties of this position.

 


 

     4.  Base Salary, Bonus, Withholding and Restricted Stock .
     (a)  Base Salary . As compensation for the performance by the Executive of the services to be performed by the Executive hereunder during the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at the annual rate of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) (said annual amount, together with any increases thereto as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in their sole discretion, being hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”). Any Base Salary payable hereunder shall be paid in regular intervals (but in no event less frequently than monthly) in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices from time to time in effect.
     (b)  Performance Bonus . In addition to his Base Salary the Executive shall be eligible for an annual performance bonus of up to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) per year. The performance bonus plan and the award of the performance bonus shall be consistent with such performance bonus plans as may be adopted by the Company from time to time for senior officers of the Company. Payment of $100,000 per year as a performance bonus is guaranteed for the first two years of Executive’s employment and shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum no later than 60 days after the end of each calendar year. The guaranteed bonus shall be prorated for a partial year. For example, with respect to the guaranteed bonus: if the Commencement Date was July 1, 2005, then a bonus payment of $50,000 would be paid to the Executive on or before March 1, 2006; a bonus payment of $100,000 would be paid to the Executive on or before March 1, 2007; and a bonus payment of $50,000 would be paid to the Executive on or before March 1, 2008.
     (c)  Withholding, Etc. The payment of any Base Salary, performance bonus or any other cash bonus hereunder shall be subject to applicable withholding and payroll taxes, and such other deductions as may be required under the Company’s Executive benefit plans.
     (d) Grant of Stock Options . The Company hereby grants to the Executive options to acquire 299,295 shares of the Company’s Class C Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “Stock Options”), at an exercise price to be established by the Company’s compensation committee, in good faith, based on the valuation range for the Company of $40 million to $75 millions which is based upon commercially reasonable valuation methodologies utilized in the marketplace to value comparable companies, and, pursuant to the terms and conditions of such Stock Option Plan (the “Option Plan”) as may be adopted by the Company and such Stock Option Agreement as may be entered into between the Executive and the Company (the “Award Agreement”). The exercise price will be established by no later than July 15, 2005. The Award Agreement shall provide: (i) the Executive with “Tag-Along Rights” which are not materially different from those set forth in Exhibit A hereto, (ii) with respect to vested options, the Executive shall be permitted to exercise such options at any time after such options become vested, (iii) the Company shall not have any repurchase right with respect to vested options or the shares of capital stock issued upon exercise of such options. The Award Agreement shall contain such other provisions as may be mutually agreed upon between the Company and the Executive. To the extent of any inconsistency between the terms of the Option Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Award Agreement shall control. The Stock Options shall vest in equal installments of 1/48 on a monthly basis beginning as of the Commencement Date, provided, however, that all Stock Options shall vest if, after a Change of Control occurs, (i) the

2


 

Executive’ employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) the Executive terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that as of the date hereof the Class C Common Stock for which the Stock Options are exercisable constitute 1.5% of the fully-diluted common equity of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing agreement to grant the Stock Options, it is expressly understood and agreed that the Company does not now, nor hereafter shall have, any obligation to continue the Executive in its employ whether or not on a full-time basis, after the end of the Term.
A “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time after the date hereof : the Company sells or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets; the Company participates in a merger or consolidation and, immediately following the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the Company’s stockholders prior to such merger or consolidation do not own 50% or more of the voting shares of stock of the surviving or successor corporate; or any person or entity, including a “person” as such term is used in Section 13(d) (3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, who is not a stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, becomes the beneficial owner (directly or indirectly) of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s voting securities.
     5.  Director’s and Officer’s Insurance . In the event that the Company obtains Director’s and Officer’s liability insurance coverage or provides other indemnification agreements or arrangements to or with its directors or officers, Executive shall be one of the officers of the Company covered by such insurance and such indemnification agreements or arrangements.
     6.  Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall:
     (a) be eligible to participate in fringe benefits and pension and/or profit sharing plans and/or other benefit plans or arrangements that may be provided by the Company for, or made available to, its senior executives in accordance with the provisions of any such plan or arrangement, as the same may be in effect from time to time;
     (b) be eligible to participate in any medical and health plans or other welfare benefit plans that may be provided by the Company for its senior executives in accordance with the provisions of any such plan, as the same may be in effect from time to time; and
     (c) be entitled to disability and/or life insurance benefits in accordance with the Company policy that may be applicable to senior executive from time to time.
     7.  Travel and Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable employment-related travel and other expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term upon the receipt by the Company of reasonably detailed statements and documentation of such expenses in accordance with the reasonable accounting requirements of the Company and consistent with the practices, policies and procedures applicable to other senior executives of the Company.

3


 

     8.  Unauthorized Disclosure . The Executive hereby covenants, agrees and acknowledge as follows:
     (a) The Executive has and will have access to and will participate in the development of or be acquainted with confidential or proprietary information and trade secrets related to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Companies”), including but not limited to (i) business plans, operating plans, marketing plans, financial reports, operating data, budgets, wage and salary rates, pricing strategies and information, terms of agreements with suppliers or customers and others, customer lists, patents, devices, software programs, reports, correspondence, tangible property and specifications owned by or used in the businesses of one or more of the Companies, (ii) information pertaining to future developments such as, but not limited to, research and development, future marketing, distribution, delivery or merchandising plans or ideas, and potential new business locations, and (iii) other tangible and intangible property, which are used in the business and operations of the Companies but not made publicly available. The information and trade secrets relating to the business of the Companies described hereinabove in this paragraph (a) are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Confidential Information”; provided that the term Confidential Information shall not include any information (x) that is or becomes generally publicly available (other than as a result of violation of this Agreement by the Executive) or (y) that the Executive receives on a nonconfidential basis from a source (other than the Company, its affiliates or representatives) that is not known by him to be bound by an obligation of secrecy or confidentiality to the Companies or any of them.
     (b) The Executive hereby assigns to the Company, in consideration of his employment, all Confidential Information developed by or otherwise in the possession of the Executive at any time during the Term, whether or not made or conceived during working hours, alone or with others, which relates, directly or indirectly, to businesses or proposed businesses of any of the Companies, and the Executive agrees that all such Confidential Information shall be the exclusive property of the Companies. Upon request of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Executive shall execute and deliver to the Companies any specific assignments or other documents reasonably required to vest title in such Confidential Information in the Companies or to obtain for the Companies legal protection for such Confidential Information.
     (c) The Executive shall not disclose, use or make known for his or another’s benefit any Confidential Information or use such Confidential Information in any way except in the best interests of the Companies in the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement. The Executive may disclose Confidential Information when required by applicable law or judicial process, but only after notice to the Company of the Executive’s intention to do so and opportunity for the Company (at the Company’s expense) to challenge or limit the scope of the disclosure.
     (d) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 6 would be inadequate and, therefore, agrees that the Companies shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other available rights and remedies in case of any such breach or threatened breach; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Companies from pursuing any other rights and remedies available for any such breach or threatened breach.

4


 

     (e) The Executive agrees that upon termination of his employment by the Company for any reason, the Executive shall forthwith return to the Company all Confidential Information, documents, correspondence, notebooks, reports, computer programs and all other materials and copies thereof (including computer discs and other electronic media) relating in any way to the business of the Companies in any way developed or obtained by the Executive during the period of his employment with the Company.
     (f) Executive agrees, while Executive is employed by the Company, to offer or otherwise make known or available to it, as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company and without additional compensation or consideration, any business prospects, contracts or other business opportunities that Executive may discover, find, develop or otherwise have available to him in any field in which the Company is engaged or, to the knowledge of the Executive, proposes to be engaged, and further agrees that any such prospects, contacts or other business opportunities shall be the property of the Company.
     (g) The obligations of the Executive under this Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Term and the termination of this Agreement and shall terminate eighteen months after the termination of the Term.
     (h) Without limiting the generality of Section 10 hereof, the Executive hereby expressly agrees that the foregoing provisions of this Section 8 shall be binding upon the Executive’s heirs, successors and legal representatives.
     9.  Termination .
     (a) The Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:
     (i)  Termination For Cause . Termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder by the Company at any time “for cause” (as defined below), such termination to take effect immediately upon written notice from the Company to the Executive;
     The following actions, failures and events by or affecting the Executive shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Board of Directors, constitute “cause” for termination within the meaning of clause (iii) above: (1) material breach by Executive of any material provision of this Agreement which has not been cured by the Executive within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Executive of written notice from the Company of such breach; (2) gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement which causes material harm to the Company, (3) the Executive’s willful refusal to perform any of his material duties or responsibilities required pursuant to this Employment Agreement, or directed by the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with this Agreement, which has not been cured by the Executive within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Executive of written notice from the Company of such conduct and/or refusal; (4) the Executive’s misappropriation for personal use of material assets or business opportunities of the Company; (5) the Executive’s embezzlement of the Company’s funds or property, or fraud on the part of the Executive; (6) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of no contest to, a felony or any other crime which in the Board of Directors’ good faith reasonable opinion renders the Executive unfit to

5


 

serve the Company as contemplated herein; or (7) a knowing misrepresentation of a material fact made by the Executive to the Company’s Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, with the intention of misleading the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
     (ii)  Termination Without Cause . Termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder by the Company at any time, other than termination by the Company “for cause” as contemplated by clause (i) above; and
     (iii)  Termination by Executive . At any time during the Term, the Executive may terminate his employment hereunder (A) for Good Reason (as defined below), (B) for any other reason, (C) by the death of the Executive or (D) the Disability (as defined below) of the Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined), if applicable, following the occurrence of any of the following events: (1) a material diminution or other substantive adverse change, not consented to in writing by the Executive, in the nature or scope of the Executive’s responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties; (2) any removal, during the Term, from Executive of his title of Chief Financial Officer; (3) the requirement that the Executive report to any officer, consultant or committee, other than the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company or as may be required by the Company’s auditors in order to comply with applicable regulatory standards or to otherwise comply with applicable regulatory standards, it being the intent of the parties that the Executive shall never be required to report to anyone other than the Chief Executive Officer of the Company except in the limited situations noted herein; (4) an involuntary reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board reductions similarly affecting all of the Company’s senior executives; (5) a breach by the Company of any of its other material obligations under this Agreement and the failure of the Company to cure such breach within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof by the Executive; or (6) the involuntary relocation of the Company’s offices at which the Executive is principally employed or the involuntary relocation of the offices of the Executive’s primary workgroup to a location outside the Chicago metropolitan area, or a requirement by the Company that the Executive relocate anywhere other than the Chicago metropolitan area, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s reasonable business travel obligations. “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” event has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the occurrence of the Good Reason event; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than thirty (30) days following such notice, to modify the Executive’s employment situation in a manner acceptable to the Executive and Company; and (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, one or more of the Good Reason events continues to exist and has not been modified in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Executive. If the Company cures the Good Reason event in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Executive during the thirty (30) day period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. The Good Reason Process need not be utilized by the Executive if the event giving rise to the Good Reason cannot be cured. “Disability” means a determination, made at the request of the Executive or upon the reasonable request of the Company set forth in a notice to the Executive, by a physician selected by the Company and the Executive, that the Executive is unable to perform his duties as specified in this Agreement (after reasonable accommodation) and in all reasonable medical

6


 

likelihood such inability will continue for a period in excess of 180 days, or for shorter periods aggregating to more than 180 days in any consecutive nine-month period.
     (b)  Salary Continuation . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)(A) of Section 9(a) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive, as severance pay or liquidated damages or both, the sum of $33,333 per month for a period of eighteen months immediately following such termination (the “Severance”). The Company shall pay the Severance in accordance with its payroll practices from time to time in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payments required to be made pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall be subject to the following conditions:
     (i) execution by the Executive of a general mutual release of claims in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company;
     (ii) compliance with the provisions contained in Section 8 and 11; and
     (iii) the Severance payments shall be subject to all appropriate taxes and withholding obligations.
     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein, except as required by applicable law and except as set forth in Section 9(b) above or provided elsewhere in the Agreement, the Company (and its affiliates) shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Executive or on his behalf of whatever kind or nature by reason of the Executive’s cessation of employment (including, without limitation, by reason of termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for “cause” pursuant to Section 9(a)(i)), other than (i) such amounts, if any, of his Base Salary and bonus as shall have accrued and remained unpaid as of the date of said cessation and (ii) such other amounts, if any, which may be then otherwise payable to or accrued by the Executive from the Company’s benefits plans or reimbursement policies.
     (d) No interest shall accrue on or be paid with respect to any portion of any payments hereunder.
     (e) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)(A) of Section 9(a) above, the Executive shall, upon reemployment, offset amounts earned against any amounts due under this Agreement as provided in this Section 9(e). The Executive shall, immediately upon securing any new full-time or part-time employment, provide notice to the Company of the employer, the starting date, and the base salary and any other guaranteed cash compensation to which the Executive is entitled pursuant thereto. The Company shall be permitted, at any time after the Executive’s notice (or at any time after the Company first becomes aware by any other means of such new employment of the Executive), to reduce the Severance not yet paid to the Executive by the aggregate amount of cash compensation (salary and guaranteed bonus payments) to be earned by the Executive during the same intervals pursuant to any other employment.
     (f) Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason whatsoever, the Executive shall be entitled to the continuation of group health plan benefits to the extent authorized by and consistent with 29 U.S.C. §1161 et seq. (commonly known as

7


 

COBRA) at his sole cost and expense. In addition, during the period in which Severance is paid, the Company shall permit the Executive and the Executive’s family to continue to participate in the Company’s health insurance plan to the extent of such participation prior to the Executive’s termination and the Company shall pay the premiums that were paid by the Company prior to the termination of the Executive.
     10.  Non-Assignability .
     (a) Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable by the Executive or his beneficiaries or legal representatives without the Company’s prior written consent; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 8(a) shall preclude the Executive from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable hereunder upon his death or incapacity.
     (b) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation or to exclusion, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.
     11.  Restrictive Covenants .
     (a)  Competition . During the Term and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Executive will not directly or indirectly (as a director, officer, executive employee, manager, consultant, independent contractor, advisor or otherwise) engage in competition with, or own any interest in, perform any services for, participate in or be connected with any business or organization which is competitive to the Business of the Company (as defined below) anywhere in the United States of America; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 9(a) shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive’s ownership of not more than one percent (1%) of the total shares of all classes of stock outstanding of any publicly held company, or ownership, whether through direct or indirect stock holdings or otherwise, or not more than five percent (5%) of any other business. The term “Business of the Company” shall mean any business with an activity that is competitive with that engaged in by the Company at the time at issue. The Executive shall not at any time, directly or indirectly, use or purport to authorize any person to use any name, mark, logo or other identifying words or images which are the same as or similar to those used at any time by the Company in connection with any product or service, whether or not such use would be in a business competitive with that of the Company.
     (b)  Non-Solicitation . During the Term and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Executive will not directly or indirectly recruit, solicit, induce or otherwise cause any other employee, employees, consultant and/or consultants of the Company to leave their employment with the Company in order to accept employment of any kind with any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, including the Executive or any entity with which he is affiliated.
     (c)  Non-Interference . During the Term and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Executive will not

8


 

directly or indirectly call upon, accept business from or solicit the trade, business or patronage of any of the customers or known prospective customers of the Company or of anyone who has heretofore traded and dealt with the Company, regardless of the location of such customers or prospective customers of the Company, with respect to the Confidential Information or Business of the Company, or otherwise divert or attempt to divert any business from the Company.
     (d)  Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Section 11, a person or entity (including, without limitation, the Executive) shall be deemed to be a direct competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates, or a person or entity (including, without limitation, the Executive) shall be deemed to be engaging in competition with the Company or any of its affiliates, if such person or entity in any way conducts, operates, carries out or engages in (i) the business of providing services targeted at improving back-office services for health care providers, or (ii) such other business or businesses as the Company conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, reasonably anticipates conducting, as of the date hereof or during the Term, in each case in any state in which such business or businesses are conducted or are reasonably contemplated.
     (e)  Certain Representations of the Executive . In connection with the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, the Executive represents that his experience, capabilities and circumstances are such that such provisions will not prevent him from earning a livelihood. The Executive further agrees that the limitations set forth in this Section 11 (including, without limitation, time and territorial limitations) are reasonable and properly required for the adequate protection of the businesses of the Company and its affiliates. It is understood and agreed that the covenants made by the Executive in this Section 11 (and in Section 8 hereof) shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Should any court of competent jurisdiction deem the restrictions set forth herein unenforceable by reason of time or territorial limitation the parties consent to be bound by the maximum limitation determined by such tribunal.
     (f)  Injunctive Relief . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of Section 11 hereof would be inadequate and, therefore, agrees that the Company and any of its affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other available rights and remedies in cases of any such breach or threatened breach; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company or any of its affiliates from pursuing any other rights and remedies available for any such breach or threatened breach.
     12.  Binding Effect . Without limiting or diminishing the effect of Section 10 hereof, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and assigns.
     13.  Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and either delivered in person or sent by first class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, at the Company’s principal place of business, and if to the Executive, at his home address most recently filed with the Company, or to such other address or addresses as either party shall have designated in writing to the other party hereto.

9


 

     14.  Law Governing . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     15.  Severability . The Executive agrees that in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall finally hold that any provision of Section 8 or 11 hereof is void or constitutes an unreasonable restriction against the Executive, the provisions of such Section shall not be rendered void but shall apply with respect to such extent as such court may judicially determine constitutes a reasonable restriction under the circumstances. If any part of this Agreement other than Section 8 or 11 hereof is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegible or incapable of being enforced in whole or in part by reason of any rule or law or public policy, such part shall be deemed to be severed from the remainder of this Agreement for the purpose only of the particular legal proceedings in question and all other covenants and provisions of this Agreement shall in every other respect continue in full force and effect and no covenant or provision shall be deemed dependent upon any other covenant or provision.
     16.  Waiver . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.
     17.  Arbitration . In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules for employment disputes, by a single independent arbitrator. If the parties are unable to agree on the selection of an arbitrator, then any party may petition the American Arbitration Association for the appointment of the arbitrator, which appointment shall be made within ten (10) days of the petition therefor. Either the Company or the Executive may institute such arbitration proceeding by giving written notice to the other party. A hearing shall be held by the arbitrator in the City of Chicago, Illinois within thirty (30) days of his or her appointment. In preparation for their presentation at such hearing, each party may depose a maximum of four people. Each such deposition shall last no more than six (6) hours. Each side may file with the arbitrator one brief not in excess of thirty (30) pages, excluding exhibits. Each side shall have no more than eight (8) hours to present its position to the arbitrator. The hearing shall be no more than three (3) days in length. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Should any arbitration be commenced concerning any provision of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, each party shall pay their respective attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by reason of such litigation or arbitration; provided, however, the non-prevailing party in any proceeding pursuant to arbitration, for equitable relief or otherwise shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) in connection therewith of the prevailing party.
     18.  Entire Agreement; Modifications . This Agreement constitute the entire and final expression of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, oral and written, between the parties hereto with respect to the

10


 

subject matter hereof. This agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.
     19.  Counterparts; Delivery by Electronic Transmission . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or other electronic transmission, shall be treated in all manner and respects and for all purposes as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of either party hereto, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic transmission to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic transmission as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.
     20.  Non-Disparagement and Cooperation . During and throughout the Term and for a period of one year after termination of the Executive’s employment, except as required by applicable law or legal process, the Executive and the Company, and its officers and directors, agree not to make or cause to be made, directly or indirectly, any statement to any person criticizing or disparaging the Company or any of its stockholders, directors, officers or Executive or commenting unfavorably or falsely on the character, business judgment, business practices or business reputation of the Company or any of its stockholders, directors, officers or Executive. During and after the Term, the Executive agrees that the Executive will reasonably cooperate with the Company in arranging for an orderly and professional transition of his responsibilities. During and after the Term, the Executive and the Company, and its officers and directors, further agree that they will present the circumstances relating to the Executive’s separation from the Company in a light that will not reflect unfavorably on either the Company or the Executive.
     21.  Third-Party Agreements and Rights . Executive represents to the Company that Executive’s execution of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations Executive may have to any employer or other party, and Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.
     22.  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . During and after the Term, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while Executive was employed by the Company; provided , however , that such cooperation shall not materially and adversely affect Executive or expose Executive to an increased probability of civil or criminal litigation. Executive’s cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Term, Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or

11


 

review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall also provide Executive with compensation on an hourly basis (to be derived from his Base Salary) for requested litigation and regulatory cooperation that occurs after his termination of employment, and reimburse Executive for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with his performance under this Section 22, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.
[The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally]

12


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Executive have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mary Tolan    
    Name:   Mary Tolan    
    Title:   CEO   
 
     
     /s/ John Staton    
    John Staton   
       

 


 

         
Staton Employment Agreement
Exhibit A
     (a)  Tag-Along Rights .
     (i) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9.2 or in the Plan, or as may be prohibited by applicable law, with respect to any proposed Disposition of any shares of Capital Stock by any Stockholder or a group of the Stockholders to a person (such other person being hereafter referred to as the “Proposed Purchaser”), such transferring Stockholder(s) shall be required to provide that the Executive along with each of the other Stockholders having tag-along rights as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement (referred to herein collectively as the “Tag-Along Stockholders”) shall have the right to require the Proposed Purchaser to purchase from each of them up to the number of whole shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by each such Tag-Along Stockholder equal to the number derived by multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) that the transferring Stockholders propose to sell by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by the transferring Stockholders and all such Tag-Along Stockholders. Any shares purchased from Tag-Along Stockholders pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall be at the same price per share and otherwise at the same time and upon the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer by the transferring Stockholders. For purposes of this Agreement, all consideration received or receivable by a transferring Stockholder from the Proposed Purchaser (and/or its affiliates) or the Company, howsoever denominated, shall be deemed payment for the shares transferred by the transferring Stockholders.
     (ii) The transferring Stockholders shall notify, or cause to be notified, each Stockholder and the Company’s Board of Directors in writing of each such proposed transfer subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1. Such notice shall set forth: (A) the number of shares of Capital Stock proposed to be purchased, (B) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser, (C) the proposed consideration and terms and conditions of payment offered by the Proposed Purchaser, and (D) that the Proposed Purchaser has been informed of the “tag-along right” provided for in this Section 10.1 and that the Proposed Purchaser has agreed to purchase such shares in accordance with the terms hereof.
     (iii) The tag-along right may be exercised by any Tag-Along Stockholder by delivery of a written notice to the transferring Stockholders (the “Tag-Along Notice”) and to the Company’s Board of Directors within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the notice specified in Section 10.1(b) hereof. The Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder proposes to include in such transfer to the Proposed Purchaser, determined in accordance with Section 10.1(a) hereof, and the number of additional shares such Tag-Along Stockholder desires to include in such transfer. The maximum number of additional shares that each such Tag-Along Stockholder shall be entitled to sell shall be determined by

 


 

multiplying the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) that, under the formula in Section 10.1(a) hereof, all Tag-Along Stockholders could have elected to sell to the Proposed Purchaser but did not so elect, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by such Tag-Along Stockholder electing to sell additional shares and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Capital Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options) owned by all Tag-Along Stockholders who delivered Tag-Along Notices indicating a willingness to sell additional shares. In the event that the Proposed Purchaser refuses to purchase such shares from the Tag-Along Stockholders on the same terms and conditions as it purchases shares from the transferring Stockholders in the proposed transfer, then the transferring Stockholders shall not be permitted to sell any shares to the Proposed Purchaser in the proposed transfer. If no Tag-Along Notice is received during the 30-day period referred to in this Section 10.1(c), the transferring Stockholders shall have the right to transfer their shares on terms and conditions no more favorable than those stated in the notice under Section 10.1(b) hereof and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.
     (iv) Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise of the tag-along right shall be conditioned upon the agreement by each Tag-Along Stockholder to become a party to any proposed agreement for the sale of shares by the transferring Stockholders, and to execute any agreement, certificate or other document required to be executed in connection with such sale; provided , however , that no Tag-Along Stockholder shall be required to give representations or warranties more extensive than those given by the transferring Stockholders or to provide indemnities disproportionately (based upon the percentage of sales proceeds to be received) to those provided by the transferring Stockholders. Failure of any Tag-Along Stockholder to comply with the provisions of this Section 10.1(d) shall constitute a breach of this Agreement and waiver of his tag-along right.
     (v) The tag-along rights arising under this Section 10 shall terminate at such time as there is a Public Market.

 


 

September 24, 2009
John Staton
Accretive Health, Inc.
401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700
Chicago, IL 60611
Dear John:
     You and Accretive Health, Inc. (formerly known as HealthCare Services, Inc.) (the “Company”), are parties to an employment agreement dated June 17, 2005 that sets forth certain terms of your employment with the Company (the “Employment Agreement”). We have agreed to the amendments to the Employment Agreement set forth below:
1. The following sentence shall be added at the end of Section 7 of the Employment Agreement:
     Any such reimbursements shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit B , Section 3.
2. Section 9(b) of the Employment Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety with the following (with the new language in bold):
     (b) In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)(A) of Section 9(a) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive, as severance pay or liquidated damages or both, the sum of $33,333 per month for a period of eighteen months immediately following such termination (the “Severance”). The Company shall pay the Severance in accordance with its payroll practices from time to time in effect and such payments shall commence on the 30 th day following the Executive’s termination of employment (the “Payment Commencement Date”) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payments required to be made pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall be subject to the following conditions:
          (i) execution by the Executive of a general mutual release of claims in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) on or before the Payment Commencement Date and any applicable revocation period with respect to such Release expiring on or before the Payment Commencement Date ;
          (ii) compliance with the provisions contained in Section 8 and 11;
          (iii) the Severance payments shall be subject to all appropriate taxes and withholding obligations ; and
           (iv) The Severance shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit B .

-1-


 

3. The following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 7(f) of the Employment Agreement:
     Such premiums shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practice for benefits.
4. A new Exhibit B, as attached hereto, shall be added to the Employment Agreement.
     Except as specifically provided herein, all other terms of the Employment Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect. If the terms of this amendment are acceptable to you, please sign and return the copy of this amendment enclosed for that purpose no later than September 25, 2009.
         
Sincerely,    
 
       
Accretive Health, Inc.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Mary Tolan    
 
       
         
Title:
  Founder and Chief Executive Officer    
 
       
     The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my continued employment with the Company. I am not relying on any representations other than as set out in the Employment Agreement and the amendment thereto set forth above. I have been given a reasonable amount of time to consider this amendment and to consult an attorney and/or advisor of my choosing. I have carefully read this amendment, understand the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assent to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and sign my name of my own free act.
         
/s/ John Staton
 
       Date: September 24, 2009
John Staton
       

-2-


 

Exhibit B
Payments Subject to Section 409A
1. Subject to this Exhibit B, payments or benefits under Section 9 of the Employment Agreement shall begin only upon the date of Executive’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of Executive’s employment. The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to Executive under Section 9 of the Employment Agreement, as applicable:
(a) It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided under Section 9 of the Employment Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Neither the Company nor Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.
(b) If, as of the date of Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in Section 9 of the Employment Agreement.
(c) If, as of the date of Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:
(i) Each installment of the payments and benefits due under Section 9 of the Employment Agreement that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when Executive’s separation from service occurs, be paid within the short-term deferral period (as defined under Section 409A) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A; and
(ii) Each installment of the payments and benefits due under Section 9 of the Employment Agreement that is not described in this Exhibit B, Section 1(c)(i) and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of payments and benefits if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason

-3-


 

of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of Executive’s second taxable year following the taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.
2. The determination of whether and when Executive’s separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made and in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this Exhibit B, Section 2, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.
3. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
4. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of the Employment Agreement (including this Exhibit) are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but that do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

-4-

Exhibit 10.20
ACCRETIVE  
     
 
  Mary Tolan
 
  Chief Executive Officer
December 9, 2003
Gregory N. Kazarian, Esq.
512 Greenvale
Lake Forest, IL 60045
Dear Greg:
     On behalf of Accretive Health (the ‘Company’) and myself, I am pleased that you have agreed to accept the Company’s offer of employment as General Counsel.
     I am very excited about the opportunity to work with you at Accretive Health, as are our fellow colleagues at Accretive Technology Partners. You share our vision of becoming the #1 leading provider of BPO services to Health Providers and I am confident that your participation in the Company will support this goal.
     The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth in the Term Sheet attached to this letter as Exhibit A.
     We are all delighted to have come to this point with you. To indicate your acceptance of the attached terms, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return one copy to me by Thursday, December 11 th , 2003.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ Mary Tolan    
     
         
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
 
   
Signature   /s/ Gregory Kazarian      
Date          12/11/03

 


 

ACCRETIVE
TERM SHEET
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH ACCRETIVE HEALTH
FOR GREGORY N. KAZARIAN
     
Position Title:   General Counsel — Reporting to CEO
 
   
Salary:
  Annual salary of $225,000.00
 
   
Annual Bonus:
  Projected bonus is $75,000. Bonus structure will be based on a successful contract signing of our first anchor client.
 
   
Equity:
  Immediately following commencement of employment, the Company will grant executive options to purchase 1.5% of the Company’s common stock. The options will vest 25% each year over the course of four years.
 
   
Benefits:
  Eligible for standard employee benefits (medical & dental) package to be determined by the CEO and Management team. Until Accretive Health establishes corporate benefits, Accretive Health will cover COBRA payments.
 
   
Severance:
  Termination without cause: Up to 12 months of base salary mitigated when reemployed; 1 year minimum vesting.
 
   
Acceptance Date:
  On or before 5:00 pm on Thursday, December 11 th , 2003.
 
   
Start Date:
  On or before January 7, 2004.

2 of 2


 

September 24, 2009
Gregory N. Kazarian, Esq.
Accretive Health, Inc.
401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700
Chicago, IL 60611
Dear Greg:
     You and Accretive Health, Inc. (formerly known as HealthCare Services, Inc.) (the “Company”), are parties to an employment agreement dated December 9, 2003 that sets forth certain terms of your employment with the Company (the “Employment Agreement”). We have agreed to the amendment to the Employment Agreement set forth below:
     A new Exhibit B, as attached hereto, shall be added to the Employment Agreement.
     Except as specifically provided herein, all other terms of the Employment Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect. If the terms of this amendment are acceptable to you, please sign and return the copy of this amendment enclosed for that purpose no later than September 25, 2009.
         
Sincerely,    
 
       
Accretive Health, Inc.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Mary Tolan    
 
       
         
Title:
  Founder and Chief Executive Officer    
 
       
     The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my continued employment with the Company. I am not relying on any representations other than as set out in the Employment Agreement and the amendment thereto set forth above. I have been given a reasonable amount of time to consider this amendment and to consult an attorney and/or advisor of my choosing. I have carefully read this amendment, understand the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assent to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and sign my name of my own free act.
         
/s/ Gregory N. Kazarian
 
       Date: September 24, 2009
Gregory N. Kazarian, Esq.
       

-1-


 

Exhibit B
Payments Subject to Section 409A
1. Subject to this Exhibit B, any severance payments that may be due under the Employment Agreement shall begin only upon the date of Mr. Kazarian’s (the “Executive’s”) “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of Executive’s employment. The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the severance payments, if any, to be provided to Executive under the Employment Agreement, as applicable:
(a) It is intended that each installment of the severance payments under the Employment Agreement provided under shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Neither the Company nor Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.
(b) If, as of the date of Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in the Employment Agreement.
(c) If, as of the date of Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:
(i) Each installment of the severance payments due under the Employment Agreement that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when Executive’s separation from service occurs, be paid within the short-term deferral period (as defined under Section 409A) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A; and
(ii) Each installment of the severance payments due under the Employment Agreement that is not described in this Exhibit B, Section 1(c)(i) and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of payments if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application

-2-


 

of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of Executive’s second taxable year following the taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.
2. The determination of whether and when Executive’s separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made and in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this Exhibit B, Section 2, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.
3. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Employment Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Employment Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
4. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of the Employment Agreement (including this Exhibit) are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but that do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

-3-

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated May 20, 2009 in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-00000) and related Prospectus of Accretive Health, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
September 25, 2009